ree EeeeeOGOegar . ies ; ‘ mo i ’ (i Lay i 1 t ‘ é \ ’ ‘ ‘ SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS OF THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM VOLUME 103 NUMBERS 3311-3337 PRAE- INCRE = BIE Vice: 4 PEERY UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE WASHINGTON : 1956 ADVERTISEMENT The scientific publications of the National Museum include two series, known, respectively, as Proceedings and Bulletin. The Proceedings, begun in 1878, are intended primarily as a medium for the publication of original papers, based on the collections of the National Museum, that set forth newly acquired facts in biology, anthropology, and geology, with descriptions of new forms and revisions of limited groups. Copies of each paper, in pamphlet form, are distributed as published to libraries and scientific organiza- tions and to specialists and others interested in the different subjects. The dates at which these separate papers are published are recorded in the tables of contents of each of the volumes. The present volume is the hundred and third of this series. The Bulletin, the first of which was issued in 1875, consists of a series of separate publications comprising monographs of large zoological groups and other general systematic treatises (occasionally in several volumes), faunal works, reports of expeditions, catalogs of type specimens, special collections, and other material of similar nature. The majority of the volumes are octavo in size, but a quarto size has been adopted in a few instances in which large plates were regarded as indispensable. In the Bulletin series appear volumes under the heading Contributions from the United States National Herbarium, in octavo form, published by the National Museum since 1902, which contain papers relating to the botanical collections of the Museum. REMINGTON KELLOGG, Director, United States National Museum. CONTENTS Pages Assort, R. Tucker. Review of the Atlantic periwinkles Nodilittorina, Echininus, and Tectarius. Figures 55-57. Published March 23, 1954... . . 449-464 Arnett, Ross H., Jr. Beetles of the Soaeitetd wenn Vasaces Glasiaanppitee Figure 13. Published April 30, Sees CAD OGAROMONI\, BUS a SAI LID. HBR EG POLO, & 19. engyeod New species: Vasaces linearis, V. knulli, V. maculatus, V. elon- gatus. A review of the beetle family Cephaloidae. Figure 20 and plate 5. Published May 15, 1953 . . . . 155-161 Supplement and corrections to J. A. Hyslop’s Genotypes of the elaterid beetles of the world. Published April 14,1955 . . Po AR CUREe A165 BANNER, oe H. W pelermeat a W. M. Tattersall’s Review of the Mysidacea of the United States National Museum. Published July 8, 1954... .. . 575-583 Bercer, ANDREW J. On the anatomy and Foldatatiins of glossy cuckoos of the genera Chrysococcyr, Lampro- morpha, and Chalcites. gsi 69-71. Published January J Gs LOLS A ee ee ee OOO. BuakeE, Doris Hatiunie The chrysomelid beetles of the genus Strabala chevrolat. said 17. Published June 5, Lis parisianat ; : : . 121-134 New species: Strabala nai sg. een s. shui, S. trinitatis. New subspecies: Strabala ambulans jamaicensis, S. a. puerto- ricensis, S. rufa floridana, S. acuminata teapensis, S. a. costa- ricensis. Carriker, M. A., Jr. Studies in Neotropical Mallophaga, XI: Bird lice of the suborder Amblycera, genus Dennyus Neumann. Figures 63, 64. Published May 21, 1954 . 533-549 New species: Dennyus brevicapitis, D. intonsus, D. rotundocapitis, D. brunneitorques, D. similis, D. spininotus, D. limbus. Cartwricut, O. L. Scarabaeid beetles of the genus Bradycinetulus and closely related genera in the United States. Figures 14-16 and plates 3, 4. Published eos fogs, . 5) tere Te eee eke New genera: Bolborhombus, Bulbvbescansk New species: Bradycinetulus rex, Bolbocerastes regalis, B. impert- alis, Bolborhombus parvulus. New subspecies: Bolbocerastes imperialis kansanus. Tit IV PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 103 CarvatHo, José OC. M. Neotropical Miridae, LXIV: vas New bugs of the subfamily Cylapinae (Hemiptera). Figures 72-76 and plate 15. Published March 2, 1955 . 621-632 New genera: Brachyfulvius, Peritropoides. New species: Brachyfulvius chapini, Peritroipoides annulatus, P. quadrinotatus, Vannius oculatus, Fulvius albonotatus, F. castaneous, F. ornatifrons. Gurney, Asuitry B. Notes on the biology and immature stages of a cricket parasite of the genus Rhopalosoma. Figures 8, 9 and plate 1. Published March 10,1953. . 19-34 Distribution, general bionomics, and recogni- tion characters of two cockroaches recently established in the United States. Figure 10 and plate 2. Pub- lished March 10, 1953. vier: Se Ae 39-56 Hersuxovirz, Pure. Mammals of northern Colombia, preliminary report No. 7: Tapirs (genus Tapirus), with a systematic review of American species. Figures 58- 62. Published May 18, 1954 465-496 Hyman, Lissre H. North American triclad Turbellaria, XIII: Three new cave planarians. Figures 65-68. Published June 14,.1954.. 0. sane am saeht “lor yee ees New species: Phagocata cavernicola, Sphalloplana georgiana, Speophila hoffmastert. Kenx, Roman. The fresh-water triclads (Turbellaria) of Alaska. Figures 21-25 and plates 6-8. Published Fume 5, 1958. cies. osc Wine «Saher s <0 te gels ee New species: Phayocata nivea, Polycelis borealis, Dendrocoelopsis piriformis, D. alaskensis. Lacuner, Ernest A. A revision of the goatfish genus Upe- neus with descriptions of two new species. Plates 13, 14. Published, May 18, 1954....< 00% as aeyitem+ sah <0: Tet een New species: Upeneus asymmetricus, U. oligospilus. La Rivers, Ira. Two new naucorid bugs of the genus Ambrysus. Figure 1. Published February 12, 1953. . 1-7 New species: Ambrysus thermarum, A. bispinus. LAwReENcE, R. F. Two new scale-mite parasites of lizards. Figures 2-7. Published March 10,1953... ... . 9-18 New species: Geckobia keegani, G. philippinensis. McDermort, Frank A. Photuris bethaniensis, a new lam- pyrid firefly. Published February 26,1953... ... 35-37 New species: Photuris bethaniensis. CONTENTS Morrison, J. P. E. The relationships of Old and New World melanians. Plate 11. Published April 20, 1954 . Perriponge, Martan H. Marine polychaete worms from Point Barrow, Alaska, with additional records from the North Atlantic and North Pacific. Figures 26-39. Pub- lished May 21, 1954. 2 ScHULTZ, eeeien P. Review 3 Te finde Baiae anemone fishes, genus Amphiprion, with descriptions of two new species. Plates 9,10. Published July 3, 1953 . New species: Amphiprion tricinctus Schultz and Welander, Am- phiprion mauritensis Schultz. AND Marsa, N. B. A review of the labrid fish genus Wetmorella with descriptions of new forms from the tropical Indo-Pacific. Figures 52-54 and plate 12. Pub- lished April 21, 1954. . E New species: Wetmorella ocellata, W. albofasciata, W. triocellata. New subspecies: Wetmorella philippina bifasciata. Srurtevant, A. H. Nearctic flies of the family Periscelidae (Diptera) and certain Anthomyzidae referred to the family. Published June 16, 1954 . Fat bad New species: Periscelis occidentalis, Cyamops imitata. Waitt, Turopore E. Preliminary analysis of the fossil vertebrates of the Canyon Ferry Reservoir area. Figures 40-51. Published May 28, 1954 . New genus: Kentrogomphios. New species: Kentrogomphios strophensis, Paradjidaumo_ spo- kanensis, Eumys cricetodontoides, E. latidens, E. spokanensis. Wirtn, Wiis W. Biting midges of the heleid genus Stilo- bezzia in North America. Figures 11, 12. Published May 15, 1953. . : New species: Stilobezzia (Neostilobezzia) stonet, S. (S.) beckae, S. (S). punctipes, S. (S.) sybleae, S. (S.) thomsenae. ———. American biting midges of the heleid genus Mono- helea. Figures 18,19. Published June 17, 1953 . New species: Monohelea (Monohelea) lanet, M. (M.) macfiei, M (M.) texana, M. (M.) ornata, M. (M.) stonei, M. (M.) guianae, M. (M.) johannseni. Vv Pages 357-394 203-356 187-201 439-447 551-561 395-438 57-85 135-154 ws eucs ied a cat amrenty nhl, sia i, tena. Me. | b0S-F85 y eROL 0G fine ad Hg i eth re is vis ot Akay Pert sT) dative sional SOG+ £08". Nahe, SF aqaeg ee, ab CRs ae etree abtsiaDontie oid De wat? A Rete S eA tre i nitntehaesh dlitter vty aging a fOSeatal .. AwinwRA etiod bids, Cree L Cee My otealowe forse eaves Pakage eid iy) Aah a i SSS =5 ~* sit Ase * SMR CTE ree ‘dal RtieAl abt Ye a eh, tthe ee : tAweoe RE ty Le Sift dott certo B47 Li dpoltetedet) noe tt SF atzig bt -kz, bat Hay "soba i | fest Fe er Ben ee hy mip ror: M olorunty ils he: vbr sve a : ipticage’ sw ite ni eae ee ae ;, es visor ey’ “pignat a(tk ty 291) msn bbe tivatal 3/11. O) hovinke oahisr aged tek. bse fee-—Tes. . as. : Pe Pv Ore Ea «Soe PaO mide oeOyi) cine) rilninahinss cetacean A pa (Nan fiavak ot low cy lana wresinniot 2 wana Ri: ated : . ‘ > ergs ceqte stoves wes pott er SEPEOE Nes. s Sectitiiensy «< hl SRS «ch ORR RS valine sniika. iohtaiaeae rk Ga soni as Con torts): , eos ott cry inghhy So penis “<> Ore ' a A, +) AT hel sD bytes “4 Rusia i ay Bh ae ed Ole ris Ales BO! binigsl ibd Peace: pet aceae says bk: « dade JE apo apices 7a 7 e z . at n Rat tit (.7)) 28" fs tats, Bi Sey haces Had nbar mth oleae gl « aed CBN line AOE AE LE a ag Cro 7, Sent alas hisiag adds 1D so gbine tits Sareeer?.., eaey St aan baditidat OF By Bs ) ei ie ‘int “ie and {Syd Aeha Ww) sen tnike noth : nh? one cieg: OM). A added ( 980 ne a we eS Bar e ae a Re ced MA? Be) i om é . 4 ~et wu? 2 Ras i ga . e, ! i. Rothery wd SMUTHBONTALS INSTA: TAY | i EO MATA MUserng a a eae eee ine Ogee ERIE ENE reat eee Ee eS Os Genera 1953 Noe 31? Se ee mm —— ST peo eane reeset set tone es Pann 026 a ne A ns BS ee oe rn os So Syo sees a Ew NAHCORID BUCS OF THE CHNUS AMBRYIDS me | hy dna ba Nawins' i; ha ba following bee! ies ‘tah limoovered after the nianasorifita Sa i) din g with Duited Siaten wad Hexicah species bad boon ectpletad, t is paper is offered a 0 su pploaes (6 to these trealinents, Reve Mace t6 low the incorporation of the mow species inta the ke 4 tor the tv onegions. Yamily Nadequmas Cepos Amebroaue SUL, Wek pay tee Npwatir Ay) i el Oprediddas ie Rea) iidions. ro A. sont, pale apneies, hoarly spprimddang Al apbryetea Pia) Rivers, 1949, as the emuliasl species-in the wens, ated ee P metnthlings tlhe, latter iin gekere) Gotspuctis: sty 70-8.) wun, ig and SiH) mie wide, Diorsitm beolo red, Che eeutelhit) ame an ‘ i gl ton Fellowieh, tke posterior pen ¢ bres, ilvive) arawnwh eter browsish, sopteeiiny strongly withthe yeliow-white ‘ey- Bgihesning, yeliow, sliytitiy setlisbielaed ond weakly passat tis; at; before eyed ane jyecity the fuintost snulwestion Of tenes m font Peaee Winekit, SR uhily xeiend whet nein seed Bigg: taf Biviegs, Dl doagty wt ees, as, Were: PROCEEDINGS OF THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM on — GOOLE SHON SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM Vol. 103 Washington: 1953 No. 3311 TWO NEW NAUCORID BUGS OF THE GENUS AMBRYSUS By Ira La Rivers’! The following new Ambrysi were discovered after the manuscripts dealing with United States and Mexican species had been completed, and this paper is offered as a supplement to these treatments. Keys are included to allow the incorporation of the new species into the overall keys for the two regions. Family NAucorIDAE Genus Ambrysus Stal, 1862 Ambrysus thermarum, new species Figure 1, 0, c Description.—A small, pale species, nearly approaching Ambrysus funebris La Rivers, 1949, as the smallest species in the genus, and greatly resembling the latter in general conspectus; size 7.0-8.0 mm. long and 4.5-5.0 mm. wide. Dorsum bicolored, the scutellum and an- terior portion yellowish, the posterior area (hemelytra) brownish. Venter brownish, contrasting strongly with the yellow-white ap- pendages. Head glistening, yellow, slightly roughened and weakly punctate, protuberant before eyes and with the faintest suggestion of trunca- tion in front. Eyes blackish, slightly raised above general head sur- * Department of Biology, University of Nevada, Reno, Nev. 22842252 1 9) PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 108 face when viewed posteriorly. Head ratios are: Total length to width (including eyes) 19:28 (68 percent) ; anterior distance between eyes to posterior distance 12:17 (71 percent) ; anterior distance between eyes to inner eye-margin 12:11; posterior distance between eyes to greatest length of head posterior to this line 17: 6 (35 percent). Pronotum glistening, densely, shallowly punctate; color yellow to amber; lateral edges fiaeaie rounded, nonserrate, occasionally with some weak pilosity. Curvature 14 percent (average 25:4), postero- lateral angles well rounded. Dorsal ratios are: Width between an- terior angles to greatest pronotal width 29:51 (57 percent) ; median length to greatest width 17:51 (83 percent) ; width between anterior angles to distance between anterior angle and posterior baseline of pronotum 29:25 (86 percent). Scutellum yellow-amber, shiny; shagreened with dense, shallow, white-rimmed punctation; ratio of three sides 30: 24: 24. Hemelytra uniformly brownish, yellowing medially and in em- bolar region; shagreened as is scutellum. Embolium about normal for the genus, length-to-width ratio 29:9 (31 percent), rarely with some sparse, occasional marginal pilosity. Hemelytra moderately exposing lateral connexival edges, which latter have some prominent, short yellow pilosity. Hemelytra just attaining abdominal apex. Venter reddish brown, contrasting with the light-colored legs. Connexival posterolateral angles weakly acute-angulate, gradually enlarging posteriorly, not in the least spinose; connexival edges smooth, nonserrate, moderately pilose. Female subgenital plate apex simply concave, the concavity somewhat angular at its deepest point. Male genital process sharply right-angulate, tapering to apex, appearing much like a very thin foot, curving abruptly outward. Leg I yellow-white, darkening to light amber on tibia-tarsus; ratio of length to greatest width of femur 27:16 (59 percent) ; com- bined tibia-tarsus, when closed, just attaining, or slightly surpassing, adjacent (proximal) end of femur. Leg II yellow; ratio of femoral length to median width of ventral surface 25:5 (20 percent), length 1.9 mm.; tibia with distal end ventrally with one complete transverse terminal row of reddish spines set solidly across tip (remnants of the second, subterminal row, when complete and unbroken by use, extend about two-thirds of the width of tibia), ratio of length to width 22:2 (10 percent), length 1.75 mm. Leg III yellow; ratio of length to femoral width 30:5.5 (18 per- cent), length 2.1 mm.; distal end of tibia ventrally with the same type of transverse spination as in mesotibia; ratio of length to width 37:2 (5 percent), length 3.0 mm. Tibia has the characteristic spinate appearance in contrast to the smoother micro-armed femora, with the long, silky, swimming hairs on metatibia contrasting with the less hiveute appearance of the TWO NEW NAUCORID BUGS—LA RIVERS 3 mesotibia. All tarsi, except protarsi, 3-segmented; the first seg- ment minute; the last two long and slender, terminating in two mod- erately curved claws. Type and paratypes——USNM 60987. Type locality—New Mexico, Sierra County, Hot Springs. Material examined —Holotype (male), allotype, and four para- types, collected by Loew, September 11, 1874 (P. R. Uhler collection), in U.S. National Museum. Remarks.—This unique little species, discovered during the course of checking the Ambrysi in the National collection, is probably an offshoot, as far as present material can indicate, of Ambrysus mormon stock. The female subgenital plate is mormonoid in structure, and the variable mormon-type male process could easily have given rise — ‘a \ Figure 1.—Diagnostic characteristics of Ambrysus bispinus and A. thermarum: a, Apex of subgenital plate of 4. bispinus, female holotype (visible only in ventral view), X22; b, apex of subgenital plate of 4. thermarum, female allotype, 22; c, genital process on caudal edge of tergite V of A. thermarum, male holotype, X22; d, bispinate condition of left connexivum of abdominal sternite V of 4. bispinus, female holotype, showing (1) anterior posterolateral angle and (2) posterior laterocaudal angle (ventral view, with caudal tip of abdomen oriented at the top of the field), 22. to the distinctive male process of A. thermarum, which has evolved toward the A. woodburyi type to such an extent that, with only the male to examine, it would have been considered an aberrant A. wood- buryi. At present, it is the most definitely adapted thermal ecad of the A. mormon type, but as nothing is known of the structure of the type locality, it is impossible to say whether this seems to be due to complete isolation or not. 4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 108 The following modification of my key to United States Ambrysi (La Rivers, 1951) will satisfactorily compare A. thermarwm with its closest relatives: 8 (7). Female subgenital plate simply, broadly, and smoothly concave apically, the lateral bordering angles sharp; concavity, measured in terms of depth of concavity against length between bordering lateral angles, never less than 20 percent ; in clean material embolium nearly unicolorous, only very faintly lighter exteriorly, no contrasting colors present. buenoi Usinger, 1946 Female subgenital plate, if simply concave, has (a) rounded lateral angles, or (b) if lateral angles are sharp, then depth of concavity is considerably less than 20 percent; in clean material embolium always sharply and contrastingly transversely bicolored, anterior two-thirds light yellow, posterior one-third blackish-brown=— 2-2-2 eee 8A 8A (8). Male genital process narrowing to apex, strongly, abruptly and almost right-angularly turned outward, giving the appearance of a long, attenuated foot with a rather sharp heel; female subgenital plate simply concave at apex, somewhat angularly so. thermarum, new species Male genital process not definitely narrowing to apex, and not foot- or boot-shaped, although curving variably outward; female subgenital plate simply and roundly concave at apex__ mormon Montandon, 1909 Ambrysus bispinus, new species Figure 1, a, d@ Description.—A large, darkly mottled species, well rounded and con- vex; size 12.0-14.0 mm. long and 7.0-9.0 mm. wide. Dorsum not distinctly bicolored (i. e., anterior portion lighter than posterior area), more or less uniformly mottled. Venter yellow or brownish, uni- colorous and lighter than dorsum. Head glistening, yellow-brown, smooth, weakly and vaguely punc- tate, slightly and broadly protuberant, and truncate before the eyes. Eyes blackish, nearly flush with plane surface of head when viewed. posteriorly. Head ratios are: Total length to width (including eyes) 34:54 (63 percent) ; anterior distance between eyes to posterior dis- tance 26:33 (79 percent) ; anterior distance between eyes to inner eye- margin 26:25; posterior distance between eyes to greatest length of head posterior to this line, 83:8 (22 percent). Pronotum glistening, yellowish with brown mottling, sparsely punctulate, rugulose behind head; lateral edges smooth, nonserrate, rounded, on one specimen with traces of faint pilosity which appears to have been rubbed off. Curvature 10 percent (average 52:5); posterolateral angles well rounded. Dorsal ratios are: Width be: tween anterior angles to greatest pronotal width 53:73 (73 percent) ; median length to greatest width 39:73 (53 percent) ; width between anterior angles to distance between anterior angle and posterior base- line of pronotum 53: 52. TWO NEW NAUCORID BUGS—LA RIVERS a Scutellum glistening, yellow medially and on posterior angle, yellow along lateral edges, reddish brown elsewhere; shagreened with dense, coarse, white-spotted punctures; ratio of three sides 70: 50: 50. Hemelytra mottled brown and yellow, glistening; shagreened as is scutellum. Embolium slightly narrow for the genus, length-to-width ratio 60:18 (30 percent), with no detectable marginal pilosity in the specimens examined. Hemelytra moderately exposing connexival margins, which latter have sparse, short pilosity, concentrated some- what at the posterolateral angles. Hemelytra just, to not quite, at- taining abdominal] tip. Venter yellow to brown, the legs usually not markedly contrasting with the body in color. Connexival posterolateral angles acute-ang- ulate, short, gradually increasing in size posteriorly, not in the least spinose ; margins with some weak dentation, detectable only with con- siderable magnification, on all segments except I and II. Female segment V (the insect being oriented so that the abdominal tip is at the top of the field) possesses two posterolateral connexival processes ; the exterior posterolateral angle and an interior, prominent, blacker, rather blunt elongation of the caudal margin of segment V lying adjacent to the posterolateral angle. I have referred to this in other species as the laterocaudal connexival angle. Tip of female sub- genital plate strongly and distinctively quadrisinuate, the lateral ter- minal angles long and rather sharp, but not extending as far caudad as the median, paired sinuosities which lie close together as a doubly rounded, blunt process longer than the lateral spines. Character of the male genital process unknown. Leg I amber; ratio of length to greatest femoral width 48:31 (65 percent) ; combined tibia-tarsus, when closed, just attaining adja- cent (proximal) end of femur. Leg II amber; ratio of length to median width of femur 46:10 (22 percent), length 3.4 mm.; tibia with distal end ventrally with one-and-one-half transverse rows of reddish spines, the terminal row complete, the subterminal row, as indicated above, only half complete; ratio of length to width 40 :4.5 (11 percent), length 3 mm. Leg ITI amber; ratio of length to median femoral width 57:11 (19 percent), length 4.2 mm.; tibia with same type of transverse terminal spination as in mesotibia, ratio of length to width 70:5 (7 percent), length 5.2 mm. Tibia possesses the typical spinate appearance in contrast to the smooth femora; long, golden, silky, swimming hairs are present on the metatibia and lacking on the mesotibia. Al tarsi, except protarsi, are 3-segmented, the first segment minute, the last two long and slender, terminating in two moderately curved claws. Type and paratype-—USNM 60988. 6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 108 Type locality.—México, Veracruz, Jalapa. Material ecamined.—Holotype (female) and a single female para- type from México, Oaxaca, Camotlan, collected by W. S. Miller, April 14, 1944, in the U. S. National Museum. Remarks.—In external appearance, A. bispinus is superficially in- distinguishable from A. cosmius and, as such, has probably shared the latter’s confusion as A. stgnoreti Stal, 1862, in collections. How- ever, the structure of the female subgenital-plate apices is quite dif- ferent in the two species. In this respect, A. bispinus most closely resembles A. guttatipennis Stal, 1876, but while the subgenital plates might not be able, alone, to separate all variables of both species, the possession of primary and secondary connexival angles on abdominal segment V, with present material, sharply sets A. bispinus off from all other Ambrysi of the signoreti group. ‘These two angles are more specifically referred to as the posterolateral and laterocaudal con- nexival angles, and the laterocaudal is lacking in all other known members of the group. It has shown up in other, distant sections of the genus, being known in A. parviceps Montandon, 1897, A. hun- gerfordi Usinger, 1946 (both in the pudicus group), and A. puncti- collis Stal, 1876 (a monotypic group). It is this character upon which the specific name of A. bispinus is based. In addition, the male genital process, when known, will furnish more evidence of the species’ affiliations, either supplementing or diverting present indica- tions. . The following couplets will enable the new species to be incorpo- rated in my key to Mexican Ambrysi now in press: 24 (15). Female subgenital plate, viewed ventrally, asymmetrical on left side, where a prominent flap occupies the border beyond (laterad of) the left lateral angle; right border scarcely produced. dilatus Montandon, 1910 Female subgenital plate, viewed ventrally, not markedly or noticeably asymmetrical from one lateral border to the other_____-________ 25 25 (24). Female possessing both primary and secondary posterolateral connexi- val spines on abdominal sternite V (i. e., the primary angle being the posterolateral angle proper, the secondary angle being the laterocaudal ANSIC) oo 32 wy i ee bispinus, new species Female lacking the secondary (laterocaudal) angle. remaining Mexican species of the signoreti group TWO NEW NAUCORID BUGS—LA RIVERS 7 References La Rivers, Ira 1949. A new species of Ambrysus from Death Valley, with notes on the genus in the United States (Hemiptera: Naucoridae). Bull. Southern California Acad. Sci., vol. 47 (1948), No. 3, pp. 103-110. 1950. The meeting point of Ambrysus and Pelocoris in Nevada. Pan-Pacific Ent. vol. 26, No. 1, pp. 19-21. 1951. ) 7 we, ses ali a a » <7 Lela we a : : « 4 ~~ : al ar & Gi; SAY, a = $3 ¥ i; ¥ : 7 a ? Ore A+. et operhay - KANE gt vy, >. SaAatsiep: he. 3 a er a a ahah) byila of? at aug Of 80! fe: 0d CREE The iar be Baad shtize tite ervend ee i ee < orci whonelath fingy wus tind. Jo Jalod astag hes «epee. i. pk S- Ub BGs La Se ae is -nsvetuendt) PANS rs) HE qari, athe Gee ‘Yona =S9A, AIM. «1, oe. inti ange 1 aia ie” . (oath “a fe , Retina ‘ani Loader : — ciwlf) eytesté tore de OF id haley haediinaes saa eae Pet hy ll “ ar , dint Thee vital ~ nenishoosre, el emee— sire: x ONT: 08 yt ; SS 7 Rose e Te for fay eto iattoll ot Ait Relierniir epee eee nee? Abbie Otte). as ta BE Sores s ; oubeabh tle (iméh dhicieh, Geaegh sie tvecatantl ol anemaon , oy a ol? gulag Taterr a’ mi ae TRG ewew hE Ver Maret) Geely Lor — CAabitoognt > aorta ee eerie: tage ae tra Ri bse cunt ae Fon 18 do Std eek Ac rece a oa od a Se nen ld a ae Ps td O72) SQao Terres fe ioo ' > - oN PROCEEDINGS OF THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM ies i, i CSS \ SINGTON SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM Vol. 103 Washington: 1953 No. 3312 TWO NEW SCALE-MITE PARASITES OF LIZARDS By R. F. Lawrence! Dr. G. W. Wharton, of Duke University, Durham, N. C., has kindly submitted to me for identification a number of scale mites from lizards of the families Gekkonidae and Iguanidae. The material, from the Philippine Islands, consists of one series taken from a lizard at Fort McKinley, Rizal, and another from the gecko Hemidactylus frenatus in a house at Manila. Both series consist of two quite different species of Geckobia. These are described in this paper as new and both of them have been taken at the two localities mentioned above. There is thus good reason for assuming that the hosts of the two series are the same and that the “lizard” of Fort McKinley is identical with the gecko H. frenatus from which scale mites were taken at Manila. All these parasites were collected by Dr. H. L. Keegan, Third General Medical Laboratory, at Fort McKinley, Rizal, Philippine Islands. A further series, consisting of a large number of adults and larvae, were collected from the iguanid lizard Sceloporus undulatus, at Dur- ham, N. C., by Dr. A. S. Pearse; these have been identified as Banks’ New World pterygosomid Geckobiella texana. Several species of the scale mite parasite Geckobia may live on the same host; Hirst (1925, p. 173) has already pointed this out, saying, “When more than one form of Geckobia is found on the same host, one lives beneath the ventral scales and is flattened, being considerably wider than long and having scales instead of hairs on the venter. The second form occurring on the same host is usually to be discovered between the claw and pad of the toes, between the laminae of the pad, or between the toes themselves; this form is practically spherical in shape and has hairs instead of scales on the venter.” Although there 1 Natal Museum, Pietermaritzburg, Union of South Africa, 228383—53 9 10 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 103 is no definitive information that the two strikingly different species of Geckobia here described actually illustrate Hirst’s observation, it will probably be found that the two forms live on different parts of the body of the same host. Family PrERYGOSOMIDAE Genus Geckobia Mégnin, 1878 Geckobia keegani, new species FIGURES 2, 3 Material examined—Three females, cotypes, from a lizard, Fort McKinley, Rizal, Philippine Islands, collected by H. L. Keegan, Octo- ber 1948, USNM 1931; also nine females bearing same locality data Figure 2.—Geckobia keegant, new species, dorsal surface. SCALE-MITE PARASITES—LAWRENCE 11 b C d Ficure 3.—Geckobia keeganit, new species: a, Dorsal scute; b, peripheral dorsal hair; ¢, anterior ventral hair; d, posterior ventral hair. as the cotypes, and five females from Hemidactylus frenatus, from Manila, Philippine Islands. Body almost circular; dorsal surface as in figure 2, with fairly long, almost parallel-sided hairs differing very little in length, but posteriormost slightly longer than anteriormost. Dorsal scute well defined, with about 20 hairs differing very little in general appear- ance and size from the remaining dorsal hairs, though a little shorter than the longest of these. Ventral surface with a density of hairs similar to that of the dorsal surface but reaching further back, almost to the anal field; the dis- 12 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 103 crepancy in the length of these hairs far greater than in those of the dorsal surface, anteriormost a little less than half as long as posterior- most, latter a little shorter than the longest dorsal hairs. Mouth parts normal, pedipalps short and stout, both second and third segments above with a setiform hair, that of the second weakly barbed and only a little stouter than that of the third, which is smooth. Legs equal-sized, rather small in proportion to the body. Pos- terior common coxa differing from most species of Geckobia in having two spurlike hairs on its anterior and only two, one, or even none on its posterior margin; usually only three or four hairs, instead of the normal five, are found on this coxa and these are comparatively small and weak. The basal segments of the legs without spurlike hairs ventrally; but the second segment in all legs with a rather long, slender, and weakly barbed hair above. Dimensions.—Width of body 0.603 mm., length (including mouth parts), 0.632 mm. Remarks.—The species closely resembles Geckobia simplex Hirst, 1926, described from Hemidactylus leschenaulti, Madras, India, in the shape of the hairs of the dorsal surface and in the form of the dorsal scute. It differs from this species in having only about half the number of hairs on the dorsal scute, these being also more similar to the remaining body hairs in length and thickness than is the case in G. simplex. It further differs in there being very little difference in the shape of the dorsal hairs of the second and third palpal segments. Geckobia philippinensis, new species FIGURES 4, 5 Material examined—Two females, cotypes, from a lizard, Fort McKinley, Rizal, Philippine Islands, collected by H. L. Keegan, October 1948, USNM 1982. Body much wider than long, dorsal surface as in figure 4, with 9 or 10 large, wide hairs in the area usually occupied by the dorsal scute, those in the middle of the body much smaller, while towards the pe- riphery posteriorly and laterally, the hairs become progressively more elongate and pointed. A single pair of centrally situated hairs much longer than the predominantly short hairs by which they are sur- rounded. Dorsal scute not defined. Ventral surface as in figure 5, a, which represents a section in the middle line of the body extending from its anterior to its posterior margin; the transition from the small type of cylindrical hair to scales of lanceolate form, sudden and without intermediate types of hair; the scales toward the posterior periphery becoming progres- sively more elongate and narrow. 13 SCALE-MITE PARASITES—LAWRENCE ‘govjins [esiop ‘saioeds mau ‘sisuaurddyryd v1qoyaH— yp AMAT =— — =< SG SS Sa SSE WES Cee. Le eseS cares (PIRES AN : a eee 14 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 103 Mouth parts normal, pedipalps short, with rounded segments, sec- ond segment above with a stout plumose hair several times thicker than that of the third segment, which is smooth and setiform. Leg IV distinctly longer and a little stouter than the remaining ones; posterior common coxa as in figure 5, e, with five very large and distinct conical spurlike hairs; all legs with a fairly stout Figure 5.—Geckobia philippinensis, new species: a, Hairs of ventral surface in midline of body; 6, peripheral dorsal hair; c, small hair from middle of dorsum,‘d, a scalelike ven- tral hair; e, posterior common coxa. plumose hair on the ventral surface of segments 2 and 3 and a long setose hair on the dorsal surface of segment 3, that of leg IV weakly plumose. Additional material evamined.—Two females from the same host and locality as the types. Dr. Wharton sent with his material the lizard host from which the Manila specimens were taken. From the body scales of this gecko, Hemidactylus frenatus, I obtained a single female of the species described above. SCALE-MITE PARASITES—LAWRENCE 15 Dimensions.—Width of body 0.400 mm., length (including mouth parts), 0.287 mm. According to Hirst’s key (1925, p. 174), this species would be brack- eted with Geckobia australis Hirst, 1926, but in width of body and general form of dorsal hairs and ventral scales, it seems to resemble more closely G. hindustanica Hirst, 1926, described from Hemidacty- lus leschenaulti, Madras, India. It differs from G. hindustanica in the complete absence of a dorsal scute and in the relatively larger size of leg IV, as well as in other details. Genus Geckobiella Hirst, 1917 This genus was erected by Hirst (1917, p. 188) for the scale mites of Iguanid lizards, and thus far its members have been found to occur only on species of the genus Sceloporus. It would be of great interest to know what types of scale mites occur on the other numerous genera of the family Iguanidae in the New World. The eyes, which are not mentioned in the description of the genus, consist of a single pair situated in much the same position as those of Geckobia and Zonurobia, Lawrence, 1935, being located anteriorly near the lateral margin of the body. They are small, only a little larger han the ringlike sockets of the dorsal hairs (fig. 6, 6). Geckobiella texana (Banks), 1905 Fiaures 6, 7 Geckobia texana Banks, Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington, vol. 8, p. 134, 1905. Geckobiella terana (Banks), Hirst, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 8, vol. 19, p. 138, 1917. Material examined—Numerous adults and larvae of this species collected by A. S. Pearse from Sceloporus undulatus at Durham, N. C., in January 1950. Adult female—Hirst (1925, p. 200, fig. 19) figured only the ventral surface of this species, and the opportunity is now taken to give an illustration of the dorsal surface (fig. 6). The dorsal hairs are much more numerous in some specimens than in others, there being probably a certain amount of variation in this respect. The mouth parts are longer and more robust than in most genera of Pterygosomidae; the free portion of the peritremes reach to the distal end of the second palpal segment; the second palpal segment with a fairly long slender hair of equal thickness throughout, not pointed at the apex, with fine barbs; dorsal hair of the third palpal segment longer, pointed apically and smooth or almost so; fourth pal- pal segment with a single seta above, claw stout, conical, and somewhat curved. 16 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 103 a x a $e oe WSS Ficure 6.—Geckobiella texana (Banks): a, Dorsal surface of female; b, eye. Leg I only a little longer than IV, distinctly stouter than the re- maining legs; segments 2 and 3 of all legs with a setiform hair above, finely barbed. Adult male—The single specimen which appears to be an adult male is considerably smaller than the female and with far fewer hairs SCALE-MITE PARASITES—LAWRENCE 17 Ficure 7.—Geckobiella texana (Banks): a, Dorsal surface of larva; b, penis (?). on the dorsal surface; otherwise it does not differ from the female; the chitinous genital structures are rather ill-defined, the large penis (%) (fig. 7,5), projecting slightly from the genital aperture at the posterior extremity of the body. Larva—Dorsal surface with very few symmetrically disposed hairs, as in figure 7,a. Eyes present in the same position as the adult. Ven- tral surface entirely without hairs or setae except for a single seta at the base of legs I and III. Mouth parts closely resembling those of the adult, but the peritremes much shorter, reaching to a little below 18 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM YOL. 103 the base of the second palpal segment, and the claw of the palp more slender. Legs shorter than in the adult. Dimensions —Female : Length of body 0.9138 mm.; width, 0.487 mm. Male: Length of body 0.652 mm.; width, 0.326 mm. Larva: Length of body 0.740 mm. ; width, 0.413 mm. References Hirst, ARTHUR STANLEY 1917. On some new mites of the suborder Prostigmata living on lizards. Ann, Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 8, vol. 19, p. 136. 1925. On parasitic mites of the suborder Prostigmata (Trombidioidea), on lizards. Journ. Linnaean Soc. London, vol. 36, p. 173. LAWRENCE, R. F. 1935. The prostigmatic mites of South African lizards. Parasitology, vol. 27, No. 1, p. 6. U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1953 a ; | - yoke ‘im o 1 ie sell nel babe sae abl i ai ill hie 2 aint pian ha on oe ? OF ae Ate ~ ae aie th wT ANS A , Le " i wey ° ay < pens” 4, i) a i ee a = 7 tT oe = vby rs Ad ‘i 4 a fe ' ry ~ * Se a - j ba ; ‘ pe 9%, =) “ei +; wih a = . ae , i) : oe % Vy i 7 7. etal: ee chines et ol i, he iA pets fe kth ee lash Toran lage ea a 7 dene , t ‘zl Ly aie Peele "y ™ Laitinen, et, OL it . | Yi e KA ooh x . é, qomrnruadt . . ; i ‘ | ij i pe " a é 4» i mt U og ay eee t.. ery | PROCEEDINGS OF THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM issued 1% PER SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM Vol. 103 Washington : 1953 No. 3313 NOTES ON THE BIOLOGY AND IMMATURE STAGES OF A CRICKET PARASITE OF THE GENUS RHOPALOSOMA By AsHiry B. Gurney’ Introduction For more than three-quarters of a century wasps of the genus Rhopalosoma Cresson, 1865, have attracted the interest of hyme- nopterists because characters of the adult have left doubt regarding family relationships. Although the family Rhopalosomatidae? was proposed for the genus in 1896, there remains uncertainty as to what other genera are to be included in the family.’ Neither is it clear which of the related families is most closely allied to the Rhopalosoma- tidae. Biological studies of Rhopalosoma together with a critical examination of the immature stages may be helpful in clarifying these matters. Until now the only original published information concern- ing the biology and immature stages is that by Hood (1914). He col- lected a larva which was reared to maturity and identified as R. poeyi Cresson, which is currently referred to R. nearcticum Brues. Hood’s account is brief and, while it is a good general indication of the biology, contains no detailed morphological descriptions. The recent capture of a larva of Rhopalosoma at Falls Church, Va., has given 1 Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine, Agricultural Research Administration, U. S. Department of Agriculture. * Originally given as Rhopalosomidae by Ashmead (1896). An adult specimen of the genus has been illustrated by Westwood (1874, pl. 24, fig. 9). The species shown there is Rhopalosoma aenigmaticum (Westwood) of Hispaniola. ® Readers are referred to Brues and Melander (1932, p. 499), Brues (1943), and Krom- bein (1951). 228353—53 19 20 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 103 impetus to the gathering of biological data, and the material at my disposal has also permitted morphological studies to be made on several of the immature stages. I am much indebted to Dr. Henry K. Townes, of the North Carolina State College (in absentia), for lending specimens of Rhopalosoma and for supplying collecting records and giving helpful suggestions. My colleagues Dr. B. D. Burks, K. V. Krombein, and Dr. W. H. Anderson have also advised me generously. David G. Shappirio, of Harvard University, and Dr. T. H. Hubbell, of the University of Michigan, have kindly supplied data on parasitized crickets preserved at the University of Michigan Museum of Zoology. Biological observations The larva found at Falls Church ‘ was in the fourth instar, attached to the left side of an adult female of Hapithus agitator Uhler. While I was beating deciduous underbrush for psocids, on September 30, 1950, the cricket was knocked into a collecting umbrella. The left hind leg was held at an unnatural angle with the body and the cricket was rather inactive and easily picked up. Leaves and other organic material were added to the jar in which the insect was placed, but the cricket was not seen to feed. The next day it scarcely changed its position, though the antennae occasionally moved. Meanwhile, the ventral surface of the parasite remained securely attached to the cricket and no movement was noticed. A 7 p.m. on the evening of October 2 the larva was beginning to shed its skin, as shown by the appearance of the white integument of the fifth instar where the fourth instar skin had split lengthwise along the middle of the dorsum. The cricket had then lost its foothold and was dying on its side, though its antennae still moved. By 8:30 p.m. the larva (which was entirely white except for traces of pale brown about the mandible) had left the dead cricket and had moved an inch or soaway. ‘The larva was placed in a pill box of soil where it gradually darkened to a creamy yellow color. On the day following the molt the larva made frequent twisting contractions as if trying to burrow. The head was directed downward most of the time and one silk strand coming from the mouth was noticed. The larva did not succeed in becoming completely covered with soil; dur- ing the next day it was relatively inactive, with the head uppermost 4 Generic identification of the parasite is primarily based on the very close agreement with the situation reported by Hood (1914). It may eventually be shown that more than one nominal form of Rhopalosoma inhabits the United States and that some specimens from the vicinity of Washington, D. C., are distinct from R. nearcticum, the type locality of which is Kissimee, Fla. CRICKET PARASITE—GURNEY Pi and showing occasional movements of the mouth parts. By the morn- ing of October 5, it was decidedly quiescent and evidently dying, and by noon it had died and so was preserved in alcohol (pl. 1). If several inches of fine sand had been provided instead of heavy gar- den loam, perhaps the insect would have entered the soil and suc- cessfully spun a cocoon. The present larva was attached to the cricket on the membrane between the terga and sterna of abdominal segments 1 to 5. After the fifth instar had left, the cricket (pl. 1) bore three exuviae visible from above, representing the second, third, and fourth instars. In each the head was directed posteriorly and located farther posteri- orly on the cricket than that of the previous instar. The strongest single point of larval attachment was apparently just anterior to the parasite’s modified anus; there the attachment was quite secure. The larval body was noticeably curled, but the entire ventral surface was closely appressed to the cricket. The exuviae of larval instar 1 was situated transversely on the ventral surface of the cricket, in a groove just behind the left hind coxa. The head end of the skin was directed mesally on the cricket and extended almost to the sternal plate of the first abdominal segment, while the posterior end was beneath the ends of succeeding exuviae. Remnants of the eggshell occurred with the exuviae of the first instar. On the body of the cricket, in part be- neath the cast skins and also directly adjacent to them and extending briefly onto the left tegmen (front wing), was an accumulation of dried mucus or similar material. This was scalelike in appearance and I first mistook it for exuviae. The larval head was not inserted through the cricket’s body wall, nor was there any definite opening, but the membrane where the last feeding mandibles (fourth instar) were applied showed signs of having been pierced. The points of contact for the mandibles of the second and third instars were covered with the exuviae of later instars. A second larva of Rhopalosoma in the U.S. National Museum was collected on a last instar male nymph of Hapithus sp. at Marietta, Ga., August 9, 1947. The larva is in the fifth instar, though it probably was captured in an earlier stage since the host cricket is also preserved. The exuviae which were attached to the left side of the cricket agree with those of the Falls Church specimen so far as has been noted. The third larva of Rhopalosoma examined (fig. 9, e, f) was preserved in the fourth instar after having been collected on an adult female of Hapithus agitator at Fuguay, N. C., September 12, 1950, by Townes, Rabb, and Howden (North Carolina State College collection) (pl. 1). The head of the final feeding stage of the larva was on the cricket’s fifth abdominal segment, with the mandibles applied to the mem- brane close to the spiracle and nearer the tergum than to the 22 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 103 sternum. t ae LS Ww, rE nn. op r 9 AS na : OF TH. BELETD GEN ye STITOBSZEE €* 2 7 ee hog ieorey 5% m a st A — 3s Te 3 a. ie Ph ee AS iy i 2 aa . AR. Wk as airy US Agi Seay Gaya 14 aS id 9%: i mth. Acerves TE oe ti porieiierdsi. % (t ' .% tp eee Se a eee Reread. ds, rany. Verran aud. apats bab DS Din Pie, wearin ol Reifohende ath falbor sews i, ea the parson se | cndiwn ta doa hie wuTe aan Be fait. Welty Che acocan Tiel of S. Whemeda Johannes, a. eee at Pete Bea OEDers to hepresens the fexnale of Ais ica! bike poeta -O-idi ee fern & it ais ri). G MaAtecnel thc epltec ti St wtih fursaheet “he weer el tas cout ateden i mA 4et> ed Ys tey Ae ae so Ways |e pee ns m tee deed ot Weer iaes Seo Sea, Che ee OA 4530 4 "ised iota jieveho Soete Health, far fhel: Climates ca-aseliog A Log sere me frets; wltiels | worked mastof Wie Plas ce frecttrme nt tay BL (2uerwar Gosia Stilosecams El-Ger, 193) 7 Nk A. od rhthe Maple be poety Date. ye cary Bani S111: — 5-16 ore) 24-05 bong and eatindyions "2 ah! a an) af ar Sibi) i fa i i ) Ae yew ; ‘ ci Fonaea, Pina dite eae: | ari eae ec Ne ita: gear amon’ bs eW. fa OS Da ee | ee Pi 2 teed th, wd be ee ry. . io OP Gre cot et at, lai ola sto, Mii: Aly Sane ial Th. Mp ) So ee ; A oe sy HOO sb Nowy 1x oven. ae Petts Aim Am mae AAV AIPA, |) RR Sie’). we ‘pth: bl J i ko da eaten gt RR. |e Tinea ie uienin j See oe ee me es ? i in a. VAL ¥ fi i), Doar NG rh - . wv i, i DO BA sa » Fea nl Race % . ii if i aA, ae a j F ¢ hve? Mig Teen fo eb nr 2 esi 4 i a 1 ) ti ) at ‘qian r me, iat iw} yen) .. ouAr lira se ” » . ri Jraniiivos vty tele Tete is ee ae oie sie 1, hire ehiist6 fits “Ahr eel He Ra pee sind po hy ut ta Lenard Ayly will hiik ry ; Tatt)) IT ei a “DOLE Ot ‘hata ik Vike Gita ; lah thir neil ait? yotlodl al .foidvorsdadayttl “38 Vas at) Ted ] were ji is Wi ete 5 Ps : ; Loe ket & AT ee ae mere St a) aes Re me: a , y 5 J fad Crile)” sera Ota el! Palbtmae eh 3 Wat - a ~ re rie nh i iy aT - ee jae} ALY, cS Urea Pa OT Re ILL evi Lan aoe ek ear Ott a “Gh, teens qadies ) 8967) acy Seckatl pe ee be orant af “ x. - lei -Obs ae wtb i dis oe ni, os vaicition iplaesty SAU) Ge] IAS nes nanannemtey oP) webs wae Se ae “A phe , ; ; et Li Athy oil ust nie , ‘4 | apap ca) Yaoi okra AGE) nea sdaiic ob dient RE Ine se? oe Casburehgnlaoi Mt iis ate Dn seal i “ a BEM: meri 4 5 yy ace VWeee ve Wore Av Fi tne PUG oot? e one, ‘ad gost. cil na Pe re mye WA . 4 ww i a Sf We ial aaa” Aedsvae) eben awh) eore by iy m4 ork: eset bare ae Caeeall nite gt Ae aya) (gost rgreed tyseaetees ae .. ; R a ee. Ohcheee Ppa J A e ] aay ae, Cea) s for sou ; py Gee * oo pfire if a ' = bY ; 7 =o ak Va ; tee es 7% > ‘ : . ‘ 7 ie, PA SALUg evi i) : re ur {32 Tire oie eel. iit iil 27> Fadi oie ‘ iq ne a } é weraps ; | Trev l ir y mGD : me Krecy i> Ere ae eS Vhs Wee An muindéed., | Ba poretine cf thes eras Ry piee ered grees bb Galery Lo Ws Sure pat 2 Ae Yith 1 TT et Wu °F (ery te. ent + med. bien &° (entaeniiie LotGey, foo the Sau of a (hig wih: . Them 054) cede, Kmemtna pany Vi CVepeneigent MB (im jer ' ay ry iE: mM AS ; i ae PROCEEDINGS OF THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM ep \ RY Ae aT ee SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM Vol. 103 Washington: 1953 No. 3317 BEETLES OF THE OEDEMERID GENUS VASACES CHAMPION By Ross H. Arnett, Jr.’ Champion (1889) described the genus Vasaces for three species from Central America. One species, Vasaces aeneipennis, was described from material from México, and the other two, Vasaces sordidus and Vasaces costatus, were described from Guatemala. Since the completion of my revision of the Nearctic Oedemeridae (Amer. Midl. Nat., vol. 45, pp. 257-391, 1951), I have seen several specimens of Vasaces collected by J. N. Knull in Arizona and Texas. This genus has not previously been recorded from North America, north of México. In addition, a few specimens from Central America, in the collections of the U. S. National Museum and the Museum of Comparative Zoology, have been available to me for study. The present paper, based on all available material, with the excep- tion of the Champion type specimens, adds four new species to the genus. Bi + ea oarent Win ecy: Lc A NPI Hea Pilh ee, BM, VTE Chet aes STG rt! Fae DP race r rir aks (iad sie cs vore yellow ANRUS 7! Sopedirete, Teng ie ) ite . : a win) pon ve tun dak wi ce ayy ily ta cr, wt -re hd Ue oe rat pe pagcotbt Oy eharactere.vd the leh wa | x ee Or oie iw ledihor yxien! ApH iia cheeses, : Sark. of eralopager ae a US iietie: ieee) i ee Pineal,” as be detarained with, degsedety Wale api eo GF the Tondly Ary puidigd)) Ancieding &) Le oe) ml . Rayer would wrobably £4 oe well & Oia,” fai wipe: recordin ga Afineholes ao: by Ploek, pail -Abyenone ea Pienek Gisane wruldhe aithex Sfoaulioles of Sdlolersu, meee Rid aE Shir "eheld gealtalys the nadleeyos) ko Ornate, a BE Ci cof 114 sini eihcurict Mad wea) he Hat Of Ytvo wpeekrhons i the US, andi Mascke, Rory bean or nomeajor ie ery ey iia iutun, Agora femmes MOUs ene, HD Tomes ; > *) ; ai pete ee } ; ; a A 2 > a le | mae o oe a oe Hbiiwure piped ene PROCEEDINGS OF THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM by the \ Nei 1 Saag SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM Vol. 103 Washington: 1953 No. 3320 AMERICAN BITING MIDGES OF THE HELEID GENUS MONOHELEA By Wiis W. Wirt’ The genus Monohelea was founded by Kieffer (1917) for a new species, hieroglyphica, from Paraguay, and three other American species were included: Ceratopogon sequax Williston, 1896; C. maculi- pennis Coquillett, 1905; and C. nebulosa Coquillett, 1901. Since then a number of species have been added to the genus, including repre- sentatives from each of the world’s zoogeographic regions. However, with the exception of Lee’s (1948) treatment of the eight Australasian species, no comprehensive paper on the genus has yet appeared. A study of the American Monohelea has resulted in the recognition of 7 undescribed species, bringing the total for the hemisphere to 13. No doubt many more await discovery. These American species fall in four distinct groups, each with characteristic wing and leg markings. Within these groups the species are rather difficult to separate, for the characters which prove useful in one group may be valueless in others. These groups may also be recognized by characters of the male geni- talia, which offer in addition good specific characters. The generic position of Ceratopogon sequar Williston, based on a male from St. Vincent, cannot be determined with certainty until the male genitalia or the female are studied. According to the original description, seguax would probably fit as well in Stilobezzia. Simi- larly, the male recorded as Monohelea sp. by Floch and Abonnenc (1942) from French Guiana could be either Monohelea or Stilobezzia, since in their figure of the male genitalia the aedeagus is omitted. The types of five of the new species, as well as most of the specimens studied, are in the U.S. National Museum. For the loan or donation 1 Bureau of Entomology and Plant?Quarantine, Agricultural Research Administration, U. S. Depart- ment of Agriculture. 23299253 135 136 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 108 of other specimens examined I am deeply grateful to Paul Freeman, of the British Museum (Natural History), to Henry Dietrich, of Cornell University, and to John Lane, of the University of S40 Paulo. For the generous gift or loan of still other specimens I wish to thank Mrs. Elisabeth C. Beck and J. A. Mulrennan of Jacksonville, Florida, Bernard Brookman of San Francisco, California, Jean A. Laffoon of Ames, Iowa, and Henry K. Townes of Raleigh, North Carolina. The figures of the wings and legs were made with the aid of a micro- projector and those of the male genitalia with the aid of an ocular reticule disc and squared paper. No consistent scale was used. Family HELEIDAE Genus Monohelea Kieffer, 1917 Diagnosis —Body short, not very hairy. Eyes bare. Mesonotal pits present but small. Forelegs and midlegs unmodified; fourth tarsal segments cylindrical and claws small and equal in both sexes; hind leg with femur and tibia more or less thickened, but without spines, basitarsus with a spine at tip, fourth segment cylindrical, fifth segment in female with one very long claw, the other absent or very short, male claws small and equal except hind claw as in female in tessellata group; empodium absent. Wings with fine microtrichiae, a few macrotrichiae at wing tip; costa extending well beyond middle of wing; two radial cells, second longer than first; intercalary fork fairly distinct; crossvein r-m vertical; median fork with short stem, M2 sometimes interrupted at base; anal vein thickened in middle, but without fold at thickening. Male genitalia with ninth tergite tapered, the caudal margin truncate or broadly bilobed; aedeagus usually with a pair of sharp-pointed, tapered, lateral sclerites and an accessory, dorsomedian, posterior lobe; parameres consisting of paired, sub- median sclerites of irregular shapes. Key to the American species of Monohelea 1. Wings without markings; mesonotum shining black (subgenus Schizohelea). 1. leucopeza (Meigen) Wings with pronounced dark markings; mesonotum pruinose, often with mark- ings (subgenus Monohelea)_..--.5----. 23.2222. 2 ee Ls 2 2. Hind femur and tibia yellow, with dark brown rings (hieroglyphica group)- 3 Hind femur and tibia shining black, only knee spot yellow__-_----------- 9 3. Forelegs and midlegs with distinct dark brown bands; wings often with exten- sive mserotrichiae..__.41.. ~~ -- 52. 4 Forelegs and midlegs yellowish, without distinct bands; wings with macro- trichiae only at extreme distal margin. -_--_.__.....-==22 So eee 6 4. Wings with macrotrichiae over distal third; wing markings extensive__._ 5 Wing without apparent macrotrichiae; wing markings reduced, X-shaped marking in cells M; and Mz broken up into 3 discrete spots. 6. texana, new species HELEID MIDGES, GENUS MONOHELEA—WIRTH 137 5. Wing with about 20 small, scattered, black dots in addition to the irregular, diffuse gray markings; fore tibia and midtibia dark only at apices; scutellum TMIfO ceva wilifas ye yee age ee es ke 8. brasiliensis Lane Wing with uniformly gray, irregular markings, without small, black dots; fore tibia and midtibia entirely dark; scutellum dark in middle. 7. ornata, new species 6. Hind femur brown on basal third; scutellum dark in middle; wing markings Asta HI bis bOndere deme a = eeyr ee sie ee So ape ee eee 7 Hind femur with broad yellow band on sub-basal fourth; scutellum uniformly dull whitish; wing markings bordered with whitish pruinosity. 3. maculipennis (Coquillett) 7. Basal and median brown bands on hind tibia joined with brown, at least on ventral side; male parameres each with 2 or 3 distal lobes______------- 8 Basal and median brown tibial bands separated by a broad yellow band; male parameres each with simple, bladelike apex__-_-- 5. macfiei, new species 8. Sinuate, dark, wing marking in cells M; and Mg entire; male parameres with prosds rounded! distal) lobesss22252-)- 934555522 4. lanei, new species Sinuate, dark, wing marking broken into 3 or 4 separate spots; male parameres with slender, pointed, distal lobes__________-_- 2. hieroglyphica Kieffer 9. Scutellum yellow, brown in middle; wing with 2 prominent, small, black spots, spot absent in basal cell; hind basitarsus about 2.5 times as long as second segment; mesonotum yellowish, with tiny brown dots (multilineata group) 10 Seutellum entirely dark brown or yellow only in middle; wing with two prom- inent anterior spots plus a spot in basal cell; hind basitarsus 1.3 to 2.0 times as long as second segment (tessellata group)____-_----------------- 12 10. Ninth sternite of male with 4 long hairs arising from tubercles in a row at base GMIMeECIANV OMe was! a a! See ee Bee ee. eet hee 11 Ninth sternite of male with 2 long hairs arising from base of median lobe; para- meres not connected, with irregular, twisted apices; female abdomen pruinose gray above, with small, lateral, shining brown spots. 9. stonei, new species 11. Male aedeagus with broad, bilobed apex; parameres not connected, recurved apices long and scimitar shaped; female abdomen pruinose gray above, with narrow, shining brown bands broadening at margins of segments. 10. multilineata (Lutz) Male aedeagus cleft one-third way to base, with a pair of long, slender, apical points; parameres broadly connected at bases, recurved apices with broadly ROUNGEGOeOWESE {2 a Bake bel es 11. guianae, new species 12. Mesonotum pruinose gray with dark-brown spots or irregular patches; scutel- lum yellow in middle, with about 8 marginal hairs; wing bands distinct to hind margin, usually strongly interconnected___ 12. nebulosa (Coquillett) Mesonotum dark brown with irregular, pruinose, gray spots; scutellum usually entirely black, with 4 marginal hairs; wing bands faint behind vein My, usually rather well separated__....._.._---- 13. johannseni, new species Subgenus Schizohelea Kieffer, 1917 Schizohelea Kieffer, Ann. Mus Nat. Hungarici, vol. 15, p. 295, 1917, vol. 16, p. 57, 1918, and vol. 17, p. 89, 1919.—Goetghebuer, Mem. Mus. Hist. Nat. Belgique, vol. 8, p. 65, 1920.—Edwards, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, vol. 74, p. 411, 1926—Johannsen, Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., vol. 36, p. 782, 1943. (Genotype, Ceratopogon copiosus Winnertz; monobasic.) Allohelea Kieffer, Ann. Mus. Nat. Hungarici, vol. 15, p. 364, 1917. (Genotype, Sphaeromyas pulchripennis Kieffer; origina] designation.) 138 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 108 Following Goetghebuer (1934), I regard Schizohelea as a subgenus for leucopeza Meigen. Diagnosis.—This species differs rather markedly from the other species of Monohelea in having the second branch of the media broadly interrupted at the base, basitarsus without apical spine, and male genitalia with emarginate sternite and arched aedeagus. 1. Monohelea (Schizohelea) leucopeza (Meigen), 1804 FicurE 18, m Ceratopogon leucopeza Meigen, Klassifikation und Beschreibung . . . Insekten, vol. 1, p. 29, 1804. Ceratolophus leucopeza, Kieffer, Genera insectorum, fasc. 42, p. 60, 1906. Schizohelea leucopeza, Edwards, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, vol. 74, p. 411, 1926.— Séguy, Faune de France, pt. 8, p. 70, 1937. Monohelea (Schizohelea) leucopeza, Goetghebuer, in Lindner, Die Fliegen der Palaearktischen Region, Lief. 78, p. 53, 1934. Ceratopogon albitarsis Wiedemann, Zool. Mag., vol. 1, p. 67, 1817. Ceratopogon copiosus Winnertz, Linn. Ert., vol. 6, p. 56, 1852. Ceratolophus copiosus, Kieffer, Genera insectorum, fasc. 42, p. 60, 1906. Schizohelea copiosa, Kieffer, Ann. Mus. Nat. Hungarici, vol. 15, p. 295, 1917; idem, vol. 16, p. 57, 1918; idem, vol. 17, p. 89, 1919.—Goetghebuer, Mem. Mus. Hist. Nat. Belgique, vol. 8, p. 66, 1920.—Kieffer, Faune de France, pt. 11, p. 116, 1925. Ceratopogon politus Coquillett, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 23, p. 606, 1901 (9, Massachusetts). Ceratolophus politus, Kieffer, Genera insectorum, fasc. 42, p. 61, 1906. Johannseniella polita, Malloch, Bull. Illinois State Lab. Nat. Hist., vol. 10, p. 227, 1914. Johannsenomyia polita, Malloch, Bull. Illinois State Lab. Nat. Hist., vol. 10, p. 335, 1915 (New York). Sphaeromias polita, Kieffer, Ann. Mus. Nat. Hungarici, vol. 15, p. 364, 1917. Allohelea polita, Kieffer, Ann. Mus. Nat. Hungarici, vol. 15, p. 364, 1917. Schizohelea polita, Johannsen, Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., vol. 36, p. 782, 1943 (? =leucopeza Meigen). Bezzia stecki Kieffer, Brotéria, Ser. Zool., vol. 18, p. 65, 1915. Description —FeEmate: Length 1.5 mm., wing 1.2 mm. by 0.5 mm. Entirely shining black, only the tarsi, wings, and halteres white. Antennae quite short, the distal segments scarcely elongated. Mesonotum with scattered, erect, long, black hairs; scutellum with six long marginal hairs. Second radial cell half again as long as the first, Mz broadly interrupted at base. Spermathecae two, subequal, rather small and subspherical, the ducts sclerotized a short distance. Matz (based on specimen from Suffolk, England): Ninth sternite about three times as broad as long, with a shallow, round emargination in middle of caudal margin, not spiculate; ninth tergite narrow, sur- passing basistyles, distal half with margins subparallel, apex truncate with setose apicolateral corners, the inner surface coarsely spiculate. Basistyles broad at base, each with a distinct lobe bearing three setose tubercles on inner side; abruptly narrowed on distal half; dististyles HELEID MIDGES, GENUS MONOHELEA—WIRTH 139 TABLE 1.—Proportions of segments of hind legs of female Monohelea species Species Cx AME F | aay Ay Te T3 Aly; Ts i leucopera.o- |=). 2- 25 10 65 65 30 12 10 8 12 2. hieroglyphica_-_-___- 30 10 80 | 72] 40 16 9 8 8 3. maculipennis_ -__-_-__- 20 10 55 50 24 11 8 6 + cS 0) Ses ee ae 25 10 65 60 | 35 17 10 8 8 Se 20 10; 60); 55 30 15 10 7 7 perorentae 24 St? 72) 681" 3a 16 9 rs 7 Piepanet rt js esse 30 10 80 | 70] 50 20 12 8 10 10. multilineata_______-_ 28 12 | 88 80 50 20 12 8 8 fe penuloss-—_...___.- 28 12 | 80; 70 24 12 6 8 8 i32-johannseni. 222+. 25 10 70 65 25 12 8 10 10 nearly as long as basistyles, rather strongly curved. Aedeagus in form of a slender, rounded arch nearly as long as broad at base, with a pair of short, pointed, submedian plates projecting dorsocaudad at apex. Parameres with stout, lateral apodemes at bases; stems stout and gently curved, contiguous at midlength, their apices pointed and abruptly bent ventrocephalad on about distal fourth. Type.—Presumably in the Meigen collection in the Muséum National d’Histoire Naturelle in Paris. Material examined.—Massachusetts: N. Amherst, June 1940, 4 99. New York: Mecklenburg, June 2, 1940, A. Stone, 10 99; North Ridgeway, June 22, 1940,S. C. Mendall, 1 9. Michigan: St. Joseph, May 30, 1938, C. W. Sabrosky, 6 99. England: Corriegills, Arran, June 2-4, 1919, F. W. Edwards, 2 99; Mildenhall, Suffolk, May 22, 1909, Yerbury, 1 . Remarks.—This species is found in Europe, West Africa, and northeastern North America. Subgenus Monohelea Kieffer, 1917 Monohelea Kieffer, Ann. Mus. Nat. Hungarici, vol. 15, p. 295, 1917.—-Goetghebuer, Mem. Mus. Hist. Nat. Belgique, vol. 8, p. 63, 1920.—Ingram and Macfie, Ann. Trop. Med. Parasit., vol. 15, p. 344, 1921.—Edwards, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, vol. 74, p. 410, 1926.—Tokunaga, Tenthredo, vol. 3, p. 156, 1940.— Johannsen, Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., vol. 36, p. 781, 1948—-Lane, Arq. Fac. Hig. Saude Univ. Saéo Paulo, vol. 1, p. 225, 1948.—Lee, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales, vol. 72, p. 350, 1948. (Genotype, Monohelea hieroglyphica Kieffer; original designation.) Diagnosis.—Wings with prominent markings; body with pruinose pattern; ninth sternite of male spiculate and transverse or lobed, not emarginate. hieroglyphica—group Diagnosis.—Hind legs conspicuously banded, not markedly swollen; hind tarsi slender; wings with extensive irregular markings; male aedeagus broad, with median, anterior notch and triangular, lateral sclerites with converging, sharp-pointed apices. 140 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 103 2. Monohelea (Monohelea) hieroglyphica Kieffer, 1917 FicureE 19, g Monohelea hieroglyphica Kieffer, Ann. Mus. Nat. Hungarici, vol. 15, p. 312, 1917 (a, 9, Paraguay). Monohelea hyeroglyphica, Lane, Arq. Fac. Hig. Saude Pub. Univ. Sao Paulo, vol. 1, p. 225, 1948 (Brazil). Discussion —This is the genotype of Monohelea. Macfie’s (1937, 1940a) records of this species from Trinidad and British Guiana must, I believe, be referred to macfiet, new species, described (see. p. 143), from Louisiana. Through the kindness of John Lane I have examined a female from km. 47, estrada Rio-Séo Paulo, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, collected in February 1945 by P. Wygodzinsky. This is from the same locality as the male described and figured by Lane. Externally this species is almost inseparable from M. (M.) lanei, new species (see p. 142), from Florida, but the male genitalia are very close to those of M. (M.) maculipennis. A sketch of the male parameres (after Lane) is included here for comparison with those of maculipennis. Types.—In the Musei Nationalis Hungarici in Budapest, o’, 9, Paraguay. 3. Monohelea (Monchelea) maculipennis (Coquillett), 1905 Fiaures 18, a, 7; 19, f Ceratopogon maculipennis Coquillett, Journ. New York Ent. Soe., vol. 13, p. 64, 1905 (9, Florida).—Kieffer, Genera insectorum, fase. 42, p. 51, 1906. Monohelea maculipennis, Kieffer, Ann. Mus. Nat. Hungarici, vol. 15, p. 312, 1917.— Johannsen, Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. vol. 36, p. 781, 1948. Diagnostic characters—A yellowish gray, pruinose species with faint, brown, mesonotal dots, pale yellowish scutellum; hind legs with narrow, dark rings and wings with extensive, irregular, grayish macula- tions bordered with whitish pruinosity. Description.—Frmate: Length 1 mm., wing 1 mm. by 0.4 mm. Head pale yellowish, antennae and palpi brown; proportions of flagellar segments of antennae 12:10:10:12:12:12:12:12:16:16:18:18:24. Palpal segments in proportion of 5:7:10:5:10. Mesonotum grayish pruinose, with many scattered, small, brown dots at the bases of the dark mesonotal hairs; humeri and sides exten- sively yellow. Scutellum pruinose, yellowish white, with four marginal hairs, the middle pair quite close together. Postscutellum and pleura pruinose brown, the latter with several indistinct, transverse, darker lines. Legs yellowish, coxae and trochanters brown, upper fourth of midcoxa and hind coxa yellowish; fore femur and midfemur and tibiae unbanded; hind femur (figure 18, 7) brown at extreme base, two narrow oblique dark rings in middle and a dark, preapical, ventral spot; hind tibia with narrow sub-basal, median, and apical rings; tarsi narrowly HELEID MIDGES, GENUS MONOHELEA—WIRTH 141 dark at apices of segments. Proportions of segments of hind legs as in table 1. Wing whitish hyaline, with irregular maculations, grayish by transmitted light, yellowish brown with narrow, whitish pruinose borders by reflected light. Markings composed of a broad, irregular band across wing at level of first radial cell, filling basal half of medio- cubital fork, with a prominent, omega-shaped spur in base of cell R;; a small spot before middle of second radial cell; a more or less quadrate to X-shaped mark across cell R; at apex of second radial cell; a sigmoid, subapical mark across cells M, and Mz, often connected by very narrow lines in these cells to mesal band; small, irregular spots across wing near base and a small spot past middle of basal cell. First radial cell about half as long as second, a very few macrotrichiae at apices of cells R; and M,. Halteres dull white, a black dot on anterior side. Abdomen dull whitish, sides with irregular, dark patches. Sper- mathecae two, very unequal, subspherical, each with short sclerotized duct. Maus: Ninth sternite about twice as broad as long, spiculate, posterior margin transverse, abutting against base of aedeagus, with four long hairs arising from tubercles in a curved row; ninth tergite greatly constricted, with sides subparallel on distal half, apex truncate, apicolateral processes short. Basistyles narrowed on distal halves; dististyles curved to slender, pointed apices. Anterior margin of aedeagus broad, slightly concave, with a small median notch; aedeagus bearing a pair of triangular, submedian sclerites, the bladelike apices of which converge before level of the irregular bilobed apices of an accessory pair of dorsal sclerites. Parameres with flaring, winglike, bilobed, basal apodemes, more or less connected at midlength by a pair of stout mesal lobes, apices each with a straight, long, slender stem bearing a dorsolateral lobe about half as long and of same thick- ness, just beyond level of mesal bridge. Type—USNM 8366, 9, Florida, Jacksonville. Material examined.—Florida: Crystal River, Citrus County, July 17, 1950, Hudson, 4 99; Everglades City, Collier County, Feb. 7, 1950, Davidson, 1 o, 9 99; Fort Myers, Lee County, Feb. 2, 1949, Brechtel, 1 &; Islamorada, Monroe County, June 7, 1949, Smith, 1 o, 2 99; Jacksonville, date not given, Slosson, 1 9 (type). México: Ciudad Monte, Tamaulipas, Nov. 22, 1943, Brookman, 1 BY S-99. Guatemala: Rio Dulce, Mar. 21, 1906, Schwarz and Barber, 1 9. Panamé: Rio Trinidad, June 9, 1902, Busck, 1 9. Remarks.—¥ormerly all the North American Monohelea with the type of wing pattern characteristic of hieroglyphica were called maculipennis. Thus in my (1952) paper on California Heleidae, I 142 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 108 erroneously included a California record of maculipennis and also cited several eastern records of this speciesin error. I have now studied the hieroglyphica group more intensively and believe I have correctly identified several component species on the basis of male genitalia supported by several rather difficult but constant external characters of the female. In addition to hieroglyphica and maculi- pennis there appear to be four or more undescribed species in this complex. Although my California specimen and that reported as Monohelea sp. by Johannsen (1943) do not fit any of those described below, probably falling closest to hieroglyphica in wing markings, a positive diagnosis of the species must await the collection of the male. 4. Monohelea (Monohelea) lanei, new species Fiaures 18, b, j; 19, e Description.—FEMALE: Length 1.3 mm., wing 1.1 mm. by 0.4 mm. As in M. (M.) maculipennis (Coquillett), but darker and slightly larger. Mesonotum light brown pruinose with faint brown punctures; scutellum brownish in middle. Markings on hind legs stronger; basal third of hind femur brown, a narrow, diagonal band just past middle, then a small, brown, ventral spot and a strong preapical band; basal and median bands on hind tibia broad and joined on ventral side, the distal band broad. Proportions of segments of hind leg as in table 1. Wing markings darker and more extensive than in maculipennis, the omega-shaped mark entirely closed behind by a broad extension of the mesal band, the X-shaped mark in cell R; greatly constricted in middle and much broader behind. Macrotrichiae sparse and con- fined to wing margin; first radial cell about two-thirds as long as second. Abdomen brown above, yellowish on sides in front and on three distal segments. Spermathecae two, large, very unequal and sub- spherical. Maus: Ninth sternite with posterior margin convex in middle, spiculate; ninth tergite tapered to a pair of blunt, triangular, sub- median, caudal lobes. Basistyles narrow, nearly straight; dististyles slender, curved, with sharp, incurved points. Aedeagus with basal halves broadly separated by a deep notch in middle of anterior margin, lateral sclerites with broad, triangular bases, the slender, pointed, posterior portions directed caudomesad and meeting each other over tips of a pair of sharp-pointed, dorsal processes. Parameres a pair of irregular, sublateral sclerites joined by an indistinct transverse bridge at a third of the distance from bases; basal apodemes trilobed, directed laterocephalad to bases of basistyles; posterior portions with subparallel inner margins, tips each with apical, knoblike, sclerotized lobe with slightly longer, flattened, roundly flaring, ventral expansions. HELEID MIDGES, GENUS MONOHELEA—WIRTH 143 Types.—Holotype, o&, USNM 61091, Miami, Florida, Mar. 25, 1944, Wirth. Allotype with same data as type except date, October 1943. Paratypes: Florida: 2 7,599, same, except date, October 1943 to April 1944; 1 9, Welaka, June 17, 1946, Bellamy; 1 9, Everglades City, Feb. 7, 1950, Davidson. 5. Monohelea (Monohelea) macfiei, new species Figures 18, c, h; 19, h Monohelea hieroglyphica, Macfie, not Kieffer (misidentification), Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 10, vol. 20, p. 18, 1937 (?, Trinidad); Ent. Monthly Mag., vol. 76; p. 80, 1940 (0, British Guiana, genitalia figured). Description.—FEMALE: Length 1.2 mm., wing 1.4 mm. by 0.5 mm. As in M. (M.) maculipennis (Coquillett), but the mesonotum with a pronounced, broad, median, anterior band and a large area between wing bases in front of scutellum uniform brown, the scutellum with a more or less brownish median area. Abdomen suffused, grayish brown above. Legs as figured by Macfie (1937), brown bands on hind legs quite distinct; on hind femur a band on basal third, a diagonal band past middle, and a narrow band subapically;on hind tibia, narrow basal, median, and apical rings; all tarsal segments with narrow apical bands. Wing as in figure 18, c, the dark areas in the first basal and anal cells quite extensive, the X-shaped mark in cell R; large, with the caudo- distal arm more prolonged than shown by Macfie and the distal sig- moid mark in cells M, and M, connected by broad lines in these cells to the broad median crossband. All wing markings brown by re- flected light, gray by transmitted light; a few macrotrichiae at apex of wing. Mate: The resemblance of the Louisiana male to the male from British Guiana figured by Macfie (1940a) is remarkable. The slender, sinuate, bladelike parameres connected by a narrow bridge at midlength are the most distinctive difference. Types.—Holotype, o', USNM 61092, allotype, Kilbourne, Louisiana, May 10, 1947, Wirth. Paratypes: Louisiana: 2 9? , with same data as type; 1 9, Baton Rouge, May 16, 1947, Wirth. 6. Monohelea (Monchelea) texana, new species Ficure 19, d Description —Matz: Wing 1.1 mm. long. Badly damaged, anten- nae, all of legs but fore feraur, midfemur, and tibiae gone. Mesonotum appears discolored, all dark except large quadrate yellow patches on humeri; scutellum light yellow, a minute brown spot in middle of anterior surface. Forelegs and midlegs yellow, narrow basal, median, and subapical faint brown rings on fore femur; narrow basal and 232992532 144 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM bh. broader median and apical brown rings on fore tibia; broad basal and narrow median brown rings on midfemur and faint median and broad, dark-brown apical rings on midtibia. Wings marked as in M. (M.) hieroglyphica Kieffer, the median band broad, the omega- shaped spur distinct and open below, the spot in cell Rs narrow with the right-hand arms of the X absent, the sinuate mark in cells M, and M-z reduced to three discrete spots; macrotrichiae reduced to a few at wing margin. Halteres yellow with flat ends and a spot on anterior surfaces of knobs dark. Ninth sternite spiculate, posterior margin broadly convex in middle, with four long hairs arising from bases in an arched row; ninth tergite tapered, with a pair of prominent, apicolateral processes. Aedeagus with basal halves narrowly separated by a deep notch in middle of anterior margin, lateral sclerites with broad, triangular bases, the slender, pointed posterior apices meeting each other at about level of tip of ninth tergite; the dorsal accessory structure bifid a third the way to base of aedeagus, with a pair of very slender lobes with pointed apices curved ventrad and surpassing apices of lateral sclerites. Parameres joined together broadly near middle, each with well- developed basal and lateral arms, stems abruptly bent laterad two- thirds the way to apices, then abruptly bent ventrad, with pointed apices directed mesocaudad. Type.—Holotype, o', Cornell Univ. Type 2787, Limpia Canyon, Davis Mountains, Texas, July 7, 1917, Bradley. Remarks —The male genitalia are most distinctive, the simple apices of the parameres allying M. (M.) terana with M. (M.) macfiei, new species. However, the external features, as nearly as can be ascertained from the badly damaged specimen, are closer to other species, the wing markings being nearly like those of M. (M.) hero- glyphica Kieffer, while the front legs and midlegs are banded as in M. (M.) ornata, new species, and M. (M.) brasiliensis Lane. 7. Monohelea (Monohelea) ornata, new species Fiaure 18, d Description.—FEMALE: Length 1.2 mm., wing 1.2 mm. by 0.5 mm. Head pruinose brown, vertex yellowish; antennae broken, pedicel brown; palpi brown. Mesonotum pruinose gray, humeri yellowish; a broad, median, longitudinal band and broad patches above wings rich, velvety brown. Scutellum pruinose, grayish yellow, brown in middle; postscutellum and pleura pruinose dark brown. Fore femur and midfemur dull yellow, with faint median brown bands; fore tibia and midtibia brown; hind femur dark brown on basal third, a broad, diagonal, brown ring past middle and a narrow preapical brown ring; HELEID MIDGES, GENUS MONOHELEA—WIRTH 145 hind tibia with broad basal and apical rings, and a band just before middle, brown; tarsi dull yellowish. Proportions of segments of hind legs as in table 1; hind femur and tibia with rather long hairs; hind basitarsus with strong basal spine. Claws on forelegs long and equal, nearly as long as fourth and fifth segments combined; midtarsi broken ;on hind leg a single long claw half again as long as fifth segment. Wing grayish hyaline, with very extensive gray maculations as in figure; maculations of hieroglyphica type, but much more extensive, with an extra distal, separate spot narrowly connected to the X-shaped mark in cell Rs, and the subapical mark in cells M; and Mz quite broad. First radial cell about half as long as second; macrotrichiae very ex- tensive, sparsely covering distal third of wing and including most of cell M ;4 4 and anal cell. Halteres not visible. Abdomen uniformly dark, pruinose brown, spermathecae not examined. Types.—Holotype, 2, USNM 61093, Santa Rosa Island, Escambia County, Florida, Oct. 10, 1949, Butler. Remarks.—The wing, mesonotal, and leg markings are so distinctive that I do not hesitate to describe M. (M.) ornata from the single female. 8. Monohelea (Monohelea) brasiliensis Lane, 1948 Monohelea brasiliensis Lane, Arq. Fac. Hig. Saude Pub. Univ. Sao Paulo, vol. 1, p. 226, 1948 (9, Brazil). Description.—I have not seen this species, which is known only from the type female. Length 1.2 mm., wing 1.3 mm.; mesonotum chest- nut, yellowish on sides and in prescutellar depression; scutellum whitish. Legs yellowish, fore femur dark at base, midfemur dark on basal half; fore tibia and midtibia dark at apices; hind femur with two dark rings, one at apex of basal third and one in middle, hind tibia dark at base and apex and indistinctly so in middle. Hind basitarsus 1.8 times as long as second segment. Wing with about 20 black dots in addition to irregular grayish markings; macrotrichiae numerous on distal third of wing; first radial cell slightly over half as long as second (from original description). Type.—In collection of University of Sao Paulo, Brazil, No. 6781, 9, Brazil, Rio de Janeiro, Estrada Rio-Sdo Paulo, km. 47. multilineata—group Diagnosis.—Wings with two large anterior dark patches and other fainter irregular markings; scutellum dark in middle; Jegs dark with yellow knee spots; hind legs slender, the tarsi long and unspined; ninth sternite of male with median, convex lobe and several long hairs, aedeagus long and narrow, parameres very long, with sharp apices. 146 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 108 a D b. LANE] , Any g JOHANNSENI d.ORNATA VQ i JOHANNSENI | h. MACFIEI j- LANE! k. JOHANNSENI. m.LEUCOPEZA Ficure 18.—Species of Monohelea: a-g, Wings: a, maculipennis (Coquillett); b, Janet, new species; ¢, macfiet, new species; d, ornata, new species; ¢, stone1, new species; f, nebulosa (Coquillett); g, johannseni, new species. h-k, Hind legs of females: h, macfies, new species; 4, maculipennis (Coquillett); 7, lanei, new species; k, johannseni, new species. 1, Sperma- thecae, johannseni, new species. m, Male genitalia, leucopeza (Meigen). HELEID MIDGES, GENUS MONOHELEA—WIRTH 147 Mi! $y E ie h YA i‘ fpae WA a. JOHANNSENI ¢. LANEI d. TEXANA g- HIEROGLYPHICA i. STONE! j-MULTILINE ATA k, GUIANAE Ficure 19.—Species of Monohelea, male genitalia: a, johannseni, new species; b, tessellata (Zetterstedt); c, nebulosa (Coquillett); d, texana, new species; ¢, lanei, new species; f, maculipennis (Coquillett); g, hieroglyphica Kieffer; male parameres (after Lane); h, macfiei, new species; 1, stonet, new species; 7, multilineata (Lutz); k, guianae, new species. 148 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 108 9. Monohelea (Monohelea) stonei, new species Fiaures 18, e; 19, 7 Diagnostic characters—A yellowish gray, pruimose species with maculate wings; scutellum yellow with brown center; legs dark, abdomen dull gray pruinose above. Description.—FEMALE: Length 2.0 mm., wing 1.5 mm. by 0.7 mm. Head yellowish, vertex pruinose, pale gray; antenna with pedicel and bases of flagellar segments yellow, apices of short segments and all of long distal segments and palpi brown; proportions of flagellar seg- ments 15:10:10:10:10:10:12:12:18:18:18:18:24. Palpal segments in proportion of 5:8:15:10:15, third segment scarcely swollen, with a rather large sensory pit at midlength. Mesonotum yellowish gray pruinose, with tiny brown dots at the bases of the brownish mesonotal hairs. Scutellum yellow, brown in middle, with four moderate marginal hairs and a few fine setae. Postscutellum and pleura pruinose dark brown. Coxae brown; trochanters, femora, and tibiae light brown on forelegs and midlegs, black on hind legs; all knees prominently yellowish, tarsi yellow. Hind femur and hind tibia moderately thickened; basitarsus with a slender spine at base, distal tarsal segments on hind legs each with a fine apical spine; a single long claw on each hind leg. Proportions of segments of hind leg as in table 1. Wing grayish hyaline, with two prominent, black spots and fainter posterior infumation as figured; first radial cell about half as long as second. Halteres infuscated. Abdomen dark brown, entire dorsum pruinose gray except for a pair of small lateral spots and a pair of submedian sensory dots on each segment, polished brown. Spermathecae two, subequal, ovoid, each with a very short sclerotized duct. Maus: Similar to the female, with the usual sexual differences; antennal plume golden at base, dark brown toward apex. Ninth sternite three times as broad as long, with a narrow, median, poste- rior lobe bearing two long hairs extending into the concave base of the aedeagus; sternite spiculate on posterior half; ninth tergite as long as basistyles, tapered to the truncated apex, bearing a pair of short, rounded, apicolateral processes. Basistyles about twice as long as broad, simple, very convex on outer sides; dististyles about 0.7 as long as basistyles, nearly straight and stout to apices. Aedeagus with base as broad as the lobe of ninth sternite, a slight sub-basal swelling, a second swelling at midlength, with distal half cleft into a pair of attenuated, submedian, pointed blades attaining 0.8 length of basi- styles. Parameres consisting of a pair of very irregular processes, HELEID MIDGES, GENUS MONOHELEA—WIRTH 149 bases of each with a large anterior and lateral apodeme, stem rather stout and crooked, distal portion abruptly bent ventrocephalad, then greatly attenuated and bent ventrocaudad to a sharp point. Types.—Holotype, 2, USNM 61094, Baton Rouge, Louisiana, May 16, 1947, Wirth. Allotype with same data as type except date, May 3, 1947. Paratypes: Louisiana: 60707, 3 99, with same data as type except date, May 6-20, 1947. Mississippi: 4 oo’, 10 99, Horn Island, June and July 1944, E. A. Richmond. Florida: 11 99, Gray- ton Beach, Walton County, May, Sept., 1949, Butler; 1 9, Santa Rosa, Walton County, July 19, 1949, Peterson; 8 oo, 21 99, In- nerarity Point, Escambia County, May, 1950, Rathert; 8 99, Santa Rosa Island, Escambia County, July 7, 1949, Butler; 5 99, Panama City Beach, Bay County, May 6, 1949, McElvey; 5 99, Crystal River, Citrus County, July 17, 1950, Hudson; 3 99, Fort Myers, Lee County, Oct. 8, 1948, Brechtel; 3 99, Everglades City, May, Oct., 1948, 1950, Huntoon; 1 o, 1 9, Big Pine Key, Monroe County, Apr. 1, 1950, Sermon. Georgia: 2 oo’, 4 99, Thomasville, May 15-30, 1949, Palmer. Tennessee: 1 9, Nashville, June 18, 1937, Adams. Iowa: 1 9, Sioux City, July 15, 1950, Laffoon. Virginia: 3 oo, 6 99, Falls Church, July 8, 29, 1950, Wirth. Maryland: 4 99, Leeds, Dorchester County, July 10, 1907, Barber. New Jersey: 1 9, Newport, July 1, 1937 (light trap). Costa Rica: 1 o&, Higuito, San Mateo, no date, Schild. Panama: 1 9, Fort Kobbe, Canal Zone, Aug. 21, 1950, Carpenter. 10. Monohelea (Monohelea) multilineata (Lutz), 1914 Figure 19, j Palpomyia multilineata Lutz, Mem. Inst. Oswaldo Cruz, vol. 6, p. 93, 1914 (Brazil). Monohelea multilineata, Johannsen, Ann. Ent. Soc. Amert., vol. 36, p. 781, 1943.— Lane, Rev. Ent., vol. 16, p. 368, 1945. Lane (1945) has very adequately redescribed this Brazilian species. It resembles M. (M.) stonez, new species, in general coloration and structure, the mesonotum yellowish with brown dots, the scutellum yellow with median brown spot and four marginal bristles, forelegs and midlegs yellowish, the hind femur and tibia black and scarcely swollen and hind tarsi unspined. The wings, however, in addition to the two anterior black spots, have smaller, rather strong spots at the wing margin in cells R; and M,, and across the apex of cell Mz. The polished, brown, lateral spots on the abdomen, which are small in stonei, are larger and narrowly connected across the anterior margin of each tergite in multilineata. The male genitalia of multilineata are of the same type as those of stonei, but there are four rather than two bristles at the base of the 150 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM Yon, 72 lobe of the ninth sternite, the aedeagus is broader at the apex and only slightly notched rather than deeply cleft, and the parameres are slender and nearly straight with the apices abruptly bent and scim- itar-shaped. Material examined.—Brazil: Km. 47, Estrada Rio-Séo Paulo, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, February 1945, Wygodzinsky, 2 oc, 2 99. Remarks.—Monohelea nigeriae Ingram and Macfie, 1922, known from the female from West Africa, is closely related to MZ. (M.) stonei and to M. (M.) multilineata, but according to the original description, the tarsi bear ventral spines, as in the tessellata group, and the sperma- thecae are unequal in size. 11. Monohelea (Monohelea) guianae, new species Ficure 19, k Monohelea multilineata, Macfie, not Lutz (misidentification), Proc. Ent. Soc. London, Ser. B, vol. 9, p. 187, 1940 (o’, British Guiana). Macfie (1940) has given as satisfactory a description of this insect as was possible from the single male specimen available. This speci- men was borrowed from the British Museum for study and externally cannot be separated from either M. (M.) multilineata (Lutz) or M. (M.) stonei, new species. However the male genitalia are quite distinct and may be characterized as follows: Ninth sternite very short, with a low median lobe on caudal margin fitting against base of aedeagus, spiculose, with four long hairs arising from tubercles in a line at base of median lobe; ninth sternite very narrow, tapered to tip, with a pair of short, nipplelike apicelateral processes. Basistyles about twice as long as broad; dististyles nearly straight, with blunt, scarcely narrowed apices. Aedeagus very narrow, about 2.5 times as long as broad at base, the anterior arch very low, apex cleft about a third way to base, with a pair of very slender, submedian processes, from the bases of which a pair of slender, lateral arms curve around stems of parameres. Parameres broadly joined together at bases, each with a short anterior and lateral arm, stems slender, apex of each thickened and abruptly bent Jaterocephalad in a broadly rounded lobe about half as long as dististyle. Types.—Holotype, o, British Museum (Natural History) collec- tion, Mazaruni, British Guiana, Aug. 21, 1937, second growth (low forest), Richards and Smart. tessellata—group Wings with three large dark anterior spots and irregular posterior infuscated areas; scutellum often with middle yellow; hind legs swollen and black, with yellow knees, the tarsi short and with strong ventral HELEID MIDGES, GENUS MONOHELEA—WIRTH 151 spines; claw of hind leg of male long and single as in the female; male aedeagus with slender, pointed, posterior sclerite borne in a notch in the quadrate basal sclerite, parameres short, curved, and pointed. 12. Monohelea (Monohelea) nebulosa (Coquillett), 1901 Ficurss 18, f; 19, ¢ Ceratopogon nebulosus Coquillett, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 23, p. 606, 1901 (os, New Jersey). Ceratolophus nebulosus, Kieffer, Genera insectorum, fasc. 42, p. 60, 1906. Johannseniella nebulosa, Malloch, Bull. Illinois State Lab. Nat. Hist., vol. 10, p. 226, 1914. Hartomyia nebulosa, Malloch, Bull. Illinois State Lab. Nat. Hist., vol. 10, p. 340, 1915 (Indiana). Monohelea nebulosa, Kieffer, Ann. Mus. Nat. Hungarici, vol. 15, p. 312, 1917.— Johannsen, Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., vol. 36, p. 781, 1943 (Massachusetts, Idaho). Description.—Femate: Length 2.1 mm., wing 1.7mm. by 0.6 mm. Head dull, dark brown, with a few pruinose gray spots on vertex; antennae light brown, distal segments not darker. Palpi light brown. Mesonotum pruinose gray, with scattered, small, dark-brown dots, each mesonotal hair arising from a dot, these dots more or less con- fluent, especially on posterior portion of mesonotum. Scutellum brown, middle third yellow, with about eight marginal bristles. Postscutellum and pleura dark brown. Legs shining dark brown, knees and tarsi yellowish. Posterior femora and tibiae greatly thickened; hind basitarsus with basal and distal spine; second segment with two distal spines, third segment with one distal spine; claws minute and equal on forelegs and midlegs, outer claw very long, four times the length of inner, on hind legs. Proportions of segments of hind leg as in table 1. Wing grayish hyaline, a quadrate black patch across first basal cell at half its length; two broad, irregular, more or less interconnected, transverse bands across wing, the first at first radial cell, the second at apex of second; cell R; thus with a dark, a light, a dark and a light band, all of subequal breadth. First radial cell 0.4 times as long as second. Halteres pale yellow. Abdomen uniform, pruinose, dark brown; anal segment yellow. Mate: Ninth sternite transverse, without caudal lobe, posterior portion spiculate; ninth tergite very narrow, with sides subparallel on distal half, apicolateral processes short and rounded. Basistyles very stout and convex; dististyles slender and curved, 0.6 as long as basi- styles. Aedeagus with two sections, basal part about as broad as long, anterior margin contiguous with sternite, posterior margin deeply emarginate, the slender, rodlike, distal sclerite with notched apex fit- 152 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 103 ting into the emargination. Parameres connected by a transverse bridge near bases, with slender anterior and lateral apodemes; each paramere with posterior portion narrowed and curved ventrolaterad to a bladelike apex, a small sub-basal tooth on ventral side. Material eramined.—New York: Farmingdale, July 9, 1938, H. and M. Townes, 1 o*; Millwood, June 21, 1936, H. Townes, 1 9. New Jersey: Atsion, June 17, 1949, H. Townes, 1 9; Medford Lakes, June 17, 1939, H. Townes, 1 o; Riverside, June 18, 1939, H. Townes, 1 9; Riverton, June 19, Johnson, 1 & (type). Georgia: Thomasville, May 15-30, Palmer, 1 9. Arkansas: Pike County, June 12, 1938, Turner, 1 9. Remarks.—This species is very similar to the Palearctic species M/. (M.) tessellata (Zetterstedt), 1850, which, however, has on the scutel- lum four marginal bristles, the ends of which are yellowish, as is the median area. The wing markings of tessellata are much more nearly as in M. (M.) johannsent, new species. A male of tessellata from Norfolk, Hatfield, England, was examined through the kindness of Paul Freeman of the British Museum (Natural History). The specimen is unsatisfactory for a description of external characters, as it was glued to a card when wet. It is noted, however, that both the first and second segments of the hind tarsi bear a distal pair of spines. The aedeagus of the genitalia consists of a heavily sclerotized basal plate about three times as broad as long, bearing a small, crescentic, median sclerite on the ventroposterior margin and bearing dorsoposteriorly a large, triangular structure with sharp- pointed, median apex, and widely flaring, lateral arms articulating with inner margins of basistyles. Parameres with slender anterior arms connected by a broad, median bridge, the posterior portions simple, the basal halves stout, the distal halves very slender and curved ventro- cephalad. According to Tokunaga’s (1940) description, his record of tessellata from Japan probably refers to an as yet unnamed species. This Jap- anese species has the scutellum yellow only in the middle, as in nebulosa, which it also closely resembles in wing markings; but the mesonotum has distinct yellow spots, the antennae have the distal segments and the apices of the basal segments brownish, the legs are yellowish brown with dark brown markings, and the dorsum of the abdomen is pale. yellowish brown. The West African species M. (M.) litoraurea Ingram and Macfie, 1921, (female) and M. (M.) mimas de Meillon, 1939, (male) are very similar to M. (M.) nebulosa (Coquillett). The genitalia of mamas are the same as those of nebulosa except that the dististyles are abruptly bent near the base. HELEID MIDGES, GENUS MONOHELEA—WIRTH 153 13. Monohelea (Monohelea) johannseni, new species Figures 18, g, k, 1; 19, a Monohelea tessellata, Johannsen, not Zetterstedt (misidentification), Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., vol. 36, p. 781, 1943 (Alabama). Diagnostic characters——A dark brown species with large pruinose gray mesonotal markings, black scutellum and legs, and maculate wings. Description —Frmate: Length 1.5 mm., wing 1.2 mm. by 0.5 mm. Closely resembling MZ. (1Z.) nebulosa (Coquillett) but smaller, the mesonotum dark brown with large, irregular, pruinose gray areas, the scutellum entirely blackish and with four long and several shorter marginal hairs. Proportions of hind leg of female as in table 1, hind tarsi with one basal and two distal spines on first segment, two spines at tip of second and occassionally two spines at apices of third and fourth segments; inner claw on hind leg of female about a third as long as outer. Wing as in nebulosa, but the markings behind vein M, much fainter than those on anterior part of wing. Spermathecae two, subequal, oval, each with very short, sclerotized duct. Male genitalia as in nebulosa, but the parameres simple, without the sub-basal ventral tooth, and distinctly and abruptly bent mesad at distal fifth. Types.—Holotype, 2, USNM 61095, Falls Church, Virginia, July 8, 1950, Wirth. Allotype, Innerarity Point, Escambia County, Florida, Apr. 29, 1949, Rathert. Paratypes: Virginia: 2 99, Mountain Lake, July 15, 1938, July 21, 1940, L. and M. Milne. Florida: 4 #0, 5 99, same data as allotype except date April and May 1949; 1 9, Santa Rosa, Walton County, May 5, 1950, Peterson. Alabama: 1 9, La- Place, June 9, 1917, Bradley. Michigan: 1 9, Cheboygan County, July 17, 1942, Sabrosky. Iowa: 1 9, Pikes Peak State Park, Clayton County, July 4, 1949, Laffoon. References Fiocs, H., and ABONNENC, E. 1942. Cératopogonidés divers de la Guyane Francaise III. Inst. Pasteur Guyane Terr. L’Inini Publ. 55, 6 pp., 2 figs. GoETGHEBUER, M. 1934. Heleidae (Ceratopogonidae), Jn Lindner, Die Fliegen der Palaearkti- schen Region, Lief. 78, pp. 49-94. JOHANNSEN, O. A. 1943. A generic synopsis of the Ceratopogonidae (Heleidae) of the Americas, a bibliography, and a list of the North American species. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., vol. 36; pp. 763-791. KIEFFER, J. J. 1917. Chironomides d’Amérique conservés au Musée National Hongrois de Budapest. Ann. Mus. Nat. Hungarici, vol. 15, pp. 292-364, 43 figs. LANE, J. 1945. Redescrigéo de Ceratopogonideos Neotrépicos (Diptera: Ceratopogo- nidae). Rev. Ent., vol. 16, pp. 357-372, 19 figs. Leg, D. J. 1948. Australasian Ceratopogonidae (Diptera, Nematocera). Part 4. The Stilobezzia group of genera. Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales, vol. 72, pp. 345-356, 1 pl., 23 figs. Macris, J. W.S. 1937. Ceratopogonidae from Trinidad. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 10, vol. 20, pp. 1-18, 6 figs. 1940a. A report on a collection of Ceratopogonidae (Diptera) from British Guiana. Ent. Monthly Mag., vol. 76, pp. 23-32, 4 figs. 1940b. Ceratopogonidae (Diptera) from British Guiana and Trinidad. Proc. Ent. Soc. London, ser. B, vol. 9, pp. 179-195, 4 figs. Toxunaaa, M. 1940. Chironomoidea from Japan (Diptera), XII. New or little-known Ceratopogonidae and Chironomidae. Philippine Journ. Sci., vol. 72, pp. 255-311, 4 pl. WirrTu, W. W. 1952. The Heleidae of California. Univ. California Publ. Ent., vol. 9, pp. 95-266, 33 figs. 154 U. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1953 PROCEEDINGS OF THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM issued "4x SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM Vol. 103 Washington : 1953 No. 3321 A REVIEW OF THE BEETLE FAMILY CEPHALOIDAE By Ross H. Arnett, Jr.’ The family Cephaloidae consists of only one genus, Cephaloon Newman, 1838, with eight known species that are locally rather com- mon but are known only from the Eastern United States, Western United States, Western Canada, Japan, and Amur. All of the species are closely related and quite variable in color. Useful separation characters are to be found in the antennae and various male structures. As yet little is known concerning the habits and life histories of mem- bers of this group. All known species of this family are represented in the collections of the U. S. National Museum. After study of some material from the Ussuri River Valley recently sent to me for determination, it seems desirable to reconsider the taxonomy, affinities, and distribution of this group. The ranking of this small assemblage of species as a family on equal ground with the rest of the families in the order is still somewhat doubtful in my mind. I believe the placing of the Cephaloidae as a satellite of the great family Tenebrionidae is firmly established, but my studies in the Tenebrionoidea have not as yet revealed, on the basis of our present ranking and evaluation of what defines a family, any group with which the genus Cephaloon can be incorporated; hence, I retain it as a family. I wish to thank Mr. Hugh B. Leech and Dr. E. C. Van Dyke, both of the California Academy of Sciences, and Dr. Hans Klapperich of Bonn, Germany, for the loan of several specimens used in this study. 1 Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine: U. S. Department of Agriculture. 232728—53 155 156 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 103 Family CepHALOIDAE LeConte Cephaloidae LeConte, Smithsonian Misc. Coll., vol. 3, art. 3, Classification of the Coleoptera of North America, pt. 1, p. 259, 1862. LeConte originally proposed this family for the North American Cephaloon lepturides Newman, but also referred to two species, al- though not by name, which had been described by Motschulsky from the Amur River Valley. Several genera have since been erected for species in this group, and then synonymized, until in the present study the family contains only the original genus Cephaloon Newman. Family diagnosis —Size 8-20 mm.; head elongate, diamond-shaped, deflexed; antennae 11-segmented, filiform, with apical segments some- what enlarged, inserted between the eyes and bases of the mandibles; mandibles elongate, acute at apex, never bifid or otherwise modified; eyes reniform, not prominent; maxillary palpus 4-segmented, first segment small, obscure, apical segment triangular. Pronotum with- out lateral margins, smooth, always abruptly narrowed anteriorly from the middle. Legs slender; front coxal cavities open behind; front and middle coxae prominent, conical; apical spurs of all tibiae large, two on each tibia; tarsi 5-5-4, the segments all simple, not lobed or tomentose beneath; claws pectinate, with a subequal membranous lobe beneath each claw. Elytra with vague costae, minutely punctate, never striate. Abdomen with 5 visible sternites in the female, 7 in the male (sternites 2 +3 to 9 visible inthe male). Body covered with very fine pubescence. MALeE GENITALIA: Apical abdominal segments (7-9) of the male considerably modified. Segment 7 with sternite and tergite laterally fused, forming a globular shaped segment. Segment 8 with sternite and tergite laterally fused, forming two laterally triangular pieces. Segment 9 closely fitted into segment 8, the tergite and sternite both triangular and filling the emarginations of segment 8. Genital organs themselves quite simple; paramere two short, freely articulate lobes fitted onto the apex of the large troughlike basal piece which more or less envelops a simple, small, somewhat curved, and tubelike median lobe; no evidence of a tegminite. Affinities of the family—The heteromerous tarsi place this family in the Tenebrionoidea; the open anterior coxal cavities place it*in the group including the Oedemeridae, Pythidae, and Serropalpidae, as distinguished from the group including the Alleculidae,* Lagriidae, and Tenebrionidae, all of which have closed coxal cavities. The ser- rate claws with fleshy pulvilli and the laterally fused eighth abdominal segment of the male separate it from the others of this group of Teneb- rionoidea. The very small median lobe and the larger paramere with the small lateral lobes show affinities with the genus Mycterus of BEETLE FAMILY CEPHALOIDAE—ARNETT 157 ce Wes ~ © . lepturides Newm. . C. bicolor Horn & C. tenuicome LeC. ane @® C. vardykei Hopp. & Hopp. | 5 ee Ria ee A C. pacificum VanD. B OC. ungulare LeC. Y C. pallens Mots. ® C. variabilis Mots. Ficure 20.—Distribution of the family Cephaloidae. 158 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 103 the family Pythidae. In addition, Mycterus and Cephaloon both have prominent procoxae and mesocoxae and the prothorax is with- out lateral margins. Most workers in the past have considered the Oedemeridae and Cephaloidae closely allied, but my incomplete studies of the male genitalia of the heteromerous beetles indicate that this is not so. The very different structure of the apical abdominal segments of the species of Cephaloon leads me to suppose that these species are far removed from the oedemerids, but their true affinities are not yet recognized. Notes on the distribution of the species—As can be seen from the accompanying map (fig. 20), the species of this family show the typical distribution pattern of a Holarctic group which was probably derived from some Asian stock and spread to North America via the Alaskan land bridge. It is interesting to note that, based on both external morphology and the morphology of the male genitalia (in the case of C. pallens) both of the Asian species are most similar to two of the Eastern North American species and not to the Western North American species. If these similarities of morphology reflect relation- ship, as we assume they do, then we again see the often-repeated pattern of a pre-glacial distribution across northern Canada from Alaska, down through Ontario and into Eastern United States. This I believe to be a further stock-piling of evidence against the theories of continental drift and the North Atlantic land bridge idea. Genus Cephaloon Newman Ichnodes Dejean, 1834, Cat. Col. ed. 3, p. 227. (Nomen nudum, one ms. trivial name listed.) Cephaloon Newman, Ent. Mag., vol. 4, p. 376, 1838. (Genotype, Cephaloon lepturides Newman; 1838; monobasic.) Cephalaon Motschulsky in Schrenck, Reisen und Forschungen in Amurlande, vol. 2, pt. 2, p. 140, 1860. (Error for Cephaloon.) Typitium Casey, Ent. News, vol. 9, p. 193, 1898. (Genotype, Cephaloon ungulare LeConte, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 16, p. 275, 1873; original desig- nation and monobasic. Placed in synonymy by Hopping and Hopping, Pan-Pacific Ent., vol. 10, p. 64, 1934.) Sponidium Casey, Ent. News, vol. 8, p. 193, 1898. (Genotype, Cephaloon tenuicorne LeConte, 1873; present designation. Placed in synonymy by Hopping and Hopping, 1934.) Ephamillus Semenow, Horae Soc. Ent. Ross., vol. 34, p. 495, 1900. (New synonymy. Genotype, Cephaloon variabile Semenow =Cephaloon variabilis Motschulsky in Schrenk, 1860; original designation and monobasic.) Drachylis Casey, 1898, Ent. News, vol. 9, p. 195. (New synonymy. Genotype, Drachylis simulans Casey, 1898; monobasic.) Discussion—The type and only known specimen of Drachylis simulans Casey, the genotype of Drachylis Casey, has been examined. This is an unfortunate example of the description of a species on one U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 103, PLATE 5 Adult, male genitalia, and claws of Cephaloidae: 1, Cephaloon itenuicorne LeConte, female, showing general habitus; 2, paramere of male, C. tenwicorne; 3, paramere of male, C. bicolor Horn; 4, paramere of male, C. pacificum Van Dyke; 5, paramere of male, C. lepturides Newman; 6, apical portion of paramere of male, C. ungulare LeConte; 7 abdominal segments 7-9 of male, C. ungulare; 8, median lobe of male, C. pallens Motschulsky; 9, median lobe of male, C. lepturides Newman; 10, hind claw of C. tenui- corne; 11, hind claw of C. pallens; 12, hind claw of C. variabilis Motschulsky. -“<— BEETLE FAMILY CEPHALOIDAE—ARNETT 159 poor specimen. Casey was certainly justified in wanting to describe this specimen for he believed that it lacked the comblike claws charac- teristic of the other species in the family, and therefore, its description, even though based on a single specimen, would alert collectors to hunt for such astrange cephaloid. | Gio «| ae alee T 5 S| ace ee angel ae G Fe? Sk T ) LZ be ie alee MIS v eae TSE alle T S Pee ie oa 1M ee = Sa | ae ae IT 8 Cwiiere ia I If 3. I ror Wage emma eld +. cP Seed ol eee eee ely eles ale me 6 T Saipan | (!) So ie ea |! 8 T eae elk 6 qT € Gea | Sa ORS || Sa a aes € 4 La ler es T g a ook Z I os ae 88. Tied 22 eee) G I Té G 9 Sea eee & IT & Bea (Sn ee ee 2 Dee as |e “| Pe a ae Sis qT T T € IT 4 we Sl eee sl | see al ce | an | US Pee 4 et s|eo as Mal|RO Tea Ihe! T Fa Sot) OM ie hee ae |G Se Oe aie ale ae OTe. Stee SIA 61 A Seal ee ae ee OD a § fa em (ie BIAS Tae Teor ip ae all eee lcs # S| aaee | AE. (i mall g I eee | tut :) ae. | oF cals 4 I ae AGE or € 8 Fig See CES SES I 6 Cy | ar Gl seek | ae ST as &1 rai II 61 8I LT 9T ST las IX Z cseeise| eel ese ae Seeeee eee soa [ee noes. seen sae L aeeeee ¢ p Bees el Seo eee ae I ya ee eee eee 8 CI ie ai Ne eee amen nee it & IT ee a aa ae 4 8 € Leal Soe (es g Se a ASS Sea eee 9 See 22a I 4 I ea a sees eee ¢ I pioee.|sesees a Bs ta & g aa | Seas - as eeeee I ¢ ee |e Soins 9 9 ee Sane |e a T 8 € sa 1&4 02 61 8T LT 9T [e10}00g jeuy [esioq RO gba Sos > eae ee ee snjqouraiq ee Ss ee a ae dagspboshiyo Sa GS Se PE ee te ee et wow.sapisad Se 2" ca ee ee sosidojjpyD Fae ee ee Sas ueder puv BABULYO oe i Oe a ee spuejsy ourddryig dg snqouadf "ee SS GES ae eee SpURIST [[VYsIe yl sndounjau a are eS UIMIeg eeu ‘eljesny 44100 wnddiyda uoldiyqdury fo savvads urnjia9 sof papsovas szunod fips-uty— | AAV, INDO-PACIFIC FISH GENUS AMPHIPRION—SCHULTZ 193 Amphiprion laticlavius Cuvier and Valenciennes PuatE 9, FigurRE D Amphiprion laticlavius Cuvier and Valenciennes, Histoire naturelle des poissons, vol. 5, p. 394, pl. 132, fig. 1, 18830 (New Guinea). Amphiprion bifasciatus (non Bloch) Montalban, Bur. Sci. Manila Monogr. 24, p. 15, pl. 3, fig. 1, 1928 (Philippine Islands). Amphiprion bifasciatus annamensis Chevy, Travaux |’Inst. Océanogr. Indochine, Mem. 4, pt. 1, poissons, p. 99, pl. 39, 1932 (Sud-Annam). Prochilus bifasciatus (non Bloch) Bleeker, Atlas ichthyologique . . . , vol. 9, pl. 400, fig. 4, 1878. Amphiprion polymnus (non Linnaeus) Aoyagi, Coral Fishes, Tokyo, pl. 36, fig. 2, 1943 (Toaki-Kumanomi); Biogeographica, Trans. Biogeogr. Soc. Japan, vol. 4, No. 1, p. 173, pl. 12, fig. 4, 1941 (Japan). Amphiprion unimaculatus (non Meuschen) Okada and Ikeda, Biogeographica, Trans. Biogeogr. Soc. Japan, vol. 3, No. 2, p. 202, fig. 28, 1939 (Itoman, Okinawa). This species differs from all others in regard to the second white bar, which is represented by an ovate white area on upper half of body and on soft dorsal fin, but without any extension on ventral part of body. Third white bar on caudal peduncle is lacking. Caudal fin is basally and centrally blackish, with posterolateral edges white. Anal is submarginally blackish, with distal edge white. One specimen, USNM 147128, from the Philippines, was studied. Amphiprion chrysogaster Cuvier and Valenciennes PuaTE 9, FiaurE EK Amphiprion chrysogaster Cuvier and Valenciennes, Histoire naturelle des poissons, vol. 5, p. 400, 1830 (Ile de France)—Lesson, Voyage . . . La Coquille, ... , Zoologie, vol. 2, pt. 1, p. 191, pl. 28, fig. 3, 1830 (fle de France). Amphiprion percula (non Lacepéde) Okada and Ikeda, Biogeographica, Trans. Biogeogr. Soc. Japan, vol. 3, No. 2, p. 200, pl. 6, fig. 1, 1939 (Riu Kiu Islands), Amphiprion trifasciatus Cuvier and Valenciennes, Histoire naturelle des poissons, vol. 5, p. 595, 1830 (Moluccas). Amphiprion fusciventer Bennett, Proc. Comm. Zool. Soc. London, vol 1, p. 165, 1831 (Mauritius). Prochilus bifasciatus (non Bloch) Bleeker, Atlas ichthyologique ... , vol. 9, pl. 400, fig. 6, 1878. This species, with three broad white bars, has the central part of caudal fin black and outer edges white; second white bar is con- tinuous on distal part of soft dorsal fin. Seven specimens were studied: One each in USNM 61690 from Mauritius, 141034 from the Marshall Islands, 147127 from the Philippines; and four MCZ speci- mens, three from Zanzibar, Africa, and one, collected by Andrew Garrett, from Apiang, Kingsmill Islands. 194 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 103 Amphiprion polymnus (Linnaeus) PuatTE 9, Fiaure J Perca polymna Linnaeus, Systema naturae, ed. 10, p. 291, 1758. Anthias bifasciatus Bloch, Naturgeschichte der auslindischen Fische, vol. 6, p. 103, pl. 316, fig. 2, 1792. Prochilus bifasciatus Bleeker, Atlas ichthyologique ... , vol. 9, pl. 400, fig. 5, 1878. ?Amphiprion ocellaris Cuvier and Valenciennes. Histoire naturelle des poissons, vol. 5, p. 399, 1830 (Sumatra). ?Amphiprion melanurus Cuvier and Valenciennes, Histoire naturelle des poissons, vol. 5, p. 400, 1830 (Sumatra). Lutjanus jourdin Lacepéde, Histoire naturelle des poissons, vol. 4, pp. 191, 235, 1802 (Amboina). Coracinus seu Sciaena unimaculata Meuschen, Zoophylacium Gronovianum ... , Pisces, No. 227, 1781 (based on Gronow, 1763). Coracinus vittatus Gray, Catalogue of fish collected and described by L. T. Gronow . ., British Museum, p. 57, 1854 (based on Gronow’s No. 227). Amphiprion intermedius Schlegel and Miiller, Verhandelingen over de Natuurlijke Geschiedenis der Nederlandsche Overzeesche Bezittingen ... , Zoologie, p. 18, 1839-1841 (reference copied). Amphiprion polymnus (Linnaeus) has been confused almost since the day 1t was named. Weber and de Beaufort (Fishes of the Indo- Australian Archipelago, vol. 8, p. 344, 1940) discuss the confusion between polymnus and bicinctus, the former name having been used for the species currently called bicinctus. In A. polymnus the second white bar continues on to the distal part of the soft dorsal, but it lacks the third white bar on the caudal peduncle; also, the black coloration of the caudal peduncle continues on to the central part of the caudal fin, whereas in A. sebae the caudal fin is pale. The anal fin is black basally, with the distal third white. EXPLANATION FOR PLATE 9 A, Amphiprion akallopisos Bleeker, photograph of a color drawing in the Philippine Albatross collection; B, 4. perideraion Bleeker, photograph of a color drawing in the Philippine Albatross collection; C, 4. percula (Lacepéde), photograph of a color drawing in the Philippine Albatross collection; D, A. laticlavius Cuvier and Valenciennes, photograph of plate 36, figure 2, in Aoyagi, Coral Fishes, 1943 (= 4. polymnus, non Linnaeus, Aoyagi); E, 4. chrysogaster Cuvier and Valenciennes, photograph of plate 6, figure 1, in Okada and Ikeda, Biogeographica, Trans. Biogeogr. Soc. Japan, vol. 3, No. 2, 1939 (=A. percula, non Lacepéde, Okada and Ikeda); F, Amphiprion sebae Bleeker, photograph of figure 27 in Okada and Ikeda, Biogeographica, Trans. Biogeogr. Soc. Japan, vol. 3, No. 2, 1939; G, A. xanthurus Cuvier and Valenciennes, copy of figure 4 in Jordan and Dickerson, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 34, p. 611, 1908, of a specimen from Suva, Fiji; H, A. tricinctus, new species, holotype, USNM 152929, from Bikini Atoll, Amen Island, standard length 75 mm.; 1, 4. mauritiensis, new species, holotype, MCZ 6093, from Mauritius, standard length 111.5 mm.; J, 4. polymnus (Linnaeus), photograph of plate 316, figure 2, Bloch, Naturgeschichte der auslindischen Fische, vol. 6, 1792 (= Anthias bifasciatus Bloch). U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 103, PLATE 9 Certain species of Amphiprion (For explanation, see facing page) 103, PLATE 10 PROCEEDINGS, VOL. U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM ‘OZOIFT INNSA “Unig HOT usutideds ‘1axo01q snd ouDauL "VK “A Suonsejoo SSOHDgT aurddryryg 241 ul surmesp s0joo v fo ydessojoyd \100a01g snyouasf “p “q felperisny ‘uLmseq jo ysaM Ja[uy SPOOMA UL JOTIP “WW AC AQ perefoo ‘77/75 WNSN ‘uounioads |[euis pue Sse “(qo0[q) wniddiyda -p ‘D) pue g ‘87ST ‘sazaayPI USYIOY sep oyosty ‘sepy ul ‘T oinsy ‘¢¢ aye[d yo Adoo ‘jaddny snjou191q uorsdiydup ‘Ww =| id " na Sa SN Ne INDO-PACIFIC FISH GENUS AMPHIPRION—SCHULTZ 195 I have examined one specimen collected June 16, 1948, by Dr. Robert R. Miller in ‘a submerged canoe on a sand bar in Little Lagoon, northeast end of Groote Eylandt, Gulf of Carpentaria, Australia.’”’ The color when alive was as follows: ‘“The pale bars were coral pink, with narrow emerald borders; the dark bars were velvet-black.”’ Amphiprion tricinctus Schultz and Welander, new species PiaTE 9, Figure H Amphiprion ephippium (non Bloch) var. chrysopterus (non Cuvier and Valen- ciennes) Giinther, Journ. Mus. Godeffroy, vol. 15, Andrew Garrett’s Fische der Siidsee, pt. 7, pp. 224-225, pl. 122, fig. C, 1881 (Kingsmill Islands). Holotype—USNM_ 152929, Bikini Atoll, Amen Island, lagoon, August 21, 1947, University of Washington, Staff of Applied Fisheries Laboratory, standard length 75 mm. Description.—Dorsal fin rays X,17; anal II,14; pectoral 11,17,i to ii,16,ii; pelvics I,5; branched caudal fin rays 8+7; vertical scale rows from upper edge of gill opening to base of caudal fin 54, scales between lateral line and base of first soft dorsal ray 5, and between lateral line and anal origin 20; pores in lateral line 36; predorsal scales 19 or 20; gill rakers 5-+1-+13. Detailed measurements were made on the holotype and these data are expressed in thousandths of the standard length, 75 mm.: Greatest depth 560; length of head 272; snout 99; eye 95; least preorbital 35; length from snout tip to rear edge of maxillary 101; postorbital length of head 147; least width of interorbital space 100; least depth of caudal peduncle 160; length of caudal peduncle from base of last anal ray to midbase of caudal fin 192; length of longest ray of pectoral 287, pelvic 313, upper caudal fin 307, lower lobe of caudal fin 300, spiny dorsal 160; length of next to last dorsal spine 160; width of white part of first pale bar at level of lateral line 73, second 40, last (pe- duncular) 20. Depth of body 1.7, head 3.4, both in standard length. Snout 3.2; eye 3.1; least preorbital distance 8.0; upper jaw 2.8; postorbital part of head 2.0; least interorbital space 3.0; least depth of caudal peduncle 1.8; length of pectoral fin 1.0, pelvic 0.9, second dorsal spine 23, upper caudal rays 0.9 to 1.0; all in length of the head. Least depth of caudal peduncle in its length 1.2. Angle of upper profile of head with lengthwise axis of body about 50°; profile of head convex. Teeth in both jaws in a single row, nearly conical, a little com- pressed forward, pointed; interorbital space scaled forward to a line between middle of pupils; 4 or 5 rows of scales on cheeks; gill cover with a few scales; scales occur part way out on all median fins; preorbital with 3 spines; suborbital with 10 to 12 smaller spines. 196 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 103 Color in alcohol.—Background coloration of body from about fifth dorsal spine posteriorly and dorsally to midlengthwise axis of body blackish, the anteroventral part of body pale light brown becoming paler ventrally; spiny dorsal dark brown; soft dorsal black; caudal fin black, except edged with white posteriorly; pectoral and pelvic fins pale or very light tan; anal pale or light tan, distally edged with a black line; first white bar begins a little in front of dorsal origin and just behind eye, ending on lower edge of subopercle; second white bar begins on last dorsal spine and base of first soft ray in lower third of fin, extends ventrally, meeting its fellow in narrow space between anal origin and anus; third white bar, about half width of second, or narrower than width of pupil, crosses caudal peduncle just in front of caudal fin base. Remarks.—This new species may be recognized by the narrowness of the three white bars, especially the second and third, and by the black caudal fin narrowly edged with white posteriorly. It is sep- arated from all other species of Amphriprion by the key. Named ¢ricinctus in reference to the three white bars. Amphiprion mauritiensis Schultz, new species Puate 9, Ficure I Holotype-—MCZ 6093, Mauritius, collected by Nicolas Pike, stand- ard length 111.5 mm. Paratypes.—Bearing same data as holotype: Out of MCZ 6093, 4 specimens, 67 to 96 mm.; MCZ 5801, 2 specimens, 98 and 104.5 mm.; MCZ 5800, 1 specimen, 101.5 mm.; MCZ 5802, 2 specimens, 83.5 and 114 mm. Description.—Dorsal rays X,17 or 18, one with XI,16, usually X,17; anal III,14, one with III,13; pectoral rays 20 or 21; pelvics 1,5; branched caudal fin rays 8+7; vertical scale rows from upper edge of gill opening to base of caudal fin about 55 to 58; scales between lateral line and base of first soft dorsal ray 5; between lateral line and anal origin 17 to 19; pores in lateral line 35 to 42; predorsal scales about 10 or 11; gill rakers 5+1+13. Detailed measurements were made on the holotype and two para- types, and these data are expressed in thousandths of the standard length, first for the holotype then, in parentheses, for the paratypes: Standard length in mm. 111.5 (87.5; 104.5). Greatest depth 485 (490; 535); length of head 297 (286; 310); snout 90 (97; 96); eye 89 (86; 86); least preorbital width 31 (38; 28); distance from snout tip to rear edge of maxillary 91 (114; 112); least width of interorbital space 74 (91; 81); least depth of caudal peduncle 144 (157; 151); length of caudal peduncle 166 (153; 148). Length of longest ray of INDO-PACIFIC FISH GENUS AMPHIPRION—SCHULTZ 197 pectoral 279 (269; 280); pelvic 291 (257; 296); upper caudal lobe 270 (280; 296); lower caudal lobe 265 (263; 277); spiny dorsal 135 (132; 124). Length of next to last dorsal spine 99 (86; 86). Width of first white bar at level of lateral line 81 (80; 67); second 71 (74; 57); third (peduncular) 48 (63; 48). Width of second black bar at level of lateral line 323 (831; 344); third 300 (292; 344). Depth of body 1.8 to 2.1, head 3.2 to 3.5, both in standard length. Snout 2.9 to 3.2; eye 3.3 to 3.6; least preorbital 7.5 to 10.1; upper jaw 2.5 to 3.2; least interorbital 3.1 to 3.9; least depth of caudal peduncle 1.9 to 2.0, length of pectoral 1.1, pelvic 1.0 to 1.1, third dorsal spine 2.1 to 2.5; all in length of head. Least depth of caudal peduncle in its length 0.95 to 1.2. Width of second white bar at level of lateral line in width of third black bar at level of lateral line 3.5, third white bar 4.0 to 7.0. Profile of head convex. Teeth uniserial, nearly conical, a little compressed forward, pointed; interorbital space scaled forward to a line between rear of eyes; 4 to 6 rows of scales on cheek; gill cover with a few scales; scales occur part way out on all median fins; pre- orbital with 1 to 3 spines; suborbital with about a dozen spines. Color in alcohol.—Background coloration dark brownish or blackish, except that underside of head and ventrally below a line from pectorals to anus is white or pale; three white bars, one behind eye, second from origin of soft dorsal to anus, third on caudal peduncle; dorsal fin black, with distal edge of soft dorsal white; anal fin black or pale, if black, distal edge is white; pelvics pale; pectoral pale, except dusky basally on some specimens; central area of caudal fin blackish, edges white, with edge widest distally; gill membranes appear to be white. Remarks.—This new species is most closely related to A. tricinctus but differs in having wider white bars, as compared in the key. Named mauritiensis in reference to the locality where it was collected, Amphiprion sebae Bleeker PuaTE 9, Figure F Amphiprion sebae Bleeker, Nat. Tijdschr. Nederl.-Indié, vol. 4, p. 478, 1853; Atlas ichthyologique ..., vol. 9, pl. 400, fig. 9, 1878.—Day, Fishes of India ..., vol. 2, p. 378, pl. 80, fig. 8, 1878 (Andamans).—Okada and Ikeda, Biogeographica, Trans. Biogeogr. Soc. Japan, vol. 3, No. 2, p. 200, fig. 27, 1939 (Isigaki and Irimote Islands). This species, in which the second white color bar continues distally on the soft dorsal fin, is very much like A. polymnus, but differs in having a white bar on the caudal peduncle and a white caudal fin. Three specimens were studied: USNM 45169, from the Seychelles, and 133830, from the Paumotu Islands; and MCZ 33410, from Sumatra. 198 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 108 Amphiprion xanthurus Cuvier and Valenciennes PLaTE 9, FIGURE G Amphiprion xanthurus Cuvier and Valenciennes, Histoire naturelle des poissons, vol. 5, p. 402, 1830 (Ile de France). Amphiprion clarckit Cuvier and Valenciennes, Histoire naturelle des poissons, >& vol. 9, p. 504, 1833 (emended spelling on Bennett). Anthias clarkii Bennett, A selection from . . . fishes found on the coast of Ceylon, London, ed. 2, p. 29, pl. 29, 1834 (Ceylon). Sparus milli Bory de Saint-Vincent, Dictionnaire classique d’histoire naturelle, vol. 17, p. 130, pl. 113, fig. 2, 1831 (China Sea). Prochilus polymnus (non Linnaeus) Bleeker, Atlas ichthyologique, vol. 9, pl. 400, figs. 7, 8, 1878. Anthias polymna (non Linnaeus) Bloch, Naturgeschichte der auslindischen Fische, vol. 9, p. 89, pl. 316, fig. 1, 1792. Amphiprion bicinctus (non Rippell) Aoyagi, Coral Fishes, Tokyo, pl. 37, fig. 1, 1943 (Kumanomi).—Biogeographica, Trans. Biogeogr. Soc. Japan, vol. 4, No. 1, p. 169, pl. 9, fig. 1, 1941 (Japan). Amphiprion polymnus (non Linnaeus) Okada and Ikeda, Biogeographica, Trans. Biogeogr. Soc. Japan, vol. 3, No. 2, p. 204, fig. 30, 1989 (Riu Kiu Islands) .— Montalban, Bur. Sci. Manila Monogr. 24, p. 10, pl. 1, fig. 1, 1928 (Philippine Islands). Amphiprion chrysopterus Cuvier and Valenciennes, Histoire naturelle des poissons, vol. 5, p. 401, 1830 (no locality given).—Jordan and Dickerson, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 34, p. 612, fig. 4, 1908 (Suva, Fiji). Amphiprion japonicus Temminck and Schlegel, Fauna Japonica ... , Pisces, p. 66, 1843 (Japan). Amphiprion chrysargyrus Richardson, Rep. Meetings British Assoc. Adv. Sci., vol. 15 (1845), p. 254, 1846 (Seas of China and Japan). Amphiprion boholensis Cartier, Verh. phys. med. Wirzburg, new ser., vol. 5, p. 96, 1874 (Bohol). Amphiprion melanostolus Richardson, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. 9, p. 390, 1842 (Depuch Island). ?Amphiprion de bojer Lienard, Treizisme Rapp. Ann. Soc. Hist. Nat. Maurice, p. 68, 1843 (reference copied). Amphiprion snyderi Ishikawa, Proc. Nat. Hist. Tokyo Mus., vol. 1, No. 1, p. 11, pl. 5, 1904 (Bonin Island). I have examined 70 specimens (in 45 lots) of zanthurus, 22 of which are in the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard University, and the others in the U.S. National Museum, and I find some variation in color pattern. Among these specimens 12 had black dorsal, anal, and pelvic fins; 3 had these three fins dusky; 10 had the dorsal and the anal black or dusky, with pelvics pale; 36 had the dorsal black and both anal and pelvics pale; 9 had dorsal, anal, and pelvics pale, except in some specimens the pelvic fins were dark edged. Of these 70 specimens 42 were from the Philippines, 4 were from Japan, 2 from the China coast, 18 from Zanzibar, 1 from the Gilbert Islands, and 3 from Kingsmill Islands. INDO-PACIFIC FISH GENUS AMPHIPRION—SCHULTZ 199 Amphiprion bicinctus Riippell PuaTe 10, Figure A Amphiprion bicinctus Riippell, Atlas zu der Reise im nérdlichen Afrika, p. 139, pl. 35, fig. 1, 1828 (Red Sea). Amphiprion papuensis Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales, vol. 8, No. 2, p. 271, 1883 (New Guinea).—Whitley, Mem. Queensland Mus., vol. 9, pt. 3, p. 210, pl. 27, fig. 1, 1929 (D’Entrecasteaux Group, New Guinea, on holotype). Amphiprion arion De Vis, Proc. Linnean Soc. New South Wales, vol. 8, p. 450, 1884 (South Seas). This species has the first two white bars but lacks the peduncular bar; the anterior edges of the pelvics are black and the caudal fin is pale. Six lots containing seven specimens were studied: USNM 61679, from Suva, Fiji; USNM 141030 and 141031, from the Marshall Islands; uncataloged specimens, one from the Paumotu and two with- out data; also one from Bikini in the University of Washington collection. Among these specimens, four adults, 82 to 99 mm. in standard length, have a pale anal fin, whereas two, 26 and 27 mm. long, have a black anal, and one, 25 mm. long, has a dusky anal fin. The caudal peduncle varies from pale dusky to black or brownish. The key gives the essential color pattern of this species. Amphiprion ephippium (Bloch) PuaTe 10, Ficures B, C Lutjanus ephippium Bloch, Naturgeschichte der auslandischen Fische, vol. 4, p. 121, 1790 (reference not seen) ; Ichthyologie, ou histoire naturelle, générale et particuliére des poissons... , vol. 7, p. 98, pl. 250, fig. 2, 1797 (East Indies). Amphiprion ephippium Day, Fishes of India . . . , vol. 2, p. 378, pl. 80, fig. 1, 1878. Amphiprion monofasciatus Thiolliére in Montrouzier, Suite de la faune de I’Ile de Woodlark ou Moiou, Ichthyologie, Ann. Sci., Physic. Nat. Agr. Indust., Lyon, vol. 8, p. 476, 1856 (Woodlark Island). Amphiprion tricolor Giinther, Catalogue of the fishes in the British Museum, vol. 4, p. 8, 1862 (Port Essington; South Australia). Amphiprion riippeli Castelnau, Proc. Zool. Acclim. Soc. Victoria, vol. 2, p. 91, 1873 (Port Darwin). Amphiprion frenatus (non Brevoort) Day, Fishes of India . . . , vol. 2, p. 378, pl. 80, fig. 2, 1878. Prochilos ephippium Bleeker, Atlas ichthyologique ..., vol. 9, pl. 401, figs. 1, 9, 1878. Amphiprion rubrocinctus Richardson, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. 9, p. 391, 1842 (Depuch Island; probably young). The adults of this species usually have a plain blackish body and head, with a single white color bar on the head, but on a few speci- mens, the largest in the series, this first white bar is lacking or nearly 200 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 108 so. The smallest specimens among 57 collected by Dr. Robert R. Miller from Woods Inlet west of Darwin, Australia, have a variable color pattern of two or three white bars. One specimen, 20 mm. in standard length, has only one white bar on the head; 9, from 20 to 31 mm., have two white color bars, the first and second; 7, from 19.5 to 28 mm., have the first and second white bars distinct and the third indistinct, sometimes represented by a white spot on dorsal edge of caudal peduncle; 10, from 17 to 25 mm., have all three white color bars distinct. I presume that the second and third white bars dis- appear with increase in size, since a 35-mm. specimen in this lot looks like all the larger specimens with only one white bar on the head. Amphiprion frenatus Brevoort PuaTE 10, Figure D Amphiprion frenatus Brevoort, U. S. Japan Exped. Nat. Hist., Washington, vol. 2, p. 263, pl. 6, fig. 4, 1856 (Lew Chew [Okinawa]).—Jordan and Snyder, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 24, p. 597, 1902.—Montalban, Bur. Sci. Manila Monogr. 24, p. 12, pl. 2, fig. 1, 1928 (Philippine Islands).—Aoyagi, Biogeo- graphica, Trans. Biogeogr. Soc. Japan, vol. 4, No. 1, p. 167, 1941 (Japan).— Okada and Ikeda, Biogeographica, Trans. Biogeogr. Soc. Japan, vol. 3, No. 2, p. 203, fig. 29, 1939 (Riu Kiu Islands). Prochilus polylepis Bleeker, Versl. Akad. Wet. Amsterdam, ser. 2, vol. 11, p. 135, 1877; Atlas ichthyologique . . . , vol. 9, pl. 401, fig. 6, 1878. Amphiprion polymnus (non Linnaeus) Montalban, Bur. Sci. Manila Monogr. 24, p. 10, pl. 1, fig. 1, 1928 (Philippines). I have studied 72 specimens from the Philippines, Okinawa, and Japan referable to this species. In alcohol two color phases are evi- dent, the usual one (53 specimens, ranging from 37 to 100 mm. in standard length) has a plain blackish body behind head, whereas 15, ranging from 39 to 60 mm., have 3 lengthwise pale bands on side of body, and 4 others are intermediate in regard to coloration. These pale bands at best are not very distinct. This species is character- ized by having about twice as many of the specimens with IX dorsal spines as with X; this latter figure is the usual number of dorsal spines in the other species of Amphiprion. Of 78 specimens in 54 lots studied, 76 were from the Philippine Islands and one each from Japan and Okinawa. The specimen from Okinawa (the type locality of frenatus), USNM 71702, Naha, Okinawa, Albatross, 69 mm. in standard length, is herewith designated as neo- type of Amphiprion frenatus Brevoort since the type is not in existence. INDO-PACIFIC FISH GENUS AMPHIPRION—SCHULTZ 201 Amphiprion melanopus Bleeker Puate 10, Ficure E Amphiprion melanopus Bleeker, Nat. Tijdschr. Nederl. Indié, vol. 3, p. 561, 1852. Prochilus melanopus Bleeker, Atlas ichthyologique ... , vol. 9, pl. 401, fig. 7, 1878. Prochilus macrostomus Bleeker, Atlas ichthyologique . . . , vol. 9, pl. 401, fig. 5, 1878. Amphiprion ephippium (non Bloch) Giinther, Journ. Mus. Godeffroy, vol. 15, pt. 7, pl. 122, fig. D (var. melanopus on p. 225), 1881. Amphiprion mccullochi Whitley, Mem. Queensland Mus., vol. 9, pt. 3, p. 213, 1929 (Lord Howe Island). Amphiprion macrostoma (non Bleeker) Chevy, Travaux Inst. Oceanogr. Indo- Chine, Mem. 4, pt. 1, Poissons, p. 102, pl. 40, 1932 (Annam). This species is characterized by the single white bar on the head, plain black body, pale soft dorsal, caudal, and pectoral, and black pelvics and anal fins. Of 18 specimens in 7 lots studied, 14 were from the Marshall Islands, 3 from Apia, Samoa, and 1 from Paumotu Island. W. S$. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 19538 ; ra I a : a = + bal | ae f oa ' _ : oat a poy! Mg » OSS oonssabenitr rents. enmadcoals OLINOA oT 7 ; ‘ i a> ; ye raterod «yp Foo Aarti eal te 41 > xo dbol a) i Hogi (Om la £ be yong ecaVpiaebordiaol alt’ tocbap ii) sista . 2 Oe Re Tistelh<) sas r “at a fetity La iT : ; pan, Ney / q i yO iT: WOrtkhwesl? Jat YUSIN : "1 d j i) at eee, t} “—s ee Ee ah a 8 th nt Yee ne a vbr: otel as eysenel rr obaettaageet We sapere Ot axist. ; / * ; igs! oy 7 us ae Fee oe aubgeleeny «hits” oseattt Tapa . +S bene {Ai {eR SLE) oar >it Aye (ih ene a ide 41 el £4 BUT OF) ANIGY ; as ives yoo yonn Ee = ate gs | eae i. ‘ be : voll ove aaa fitrminieh) SBME Lo “ome? J to) ie eee) P1210 Saireiwe CeiveistoO? v ® PROCEEDINGS OF THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM Vol. 103 Washington : 1954 No. 3324 MARINE POLYCHAETE WORMS FROM POINT BARROW, ALASKA, WITH ADDITIONAL RECORDS FROM THE NORTH ATLANTIC AND NORTH PACIFIC By Marian H. PETTIBONE This report of the Arctic polychaetes found in the region of Point Barrow, Alaska, is based on material collected during 1948, 1949, and 1950 by G. E. MacGinitie, of the Arctic Research Laboratory. Speci- mens were obtained from Eluitkak Pass, Elson Lagoon, near Point Barrow, were washed ashore at the Point Barrow base, and were dredged within 16 miles offshore at Point Barrow base in depths of 1.7 to 123.5 fathoms on bottoms of mud, stones, gravel, rocks, in masses of worm tubes, and various combinations of these. Addi- tional specimens were collected from fish traps, from screen traps lowered through holes made in the ice, and from plankton hauls, some of which were made through holes in the ice. The latter collec- tions are of particular interest in that they include specimens showing sexual epitokous stages of some of the syllids. Considerable care was taken in going over the miscellaneous material and separating polychaetes, as evidenced by the large collection and the presence in it of many small specimens of the young of larger species as well as small species which are often overlooked. There are a great num- ber of small syllids, phyllodocids, hesionids, and terebellids. Great care also was taken in the preservation of the specimens. Some color notes were included and some color photographs were taken, and these added considerably to the value of the collection. The material was worked on by the writer at the U. S. National Museum, where the collection is deposited. The facilities of the Mu- seum, including laboratory accommodations, the library, and the vast 261112—54——_1 203 204 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 103 polychaete collections, which include much type material, were placed at the writer’s disposal. Some previously unworked material was examined for comparative purposes, and the results of some of these related studies are included here. This material is chiefly from collec- tions made by the following: R. A. Bartlett in the Canadian Arctic, Greenland, and Labrador from 1927 to 1942; W. H. Dall in Arctic Alaska, the Bering Sea, and southeastern Alaska from 1871 to 1880; the Blue Dolphin expeditions to Labrador and Newfoundland from 1949 to 1951 under the command of D. C. Nutt; the U. S. Fish Com- mission in dredgings off the east coast of North America, from which many specimens had been identified and recorded by A. E. Verrill; and by the writer in the Straits of Juan de Fuca, in Washington and Puget Sounds, Washington, chiefly during the summers from 1936 to 1940, and from the region of Woods Hole, Massachusetts, in the summers of 1950 and 1951. For the last three collections mentioned, only summaries of the data are given for species common to the Point Barrow region. More complete data are to be published sepa- rately and the summaries are included here only to make the dis- tributional data of the Point Barrow species more complete. The number of polychaetes previously recorded from Arctic Alaska is small indeed. The collection obtained by the International Polar Expedition to Point Barrow from 1881 to 1883 included only 17 poly- chaetes (Murdoch, 1885, p. 152). This collection, which was depos- ited in the U. S. National Museum, was examined by the writer and is referred to in this report. A few additional records in scattered papers have added to the list of polychaetes of Arctic Alaska. For each of the species, a rather full but by no means complete synonymy is given, chiefly bringing together references to the original and additional descriptions and scattered distributional records. To facilitate identification, keys to the families, genera, and species are given, as well as synopses of the families and brief descriptions of the species with size ranges and color notes. An explanatory key to the lettering of the diagnostic features in the figures is given on page 210. This study was aided by a contract between the Office of Naval Research, Department of the Navy, and Johns Hopkins University (Project No. NR 162 911, Contract and Task Order No. N6onr 243-16). The writer acknowledges her appreciation to Prof. and Mrs. G. E. MacGinitie for their cooperation and help on this project; to the au- thorities of the U. S. National Museum for allowing her to make use of the facilities of the Institution, especially to Dr. Waldo L. Schmitt and Dr. Fenner A. Chace, Jr., for their valuable aid, suggestions, and patience; and to Mr. and Mrs. Cyril Berkeley, of Nanaimo, British Columbia, for their loan of specimens and their valuable suggestions. MARINE POLYCHAETE WORMS—PETTIBONE 205 The distribution of the Point Barrow polychaetes is summarized in table 1. The collections include 3,270 specimens representing 88 species and 26 families of Polychaeta. Some of the species were exceedingly common; others were represented only by single or few specimens. The Polynoidae, Syllidae, and Terebellidae are the most abundant both as to numbers of species (11 each, or 37 percent) and specimens (66 percent). The Phyllodocidae and Sabellidae have 7 species each. Eleven families are represented by a single species each. During 1948, because of the ice floes all summer, there was no heavy surf and practically nothing was washed up on the beach. During 1949, specimens were washed ashore on 17 different days. In 1950, specimens were collected from the beach on only one day. Altogether, 287 specimens of polychaetes were washed ashore, repre- senting 20 species and 11 families. Two species, Hunoé clark (2 specimens) and Travisia carnea (12 specimens), were obtained in this manner only. Four species were dredged occasionally but were washed ashore in much larger numbers, namely: Antinoé sarsi (58 specimens), Melaenis lovént (65 specimens), Arenicola glacialis (54 specimens), and Brada villosa (24 specimens). Additional species were commonly obtained in the dredge but were washed ashore in small numbers. On three occasions in 1950 when 80-foot vertical plankton hauls were taken through holes in the ice, the sexual stages of three of the syllids were found—Autolytus fallax, Syllis cornuta, and Syllis fasciata. A station 12.1 miles from shore, 123.5 fathoms, August 17, 1949, produced literally bushels of worm tubes. The tubes of the terebellid Pista maculata made up the greater part of the mass. Of the 88 Point Barrow species, 75 (85.2%) are common to the Arctic, Atlantic, and Pacific; 5 (5.7%) are common only to the Arctic and Pacific (Gattyana ciliata, Eusyllis magnifica, Pionosyllis compacta, Glycinde wiréni, and Idanthyrsus armatus); 3 (3.4%) are common to the Arctic and Atlantic (Autolytus fallar, Eumida minuta, Travisia carnea); 4 (4.5%) are confined to the Arctic (Hunoé clarki, Nerinides sp., Arenicola glacialis, Ampharete vega); and 1 (1.1%) is bipolar, known only from the Arctic and Antarctic (Ammotrypane breviata). The Point Barrow records help to complete the circumpolarity records for 58 circumpolar or almost circumpolar species, some of which previously had been known only from the Siberian and Canadian Arctic, Greenland, and Spitsbergen. The range has been extended for 28 species, 6 of which have been extended by combining Atlantic and Pacific specific names. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 103 206 Farry ef aE 7 eeesas Sees |saecoeeee |S cea ae = a Sa | aera eae | a ea ny eee so see Ml ewe en |Cones. sees = Sense = = | bssesedooo he reraaSeee ee Sal bet=eeecas|Ssaatas ee = S| Cres Aen papea een Be = ote IS le ae a ¥ Bees se oe ees Se 2 = Oe eae [Se eee |e = eee 52> |esccetSecel Beeb see wae na seee| aoe cee # sud se5.--2 ee es I 7 See | Se Essen. x be | Se een ee x (%0z (CAG ‘sejoods (%¥s (%I ‘sojoods 81) ‘soloeds ‘sojoeds T)| 12) uerme} 08) aejodig | ueqijod -ISN] [so10q -OUISOD) | -[val0q | -o101V -OT0IV UOIINqII4sIp 91Ydeig0e7) WONNg1ysIp [eo1Zojoo 6&3 88S 9&3 GES Kee. STE ne eee x x Sab. jp -"1 82 Bee | ee Xo pe RES eS See Ss Pie” sacs oo ee ies OF Begee ase x x x x x PL > ANE aa a x x Xe cre an +7 ie. = ei ee eo x »¢ x oe ee ee See went sr eae x x x © west io OP ang tga all ck Gea” eae x x ee eer || eee tee ee, Ceee eae iki ar x epee ey See | a ol ee oe x x Me iar os eee a tie ee OS pre ys came Ded x Teatihal Wiaas aa Macy epee ase SEE EES 3 ag er aa x x x x x 92 it ae x x oS SS x x tI ECs sae x x a aaa a a OS ee) he ae x x x ve > Sar = SS" Ope So ea x xX x ve x hed ei Sa ee aot x x ee a as i AG are tee Seo Se x x Seger ao |r al pet Xo> ilwasaes satealase 2 ae ot |G tens ee a x Zz e. p ale oe x Beas se Sees x x €9 x eo ene Sees Ripe CSS Ge x? oe 6S gecrep se x 19 (seroeds (setoeds (setoeds TQ) (%02 8) $L) pnur yyIM | (saoeds ‘soloods | soqny [eABig ‘serqqod Tg) e10yse 81) wIOM *souoqs ‘[aAvi3 110330q sumeul ayory |yosasseut| ‘syo01 Jo ‘sou10]S pnur uo | PEUSPM | toads ATUIS AL uy m10}j30q U0} JO m0}}0q | pospoiq jo poespelq | pespeiq | uo pospoqg Joquin Ny ne “= (snypoy1qeq) soploqrpoiqds vy[eysep (sueumjoods gz) AVGINOISAH fag = Sie te “""""(MesAO}IC) BINUyUT epyuN | ea a ae pejsieO voIpuUB[ueOIs sDOpOoT[AU We EAS HeISM[BIA, SISuUesI0qs}eds ou0e Sa we 7 cae “"(SNIdIGeq) BABY 90847 SF” Been ee aka ““(SNIOIIqeByq) BIU0] su0eI TT aa oak Spare (UdISHI[VIAT) BIBQIeq ot004 AT ae ca ee ta S| [99U,L SI[Be10q sepyshyy (sueumtoeds 761) AVGIN OGOTIAHG Af aging oy ~~" (sntoliqeq) BynuTuT go;oyg (suoumjaeds 0g) AVGINOTIVOIg wae See a “""- 9100] BYSITIO BUBAIIEH (SBI[8q) Bsolljo suesyEH aa e ““(GsoJUTOI) SISMeT{sOoIyUB BIqooIOIy eee tee cermme mm <-"TTIOA STTjoR1s odiuq GeO “"(eqnin) eyenUe}x9 goyjouIe eee as (guuyT) ByeoLIquI! goyjJOUIE oe mee Sa UsIsW[BJI 1P9js1e0 goUNT Saat os heath Gi “(siBg) Bsopou gounq Sec ee ae ee eu0d!}}0q Iy1e[o gounD eae | UsIsM[e yl Isles QOUTIUW oat oS Sakae abet UOIsUM[BI] [UQAO] suSBLI}AT (steumtoods 776) AVGIONATIO sojoods pus sorjime,T savads fo u01nqQ1.1j81q —'| AIAV J, MARINE POLYCHAETE WORMS—PETTIBONE wnesenenne eeennnnene aonnnnenn -aene-==n- x x KO ede yee “bs sresiarda tee 9-7 6 eGe Mtr ee a “"-" (@NUIWA) sIIQeqU epeg SOS Son x Fae S| Gewese sooo om aligere a me x x aca x 9% 062 ~"""(OAGIVY) Vso[[IA spvig Boerne oe x ARSE ES [atch el [leant x x x ity tao x cI 682 SIVg sTUTye B1osI[[oqeL T (sueumjoods 09) AVAIUDOITIAAV TT SERIA x Rae la ae ra x x Xe S 5 Re RES IS CEs Saal 182 HoIZU[VYY BSOJOS OUOZOJORO, SSRE CRTC x SSC Sater eae raurtey| le er ree © | be aa at a x x a ee el fy 982 moomeeemem==="" (JOTNIAL) SNYVLNO SN[NZVIIIO (sueuntoeds Z1Z) AVAIINLVANIO EEC RSENS S| papecin ce See oF eee x SoBe arel ip" speeteres: |S" -- sere |p Seer seel Tree 12 G8Z SO 5 ae AOE Dann Maas San OS SOD TULTO NT aig cata ee oS ip aha ae x cowie io Sa x SS gy apne al ee A aes peg ete $8 woo samereneneren===" OTTRIAL) stusoory ordg HEISEI ISSO | Sasso x a inaaiscos insect ea x pO Sas) le ea lo ae wees YA Z8Z ~-----==--9pelede[O Imeist[eur ordsouolg SIGS LS | [5 i deel le sien iat x pe aca pedir (re beet ert x X SF eas | Gees eed OT 082 TTT roman se=="""TOSeW [AJoT[NV BlopAlog (suoumjoeds 7%) AVGINOIdg Ser aaanae ss x 7; ESE an |S tee cabana (x eke (et x x x See eal) 8lB "Too a am eee=="""= (OTNIAL) Jostur1e sojdopoog (sueumoeds 6T) AVAINIGUO Serseorees [ap csseose= x Seg ears see ee x x x x Seana aINOG ke ~~ "===""== (JOTOIAL) SUISBIJ SLIOUTIq un'T (sueurpoeds 67) AVGINANIDANA'T ae ic tale 5 nde ale tate x = or oman x x Raper (9 cep ee eee EO) Pl Too oom == ="=="="TOSspIMIY TUgIIM epuloATH (sueumoeds ¢@) AYGIGVINO SSE SESS x a eae ee ee x Sega oer sore a a ea oacecens Poor Se sing ZLZ Toamarmean=nmn==-=N99S10Q BIeTABd BIBOATH (aeumtoeds [) AVAIUAI ATH g 10) Aiea De Ga aeaaai a arena mew exopeied shyyden Q OfZee b't cee ee sIa[Yq s1oostp sAyqden 1g (i ciaeeieanaal ie Bsercrae ae gis (TOTTM IAL) yeTTTO SAYdON OL 392 Specnenent rin pe}si90 Bsojososuo] sAIYdON (sueutjoods 19) AVAIALHAAN ral GOgre — i> lita cae ae ee ~-""“UelSM[VJ[ BIBUOZ SToIONT Or bo) = tpae esas Pan a ~-guuy] Bopseyod sjo1oN (suommoeds 77) AVIAN 4 id Stier uoIsM[VI BJOBdUIOD st{[Asouorg z | Ala a Rican sa aba (e100;{) voyyuseur syTTAsNg Ge | Pa x Wes lee ce x x x Soa SS x GLI 09% “77 UIST BIAL TPUV.IysUIOTA st[TAsNG CEERI fear ta x Fg [p ae Satea | ie peer ce = Gere eal ep eae edly ¢ eal Ft) 692 Taam aaa ====="=-"" (1a4SqaM) Iedstp suozox Gy Oo a ni hl rete x Se Boge as ca Gas RE x x x Paihia teac f a UA") 892 Troan ammmnmn==o"=-D9qsIaQ BUIPIBU oUOsOX PEEL OSE igie| Sm x SRS Sar | ere ene x eS eee genie ees ee ceed la Co mee 4 coer ~--------gpgiede[Q sneosutie stf[Aso1ovydg Poo esscehs| Becoaeeoce|secescesace x a--------- x x x x eoreceesm| ens $9 wa ror oo aa ==""""==-T9IZUTTBIA, BIBPOSBJ SIT[AG woececeeee ya nuietcedatee (paretataeieeted Weateetaienene x x > pale Sees GEN 601 Cp ena igee-ate stares “7 "aN BpNUI09 sag Sere” [F cara lp cheer x Sera nese| Bee x x ao Seeing bo meaner (i 65% ~----" == (SnYO}IGBT) snoysursyid snyAjoyny Geese as hes | b> oh os asta a aa errs x Meas cre cad x x x x LOT Li Tooremmrnnsns-= TQISMOTBA XB[[ey snyAjony | ean Va 5 Go hee ai x x > Gaara Pi Se lal her aioe €9 DFG" conilgs ee “““HesuB, Wpuvxeys snyApoyny (suommjoeds 682) AVGITIAG VOL. 103 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM 208 SS ee ee eee > daly WT iio ae a) ie ita ha i = 5 CGS i eta tate g aa cae Ua aaa ch eal a x 3% x Sy Rese e |e=seas< iat cece wl W(4) £ a a al baal aa ea a a x Rie aoa x x x x x eg eG ern pre bal ee El eee eee ae x x ae ceacme =e allel) Soe ae eee x Stat anes Sl bas aoe seit al feats sated x i a aa x =a Sea oC I aaa a cae oe SE oe x igs Sars ames lial cabana aes i cca ol lice ea a Sree ape eee ae [Pe eee > ar Oil hearers a ena a Xa i eres g aaa x San as al ah A a nah pees o x x Rrgorett reese x Pe ee a riety cae a x ae Ta sat, a Stee ese see ee eee Ki Ss ee oe ea oe ag Soe eee x hte ae ee a oe ae x x Basa ol ier ie Skt ¢ Stain ide (ere ae cea ee eg Se 5 Se Fie a x sete tesco x 1g Se ae eae x ema eon mae os oes ee x ip Ges amr | bea as es ol ate tae a 9% Sate ee ge ere ee ee See ee x Sarcoe el cee eo ee ee ee ee ee x ZI Bs SMe) tah ati Gillin auSaRAN ARE ool ini ameeas a” | eae Ty cl Darna DC fee frais crm ma al et eT Fe z eta x Rie PRN lg a a Fe x x x x x LI (%0z (sotoeds (sotoeds (soroeds Tg) (Yrs ‘soroeds (%FE (%0z Ge) PL) pnut Gy (soroeds (%t ‘sojoeds 81) ‘soroods | ‘soroeds soqny [eAvIs ‘sorqqod 18) arouse ‘soroods [) TZ) uelue} 0g) 8T) 110M ‘sou109S ‘TaABI3 10340q 5 a qejodjg | ueyjod -ISNy [e9010q o01y |jJososseur| ‘syo01 Jo ‘Souqs pnu uo peyse M -OmsOp | -[eol0q | -d1}01yW | AlTOIe ur 010930q U0} Jo m0}}0q | pespoiq -O101y pespeiq | pespeiq | uo pospoiq TOMNNGI sip dIGdvis0ey TOIN]I4SIp [Bd1ZO[OI | ST LI OTE STé PIE (ats 608 808 90€ 90€ SOE £08 £08 00€ 862 962 $63 £63 Bina omeeg feo (U9JT MA) BOTIIGIS sopl[eqesy ae ~-"“DelsM[ePy 18703 oJoreydury (eqnipH) suoITNoe ojoreqdury Sale ee (U91M) e304 ojJo1eydury (suouljoods Tf) AVAILAAVHAN VY Mr (UeIsM[BJT) BVologiedAyY erireUr0eg ae On aa (guuYT) Benue elIeUT}Oeg (susmmjoeds 71) AVAUUVNILO Tg Ra tines 3a (raezuey) BYeINds sidseuseyg (sueumloeds ¢) AVGIdSVNUGLY iis a s10qury snyeurie snsifqquepy (suemtoeds 9) AVaIuVITaAVg ae ky Sn eae (P94,L) stu} snyooido[ej}og MRT is eae uosuyor eyeuosied syoVULOOI NT (SNI1IqB,q7) SITVoLIquMy syoevuUIOOINy a eae UdISM[e][ Isies sUepPl[eYL ae oa (GosM[VyL) BSSTUTIEJOVId Bl[OT[IxeIg (susumoeds 9g) AVGINVATVJT Se ee qoopmy, Si[etov[s eloormery (sueumtoeds 29) AVGIIOOINGUY Ss ae (snioliqe) 27B1d¥d e[[oIdeVD (suountoeds 9%) AVAITIALIAVO pit ree oe ““T[L0A BOUIO BISTABI, ae pa ee sIo[GH SjVlAoiq ouvdAIjoMUIY (sueum10eds ${) AVGNTHHAO ST aes exGIVY WINjZVpUl viuseiqieog (sueumtoeds ZT) AVGINDAUAITVIG sojoeds pus sarjrare 7 ge ee ee ee eee 2 ee 8 eee eee ee ee eee ee penuryu0pj—savaeds fo uoyngrysig —] a1aV J, 209 MARINE POLYCHAETE WORMS—PETTIBONE ee ee ee eee Se eee x ~---------]----------|---------- x F< SaaS al UND SERTE IB ERPS Melk FFE wooo =-=(guury) mids siqiomdg ----------|----------|---------- x eescca==== x x % [oar ae eee ee be ~voooooomoee==(QuuPyT) snyemnuels stqioidg (suoumtoods gf) AVGITOdUAg w---------|---------- x Seo |e eee eee x ig chia s |e 18 MaRS OFE ~--- (seyUOW]) ANNGIpunyur vpooxA TAL ~------=--|---------- x ee eenecna-|-------==- x x Ra ee ee ies es Ge I es be alee 688 woo a amaaseseesss="(I9hOI) STTRUB TOON ----------|---------- x SS II iol I 9 x x x 5a el (lt 68 Tootassenne==""=“TOSTI[ BAL gUnp euoyo, e-n-------|----------]---------- x a a x be x ee eels gee ~wo="" "=" JoAOIT STUIOJTNGIpunyuy euoy oO ~-------+-|---------- x ww nn seen nn |-~- mann ane [anna anon x Sa aa ee a os es es eae OE gee “77> ="="(queyoNeT) STuMIO}TUeI Bi[Tare}0q wann------ x ~-2-------|----------]---------- x x eae See gee ae ees = al. SPT PITS cee Toot omm aman omn"= (SIBg) BID9[SOU BITUIBIOT w---------|---------- x SOTA sa Soke x x peg ake eal oa ea Be aa ee LE Pee Tomes ee ee se" " "SB STUIODISsBld BI[IQBS (suounloeds Z[T) AVAIITAAVS ---------- x oo 2-------|----------]---------- x x x x > 18 ge Too erm mses a= ="s18g JTUIO0I}S SOPT[[9G210,L, eee en | aaa nas x ----------|----------]---------- x x i er Facet ote 628 ~""--""UeIBUI[BIT SI[BIOB[s snYUBIqoyoTAL, o----2----|---------- x woeee-----|---------- x x x x ma Fea age 828 wor aeemmneens=-aqnity BSNpoMr sNITOA[OT wa-------- x ~---------|----------]---------- x x pier ee ag ne os ae a Lee ~--=="== (snpoyqe,{) snyeuuyouyo sndeeq.r, ----------|----------|----------|---------- x anana--25- x x x x PtP 9z8 TTT Taam en" 9="=(COTBIAT) BISNUGA BssBue'T ----------|----------|----------|---------- x SESE x hae a aa ee ae Ooze “7777 """"""“TQISUI[BIAL BPVIPIUBIGS BUEBI'T ee eee oe eo x waon------|------=--- x c SSR Smear eee Seatac PSE e|| ( oZe ~o77>=====""==" (suey sesuey) Igeis veppolg were ennen-|---2 222-22 ]--2---2- --|------ ----| x x x ON eo iad Penta ie 891 | ey is, ae a BR (le4teq) Byefnovur VISTI ---------- x ee ee eee x x x x aa cee akal ¥) rags ~"7->=" "==" == (NSBIUOTAL) V[NJSNUGA BO[OOIN ee Arona ae |e ec : fee eost|eessness a x nnn n nnn n nn nnnn ane --nn nn ]an nnn nnnen| 7 2ZE --"-"""TOIBUTBIAL BIPUB[UI0IS oy,y Ty dury weee------]---------- Sn ee oe x x Gena dMne SS) eSersm nor apy Tze mmemeemeseen==-" JOTNIAL BIBLIO OB Ig dary (suommoods sGp) AVAIITAAAAD, 210 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 103 Explanation of symbols on figures Roman numerals indicate body segments. a, anus aBr, anal branchia aC, anal cirrus aCo, anal cone aCy, anal cylinder ak, anal knob aLi, anal ligule abd, abdominal region ac, aciculum (heavy spine buried in parapodial ramus) acH, acicular genital hook acL, acicular lobe ach, achaetous lobe ai, aileron of jaw an, antenna antLa, anterior or presetal lamella anta, antanal achaetous segment ba, barbule bl, blade of seta (terminal or end piece of composite or jointed seta) br, branchia, brF, branchial filament brLo, branchial lobe brP, brood pouch buS, buccal segment cP, cephalic peak cCre, cephalic crest cPl, cephalic plate cR, cephalic ridge caPl, calcareous plate co, collarette eph, cirrophore (base of a tentacular cirrus or a dorsal cirrus) cr, crotchet cre, crest dC, dorsal cirrus dL, dorsal lobe dN, dorsal notch dTu, dorsal tubercle (lobe correspond- ing to elytrophore on non-elytra- bearing segment) deR, denticled rim Dor, dorsal el, elytron or scale elph, elytrophore (lobe bearing ely- tron) ey, eye-spot fTu, facial tubercle frAn, frontal antenna frH, frontal horn j, jaw 1An, lateral antenna 1Gr, lateral groove Lo, lateral lobe 1N, lateral notch 10Or, lateral sensory organ liPl, limbate plate loL, lower lip mAn, median antenna mLo, median lobe maxR, maxillary or distal ring mo, mouth nPa, nephridial papilla ne, neuropodium or ventral ramus neC, neuropodial cirrus neLi, neuropodial ligule neS, neuroseta (seta of neuropodium) neTo, neuropodial torus no, notopodium or dorsal ramus noLi, notopodial ligule nos, notoseta (seta of notopodium) noPi, notopodial pinnule noTo, notopodial torus nuEp, nuchal epaulette nuF, nuchal fold, lobe or collar nuG, nuchal groove nuH, nuchal hook nuO, nuchal organ nuPa, nuchal papilla oR, oral or basal ring oT, oral tentacles ocT, occipital tubercle op, operculum opPe, opercular peduncle Pp, palp pM, palmar membrane pa, papilla pal, paleae parF, parapodial flange para, paragnaths or horny denticles parath, parathoracic segment poL, postsetal or posterior lobe poLa, postsetal or posterior lamella pr, prostomium preL, presetal or anterior lobe pro, proboscis pyF, pygidial or anal funnel pyPl, pygidial plate MARINE POLYCHAETE WORMS—PETTIBONE 211 8, seta scH, scaphal hook set, setigerous segment or setiger setLo, setigerous lobe sh, shaft of seta (basal part of com- posite or jointed seta) spH, special hook tC, tentacular cirrus tF, tentacular filament tM, tentacular membrane tS, tentacular segment or peristomium (anterior modified segments around mouth) th, thoracic region thM, thoracic membrane to, tooth tor, torus (low, inflated parapodial lobe) uL, upper lip un, uncinus (very small and short, flattened setal hooks) unPi, uncinigerous pinnule (flattened parapodial ramus bearing numerous uncini or small setal hooks) unTo, uncinigerous torus (low, in- flated parapodial ramus _ bearing numerous uncini or small setal hooks) vC, ventral cirrus vF, ventral faecal groove vL, ventral lobe vPa, ventral papilla vsh, ventral shield Ven, ventral w, basal crenulate wing Order POLYCHAETA Key to the families of Polychaeta from Point Barrow . Dorsal surface more or less completely covered by paired overlapping scales SiC Vbrin A 2ON Mt Yh. | tet ee eee eS ee eet eS 5 Dorsal surface not covered by elytra..............--.--..------------- 2 . Anterior end more or less concealed by feathery tentacles (fig. 38, a), chiti- nous golden setae forming an operculum (figs. 34, n; 35, d), long setae directed forward forming a cephalic cage, or long filamentous outgrowths (fig. 36, f). With more or less permanent tubes-_-_-.-....---...----.- 6 Ii CMC ETINIRG hb lita re teeeee! sawn eo beeen tases 2d 3 _ body thickly papillated, grub-shaped. oo4i0.20.% 2. Jos24-e-e+-n22k--~ 21 Bady airoothjor finely, granulated... 4,522. 222.222) LA beet stds 4 . Prostomium with conspicuous antennae, with or without fleshy palps (figs. 26-30), or prostomium or an anterior segment with pair of long, prehensile, tenincular pulps (fig. 32,4) t1o.s<2+-= UR SUBSE fare. Se eee Phyllodocidae (p. 231) Dorsal cirri otherwise. Prostomium with 4-6 eyes, 2-3 antennae, 2 palps (may be reduced and fused in -Syllidae) __+_/2_~_- 4-22 Vee eee 15 With parapodial ligules, rounded, conical or straplike lobes (fig. 30, b, c). Worsalcirr short, cirriform: se Se2s Se eee ee Nereidae (p. 263) Without parapodial ligules. Dorsal cirri filiform, may be more or less articu- lated (or small and subulate in some Syllidae) _.__._._.__________-_-- 16 Palps ‘biartieulgte ig.’ 28;a) 222 22022 ee ae 2008 Hesionidae (p. 239) Palps not biarticulate (may be reduced and fused; figs. 28, c; 29, a). Syllidae (p. 240) Parapodia with postsetal lamellae more or less developed (fig. 32, g). Branch- iae usually paired, dorsal, ligulate or cirriform (rarely pinnate, rarely Inekinpy2 G8 £4 2+ ce eee ee EE OR ee Oe Spionidae (p. 280) Parapodia with lobes scarcely projecting, without postsetal lamellae. Branch- iae simple, filamentous, contractile, inserted above notopodia on few to many segiiients (fig) 33) d) ULL Lo52e JuoLsie Be Cirratulidae (p. 285) Prostomium with 2 pairs minute antennae (figs. 30, 7; 31, a@)_-_--_------ 19 Prostomium without-antennae.~.—..._ == ==. = ae ee See 22 Prostomium subquadrate, with small antennae on anterior part (fig. 30, 7). With anterior and posterior parapodial lamellae more or less developed (fig SO %n)> Sel ASIN ob ies BONN UU A Es ey Fe Nephtyidae (p. 266) Prostomium conical, pointed, annulated, with tiny terminal antennae (fig. 31, a, e). . Without parapodial lamellae... —. 22 _ Suede 2a eee 20 MARINE POLYCHAETE WORMS—PETTIBONE 213 20. Segments bi- or triannulate. Parapodia of single form throughout length of body, either only uniramous or only biramous------- Glyceridae (p. 272) Segments uniannulate. Body divided into 2 regions—anterior uniramous, posterior biramous (fig; 31, f; 9) ==25==2222--=-22022 Goniadidae (p. 274) 21. Posterior part of body with 2 horny ventral plates with radiating bundles of Bette (hee oO) eee ee ee, SIR) Tate SOR Te 290 Sternaspidae (p. 309) Posterior part of body without horny plates_-_--_--- Flabelligeridae (p. 288) 22. Some of segments considerably elongated, much longer than wide. Anal segment with limbate plate, spatulate, or funnellike (fig. 34, d, h, m). Prostomium hoodlike (fig. 34, 7, 1) or with limbate plate (fig. 34, b-c, g). Maldanidae (p. 302) Seaments not much longer than wide_..2 20. i225 2S 2ele lek lt 23 23. Proboscis provided with dark, chitinous jaw pieces (fig. 31,7). Body smooth, elongate, cylindrical, resembling an earthworm. Parapodia weakly devel- Bped-cimple lobes <.s==-2-8) 000 LU Poms 282 Lumbrineridae (p. 275) Proboscis without chitinous jaws. Form variable____-_---------------- 24 24. Body divided into 2 weakly to sharply separable regions, short anterior region, more or less flattened, with cushionlike neuropodia with several rows of setae, and long cylindrical posterior region with parapodial lobes projecting emt ye (hie ae,’ 6). Sa See 2) 2 eee Orbiniidae (p. 278) Parapodial lobes of median and posterior regions not projecting dorsally_. 25 Deerostomium conical] ees. AvAe OTe 1D Se Ue ee Se eerie 4 26 Paneponmurl otherwise 224-3 S524. 50726 Po _ OE Le SOU ou 27 26. Body short, grub-shaped or lancet-shaped. Parapodia with simple capillary Permoraible: ithe ot) S84. a SA EW Opheliidae (p, 295) Body elongate, slender, fragile. Parapodia with capillary setae and, in long posterior region, with rows of hooded hooks on somewhat inflated tori Reena eet Ste. SU Le Ue eee oe Capitellidae (p. 298) 27. Arborescent branchiae limited to anterior few segments. With capillary and forked: parapodial setae 2. aU S24 22-8225 tG_e Scalibregmidae (p. 293) Arborescent branchiae on long middle region of body. With capillary setae and sigmoid hooks embedded in elongated tori-_----- Arenicolidae (p. 300) Family POLYNOIDAE Prostomium bilobed, with two pairs of eyes in trapezoidal arrange- ment, three dorsal antennae, a pair of subulate ventral palps. First or tentacular segment with setae reduced in number (0-3), with two pairs of tentacular cirri (fig. 26, a). Parapodia biramous, with setae simple (not compound), paired dorsal scales or elytra on certain seg- ments and paired dorsal cirri on non-elytra-bearing segments, paired subulate ventral cirri (fig. 26, a, d). Pygidium or anal segment with pair of anal cirri. Paired segmental or nephridial papillae near ventral bases of parapodia. Muscular proboscis eversible, with circle of soft marginal papillae and two pairs of interlocking, chitinous jaws. Represented by 7 genera and 11 species. All the genera con- sidered here have 15 pairs of elytra on segments 2, 4, 5, 7, 9, 11, 13, 15, 17, 19, 21, 23, 26, 29, 32; lateral antennae inserted ventral to median antenna on prostomium (fig. 26, a). 914 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL. 108 Key to the genera of Polynoidae from Point Barrow 1. Notosetae stouter than or at least as stout as neurosetae, with tips blunt to pointed, not; eapillary. 2... 7.42. $8 231 sec estos ae 2 Notosetae not as stout as neurosetae-___-___-._----------.-=----------- 5 2. Notosetae large, smooth or with only faint transverse striations, few in number (5-9) netfee lS. WK on 5 ee eel ee te ee Melaenis (p. 214) Notosetae with transverse spinous rows, more numerous (more than 10)___ 3 3. Neurosetae long, slender, at least some end in capillary tips_Antinoé (p. 215) Neurosetae stouter, with tips straight or slightly hooked, not capillary_____ 4 4. All neurosetae with entire bare tips--._-.------------------ Eunoé (p. 216) Some of neurosetae bidentate, with secondary tooth well developed or rudi- montary (fig. | 265 %¢) 2ec)5 ers ae pope Sh ae a Harmothoé (p. 220) 5. Some notosetae with capillary tips. Segments less than 40 (35-38), thus, posterior end of body covered with elytra____-.---------.------------ 6 None of notosetae with capillary tips. Segments more than 40 (45-65), thus, a rather long posterior end without elytra. Elytra smooth, without tubercles=, 3 be .2hsccouieas select ee J ot ee Enipo (p. 225) 6. Neurosetae of 2 kinds, upper few end in slender tips, rest end in bifid tips. Elytra smooth except for few microtubercles on anterior curved part. Arcteobia (p. 225) Neurosetae all similar, with entire tips. Elytra with microtubercles and sometimes also with macrotubercles_---..------------- Gattyana (p. 622) Genus Melaenis Malmgren, 1865 Melaenis lovéni Malmgren, 1865 Melaenis lovéni Malmgren, 1865, p. 78, pl. 10, fig. 10—Théel, 1879, p. 22.— Wirén, 1883, p. 391, pl. 28, fig. 4; pl. 29, fig. 3—Murdoch, 1885, p. 152.— Moore, 1908, p. 337.—Fauvel, 1914, p. 49.—Augener, 1928, p. 695.— Ditlevsen, 1937, p. 16.—Gorbunov, 1946, p. 38.—Wesenberg-Lund, 1950a, p. 9; 1950b, p. 29. Melaenis lovéni var. gigantea Wirén, 1883, p. 391, pl. 28, fig. 3; pl. 29, fig. 4.— Murdoch, 1885, p. 153. Description.—Length 25-76 mm., width including setae 9-22 mm- (up to 110 mm. long—Ditlevsen, 1937). Segments 39-41. Body elongated, thick, tapering both anteriorly and posteriorly. Pro- stomium without cephalic peaks, antennae smooth. Dorsal cirri with fine, scattered, clavate papillae. Elytra smooth, soft, trans- lucent to opaque, not covering middorsum and posterior few segments. Notosetae much stouter than neurosetae, few in number (5-9), light to dark amber-colored, smooth or with only very faint transverse striations. Neurosetae of two kinds: Numerous, long, slender, finely denticled, with capillary tips; few, shorter, with subequal, diverging, forked, blunt tips (one part of fork may be longer than the other). Cotor: In life and in alcohol: Wide greenish brown to bluish gray transverse stripes middorsally, green and white striped on dorsal tubercles, cirrophores and elytrophores; without color ventrally; elytra light to dark greenish in a wide, circular band, a circular area MARINE POLYCHAETE WORMS—PETTIBONE 215 and lateral border without color; one specimen (collected October 4, 1949) was noted as peach-colored from segment 10 posteriorly, the color showing mainly on the ventral side and extending into the parapodia (probably developing eggs). New records—Arcric AtasKA: Point Barrow base, washed ashore, 1949 (July 30; August 21; September 22, 28, 30; October 4, 5, 16, 17; 65 specimens); off Point Barrow base, along shore, 1.7 fms., on bottom of gravel with mud (2 specimens). East Coast Nortu America: Off Labrador, 45 fms., Blue Dolphin Expedition, 1949. Distribution —Widely distributed in the Arctic: Siberian and Alaskan Arctic, Davis Strait, Greenland, Spitsbergen, Franz Josef Land, Kara Sea. Also Bering Sea; off Labrador. In 1.7-111 fathoms. Genus Antinoé Kinberg, 1855 (sensu Malmgren, 1865) Antinoé sarsi Malmgren, 1865 Antinoé sarst Kinberg, 1862 (MS.), p. 468 (fide Malmgren, 1865).—Malmgren, 1865, p. 75, pl. 9, fig. 6 (part).—MclIntosh, 1900, p. 365, figs Chamberlin, 1920, p. 8.—Hartman, 1944a, p. 334. Polynoé sarsi Théel, 1879, p. 16, pl. 1, fig. 8.—Wirén, 1883, p. 390.—Murdoch, 1885, p. 152. Harmothoé sarsi Eliason, 1920, p. 20.—Annenkova, 1931, p. 203.—Friedrich, 1939, p. 122.—Thorson, 1946, p. 48.—Wesenberg-Lund, 1950a, p. 7; 1950b, Dp: 2571901; p: 17. Harmothoé (Antinoélla) sarst Augener, 1928, p. 687. Antinoélla sarsi Annenkova, 1937, p. 153; 1938, p. 137.—Gorbunov, 1946, p. 38.— Zatsepin, 1948, p. 107, pl. 28, fig. 8. Description.—Length 21-68 mm., width including setae 11-27 mm. Segments 37 or 38. Fragments easily, posterior segments frequently regenerating. Body elongate, flattened, tapering slightly anteriorly and posteriorly. Prostomium with cephalic peaks distinct or poorly developed; anterior pair of eyes larger than posterior, slightly anterior to greatest width of prostomium. Antennae with short, clavate papillae. Dorsal cirri extending beyond setae, long, slender, tapering gradually, with short, clavate papillae. May bea single anal cirrus, extremely long, thick at base, tapering gradually; may be one long and one short anal cirrus. Elytra large, thin, soft, smooth, with scattered microtubercles and short, delicate, clavate papillae. Lose elytra readily; often show regenerating elytra, thus appearing variable in size. Notopodia and neuropodia extending into conspicuous, digitiform, acicular lobes. Setae yellowish or golden. Notosetae much thicker than neurosetae, large, clear basally; more distally, finely spinous, pointed. Neurosetae of two kinds, with capillary tips and with slender, relatively obtuse, slightly curved tips. Cotor: In life and preserved: Grayish green or light brown middorsally, 216 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM Vancate including elytrophores and dorsal tubercles; ventral surface without color or dusky midventrally; elytra gray, translucent to opaque, with a darker brownish-gray medial crescent-shaped area, with a colorless circular area medial to and a darker area posterior to the place of attachment. Remarks.—A. sarsi differs from A. badia (Théel), with which it has sometimes been confused, by having the neurosetae of two kinds, with capillary tips and with slender, relatively obtuse tips. In A. badia, all the neurosetae have capillary tips. Parasites —One of the 63 specimens had the parasitic copepod Herpyllobius arcticus Steenstrup and Liitken attached to the prosto- mium (identified by P. L. Illg). New records—Arctic ALASKA: Point Barrow base, washed ashore 1949 (August 21, 24; September 1, 12, 20, 22, 24, 26; October 5, 16; 58 specimens); off Point Barrow base, up to 5 miles from shore, 5 to 30.7 fms., on bottoms of mud or stones, and in screen trap through hole in ice, 6 fms., April 11, 1949 (3 stations, 5 specimens); near Point Belcher, Icy Cape, off Point Barrow, Dall. Brrine Sra: 62°15’ N., 167°48’ W., 20 fms., G. M. Stoney, 1884. East Coast Nortu America: Off Labrador, 6-30 fms., Blue Dolphin Expeditions, 1950, 1951. Distribution—Widely distributed in the Arctic: Siberian and Alaskan Arctic, Greenland, Jan Mayen, Spitsbergen, Norway, Franz Josef Land, Barents Sea, Novaya Zemlya, Kara Sea. Also Iceland, Faroes to Great Britain, the Baltic; Labrador to Maine; Bering Sea; north Japan Sea. In 3-1,215 fathoms. Genus Eunoé Malmgren, 1865 Key to the species of Eunoé from Point Barrow 1. Elytra with scattered, bluntly conical microtubercles only, lacking fringe of papillae. Eyes small, anterior pair anterolateral on prostomium (scarcely visible, dorsally) 225 2 a2 3s ee ee ee ee KE. clarki Elytra with macrotubercles in addition to microtubercles, with lateral fringe of papillae. Eyes larger, anterior pair anterodorsal (visible dorsally)-_-- 2 2. Body broad, oval, flattened. Extra rounded lobes on inner sides of elytro- phores and dorsal tubercles (lobes corresponding to elytrophores on non- elytra-bearing segments, fig. 26, c). Nuchal fold posterior to prostomium not prominent. Setae yellow. Elytra with microtubercles rather low, flattened, semiglobose, some bifid; macrotubercles confined essentially to single row near external border, nodular, with roughened tips. Antennae with’short papillae. [ie _ ere Se Coe en SOG TR E. nodosa Body more elongate, not so flattened. Without extra rounded lobes on inner sides of elytrophores and dorsal tubercles. Nuchal fold prominent. Setae dark amber-colored. Elytra with microtubercles one- to many-pronged; macrotubercles variable in number, size, and position, branched. Antennae with“ longer.“ paplllac ss 2eiee hee ae = es Se ee E. oerstedi MARINE POLYCHAETE WORMS—PETTIBONE 217 Eunoé clarki Pettibone, 1951 Eunoé clarki Pettibone, 1951, p. 44, fig. 1. Description—Length 36-38 mm., width including setae 12 mm. Segments 40 or 41. Body linear-oblong, tapered slightly anteriorly and posteriorly. Prostomium without cephalic peaks; anterior pair of eyes anterolateral. Antennae and dorsal cirri with short, clavate papillae. Elytra nearly cover dorsum, with conical microtubercles, without fringe of papillae. Conor: In alcohol: Middorsum trans- versely banded grayish green; elytra greenish gray, with a darker mottled pattern on most of the exposed parts, with a darker spot medial to a lighter area over the elytophore; dorsal cirri with pig- mented bands basally and subterminally. New record.—Arctic ALASKA: Point Barrow base, washed ashore, October 17, 1949 (2 specimens). Distribution.—Arctic Alaska. Eunoé nodosa (Sars, 1860) FicureE 26, ¢c Polynoé nodosa Sars, 1860, p. 58. Eunoé nodosa Malmgren, 1865, p. 64, pl. 8, fig. 4.—Fauvel, 1923, p. 51, fig. 18, a-e (part)—Annenkova, 1937, p. 149; 1938, p. 134.—Treadwell, 1937, p. 27.—Friedrich, 1939, p. 122.—Berkeley and Berkeley, 1942, p. 187; 1943, p. 129.—Hartman, 1944a, pp. 334, 337—Gorbunov, 1946, p. 38.—Zatsepin, 1948, p. 107, pl. 28, fig. 7. Eunoa nodosa Malmgren, 1867, p. 6.— Webster and Benedict, 1884, p. 700; 1887, p. 708.—MclIntosh, 1900, p. 291, figs. Polynoé scabra Théel, 1879, p. 7.—Wirén, 1883, p. 387, pl. 28, fig. 2; pl. 29, fig. 1 (part; not pl. 28, fig. 1; not Aphrodita scabra Fabricius, 1780). Polynoé islandica Hansen, 1882, pp. 17, 24, pl. 1, figs. 15-21.—Murdoch, 1884, p. 152. Polynoé arctica Hansen, 1882, pp. 21, 27, pl. 3, figs. 1-5. Polynoé spinulosa Hansen, 1882, p. 28, pl. 1, figs. 6-10. Polynoé foraminifera Hansen, 1882, pp. 21, 23, 29, pl. 1, figs. 11-14. Harmothoé nodosa Moore, 1902, p. 271.—Ditlevsen, 1917, p. 6, pl. 3, fig. 10 (part; not pl. 2, fig. 1)—Augener, 1928, p. 684 (part).— Wesenberg-Lund, 1950a, p. 6 (part); 1950b, p. 17 (part); 1951, p. 10 (part). Eunoé depressa Hartman, 1948, p. 14 (part; not E. depressa Moore, 1905). Description —Length 13-75 mm., width including setae 7-35 mm. Segments 36 or 37. Prostomium with cephalic peaks short and blunt or lacking; anterior pair of eyes anterolateral, visible dorsally. An- tennae with short papillae. Dorsal cirri with long papillae. Body flattened ventrally, strongly arched dorsally, especially in anterior part. With characteristic bulbous structures on inner sides of bases of elytrophores and dorsal tubercles. Segmental papillae quite elon- gate, cylindrical, directed dorsally between the parapodia. Elytra with fringe of long papillae on external border. Elytral microtubercles numerous, close-set, rather low, flattened, semiglobose, some bifid; 218 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 103 macrotubercles confined mostly to a single row near external border, dark colored to pale yellow, nodular, with roughened tips or a fasicle of short spikes. Elytra often covered with a good deal of debris and foreign material. Coztor: In life and in alcohol: Mediodorsal surface colorless or banded with olive-brown between elytrophores and dorsal tubercles; ventral surface without color or olive-brown; setae yellow or light amber-colored; elytra yellow or tannish mottled with reddish brown. Remarks.—Eunoé nodosa has been confused with E. oerstedi. The two species have been separated by Sars (1860), Malmgren (1865), Verrill (1881), Murdoch and Benedict (1885, as Polynoé islandica and P. scabra), and Treadwell (1937). They have been considered to be synonymous and a highly variable species by Théel (1879), Wirén (1883), Fauvel (1923), Ditlevsen (1917), Augener (1928), and Wesen- berg-Lund (1950a, b). Based on a study of the material from Point Barrow as well as numerous other specimens in the U. S. National Museum from Greenland and off New England, the two species appear to be separable on the basis of a number of characters as indicated in the key. They agree in having the prostomium with cephalic peaks short and blunt or lacking, the position of the eyes, the dorsal cirri with long papillae, and the palps each with six longitudinal rows of papillae. New records —Arctic ALASKA: Eluitkak Pass, Elson Lagoon near Point Barrow, stony-mud; off Point Barrow base, up to 12.1 miles from shore, 18.3-87 fathoms, on various combinations of mud, stones, pebbles, gravel, rocks (14 stations, 33 specimens). Brrine Sra: 57° N., 163° 48’ W., 38 fms., Alaska King Crab Expedition (Hartman (1948), as E. depressa); Albatross Sta. 3252, 57°22’ N., 164°24’ W., 29.5 fms., black mud, 1890, and Sta. 3512, 57°49’ N., 169°27’ W., 38 fms., 1893. SourHwxrsterRN ALASKA: Belkofsky Bay, 15-25 fms., Dall, 1880. Franz Joser Lanp: Aberdore Channel, east Alger Island, 10 fms., Baldwin-Ziegler Expedition, 1901. Easr Coasr Nortu America: Off Labrador, 10-95 fms., Blue Dolphin Expeditions, 1949, 1950; Albatross Sta. 2432, off Newfoundland, 43°04’ N., 50°45’ W., 64 fms., 1885; Bay of Fundy, Grand Manan, Nova Scotia, Maine, Massachusetts, 16-120 fms., U. S. Fish Commission. Distribution —Widely distributed in the Arctic: Siberian, Alaskan, and Canadian Arctic, Baffin Bay, Davis Strait, Greenland, Jan Mayen, Spitsbergen, Norway, Franz Josef Land, Barents Sea, Novaya Zemlya, Kara Sea. Also Bering Sea; north Japan Sea; Iceland, Faroes, Shetlands to English Channel; Hudson Bay to Massachusetts. In 10-690 fathoms. MARINE POLYCHAETE WORMS—PETTIBONE 219 Eunoé oerstedi Malmgren, 1865 FicureE 26, d Lepidonote scabra Oersted, 1843, p. 164, pl. 1, figs. 2, 7, 10, 12-13, 17-18 (not Aphrodita scabra Fabricius, 1780). Polynoé scabra Sars, 1860, p. 58.—Hansen, 1882, p. 11.—Wirén, 1883, p. 387, pl. 28, fig. 1 (part) Murdoch, 1885, p. 152 (not A. scabra Fabricius, 1780). Eunoé oerstedi Malmgren, 1865, p. 61, pl. 8, fig. 3—Moore, 1909b, p. 1385.— Sumner, 1913, p. 618.—Treadwell, 1937, p. 27.—Hartman, 1944a, pp. 334, 337.—Gorbunov, 1946, p. 38.—Pettibone, 1953, p. 46, pl. 23. Eunoé barbata Moore, 1910, p. 334, pl. 28, figs. 1-6.—Treadwell, 1925, p. 1.— Hartman, 1939, p. 53.—Berkeley and Berkeley, 1945, p. 321; 1948, p. 14, fig. 16.—Pettibone, 1949, p. 2. Eunoé nodosa Fauvel, 1923, p. 51, fig. 18, a-e (part) Hartman and Reish, 1950, p. 7 (not Polynoé nodosa Sars, 1860). Harmothoé nodosa Ditlevsen, 1917, p. 6, pl. 2, fig. 1 (part; not pl. 3, fig. 10).— Augener, 1928, p. 684 (part) —Wesenberg-Lund, 1950a, p. 6 (part); 1950b, p. 17 (part); 1951, p. 10 (part; not P. nodosa Sars, 1860). Description.—Length 18-73 mm., width including setae 6-29 mm. Segments 37-39 (39-42 in specimens from Washington). Prostomium with cephalic peaks poorly developed or lacking; anterior pair of eyes anterolateral, visible dorsally. Antennae and dorsal cirri with long papillae. Body elongate, oval in cross section. Segmental papillae short and bulbous. Tips of notosetae may be worn down and blunt, especially in larger specimens. Elytra with lateral fringe of papillae. Elytral surface exceedingly scabrous, with microtubercles one- to many-pronged; macrotubercles branched, extremely variable in size, number, arrangement and shape; some brownish, some translucent. Cotor: In alcohol: Dusky, dark or greenish black between elytrophores and dorsal tubercles, with some color on cirrophores of dorsal cirri and tips of parapodia; setae dark amber-colored. Remarks.—This species is closely related to and has been confused with E. nodosa as discussed above. Examination of the type of £. barbata Moore from central California revealed no essential differences from EF. oerstedi. New records—Arctic Auaska: Eluitkak Pass, Elson Lagoon near Point Barrow, 6.6 fms.; off Point Barrow base, up to 8 miles from shore, 18.3 to 75.5 fms., on bottoms of mud, sand, shells, pebbles, gravel, rocks, stones (10 stations, 20 specimens). CANADIAN ARCTIC: Baffin Island, 66°43’ N., 80°07’ W., 1927; center, south, and southeast corner Foxe Basin, 25-37 fms., 1927; Kneeland Bay in Frobisher Bay, Baffin Island, 7-12 fms., 1942; all collected by Bartlett. Wusr GREENLAND: Murchison Sound, 45-60 fms., Bartlett, 1938. East GREENLAND: Clavering Fiord, 1939; off Cape Hold with Hope, 23-40 fms., Bartlett, 1939. Sourn Greentanp: Off Cape Farewell, 70 fms., Bartlett, 1939. East Coast Norru America: Off Labrador, 261112—54 2 220 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 103 25-40 fms., Blue Dolphin Expeditions, 1949, 1950; Nova Scotia, Grand Manan, Maine, Massachusetts, low water to 110 fms., U. S. Fish Commission. Japan: Albatross Sta. 3656, Hakodate Bay, 11.5 fms., 1896. Distribution.—Widely distributed in the Arctic: Siberian, Alaskan and Canadian Arctic, Baffin Bay, Davis Strait, Greenland, Spits- bergen. Also from Norway to English Channel; Labrador to Massachusetts; Bering Sea to central California; and Japan. In low water to 516 fathoms. Genus Harmothoe Kinberg, 1857 As used herein, Harmothoé includes Lagisca Malmgren, 1865; Evarne Malmgren, 1865; and Evarnella Chamberlin, 1919. Both species represented have the body short, attenuated posteriorly, segments about 40 (36-50), covered by elytra except for posterior few segments; elytra with numerous conical microtubercles. Pro- stomium with cephalic peaks prominent (fig. 26, a). Antennae and dorsal cirri with short papillae. Notosetae stouter than neurosetae, with long distal spinous regions and short, pointed, bare tips. Key to the species of Harmothoé from Point Barrow 1. Anterior pair of eyes anteroventral on prostomium (slightly posterior and lateral to cephalic peaks), not visible dorsally (fig. 26, a). Elytra with or without large, globular macrotubercles near posterior border. H. imbricata Anterior pair of eyes anterolateral on prostomium, visible dorsally. Elytra with macrotubercles globular, sausage-shaped or elongate, rodlike. H. extenuata Harmothoe imbricata (Linné, 1767) FIGuRE 26, a, e Aphrodita imbricata Linné, 1767, p. 1804. Lepidonote cirrata Oersted, 1843, p. 166, pl. 1, figs. 1, 5-6, 11, 14-15. Polynoé cirrata Sars, 1860, p. 60. Harmothoé imbricata Malmgren, 1865, p. 66, pl. 9, fig. 8 Webster and Benedict, 1884, p. 701; 1887, p. 709.—Johnson, 1897, p. 181; 1901, p. 390.—MclIntosh, 1900, p. 314, figs—Moore, 1902, p. 270; 1903, p. 402; 1908, p. 334.—Dit- levsen, 1909, p. 7, pl. 2, fig. 5—Sumner, 1913, p. 617.—Southern, 1914, p. 52.—Chamberlin, 1920, p. 4.—Eliason, 1920, p. 19.—Fauvel, 1923, p. 55, fig. 18, f-e; 1933, p. 10; 1936, p. 50.—Treadwell, 1925, p. 1; 1937, p. 26.— Augener, 1928, p. 677; 1939, p. 133.—Annenkova, 1934, p. 322; 1937, p. 151; 1938, p. 186.—Okuda, 1938b, p. 83; 1939, p. 224.—Friedrich, 1939, p. 122.— Monro, 1939a, p. 345.—Hartman, 1944a, pp. 335, 337; 1948, p. 13.—Thorson, 1946, p. 46, figs. 17-18.—Gorbunov, 1946, p. 38.—Zatsepin, 1948, p. 108, pl. 28, fig. 10.—Berkeley and Berkeley, 1948, p. 11, ‘fig. 9.—Pettibone, 1949, p. 2; 1953, p. 32, pls. 13-16.—Hartman and Reish, 1950, p. 6.—Wesenberg- Lund, 1950a, p. 6; 1950b, p. 18; 1951, p. 12. MARINE POLYCHAETE WORMS—PETTIBONE 921 Polynoé imbricata Marenzeller, 1879, p. 9, pl. 2, fig. 1—Théel, 1879, p. 9—Hansen, 1882, pp. 11, 13, 15, 23—Wirén, 1883, p. 389. Harmothoé levis Treadwell, 1937, p. 26, figs. 1-5. Description.—Length 24-53 mm., width including setae 8-19 mm. (length up to 65 mm.—Théel, 1879). Segments 37-39. Prostomium with anterior pair eyes ventral, slightly posterior and lateral to cephalic peaks. Elytra with scattered conical microtubercles, with or without few to numerous, small, brownish to reddish, globular to elongate cylindrical macrotubercles in one, two, or several irregular rows near posterior border; may be a few additional globular papillae in middle of elytra; with or without short elytral fringe of papillae. Neurosetae with long spinous regions, with long, bare, hooked tips, and usually with a subterminal tooth (may be broken off). Conor: In life and in alcohol: Irregularly pigmented middorsally, on cirro- phores, dorsal tubercles, and parapodial lobes; usually without color ventrally; elytra show remarkable color variations of mottled tan and brown, blackish to grayish, or reddish; inner halves of elytra red or grayish brown resulting in a middorsal, longitudinal, pigmented band; uniformly tan; tan with bilateral darker spots near places of attach- ment (the color variety of H. levis Treadwell). Remarks.—Examination of the types of H. levis Treadwell from Greenland waters revealed it to be but a color variation of H. imbricata. Parasites—Of the 215 specimens, 13 had parasitic copepods, Herpyllobius arcticus Steenstrup and Liitken, attached on the pro- stomium (identified by Paul L. Illg). New records—Arctic ALASKA: Eluitkak Pass, Elson Lagoon near Point Barrow, 6.6 fms., gravel, stones, mud; Point Barrow base, washed ashore; off Point Barrow base, up to 16 miles from shore, 11.7-123.5 fms., on bottoms of stones, mud, masses of worm tubes, and various combinations of mud, pebbles, gravel, stones, large perforated rocks, with barnacles, bryozoans, hydroids, tunicates, shells, worm tubes (34 stations, 215 specimens). CANADIAN ARTIC: Southeast corner Foxe Basin, 66°46’ N., 79°15’ W., 34-37 fms., 1927; shoal in Kneeland Bay, Frobisher Bay, Baffin Island, 7-12 fms., 1942; west shore Frobisher Bay, 1942; off Daniels Island, northwest side in Newell Sound, Frobisher Bay, 10-30 fms., 1942; all collected by Bartlett. Wrsr Gremntanp: Oelricks Bay, mud, 1937; Vaigat, Disko Island, mud, 1937; between Capes Alexander and Chalon, 25-40 fms., rocks, 1937; Walrus grounds, Murchison Sound, 45-60 fms., 1938; off Conical Rock, 76° N., 67°30’ W., 20-40 fms., rocks, shell, 1938; all collected by Bartlett. Upernivik Harbor, 13 fms., U.S.S. Alert, 1884. Easr GreEnLAND: Clavering Fiord, 1939; Angmogssalik, 10-15 fms., 1939; off Cape Hold with Hope, 23-40 fms., 1939; all collected by Bartlett. SprrsperGEn: Spitsbergen Sea, 222 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 108 U.S.S. Alliance, 1881; South Gatt, northwest Spitsbergen, 79°40’ N., 7 fms., E. Wilkinson. East Coast Norru America: Off Labrador and Newfoundland, intertidal to 60 fms., Blue Dolphin Expeditions, 1949, 1950, 1951; off Nova Scotia, Grand Manan, Maine, Massachu- setts, Rhode Island, Long Island Sound, intertidal to 110 fms., U. S. Fish Commission. Brrine Sra: Bering Strait, 13 fms., Dall, 1880; 62°54’ N., 166°38’ W., 22 fms., and 66°12’ N., 168°54’ W., Stoney, 1884; St. George Island, Pribilofs, G. D. Hanna, 1914; Albatross Sta. 3252, 57°22’ N., 164°24’ W., 29.5 fms., 1890, and Sta. 3522, 57°58’ N., 170°09’ W., 41 fms., 1893. SourHwestrern ALAsKa: Bay of Islands, Adak Island, 9-16 fms., 1873, and Coal Harbor, Unga Island, 1872, Dall. SourHrasterRN ALASKA: Wrangel, W. H. Jones. Sitka, “‘worm-eaten”’ wood, L. A. Beardslee. Japan: Albatross Sta. 3656, Hakodate Bay, 1896. Distribution.—Widely distributed in the Arctic: Siberian, Alaskan, and Canadian Arctic, Davis Strait, Greenland, Jan Mayen, Spits- bergen, Franz Josef Land, Barents Sea, Novaya Zemlya. Also Iceland and Norway to Mediterranean and Adriatic; Labrador to New Jersey; Bering Sea to southern California; and Japan. In low water to 2,030 fathoms. Harmothoé extenuata (Grube, 1840) Polynoé extenuata Grube, 1840, p. 86 (fide Claparéde, 1868).—Claparéde, 1868, p. 380, pl. 2, fig. 2. Polynoé rarispina Sars, 1860, p. 60.—Théel, 1879, p. 8—Hansen, 1882, p. 7.— Wirén, 1883, p. 389. Lagisca rarispina Malmgren, 1865, p. 65, pl. 8, fig. 2.—Verrill, 1881, pp. 311, 314.—Webster and Benedict, 1884, p. 700; 1887, p. 709.—Moore, 1902, p. 269; 1908, p. 335.—Fauvel, 1911, p. 9; 1914, p. 65.—Chamberlin, 1920, p. 5.—Berkeley and Berkeley, 1943, p. 129; 1948, p. 16, figs. 18, 19. Lagisca propinqua Malmgren, 1867, p. 9, pl. 1, fig. 3, a-e. Lagisca extenuata Marenzeller, 1876, p. 133, pl. 1, fig. 1; 1904, p. 318.—McIntosh, 1900, p. 307, figs.—Fauvel, 1923, p. 76, fig. 28, a-m; 1934a, p. 14.—Monro, 1939a, p. 345.— Wesenberg-Lund, 1939a, p. 6, fig. 2; 1950a, p. 8; 1950b, p. 27; 1951, p. 18. Lagisca impatiens Webster, 1879b, p. 102; 1886, p. 129, pl. 4, figs. 1-7. Polynoé semisculpta Hansen, 1882, p. 26, pl. 3, figs. 16-20 (?P. semisculptus Johnston, 1865). Lagisca floccosa McIntosh, 1900, p. 298, figs.—Southern, 1914, p. 51 (not Polynoé floccosa Savigny, 1820). Harmothoé extenuata Alaejos y Sanz, 1905, p. 55, pl. 9, fig. 8; pl. 10, figs. 1-12; pl. 11, fig. 1—Ehlers, 1913, p. 446.—Pettibone, 1953, p. 31. Harmothoé rarispina Ditlevsen, 1909, p. 5, pl. 1, figs. 2-4; 1937, p. 11—Augener, 1928, p. 685.—Annenkova, 1937, p. 153; 1938, p. 1386.—Friedrich, 1939, p. 122.—Gorbunov, 1946, p. 38.—Zatsepin, 1948, p. 108, pl. 28, fig. 15. Harmothoé triannulata Moore, 1910, p. 346, pl. 29, figs. 18-22.—Hartman, 1938a, p. 118.—Berkeley and Berkeley, 1948, p. 12, fig. 10. Lagisca extenuata var. spinulosa Fauvel, 1914, p. 64, pl. 4, figs. 27-29. Harmothoé propinqua Ditlevsen, 1917, p. 14, pl. 3, figs. 1, 3. Harmothoé rarispina forma propingua Annenkova, 1937, p. 153; 1938, p. 137. MARINE POLYCHAETE WORMS—PETTIBONE 223 Evarnella triannulata Berkeley and Berkeley, 1942, p. 188; 1943, p. 130.—Hartman, 1948, p. 13 (part; includes H. multisetosa Moore and H. extenuata).—Petti- bone, 1949, p. 1. Description.—Length 13-68 mm., width including setae 4-20 mm. (length up to 74 mm.—Ditlevsen, 1937). Segments 37-47. Prosto- mium with eyes large, anterior pair anterolateral, slightly anterior to widest part of prostomium, visible dorsally. Neurosetae with en- larged, long spinous regions, with tips slightly hooked, with small, secondary tooth present or absent; at least some of the setae show a remnant of a secondary tooth. The upper and lower neurosetae tend to be unidentate (not always) while the middle ones are bidentate, with a secondary tooth or remnant of it (in specimens from Woods Hole region only a few neurosetae have a secondary tooth or remnant of one). Elytra with numerous microtubercles, more or less uniform in size, conical, with tips blunt, pointed, or bifid; usually with few to fairly numerous macrotubercles distinctly set off from elytral surface, usually narrower at the base, brown, smooth, globular, sausage- shaped, or elongate fusiform, variable in number, 0-9 near posterior border, 0-13 scattered near center of elytron. Elytra with short fringe of papillae on external border. Cotor: In alcohol: Without color anteriorly; on posterior half, with brownish transverse bands and two brown spots basally on cirrophores (in specimens from Woods Hole region, found intertidally, the body is darkly pigmented grayish- green middorsally); antennae and dorsal cirri ringed with brown; elytra mottled with brown, sometimes with a darker spot posterior and medial to the place of attachment; the microtubercles may be covered with a brown extraneous material, giving astreaked appearance. Remarks.—H. extenuata is an extremely variable species as indicated by the number of names that have been applied to it. It reaches its greatest size in arctic waters; it is small when found intertidally, as in the Puget Sound region (up to 23 mm.—H. triannulata of Moore). When found intertidally off New England, it also is small (about 26 mm.), and the secondary tooth of the neurosetae is suppressed, usually with only a remnant showing on a few neurosetae, the rest being entire (L. wmpatiens of Webster). In the collection from Point Barrow, where it was the most abundant polychaete, it is represented by specimens of all sizes from very small to large (up to 68 mm.). Parasites —Of the 3875 specimens, 3 had the parasitic copepod Herpyllobius arcticus Steenstrup and Lutken attached to the pros- tomium (identified by Illg). New records.—Arctic ALasKa: Eluitkak Pass, Elson Lagoon near Point Barrow, 6.6 fms.; off Point Barrow base, up to 15 miles from shore, 13.3-123.5 fms., on bottoms of mud, stones, masses of worm tubes, and various combinations of mud, pebbles, rocks, gravel, stones, large perforated rocks, with shells, bryozoans, hydroids, 224. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 103 worm tubes, from starfish and crab, Hyas coarctatus (37 stations, 375 specimens). CanapIAN Arctic: Foxe Basin, 66°30’ N., 80° W., 1927; center Foxe Basin, 25-31 fms., 1927; 7 miles east Cape Dor- chester, Foxe Channel, 25 fms., 1927; Baffin Island, 66°43’ N., 80°07’ W., 1927; Hurd Channel between Bushman Island and Melville Peninsula, 11 fms., rocky, 1933; south end Cape Martineau, Melville Peninsula, 7-15 fms., 1933; 3 miles south Salisbury Island, Hudson Strait, 27 fms., 1933; south end Cobourg Island, Baffin Bay, 75°40’ N., 78°58’ W., 11.3-20 fms., 1935; east end Cobourg Island, 75°40’ N., 78°50’ W., 23-36 fms., 1935; southeast corner Foxe Basin, 66°46’ N., 79°15’ W., 34-37 fms., 1937; Kneeland Bay, Frobisher Bay, Baffin Island, 7-12 fms., 1942; all collected by Bartlett. Wausr GREENLAND: Vaigat, Disko Island, mud, 1937; between Capes Alexander and Chalon, 25-40 fms., rocky, 1937; Walrus grounds, Murchison Sound, 45 fms., 1938; all collected by Bartlett. Norra GREENLAND: North Omenolu near North Star Bay, 17 fms., and Cape Alexander, entrance to Smith Sound, rocky, 1932, Bartlett. Easr GREENLAND: Off Cape Hold with Hope, 23-40 fms., Bartlett, 1939. SoutH GREENLAND: Cape Farewell, 70 fms., Bartlett, 1939. Franz JosEF Lanp: Aberdore Channel east Alger Island, 10 fms., Baldwin- Ziegler Polar Expedition, 1901. Brrtne Sea: Alaska King Crab Investigation, 1941, Sta. D8-41, 58°34’ N., 165°17’ W., 42 fms.; Sta. D7-41, 57° N., 163°48’ W., 38 fms.; Sta. D11-41, 12 miles east Walrus Island, Pribilofs, 31-33 fms.; St. George Island, Pribilofs, village beach, 1914, and St. Paul Island, Pribilofs, 1915, Hanna; 62°54’ N., 166°38’ W., 22 fms., and 62°15’ N., 167°48’ W., 20 fms., Stoney, 1884. Sourawestern AtasKa: Alaska King Crab Investiga- tion, 1940, 1941, Sta.: 89-40, Unga Strait, 37-47 fms.; 93-40, Spitz Island, 55-68 fms.; Sand Point; 128-40, Shelikof Strait off Hallo Bay, 35-48 fms.; 60-40, Lenard Harbor, 20-25 fms.; L18-41, Kupreanof Strait, south side, 2 miles northwest Bare Island, 13-15 fms.; 72-40, Cold Bay, 15-50 fms.; 52-40, Canoe Bay, 35-40 fms., on Paralithodes camtschatica; 100-40, Alitak Bay, 30 fms.; 59-40, between inner Tliasik and Goloi Island, 20-30 fms. SourHrAsTERN ALASKA: Lituya Bay, 6-9 fms., Dall, 1874. Easr Coast Norra AMERICA: Off Labrador, 6-100 fms., Blue Dolphin Expeditions, 1949, 1950, 1951; Bay of Fundy, Gulf of Maine, Massachusetts, Long Island Sound, 4-134 fms., U. S. Fish Commission; Woods Hole region, intertidal and dredged, Pettibone, 1950, 1951; Fish Hawk Sta. 8826, 8898, Chesapeake Bay, 1920. Distribution—Widely distributed in the Arctic: Siberian, Alaskan, and Canadian Arctic, Baffin Bay, Davis Strait, Greenland, Spits- bergen, Franz Josef Land, Novaya Zemlya, Kara Sea. Also Iceland, Faroes, Norway to Mediterranean and Adriatic; Hudson Bay to Chesapeake Bay; Bering Sea to southern California; north Japan Sea; South Africa. In low water to 1,000 fathoms. MARINE POLYCHAETE WORMS—PETTIBONE 235 Genus Enipo Malmgren, 1865, sensu Levinsen, 1883 Enipo gracilis Verrill, 1874 Enipo gracilis Verrill, 1874a, pp. 407, 411, pl. 6, fig. 4; 1874b, pp. 347, 361, 378, pl. 5, fig. 3—Pettibone, 1953, p. 22, pl. 7. Enipo cirrata Treadwell, 1925, p. 1, figs. 1-4.—Hartman, 1938a, p. 120, fig. 39, d, e.—Berkeley and Berkeley, 1942, p. 188; 1945, p. 322; 1948, p. 16, fig. 20. Polynoé gracilis Hartman, 1942a, p. 26, figs. 23-26. Description.—Length 25-76 mm., width including setae 3-4 mm. Segments variable in number (45, with regenerating posterior end, to 74). Body elongate, slender, with sides nearly parallel. Prosto- mium without cephalic peaks. In some specimens from New England there are slight prostomial peaks (prostomial peaks present—Hart- man, 1942). Antennae and dorsal cirri with short, clavate papillae. Dorsal cirri short, barely reaching tips of setae in anterior part, longer in posterior region without elytra. Elytra oval, translucent, small, usually leaving middorsum uncovered, smooth, without papillae or tubercles. Notosetae form a short, bushy bundle, rather numerous (more than 30 in specimens from Point Barrow) to few (2-20 or rarely 0—Treadwell, 1925), slender to moderately stout, tapering gradually to short, bare, blunt tips, with spinous rows distally. Neurosetae stouter than notosetae, upper ones with longer spinous regions (17-23 or so rows), middle ones with shorter spinous regions (10 or so rows), with long, bare, slightly hooked tips (neurosetae may be all similar, with 5-10 transverse spinous rows). Cotor: In alcohol: Without color or brownish middorsally; elytra pigmented smoky brown on the medial halves. Remarks.—Known to be commensal with the maldanid Nicomache lumbricalis (Fabricius) in Alaska (as E. cirrata—Berkeley and Berke- ley, 1942) and off Halifax, Nova Scotia, and Cape Cod (specimens in the U. S. National Museum, identified by Verrill). New Records —Arctic Ataska: Off Point Barrow, up to 12.1 miles from shore, 21-123.5 fms., from breaking rock, masses of worm tubes, with stones, large perforated rocks (3 stations, 3 specimens). East Coast Norra America: Off Nova Scotia, Maine, Massachusetts, 2— 198 fms., U. S. Fish Commission. Distribution —Alaskan Arctic; southwestern Alaska to Washington; Nova Scotia to Massachusetts. In 2—123.5 fathoms. Genus Arcteobia Annenkova, 1934 Arcteobia anticostiensis (McIntosh, 1874) Eupolynoé anticostiensis McIntosh, 1874, p. 265, pl. 10, figs. 1-4.—Wirén, 1883, p. 390, pl. 29, fig. 2—Marenzeller, 1890, pl. 1. Harmothoé anticostiensis Augener, 1928, p. 691, pl. 11, fig. 13. 226 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 108 Arcteobia anticostiensis Annenkova, 1934, p. 322; 1937, p. 149, pl. 3, figs. 26, 27; 1938, p. 133. Eucranta anticostiensis Hartman, 1944a, p. 337. Description.—Length 11-26 mm., width including setae 4-8 mm. Segments 35 or 36. Prostomium with distinct cephalic peaks; anterior pair of eyes anteroventral, not visible dorsally. Antennae and dorsal cirri with short, clavate papillae. Elytral pairs get larger posteriorly, the last pair usually extending beyond end of body. Elytra without fringe of papillae, smooth except for scattered microtubercles on anterior curved part. Upper notosetae shorter, stouter, with short, blunt to sharp-pointed tips; most of notosetae more slender, with capillary tips. Few upper neurosetae longer, ending in sharp, slender tips; most of neurosetae with bifid tips. Co tor: In life and in alcohol: Irregularly banded middorsally, greenish to greenish black, with a transverse stripe and often a pair of small spots; elytra with reddish brown pigmented area, usually C-shaped on inner and posterior parts and often a darker spot over place of attachment; may form a com- plete, circular, colored area. Remarks.—Probably commensal in habit; off Labrador, found com- mensal in the sinuous tubes of the terebellid Pista flexuosa (Grube), one worm per tube. New records —Arctic ALASKA: Point Barrow base, washed ashore; off Point Barrow base, up to 12.1 miles from shore, 24.7—123.5 fms., on bottoms of mud, masses of worm tubes, and various combinations of mud, gravel, stones, rocks, and large perforated rocks (7 stations, 14 specimens). Easr Coast Norra America: Off Labrador, 40-95 fms., Blue Dolphin Expedition, 1949; off Nova Scotia, Maine, Mas- sachusetts, 10-86 fms., U. S. Fish Commission. Distribution.—Alaskan Arctic; Labrador to Massachusetts; Bering Sea; north Japan Sea. In low water to 123.5 fathoms. Genus Gattyana McIntosh, 1897 Key to the species of Gattyana from Point Barrow 1. Notosetae with tips blunt to capillary. Anterior pair of eyes anteroventral, not visible dorsally; cephalic peaks distinct. Elytra with microtubercles All notosetae with capillary tips. Anterior pair of eyes anterolateral; cephalic peaks short and blunt. Elytra with conical and bifid microtubercles, with a few larger, knoblike macrotubercles.._ -....2_-.--se0_-2 eee G. ciliata Gattyana cirrosa (Pallas, 1766) FicureE 26, b Aphrodita cirrhosa Pallas, 1766, p. 95, pl. 8, figs. 3-6. Nychia cirrosa Malmgren, 1865, p. 58, pl. 8, fig. 1—Théel, 1879, p. 7.—Verrill, 1881, pp. 306, 311.—Wirén, 1883, p. 387—Webster and Benedict, 1884, p. 700; 1887, p. 708.—? Andrews, 1891, p. 279. MARINE POLYCHAETE WORMS—PETTIBONE 230. Gattyana cirrosa McIntosh, 1900, p. 285, figs——Moore, 1902, p. 259; 1908, p. 337.—Southern, 1914, p. 51.—Eliason, 1920, p. 21.—Fauvel, 1923, p. 49, fig. 17, a-g.—Augener, 1928, p. 692; 1939, p. 136.—Gustafson, 1936, p. 5.— Treadwell, 1937, p. 25——Annenkova, 1937, p. 148; 1938, pp. 83, 96, 133, 222.— Monro, 1939a, p. 345.—Berkeley and Berkeley, 1943, p. 129; 1948, p. 13, fig. 13—Thorson, 1946, p. 45—Gorbunov, 1946, p. 38.—Hartman, 1948, p. 14.—Zatsepin, 1948, p. 106, pl. 28, fig. 5——Pettibone, 1949, p. 2; 1953, p. 41, pl. 20.—Wesenberg-Lund, 1950a, p. 5, pl. 1, figs. 1, 2; 1950b, p. 12; 1951, p. 9. Gattyana cirrhosa Chamberlin, 1920, p. 8. Description.—Length 11-35 mm., width including setae 4-12 mm- Segments 35-38. Elytra with long papillae on posterior and external borders as well as scattered over the exposed part of elytral surface, usually covered with debris, giving a straggly appearance. Elytral tubercles amber-colored, exceedingly variable in shape, conical or cylindrical, simple, bifid or quadrifid, showing various degrees of being worn down; tubercles on the anterior few pairs of elytra tend to be less worn down, showing their more characteristic shapes. Cotor: In alcohol: Elytra tan mottled with brown or uniformly tan; often with blackish foreign material on elytral tubercles and papillae. Specimens washed ashore were essentially free from debris, the elytra whitish, iridescent, with amber-colored tubercles and inconspicuous, delicate papillae. Parasites—Three of the 126 specimens had the parasitic copepod Herpyllobius arcticus Steenstrup and Liitken attached to the prostomia (identified by Illg). New records—Arctic Ataska: Eluitkak Pass, Elson Lagoon near Point Barrow, 6.6 fms.; Point Barrow base, washed ashore; off Point Barrow base, up to 15 miles from shore, 18.3-123.5 fms., on bottoms of mud, stones, masses of worm tubes, and various combinations of mud, pebbles, small and large rocks, stones, gravel, and worm tubes; from breaking rock (30 stations, 126 specimens). Cape Smyth, 2.5-3 fms., Point Barrow Expedition, 1883. Canapian Arctic: South end Cape Martineau, Melville Peninsula, 7-15 fms., 1933; Foxe Basin, 1933; east end Cobourg Island, Baffin Bay, 75°40’ N., 78°50’ W., 23-40 fms., 1935; Kneeland Bay, Frobisher Bay, Baffin Island, 14 fms., 1942; all collected by Bartlett. Wurst Grerntanp: Vaigat, Disko Island, 1937; between Capes Alexander and Chalon, 25-40 fms., rocky, 1937; Walrus grounds, Murchison Sound, 60 fms., 1938; northwest Conical Rock, 1938; all collected by Bartlett. Upernivik Harbor, 13 fms., and Godhavn, U. S. S. Alert, 1884. East GrreEn- LAND: Off Cape Hold with Hope, 4-6 fms., Bartlett, 1939. Norra GREENLAND: North Omenolu near North Star Bay, 17 fms., Bartlett, 1932. SprrsBERGEN: Spitsbergen Sea, U.S. S. Alliance, 1881. Brrine Sra: Bering Strait, 13 fms., Dall, 1880. Albatross Sta. 3326, 53°40’ 228 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 103 N., 167°41’ W., 1890. SourHwestern AtasKa: Iluiliuk Harbor, Unalaska, Dall, 1871. SouruHmasteRN ALASKA: Sitka, Dall. Easr Coast Norru America: Off Labrador, 13-125 fms., Blue Dolphin Expeditions, 1949, 1950, 1951. Distribution.—Widely distributed in the Arctic: Siberian, Alaskan, and Canadian Arctic, Davis Strait, Greenland, Spitsbergen, Novaya Zemlya. Also Iceland, Faroes, Norway to France; Hudson Bay to Massachusetts; Bering Sea to Washington; north Japan Sea. In low water to 630 fathoms. Gattyana ciliata Moore, 1902 Gatiyana ciliata Moore, 1902, p. 263, pl. 13, figs. 14-19; pl. 14, fig. 20; 1905a, p. 525; 1908, p. 337.—Annenkova, 1937, p. 148, pl. 2, figs. 9, 11; pl. 4, fig. 33; 1938, pp. 83, 100, 132, 224.—Berkeley and Berkeley, 1948, p. 12, fig. 11.— Pettibone, 1953, p. 40, pl. 19. Description.—Length 63-65 mm., width including setae 25-29 mm. (length up to 80 mm.—Annenkova, 1937). Segments 36 or 37. Cephalic peaks lacking or short and blunt. Elytral tubercles of several kinds: Microtubercles numerous, conical, pointed, hooked, some bifid; usually intermediate-sized tubercles elongated, conical, some bifid, in several rows arranged diagonally from center of elytron laterally; conical macretubercles with blunt, roughened tips, usually near posterior border of elytra, variable in number, size, and shape. Conor: In alcohol: Elytra tannish mottled with brown. New records —Anrctic ALasKa: Off Point Barrow base, up to 12.1 miles from shore, 20-87 fms., on bottoms of rocks, stones, small amount of gravel (4 stations, 4 specimens). Brrtne Sua: Albatross Sta. 3606, 55°27’ N., 167°47’ W., 87 fms., green mud, fine sand, 1895. Distribution.—Alaskan Arctic (originally recorded from Greenland waters, corrected to Icy Cape, Alaska—Moore, 1902, 1905); Bering Sea to Washington; north Japan Sea. In 4.4-303 fathoms. Family SIGALIONIDAE Prostomium subglobular, with two pairs of eyes, dorsal antennae 1-3, a pair of subulate, ventral palps (fig. 26, f). First or tentacular segment with or without numerous setae (lacking in Pholoé), with two pairs of tentacular cirri. Parapodia biramous, with notosetae simple, neurosetae simple or composite or both; with paired dorsal elytra on certain segments; without dorsal cirri; with paired subulate ventral cirri. Pygidium with pair of anal cirri. With or without cirriform branchiae and ciliated cushions or ctenidia on parapodia (both lacking in Pholoé). Muscular proboscis eversible, with circle of soft marginal papillae and two pairs of interlocking, chitinous jaws. Represented by a single species from Point Barrow. MARINE POLYCHAETE WORMS—PETTIBONE 229 = rawr né---------- meee Ficure 26.—Polynoidae: a, Harmothoé imbricata, dorsal view anterior end, first pair elytra removed; b, Gattyana cirrosa, part of elytron enlarged, showing elytral tubercles and papillae; c, Eunoé nodosa, dorsal view part of two segments showing extra rounded lobes on inner sides of elytrophore and dorsal tubercle; d, Eunoé oerstedi, biramous parapodium; e, Harmothoé imbricata, bidentate neuroseta. Sigalionidae: f, Pholoé minuta, dorsal view anterior end, first pair elytra removed. (For explanation of symbols, see p. 210.) 230 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 108 Genus Pholoé Johnston, 1839 Pholoé minuta (Fabricius, 1780) FIcure 26, f Aphrodita minuta Fabricius, 1780, p. 314. Aphrodita longa Fabricius, 1780, p. 313. Pholoé minuta Oersted, 1848, p. 169, pl. 1, figs. 3, 4, 8, 9, 16—Malmgren, 1865, p. 89, pl. 11, fig. 13.—Théel, 1879, p. 24.—Webster and Benedict, 1884, p. 701; 1887, p. 709.—MclIntosh, 1900, p. 437, figs——Moore, 1902, p. 274; 1908, p. 338.—Ehlers, 1913, p. 450.—Southern, 1914, p. 57—Chamberlin, 1920, p. 5.—Eliason, 1920, p. 22.—Fauvel, 1923, p. 120, fig. 44, a-h.— Augener, 1928, p. 673.—Annenkova, 1934, p. 322; 1937, p. 155; 1938, p. 138.— Berkeley and Berkeley, 1942, p. 189.—Hartman, 1944a, pp. 335, 337; 1948, p. 15.—Thorson, 1946, p. 49, fig. 19; Gorbunov, 1946, p. 38.—Zatsepin, 1948, p. 109, pl. 28, fig. 17—Hartman and Reish, 1950, p. 8.—Wesenberg- Lund, 1950a, p. 9; 1950b, p. 31; 1951, p. 22.—Pettibone, 1953, p. 77, pl. 39. Pholoé tuberculata Southern, 1914, p. 57, pl. 6, fig. 14, A-L.—Berkeley and Berkeley, 1945, p. 323; 1948, p. 22, fig. 26. Description—Length 5-25 mm., width including setae 1-4 mm. Segments 36-84. Body small, elongate, nearly linear, flattened dorsoventrally; fragments easily. Lateral ventral surface and ventral sides of parapodial lobes thickly set with small, globular to elongate papillae, usually covered with debris. Prostomium small, oval; anterior and posterior pairs of eyes closely approximated. Single median antenna short, subulate (lateral antennae lacking). Ten- tacular segment achaetous; tentacular cirri similar to median antenna. A digitiform facial tubercle on a rounded lobe dorsal to the mouth and ventral to the prostomium. (On this character, Southern (1914) differentiated P. tuberculata; the lobe, on which the facial tubercle is located, appears to be retractile; surrounded by the bases of the palps, tentacular cirri and median antenna, the facial tubercle is easily overlooked unless the region is quite relaxed.) Elytra numerous, on segments 2, 4, 5, 7, 9, 11, 13, 15, 17, 19, 21, 23, 24, continuing on all segments to end of body; elytra nearly cover the dorsum except for a narrow middorsal part, usually pressed close to body; elytral surface smooth, with few microtubercles, somewhat areolate as seen under magnification, posterior border with few scattered papillae, somewhat moniliform. Notosetae simple, slender, finely spinous, tapering to capillary tips, upper ones shorter, with pronounced angles, the rest longer, with more gradual curves. Neurosetae stouter than notosetae, compound, with short, falcate terminal pieces. Conor: In alcohol: Without color or irregularly pigmented greenish gray; elytra trans- lucent, colorless, or greenish gray with a light spot over the place of attachment, or brownish; often with much debris. MARINE POLYCHAETE WORMS—PETTIBONE 931 New records—Arctic AtasKa: Eluitkak Pass, Elson Lagoon near Point Barrow, 6.6 fms.; off Pomt Barrow base, up to 12.1 miles from shore, 16.7—123.5 fms., on bottoms of stones, masses of worm tubes, and various combinations of mud, gravel, stones, rocks, large per- forated rocks, with bryozoans, hydroids; from screen trap through hole in ice, mud (16 stations, 30 specimens). Wrst GREENLAND: Vaigat, Disko Island, mud, 1937, and Walrus grounds, Murchison Sound, 45 fms., 1938, Bartlett. Easr Coast Nortu America: Off Labrador, 6 fms., Blue Dolphin Expedition, 1949; off Nova Scotia, St. Georges Bank, Maine, Massachusetts, Rhode Island, intertidal to 110 fms., U. S. Fish Commission. Distribution.—Widely distributed in the Arctic: Siberian, Alaskan, and Canadian Arctic, Davis Strait, Greenland, Jan Mayen, Norwegian Sea, Spitsbergen, Franz Josef Land, Novaya Zemlya, Kara Sea. Also Iceland, Faroes, Shetlands, Norway to northern France; Labrador to Rhode Island; Bering Sea to southern Oregon; north Japan Sea; off South Africa. In low water to 1,254 fathoms. Family PaHyLLopocIDAE Prostomium subconical, suboval or cordiform, with two eyes, four or five antennae, without palps (fig. 27, a-d). Anterior segments 1-3 modified, with two to four pairs tentacular cirri. Parapodia uniramous (exceptionally biramous); setae compound (some may be simple). Dorsal and ventral cirri foliaceous or more or less globular (fig. 27, e~). Two anal cirri. Proboscis eversible, with papillae, unarmed. Active; mucus secreted in quantities. Represented by four genera and seven species. All genera repre- sented have uniramous parapodia, with compound setae. Key to the genera of Phyllodocidae from Point Barrow 1. Tentacular cirri 4 pairs; first tentacular segment rudimentary, not visible dorsally, with 1 pair tentacular cirri lateral to prostomium; second segment distinct, with 2 pairs tentacular cirri; third segment distinct, with 1 pair tentacular cirri, 1 pair normal ventral cirri (fig. 27, c, d)__.-..__.______-- 2 Tentacular cirri 3 pairs; first tentacular segment distinct dorsally, with 1 pair tentacular cirri; second segment distinct, with 2 pairs tentacular cirri (fig. 27, b). Prostomium oval, without occipital tubercle_____ Mystides (p. 232) Tentacular cirri 2 pairs on first achaetous segment (fig. 27, a). Without dorsal cirri on second segment which has a setigerous lobe (may be very small or lacking) and a foliaceous ventral cirrus. Prostomium somewhat triangular, widest basally, with anterior part rounded, with 2 pairs short, subulate, frontal antennae, usually with 2 deep-set eyes (may not be visible when preserved), usually with a median occipital depression containing a small occipital tubercle (not always conspicuous), with a pair of lateral nuchal Er er a VERS OREM” Oa tae Oe OP PERE faye Cee peat 5)e ee eee Eteone (p. 232) 232 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 103 2. Antennae 4 (2 pairs frontal antennae). Prostomium cordiform, with an occipital tubercle in the posterior notch (fig. 27, d). Proboscis with papillae proximally arranged in longitudinal rows__----------- Phyllodoce (p. 236) Antennae 5 (2 pairs frontal antennae and unpaired median antenna). Prosto- mium oval or bluntly conical, without occipital tubercle (fig. 27, ec). Pro- boscis with surface smooth, wrinkled, or with few scattered papillae Eumida (p. 238) Genus Mystides Théel, 1879 Mystides borealis Théel, 1879 Fiacure# 27, 6 Mystides borealis Théel, 1879, p. 35, pl. 2, figs. 29-32.—Southern, 1914, p. 72, pl. 8, fig. 19, a-p.—Bergstrém, 1914, p. 176, fig. 64.—Fauvel, 1923, p. 181, fig. 65, a-d.—Augener, 1928, p. 711.—Zatsepin, 1948, p. 113, pl. 29, fig. 15.— Wesenberg-Lund, 1950b, p. 37. Mystides viridis Webster and Benedict, 1887, p. 712, pl. 1, figs. 10, 11, 13; pl. 2, fig. 12. (Type in USNM.) Mystides notialis Ehlers, 1913, p. 457, pl. 29, figs. 1-4. Description.—Length 5-9 mm., width 0.6 mm. Segments 33-64 (up to 16 mm. long and 73 segments—Ehlers, 1913). Body small, linear, tapering anteriorly and posteriorly, flattened dorsoventrally. Prostomium oval], wider than long, with two deeply-set eyes in middle of prostomium, with four long, filiform antennae about one-third way back from anterior tip. Tentacular cirri 3 pairs, enlarged basally, with long, filiform tips. Dorsal, ventral, and anal cirri oval, thick, flattened. Cotor: In alcohol: Without color or irregularly pigmented with brown; cirri deep reddish brown. Remarks.—The description of M. notialis from the Antarctic by Ehlers (1913) follows closely that of MM. borealis and is herein considered to be synonymous. New records —Arctic AuAsKa: Off Point Barrow, 7.5 miles from shore, 36 fms., on bottom of stones, perforated rocks (1 station, 2 specimens). West Coast Nort America: Off Flat Point, Lopez Island, Washington Sound, Pettibone (1 specimen). Distribution.—Scattered records in the Arctic: Arctic Alaska, West Greenland, Spitsbergen, Novaya Zemlya. Also Ireland, Madeira, Mediterranean; east coast North America (Maine); west coast North America (Washington Sound); Antarctic (Kerguelen). In 4-214 fathoms. Genus Eteone Savigny, 1817 The four species represented have the body elongate, somewhat flattened dorsoventrally, tapering anteriorly and posteriorly, with segments numerous (100-300). Proboscis with a circle of soft papillae around opening. MARINE POLYCHAETE WORMS—PETTIBONE Dee Key to the species of Eteone from Point Barrow 1. Proboscis with 2 lateral, longitudinal rows of numerous soft papillae. Dorsal pair tentacular cirri slightly longer or up to 2-3 times longer than ventral pair. Dorsal cirri wider than long, nearly symmetrical, subcircular or slightly lanceolate (fig. 27, e). Color in alcohol: Darkly pigmented with bluish-violet iridescence, with longitudinal, lighter colored bands on each side of median dorsal line (or 3 dorsal longitudinal dark bands—1 median and 2 lateral). Anal cirri subcylindrical, 3—4 times longer than wide. Second segment with setigerous lobe and setae well developed__._E. barbata Surface of proboscis smooth, rugose or irregularly papillate. Two pairs ten- tacular cirri subequal or ventral pair somewhat longer than dorsal pair___ 2 2. Dorsal cirri small, not much larger than parapodial lobes, longer than or as long as wide, almost symmetrical, thick, flattened, bluntly conical (fig. 27, h). Anal cirri short, thick, almost spherical. Second segment with seti- gerous lobe and setae well developed__-_-_--------------------- E. longa Dorsal cirri much larger than parapodial lobes, wider than long__--------- 3 3. Dorsal cirri slightly asymmetrical, oval (fig. 27, g). Color in alcohol: Dorsum brownish with bluish-violet irridescence. Anal cirri short, thick, almost spherical. Second segment with setigerous lobe and setae well developed. E. flava Dorsal cirri much wider than long (about 2.5 times), asymmetrical, obliquely oval, with lower part larger than upper part (fig. 27, f). Color in alcohol: Middle third of dorsum light brownish, lateral third deep reddish brown. Anal cirri elongate, cylindrical, 3-4 times longer than wide. Second segment with setigerous lobe and setae poorly developed or lacking. E. spetsbergensis Subgenus Mysta Malmgren, 1865 Eteone (Mysta) barbata (Malmgren, 1865) FIGURE 27, e Mysta barbata Malmgren, 1865, p. 101, pl. 15, fig. 34; 1867, p. 26, pl. 3, fig. 20.— Bergstrém, 1914, p. 207, fig. 79—Southern, 1914, p. 75.—Eliason, 1920, p. 28.—Augener, 1928, p. 711; 1939, p. 186.—Zatsepin, 1948, p. 113, pl. 29, fig. 14—Wesenberg-Lund, 1951, p. 31. Eteone striata Ditlevsen, 1917, p. 66, pl. 5, figs. 11, 17, 19. Eteone (Mysta) barbata Fauvel, 1923, p. 176—Annenkova, 1937, p. 159; 1938, p. 146.—Berkeley and Berkeley, 1942, p. 190.—Thorson, 1946, p. 62, fig. 27, A-B. Description.—Length 42-180 mm.; width without setae 2.5-7 mm. See key. Cotor: In life: Three iridescent, brownish-purple dorsal longitudinal bands, median and lateral. New records —Arctic ALASKA: Eluitkak Pass, Elson Lagoon near Point Barrow, stony-mud; off Point Barrow base, 6.1-27 fms., up to 3.2 miles from shore, on bottoms of mud, gravel, stones, rocks; also caught in trap on bottom (3 stations, 4 specimens). 934 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 103 Distribution.—Scattered records in the Arctic: Siberian and Alaskan Arctic, Spitsbergen, Novaya Zemlya, Kara Sea. Also Iceland, Nor- way to Ireland, North Sea, Baltic; Bering Sea; north Japan Sea. In 5.5-60 fathoms. Eteone longa (Fabricius, 1780) FIGURE 27, h Nereis longa Fabricius, 1780, p. 300. Eteone longa Oersted, 1843, p. 185, pl. 2, figs. 20, 28 —Bergstrém, 1914, p. 192, fig. 72.—Chamberlin, 1920, p. 11.—Eliason, 1920, p. 26.—Fauvel, 1923, p. 172, fig. 62, a-d; 1933, p. 16—Augener, 1928, p. 710; 1939, p. 136.— Annenkova, 1934, p. 322; 1937, p. 158; 1938, p. 145.—Thorson, 1946, p. 59, fig. 26, a-z.—Gorbunov, 1946, p. 38.—Zatsepin, 1948, p. 113, pl. 29, fig. 13.—-Berkeley and Berkeley, 1948, p. 41, figs. 57, 58 — Wesenberg-Lund, 1950a, p. 11, pl. 2, figs. 6, 7; 1950b, p. 38; 1951, p. 29. Eteone arctica Malmgren, 1867, p. 27, pl. 2, fig. 12. Eteone cinerea Webster and Benedict, 1884, p. 705, pl. 1, figs. 1-5. Eteone tuberculata Treadwell, 1922, p. 174, figs. 7-10. Eteone californica Hartman, 1936a, p. 131, figs. 43-46; 1948, p. 20, fig. 4, a-d.— Rioja, 1941, p. 687. Description.—Length 10-65 mm., width without setae 0.5-3 mm. (length up to 160 mm.—Berkeley and Berkeley, 1948). See key. Cotor: In life: White. Remarks.—E. tuberculata Treadwell (1922) from Friday Harbor, Washington, FE. californica Hartman (1936) from central California (type examined as well as specimens from southeastern Alaska— Hartman, 1948), and E. cinerea Webster and Benedict (1884) from Provincetown, Massachusetts (type in USNM), appear to be synonymous with LE. longa. New records.—Arctic AuasKA: Eluitkak Pass, Elson Lagoon near Point Barrow, 6.6 fms.; off Point Barrow base, 1.7—75.5 fms., up to 8 miles from shore, on bottoms of sandy-mud, stones, and various combinations of mud, pebbles, stones, gravel, rocks (12 stations, 40 specimens). Wersr Coast Nort America: San Juan Archipelago, Washington, Pettibone. Wexst GreEen.aAnp: Vaigat, Disko Island, mud, Bartlett, 1937. Distribution.—Widely distributed in the Arctic: Siberian, Alaskan, and Canadian Arctic, Greenland, Spitsbergen, Franz Josef Land, Novaya Zemlya. Also Iceland, Norway to English Channel; Hudson Bay to Massachusetts; Bering Sea to México; north Japan Sea; China. In low water to 518 fathoms. MARINE POLYCHAETE WORMS—PETTIBONE 235 Eteone flava (Fabricius, 1780) FIGURE 27, g Nereis flava Fabricius, 1780, p. 299. Eteone flava Malmgren, 1865, p. 102, pl. 15, fig. 35—Bergstrém, 1914, p. 196, fig. 74.—Eliason, 1920, p. 27.—Fauvel, 1923, p. 173, fig. 62, e, f—Augener, 1928, p. 709.—Annenkova, 1937, p. 158; 1938, p. 145.—Zatsepin, 1948, p. 113, pl. 29, fig. 12—Wesenberg-Lund, 1950a, p. 11, pl. 2, fig. 7, ¢; 1950b, p. 39; 1951, p. 30. Eteone depressa Malmgren, 1865, p. 103, pl. 15, fig. 36.—Southern, 1914, p. 79. Eteone sarsi Malmgren, 1867, p. 28, pl. 2, fig. 14.—Webster and Benedict, 1887, A sins lentigera Malmgren, 1867, p. 29, pl. 2, fig. 13. Description —Length 24-68 mm.; width without setae 1-4 mm. (length up to 120 mm.—Fauvel, 1923). See key. Conor: In life: Pinkish flesh and grayish white. New records:—Arctic ALASKA: Eluitkak Pass, Elson Lagoon near Point Barrow, 6.6 fms.; off Point Barrow base, 8.3-54.6 fms., up to 7.5 miles from shore, on bottoms of mud, and various combinations of mud, stones, gravel, rock, large perforated rocks, shells (10 stations, 22 specimens). Distribution.—Widely distributed in the Arctic: Siberian and Alaskan Arctic, Greenland, Spitsbergen, Novaya Zemlya. Also Iceland, Faroes, Norway to English Channel; east coast North Amer- ica (Maine); Bering Sea; north Japan Sea. In low water to 471 fathoms. Eteone spetsbergensis Malmgren, 1865 Figure 27, f Eteone spetsbergensis Malmgren, 1865, p. 102, pl. 15, fig. 38.—Théel, 1879, p. 31, pl. 2, figs. 21, 22.—Bergstrém, 1914, p. 202, fig. 77.—Ditlevsen, 1917, p. 66, pl. 5, figs. 12, 14, 18 —Eliason, 1920, p. 27.—Augener, 1928, p. 708.—Annen- kova, 1937, p. 159; 1938, p. 145.—Hartman, 1948, p. 20, fig. 5, b— Berkeley and Berkeley, 1948, p. 42.—Zatsepin, 1948, p. 113, pl. 29, fig. 11— Wesen- berg-Lund, 1951, p. 31. Description.—Length 17-75 mm., width without setae 0.7-4 mm. (length up to 100 mm.—Augener, 1928). See key. Conor: In life: Pale green ventrally, reddish brown dorsolateral bands, with dark dorsal cirri; orange colored eggs. New records—Anrctic ALASKA: Off Browerville near Point Barrow; off Point Barrow base, 1.7-36 fms., up to 4% miles from shore, on bottoms of sandy-mud and various combinations of mud, gravel, rocks, stones, shell (4 stations, 4 specimens). Distribution.—Scattered records in the Arctic: Arctic Alaska, Spits- bergen, Franz Josef Land, Novaya Zemlya. Also Iceland, Norway to Scotland; Bering Sea; western Canada; north Japan Sea. In 1.7- 40 fathoms. 261112—54——_3 236 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 108 Eteone sp. larvae Larvae of a species of Eteone found in a mass of jelly (off Point Barrow base, 1.7 fms., 300 ft. out, on sandy-mud, July 20, 1948); 11 segments, of which 8 were setigerous; triangular prostomium with short antennae and eyes; tentacular segment with short tentacular cirri; anal cirri short, spherical. Genus Phyilodoce Savigny, 1817 Subgenus Anaitides Czerniavsky, 1882 Phyllodoce (Anaitides) groenlandica Oersted, 1842 Figure 27, d, i Phyllodoce groenlandica Oersted, 1842, p. 121 (fide Bergstrém, 1914); 1848, p. 192, pl. 2, figs. 19, 21, 22, 29-32.— Malmgren, 1865, p. 96; 1867, p. 21, pl. 2, fig. 9.—Webster and Benedict, 1884, p. 703; 1887, p. 710.—Murdoch, 1885, p. 153.—Moore, 1903, p. 428.—MclIntosh, 1908, p. 86, figs—Ditlevsen, 1917, p. 56.—Fauvel, 1923, p. 153, fig. 54, f-i—-Augener, 1928, p. 703.—not Treadwell, 1937, p. 28 (=Paranaitis wahlbergi (Malmgren), in USNM).— Annenkova, 1937, p. 156.—Friedrich, 1939, p. 122.—Thorson, 1946, p. 52, fig. 21.—Gorbunov, 1946, p. 38.—Berkeley and Berkeley, 1948, p. 46, fig. 66.—Wesenberg-Lund, 1950a, p. 10; 1950b, p. 32; 1951, p. 26. Phyllodoce citrina Moore, 1908, p. 328.—Hartman, 1948, p. 19 (part; includes P. groenlandica and P. mucosa, in USNM; not P. citrina Malmgren, 1865). Anaitides groenlandica Bergstrém, 1914, p. 141, fig. 42—Southern, 1914, p. 68.— Eliason, 1920, p. 24 (part)—Chamberlin, 1920, p. 11——Hartman, 1944a, pp. 335, 338; 1948, p. 19.—Zatsepin, 1948, p. 111, pl. 29, fig. 2. Description.—Length 16-285 mm., width without setae 1-9 mm. (length up to 450 mm.—Ditlevsen, 1917). Segments very numerous. Body elongate, large, robust, linear, flattened, attenuate posteriorly. Prostomium cordiform, notched posteriorly with an occipital tubercle in the notch, with four short subulate frontal antennae, with small, paired, lateral, retractile, nuchal knobs just anterior to the first pair of tentacular cirri. Tentacular cirri unequal; two pairs short, two pairs longer, extending to segments 9-11. Dorsal cirri of median region up to two times longer than wide, subquadrangular, with distal ends truncate; ventral cirri oval, with asymmetrical acuminate tip. Anterior part of extended proboscis transversely rugose, crowned with 17 papillae; basal part with 12 longitudinal rows of small, oval papillae (6 rows on each side), with 10-20 papillae per row. Conor: In life and in alcohol: Body with bluish iridescence, usually heavily pigmented dark greenish brown or deep reddish blue, with dorsal and ventral cirri tan to dark brown; on some, body not so darkly pig- mented, with cirri only partly pigmented. MARINE POLYCHAETE WORMS—PETTIBONE 237 Ficure 27.—Phyllodocidae: a, Eteone, dorsal view anterior end; b, Mystides borealis, dorsal view anterior end; c, Ewmida minuta, dorsal view anterior end; d, Phyllodoce groenlandica, dorsal view anterior end; ¢, Eteone barbata, parapodium; f, Eteone spets- bergensis, parapodium; g, Eteone flava, parapodium; h, Eteone longa, parapodium; 1, Phyllodoce groenlandica, parapodium. (For explanation of symbols, see p. 210.) 238 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 108 Remarks.——Some smaller specimens were at first placed under P. citrina Malmgren, since the papillae on the proboscis were fewer than normal, four rows on each side, with 3-5 papillae per row. An inter- mediate-sized specimen from Canoe Bay, Alaska (Hartman, 1948, as P. citrina) has five rows on each side, with as many as 6 papillae per row. It appears that the papillae are added on gradually and that only in the fully developed individual is the full complement of 6 rows of papillae on each side developed; the number per row is varia- ble, ranging from 10 (with some spaces as if some had dropped off) to 20. New records —Arctic ALASKA: Eluitkak Pass, Elson Lagoon near Point Barrow; Point Barrow base, washed ashore; off Point Barrow base, up to 12.1 miles from shore, 1.7—123.5 fms., on bottoms of mud, sandy-mud, mass of worm tubes, and various combinations of mud, eravel, stones, pebbles, rocks, large perforated rocks, shells; in screen trap on bottom (23 stations, 74 specimens). Wrst GREENLAND: Vaigat, Disko Island, mud, Bartlett, 1937. East Coast Norra America: Off Labrador, 70 fms., Blue Dolphin Expedition, 1950; off Maine, Massachusetts, intertidal to 42 fms., U. S. Fish Commission. West Coast Nortu America: Washington Sound, Pettibone. Distribution.—Widely distributed in the Arctic: Siberian, Alaskan, and Canadian Arctic, Davis Strait, Greenland, Spitsbergen, Franz Josef Land, Barents Sea, Novaya Zemlya, Kara Sea; Also Iceland, Faroes, Norway to English Channel; Hudson Bay to Massachusetts; Bering Sea to Washington; north Japan Sea. In low water to 800 fathoms. Genus Eumida Malmgren, 1865 Eumida minuta (Ditlevsen, 1917) FIGURE 27, c Eulalia minutia Ditlevsen, 1917, p. 56, pl. 4, figs. 10, 12, 14.—? Gorbunov, 1946, . 38. Bulatia arctica Annenkova, 1946, pp. 185, 187, fig. 1, a-c. Deseription.—Length 1-8 mm.; width without setae 0.3-0.8 mm. Segments few (12-36). Body very small, slightly tapered anteriorly and posteriorly, flattened dorsoventrally. Prostomium semiglobular to bluntly conical, with two large eyes near posterior border, with antennae rather long, slender, filamentous, almost as long as pro- stomium. First tentacular achaetous segment not distinct dorsally, with first pair tentacular cirri lateral to prostomium at same level as the eyes (thus placed under Humida and not Eulalia Savigny); two pairs tentacular cirri on second segment (first setigerous); fourth tentacular cirri on third segment; tentecular cirri enlarged basally, MARINE POLYCHAETE WORMS—PETTIBONE 239 with slender filamentous tips, the latter about as long as the enlarged basal part except for the ventral tentacular cirri on the second segment which are much shorter. Dorsal cirri oval or bluntly conical. Ventral cirri elongate oval. Anal cirri short, oval, 1.5 to 2 times longer than wide. Cotor: In alcohol: Greenish tan to brown. In life: Flesh ventrally, green and flesh dorsally, with salmon-colored eggs showing through. New records—Arctic AuasKa: Off Point Barrow base, 16.7—75.5 fms., up to 8 miles from shore, on various combinations of gravel, small stones, rocks, bryozoans, hydroids, Sazicava shells (6 stations, 46 specimens). Distribution.—Few scattered records in the Arctic: Siberian and Alaskan Arctic, Davis Strait. In 16.7—75.5 fathoms. Family HEsionIDAE Prostomium usually with four eyes, two or three antennae, two biarticulate palps (fig. 28, a). Two to eight pairs tentacular cirri on one to four more or less distinct achaetous tentacular segments. Parapodia biramous or subbiramous; notopodia may be greatly re- duced, with notosetae simple or lacking; neurosetae compound (fig. 28, 6). Dorsal cirri long, more or less distinctly articulated; ventral cirri shorter; two long anal cirri. Proboscis cylindrical, eversible, with marginal papillae, with or without horny jaws. Represented by a single species from Point Barrow. (The speci- mens from Point Barrow, referred to Castalia multipapillata Théel by Murdoch (1885), do not agree with this species nor with any other species of hesionid; the parapodia are biramous, both lobes being pointed, the notopodia are well developed, with capillary setae; neurosetae compound, with delicate tips; the proboscis has numerous small papillae; tentacular cirri four pairs; prostomium with two pairs eyes, pair biarticulate palps, antennae ? (missing or absent); the specimens are very small and in poor condition.) Genus Castalia Savigny, 1820; emend. Fauvel, 1923 Castalia aphroditoides (Fabricius, 1780) Figure 28, a, b Nereis aphroditoides Fabricius, 1780, p. 296. Castalia arctica Malmgren, 1867, p. 32.—Annenkova, 1931, p. 203. Castalia fabricit Malmgren, 1867, p. 32.—Théel, 1879, p. 37, pl. 3, figs. 36, 37.— Berkeley and Berkeley, 1943, p. 130. Castalia aphroditoides Wirén, 1883, p. 401.—Augener, 1913, p. 260; 1928, p. 715.— Zatsepin, 1948, p. 114.—Wesenberg-Lund, 1950a, p. 13, pl. 3, fig. 14; 1950b, p. 44. Psammate aphroditoides Chamberlin, 1920, p. 13. 240 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 108 Description.—Length 2.5-18 mm., width without setae 0.7-2.5 mm. Segments 25-43. Body cylindrical. Prostomium rectangular, wider than long, widest anteriorly, notched posteriorly, with two pairs eyes in trapezoidal arrangement, anterior pair larger; palps on an- terolateral borders of prostomium; two filiform antennae medial to palps (without unpaired antenna); antennae subequal, about same length as prostomium. Six pairs tentacular cirri on three more or less distinct achaetous segments; tentacular cirri long, filiform, articulated, with prominent cirrophores. Without distinct notopodia (acicula in cirrophores of dorsal cirri only); without notosetae. Neuropodia well developed, with three diverging conical distal lobes: Lip anterior to setae with median and dorsal conical lobes; lip posterior to setae with rounded median and conical ventral lobes; neurosetae compound. Dorsal and anal cirri long, articulated. Proboscis barrel-shaped with 10 soft papillae around opening (four dorsal to lateral grooves, three each on two ventrolateral folds), with a median ventral notch, with two thickened ventrolateral ridges (the so-called jaws) lateral to the ventral notch. Cotor: In alcohol: Without color, or slightly greenish dorsally (especially in anterior part), or brownish. In life: Orange- flesh, with greenish eggs inside, with red eyes. Remarks——Two young specimens found in plankton tow beneath ice February 28, 1950. New records—Arctic AtAsKA: Eluitkak Pass, Elson Lagoon near Point Barrow, 6.6 fms., stony-mud; off Point Barrow base, 21—-75.5 fms., up to 8 miles from shore, on bottoms of mud, stones, and various combinations of mud, stones, gravel, rocks, and from breaking apart foliaceous bryozoans (10 stations, 28 specimens). NorrHwexst GREENLAND: Walrus grounds, Murchison Sound, Bartlett, 1938. East Coast Nortu America: Off Labrador, 45 fms., Blue Dolphin Expedition, 1949. Distribution.—Widely distributed in the Arctic: Siberian, Alaskan, and Canadian Arctic, Greenland, Spitsbergen, Franz Josef Land, Novaya Zemlya, Kara Sea. Also Bering Sea; Denmark; Hudson Bay, Labrador. In 2-75.5 fathoms. Family SYLLIDAE Body of small size. Prostomium with four eyes (sometimes six), two palps (may be reduced and fused), three antennae (figs. 28, 29). Tentacular segment achaetous, with one or two pairs tentacular cirri. Parapodia uniramous, with dorsal and ventral cirri (latter may be absent). Two anal cirri. Setae mostly compound, sometimes with additional simple setae. Proboscis eversible, armed or not with one —_ MARINE POLYCHAETE WORMS—PETTIBONE 241 to several chitinous teeth. Reproduction direct (epigamy) or by stolons, sometimes having sexual dimorphism; with swimming capillary setae at maturity. Represented by 6 genera and 11 species. Key to the genera of Syllidae from Point Barrow 1. Without ventral cirri. Palps reduced, united, turned under on ventral side of prostomium (except for forked palps of male stolon; fig. 29, a). Antennae and dorsal cirri smooth or faintly annulated. Reproduction by stolons; stem forms produce by transverse fission, singly or in chains, sexually dimorphic male and female forms with swimming setae___ ----_ Autolytus—2 With ventral cirri (fig. 28, d). Palps better developed, free or fused___-___-_- 4 2. Prostomium normal, with 4 dorsal eyes in trapezoidal arrangement, with 3 antennae, short fused palps; 2 pairs tentacular cirri (fig. 29, a). Without swimming setae. Pharynx long, more or less sinuous, usually with a crown GMCC UMM Oe R ne So oe Stem form or stock of Autolytus (p. 242) Prostomium abnormal, with 4 large eyes (usually 2 dorsolateral and 2 ventro- lateral) ; 2-3 pairs tentacular cirri (fig. 29, c-f)._ Body divided into an anterior unmodified region, a middle region with long swimming setae and well- developed, paddlelike parapodia, and with or without a posterior unmodified fang. s Without pharynx. ............-.. Sexual stolons of Autolytus—3 3. Prostomium with 3 antennae (very long median one and pair of small frontal ones) and pair of anterior bifurcate palps; 1 pair tentacular cirri very long, similar to median antennae (these may be the dorsal cirri of the first setiger or of asmall, knoblike achaetous lobe; fig. 29, e, f). Testes and sperm con- fined to anterior unmodified region. Male form of Autolytus (Polybostrichus) (p. 242) Prostomium with 3 subequal antennae, without palps; none of tentacular cirri especially elongate (fig. 29, c, d). Most of body filled with eggs; eggs carried in large sac on ventral surface (gestation). Female form of Autolytus (Sacconereis) (p. 242) 4. Dorsal cirri distinctly moniliform throughout body (fig. 28, c). Palps separate for their entire length or fused basally. Reproduction direct or by single stolons. Sexual stolons (Chaetosyllis): Small prostomium, with 2 pairs eyes, pair short moniliform antennae; without tentacular cirri; 1 anterior unmodified segment, a middle region with long swimming setae, and few unmodified, posterior segmentss—_<=la= - 2244525224. Js. Syllis (p. 252) Dorsal cirri smooth or indistinctly articulate (may be more or less articulate anteriorly). Palps fused at base only or throughout_--_._.__--_--- .-- 5 5. Palps fused for nearly their entire length (fig. 28, k-m). Body very small. Antennae and dorsal cirri short, not moniliform. One pair tentacular cirri (may be rudimentary). Reproduction generally direct, with swimming setae at maturity; eggs and larvae fixed to dorsal or ventral surface of SES TR saa hg pe ks pel 6 Palps fused at base only (fig. 28, g). Body larger. Antennae and dorsal cirri longer, smooth (antennae and anterior dorsal cirri may be indistinctly articulate, especially distally). Two pairs tentacular cirri. Reproduction direct, with swimming setae at maturity__._........-.._.------------ 7 242 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 103 6. Antennae and dorsal cirri swollen at base, tapering to narrow tip (fig. 28, m). Body and parapodia usually covered with adhesive papillae and fine, granular 100724 1 5 tap My Nee Ng ea i dy apes | bs Sphaerosyllis (p. 255) Antennae and dorsal cirri clavate or conical (fig. 28, k, 1). Body and parapodia not: covered wath. papillaes: 25-03. 202 ee es Exogone (p. 257) 7. Compound neurosetae with distal blades all rather short (fig. 28, 7). Pro- boscis with a distal and proximal row of soft papillae, with distal circular chitinous margin denticled (fig. 28, g, h)_-.-_-___--_____- Eusyllis (p. 259) Compound neurosetae with some distal blades elongate (fig. 28, 7). Proboscis with distal row of soft papillae only, with distal circular chitinous margin SHO Otis: Sigs 3. BA DME RAL 3 tO oy ACS Pionosyllis (p. 262) Genus Auiolytus Grube, 1850 In working over the rather numerous specimens of Autolytus in the collections from Point Barrow, several things were revealed which ~ throw light on the confusion in this group caused by the formation of sexually dimorphic stolons. For correct description of any species, one should have the stem form, the sexual buds in the process of formation including the mature sexual buds attached to the stem form, and the mature male and female stolons separated from the stem. Very often, however, stem forms and the male and female stolons of one species have been described and given different names, while sexual stolons and stem forms of different species have been given thesame name. A. fallax Malmgren, described originally from specimens from Spitsbergen, is of particular interest. Malmgren described and figured the stem form with the head of a male stolon forming between setigers 13 and 14 and indicated that the sexual stolons were not known. A. prismaticus (Fabricius), described originally from specimens from Greenland, has a characteristic color pattern of three dark longitudinal bands (median and lateral at the level of the bases of the dorsal cirri). The sexual stolons have six unmodified setigers anterior,to’ the setigers with ‘swimming setae; the stolons show the characteristic color pattern of the stem form. In the absence of color, it would be difficult to distinguish A. prismaticus from certain other species of Autolytus. It apparently has been the usual practice to identify any sexual stolon of unknown connections that has six anterior unmodified setigers as A. prismaticus, and some- times to identify the male stolons as Polybostrichus longosetosus Oersted or A. longisetosus (Oersted). However, as found in the Point Barrow material, A. fallax is the most common species of Autolytus and it was found along with A. prismaticus and A. alexandri. The majority of the specimens of A. fallax were in the process of stolon formation, the head of the stolon being formed between setigers 13 MARINE POLYCHAETE WORMS—PETTIBONE 243 Figure 28.—Hesionidae: a, Castalia aphroditoides, dorsal view anterior end; b, same, parapodium, posterior view. Syllidae: c, Syllis fasctata, dorsal view anterior end; d, same, parapodium; ¢, same, neuroseta; f, Syllis cornuta, neurosetae, with short (1) and long (2) blades; g, Eusyllis blomstrandi, dorsal view anterior end, proboscis partially extended; h, same, frontal view extended proboscis showing distal row of papillae and denticled margin; 1, same, neuroseta; 7, Pionosyllis compacta, neurosetae, lower one (1) with shorter blade, upper one (2) with longer blade; k, Exogone dispar, dorsal view anterior end; /, Exogone naidina, dorsal view anterior end; m, Sphaerosyllis erinaceus, dorsal view anterior end. (For explanation of symbols, see p. 210.) 944 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 103 and 14. Although no mature sexual buds were found attached to the stem form, the rudiments of the notopodia with the developing swim- ming setae could be seen, beginning on setiger 7. Male and female stolons with six anterior unmodified segments were found. Of these, two female stolons showed the characteristic banding of A. prismaticus (this banding was noted on all the developing sexual buds still attached to the stem forms of this species). The others did not show this banding and are considered to be the sexual stolons of A. fallax. A. fallax, then, along with A. prismaticus, has six anterior, unmodified setigers and many of the records of A. prismaticus in the literature will no doubt prove to be A. fallax. The stem form of A. fallax has been referred to A. prolifer (Miiller) by Augener (1913, 1928) and Wesenberg-Lund (1947), thus the stem form of A. fallax has been confused with A. prolifer and sexual forms with A. prismaticus. There appears to be a correlation in the place of formation of the sexual stolons in the stem form with the number of anterior, unmodi- fied setigers and the number of tentacular cirri in the sexual stolons. At least for a group of species, including A. prismaticus, A. fallax, A. cornutus A. Agassiz, and A. ornatus (Verrill, 1873), the stem forms produce sexual stolons singly, with the head of the stolon forming between setigers 13 and 14. Thestolon, then, consists of the segments of the stem posterior to setiger 13 (differing from A. prolifer where the sexual stolons are proliferated more posteriorly, often in chains of 2 to 8). The posterior part develops gradually into the male or female sexual stolon and breaks off when mature. The anterior 13 setigers of the stem regenerates another posterior end. The sexual stolons of these four species have six unmodified setigers anterior to the swimming setae and usually a more or less developed unmodified posterior region. The stolons have three pairs of tentacular cirri on the first two achaetous tentacular segments; the first two pairs on the first segment and the third pair on the second segment. The upper pair of tentacular cirri on the first segment are similar to the dorsal curi. The lower pair may be very short, about the length of the prostomium. The third pair of tentacular cirri in the female are similar to the dorsal cirri; in the male they are very long, similar to the median antenna. In addition, there are a pair of small achaetous lobes. In contrast, in A. prolifer the sexual stolons have three ante- rior unmodified setigers (sometimes two or four) and a poorly devel- oped posterior region; there is a single tentacular achaetous segment with two pairs of tentacular cirri (in the female both the upper and lower pairs are short; in the male the lower one is similar to the dorsal cirri and the upper one is very long, similar to the median antenna). In A. alexandri the sexual stolons have 14 (sometimes 13) anterior ——T ee MARINE POLYCHAETE WORMS—PETTIBONE 245 unmodified setigers and a well-developed posterior region; there is a single achaetous tentacular segment with two pairs of tentacular cirri; the first setigerous segment in the female is similar to the following segment, but in the male it has a very long pair of dorsal cirri similar to the median antenna. Thus the male stolons of the different species of Autolytus agree in having a very long pair of anterior cirri similar to the median antenna, but they may be developed as the upper pair of tentacular cirri of a single tentacular segment as in A. prolifer, as the dorsal cirri of the first setigerous segment as in A. alexandri, or as the third pair of tentacular cirri on the second tentacular segment just dorsal to a pair of achaetous lobes as in A. prismaticus. The number of setigers in the anterior, unmodified region of the sexual stolons appears to be a good taxonomic character for most species. That the number is somewhat variable in A. prolifer (usually three, sometimes two and four) does not mean that it is of no signifi- cance in other forms. Thus the specimens of Autolytus with six anterior unmodified setigers, which Dales (1951) referred to A. prolvfer, are no doubt another species. The description agrees well with that of A. cornutus. All three species of Autolytus from Point Barrow have the body linear elongate, attenuated posteriorly, flattened ventrally, arched dorsally. Prostomium with four eyes in trapezoidal arrangement, with palps fused, turned ventrally, exceeding the prostomium only slightly. Neuropodia with composite setae with blades short, biden- tate, and usually with a simple bayonette seta. Key to the species of Autolytus from Point Barrow 1. Stem Form: Dorsal cirri irregular in length, at least some longer than body width, pigmented with reddish globules; body whitish, brownish, or trans- versely banded with reddish globules, 2 narrow bands per segment; with nuchal epaulettes on first 2 (to 4) setigers; sexual buds formed singly (?), the heads forming posterior to setiger 14. Smxuau Sroions: 14 setigers anterior to swimming setae; nuchal epaulettes on first 3 setigers; 2 pairs tentacular cirri, the upper one longer; in male, first pair dorsal cirri on first setiger very long, similar to median antenna; female stolons with 2-lobed EN CMe Renan = age Sn RR: te NM ie ere eh Pa See A. alexandri Stem Form: Dorsal cirri, except anterior 2 pairs, shorter than body width, not extending beyond or only slightly beyond the setae, subequal; sexual buds formed singly, the heads forming between setigers 13 and 14. SEXUAL Srotons: 6 setigers anterior to swimming setae; 3 pairs tentacular cirri; in male, first pair similar to dorsal cirri, with second short pair at its ventral base, third pair very long and stout (similar to median antenna) with small achaetous lobe at its ventral base (fig. 29, e, f); in the female, similar except both the first and third pairs are similar to the following dorsal cirri (fig. 29, c, d); female stolons with 1-lobed egg sac_-_---------------------- 2 246 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 108 2. Stem Form: Usually with 2 dorsolateral longitudinal black to brown bands just dorsal to bases of dorsal cirri (may be faint or absent); with short semicircular epaulettes on tentacular segment only. SexuaL STOLOoNs: Colorless or female stolon dusky, especially posteriorly; male stolon rusty brown, darkest on anterior region, especially laterally; epaulettes on tentacular segment only (fig. 29, c—f)..-..---.---2-.--.4---2s28 A. fallax Stem Form: With 3 longitudinal black bands, 1 medium and 2 lateral at same level as bases of dorsal cirri; medium band continuous throughout length of body, lateral ones may fade out in anterior fourth or be lacking; with semi- circular epaulettes on tentacular segment and part of first setiger (fig. 29, a). SexuaL Stotons: With 3 longitudinal pigmented bands, median one con- tinuous throughout most of body, lateral ones along bases of dorsal cirri in anterior unmodified region; with epaulettes on tentacular segment and DarivOl, bite SAb@er 2 crs. ko ok A. prismaticus Autolytus alexandri Malmgren, 1867 Autolytus alecandri Malmgren, 1867, p. 37, pl. 7, fig. 39.—Verrill, 1881, p. 292, pl. 12, fig. 8—Chamberlin, 1920, p. 12.—Friedrich, 1939, p. 123.—Hartman, 1942a, p. 13; 1944a, p. 338, pl. 18, fig. 11 (not pl. 13, fig. 2); 1945, p. 17, pl. 2, fig. 11. Stephanosyllis picta Verrill, 1874a, pp. 43, 132, pl. 4, fig. 6; 1874b, pp. 361, 362, pl. 4, fig. 1 (not Proceraea picta Ehlers, 1864). Stephanosyllis ornata Verrill, 1874a, p. 132 (not Proceraea ornata Verrill, 1873). Proceraea (Stephanosyllis) ornata Webster and Benedict, 1887, p. 724 (not Proceraea ornata Verrill, 1873). Autolytus verrilli Marenzeller, 1892, p. 416, pl. 19, fig. 4—Augener, 1928, p. 726.— Wesenberg-Lund, 1947, p. 33, figs. 14, 15; 1950a, p. 18; 1950b, p. 52; 1951, p. 52. Description —Stem form: Length 4-12 mm., width without setae 0.6-0.8 mm., up to 35-64 segments. Antennae rather short, thick, subequal or median one up to twice the length of the lateral; tentac- ular cirri equal to or shorter than antennae, upper pair longer; first pair dorsal cirri as long as or longer than median antenna; rest of dorsal cirri rather irregular, unequal, at least some longer than body width, with cirrophores prominent. Distinct epaulettes on first two setigerous segments (or to end of setiger 4—Hartman, 1945). None showed sexual bud formation (sexual bud is formed between segments 25 and 26—Hartman, 1945). Cotor: In alcohol: Colorless or trans- versely banded with reddish to brownish granules, may be two bands per segment. Female stolon (Sacconereis): A single specimen of 72 setigers, 16 mm. long, 1.2 mm. wide without setae, 3.5 mm. wide with swimming setae, consisting of 14 anterior, 26 middle, and 32 posterior setigers. Prostomium rounded, with four large dorsal eyes, three antennae rather short, subequal; two pairs tentacular cirri of nearly same length as antennae; dorsal cirri of anterior part of unequal length but all much longer than body width. Thick epaulettes extending on first three setigers. The stolon, with swimming setae and filled with MARINE POLYCHAETE WORMS—PETTIBONE 247 eggs, was dredged in 27 fathoms February 18, 1950. (A 2-lobed egg mass is carried ventrally—Wesenberg-Lund, 1947.) Male stolon (Polybostrichus): No specimens taken from Point Barrow. A specimen taken in plankton at Portage Bay, Alaska, was 12 mm. long, 1.5 mm. wide without setae, 4 mm. wide including swimming setae, with 61 setigers consisting of 14 anterior, 36 median, and 11 posterior segments. Prostomium similar to A. fallax; two pairs tentacular cirri, upper pair longer. First pair dorsal cirri on first setiger very long, similar to median antenna (achaetous—Wesen- berg-Lund, 1947); dorsal cirri in anterior region long, unequal; in middle region short, about one-third length of elongated parapodial lobes. Large epaulettes on first three setigers. New records.—Arctic AtasKa: Off Point Barrow base, 16.7—123.5 fms., up to 15 miles from shore, on bottoms of stones, worm tubes, and various combinations of mud, pebbles, gravel, stones, rocks, large perforated rocks, with bryozoans, hydroids, shells, and worm tubes (17 stations, 53 specimens). Wrst Coast Norra America: Albatross surface station, Portage Bay, Alaska; San Juan Channel, Washington Sound, 25 fms., Pettibone, 1940. East Coast Nortu America: Off Labrador, 30-40 fms., Blue Dolphin Expedition, 1949; Woods Hole region, Massachusetts, Pettibone, 1950. Distribution.—Scattered records in the Arctic: Arctic Alaska, Greenland, Spitsbergen, Franz Josef Land, Barents Sea. Also Iceland; Labrador to North Carolina; Bering Sea to Washington. In low water to 123.5 fathoms; sexual forms at surface. Autolytus fallax Malmgren, 1867 FIGuRE 29, cf ? Polybostrichus longosetosus Oersted, 1848, p. 183, pl. 5, figs. 62, 67, 71.—Tread- well, 1937, p. 28. Autolytus fallax Malmgren, 1867, p. 33, pl. 6, fig. 41.—Ditlevsen, 1929, p. 17. ? Autolytus longisetosus Malmgren, 1867, p. 34, pl. 7, fig. 38. Autolytus prolifer Augener, 1913, p. 258; 1928, p. 724 .—Wesenberg-Lund, 1947, p. 19, figs. 8, 9 (part; not Nereis prolifera Miller, 1788). Autolytus peaoincls Wesenberg-Lund, 1947, p. 24 (part; not Nereis prismatica Fabricius, 1780). Description —Stem form: Length 3-18 mm., width without setae 0.3-0.7 mm., up to 45-78 segments. Median antenna and first pair dorsal cirri very long; lateral antennae and upper tentacular cirri about half as long; lower pair tentacular cirri and second pair dorsal cirri shorter, about twice the length of the following cirri; rest of dorsal cirri short, less than half the body width and extending only slightly beyond the setae, subequal. Short epaulettes (a pair of shallow, semi- circular raised areas) on tentacular segment only. Of 68 specimens of the stem form, 45 showed bud formation of the sexual stolons, the IAS PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 108 head of the bud forming between setigers 13 and 14; 6 were broken after setiger 13, 5 consisted of 13 setigers plus a definite posterior growing zone, and 12 consisted of 36 setigers or less and showed no sign of bud formation. Of the 45 specimens showing bud formation, 18 were young buds (sex?) showing four eyes and rudiments of head appendages; 17 were developing male stolons as indicated especially by the developing forked palps (at first, one part of fork about one- half the length of the other), large median antenna, and large dorsal tentacular cirri; the male buds consisted of a variable number of setigers (14-26 plus a definite growing zone, or 32-42 and tapered gradually to an attenuated posterior end); 10 were developing female buds as indicated by the developing three subequal antennae and the absence of forked palps; the female buds consisted of 40-65 setigers. Cotor: In alcohol: Two dorsolateral, longitudinal dark bands just dorsal to bases of dorsal cirri (almost all specimens showed at least faint bands). In life: Anterior part pale yellowish with dark dorso- lateral bands, posterior part orange. TusEs: Thin, tough, transparent, on hydroids as Lafoeina maxima Levinsen; either on the surface or surrounded by the sessile hydrothecae of the hydroid colony. Female stolon (Sacconereis): Length 5-15 mm., width without setae 0.5-1 mm., width including swimming setae 3.5-4 mm., up to 26-51 segments. Body widest in median region, tapering slightly anteriorly and more so posteriorly, forming an attenuated tail region; divided into three regions composed of 6 anterior unmodified setigers, 13-18 modified setigers with long, iridescent swimming setae, and 3-27 posterior unmodified setigers. Prostomium short, broad, one pair eyes dorsolateral, one pair larger ones ventrolateral, both with lenses; antennae long, stout, subequal or median one slightly longer than lateral pair. Upper two pairs tentacular cirri similar to dorsal cirri of following segments, with a third pair of short, ventral, tentacu- lar cirri (about length of prostomium) and a pair of small, ventral, achaetous lobes. Dorsal cirri about as long as body width. Pair of shallow semicircular epaulettes on tentacular segment only. Pyri- form-shaped egg sac carried on ventral surface in region of setigers 10-18, the egg mass flattened or slightly concave on side toward body, the narrower end of lobe anterior, the eggs orange-colored (in life). Cotor: In alcohol: Colorless, transparent, may be dusky posteriorly or somewhat dusky throughout. Two female stolons with eggs in- side body dredged in 75 fms. October 11, 1949; females with egg sacs taken from vertical plankton hauls in 13 fathoms March 29, April 15, May 17, 1950; female with egg sac containing developing embryos dredged in 5 fathoms January 25, 1950. Male stolons (Polybostrichus): Length 7-9 mm., width without setae 0.8-1 mm., width including swimming setae 2 mm., 43-66 seg- MARINE POLYCHAETE WORMS—PETTIBONE 249 ments, with body regions of 6 anterior, 27-30 middle, 9-10 posterior setigers, tapering gradually posteriorly. Prostomium short, wide, with a pair of eyes dorsolateral, a larger pair ventrolateral, all with lenses; palps bifurcated about basal third, the two branches subequal; very long, stout median antenna and very small lateral antennae anterior and medial to dorsal pair of eyes. Three pairs tentacular cirri with anterior dorsal pair similar to dorsal cirri, anterior ventral pair shorter than prostomial length, posterior dorsal pair very large, similar to median antenna, with a pair of achaetous knobs at their ventral bases. Dorsal cirri of anterior setigers about as long as body width, those of modified region about as long as the elongated, paddle- like parapodial lobes, those of posterior, taillike region short, digitiform. Shallow semicircular epaulettes on tentacular segment only. Cotor: In alcohol: Rusty brown, darkest on anterior part or colorless except anterior part. In life: Yellowish green. Taken in plankton, near shore, September 10, 1949; dredged in 27 fathoms February 18, 1950. Remarks.—As referred to under the systematic discussion of Autolytus, the stem form of A. fallax has been incorrectly referred to A. prolifer by Augener (1913, 1928) and Wesenberg-Lund (1947, 1950). The two may be distinguished by the different positions of the sexual buds, the greater length of the dorsal cirri in A. prolifer, and the color markings. The sexual stolons of A. fallax have been confused with A. prismaticus (see discussion above). New records —Arctic Auaska: Eluitkak Pass, Elson Lagoon near Point Barrow, 5-6.6 fms., mud, in tubes associated with hydroid Lafoéina maxima Levinsen; Point Barrow base, washed ashore, on same hydroid; off Point Barrow base, 5-75.5 fms., up to 8 miles from shore, on bottoms of mud, stones, and various combinations of mud, gravel, stones, rocks, large perforated rocks, with bryozoans, hydroids including Lafoéina maxima, and shells (16 stations, 85 specimens); sexual stages from plankton near shore to 75.5 fms. (7 stations, 22 specimens). Cape Smyth, Point Barrow Expedition, winter, 1883 (1 male, 2 females with egg sacs). East Coast Norra America: Off Labrador, 25-60 fms., Blue Dolphin Expeditions, 1949, 1951. Distribution —Widely distributed in the Arctic: Alaskan and Canadian Arctic, Greenland, Spitsbergen, Franz Josef Land, Novaya Zemlya. Also Faroes; Labrador. In low water to 75.5 fathoms; sexual stolons in plankton. Autolytus prismaticus (Fabricius, 1780) Figure 29, a, b Nereis prismatica ? Miller, 1776, p. 218.—Fabricius, 1780, p. 302; 1799, p. 177, pl. 4, figs. 17-20. ? Polybostrichus longosetosus Oersted, 1843, p. 183, pl. 5, figs. 62, 67, 71. 250 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 108 ? Autolytus longisetosus Malmgren, 1867, p. 34, pl. 7, fig. 38.—Verrill, 1881, p. 292, pl. 12, fig. 10.—Moore, 1902, p. 274; 1909b, p. 134. Autolytus incertus Malmgren, 1867, p. 35, pl. 6, fig. 40. Proceraea gracilis Verrill, 1874a, pp. 48, 132, pl. 5, fig. 1; 1874b, pp. 361, 362, 370, 379, pl. 3, fig. 2—Webster and Benedict, 1887, p. 723. Autolytus prismaticus Marenzeller, 1892, p. 420.—Chamberlin, 1920, p. 12.— Augener, 1928, p. 725.—Annenkova, 1934, p. 322; 1938, p. 156.—Not Berkeley and Berkeley, 1938, p. 48; 1948, p. 68.—Gorbunov, 1946, p. 38.— Wesenberg-Lund, 1947, p. 24, figs. 10-12 (part) —? Hartman and Reish, 1950, p. 13. Autolytus trilineatus Berkeley and Berkeley, 1945, p. 318, fig. 1, a-b; 1948, p. 69, fig. 100. Description.—Stem form: Length 5-24 mm., width without setae 0.7-1 mm., up to 52-92 segments. Proportion of anterior appendages and dorsal cirri similar to A. fallax. Distinct epaulettes on tentacular segment and usually extending also on at least part of first setigerous segment. Of 7 specimens, 2 were without signs of bud formation, although the body was constricted more than normally between setigers 13 and 14; 4 showed sexual bud formation with the head developing between setigers 13 and 14; and 1 had 13 setigers with a newly regenerating posterior end. Co or: In alcohol: Creamy white with three conspicuous, longitudinal, black or dark bands, the median one broader, less dense, continuous throughout body, the dorsolateral ones narrower, darker, at level of bases of dorsal cirri, often confined to anterior fourth or half of body. Female stolon (Sacconereis): A specimen of 58 setigers, 9 mm. long, 1 mm. wide without setae, 3 mm. wide with swimming setae, with body regions of 6 anterior, 18 middle, and 34 posterior setigers. Epaulettes somewhat triangular, extending on tentacular and first setigerous segments. Otherwise as in A. fallax. Co tor: In alcohol: Shows the same characteristic pigmentation as the stem form, three longitudinal, black pigmented bands. Two female stolons with swimming setae and eggs massed inside body dredged in 5 and 6 fathoms August 6, 30, 1948. Male stolons (Polybostrichus): no specimens taken. Remarks.—Polybostrichus longosetosus Oersted, the male stolon (this might well be the male stolon of A. fallax, see systematic dis- cussion above), Autolytus incertus Malmgren, the female stolon, and Proceraea gracilis Verrill, the stem form, have been referred previously by Marenzeller (1892) to A. prismaticus. A. trilineatus Berkeley and Berkeley is herein referred to A. prismaticus; the description, including the characteristic three longitudinal bands, is in agreement. The record of A. prismaticus by the Berkeleys (1938, 1948) is doubted since the stem form agrees with A. cornutus or A. prolifer but not A. prismaticus; the sexual forms agree with A. cornutus or A. prismaticus in the number of six anterior unmodified setigers; they agree with A. MARINE POLYCHAETE WORMS—PETTIBONE 251 F Ficure 29.—Syllidae: a, Autolytus prismaticus, stem form, dorsal view anterior end; 3 same, parapodium; c, Autolytus fallax, female (Sacconereis) form, dorsal view anterior end; d, same, ventral view anterior end; ¢, Autolytus fallax, male (Polybostrichus) form, dorsal view anterior end; f, same, ventral view anterior end. (For explanation of symbols, see p. 210.) 261112—54—_4 252 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 103 cornutus as to size, about one-third the size of the sexual stage of A. prismaticus, and in the absence of semicircular epaulettes (specimens examined through the kindness of the Berkeleys). The record of A. prismaticus from Oregon by Hartman and Reish (1950) is doubted since it is based on male stolons only. New records.—Axrctic AuasKka: Eluitkak Pass, Elson Lagoon near Point Barrow, 6.6 fms., stony-mud; off Point Barrow base, 5-70 fms., up to 7 miles from shore, on bottoms of stones, and various combina- tions of mud, gravel, stones (7 stations, 11 specimens). East Coast Nortrs America: Lagoon Pond, Martha’s Vineyard, Massachusetts, pile scrapings, Pettibone, 1951. Distribution.— Widely distributed in the Arctic: Siberian, Alaskan, and Canadian Arctic, Greenland, Spitsbergen, Barents Sea, Novaya Zemlya. Also Iceland; Labrador to Massachusetts; Bering Sea to British Columbia (? Oregon); north Japan Sea. In low water to 267 fathoms; sexual forms at surface. Genus Syllis Savigny, 1818 Both species represented have the body elongate, slender, with numerous segments, flattened ventrally, arched dorsally, tapering slightly anteriorly and gradually posteriorly. Prostomium oval, wider than long; two palps wider basally, well separated except where their inner basal sides are fused (fig. 28, c). Dorsal cirri distinctly monili- form throughout body, alternately slightly longer and shorter. Ven- tral cirri digitiform, slightly shorter or longer than the parapodial lobes (fig. 28, d). Anterior end of extended proboscis with a smooth, chitinous rim, a single large, grayish dorsal tooth, with a ring of short, thick papillae, with a ring of 10 shorter papillae more basally. Male and female stolons or epitokous forms (Chaetosyllis Malmgren, 1867) developed from the posterior segments of the body; when fully developed consisting of small bilobed (or tetralobed) bulbous “head”’ with two pairs of eyes, a dorsal pair and a larger ventral pair, with a pair of short moniliform antennae; the first setigerous segment with neurosetae only, followed by a variable number of segments with additional long capillary swimming setae and usually a few unmodified posterior segments; stolons greatly distended with developing sex products; neurosetae, dorsal, ventral and anal cirri similar to those of stem form. Key to the species of Syllis from Point Barrow 1. Compound neurosetae with short and long distal blades (fig. 28, f). Acicula of parapodia not particularly enlarged or protruding. Body segments very shortest EL) seas dled pelo thes aaieatrte. wehbe, lee S. cornuta Compound neurosetae with terminal blades differing very slightly in length (fig. 28, e). From 1 to 4 very large acicula usually protrude somewhat from parapodial tip (fig. 28, d). Body segments longer______-_____- S. fasciata MARINE POLYCHAETE WORMS—PETTIBONE 253 Syllis (Ehlersia) cornuta Rathke, 1843 FIGURE 28, f Syllis (Ehlersia) cornuta Rathke, 1843, p. 164, pl. 7, fig. 12—Malmgren, 1867, p. 43, pl. 7, fig. 45.—Southern, 1914, p. 37.—Fauvel, 1923, p. 267, fig. 100, g-i.—Augener, 1928, p. 718.—Monro, 1933, p. 34; 1937, p. 273; 1939b, p. 387.—Wesenberg-Lund, 1947, p. 6; 1950a, p. 15; 1950b, p. 46; 1951, p. 36.— Zatsepin, 1948, p. 115, pl. 31, fig. 4. Chaetosyllis oerstedi Malmgren, 1867, p. 45, pl. 8, fig. 51 (epitokous form). Syllis oerstedi Théel, 1879, p. 40, pl. 2, fig. 33; pl. 3, figs. 34, 35.—Annenkova, 1938, p. 150.—Gorbunov, 1946, p. 38. Syllis quaternaria Moore, 1906a, p. 352, fig. (epitokous form). Syllis alternata Moore, 1908, p. 321, fig. (p. 324); 1909a, p. 321.—Annenkova, 1938, p. 148.—Rioja, 1941, p. 691, pl. 3, figs. 1-9.—Berkeley and Berkeley, 1948, p. 77, fig. 115. Syllis (Ehlersia) heterochaeta Moore, 1909a, p. 322, pl. 15, figs. 1-4.—Annenkova, 1938, p. 148.—Rioja, 1941, p. 694, pl. 4, figs. 7-10; Berkeley and Berkeley, 1948, p. 76, fig. 113. Ehlersia cornuta Hartman, 1945, p. 15. Typosyllis alternata Hartman, 1948, p. 21. Description.—Stem form: Length 9-45 mm., width without setae 1-1.2 mm. Segments very short. Prostomium with two pairs of eyes, anterior pair larger, crescentric, with or without pair of small ocular spots anterior to lateral antennae. Moniliform dorsal cirri with about 14-22 articles (11-40). Neurosetae all compound, with longer and shorter blades, the longer ones 2—4 times longer than the shorter ones, with fine marginal fringe extending to near the tips (may give appear- ance of having a bidentate tip with a subterminal tooth) ; tips of short blades slightly hooked; tips of long, thin blades slightly hooked or with a slight knob (worn down?). In posterior segments, terminal blades of neurosetae not as long as in anterior segments. One speci- men with developing stolon of 41 segments beginning on segment 75 of stem form. Cotor: In alcohol: (1) anterior segments dusky, then two narrow, reddish brown, transverse bands per segment on anterior and middle part of each segment; (2) rusty brown, with two darker bands per segment on part of body; (3) colorless. Male and female stolons (Chaetosyllis): Length 8-19 mm., width without setae 1-1.2 mm., width including setae 4-5 mm., segments 30-70 (1 unmodified anterior segment, 24-62 modified segments with swimming setae, 0-7 unmodified posterior segments); dorsal cirri alternately longer and shorter, with 11-18 articles (14-25—Moore, 1906); capillary setae much longer than the dorsal cirri; neurosetae as in posterior segments of stem form (distal blades not as long as in anterior region of stem form) ; some segments showed the characteristic banding of two narrow bands per segment. 954 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 108 Remarks.—The types of Syllis alternata Moore from Alaska and S. heterochaeta Moore from California were examined and are herein referred to S. cornuta (suggested previously by Monro (1933) for S. heterochaeta). The description of S. quaternaria Moore (1906), the epitokous form taken at the surface, Point Barrow, Alaska, agrees with that of the stolons of S. cornuta collected by Dr. MacGinitie in a plankton haul. New records—Anrctic ALtaska: Stem form: Off Point Barrow base, 18.3-123.5 fms., up to 15 miles from shore, on bottoms of stones, mass of worm tubes, and various combinations of mud, pebbles, stones, gravel, rocks, large perforated rocks, and worm tubes (17 stations, 97 specimens). Sexual stolons: Off Point Barrow base, 1.6 miles from shore, vertical plankton haul of 13 fathoms through hole in ice, March 29, April 15, 1950 (12 specimens). Wersr Coast NortH AMERICA: Strait of Juan de Fuca and Puget Sound, Washington, 30-107 fms., Pettibone. East Coast Norton America: Off Martha’s Vineyard, 86, 134, and 146 fms.; off Salem, Massachusetts, 35 fms., U. S. Fish Commission. Distribution.—Cosmopolitan. Widely distributed in the Arctic: Siberian and Alaskan Arctic, Greenland, Spitsbergen, Novaya Zemlya. Also Iceland, Norway to Madeira, Mediterranean; Red Sea, South Arabian coast, Persian Gulf; Indian Ocean (Zanzibar); off South Africa; Maine to North Carolina; north Japan Sea, Alaska to Panamé; South Pacific (Marquesas, Tahiti). In low water to 1,400 fathoms; sexual stolons in plankton. Syllis (Typosyllis) fasciata Malmgren, 1867 FIGURE 28, c-e Syllis (Typosyllis) fasciata Malmgren, 1867, p. 43, pl. 7, fig. 47; pl. 8, fig. 52.— Augener, 1928, p. 719.—Fauvel, 1934b, p. 304.—Annenkova, 1934, p. 322; 1938, p. 150.—Gorbunov, 1946, p. 38.—Wesenberg-Lund, 1947, p. 10, fig. 2,a; 1950a, p. 16; 1950b, p. 47; 1951, p. 37.—Berkeley and Berkeley, 1948, p. 74, figs. 109, 110.—Zatsepin, 1948, p. 115, pl. 31, fig. 2. Syllis armillaris Treadwell, 1937, p. 28 (not Nereis armillaris Miiller, 1776; in USNM). Description.—Stem form: Length 8-75 mm., width without setae 0.7-3 mm. Many small ones present; many broken ones and a number with regenerating posterior ends. Segments not as short as in S. cornuta. Prostomium with two pairs of eyes, anterior pair larger, crescentric. Moniliform dorsal cirri with about 24 articles (20-40; 12-17 in young specimens). Parapodia each with one to four large, pointed acicula usually protruding beyond distal tips of setal lobes. Neurosetae all compound, with terminal blades rather short, hooked, with tips entire; some setae may have blades broken MARINE POLYCHAETE WORMS—PETTIBONE 255 off (not to be confused with simple setae). Cotor: In alcohol: (1) pigmented with reddish-brown, one wide band per segment (darker on posterior part of band); more posteriorly two bands per segment, lighter anterior and darker posterior ones; then one band per segment; then without color (when mature, banded color pattern on the seg- ments of the developing sexual stolon); (2) colorless, particularly in small specimens; (3) uniform brown mottling on anterior third of body (specimens from Washington). In life: Reddish rusty brown bands, one wide band or two narrower bands per segment, especially on the anterior fourth and posterior fourth (latter a developing stolon, with wide, orange-red bands). One specimen with developing stolon beginning on segment 71. Sexual stolons (Chaetosyllis): Two male stolons, 34-37 segments (one unmodified anterior segment, 31-33 modified segments with swimming setae, 2 or 3 small, unmodified posterior segments); long swimming notosetae subequal to dorsal cirri; dorsal cirri of first unmodified segment broken off at cirrophores; darkly pigmented reddish brown dorsally and ventrally. New Records.—Arctic Atasxa: Stem form: Off Point Barrow base, 18.3-123.5 fms., up to 15 miles from shore, on bottoms of mud, stones, worm tubes, from breaking rocks and bryozoans, from interstices between pebbles and gravel covering tunicate, Molgula sp., from various combinations of mud, pebbles, stones, gravel, rocks, large perforated rocks, worm tubes, and shells (21 stations, 206 specimens). Male stolons: Off Point Barrow base, 1.6 miles from shore, vertical plankton haul of 13 fms. through hole in ice (March 29, 1950, 2 speci- mens). West Coast Norta America: Washington Sound, 17-21 fms., Pettibone. Canapian Arctic: Center Foxe Basin, 25-31 fms., Bartlett, 1927. Distribution.—Widely distributed in the Arctic: Siberian, Alaskan, and Canadian Arctic, Baffin Bay, Greenland, Jan Mayen, Spitsbergen, Franz Josef Land, Novaya Zemlya, Kara Sea. Also Iceland, Faroes; Bering Sea to southern California; north Japan Sea, China. In low water to 378 fathoms; sexual stolons in plankton. Genus Sphaerosyllis Claparéde, 1863 Represented by a single species from Point Barrow. Sphaerosyllis erinaceus Claparéde, 1863 FIGURE 28, m Sphaerosyllis erinaceus Claparéde, 1863, p. 45, pl. 13, fig. 38 (fide Fauvel).— Southern, 1914, p. 20.—Fauvel, 1923, p. 302, fig. 115, q-r.—Annenkova, 1934, p. 322; 1938, p. 153.—? Rioja, 1943, p. 211, figs. 1-6.—Gorbunov, 1946, p. 38.—Zatsepin, 1948, p. 116, pl. 31, fig. 7. 256 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 108 Sphaerosyllis latipalpis Levinsen, 1882, p. 244——Augener, 1928, p. 722, pl. 11, fig. 3; 1939, p. 140.—Wesenberg-Lund, 1947, p. 138, fig. 4; 1951, p. 38. Sphaerosyllis longicauda Webster and Benedict, 1887, p. 720, pl. 3, figs. 35-39.— Eliason, 1920, p. 11, fig. 3. Oophylax minuta Treadwell, 1937, p. 29, figs. 6, 7. Brania sp. Hartman, 1944a, pl. 24, figs. 1, 2. Description.—Length 2-4.5 mm., width without setae 0.3-0.5 mm., segments 22-37. Body linear, tapering slightly anteriorly and posteriorly, oval in cross section. Body, including parapodia, covered with small papillae and incrusted with fine, granular material. Pro- stomium subrectangular, wider than long, with six black eyes, four larger ones (each with a lens, arranged in transverse line or slightly concave are near middle of prostomium) and two small anterior ones. Antennae subequal, bulbous basally, narrower distally. Paired antennae lateral to anterior eye spots; median antenna more posterior, nearly in line with the four larger eyes. Palps short, wide, rounded anteriorly; they may project more anteriorly, extending about the same length as the prostomium, with basal halves fused and distal halves separated by a narrow groove, or they may project more ven- trally, extending only about half the length of the prostomium, and fused except for a small anterior indentation; ventrally the palps are not fused although they may be closely approximated, extending back to the level of the four large eyes. Tentacular segment not distinctly set off from the prostomium, with a single pair of tentacular cirri which are similar to the antennae. Dorsal cirri short, slightly longer than parapodial lobes and shorter than the setae, inflated basally, tapering to narrow tips; they may be similar in shape through- out body or they may be only slightly inflated basally in middle and posterior regions. Dorsal cirri lacking on setiger 2. Ventral cirri digitiform, slightly shorter than parapodial lobes. Anal cirri larger than dorsal cirri; anal segment with several larger papillae. Para- podial tip usually with a larger papilla. Neurosetae consisting of a single long, simple, tapering, curved upper seta, the rest compound with distal blades long, subequal, entire, hooked, and finely pectinate. Colorless in alcohol. Female (21 fathoms, September 9, 1948) with large, rounded eggs (larger in diameter than parapodial length) fastened to dorsal surface rather irregularly between setigers 8-24, one to four per segment, attached between neuropodia and dorsal cirri and just medial to the dorsal cirri; another female (36 fathoms, October 6, 1949) with large, oval-shaped developing larvae (developing setae visible) attached to the dorsal surface; swimming setae lacking (with swimming setae in male—Fauvel, 1923; swimming setae in both male and female beginning on setiger 8—Webster and Benedict, 1887; eggs on ventral base of feet—Wesenberg-Lund, 1947). ——— MARINE POLYCHAETE WORMS—PETTIBONE 257 Remarks—The type of Oophylax minuta Treadwell from Foxe Channel was examined and is herein referred to Sphaerosyllis erinaceus; although not mentioned in the original description, the specimen has a median antenna (seen with difficulty on the prepared slide); neuro- setae include a simple seta in addition to the compound ones, setiger 2 lacks dorsal cirri. The type specimens of S. longicauda Webster and Benedict from Eastport, Maine, were examined also but they are unsatisfactory, being hardened, shrunken, and covered with crystals; the description is fairly complete and agrees with S. erinaceus as does the description by Augener of S. latipalpis Levinsen. The record by Rioja of S. erinaceus from México is questioned chiefly because of the position of the eyes. New records.—Arctic AtAska: Off Point Barrow base, 16.7-75.5 fms., up to 8 miles from shore, on bottoms of stones and various combinations of gravel, stones, rocks, large perforated rocks, with bryozoans and hydroids (8 stations, 37 specimens). East Coast Norru America: Off Labrador, 25 fms., Blue Dolphin Expedition, 1949. Vineyard Sound, Massachusetts, surface, U. S. Fish Commis- sion, August 3, 1881. Distribution.—Widely distributed in the Arctic: Siberian , Alaskan, and Canadian Arctic, West Greenland, Spitsbergen. Also Iceland, Denmark, Ireland, English Channel, Baltic; Labrador to Mas- sachusetts; Bering Sea; north Japan Sea; ? Mexico. In low water to 75.5 fathoms; sexual forms at surface. Genus Exogone Oersted, 1845 Both species represented are very small, slender, linear-elongate, tapered slightly anteriorly and more so posteriorly, flattened ventrally, arched dorsally. Body colorless, translucent (in alcohol). Pro- stomium oval to subrectangular, arched somewhat anteriorly, much wider than long; four eyes, with lenses, in trapezoidal arrangement; palps fused dorsally into a rounded or triangular mass, with or without a slight anterior notch; palps separated ventrally by wide depression. Tentacular segment short, more or less distinct, the anterior part of which may form a fold covering the posterior part of the prostomium. Dorsal cirri shorter than parapodial lobes, ovoid to somewhat conical. Ventral cirri digitiform, shorter than parapodial lobes. Neurosetae of three kinds: (1) upper one simple, slightly curved; (2) composite, with longer, slender, pointed blades; (3) composite, with short, hooked blades. Everted pharynx crowned with circle of papillae and single conical tooth. With swimming setae at maturity. Large eggs, embryos or young (up to five setigers, resembling the adult) attached to ventral surface of female. 258 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 108 Key to the species of Exogone from Point Barrow 1. Antennae subequal. Tentacular cirri rudimentary, reduced to small knobs (fig. 28, 1). Dorsal cirri lacking on setiger 2. Upper compound setae with rather’ short pointed bladesi2_ 2! LU0.UL2_ £522. 21002) 2st eee E. naidina Median antenna more than 4 times length of lateral antennae (fig. 28, k). Tentacular cirri only slightly smaller than the lateral antennae or dorsal cirri. Dorsal cirri present on all setigerous segments. Upper compound setae with Jong pointed blades_...-—.-~-..+--.-..|-- - =e E. dispar Exogone naidina Oersted, 1845 Figure 28, l Exogone naidina Oersted, 1845, p. 20, pl. 2.—Augener, 1939, p. 140.—Zatsepin, 1948, p. 116, pl. 31, fig. 8. Exogone gemmifera Pagenstecher, 1862, p. 267, pl. 25; pl. 26, figs. 1, 2, 6-8.— McIntosh, 1908, p. 151, pl. 59, figs. 5, 6—Southern, 1914, p. 17.—Eliason, 1920, p. 11.—Fauvel, 1923, p. 305, fig. 117, a-d.—Annenkova, 1934, p. 322; 1938, p. 154.—Rioja, 1943, p. 223, figs. 38-46.—Gorbunov, 1946, p. 38.— Thorson, 1946, p. 35, fig. 8—Berkeley and Berkeley, 1948, p. 79, fig. 118.— Hartman and Reish, 1950, p. 13. Description.—Length 3.5-5 mm., width without setae 0.3 mm., segments 32-36. Palps form rounded mass, 1.4—2 times length of prostomium. Antennae shorter than palps, subequal or median one slightly longer, clavate, inserted anterior to eyes in almost a straight line. Tentacular cirri very small, reduced to small knobs. Dorsal cirri lacking on setiger 2. Neurosetae of each parapodium consisting of one simple, curved upper seta, one upper composite seta with longer pointed blade, and four or five composite setae with short, hooked blades. Female (21 fathoms, September 15, 1948) without special swimming setae, with large eggs attached to ventral surface (between segments 11-25, one to three per segment) medial to ventral cirri and between parapodia. Another female (57 fathoms, October 11, 1949) with eggs on ventral surface of segments 13-21 (mostly four per segment); eggs large, nearly touching. (Swimming setae on females with internal ova, absent in females with ova attached to ventral surface, two eggs per segment—Thorson, 1946.) New records —Axrctic ALAska: Off Point Barrow base, 16.7—123.5 fms., up to 16 miles from shore, on bottoms of rocks, stones, worm tubes, and various combinations of mud, gravel, stones, rocks, large perforated rocks, with worm tubes, bryozoans, hydroids; on female Hyas coarctatus alutaceus (14 stations, 82 specimens). Distribution —Alaskan and Siberian Arctic; Denmark, Ireland, Great Britain to Madeira, Mediterranean; Bering Sea to Mexico; north Japan Sea. In low water to 123.5 fathoms; sexual stages at surface. MARINE POLYCHAETE WORMS—PETTIBONE 259 Exogone dispar (Webster, 1879) FIGurReE 28, k Paedophylax dispar Webster, 1879a, p. 223, pl. 4, fig. 49; pl. 5, figs. 50-55; 1879b, p. 110; 1886, p. 138.—Sumner, 1913, p. 615. Paedophylax longiceps Verrill, 1879, p. 170; 1881, p. 320, pl. 12, fig. 2; 1882, p. 370.—Andrews, 1891, p. 281. Paedophylax longicirris Webster and Benedict, 1887, p. 722, pl. 3, figs. 46-50. Exogone lourei Berkeley and Berkeley, 1938, p. 44, figs. 6-12; 1948, p. 79, fig. 117.— Rioja, 1941, p. 703, pl. 3, figs. 14-21; 1943, p. 224. Exogone dispar Hartman, 1942a, p. 11; 1944a, p. 338, pl. 24, fig. 9; pl. 25, fig. 5; 1945, p. 16, pl. 2, figs. 7, 9, 10; 1951, p. 40. Description.—Anterior ends of 3 specimens only (up to 8 mm. long, 45 setigers—Berkeley and Berkeley, 1938). Palps form a conical mass, about twice length of prostomium. Antennae inserted between and slightly in front of eyes; median antenna longer, usually reaching nearly to end of palps (may be not much longer than prostomium), lateral antennae short, ovoid. Tentacular cirri slightly smaller than lateral antennae and dorsal cirri. Dorsal cirri present on all setigerous segments, including setiger 2. Neurosetae on each parapodium con- sisting of one simple curved upper seta (may have a delicate thread coming off subterminally in some specimens), one to four composite setae with long terminal capillary blades, and three to nine composite setae with short, hooked blades. Remarks.—The specimens were compared with the cotypes of Paedophylaz dispar from New Jersey. ‘The types of P. longicirris Webster and Benedict from Eastport, Maine, were examined also and the peculiar hairlike process on some of the simple setae was noted. This also occurs on some of the simple setae of the specimens from Point Barrow. P. longiceps Verrill has previously been referred to P. dispar by Sumner (1913). The description of L. lowre: Berkeley and Berkeley from British Columbia agrees with that of E. dispar. New records—Arctic AtasKa: Off Point Barrow base, 36-70 fms., up to 7.5 miles from shore, on bottoms of stones, gravel, large per- forated rocks (2 stations, 3specimens). Wrst Coast NortH AMERICA: Strait of Juan de Fuca, Washington, shore, Pettibone, 1940. East Coast NortH America: Woods Hole region, Massachusetts, Petti- bone, 1950, 1951. Maine, Massachusetts, New Jersey, low water to 14 fms., U. S. Fish Commission. Distribution —aArctic Alaska to Mexico; Maine to southwestern Florida. In low water to 70 fathoms; sexual stages at surface. Genus Eusyllis Malmgren, 1867 Both species represented are flattened ventrally, arched dorsally, tapering both anteriorly and posteriorly, very fragile, breaking up 260 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 108 easily and losing their antennae and dorsal cirri readily. Prostomium subrectangular to suboval, wider than long; four eyes fairly large, in trapezoidal arrangement, the anterior pair larger; palps broad, thick, oval to squarish, fused at their bases only and well separated distally, and may be curled ventrally or longitudinally like flopping ears; lateral antennae about 1.5 times the prostomial length; median antenna about twice the length of the lateral antennae (fig. 28, g). Upper tentacular cirri as long as median antenna, ventral pair much shorter. Ventral cirri thick, oval, about same size and length as parapodial lobes or may be slightly shorter (first pair not enlarged, similar to the following). Neuropodia short and plump, with neuro- setae all composite except on the last setigers where there may be a simple, entire, upper seta and a simple, bidentate, lower seta; blades of composite setae rather short, hooked, distinctly bidentate, finely spinous on the cutting edge; shaft distally spinous (fig. 28, 2). At maturity, with long capillary swimming setae. Proboscis with two rows of soft papillae, a proximal and a distal row of 10 papillae per row; inside the distal row, a chitinous lining provided with a large, triangular, dorsal tooth and a denticled, circular margin (fig. 28, g, h). Key to the species of Eusyllis from Point Barrow 1. Cirrophores of dorsal cirri not prominent. Tentacular segment with a wide crescent-shaped nuchal lobe covering the posterior part of the prostomium (fie 28 Hg) apes © be tae 6 oi ee a eee ee E. blomstrandi Cirrophores of dorsal cirri prominent, as long as the neuropodia. Tentacular segment short, without nuchal lobe__--_______-__--___=-=-= E. magnifica Eusyllis blomstrandi Malmgren, 1867 FIGuRE 28, g-7 Eusyllis blomstrandi Malmgren, 1867, p. 40, pl. 6, fig. 43.—Fauvel, 1923, p. 293, fig. 112,h-m.—Augener, 1928, p. 721.—Annenkova, 1938, p. 153, fig. 6.— Wesenberg-Lund, 1947, p. 11, fig. 3; 1950a, p. 16; 1950b, p. 48; 1951, p. 37.— Berkeley and Berkeley, 1948, p. 84, fig. 126. Eusyllis monilicornis Malmgren, 1867, p. 41, pl. 6, fig. 44.—Verrill, 1881, p. 319.— Zatsepin, 1948, p. 116, pl. 31, fig. 6,b. ? Eusyllis phosphorea Hartman, 1942a, p. 7; 1944a, pp. 334, 338, pl. 25, fig. 4. Syllis monilicornis Théel, 1879, p. 41, pl. 3, fig. 39. Eusyllis tubifex McIntosh, 1908, p. 173, figs —Southern, 1914, p. 32 (not Syllis tubifex Gosse, 1855). Eusyllis bloemstrandi Friedrich, 1939, p. 122. Typosyllis collaris Hartman, 1948, p. 23, fig. 6,a-c. Description.—Length 7-32 mm., width without setae 0.8-1.2 mm., segments 50-124. Antennae, tentacular cirri, anterior dorsal cirri, and long anal cirri irregularly annulated, especially distally, more or less smooth basally; the more posterior dorsal cirri only indistinctly annulated or smooth. First few dorsal cirri may be longer than body width, especially the first pair which may be the longest appendage; : MARINE POLYCHAETE WORMS—PETTIBONE 261 rest of dorsal cirri shorter than body width, tapering gradually. Tentacular segment with wide, short, crescent-shaped collar or nuchal fold covering posterior part of prostomium, may be inconspicuous and protruding or rather low, somewhat contracted. Composite setae similar throughout, with distal blades short, differing only slightly in length. Chitinous lining of proboscis light or dark gray or light amber-colored; dorsal tooth dark bluish gray; circular margin finely denticled. Epitokous female (Elson Lagoon, August 6, 1948) with large eggs massed in most of body segments, consisting of 16 anterior unmodified setigers, 25 setigers with long swimming setae, and 5 unmodified setigers (Swimming setae begin on setiger 13— Wesenberg-Lund, 1947). Cotor: In alcohol: Colorless or tannish, slightly greenish anteriorly. In life: Orange or yellowish. May form definite hardened mucous tubes. Luminescent. Remarks.—The type of Typosyllis collaris Hartman (1948) was examined and is herein referred to E. blomstrandi; the dorsal cirri are not distinctly annulated throughout the body as they would be ina Typosyllis. There is nothing in Verrill’s description of E. phos- phorea, dredged from St. George’s Bank, to distinguish it from E. blomstrandi; according to Hartman (1942, p. 7) the type is unsatis- factory. New records —Arctic Ataska: Eluitkak Pass, Elson Lagoon near Point Barrow, 6.6 fms.; Point Barrow base, washed ashore; off Point Barrow base, 13.3-123.5 fms., up to 15 miles from shore, on bottoms of stones, masses of worm tubes, and various combinations of mud, pebbles, gravel, stones, rocks, large perforated rocks, with worm tubes, bryozoans, hydroids, shells, and on female crab Hyas coarctatus alu- taceus (24 stations, 175 specimens). Brritne Sa: Robert White, 1879. West Coast Nortu America: Washington and Puget Sounds, 20-46 fms., Pettibone. Hast Coast Nortu America: Off Labrador, 15-30 fms., Blue Dolphin Expeditions, 1949, 1951. Distribution.—Widely distributed in the Arctic: Siberian and Alaskan Arctic, West Greenland, Spitsbergen, Franz Josef Land, Barents Sea, Novaya Zemlya, Kara Sea. Also Iceland, Faroes, Ire- land to Madeira, Mediterranean; Labrador to Maine; Bering Sea to Washington; north Japan Sea. In low water to 444 fathoms; epitokes at surface. Eusyllis magnifica (Moore, 1906) Pionosyllis magnifica Moore, 1906b, p. 2238, pl. 10, figs. 9-11; 1908, p. 325.— Annenkova, 1938, p. 152. Deseription.—Atokous specimen 52 mm. long, 2.5 mm. in greatest width without setae, 152 segments (in pieces, complete?). Epitokous specimen (18 fathoms, September 16, 1948) broken up and not quite complete, with larger eyes, consisting of 161 segments, 99 mm. long, 262 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 103 4 mm. wide without setae, 9 mm. wide including long swimming setae. Two atokous specimens from Washington 43-48 mm. long, 1.5-2 mm. wide without setae. Median antenna, tentacular cirri and some of anterior dorsal cirri somewhat annulated, especially distally; rest of dorsal cirri smooth. Some of anterior dorsal cirri longer than body width; rest shorter than body width, subulate, thick basally, tapering distally, on prominent cirrophores which may be as long as parapodial lobes. Tentacular segment very short, without nuchal collar. Blades of neurosetae all rather short. In anterior parapodia, blades of upper neurosetae somewhat longer than the lower ones; on rest of parapodia, blades of neurosetae only slightly different in length. Chitinous lining of proboscis and dorsal tooth light to darker amber-colored or trans- parent; circular anterior border with coarse, triangular denticles (when transparent, difficult to see denticled border). Swimming setae begin on setiger 24 (on setiger 19 in specimen from Portage Bay, Alaska). Cotor: In alcohol: Flesh. Remarks.—The specimens were compared with the type of Piono- sylis magnifica Moore (1906) from Port Townsend, Washington. It is herein referred to Husyllis since the composite neurosetae have rather short blades which differ only slightly in length, the proboscis has a proximal and a distal row of papillae, and the anterior circular border is denticled (difficult to see when the chitinous lining is transparent). New records—Arctic ALaska: Off Point Barrow base, 18.3 fms., pebbles-mud (1 station, 2 specimens). Wurst Coast NortH AMERICA: Albatross surface station, Portage Bay, Alaska; Washington Sound, Pettibone. Distribution.—Arctic Alaska to Washington; north Japan Sea. In 16 to 302.8 fathoms; epitokes at surface. Genus Pionosyilis Malmgren, 1867 Pionosyllis compacta Malmgren, 1867 FIGureE 28, 7 Pionosyllis compacta Malmgren, 1867, p. 40, fig. 48.—Augener, 1928, p. 722.— Annenkova, 1934, p. 322. Description—Anterior ends only of two small specimens, up to 1.5 mm. wide without setae (8-10 mm. long, 1 mm. wide—Malmgren, 1867). Body flattened ventrally, arched dorsally, fragile, with seg- ments crowded. Prostomium subrectangular, wider than long; four eyes rather large, in trapezoidal arrangement; palps squarish, fused basally, widely separated distally. Tentacular segment without nuchal collar. Antennae, tentacular, and dorsal cirri smooth, without articulations, filiform to rather thick, breaking off readily; most of MARINE POLYCHAETE WORMS—PETTIBONE 263 dorsal cirri shorter than the body width. Ventral cirri thick, pointed, almost as long as parapodial lobes. Neurosetae all composite, distal blades distinctly bidentate, finely spinous along cutting edge; blades of upper setae longer, becoming gradually shorter in lower part of bundle with upper ones about twice the length of lower ones. Proboscis with a distal row of 10 papillae; transparent chitinous lining with a translucent bluish-gray dorsal tooth, with distal rim smooth. Cotor: In alcohol: Irregularly dotted with black pigment both dorsally and ventrally. (Epitokous forms have capillary setae beginning on seg- ments 12-15—Malmegren, 1867.) New records—Arctic AuasKa: Off Point Barrow, 36-78 fms., up to 15 miles from shore, on bottoms of rocks, stones, and worm tubes (2 stations, 2 specimens). Distribution —Arctic Alaska; Spitsbergen; Bering Sea. In low water to 78 fathoms. Family NEREIDAE Prostomium distinct, with four eyes, two frontal antennae, two bi- articulated palps (fig. 30, @). Four pairs tentacular cirri; buccal or tentacular segment usually apodous and achaetous. Parapodia usually biramous (except first two pairs), with dorsal and ventral cylindrical cirri, two or three notopodial ligules and one neuropodial ligule (fig. 30, b, c). Setae usually compound spinigers and falcigers (fig. 30, d-g). Pair of anal cirri. Proboscis eversible, with pair of terminal, horny, faleate jaws and usually with horny denticles or paragnaths arranged in eight groups on two rings, a basal or oral ring and a distal or maxillary ring (fig. 30, A, 7). At maturity usually with a pelagic epitokous or heteronereis stage. Represented by a single genus and two species. Genus Nereis Cuvier, 1817 Subgenus Nereis Linné, 1758 Both species have the body smooth, elongate, cylindrical, at- tenuated posteriorly, with numerous segments. Prostomium of the typical nereid form. Tentacular segment achaetous, over twice the length of the following segments; tentacular cirri short, fairly uniform in length, the upper one only slightly longer than the others (may reach setiger 2). Parapodia biramous, with two subequal noto- podial ligules (remaining so throughout the body, the upper one not getting larger or longer than the lower one), a single neuropodial ligule ventral to the conical setigerous neuropodial lobe (fig. 30, }, ¢). Notosetae homogomph spinigers (fig. 30, g); in more posterior seg- ments with some homogomph falcigers with blunt asymmetrical reduced appendages (fig. 30, e). Neurosetae homogomph and 264 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 103 heterogomph spinigers (fig. 30, f) and heterogomph falcigers with hooked end-pieces (fig. 30, d). Proboscis with paragnaths all chitinous, conical, separated in groups, occurring on both rings (fig. 30, h, 7). Distal ring of paragnaths: Area II (dorsolateral)— oblique group of two or three rows; area III (medioventral)—small transverse group; area IV (ventrolateral)—arched mass. Basal ring of paragnaths: Area V (mediodorsal)—0. At maturity, with epito- kous stage, eyes enlarged; 14-19 anterior prenatatory setigers; modified natatory setigers with parapodial lobes compressed, flat- tened anteroposteriorly, developing foliaceous lamellar plates, with numerous paddlelike swimming setae; in males, first seven dorsal cirri enlarged and club-shaped, first five or six ventral cirri modified, and dorsal cirri of natatory setigers crenulate on lower margin; in females, dorsal and ventral cirri not modified or crenulate. Key to the species of Nereis (Nereis) from Point Barrow 1. Parapodial ligules short, thick, evenly rounded (fig. 30, 6). Body uniformly purplish or reddish brown, not banded. Paragnaths of distal ring: Area I (mediodorsal)—2 in tandem (rarely 1 or 3); paragnaths of basal ring: Area VI (dorsolateral)—4 in square or cross (rarely 3 or 5); areas VII- VIII (ventral)—1-2 irregular rows of larger paragnaths, with several rows of small ones, diminishing in size posteriorly (2-3 irregular rows of subequal paragnaths in subspecies occidentalis). Male epitokes with 16 and females with i”—19,prenatatory ; setigers: 2:2 22cu2 222)e8-.-15 4 N. (N.) pelagica Parapodial ligules triangular to conical, gradually tapering to a broad tip (fig. 30, c). Body transversely banded reddish brown or violet. Parag- naths of distal ring: Area I—O or 1; paragnaths of basal ring: Area VI— 6-10 or more in oval mass; VIJ—-VIII—continuous row of larger parag- naths followed by a wide band of small subequal ones (fig. 30, A, 7). Male epitokes with 14 and females with 16 prenatatory setigers___.N. (N.) zonata Nereis (Nereis) pelagica Linné 1758 Figure 30, a, 5 Nereis pelagica Linné, 1758, p. 654.—Malmgren, 1867, p. 47, pl. 5, fig. 35.— Webster and Benedict, 1884, p. 718; 1887, p. 724.—Moore, 1903, p. 431.— McIntosh, 1908, p. 268, figs—Sumner, 1913, p. 619.—Southern, 1914, p. 80.—Eliason, 1920, p. 29.—Chamberlin, 1920, p. 14.—Fauvel, 1923, p. 336, fig. 130, a-f—Augener, 1928, p. 712.—Monro, 1930, p. 106.—Annenkova, 1934, p. 322; 1937, p. 162; 1938, p. 158.—Treadwell, 1937, p. 29.—Okuda, 1939, p. 230.—Friedrich, 1939, p. 123.—Hartman, 1940, p. 225, pl. 35, fig. 52; 1944a, p. 335; 1948, p. 26.—Berkeley and Berkeley, 1948, p. 130; 1948, p. 66, fig. 96, a-b.—Thorson, 1946, p. 64, fig. 29.—Zatsepin, 1948, p. 119, pl. 30, fig. 2—Wesenberg-Lund, 1950a, p. 19, pl. 6, figs. 26a, 27a; 1950b, p. 53; 195], p. 39. Heteronereis grandifolia Rathke, 1843, p. 155, pl. 7, figs. 13, 14.—Malmgren, 1865, p. 108, pl. 11, fig. 15 (part—female heteronereid, not male). Nereis neonigripes Hartman, 1936b, p. 471, fig. 48. Nereis arctica Treadwell, 1937, p. 30. Nereis pelagica var. occidentalis Hartman, 1945, p. 20, pl. 4, figs. 1-6; 1951, p. 46. Nereis pelagica neonigripes Hartman and Reish, 1950, p. 17. MARINE POLYCHAETE WORMS—PETTIBONE 265 Description —Length 60-155 mm., width 5-14 mm. See key. Cotor: In alcohol: Iridescent, uniformly purplish or reddish brown (narrow white intersegmental lines); ligules of parapodial lobes may be darkly pigmented (var. neonigripes); tips of dorsal cirri may be black. New records —Arctic ALASKA: Off Point Barrow base, up to 12.1 miles from shore, 18-87 fms., on various combinations of stones, gravel, rocks, large perforated rocks (8 stations, 10 specimens). SPITSBERGEN: Spitsbergen Sea, U.S.S. Alliance, August, 1881, surface (heteronereid). Brrtna Sra: Albatross Sta. at Nikolski, Bering Island, 1892, and Sta. 3496, 56°32’ N., 169°45’ W., 41 fms., 1893; St. George Island, Pribilofs, 1913, 1914, low tide and 30 fms., and St. Paul Island, Pribilofs, lagoon reef, 1915, Hanna; St. Paul Island, Wm. Palmer, 1890. SourHwssterRN Ataska: Albatross Sta., Unalaska, Aleutians, 1888; Akutan Pass, Chica Islands, 1872; Kiska Harbor, sandy- mud, 9-12 fms., 1873; Anchorage, Big Koniuji Islands, Shu- magin, 6-20 fms., sand and rocks; Port Moller, Alaska Peninsula, beach to 17 fms., sand, 1874; Killisnoo, 1897; Chiniak Bay, Kodiak Island, 1880; all collected by Dall. Gutr or Atasxa: Albatross Sta., at Observation Island, Cordova, Alaska, 1914. SouTHEASTERN Auaska: Sitka, 1932. Wzxst Coast NortH America: Albatross Sta. 89a, Denman, British Columbia, 1914, and Sta. 3466, off Wash- ington, 48°18’30’’ N., 123°22’ W., 56 fms., 1891. Washington and Puget Sounds, low tide to 166 fms. (very common), Pettibone. East Coast Norta America: Off Labrador, 7-60 fms., Blue Dolphin Expeditions, 1949, 1951; Woods Hole region, intertidal and dredged, Pettibone, 1950, 1951; Gulf of St. Lawrence, New Brunswick, Nova Scotia, Bay of Fundy, Maine, Massachusetts, Rhode Island, Con- necticut, Long Island Sound, shore to 250 fathoms and surface, U. S. Fish Commission. Distribution.—Widely distributed in the Arctic: Siberian, Alaskan, and Canadian Arctic, Davis Strait, Greenland, Spitsbergen, Barents Sea, Novaya Zemlya, Kara Sea. Also Iceland, Faroes, Norway to Mediterranean; Hudson Bay to Long Island Sound; Bering Sea to Panamé; north Japan Sea, Japan; South Atlantic (Tristan da Cunha, Kerguelen, Magellan Straits). In low water to 609 fathoms; epitokes at surface. Variety occidentalis Hartman: North Carolina, Florida, Louisiana, Texas, Puerto Rico; intertidal. Nereis (Nereis) zonata Malmgren, 1867 Figure 30, c, h, 7 Heteronereis grandifolia Malmgren, 1865, p. 108, pl. 11, fig. 16 (part—male heteronereid, not female; not H. grandifolia Rathke, 1843). Nereis zonata Malmgren, 1867, p. 46, pl. 5, fig. 34.—Théel, 1879, p. 42.— Wirén, 1883, p. 402.—Ditlevsen, 1911, p. 419, pl. 28, fig. 6; pl. 30, figs. 18, 22— 266 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 103 Fauvel, 1914, p. 177, pl. 14, figs. 1-17; 1923, p. 338, fig. 130, g—n (part).—_ Augener, 1928, p. 713.—Annenkova, 1931, p. 203; 1932, p. 134; 1934, p. 322; 1937, p. 162; 1938, p. 158.—Friedrich, 1939, p. 123.—Berkeley and © Berkeley, 1943, p. 130.—Gorbunov, 1946, p. 38.—Zatsepin, 1948, p. 119, pl. 30, fig. 3—Hartman, 1948, p. 25.—Hartman and Reish, 1950, p. 17.— _ Wesenberg-Lund, 1950a, p. 20, pl. 6, figs. 26b, 27b; 1950b, p. 55; 1951, p. 41. Description.—Length 30-125 mm., width 7 mm. Seekey. Couor: In alcohol: Reddish or rusty brown or violet wide transverse bands; anterior fourth of segment without color. : Remarks.—Nereis procera Ehlers, 1868, originally described from | the Gulf of Georgia, British Columbia, has been referred to N. zonata— j by Fauvel, 1914. In N. procera the body is long, slender, extremely — attenuated posteriorly; the notopodial ligules of the anterior setigers are triangular, subequal; those of the median and posterior regions — have the upper notopodial ligules larger than the lower one (may be — ‘ nearly twice the size); the paragnaths of areas VII and VIII are in a © wide, continuous area with no especially enlarged anterior row; male — epitokes with 51 and females with 59 prenatatory setigers. It may be | that the variety procera of Fauvel refers to a different species from that of N. procera Ehlers. New records—Arctic AuasKA: Eluitkak Pass, Elson Lagoon near — Point Barrow, 13 fms., gravel; off Point Barrow base, 21-78 fms., on bottoms of gravel, stones, small rocks, with shells and worm tubes (8 stations, 12 specimens). Canap1an Arctic: Ellesmere Island, U.S.S. Alert, 1950, J. Peter Johnson (epitoke). East GREENLAND: 74°04’ N., 17°58’ W., 120 fms., Norcross-Bartlett Expedition, 1931. Hast Coast Norts America: Off Labrador, 9-100 fms., mud, Blue Dolphin Expeditions, 1950, 1951. Distribution —Widely distributed in the Arctic: Siberian, Alaskan, and Canadian Arctic, Baffin Bay, Davis Strait, Greenland, Norway, Spitsbergen, Franz Josef Land, Barents Sea, Novaya Zemlya, Kara Sea. Also Iceland, Faroes; Hudson Bay to Labrador; Bering Sea to Oregon; north Japan Sea. In low water to 439 fathoms; epitokes at surface. Variety ? procera Fauvel (1914, 1923; not Ehlers, 1868): English Channel to Mediterranean. Variety persica Fauvel: Red Sea, South Arabian Coast, Persian Gulf, Indian Ocean. Family NEPHTYIDAE Body elongated, subtetragonal in cross section. Prostomium small, somewhat flattened, angulate, with four small antennae (fig. 30, 7). First segment rudimentary, with setae and usually with short dorsal and ventral tentacular cirri. Parapodia biramous, with rami well separated, with small dorsal cirri on lower sides of notopodia; with branchiae (interramal cirri) between the two rami, cirriform, sickle- shaped or foliaceous; with simple setae arranged in fan-shaped bundles; MARINE POLYCHAETE WORMS—PETTIBONE 267 ventral cirri short, conical, or foliaceous; with anterior and posterior lamellae more or less developed (fig. 30, k-n). A single anal cirrus. Proboscis eversible, strong, muscular, a pair of horny jaws within the pharynx, with rows of soft papillae and a crown of terminal, bifid papillae. Move rapidly with undulating motion; usually in sand or mud. Represented by a single genus and four species. Genus Nephtys Cuvier, 1817 The four species represented have numerous segments (65-150), tapered posteriorly and slightly anteriorly. Prostomium pentagonal to quadrate, with antennae conical, subequal, or more ventral pair slightly larger, without eyes, with pair of nuchal papillae at postectal margins (may be inverted or everted; fig. 30, 7). Tentacular or first segment with both dorsal and ventral tentacular cirri. Parapodial rami with anterior lamellae rudimentary or lacking, with posterior lamellae developed in varying degrees, with branchiae recurved (con- vex side toward lateral side of body, fig. 30, k-n). Ventral cirri short, conical. Proboscis with 22 long terminal papillae (10 pairs bifid, and a single dorsal and ventral one), with 22 longitudinal rows of sub- terminal papillae, four to eight per row, decreasing in size basally. Key to the species of Nephtys from Point Barrow 1. Branchiae cirriform, sickle-shaped, with dorsal veirri digitiform (fig. 30, 1, n). Proboscis with a long median dorsal papilla._...----------------------- 2 Branchiae foliaceous or cirriform and inflated basally, rudimentary or absent on last 15-30 segments, with dorsal cirri flattened, triangular, pointed (fig. 30, k, m). Proboscis without a long median dorsal papilla; proximal surface of proboscis ridged (may be low tubercles in N. discors) ----------------- 3 2. Branchiae begin on setigers 3 or 4, continuing to almost posterior end; acicular lobes rounded or slightly bilobed, especially anteriorly (fig. 30, l). Neuro- podial postsetal lamellae extend well beyond the acicular lobes, bilobed or irregularly sinuous. Setae very long, flowing. Proximal surface of pro- boscis smooth or furrowed_______+--.---=----==---------- N. longosetosa Branchiae begin on setigers 5-8, rudimentary on last 20-30 segments. Acicular lobes deeply bilobed in anterior and median regions (fig. 30, n). Neuropodial postsetal lamellae about same length as or only slightly surpassing the acicular lobes. Setae shorter. Proximal surface of proboscis tubercled. N. ciliata 3. Branchiae begin on setiger 6, inflated basally, digitiform, recurved distally (fig. 30, m). Acicular lobes unequally bilobed, rounded in posterior region. Postsetal lamellae of anterior and median regions large, foliaceous, extending well beyond the acicular lobes; in posterior region, extend only slightly begend?:- te bene soe. ce eb teed - - accel sere sees - N. discors Branchiae begin on setigers 8-14, thick, wide, foliaceous (fig. 30, k). Acicular lobes rounded to conical. Postsetal lamellae shorter than, as long as, or only slightly longer than the acicular lobes_----------------- N. paradoxa 261112—54——_5 268 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 108 Nephtys longosetosa Oersted, 1843 Ficure 30, l Nephtys longosetosa Oersted, 1843, p. 195, pl. 6, figs. 75, 76.—Hartman, 1944a, p. 339, pl. 15, fig. 7. Nephthys longisetosa not Malmgren, 1865, p. 106, pl. 12, fig. 20—Eliason, 1920, . 32. Nephthys coeca Murdoch, 1885, p. 153 (part; includes var. longisetosa; not Nereis caeca Fabricius, 1780). Nephthys longosetosa Fauvel, 1923, p. 367, fig. 143, f-h—Monro, 1928, p. 82.— Annenkova, 1937, p. 163; 1938, p. 162.—Friedrich, 1939, p. 123.— Berkeley and Berkeley, 1943, p. 130; 1948, p. 52, fig. 76.—Gorbunov, 1946, p. 38.— Wesenberg-Lund, 1950a, p. 21; 1950b, p. 60; 1951, p. 44. Nephthys ciliata forma longosetosa Augener, 1928, p. 698. Nephthys ciliata Treadwell, 1937, p. 28 (part; not Nereis ciliata Miller, 1789). Description.—Length up to 170 mm., width without setae 6 mm. Tentacular cirri subequal to antennae. Notopodial postsetal lamellae unequally bilobed (a rather large upper lobe and small lobe just above the dorsal cirri), extending slightly or not beyond the acicular lobes. Neuropodial postsetal lamellae of anterior region rounded, entire, extending beyond the acicular lobes; those of the median and posterior regions large, bilobed or irregularly sinuous on ventral side, extending well beyond the acicular lobes. Cotor: In alcohol: Without color, or dusky, especially anteriorly. New records.—Arctic AuasKA: Eluitkak, Elson Lagoon near Point Barrow; Point Barrow base, washed ashore; off Point Barrow base, 1.7-25 fms., on bottoms of gravel, stones, and mud (7 stations, 16 specimens) ; Cape Lisburne, 5-7 fms., Dall. Brrine Sra: 60°16’ N., 167°41’ W., Stoney, 1884; 66°45’ N., 166°35’ W., 10 fms., Dall, 1880. CanapiAn Arctic: Duckett Cove, Hurd Channel, Melville Peninsula, Foxe Channel, Bartlett, 1933. East Coast Norra America: Off Labrador, 8 fms., Blue Dolphin Expedition, 1949. Distribution — Widely distributed in the Arctic: Siberian, Alaskan, and Canadian Arctic, Greenland, Spitsbergen, Franz Josef Land, Barents Sea, White Sea, Novaya Zemlya, Kara Sea. Also Iceland, Faroes to France; to Maine; to Lower California and Panamé; north Japan Sea; Strait of Magellan. In low water to 528 fathoms. Ficure 30.—Nereidae: a, Nereis pelagica, dorsal view anterior end; 6, same, middle para- podium; c, Nereis zonata, middle parapodium; d, compound heterogomph falciger; e, compound homogomph falciger; f, compound heterogomph spiniger; g, compound homo- gomph spiniger; h, Nereis zonata, dorsal view extended proboscis showing areas of parag- naths; 4, same, ventral view. Nephtyidae: 7, Nephtys paradoxa, dorsal view anterior end; k, same, middle parapodium, anterior view; 1, Nephtys longosetosa, middle para- podium, anterior view; m, Nephtys discors, middle parapodium, anterior view; n, Nephtys ciliata, middle parapodium, anterior view. (For explanation of symbols, see p. 210.) MARINE POLYCHAETE WORMS—PETTIBONE 269 Ficure 30.—For explanation see facing page. 270 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 108 Nephtys ciliata (Miller, 1789) FiaureE 30, n Nereis ciliata Miller, 1789, p. 14, pl. 89, figs. 1-4. Nephthys ciliata Malmgren, 1865, p. 104, pl. 12, fig. 17—Webster and Benedict, 1887, p. 709.—Moore, 1903, p. 433.—Eliason, 1920, p. 31.—Fauvel, 1923, p. 371, fig. 145, a-b; 1933, p. 39.—Augener, 1928, p. 699.—Gustafson, 1936, p. 7—Treadwell, 1937, p. 28 (part).—Annenkova, 1937, p. 164; 1938, p. 162.—Friedrich, 1939, p. 123.—Gorbunov, 1946, p. 38.—Thorson, 1946, p. 69, figs. 32, 33.—Berkeley and Berkeley, 1948, p. 55, fig. 82.—Wesenberg- Lund, 1950a, p. 21; 1950b, p. 59; 1951, p. 45. Nephthys caeca Murdoch, 1885, p. 153 (part; includes var. ciliata).—Moore, 1911, p. 243 (not Nereis caeca Fabricius, 1780). Nepthys ciliata Chamberlin, 1920, p. 9. Nepthys hudsonica Chamberlin, 1920, p. 10, pl. 2, figs. 4-6. Nephtys ciliata Hartman, 1944a, pp. 335, 339, pl. 15, fig. 9 (as N. incisa, not fig. 10 (=N. caeca)); 1950, p. 95. Description.—Length 100-300 mm., width without setae 9-11 mm. Tentacular cirri subequal to antennae. Acicular lobes deeply bilobed in anterior and median regions; rounded or slightly bilobed in posterior region. Postsetal lamellae of both notopodia and neuropodia rounded, entire, short, about same length as or only slightly surpassing the acicular lobes. Cotor: In alcohol: White, tannish, or anterior third reddish brown or buff. (According to G. E. MacGinitie, the pellets of this worm indicate that it is a detritus feeder.) New records—Arctic AuasKa: Off Point Barrow aero radio mast, 10 fms.; off Point Barrow base, up to 8 miles from shore, 6-75.5 fms., on bottoms of mud and various combinations of mud, pebbles, gravel, stones, rocks, large perforated rocks, and shells (18 stations, 37 speci- mens). SrBERIA: Plover Bay, Dall, 1880. AtasxKa: Chiachi Island, 20 fms., mud; Round Island, Coal Harbor, 6-8 fms., mud, 1872; Port Mulegrove, Yakutat Bay, 6-40 fms., 1874; Port Etches, 12-18 fms., 1874; all collected by Dall. Wusr Coast Norra America: Wash- ington and Puget Sounds, low water to 83 fms. (common), Petti- bone. East Coast Nortu America: Off Labrador, 6-95 fms., Blue Dolphin Expeditions, 1949, 1950, 1951; off Nova Scotia, Bay of Fundy, Maine, Massachusetts, 14-110 fms., U. S. Fish Commission. Distribution —Widely distributed in the Arctic: Siberian, Alaskan, and Canadian Arctic, Greenland, Spitsbergen, Norway, Barents Sea, White Sea, Novaya Zemlya, Kara Sea. Also Iceland, Faroes to France; to Massachusetts; to Southern California; to Japan, China. In low water to 500 fathoms. Nephtys discors Ehlers, 1868 FiGureE 30, m Nephthys discors Ehlers, 1868, p. 626, pl. 23, figs. 39, 40.—Verrill, 1873, p. 103.— Webster and Benedict, 1887, p. 709. Nephtys discors Hartman, 1938c, p. 9, pl. 1, figs. 2, 3; 1950, p. 96. Nephtys rickettsti Hartman, 1938b, p. 153; 1950, p.'97. MARINE POLYCHAETE WORMS—PETTIBONE 271 Description.—Length 115-300 mm., width without setae 9-12 mm. Dorsal pair tentacular cirri about half as large as ventral pair. Branchiae begin on setiger 6, at first a small swelling on the lower side of the base of the flattened, triangular dorsal cirrus, gradually becom- ing larger; where best developed, they are inflated on the basal half, with the distal half more slender, digitiform and slightly recurved or hooked; they are smaller and rudimentary only on posterior half of body. Notopodial acicular lobes of anterior and middle region unequally bilobed, the upper one wider and shorter and the ventral one narrower and longer; rounded in posterior region. Neuropodial acicular lobes slightly bilobed in anterior region; very low and rounded in middle and posterior regions (not very distinct from posterior lamellae). Conor: In alcohol: Brownish. Remarks.—The type of N. rickettsi Hartman from Alaska was compared with a specimen of N. discors from Bay of Fundy and is herein referred to the latter species. New records—Arctic ALAsKA: Point Barrow base, washed ashore; off Point Barrow base, up to 12.1 miles from shore, 24.7—123.5 fms., on bottoms of mud, gravel-mud, stones and large perforated rocks, and mass of worm tubes (5 stations, 5 specimens). Wrst Coast Nortu America: Puget and Washington Sounds, 70-83 fms., mud (3 specimens), Pettibone, 1938, 1939. East Coast NortH AMERICA: Bay of Fundy, U.S. Fish Commission. Distribution —Alaskan Arctic to southern California; Bay of Fundy to Maine. In 24-268 fathoms. Nephtys paradoxa Malm, 1874 Ficure 30, j, k Nephthys paradoxa Malm, 1874, p. 78, pl. 1, fig. 2—Fauvel, 1923, p. 375, fig. 146, f-i.—Augener, 1928, p. 701.—Gustafson, 1936, p. 7—Annenkova, 1938, p. 163.—Friedrich, 1939, p. 123.—Berkeley and Berkeley, 1943, p. 130.— Wesenberg-Lund, 1950a, p. 22; 1950b, p. 61; 1951, p. 47. Nephthys phyllobranchia McIntosh, 1885, p. 164, pl. 26, fig. 10; pl. 27, fig. 3; pl. 14, A, figs. 12, 138. ? Nephthys brachycephala Moore, 1903, p. 431.—Annenkova, 1937, p. 164; 1938, p. 162.—Zatsepin, 1948, p. 121, pl. 30, fig. 9. Nephtys paradoxa Hartman, 1944a, pp. 335, 339, pl. 15, fig. 6; 1950, p. 111. Nephtys phyllobranchia Hartman, 1950, p. 111. Description.—Length 150-200 mm., width without setae 8-13 mm. Dorsal pair tentacular cirri reduced to a tubercle, smaller than ventral pair. Branchiae begin on setigers 11-13 (8-14), very short, triangular at first, gradually becoming larger; where best developed, they are flat, wide foliaceous, weakly to distinctly concave; they are small, nearly absent on the last 15-30 segments. The anterior acicular lobes are rounded; those of the middle and posterior regions are conical, pointed. The postsetal lamellae in the anterior region are 972 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 108 slightly longer than the acicular lobes; they are shorter than the conical acicular lobes in the middle and posterior regions. Cotor: In alcohol: Dusky, especially anteriorly. Remarks.—Augener (1928) indicated that he was of the opinion that N. phyllobranchia McIntosh should be referred to N. paradoza; Hartman (1950) stated that they are separable by only slight differ- ences. The type of N. brachycephala Moore from Japan is unsatis- factory (dried, when received); the description is in agreement with N. paradoxa. New records—Axrctic ALasKa: Off Point Barrow base, up to 12.1 miles from shore, 23.5-123.5 fms., on bottoms of mud and mass of worm tubes (2 stations, 3 specimens). Distribution.—Widely distributed in the Arctic: Siberian, Alaskan, and Canadian Arctic, Greenland, Spitsbergen, Norway, Barents Sea, Kara Sea. Also Iceland, Faroes to France; off Delaware; Japan. In 3.3-4,001 fathoms. Family GLYCERIDAE Body rounded, elongated, attenuated at both ends, not divided into two regions, either only uniramous or only biramous. Segments bi- or tri-annulate. Prostomium sharply conical, wide basally, with a pair of nuchal organs, transversely annulated, ending in four minute antennae distally (fig. 31, a). Small, globular dorsal cirri; larger ventral cirri (fig. 31, b, c); two anal cirri. Branchiae present or absent. Notosetae simple capillaries; neurosetae compound spinigers. Proboscis eversible, long, clavate, with numerous, small papillae (proboscidial organs) and four dark, falcate, horny jaws each with an attached, embedded, rodlike aileron (fig. 31, d). Epitoky affects entire individual (parapodial lobes become more elongate, setae longer and more numerous). Represented by a single species from Point Barrow. Genus Glycera Savigny, 1818 Glycera capitata Oersted, 1843 FiaureE 31, a-d Glycera capitata Oersted, 1843, p. 196, pl. 7, figs. 87, 88, 90-94, 96, 99.—Ehlers, 1913, p. 503.—Fauvel, 1923, p. 385, fig. 151, a~-e—Augener, 1928, p. 734.— Monro, 1930, p. 115; 1936, p. 114.—Annenkova, 1937, p. 165; 1938, p. 164.— St¢gp-Bowitz, 1941, p. 186, fig. 1; 1948b, p. 4——Hartman, 1944a, pp. 336, 339; 1948, p. 28; 1950, p. 76, pl. 11, figs. 1-4.—Gorbunov, 1946, p. 38.— Zatsepin, 1948, p. 117, pl. 31, fig. 9—Berkeley and Berkeley, 1948, p. 38, fig. 52.—Hartman and Reish, 1950, p. 20.—Wesenberg-Lund, 1950a, p. 23; 1950b, p. 64; 1951, p. 49. Glycera setosa Oersted, 1843, p. 198, pl. 7, figs. 89, 95, 97 (epitokous form). MARINE POLYCHAETE WORMS—PETTIBONE PAB Glycera nana Johnson, 1901, p. 411, pl. 10, fig. 103.—Berkeley and Berkeley, 1948, p. 37, figs. 50, 51. Glycera lapidum Fauvel, 1914, p. 205; 1923, p. 386, fig. 151, f-m; 1934a, p. 41.— Eliason, 1920, p. 36, fig. 6—Treadwell, 1937, p. 32.—Stgp-Bowitz, 1941, p. 191, fig. 2; 1948b, p. 7. Description.—Length 80 mm., width without setae 6 mm. (length up to 150 mm.—Hartman, 1950). Segments usually triannulate (may be biannulate, a slightly longer anterior ring at the level of the parapodia and a shorter posterior ring; the former may be sub- divided, thus triannulate; the latter may also be somewhat divided, thus tetra-annulate). Conical prostomium with 8-16 annuli (often difficult to count accurately). Dorsal cirri small, globular, inserted well above the parapodia. Ventral cirri wide, conical. Parapodia biramous throughout; notopodia represented by a short, conical presetal lobe and a small bundle of simple capillary setae; neuropodia with a longer, conical presetal lobe and a fan-shaped group of com- pound spinigerous setae; a single short, wide, rounded postsetal lobe common to both notopodia and neuropodia (thus two conical an- terior lobes and a single postsetal lobe). The relative length of the parapodial lobes may be variable, associated with the epitokous condition, as indicated by Hartman (1950). Proboscis with two kinds of papillae, numerous, long, cylindrical, slender ones, and fewer, larger, short, subspherical ones; aileron of jaws with a long lateral prolongation. Cotor: In alcohol: Brownish. Remarks.—Monro (1930) referred Glycera lapidum Quatrefages to G. capitata; they have been separated on minor and apparently variable characters; Fauvel (1914, 1923) regarded them as mere varieties. Hartman (1950) referred G. nana Johnson to G. capitata. New records—Arctic AtAska: Off Point Barrow base, 15 miles from shore, 78.2 fms., on bottom of small rocks with worm tubes (1 station, 1 specimen). Norrawrest GREENLAND: Off Conical Rock, 20-40 fms., 1938; 1 mile northwest Conical Rock, 1940; west side Wolstemholm Island, 1940; all collected by Bartlett. East Coast Norru America: Off Nova Scotia, Maine, Massachusetts. Rhode Island, low water to 410 fms., U. S. Fish Commission. ALASKA: Eastern Harbor, Sitka, gravelly-mud, 15 fms., 1874; between Pin- nacle and Ulakhta, Unalaska, 16 fms., 1874; Captain’s Harbor, Unalaska, 25-75 fms., coarse sand, 1874; all collected by Dall. Albatross Sta. Herendeen Bay, 1890. Wasuineton: Albatross Sta. 2876, 48°33’ N., 124°53’ W., 59 fms., and Sta. 2879, 48°53’ N., 125°53’ W., 34 fms., 1888; Strait of Juan de Fuca, Washington and Puget Sounds, low water to 165 fms., Pettibone. Distribution —Widely distributed in the Arctic: Siberian, Alaskan, and Canadian Arctic, Baffin Bay, Davis Strait, Greenland, Spits- bergen, Norway, Barents Sea, White Sea, Novaya Zemlya, Kara 274 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 108 Sea. Also Iceland, Faroes to Portugal, Azores, Madeira, Mediter- ranean, Adriatic; to Rhode Island; to Gulf of California and Mexico; Japan; South Atlantic and Antarctic. In low water to 1,889 fathoms; epitokous phase in surface layers. Family GONIADIDAE Body elongated, more or less attenuated at both ends, divided into two regions, anterior region with uniramous parapodia (fig. 31, f) and long, wider posterior region with biramous parapodia (fig. 31, g)- Segments uniannulate. Prostomium sharply conical, trans- versely annulated, ending distally in four small antennae (fig. 31, e). Elongated conical dorsal and ventral cirri (fig. 31, f, g). Two anal cirri. Notosetae simple; neurosetae compound. Branchiae absent. Proboscis eversible, long, cylindrical, with terminal papillae and proboscidial organs, a pair of larger, dentate, dark horny macrognaths, and a circlet of many smaller H- or Y-shaped micrognaths. Epitoky involves only biramous portion. Represented by a single species from Point Barrow. Genus Glycinde F. Miiller, 1858 Glycinde wiréni Arwidsson, 1898 FicureE 31, e-g Goniada nordmanni Wirén, 1883, p. 403, pl. 30, figs. 4, 5, pl. 32, figs. 1, 2; (not Eone nordmanni Malmgren, 1867). Glycinde wiréni Arwidsson, 1898, p. 53, pl. 3, figs. 48, 49——not Moore, 1908, p. 348 (=G. armigera Moore; in USNM). Description.—Length up to 45 mm., width without setae 2.5 mm., width including setae 5mm., 120 segments. Anterior region rounded, tapering sharply to pointed anterior end; posterior two-thirds wider, more flattened, tapering gradually posteriorly. Prostomium with 10 annuli; two pairs of small deeply-set eyes, one pair in basal ring, one pair in distal ring (may be obscure). Anterior uniramous region consisting of 30-32 (31 in Arwidsson) setigers, with presetal lobe wide basally, narrowed abruptly to a lanceolate tip; postsetal lobe wide, conical; pre- and postsetal lobes as well as dorsal and ventral cirri subequal in length; a fan-shaped bundle of compound, spinigerous neurosetae. Posterior biramous region with shorter notopodia dis- tinctly separated from neuropodia. Notopodium a short, rounded lobe with a short dorsal cirrus and a short, protruding presetal lobe; notosetae few in number, acicular, hooked at tip, with long pointed hood. Neuropodia with short conical, postsetal lobe, subequal to ventral cirrus; presetal lobe wide basally with a lanceolate narrower tip, longer than postsetal lobe; neurosetae as in anterior region, MARINE POLYCHAETE WORMS—PETTIBONE 275 except they may be longer and more numerous. Proboscis without chevrons; proboscidial organs (horny, yellow, spinous processes) of several kinds arranged in longitudinal series. Conor: In alcohol: Uniformly greenish brown or somewhat banded with one wide, dark- greenish-brown band per segment; iridescent. New records.—Arctic AtasKa: Off Point Barrow base, up to 4 miles from shore, 23 to 29.1 fms., on various combinations of mud, sand, gravel, stones, rocks, shells (3 stations, 5 specimens). Distribution.—Arctic Alaska to Bering Sea. In 23 to 29 fathoms. Family LUMBRINERIDAE Body elongate, cylindrical, tapered slightly anteriorly and more strongly posteriorly, superficially resembling oligochaetes. Pro- stomium conical to rounded, with a pair of nuchal organs on posterior margin, without antennae or palps (fig. 31, h). First two segments apodous and achaetous, without tentacular cirri. Without dorsal and ventral cirri. Two to four anal cirri. Parapodia uniramous; Proboscis eversible, with dark, chitinous, well-developed masticatory apparatus consisting of a pair of ventral mandibles and four pairs of maxillary plates (fig. 31, 2, 7). Represented by a single species from Point Barrow. Genus Lumbrineris Blainville, 1828 Lumbrineris fragilis (O. F. Miiller, 1776) Figure 31, h-n Lumbricus fragilis Miller, 1776, p. 216; 1788, p. 22, pl. 22, figs. 1-3, Lumbrinereis fragilis Malmgren, 1867, pl. 14, fig. 83.—Chamberlin, 1920, p. 15.— Eliason, 1920, p. 33.—Berkeley and Berkeley, 1943, p. 130. Lumbriconerets minuta Théel, 1879, p. 42, pl. 4, figs. 57-59.—Fauvel, 1911, p. 22.—Augener, 1928, p. 732.—Wesenberg-Lund, 1950a, p. 28; 1950b, p. 71. Lumbriconerets fragilis Fauvel, 1923, p. 430, fig. 171, k, 1—Augener, 1928, p. 730, pl. 11, fig. 5—Annenkova, 1937, p. 167; 1938, p. 167.—Gorbunov, 1946, p. 39.—Thorson, 1946, p. 74.—Zatsepin, 1948, p. 124, pl. 31, fig. 14— Wesenberg-Lund, 1950a, p. 27; 1950b, p. 69; 1951, p. 55. Lumbrineris fragilis Hartman, 1944a, pp. 335, 340. Deseription.—Length 150-250 mm., width without setae up to 7 mm., width with setae 12 mm. Prostomium conical, pointed. First two achaetous segments about equal to the following segments or the first one slightly longer. Parapodia without branchiae, with presetal lobe short, rounded; postsetal lobe in anterior region of body slightly longer, rounded, diagonally truncate; in middle and posterior regions of body, postsetal lobe extended somewhat dorsally, somewhat digiti- form; with arched limbate setae with fine capillary tips, dark amber- colored on basal half, on first 60-100 setigers; with simple (not com- pound), hooded, hooked setae, dark amber-colored basally, beginning 276 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 103 on setigers 15-24 (22-35 or more); on young specimens, the hooded, hooked setae may begin on more anterior segments; acicula black. With two anal cirri on ventral side of short, disclike pygidium. Jaw formula of proboscis (numbers refer to number of teeth): M II, 4+4 (sometimes 5?); M III, 1+1 (or 2+1); MIV, 1+1. Cotor: In life: Reddish orange, iridescent. In alcohol: Colorless to gray, iridescent; young specimens uniformly reddish brown or somewhat banded with one wide dark brown band per segment. Remarks.—Three small specimens (0.8 mm. wide without setae) have the hooded, hooked setae beginning on the first one to three setigers as in L. minuta Théel. They are considered to be the young of L. fragilis as has been suggested earlier by Levinsen (1882) and Eliason (1920). New records—Arctic Atasxa: Off Point Barrow base, up to 12.1 miles from shore, 20—123.5 fms., on bottoms of mud, stones, worm tubes and various combinations of mud, sand, gravel, stones, rocks, shells (16 stations, 29 specimens). East Gremntanp: Off Cape Hold with Hope, 23-40 fms., Bartlett, 1939. Eastern Norra America: Off Labrador, 5-13 fms., Blue Dolphin Expeditions, 1949, 1950; off Nova Scotia, Bay of Fundy, Maine, Massachusetts, Rhode Island, 7-452 fms., U. S. Fish Commission; Woods Hole region, low water and dredged, Pettibone, 1950, 1951. AuasKxa: Chiachi Islands, 20 fms., mud, Dall, 1874. Distribution.—Widely distributed in the Arctic: Siberian and Alas- kan Arctic, Davis Strait, Greenland, Jan Mayen, Spitsbergen, Franz Josef Land, Barents Sea, Novaya Zemlya, Kara Sea. Also Iceland, Faroes, Norway to Azores, Madeira, Mediterranean; Hudson Bay to Rhode Island; Bering Sea; north Japan Sea. In low water to 1,883 fathoms. ? Larval Lumbrineris fragilis (O. F. Miiller) On two occasions nonpelagic larval polychaetes were found in a mucous mass off Point Barrow base: September 9, 1948, 21 fathoms, from breaking rock (the larvae described as rose-red); September 6, 1949, 36 fathoms, attached to tunicate Boltenia echinata. Prostomium Ficure 31.—Glyceridae: a, Glycera capitata, dorsal view prostomium; b, same, parapodium from anterior region, posterior view; ¢, same, parapodium from middle region, anterior view; d, same, one of jaws. Goniadidae: e, Glycinde wiréni, dorsal view anterior end; f, same, uniramous parapodium from anterior region, anterior view; g, same, biramous parapodium from posterior region, anterior view. Lumbrineridae: h, Lumbrineris fragilis, dorsal view anterior end; 7, same, maxillary plates of jaw apparatus (one of each pair shown); 7, same, mandibles of jaw apparatus; k, same, parapodium from anterior region, posterior view; /, same, parapodium from posterior region, posterior view; m, same, limbate seta with capillary tips; , same, simple hooded hooked seta (crotchet). (For explanation of symbols see p. 210.) MARINE POLYCHAETE WORMS—PETTIBONE 277 aSevtenw ay dere eT s OO tie a - ms i J P N M Ficurs 31.—For explanation see facing page. 278 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 103 conical, without appendages. Two wide peristomial segments, the second with wide transverse ciliated band. Setigerous segments 8, gradually tapering posteriorly, each parapodium with single limbate capillary seta and hooded seta. Pygidium bulbous, with wide trans- verse ciliated band. Family ORBINIIDAE (ARICIIDAE) Body long, vermiform, with very numerous segments, divided into two weakly to sharply separable regions: (1) thoracic: More or less flattened dorsoventrally and enlarged; attenuated anteriorly; neuro- podia cushionlike, with several rows of setae; notopodia more or less cirriform, a bundle of crenulate capillary setae (fig. 32, b); (2) ab- dominal: Much longer, semicylindrical; neuropodia bilobed, project- ing dorsally (fig. 32, c). Branchiae medial to notopodia, simple, dorsal, erect, lanceolate or straplike, strongly ciliated, a pair on all segments except the anterior ones. Prostomium conical or globular, without appendages, with or without two small eyes, with two ciliated nuchal organs (fig. 32, a). First one or two segments apodous and achaetous. Usually without dorsal or ventral cirri. Setae simple, of varied form. Pygidium with two to four anal cirri. Proboscis eversible, unarmed, a voluminous, weakly- to much-branched, soft sac. Represented by a single species from Point Barrow. Genus Scoloplos Blainville, 1828 Scoloplos armiger (O. F. Miiller, 1776) FIGURE 32, a-e Lumbricus armiger O. F. Miiller, 1776, p. 215; 1788, p. 22, pl. 22, figs. 4, 5. Aricia arctica Hansen, 1882, p. 34, pl. 5, figs. 20-26.—Murdoch, 1885, p. 154. Scoloplos armiger Fauvel, 1914, p. 224; 1927, p. 20, fig. 6, k-g.—Eliason, 1920, p. 39.—Augener, 1928, p. 742.—Monro, 1930, p. 145.—Annenkova, 1931, p. 203; 1937, p. 169; 1938, p. 170.—Okuda, 1937a, p. 102, fig. 4.-Wesenberg- Lund, 1939b, p. 12; 1950a, p. 29; 1950b, p. 73; 1951, p. 58.—Berkeley and Berkeley, 1942, p. 195; 1952, p. 97, figs. 197-199.—-_ Hartman, 1944a, pp. 336, 340, pl. 18, fig. 5 (not pl. 19, fig. 6 (Orbinia)).—Thorson, 1946, p. 78, fig. 37.—Gorbunov, 1946, p. 39.—Zatsepin, 1948, p. 128, pl. 32, fig. 1. Haploscoloplos alaskensis Hartman, 1948, p. 30, fig. 8, a—c. Description.—Length up to 120 mm., width 2mm. Prostomium conical, pointed, with two deeply buried eyes (not visible when pre- served). First segment achaetous and apodous. Branchiae first appear on setigers 12 or 13 (9-17), very small at first, then triangular, then ligulate. Thoracic region consisting of about 17 setigers (12-20); notopodia with conical postsetal lobes and numerous, finely crenulate setae with capillary tips; neuropodia elongate, cushionlike, with a median postsetal conical lobe, with numerous rows of crenulate MARINE POLYCHAETE WORMS—PETTIBONE 279 setae with capillary tips; some of these setae in the lower part of the neuropodial bundle may be worn down, with blunt tips resembling crotchets. These so-called crotchets may be more or less numerous on all thoracic segments or on some only, or may be lacking. Ab- dominal region having an exceedingly straggly appearance with the dorsally directed branchiae and parapodial lobes; notopodia with erect, digitiform postsetal lobes and capillary crenulate setae and sometimes also with forked setae; neuropodia with two conical, unequal lips, with capillary crenulate setae and an elongate thickened parapodial flange below the neuropodial lobe. On the last few thoracic and first few abdominal segments there may be one or two extra conical podal lobes, one at the level of the lower part of the neuropodial setae and one subpodal; they are in the transitional region of thoracic and abdominal regions and become part of the parapodial flanges of the abdominal segments. Without intermediate interramal cirri, but with lateral, ciliated organs between the rami. Pygidium with two filiform anal cirri. Proboscis soft, more or less lobed. Conor: In alcohol: Without color or yellowish brown, with darker areas on the elongate neuropodial flanges of the abdominal region and on the branchiae, Remarks —Haploscoloplos alaskensis Hartman from southwestern Alaska is herein referred to S. armiger. It differs from the typical S. armiger in lacking crotchets in the thoracic neuropodia. As indicated previously by Fauvel (1914) and others, this seems to be a variable character, perhaps associated with the substratum and age. The crotchets were not present on small specimens from Point Barrow, and they may be more numerous in some parapodia than in others and more abundant in the lower part of the neuropodia; they appear to be worn crenulate capillary setae. On certain substrata, pre- sumably, the setae may not be worn and thus the so-called crotchets are absent. New records.—Arctic Ataska: Eluitkak Pass, Elson Lagoon near Point Barrow; west side Elson Lagoon near entrance to small lagoon to the west, 1.2 fms.; off Point Barrow base, up to 12.1 miles from shore, 1.7—75.5 fms., on bottoms of mud, stones, and various com- binations of mud, gravel, stones, rocks, large perforated rocks (12 stations, 19 specimens). Between Icy Cape and Cape Lisburne, 15-20 fms., mud, sand, Dall, 1874. Easr Coast NortH America: Bay of Fundy, Maine, Massachusetts, 13-48 fms., U. S. Fish Commission. Distribution—Widely distributed in the Arctic: Siberian and Alaskan Arctic, Davis Strait, Greenland, Jan Mayen, Spitsbergen, Franz Josef Land, White Sea, Novaya Zemlya, Kara Sea. Also Iceland, Faroes, Shetlands to France, Mediterranean; Labrador to 280 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 108 Massachusetts; southern Alaska to British Columbia; Japan; South Pacific (Chile); Antarctic; off South Africa. In low water to 1,100 fathoms. Family SPIONIDAE Body vermiform, without distinct regions. Prostomium small, elongated, scarcely separated from an enlarged peristomium lateral to prostomium, with or without eyes (usually four), antennae usually lacking (may be a small occipital antenna), two very long, extensile, tentaculiform, longitudinally grooved, easily deciduous palps (fig. 32, f, 2,1, r). Parapodia biramous, with dorsal and ventral postsetal lamellae more or less developed; dorsal and ventral cirri lacking (fig. 32, g, s). With ligulate or cirriform dorsal branchiae on upper part of parapodial bases on a certain number of segments: (rarely pinnate, rarely lacking). Setae simple capillaries and hooded crotchets (fig. 32, h, k, g). Pygidium terminated in an anal cup (fig. 32, p) or anal cirri. Proboscis short, scarcely or somewhat protrusible, may be somewhat lobulated. Represented by four genera and four species from Point Barrow. All genera have branchiae present on certain segments and prostomia without frontal horns. Key to the genera of Spionidae from Point Barrow 1. Setigerous segment 5 strongly modified with special large amber-colored setae and without dorsal and ventral lamellae (fig. 32, m, n). Branchiae numerous, paired, dorsal, simple, straplike. Notopodia with capillary setae only; neuropodia with capillary setae and hooded bidentate crotchets beginning on setigers 7 or 8 (fig. 32, g). Pygidium ending in anal cup Hip AD ip)" Sd dn WL Wee hi Ee hed eee. Dy eee eee Polydora (p. 280) Setigerous segment 5 not modified___..£*..._/_2-L___ 2-22. See eee 2 2. Branchiae on only few anterior segments, 3-11 pairs, often pinnate (fig. 32, 7), beginning on setiger 2. Capillary setae and hooded crotchets in both noto- and neuropodia. Pygidium with anal cirri-_-_-_-_- Prionospio (p. 282) Branchiae more numerous, simple, straplike. Notopodia with capillary setae only; neuropodia with capillary setae and hooded crotchets___._-.------ 3 3. Branchiae begin on setiger 1, continuing up to last setigers. Pygidium with CNY Wal ys Glad el ile Pull IE, yap ac ay Pn apt eh cine ig eS ees Spio (p. 284) Branchiae begin on setiger 2, continuing on large number of segments. Py- gidium with anal cup, may be somewhat lobulated__-_- Nerinides (p. 285) Genus Polydora Bosc, 1801 Polydora caulleryi Mesnil, 1897 Figure 32, l-q Polydora caulleryi Mesnil, 1897, p. 88, pl. 3, figs. 12-16.—Fauvel, 1927, p. 54, fig. 19, f—h. Polydora brachycephala Hartman, 1936c, p. 48, figs. 3-5; 1944b, p. 258. MARINE POLYCHAETE WORMS—PETTIBONE 281 Description—Up to 50 mm. long, 2.2 mm. wide. Prostomium feebly notched anteriorly or distinctly bifid, prolonged posteriorly in a crest extending to setiger 4 (to 6), without distinct occipital antenna, with four eyes in trapezoidal arrangement (or six in young specimens) or eyes lacking. Palps usually missing in alcohol. A protrusible, somewhat lobulated, brownish proboscidial region. Branchiae begin on setigers 7 or 8, continuing on numerous segments, absent from more posterior segments; branchiae short (about length of capillary notosetae), straplike, continuous with dorsal lamellae. Modified seti- ger 5 with group of capillary notosetae, usually 5-7 (3-12) special amber-colored hooks, and group of capillary neurosetae; special hooks all similar, falcate, with pectinate top. With conspicuous, somewhat conical dorsal and ventral postsetal lamellae on setigers 1—4, lacking on modified setiger 5, becoming rather low and wide on more posterior segments. With capillary setae in both notopodia and neuropodia; beginning on setiger 7, neuropodial capillary setae mostly replaced by hooded bidentate crotchets. In more posterior setigers (last 20 or so), notopodia conical, lacking branchiae or lamellae, with conical bundle of awl-shaped setae scarcely surpassing notopodial tip and small bundle of capillary setae; neuropodia with two or three crotchets and few capillary setae. Anal disc with complete middorsal notch, shorter midventral and midlateral notches, thus 4-lobed. Cotor: In alcohol: Without color or grayish. Remarks —The type of P. brachycephala Hartman from central California, was examined and is herein referred to P. caulleryi. New records—Arctic AtasKka: Off Point Barrow base, up to 8 miles from shore, 16.7—75.5 fms., on bottoms of stones and various combinations of mud, gravel, stones, rocks, large perforated rocks, with bryozoans and hydroids (8 stations, 16 specimens). West Coast Norra America: Washington and Puget Sounds, low water to 50 fms., Pettibone. Distribution.—Arctic Alaska to central California; Ireland, Great Britain to France. In low water to 75.5 fathoms. Polydora larva A larva of a Polydora was taken in plankton August 2, 1948. This was perhaps the larva of P. caulleryi Mesnil since it was the only species of Polydora found in the Point Barrow region. Prostomium rounded, with two palps, and with black chromatophores. Fifth setigerous segment modified, with short, thick, slightly curved acicular setae; rest of 21 setigerous segments with long larval capillary setae. Pygidium a rounded disc, notched middorsally, with black chromato- phores.. Black chromatophores arranged transversely on setigers 2-5, then in two longitudinal lines on each side of middorsal line, extending to anal cup. 282 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 108 Genus Prionospio Malmgren, 1867 Prionospio malmgreni Claparéde, 1868 FIGuRE 32, i-k Prionospio malmgreni Claparéde, 1868, p. 333, pl. 22, fig. 3 (fide Fauvel, 1927).— Ehlers, 1913, p. 511.—Fauvel, 1927, p. 61, fig. 21, a-e.—Annenkova, 1937, p. 171; 1938, p. 174—Hartman, 1948, p. 36.—Wesenberg-Lund, 1951, p. 70.—Berkeley and Berkeley, 1952, p. 29, figs. 54, 55. Spiophanes tenuis Verrill, 1879b, p. 176. Prionospio tenuis Verrill, 1882, p. 370.—Hartman, 1944a, pp. 336, 340, ? pl. 19, fig. 7; not 1945, p. 32 (=P. treadwelli Hartman, 1951). Description —Length up to 25 mm., width 1 mm. Prostomium dilated anteriorly, with anterior border rounded, narrowing posteriorly, extending in obtuse crest to setiger 2 (to 4). Four eyes, two smaller, two much larger (may be lacking). Two long palps, usually missing (in alcohol). A short, eversible, somewhat lobulated proboscidial region. Branchiae four pairs, on setigers 2-5, completely separated from dorsal lamellae, pairs 1 and 4 longer, pinnate, somewhat decid- uous, pairs 2 and 3 shorter, smooth, triangular. Dorsal postsetal lamellae of first setiger small, much larger and triangular on next four setigers, then diminishing in size, becoming reduced beginning on setigers 8 or 9; ventral postsetal lamellae oval, rounded. Hooded, multidentate crotchets beginning about setigers 12-16 in neuropodia and about setiger 40 in notopodia. Beginning on setiger 7, slightly elevated transverse folds between dorsal lamellae, continuing on next 6-14 segments. Pygidium with longer, unpaired dorsal cirrus and two smaller lateral ones. Without color in alcohol. Remarks.—The types of Prionospio tenuis Verrill from Cape Cod Bay were examined and are herein referred to P. malmgreni. There are four pairs of branchiae, the first and fourth pairs pinnate, the sec- ond and third pairs shorter, smooth. New records —Arctic ALAsKA: Off Point Barrow base, 4 miles from shore, 29 fms., on bottom of gravel, small stones (1 station, 2 speci- Ficure 32.—Orbiniidae: a, Scoloplos armiger, dorsal view anterior end; 5, same, parapodium from thoracic region, posterior view; c, same, parapodium from abdominal region, anterior view; d, ¢, same, crenulate neurosetae from thoracic region. Spionidae: f, Spio filicornis, dorsal view anterior end (palps missing); g, same, parapodium from anterior region, anterior view; 4, same, hooded bidentate crotchet; 1, Prionospio malmgrent, dorsal view anterior end; j, same, branchiae on setigers 2-5 (one of each pair shown); k, same, hooded multidentate crotchet; 1, Polydora caulleryi, dorsal view anterior end (palps missing); m, same, parapodium of modified fifth setigerous segment; n, same, special hooks from setiger 5; 0, same, notopodium of posterior setiger, with conical bundle awl-shaped setae; p, same, anal disc of pygidium, lateral view; g, same, hooded bidentate crotchet, r, Nerinides sp., dorsal view anterior end; s, same, parapodium from anterior region. (For explanation of symbols, see p. 210.) = MARINE POLYCHAETE WORMS—PETTIBONE 283 Q R Ficure 32.—For explanation see facing page. 261112—54—6 284 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 108 mens). West Coast Norta America: Puget Sound, Washington, low. water, mud, Pettibone. East Coast Norta America: Off Labrador, 40 fms., Blue Dolphin Expedition, 1949; off New Hamp- shire and Massachusetts, 25-48 fms., U. S. Fish Commission. Distribution —Arctic Alaska to Washington; north Japan Sea; Iceland, Norway to Mediterranean; Labrador to Massachusetts; South Africa. In low water to 250 fathoms; surface. Genus Spio Fabricius, 1785 Spio filicornis (Miller, 1776) Figure 32, f-h Nereis filicornis Miller, 1776, p. 218. Spio filicornis Malmgren, 1867, p. 91, pl. 1, fig. 1.—HEHliason, 1920, p. 40, figs. 7-9.—Fauvel, 1927, p. 43, fig. 15, a-g—Augener, 1928, p. 738, pl. 11, fig. 7.— Annenkova, 1937, p. 169; 1938, p. 173.—Hartman, 194la, p. 293; 1948, p. 36.—Berkeley and Berkeley, 1943, p. 130.—Thorson, 1946, p. 93, fig. 46.— Zatsepin, 1948, p. 132, pl. 32, fig. 11—Wesenberg-Lund, 1950a, p. 30; 1950b, p. 76; 1951, p. 71. Spio limicola Verrill, 1879, p. 176. Spio filicornis var. pacifica Berkeley and Berkeley, 1936, p. 475; 1952, p. 25, figs. 47, 48. Deseription.—Up to 30 mm. long, 2 mm. wide. Prostomium bell- shaped to conical, widest anteriorly, rounded, tapered posteriorly to short crest extending on first two setigers. Four eyes in trapezoidal arrangement, anterior pair larger. Two palps missing (in alcohol). A short, eversible, somewhat lobulated proboscidial region. Branchiae begin on setiger 1, continuing to posterior end, simple, straplike. Dorsal postseta] lamellae of more anterior segments short, wide, with branchiae fused to upper sides; in more posterior segments, lamellae cirriform, separate from branchiae. Ventral postsetal lamellae rounded, not notched. Capillary setae only in notopodia. Neuropodia with hooded, bidentate crotchets beginning on setigers 9-18, about six in number (5-10). Pygidium with four cirri? Cotor: In alcohol: Yellowish white with dark brown pigment on peristomial region and along each side of anterior fourth of body. Remarks.—The types of Spio limicola Verrill from Cape Cod Bay were examined and are herein referred to S. filicornis. S. limicola differs from S. setosa Verrill, to which it has been referred (Hart- man, 1942, p. 63), in the number of neuropodial hooded crotchets, 6-9 in S. lamicola and about 16 in VS. setosa. New records—Arctic ALASKA: Off Point Barrow base, up to 8 miles from shore, 36-75.5 fms., on various combinations of gravel, rocks, stones, large perforated rocks (2 stations, 2 specimens). West Coast Norra America: Washington Sound, low water, Pettibone. East Coast Norta America: Off Massachusetts, 15-31 fms., U. S. Fish Commission. MARINE POLYCHAETE WORMS—PETTIBONE 285 Distribution —Widely distributed in the Arctic: Siberian and Alaskan Arctic, Davis Strait, Greenland, Spitsbergen, Novaya Zemlya. Also Iceland, Faroes, Norway to France; Hudson Bay to Massachu- setts; Bering Sea to central California; Japan. In low water to 211 fathoms; surface. Genus Nerinides Mesnil, 1896 Nerinides sp. FigurE 32, 7, s Two small specimens obtained from plankton 10 feet from shore, agreeing in some respects with the description of N. cantabra Rioja (Fauvel, 1927, p. 31). Length 16 mm., width 1 mm., segments 57. Prostomium rounded anteriorly, tapering posteriorly, with middorsal crest extending on first setiger, with four eyes, one pair larger, a raised area just posterior to eyes (median antenna?), with two large, thick palps (fig. 32, 7). Dorsal and ventral postsetal lamellae distinct, dorsal ones may be slightly undulate, ventral ones entire, not notched (fig. 32, s). Branchiae begin on setiger 2, continuing to near posterior end, fused to upper part of dorsal lamellae. Body with low transverse dorsal ridges between bases of branchiae. First setiger with both dorsal and ventral setae. Notopodia with only capillary setae, being extra long in posterior region. Neuropodia with capillary setae and hooded bidentate crotchets beginning around setiger 20. Pygidium with 4-lobed membranous appendage. Without color in alcohol. Family CriRRATULIDAE Body more or less cylindrical, attenuated at both ends, with numerous, short, compact, nearly similar segments. Prostomium small, usually without appendages, with or without eyes. Pair of large grooved spioniform palps (fig. 33, d) or with more or less numerous grooved tentacular filaments inserted on dorsal surface of an anterior segment (fig. 33, a). Branchiae simple, filamentous, long, con- tractile, inserted above notopodia on few to many segments (may be absent). Parapodia biramous, lobes scarcely projecting (fig. 33, b). Setae usually simple, some capillary, others acicular crotchets (fig. 33, c). Without dorsal, ventral, or anal cirri. Proboscis smooth, unarmed. May have epitokous pelagic form at time of reproduction. Usually in mud; some (Dodecaceria) in calcareous matrix. Represented by two genera and two species from Point Barrow. Both genera have prostomium conical, buccal segment and two fol- lowing segments achaetous, more or less fused to prostomium, with lateral filamentous branchiae beginning just anterior to first setigerous segment, continuing on large number of segments. 286 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 108 Key to the genera of Cirratulidae from Point Barrow 1. With few to numerous, grooved tentacular filaments just anterior to first setigerous segment, subequal to branchiae (without 2 palps; fig. 33, a). Cirratulus (p. 286) With 2 large grooved, spioniform palps just anterior to first setigerous segment (without tentacular filaments; palps deciduous; may be missing in epitoke; Bes SSA) 22a he ee ey ee Chaetozone (p. 287) Genus Cirratulus Lamark, 1801 Cirratulus cirratus (Miiller, 1776) Figure 33, a—-c Lumbricus cirratus Miiller, 1776, p. 215. Cirratulus cirratus Malmgren, 1867, p. 95.—Chamberlin, 1920, p. 20.—Eliason, 1920, p. 57.—Fauvel, 1927, p. 94, fig. 33, a-g; 1933, p. 46; 1936, p. 72.— Augener, 1928, p. 750, pl. 11, fig. 9—Monro, 1930, p. 154; 1936, p. 161.— Annenkova, 1931, p. 203; 1932, p. 136; 1934, p. 322; 1937, p. 173; 1938, p. 181.—Berkeley and Berkeley, 1942, p. 197; 1948, p. 180; 1952, p. 31, figs. 58, 59.—Hartman, 1944a, pp. 334, 341; 1944b, p. 263; 1948, p. 37.—Gorbunov, 1946, p. 39.—Zatsepin, 1948, p. 133, pl. 32, fig. 18.—Wesenberg-Lund, 1950a, p. 33; 1950b, p. 81; 1951, p. 74.—Hartman and Reish, 1950, p. 34. Cirratulus robustus Johnson, 1901, p. 423, pl. 14, figs. 149, 150.—Rioja, 1941, p. 728.—Berkeley and Berkeley, 1942, p. 197. Cirratulus cingulatus Johnson, 1901, p. 422, pl. 14, figs. 145-148.—Rioja, 1941, . 729. Sévanitte spectabilis Berkeley and Berkeley, 1952, p. 32. Description—Length up to 300 mm., width 5 mm. Prostomium variable in shape: Short, broad, bluntly conical; almost square- shaped; or tapered gradually, then abruptly. Prostomium with usually four or five (2-8) eyes on each side in obliquely transverse row or may be united in almost solid arc. Buccal segment more or less fused with prostomium, two following achaetous segments more or less distinct. Tentacular filaments anterior to first setigerous segment, in two groups of 2-24 in obliquely transverse rows, long, filamentous, grooved longitudinally. Branchiae begin just anterior to first setigerous segment, lateral to group of tentacular filaments, continuing through greater part of body, anteriorly inserted close to upper part of notopodia, then gradually shifting more dorsally and then slightly more ventrally. Parapodia consisting of slightly pro- jecting tori common to both noto- and neuropodia, with capillary setae in both lobes, with additional acicular crotchets first appearing in neuropodia and more posteriorly in notopodia also. Anus sub- dorsal. Cotor: In life: Orange yellow with red branchiae; dark orange brown with orange-red branchiae. In alcohol: Yellowish brown or without color. | New records—Arctic AuasKa: Eluitkak Pass, Elson Lagoon near Point Barrow, 5-6.6 fms.; off Point Barrow base, up to 8 miles from MARINE POLYCHAETE WORMS—PETTIBONE 287 shore, 13.3-75.5 fms., on bottoms of stones, and various combinations of mud, pebbles, rock, stones, gravel, large perforated rocks, with bryozoans, embedded in mud at bases of barnacles and bryozoans as Eucratea loricata (19 stations, 183 specimens). Si1perra: Plover Bay, 10-35 fms., Dall, 1880. Brritne Sra: Albatross station, Nikolski, Bering Island, 1892; St. George Island, Pribilofs, 2 miles off shore, 40 fms., Hanna, 1913; Atka Island, Aleutians, L. M. Turner, 1879. West Coast Norts America: Strait of Juan de Fuca, Washington and Puget Sounds, low water, Pettibone. East Coast Norta AmMER- 1ca: Off Labrador, 95 fms., Blue Dolphin Expedition, 1949; off Maine, Massachusetts, low water to 67 fms., U. S. Fish Commission. Distribution —Widely distributed in the Arctic: Siberian, Alaskan, and Canadian Arctic, Greenland, Spitsbergen, Barents Sea, Novaya Zemlya. Also Iceland, Farces, Norway to France, Canary Islands; Hudson Bay to Massachusetts; Bering Sea to México; north Japan Sea to Japan, Manchuria. Southern latitudes: Falkland Islands, Magellan Straits, South Georgia, Kerguelen. In low water to 1,611 fathoms. Genus Chaetozone Malmgren, 1867 Chaetozone setosa Malmgren, 1867 FicurE 33, d Chaetozone setosa Malmgren, 1867, p. 96, pl. 14, fig. 84.—Théel, 1879, p. 54, pl. 4, figs. 49-51—Fauvel, 1914, p. 217, pl. 20, fig. 1; 1927, p. 101, fig. 35; 1934a, p. 47.—Eliason, 1920, p. 57.—Augener, 1928, p. 750.—Gustafson, 1936, p. 8.—Monro, 1937, p. 301.—Annenkova, 1937, p. 174; 1938, p. 182.— Berkeley and Berkeley, 1942, p. 197; 1952, p. 35, fig. 63.—Hartman, 1944a, pp. 334, 341.—Zatsepin, 1948, p. 133, pl. 32, fig. 16.—Wesenberg-Lund, 1950a, p. 34; 1950b, p. 81; 1951, p. 75. Description.—Length up to 25 mm., width 2 mm. Prostomium conical, acutely pointed, without eyes. Buccal segment and two following achaetous segments more or less fused; in specimens from Point Barrow, buccal segment fused with prostomium, second and third segments fused dorsally. Paired palps large, long, grooved, inserted just anterior to first setigerous segment, deciduous, often missing on preserved specimens and missing when in epitokous phase. Branchial filaments begin just anterior to first setigerous segment, immediately posterior to palps, continuing on large number of anterior segments, lacking on posterior region, readily deciduous, inserted just posterior to upper part of parapodial tori. Parapodia are slightly projecting tori common to both noto- and neuropodia. In anterior region, both lobes with long, delicate capillary setae; more posteriorly, notopodia with still longer capillary setae, neuropodia with shorter, stouter capillary setae and short, unidentate acicular crotchets; more posteriorly, with acicular crotchets in both noto- and neuropodia. 288 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 108 In epitokous phase, dorsal setae in anterior region much longer; in posterior region, parapodial tori more projecting, dorsal and ventral acicular crotchets forming semicircular, fan-shaped group, almost en- circling body. Pygidium with small, rounded to conical lobe, ventral and posterior to anus (like a cover for anal opening). Conor: In alcohol: Light to dark gray, brownish, or iridescent bluish black. New records—Arctic ALAsKa: Off Point Barrow base, up to 12.1 miles from shore, 20-123.5 fms., on various combinations of mud, stones, gravel, rocks, large perforated rocks, mass of worm tubes, on surface of tunicates (12 stations, 29 specimens). East Coast NortH America: Off Labrador, 95-125 fms., Blue Dolphin Expedition, 1949; off Maine, New Hampshire, Massachusetts, 11-58 fms., U. S. Fish Commission. Distribution —Widely distributed in the Arctic: Siberian and Alaskan Arctic, Davis Strait, Greenland, Spitsbergen, Franz Josef Land, Barents Sea, Novaya Zemlya. Also Iceland, Faroes, Norway to Canary Islands, Mediterranean, Adriatic, Gulf of Aden; Labrador to Massachusetts; Bering Sea to British Columbia; north Japan Sea. Southern latitudes: Falkland Islands, Magellan Straits, Kerguelen. In low water to 1,333 fathoms; surface. Family FLABELLIGERIDAE (CHLORAEMIDAE) Body subcylindrical or subfusiform, with short similar segments covered with papillae, often with adherent sand grains, may be encased in thick mucous mantle. Prostomium and buccal segment fused, with two thick grooved palps, two groups of filiform cephalic branchiae, and more or less developed buccal tube around mouth, all of which may be partially or completely retracted within anterior setigers, with or without setae of anterior setigers directed anteriorly forming a cephalic cage. Parapodia biramous; notosetae simple, capillary, ringed; neurosetae simple or pseudocompound, capillary or hooked. Without dorsal, ventral, or anal cirri. Anus terminal. Usually in muddy sand. Represented by two genera and three species from Point Barrow. Key to the genera of Flabelligeridae from Point Barrow 1. Body covered with long pedunculate papillae (fig. 33, g), usually encased in thick mucous mantle. Fused prostomium and buccal segment partially retractile within first setigers and more or less hidden by cephalic cage formed by setae of first setiger, the setae long, directed anteriorly, almost completely encircling segmeént lic. luie_-0los. aliod_ 24. fence Flabelligera (p. 289) Body covered with short papillae, usually encrusted with sand, not encased in mucous mantle. Fused prostomium and buccal segment completely retractile within anterior setigers, may be completely hidden; without cephalic cage formed by anterior setigers; when buccal segment, etc. are retracted, anterior end is trilobed (fig. 33, h).-------------- Brada (p. 290) MARINE POLYCHAETE WORMS—PETTIBONE 289 Genus Flabelligera Sars, 1829 Flabelligera affinis Sars, 1829 Ficur5B 33, e-g Flabelligera affinis Sars, 1829, p. 31, pl. 3, fig. 16 (fide Malmgren, 1867).—Malmgren, 1867, p. 83.—Chamberlin, 1920, p. 21.—Eliason, 1920, p. 62.—Fauvel, 1927, p. 113, fig. 40, a-f.—Augener, 1928, p. 768.—Monro, 1930, p. 160, fig. 63; 1936, p. 164.—Annenkova, 1937, p. 174; 1938, p. 184.— Berkeley and Berkeley, 1943, p. 130.—Hartman, 1944a, pp. 335, 341, pl. 33, figs. 12, 13 (as ?Brada setosa Verrill).—Gorbunov, 1946, p. 39.—Zatsepin, 1948, p. 134, pl. 33, fig. 1.—St¢gp-Bowitz, 1948a, p. 8, fig. 1; 1948b, p. 30.—Wesenberg-Lund, 1950a, p. 35; 1950b, p. 82; 1951, p. 76. Flabelligera infundibularis Johnson, 1901, p. 417, pl. 12, figs. 124-127.—Hartman, 1938c, p. 14; 1948, p. 40.—Berkeley and Berkeley, 1952, p. 7, figs. 1-4. Flabelligera infundibularum Moore, 1923, p. 223. Flabelligera infundibuliformis Hartman and Reish, 1950, p. 35. Description — Length up to 130 mm., width including mantle 12-15 mm.,segments up to71. Body rounded, attenuated slightly anteriorly and more so posteriorly. Body covered with numerous papillae which are elongate, thin, flexible, usually somewhat coiled, with larger bulbous tips quite variable in shape. Body usually covered with thick, mucous, transparent mantle (may be missing in small speci- mens or specimens appearing in surface waters) which is penetrated by the pedunculate papillae. Fused prostomium and buccal segment retractile within anterior setiger, with pair of stout, grooved palps, two groups of numerous filiform branchiae, two pairs of eyes (almost coalesced), and somewhat protruding buccal siphon around ventral mouth opening. First setigerous segment with wide, funnellike depression into which buccal siphon, etc., can mostly be withdrawn; with circlet of elongated, ringed setae around margin and directed forward or spread funnellike, forming cephalic cage; with numerous elongate papillae having slender straight peduncles and fusiform tips. Notopodia conical, diagonally truncate lobes, with capillary ringed setae, with elongate papillae on posterior side that may be up to three- fourths length of notosetae (similar in shape to those around cephalic cage; different from those on body). Neuropodia conical, each with usually one (sometimes two) large, hooked, amber-colored pseudo- compound seta, ringed basally, hooked tips dark to black. When mucous mantle is present, setae almost completely embedded and the hooked tips of neurosetae and capillary tips of notosetae only ex- tending beyond mantle. Pygidium a fleshy, rounded rim; anus subdorsal. Cotor: In alcohol: Without color or slightly reddish brown. New records—Anrctic ALASKA: West side Elson Lagoon near en- trance to small lagoon to west, 1.2 fms.; Point Barrow base, washed ashore; off Point Barrow base, 18.3-123.5 fms., on various combina- 290 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 108 tions of mud, stones, gravel, rocks, with mass of worm tubes (12 stations, 15 specimens). Brrine Sua: Albatross Sta. 3274, 55°34’ N., 162°31’ W., 19 fms., and station at Unalaska, Aleutians, 1890; Tluiliuk Harbor, Unalaska, Dall, 1871. Wrst Coast NortH AMERICA: Washington and Puget Sounds, 10 fms. and surface, Pettibone. CanapiaAn Arctic: Dobbin Bay, east Ellesmere Land, 79°36’ N., 73°35’ W., 16 fms., W. H. Littlewood, 1950. Foxe Basin, Baffin Island, 66°83’ N., 80°07’ W., Bartlett, 1927. Wzxst GREENLAND: Between Capes Alexander and Chalon, 25-40 fms., Bartlett, 1937. East Coast Norra America: Off Labrador, 10-30 fms., Blue Dolphin Expeditions, 1949, 1950; Grand Manan, Maine, New Hampshire, Massachusetts, 3-90 fms., U. S. Fish Commission. Distribution.—Widely distributed in the Arctic: Siberian, Alaskan, and Canadian Arctic, Greenland, Spitsbergen, Franz Josef Land, Barents Sea, White Sea, Novaya Zemlya, Kara Sea. Also Iceland, Faroes, Norway to France, Mediterranean; Hudson Bay to Mas- sachusetts; Bering Sea to southern California; north Japan Sea. Southern latitudes: Falkland Islands, Magellan Straits, South Georgia, South Africa, Australia. In low water to 889 fathoms; surface. Genus Brada Stimpson, 1854 Key to the species of Brada from Point Barrow 1. Body covered with filiform papillae, often encrusted with sand grains, with tips of papillae bare. Notopodia distinct, with 2-5 capillary setae per lobe. B. villosa Body covered with low globular papillae, often encrusted with a thin layer of sand grains. Notopodia indistinct, with 0-2 very delicate capillary setae. B. inhabilis Brada villosa (Rathke, 1843) Siphonostoma villosum Rathke, 1843, p. 215, pl. 11, figs. 11, 12. Brada villosa Malmgren, 1867, p. 84.—Eliason, 1920, p. 62.—Chamberlin, 1920, p. 22.—Fauvel, 1927, p. 121, fig. 43, e-1; 1934a, p. 49.—Monro, 1930, p. 161; 1937, p. 303.—Annenkova, 1937, p. 175; 1938, p. 185.—Okuda, 1937b, p. 53, pl. 2, fig. D.—Berkeley and Berkeley, 1943, p. 130; 1952, p. 7, fig. 5.— Zatsepin, 1948, p. 136, pl. 33, fig. 4—Stgp-Bowitz, 1948a, p. 33, fig. 9; 1948b, p. 39, fig. 15.—Hartman and Reish, 1950, p. 35.—Wesenberg-Lund, 1950a, p. 35; 1950b, p. 85; 1951, p. 78, fig. 7. Brada setosa Verrill, 1873, pp. 431, 434, 508, 606; 1881, p. 302, pl. 9, fig. 4.— Sumner, Osburn and Cole, 1913, p. 630. Trophonia rugosa Hansen, 1882, p. 38, pl. 7, figs. 9-12. Trophonia arctica Hansen, 1882, p. 39, pl. 7, figs. 17-20. Brada granulata Murdoch, 1885, p. 155 (not B. granulata Malmgren, 1867). Brada pilosa Moore, 1906b, p. 231, pl. 10, figs. 14-17. Stylaroides pluribranchiata Moore, 1923, p. 222. Brada rugosa St¢p-Bowitz, 1948a, p. 37, fig. 10; 1948b, p. 41. MARINE POLYCHAETE WORMS—PETTIBONE 291 Description.—Length 28-60 mm., width 5-9 mm., setigers 23-35. Body fusiform, slightly flattened ventrally, convex dorsally, attenu- ated and more or less elongated posteriorly, having a characteristic rough, hirsute aspect, covered with cylindrical, fusiform to claviform papillae, longer dorsally than ventrally, usually encrusted with sand grains more basally, with distal tips bare; there are all gradations: Without encrusting sand (looks “‘hairy”’), with scattered sand grains, and with rather thick layer of sand grains, usually fewer on antero- ventral part. Underlying surface nodular and, in larger specimens, outer papillate layer may be worn off, the surface appearing rugose, with low mounds. Retractile prostomium and buccal region with two groups of numerous filiform branchiae borne on pair of dorsolateral bosses, pair of thick grooved palps, and ventral eversible buccal siphon around mouth. Setae of first setigerous segment 8-10 per bundle, slightly more elongate than following, directed anteriorly. Notopodia and neuropodia distinct, with long fusiform papillae grouped around setae. Notosetae long, capillary, ringed, 2-5 in number. Neurosetae beginning on setiger 2, large, 3-6 in number, amber-colored, ending in sharp, transparent, and fragile tips. Pair of nephridial papillae near anterior border of ventral side of setiger 5. Conor: In life and in alcohol: Brownish, dull sandy-mud. Remarks.—The types of Brada setosa Verrill from Massachusetts, B. pilosa Moore from Alaska, and Stylaroides pluribranchiata Moore from California were examined and are herein referred to B. villosa. The excessive “hairiness” of B. pilosa appears to be a variable charac- ter; there may be varying numbers of papillae as well as all gradations in the amount of encrusting sand grains. Two large specimens washed ashore at Point Barrow were at first identified as B. rugosa, following Stgp-Bowitz (1948) ; they agree in the large size (23-24 setigers, 28-30 mm. long, 5-7 mm. wide), the almost complete absence of papillation, and the thick rugose surface; the outer surface, however, appears to be worn off. There are some remains of the papillated surface on the parapodial lobes. Thus B. rugosa (including TJ. arctica) is herein referred to B. villosa, where it has been referred earlier by Fauvel and others. New records—Arctic ALasKa: Point Barrow base, washed ashore September 22, 1949 (22 specimens), August 10, 1950 (2 specimens) ; off Point Barrow base, up to 4 miles from shore, 27-29 fms., on various combinations of mud, gravel, stones, rocks (2 stations, 2 specimens). Berrine Sua: 62°15’ N., 167°48’ W., Stoney, 1884; Albatross Sta. 3337, 53°55’ N., 163°26’ W., 280 fms., 1890. Wexsr Coast Nortu AMERICA: Washington Sound, Pettibone; Albatross Sta., northwest West Point, Elliot Bay, Seattle, 1914. East Coasr Norra America: Off Nova 292 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 108 Scotia, Maine, Massachusetts, Rhode Island, 6-499 fms., U. S. Fish Commission. Distribution.—Widely distributed in the Arctic: Siberian, Alaskan, and Canadian Arctic, Greenland, Spitsbergen, Barents Sea, Novaya Zemlya, Kara Sea. Also Iceland, Faroes, Norway to Spain, Mediter- ranean, Adriatic, south Arabian Coast; Hudson Bay to Rhode Island; Bering Sea to southern California; north Japan Sea to Japan; South Atlantic: South Orkney and South Shetland Islands. In low water to 853 fathoms. Brada inhabilis (Rathke, 1843) FicurE 33, h Siphonostoma inhabile Rathke, 1843, p. 218, pl. 11, fig. 13. Brada sublaevis Stimpson, 1854, p. 32.—Verrill, 1881, pp. 289, 304.—Webster and Benedict, 1887, p. 731. Brada granulata Malmgren, 1867, p. 85, pl. 12, fig. 71.—Théel, 1879, p. 52.— not Murdoch, 1885, p. 155 (=B. villosa) —Annenkova, 1937, p. 176; 1938, p. 186.—Hartman, 1944a, pp. 334, 341; 1948, p. 41.—Zatsepin, 1948, p. 135, pl. 33, fig. 3—Wesenberg-Lund, 1950a, p. 36; 1950b, p. 85. Brada granosa Treadwell, 1937, p. 32 (not B. granosa Stimpson, 1854). Brada inhabilis St¢ép-Bowitz, 1948a, p. 40, fig. 11; 1948b, p. 42, fig. 16.—Wesen- berg-Lund, 1951, p. 80. Description.—Length 30-60 mm., width 8-12 mm., segments 23-26. Body subfusiform, grub-shaped, flattened ventrally, strongly arched dorsally, usually curved ventrally (in alcohol). Body surface covered with low globular papillae (to naked eye surface appears almost smooth, granular), usually with thin layer of sand grains, often with an almost uniform layer of larger sand grainson dorsum. Prostomium and buccal segment with two groups of three to four filiform branchiae, pair of grooved palps, and buccal siphon around mouth. First seg- ment achaetous (may be few very, delicate capillary setae), second segment with two small neurosetae, rest of segments with neuropodia as slightly elevated lobes and about four (2-9) amber-colored neuro- setae with curved tips. Without distinct notopodia; notosetae poorly developed, one or two or absent, extremely capillary, easily overlooked. Nephridial papillae on ventral side between segments 4 and 5 (setigers 3 and 4, since the first segment is usually achaetous). Cotor: In life: Orange yellow. In alcohol: Light gray to ashy. Remarks.—B. granulata Malmgren is herein referred to B. inhabtlis, following Stgp-Bowitz (1948a). B. sublaevis Stimpson should also be referred here and not to B. rugosa (Hansen) as indicated by Stgp- Bowitz (1948a, p. 37). New records —Anrctic ALASKA: Off Point Barrow base, up to 12.1 miles from shore, 20—-123.5 fms., on bottoms of rocks, stones, gravel, and mass of worm tubes (5 stations, 9 specimens). NoRTHWEST MARINE POLYCHAETE WORMS—PETTIBONE 293 GREENLAND: 1 mile northwest Conical Rock, 25-60 fms., Bartlett, 1988. Brrine Sea: Albatross Sta. 3223, 54°26’ N., 165°32’ W., 56 fms., 1890; Bering Strait, 13 fms., Dall, 1880. Azasxa: Iliuliuk Harbor, Unalaska, 1871, and New Harbor, Unga Island, under stones, 1872, Dall; Kodiak, W. J. Fisher. East Coast Norra America: Off Labrador, 95 fms., Blue Dolphin Expedition, 1949; Bay of Fundy, Maine, 48-90 fms., U. S. Fish Commission. Distribution —Widely distributed in the Arctic: Siberian, Alaskan, and Canadian Arctic, Davis Strait, Greenland, Novaya Zemlya,Kara Sea. Also Iceland, Faroes, Norway to Danish waters; Labrador to Maine; Bering Sea to Gulf of Alaska; north Japan Sea. In low water to 609 fathoms. Family SCALIBREGMIDAE Body inflated anteriorly or short, fusiform. Integument roughened or tesselated and divided into superficial rings. Prostomium small, bilobed, or entire and with frontal horns; two ciliated evaginable nuchal grooves on each side of prostomium (fig. 33, 7). Buccal segment achaetous. Parapodia biramous, rami small, with or without dorsal and ventral cirri. Setae simple, capillary, some single, some forked. Branchiae limited to anterior few segments (may be absent). Pygidium with or without anal cirri. Proboscis eversible, unarmed, globular, smooth. Represented by a single species from Point Barrow. Genus Scalibregma Rathke, 1843 Scalibregma inflatum Rathke, 1843 Figure 33, i-k Scalibregma inflatum Rathke, 1843, p. 184, pl. 9, figs. 15-21.—Moore, 1923, p. 217.—Fauvel, 1927, p. 123, fig. 44,a-f; 1932, p. 187; 1934a, p. 50.— Augener, 1928, p. 754.—Monro, 1930, p. 163.—Annenkova, 1934, p. 322; 1937, p. 176; 1938, p. 186.—Okuda, 1938b, p. 99.—Hartman, 1944a, pp. 336, 341; 1948, p. 40.—Stgp-Bowitz, 1946, p. 67, fig. 2; 1948b, p. 24, fig. 8.— Zatsepin, 1948, p. 136, pl. 33, fig. 10—Wesenberg-Lund, 1950a, p. 36; 1950b, p. 86; 1951, p. 81.—Berkeley and Berkeley, 1952, p. 58, figs. 119-121. Scalibregma brevicauda Verrill, 1873, pp. 416, 422, 605; 1881, p. 302, pl. 9, fig. 5. Scalibregma minutum Webster and Benedict, 1887, p. 727. Description.—Length up to 100 mm., width 13 mm., 45-60 segments (two specimens washed ashore after a storm were longer than any previously recorded). Body divided into two more or less distinct regions, anterior inflated portion (anterior 15-17 setigers) tapered anteriorly, without dorsal and ventral cirri, and narrower attenuated posterior region with dorsal and ventral cirri. A more or less devel- 294. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 103 oped ventral groove along length of body, better developed in posterior region. Integument tesselated, with four annuli per segment. Pro- stomium subquadrangular, wider anteriorly, with frontal horns on anterolateral borders, with pair of evaginable nuchal organs lateral to prostomium (when inverted, appear as diagonal slits). Buccal segment achaetous, forming rugose ring around prostomium. Mouth ventral, at level of first setigerouslobes. Proboscis eversible, globular, smooth, unarmed. Branchiae four pairs, short, tufted, arborescent, inserted posterior to notopodia on setigers 2—5, increasing in size posteriorly. Noto- and neuropodial lobes of anterior segments small, projecting, subequal. Beginning on setigers 16-18, dorsal and ventral cirri develop gradually, becoming elongate-conical, flattened or inflated. Setae silky, iridescent, capillary (may be extra long in epitokous pelagic form). Lateral ciliated organs between rami. Pygidium with five'to seven, short to long, deciduous, filiform anal cirri on ventral side. Epitokous sexual forms may appear in surface waters, massed with sexual products, with extra long setae and usually with highly pigmented dorsal and ventral cirri. Cotor: In life: Orange yellow. In alcohol: Without color, orange yellow, or sulfur yellow with darker pigmented masses in the outer portions of the dorsal and ventral cirri. Remarks.—Scalibregma brevicauda Verrill is herein referred to S. inflatum. Although the types were not examined, specimens from the New England region identified by Verrill as S. brevicauda were observed. The types of S. minutum Webster and Benedict from Eastport, Maine, were examined and found to agree with S. inflatum. New records—Arctic ALASKA: Point Barrow base, washed ashore; off Point Barrow base, 22.5-78 fms., up to 15 miles from shore, on bottoms of mud and various combinations of mud, sand, gravel, stones, rocks, with shells and worm tubes (9 stations, 17 specimens). West Coast Nortru America: Washington and Puget Sounds, 25 fms., mud, Pettibone. East Coast Norra America: Off Labrador, 17-35 fms., Blue Dolphin Expeditions, 1950, 1951; off Nova Scotia, Maine, Massachusetts, Rhode Island, Connecticut, Long Island Sound, 5-95.5 fms., U. S. Fish Commission; Cuttyhunk, Massachu- setts, low water, in sand, Pettibone, 1950. Distribution —Widely distributed in the Arctic: Siberian, Alaskan, and Canadian Arctic, Davis Strait, Greenland, Jan Mayen, Spits- bergen, Franz Josef Land, Novaya Zemlya, Kara Sea. Also Iceland, Faroes, Norway to France, Adriatic, Gulf of Oman; Labrador to Long Island Sound; Bering Sea to central California; north Japan Sea to Japan. Southern latitudes: New Zealand, Magellan Straits, South Georgia, Prince Edward Islands, Kerguelen. In low water to 1,333 fathoms; epitokes at surface. MARINE POLYCHAETE WORMS—PETTIBONE 295 Family OPHELIIDAE Body relatively short, often grublike or lancet-shaped. Integument smooth or granulated; segmental grooves weak or obscured by super- ficial annuli. Prostomium small, conical, without appendages; pair of eversible nuchal organs (fig. 33, 1, 0). Proboscis eversible, saclike, unarmed. Parapodia biramous, lobes reduced or lacking; setae simple, capillary (fig. 33, m, q). Without dorsal cirri; rarely with ventral cirri. Branchiae paired, cirriform, inserted near parapodia, extending along most of body (may be lacking). Pygidium forming an anal cylinder, a flap, or knob, with or without cirri (fig. 33, n, p). Represented by two genera and two species from Point Barrow. Both genera have paired cirriform branchiae along most of length of body; without lateral eyes along body. Key to the genera of Opheliidae from Point Barrow 1. Body lancet-shaped; ventral surface thick, solelike, formed by 2 thick longi- tudinal muscular columns, with midventral and lateral grooves along length of body. Parapodial lobes small, along lateral grooves (fig. 33, m). Ammotrypane (p. 295) Body cylindrical, grub-shaped, without midventral or lateral grooves. Para- podial lobes absent, the simple, capillary noto- and neurosetae emerging directly from body wall (fig. 33, g)-------------------- Travisia (p. 296) Genus Ammotrypane Rathke, 1843 Ammotrypane breviata Ehlers, 1913 FIGuRB 33, l-n Ammotrypane breviata Ehlers, 1913, p. 523, pl. 39, figs. 1-7.—Monro, 1930, p. 165; 1936, p. 165. Ophelina groenlandica St¢p-Bowitz, 1948b, p. 20, fig. 6. Description.—Length 6-7 mm., width 0.3 mm., setigerous segments 26 or 27 (up to 34 mm. long, 2 mm. wide, 26-28 segments—Monro, 1930, 1936). Body rigid, tapered at both ends, smooth, without superficial segmental divisions. Prostomium conical, the anterior tip constricted to form a small globular palpode; prostomial tip may be partly telescoped into rest of prostomium; pair of eversible nuchal organs at level of parapodia. Parapodia with two groups of fine capillary setae, the dorsal group slightly longer than the ventral. Branchiae begin on setiger 2, absent on last three to five setigers; branchiae slender, cirriform, subequal. Pygidium forming a short, somewhat contractile anal cylinder, closed on all sides, somewhat lobulate or papillate on open posterior end. LEversible proboscis saclike, smooth. Conor: In alcohol: Without color or may be darkly pigmented laterally along posterior three setigerous segments and proximal part of anal tube. 296 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 108 Remarks.—The two small specimens from Point Barrow (6-7 mm. long) follow closely the description of St¢gp-Bowitz for Ophelina groen- landica, including size. They seem to agree with the description by Ehlers of A. breviata from the Antarctic, although the Antarctic specimens attain a much larger size (29 mm. long). New records—Arctic AuasKa: Off Point Barrow base, up to 7.5 miles from shore, 29-36 fms., on bottoms of gravel, stones, large perforated rocks (2 stations, 2 specimens). Distribution.—Arctic Alaska, East Greenland. Southern latitudes: South Orkney and Falkland Islands, Kaiser-Wilhelm II Land. In 10-214 fathoms. Genus Travisia Johnston, 1840 Travisia carnea Verrill, 1873 FIGURE 33, 0-g Travisia carnea Verrill, 1873, pp. 431, 434, 508, 604; 1881, p. 302, pl. 8, fig. 1.— Sumner, Osburn, and Cole, 1913, p. 629.—Hartman, 1944a, pp. 336, 341, pl. 19, fig. 5 (as probably Ophelia limacina). Travisia forbesi Murdoch, 1885, p. 154 (not 7. forbesit Johnston, 1840). Description.—Length up to 59 mm., width 8 mm., segments 25-29 (specimens washed ashore at Point Barrow much larger than any previously recorded). Body rounded, cylindrical, grub-shaped, tapered toward each end. Segments of posterior third may be some- what imbricated or telescoped; triannulate in middle region. Integu- ment with granulations or beading rather uniform (not larger on posterior part of segment as in JT. pupa Moore). Prostomium small, conical, acutely to bluntly pointed, without eyes. Branchiae begin on setiger 2 (rarely on setiger 3), continuing posteriorly, absent on last four or five segments, cirriform, inserted posterior to notosetae. Without parapodial lobes, the small, slender, capillary noto- and neuro- setae emerging directly from body wall. In posterior third of body, area in region of setae may be somewhat inflated but without enlarged lateral lobes extending posteriorly (as in JT. forbesxi Johnston and Ficure 33.—Cirratulidae: a, Cirratulus cirratus, dorsal view anterior end; b, same, para- podium from anterior region; c, same, acicular crotchet; d, Chaetozone setosa, dorsal view anterior end. Flabelligeridae: ¢, Flabelligera affinis, parapodium; f, same, hooked pseudocompound neuroseta; g, same, pedunculate papillae—(1) from tip of notopodium, (2) on body; h, Brada inhabilis, ventral view anterior end. Scalibregmidae: i, Scalibregma inflatum, dorsal view anterior end; 7, same, parapodium from middle region; k, same, parapodium from posterior region. Opheliidae: 1, Ammotrypane breviata, ventral view anterior end, proboscis extended; m, same, lateral view middle part of body; , same, ventral view posterior end; 0, Travisia carnea, dorsal view anterior end; p, same, dorsal view posterior end; g, same, parapodium. Capitellidae: r, Capitella capitata, dorsal view anterior end; s, same, dorsal view posterior part thoracic region; ¢, same, parapodium from abdominal region; u, same, hooded crotchet. (For explanation of symbols, see p. 210.) MARINE POLYCHAETE WORMS—PETTIBONE 297 Ficure 33.—For explanation see facing page. 298 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 103 T. brevis Moore). With lateral sensory pits between rami appearing as small oval slits. Nephridial pores ventral to neuropodia on setigers 3-14. Pygidium small, cylindrical, longitudinally furrowed. Cotor: In life: Flesh. In alcohol: Whitish. New records.—Axrctic AtasKa: Point Barrow base, washed ashore, October 16, 17, 1949; August 10, 1950 (12 specimens). East Coast Norta America: Off Massachusetts, Long Island Sound, 3-19 fms., soft mud, U.S. Fish Commission; Woods Hole region, Massachusetts, Pettibone, 1950. Distribution.—Arctic Alaska. Massachusetts to Long Island Sound. In 3-19 fathoms. Family CAPITELLIDAE Body cylindrical, weakly divided into 2 regions: Anterior thoracic region somewhat inflated, often reticulated, parapodial lobes rudi- mentary; posterior abdominal region longer and thinner, with rows of crotchets on somewhat inflated tori. Prostomium conical, more or less retractile, without appendages, with or without eyes, with pair of eversible nuchal organs. Buccal segment achaetous (may be fused with prostomium as in Capitella). Parapodia biramous, re- duced to bundles of capillary setae or to dorsal and ventral tori bearing row of crotchets which have long manubrium and recurved hooded rostrum (fig. 33, 7-w). Without dorsal, ventral, or anal cirri. With or without branchiae. Proboscis eversible, globular, unarmed, papillate. Constructs tubes. Represented by a single species from Point Barrow. Genus Capitella Blainville, 1828 Capitella capitata (Fabricius, 1780) FIGURE 33, r—u Lumbricus capitatus Fabricius, 1780, p. 279. Capitella capitata Webster and Benedict, 1884, p. 730; 1887, p. 744.—Ehlers, 1913, p. 548.—Eliason, 1920, p. 63.—Fauvel, 1927, p. 154, fig. 55, a-h.— Augener, 1928, p. 749.—Monro, 1930, p. 163.—Annenkova, 1934, p. 322; 1937, p. 179; 1938, p. 189.—Hartman, 1942a, p. 69; 1944a, pp. 334, 341, pl. 34, fig. 8; 1945, p. 37; 1947, p. 404, pl. 43, figs. 1, 2; 1948, p. 41; 1951, p. 101.—Berkeley and Berkeley, 1948, p. 129; 1952, p. 100, figs. 206-208.— Gorbunov, 1946, p. 39.—Thorson, 1946, p. 110, fig. 60.—Zatsepin, 1948, p. 138, pl. 33, fig. 14—Hartman and Reish, 1950, p. 40.—Wesenberg-Lund, 1950a, p. 39; 1950b, p. 91; 1951, p. 84. Capitella capitata var. antarctica Monro, 1930, p. 164. Description.—Length 23 mm., width 1 mm. (up to 120 mm.— Augener, 1928). Body attenuated slightly anteriorly, much more so posteriorly, fragile. Prostomium and achaetous buccal segment fused, forming wide obtuse cone, somewhat flattened dorsoventrally, MARINE POLYCHAETE WORMS—PETTIBONE 299 usually concave dorsally," with"pair of small ventral eyes and pair of crescent-shaped nuchal slits behind eyes (best seen from lateral view). Thoracic region smooth, without reticulated integument, consisting of first 9 setigerous segments, each of first 7 with four bundles of capillary setae which on setiger 7 may be only capillaries, only crotch- ets, or both (in young specimens, crotchets may be present from setiger 4). Setigers 8 and 9 modified, having neuropodia with row of hooded crotchets, and with large, recurved, amber-colored acicular genital hooks located middorsally between these two segments. Abdominal segments with slightly raised dorsal and ventral para- podial tori each bearing a row of hooded crotchets. Without spe- cialized branchiae or lateral organs. Pygidium a short ring, may be inflated. Conor: In alcohol: Without color or reddish brown. Females with large yolky eggs (Point Barrow, August 9, 30, 1949; September 1, 6, 1949.) Remarks.—According to Fauvel and others, in C. capitata the genital hooks on setigers 8 and 9 are present only in the males, the females having only crotchets. On all the specimens from Point Barrow, genital hooks are present, including some females containing large yolky eggs. They agree in all other respects with C. capitata. Having genital hooks in both males and females, they would fall under the very closely related Capitellides Mesnil. They differ from C. giardi Mesnil in the larger number of genital hooks. They are herein re- ferred to the cosmopolitan C. capitata with the tentative idea that the relative development of genital hooks in the female may prove to be a variable character. New records—Arctic AuaskKa: Eluitkak Pass, Elson Lagoon near Point Barrow, 6.6 fms.; off Point Barrow base, up to 7.5 miles from shore, 23.3-70 fms., on bottoms of stones and various combinations of gravel, stones, rocks, large perforated rocks (8 stations, 26 speci- mens). Brrina Sxa: St. Paul Island, Pribilofs, in holdfasts with Fabricia sabella and lumbrinerids, W. L. Hahn, 1911. West Coast Norra America: Corona del Mar, California, from branchial cavity of crab, Loxorhynchus grandis, MacGinitie, 1948. East Coast Nortu America: Off Labrador, 6 fms., mud-sand, Blue Dolphin Expedition, 1949; off Massachusetts, 15 fms., U. S. Fish Commission; Woods Hole region, Massachusetts, Pettibone, 1951. Distribution.— Widely distributed in the Arctic: Siberian, Alaskan, and Canadian Arctic, Davis Strait, Greenland, Spitsbergen, Novaya Zemlya, KaraSea. Also Iceland, Faroes, Norway to France, Madeira, Mediterranean, Black Sea; Hudson Bay to North Carolina, Texas; Bering Sea to southern California; north Japan Sea. Southern lati- tudes: Magellan Straits, South Georgia, Bouvet Island, South Africa, Kerguelen. In low water to 500 fathoms. 261112547 300 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 103 Family ARENICOLIDAE Body elongate, cylindrical, integument reticulated and divided into secondary annuli. Body divided into two or three distinct regions: (1) anterior, abranchial; (2) abdominal, branchial, each segment with pair of dorsally-borne branched gills; (8) caudal, achaetous and abranchial; this region may be lacking. Prostomium small, simple or trilobed, without appendages; with nuchal groove (fig. 34, a). Parapodia biramous; notopodia conical, setigerous, with spiny, capil- lary setae; neuropodia with sigmoid crotchets in semicircular tori. Without dorsal, ventral, and anal cirri. Anus terminal. Proboscis eversible, globular, papillate, unarmed. Constructs tubes or burrows. Represented by a single species from Point Barrow. Genus Arenicola Lamark, 1801 Arenicola glacialis Murdoch, 1884 FIGURE 34, a Arenicola glacialis Murdoch, 1884, p. 522; 1885, p. 155.—Ashworth, 1910, p. 24, figs. 10-14; 1912, p. 111, figs. 46, 47, pl. 6; 1924, p. 3, fig. 1. Description.—Length up to 205 mm., width 11 mm., 17 setigerous segments. Body cylindrical, tapering slightly anteriorly and gradu- ally posteriorly. Prostomium small, may be pretty well retracted in nuchal groove; median lobe small, lateral lobes larger, curved (fig. 34, a). Body divided into three regions: (1) anterior region of six abranchial setigers, notopodia conical with spiny capillary setae, neuropodia low tori with few sigmoid crotchets; (2) branchial region of 11 setigers each divided into five superficial annuli, with short, bushy, arborescent branchiae at base of conical notopodia, with gill axes short, branching one or two times or simple; neuropodia raised tori with long row of crotchets; on more posterior segments, tori approach midventral line; (3) caudal achaetous and abranchial region with papillae feebly developed, without processes (as in A. cristata). Nephridial pores six pairs, on setigers 4-9, posterior to upper part of neuropodial tori. Pair of statocysts on peristomium, open to exterior, Ficure 34.—Arenicolidae: a, Arenicola glacialis, prostomium. Maldanidae: b, Praxillella praetermissa, ventral view anterior end; c, same, frontal view cephalic plate; d, same, pygidial funnel; ¢, same, posterior end; f, same, crotchet from neuropodium; g, Maldane sarsi, lateral view anterior end; h, same, lateral view posterior end; i, Nicomache lum- bricalis, lateral view anterior end; 7, same, lateral view posterior end; k, Nicomache personata, lateral view posterior end; J, Petaloproctus tenuis, lateral view anterior end; m, same, lateral view posterior end. Sabellariidae: n, Idanthyrsus armatus, dorsal view anterior end; 0, same, lateral view anterior end; p, same, palea from inner row; g, same, palea from outer row. (For explanation of symbols, see p. 210.) MARINE POLYCHAETE WORMS—PETTIBONE 301 P FicuRE 34.—For explanation see facing page. 302 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 103 with numerous sand grains as statoliths. Cotor: In life: Deep orange to brownish red. In alcohol: Bluish to grayish black or brown. New records.—Anrctic ALASKA: Point Barrow base, washed ashore August 21, 24, 28, September 6, 12, 19, 22, October 16, 1949 (54 specimens) ; off Point Barrow base, along shore, 1.7 fms., on bottom of gravel with mud (2 stations, 3 specimens). Distribution.—Alaskan and Canadian Arctic. In 1.7—-3 fathoms. Family MALDANIDAE Body cylindrical, truncated at both ends, without differentiated regions, segments usually few, some much longer than wide. Pro- stomium a small cephalic crest fused with achaetous buccal segment, forming ovoid head, without appendages, with or without oblique limbate brim or plate (fig. 34, 6, 7, 2); pair of nuchal slits on either side cephalic crest. In anterior region with numerous glandular cells, diffused or grouped in clear bands alternating with pigmented rings. Parapodia biramous; notopodia with capillary setae; neuropodia with projecting tori bearing rows of crotchets (fig. 34, f) with dentate ros- trum and rostral hairs; the crotchets may be replaced by few stout acicular spines on first few setigers. Without dorsal or ventral cirri; usually without branchiae. Pygidium a limbate plate, spatulate or funnellike (fig. 34, h, 7, m). Proboscis eversible, unarmed, globular. Live in tubes in sand or mud; tube cylindrical, membranous, covered with thin to thick layer of mud, sand, gravel, more or less resistant. Represented by four genera and five species from Point Barrow. All the genera are without specialized collarettes, without special glandular ventral shield on setiger 8, with neuropodial crotchets in single rows. Key to the genera of Maldanidae from Point Barrow 1. ‘Head. with limbate plate: (fig. 34, b, g)...-L---=22£2..__. 22 eee 2 Head without limbate plate (fig. 34, 7, J). With 1-2 stout acicular setae in neuropodia of first 3 setigers. Pygidium funnel-shaped or forming concave plate, with or without cirri; anus opening on surface of plate__________- 3 2. Head with low cephalic crest, bordered by oblique limbate plate, entire or notched laterally (fig. 34, b,c). With ventral crotchets beginning on setiger 1. Pygidium funnel-shaped, bordered with cirri, with anus in center of somewhat protruding anal cone within the funnel (fig. 34, d)______ Praxillella (p. 303) Head with middorsal convex cephalic crest or keel, bordered by limbate plate, divided into 3 parts by 2 deep lateral grooves (fig. 34, g). Without neuro- setae on setiger 1; crotchets begin on setiger 2. Pygidium a slightly oblique oval plate, bordered by rim which is incised laterally, smooth or denticled; anus dorsal to pygidial dise (fig. 34, fi)... 22 - 2-22-22 Maldane (p. 303) 3. Pygidium slightly oblique, funnel-shaped, bordered with cirri (fig. 34, 7, k). Nicomache (p. 304) Pygidium an asymmetrical, foliaceous, concave plate, reduced dorsally, wider ventrally, with border smooth or crenulate (fig. 34, m) -Petaloproctus (p. 306) MARINE POLYCHAETE WORMS—PETTIBONE 303 Genus Praxillella Verrill, 1881 Praxillella praetermissa (Malmgren, 1865) Figure 34, b-f Prazilla praetermissa Malmgren, 1865, p. 191; 1867, p. 100, pl. 11, fig. 62. Prazillella praetermissa Verrill, 1881, pp. 298, 305, 309, 312—Webster and Benedict, 1887, p. 746.—Arwidsson, 1907, p. 192, figs—Eliason, 1920, p. 66.—Augener, 1928, p. 762.—Annenkova, 1937, p. 182; 1938, p. 194.— Zatsepin, 1948, p. 142, pl. 35, fig. 1—Wesenberg-Lund, 1948, p. 41, figs. 20, 21; 1950a, p. 43; 1950b, p. 98; 1951, p. 93. Clymene (Prazillella) praetermissa Fauvel, 1927, p. 179, fig. 62, a-e. Description —Length 45 mm., width 1 mm. (up to 120 mm. long, 2.5mm. wide—Malmeren, 1865), 19 setigerous segments, 4-5 achaetous segments with rudimentary parapodia. Head with oblique limbate plate, with border entire, slightly or deeply incised laterally, slightly incised posteriorly, terminating anteroventrally in obtuse cone (not produced into digitiform process) ; median cephalic crest long; nuchal grooves one-half to two-thirds its length. Neuropodia of anterior three setigers with 2-10 slightly modified crotchets. Pygidial funnel with flat floor, with projecting anal cone with larger valvule on ventral side of cone; border of funnel with 20-38 subequal papillae except for a longer ventral one. Proboscis papillate basally. Conor: In life: Yellow with wide, red and white bands on some anterior segments. In alcohol: Brownish to gray, with whitish bands anterior to setae on setigers 4-8. Tuss: Of clay, sand, small bits of rock; may be quite resistant. New records—Arctic AtasKa: Off Point Barrow base, up to 7.5 miles from shore, 20-36 fms., on various combinations of mud, sand, gravel, stones, rocks, large perforated rocks, shells (7 stations, 10 specimens). East Coast Norru America: Off Labrador, 5-8 fms., Blue Dolphin Expedition, 1949; off Cape Cod, Massachusetts, 14-19 fms., U. S. Fish Commission. Distribution —Widely distributed in the Arctic: Alaskan Arctic, Davis Strait, Greenland, Spitsbergen, White Sea, Novaya Zemlya, Kara Sea. Also Iceland, Faroes to English Channel, Mediterranean; Labrador to Massachusetts; north Japan Sea. In 7-1,111 fathoms. Genus Maldane Grube, 1860 Maldane sarsi Malmgren, 1865 FieureE 34, g, h Maldane sarsi Malmgren, 1865, p. 188; 1867, p. 99, pl. 10, fig. 57.—Arwidsson, 1907, p. 251, figs —Eliason, 1920, p. 66.—Fauvel, 1927, p. 197, fig. 69, a-i; 1932, p. 202.—Augener, 1928, p. 759.—Annenkova, 1937, p. 179; 1938, p. 192.—Okuda, 1939, p. 239.—Berkeley and Berkeley, 1942, p. 199.—Hartman, 304 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 108 1944a, pp. 335, 342, pl. 33, figs. 3, 4; 1951, p. 106.—Zatsepin, 1948, p. 142, pl. 33, fig. 3.— Wesenberg-Lund, 1948, p. 48, figs. 24, 25; 1950a, p. 44; 1950b, p. 100; 1951, p. 94.—Hartman and Reish, 1950, p. 37. Maldane sarst var. antarctica Arwidsson, 191la, p. 32, figs—Munro, 1930, p. 169; 1936, p. 168. Maldane sarsi var. Moore, 1923, p. 237. Maldane sarsi var. tropica Monro, 1937, p. 307, fig. 24. Description.—Length up to 110 mm., width 3.9 mm., setigerous segments 19, two antanal achaetous segments. Head with long, convex keel, ending in blunt process above mouth, bordered by limbate plate, with border smooth, usually incised laterally, rather high pos- teriorly; nuchal organs short, divergent; without ocelli. Anterior segments biannulate. With notosetae only on first setiger; neuro- podial crotchets begin on setiger 2. Two antanal segments short, with achaetous tori slightly marked. Pygidium an oblique flat, oval plate, with border usually slightly incised laterally, smooth or slightly crenulate ventrally. Anus a folded cushion dorsal to and close to pygidial rim. Tuse: Free, circular, thin to thick walled, of fine agglomerated mud and sand grains. New Records—Arctic ALtAsKA: Off Pomt Barrow base, 3 miles from shore, 20.3 fms., on bottom of mud, gravel, stones, shells (1 station, 1 specimen). Burrine Sa: Albatross Sta. 3603, 55°23’ N., 170°31’ W., 1,771 fms., 1895. Canapian Arctic: Northwest shore Daniels Island, mouth Newell Sound, Frobisher Bay, Baffin Land, 10-30 fms., Bartlett. East Coast Norra America: Off Labrador, 30 fms., Blue Dolphin Expedition, 1950; off Nova Scotia, Maine, Massachusetts, Rhode Island, 14-487 fms., U. S. Fish Commission., Distribution.—Widely distributed in the Arctic: Siberian, Alaskan and Canadian Arctic, Davis Strait, Greenland, Spitsbergen, Novaya Zemlya, Kara Sea. Also Iceland, Norway to France; Labrador to Rhode Island, Louisiana, Mississippi, eastern Texas; Bering Sea to southern California; north Japan Sea to Japan; South Arabian coast (var. tropica); Bay of Bengal. Southern latitudes: South Georgia, South Shetlands, Palmer Archipelago (var. antarctica) ; south Australia. In low water to 1,771 fathoms. Genus Nicomache Malmgren, 1865 Both species have buccal segment fused with prostomium forming hood-shaped head, irregularly rounded, with thickened anteroventral border, forming projecting upper lip (fig. 34,7). First three setigerous segments each with one or two stout, acicular, spinelike neurosetae. Some of notopodia with long, hairlike sinuous dorsal setae. Pygidium with anus terminal in center of short, slightly oblique funnel, with papillae on border of funnel (fig. 34, 7, k). MARINE POLYCHAETE WORMS—PETTIBONE 305 Key to the species of Nicomache from Point Barrow 1. Single achaetous antanal segment (fig. 34, k)_______---------- N. personata Two achaetous antanal segments (fig. 34, j).-.._____-------- N. lumbricalis Nicomache lumbricalis (Fabricius, 1780) Ficure# 34, 1,7 Sabella lumbricalis Fabricius, 1780, p. 374. Nicomache lumbricalis Malmgren, 1867, p. 99, pl. 10, fig. 60.—Webster and Benedict, 1884, p. 731; 1887, p. 745.—Arwidsson, 1907, p. 86, pl. 8, figs. 244, 245.—Fauvel, 1927, p. 190, fig. 66, a-i—Augener, 1928, p. 764.—Monro, 1930, p. 173.—Annenkova, 1934, p. 322; 1937, p. 181; 1938, p. 193.— Hartman, 1944a, pp. 335, 342; 1948, p. 42.—Zatsepin, 1948, p. 144, pl. 26, fig. 1.— Wesenberg-Lund, 1948, p. 23, figs. 10, 11; 1950a, p. 41; 1950b, p. 95; 1951, p. 90.—Berkeley and Berkeley, 1952, p. 54, figs. 111, 112. Nicomache carinata Moore, 1906b, p. 242, pl. 11, figs. 36-39, pl. 12, figs. 48, 44; 1923, p. 227. Nicomache lumbricalis var. borealis Arwidsson, 1907, p. 94, figs.; 1922, p. 6.— Eliason, 1920, p. 65. Description —Length 40-60 mm., width 2.5-3 mm., setigerous segments 21-22, two short achaetous antanal segments (Point Barrow and Labrador specimens with 22 setigers; type of N. carinata with 21; up to 160 mm. long, 5 mm. wide—Fauvel, 1927). Prostomium with- out ocelli; nuchal organs S-shaped. Pygidial funnel with 14-30 subequal, pointed, triangular papillae. Conor: In alcohol: Reddish brown on sides and dorsal surface of head and first three setigers. TusBeE: Sandy, with small pieces of rock, with smooth membranous lining (Point Barrow), or thick, sandy, and coiled (Labrador; small ones on terebellid tubes). Remarks.—They may share their tubes with the commensal poly- noid Hnipo gracilis Verrill (=E. cirrata Treadwell) reported by Berke- ley and Berkeley from Alaska; also from off Nova Scotia and Mas- sachusetts (in USNM). New records.—Arctic Auaska: Off Point Barrow, up to 12.1 miles from shore, 24.7-123.5 fms., on bottoms of mud, worm tubes, stones, and various combinations of rocks, stones, gravel (6 stations, 18 specimens). Brrina Sea: Cape Prince of Wales, 23 fms., Dall, 1874. Albatross Sta. 3311, 53° 59’ N., 166° 29’ W., 85 fms., and Sta. 3313, 54° 01’ N., 166° 27’ W., 68 fms., 1890. AxasKa: Albatross Sta. 2848, Unalaska to Cook Island, 1888; Eastern Harbor, Sitka, 15 fms., Dall, 1874. KamcnatKa: Albatross Sta. 3644, 51° 09’ N., 157° 48’ W., 96 fms., 1896. East Coast Norta America: Off Labrador, 30-125 fms., Blue Dolphin Expeditions, 1949, 1950, 1951; off Nova Scotia, Bay of Fundy, Maine, New Hampshire, Massachusetts, 26-150 fms., U.S. Fish Commission. Distribution—Widely distributed in the Arctic: Siberian and 306 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 103 Alaskan Arctic, Greenland, Jan Mayen, Spitsbergen, White Sea, Novaya Zemlya, Kara Sea. Also Bering Sea to Lower California; north Japan Sea; Iceland, Norway to English Channel, Santander; Labrador to Massachusetts; South Africa. In low water to 1,400 fathoms. Nicomache personata Johnson, 1901 Figure 34, k Nicomache personata Johnson, 1901, p. 419, pl. 13, figs. 134-139.—Arwidsson, 1922, p. 7, pl. 1, figs. 5, 6—Hartman, 1948, p. 41, fig. 11, d~-g.—Berkeley and Berkeley, 1952, p. 54, figs. 109, 110. Nicomache minor Arwidsson, 1907, p. 100, pl. 2, figs. 68-73; pl. 8, figs. 252-256.— Augener, 1928, p. 765.—Annenkova, 1937, p. 181; 1938, p. 193. Nicomache maculata Arwidsson, 1911b, p. 209, pl. 18, figs. 13-19; pl. 19, figs. 27-30.—Fauvel, 1927, p. 191, fig. 66, k-r. Description.—Up to 110 mm. long, 2 mm. wide, 22 or 23 setigerous segments, single achaetous antanal segment (Point Barrow specimen with 23 setigers, Puget Sound specimen with 22). Prostomium with numerous ocelli (may be absent) ; nuchal clefts short, arched. Pygidial funnel with 16-26 papillae which are short, subequal, triangular, or very unequal, some being longer, some very short, few may be bifid or trifid. Co tor: In alcohol: Without color, or brownish, especially onanteriorend. Tuss: Thick walls of coarse sand particles cemented together. New records—Arctic Ataska: Off Point Barrow base, up to 8 miles from shore, 21.7—75.5 fms., on various combinations of pebbles, rocks, gravel, stones (3 stations, 5 specimens). Brrine Sra: Alba- tross Sta. 3289, 56° 44’ N., 159° 16’ W., 16 fms., 1890. Wersr Coast Norta America: Security Bay, Alaska, Jones; Washington and Puget Sounds, low water to 61 fms., Pettibone. Distribution.—Arctic Alaska, Spitsbergen; Bering Sea to Washing- ton; north Japan Sea; Scandinavia, Ireland, North Sea to English Channel. In low water to 75.5 fathoms. Genus Petaloproctus Quairefages, 1865 Petaloproctus tenuis (Théel, 1879) Figure 34, 1, m Maldane tenuis Théel, 1879, p. 57, pl. 4, figs. 52-54. Maldane filifera Verrill, 1879, p. 179. Petaloproctus tenuis Arwidsson, 1907, p. 114, pl. 6, fig. 190a.—Annenkova, 1937, p. 181; 1938, p. 193.—Zatsepin, 1948, p. 145, pl. 34, fig. 5-—Wesenberg-Lund, 1948, p. 31.—Berkeley and Berkeley, 1952, p. 55, fig. 113. Petaloproctus tenuis var. borealis Arwidsson, 1907, p. 118, pl. 3, figs. 85-90; pl. 8, figs. 268-272.—Eliason, 1920, p. 66.—Hartman, 1948, p. 42.—Berkeley and Berkeley, 1952, p. 56, figs. 114-116. Petaloproctus filifer Hartman, 1942b, p. 131, fig. 11, a-b. MARINE POLYCHAETE WORMS—PETTIBONE 307 Description —Length 18 mm., width 0.5 mm., 20-21 setigerous segments, single achaetous antanal segment (may appear as two or three on longer ventral side). Prostomium rounded, with convex median ridge and anteroventrally extended brim. First three setigers with one or two acicular neurosetae; with some long, threadlike, sinu- ous notosetae covered with spinules. Pygidium with oblique, slightly concave, disclike, asymmetrical plate (absent dorsally), wide on ven- tral side, with rim smooth or slightly crenulate; anal opening terminal. Remarks.—The Point Barrow specimen agrees with the stem form of P. tenuis, with 20 setigerous segments and the rim of the pygidial disc slightly crenulate (in var. borealis and filifer there are 21 setigers and the rim of the pygidial disc is smooth). New records —Arctic ALasKa: Off Point Barrow base, 16 miles from shore, 78.2 fms., on bottom of worm tubes, few rocks (1 station, 1 specimen). Canapran Arctic: Ducketts Cove, Hurd Channel, Melville Peninsula, 1-14 fms., in sandy tubes on empty tubes of Pectinaria, Bartlett, 1933. GREENLAND: Small bay, Camp No. 2, Nugsuak Peninsula, 74°7’ N., on empty tubes of Pectinaria, J. C. Martin, 1897. Distribution. Scattered records in the Arctic: Alaskan and Cana- dian Arctic, East Greenland, Spitsbergen, Novaya Zemlya. Also off Cape Cod, Massachusetts; southeastern Alaska to British Columbia; north Japan Sea. In 1-833 fathoms. Family SABELLARIIDAE Body divided into three regions: (1) anterior thoracic region includ- ing two anterior thoracic segments with parapodia reduced to neuro- podia with capillary setae and two large, more or less fused, heavy columns, the opercular peduncles, directed anteriorly, bearing very modified setae arranged in one to three concentric rows and forming an operculum for closing opening of tube; three or four parathoracic biramous segments with capillary neurosetae and paddlelike or styliform notosetae and dorsal falciform branchiae (fig. 34, n—q); (2) abdominal region with notopodia in form of broadly flattened pinnules bearing pectinate uncini, and neuropodia with capillary setae; with dorsal, simple, ligulate or falciform branchiae; (3) caudal region, achaetous, apodous, cylindrical, without appearance of segmentation. Prostomium indistinct, between opercular peduncles, with pair of palps and usually a median tentacle. Mouth unarmed, usually sur- rounded with numerous filiform tentacles. Tube of sand or fine gravel, concreted, resistant, may be solitary or colonial, constructing sandy reefs. Represented by a single species from Point Barrow. 308 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 108 Genus Idanthyrsus Kinberg, 1867 Idanthyrsus armatus Kinberg, 1867 Figure 34, n-q Idanthyrsus armatus Kinberg, 1867, p. 350.—Johansson, 1926, p. 9; 1927, p. 90.— Monro, 1930, p. 117, fig. 73; 1936, p. 172.—Annenkova, 1937, p. 184; 1938, p. 196.—Okuda, 1938a, p. 242, figs. 4, 5—Hartman, 1944c, p. 336, pl. 31, fig. 36.—Berkeley and Berkeley, 1952, p. 107, figs. 220-222. Idanthyrsus ornamentatus Chamberlin, 1919, p. 262, pl. 3, figs. 2-5—Hartman, 1944¢, p. 337, pl. 31, fig. 34; 1948, p. 43.—Hartman and Reish, 1950, p. 41. Description.—Length up to 60 mm., width 5 mm., caudal lobe 11 mm. Body widest anteriorly, tapering gradually posteriorly, with achaetous caudal region sharply set off from body. Opercular pe- duncles elongated, semicylindrical, completely separated and diver- gent anteriorly, obliquely truncated distally, with two rows modified golden setae or paleae; inner row paleae rather stout, smooth, gently curved, tapering gradually to acute tips, 7-16 per column; outer row paleae more slender, straight or slightly curved, with coarse lateral spines, 16-36 per column; row of 9-15 distal papillae per column, at base of outer paleae. One or two pairs heavy, deep amber-colored, strongly-bent nuchal hooks on dorsal side opercular peduncles. Numerous filiform oral tentacles on ventral side opercular peduncles. Pair of grooved slender palps and median tentacle between bases of peduncles. First thoracic segment short, with ventral group capillary setae lateral to conical papilla. Second segment with lateral group capillary setae, three papillae and dorsal branchiae. Three para- thoracic segments with rectangular palletlike pinnules with flattened, paddlelike notosetae; neurosetae bipinnate capillary setae. Abdom- inal segments with wide, flattened dorsal pinnules bearing pectinate uncini; capillary barbed neurosetae. Caudal lobe smooth, achaetous. Paired dorsal branchiae cirriform, with transverse ridges on medial side, begin on setiger 2, absent on last few abdominal segments. Cotor: In life: Reddish brown to dark violet anteriorly, branchiae red, paleae golden yellow. In alcohol: Colorless, with purple patches anteriorly. Tus: Thick, of coarse sand grains neatly ce- mented together, very resistant, one side flattened, attached to rocks, shells, crustaceans; upper surface convex. Remarks.—I. ornamentatus Chamberlin is herein referred to J. armatus, following Okuda (1938). According to observations by G. E. MacGinitie it is a hardy species, a specimen living in a pail in the laboratory for three days, on a rock covered with a mass of barnacles, etc. Male specimen, collected from 70 fathoms, spawned in the laboratory August 9, 1949. MARINE POLYCHAETE WORMS—PETTIBONE 309 New records—Arctic AuasKa: Off Point Barrow base, up to 7 miles from shore, 4.3—70 fms., on bottoms of mud, and gravel, stones (3 stations, 6specimens). Brrine Sna: Bering Island, N. Grebintzky, 1884. Wurst Coast Norts America: Albatross Sta. 2842, 54°15’ N.., 166°3’ W., 72 fms.; Washington and Puget Sounds, 10-110 fms., Pettibone. Distribution —Arctic Alaska, Bering Sea to Panamé; north Japan Sea to Japan; west coast South America (Chile), Straits of Magellan, Falkland Islands. In low water to 110 fathoms. Family STERNASPIDAE Body very short, grublike, aberrant; segments few, uniramous or achaetous, without parapodial lobes (fig. 35, a). Prostomium re- duced to small rounded tubercle, without appendages. Mouth rounded, subterminal, ventral to prostomium. Body divided into three regions: (1) anterior, with complete rings, with lateral concentric rows of strong acicular yellow setae on anterior three segments (anterior region may be retracted into more posterior segments); (2) middle, with segmental divisions absent on midventral part, without setae visible externally; (3) posterior, with ventral horny shield formed by two trapezoidal plates provided on their external sides with radiating bundles of stiff, barbed and smooth capillary setae (fig. 35, 6). Numerous, long, filiform anal branchiae, inserted on posterior end. Anus terminal. Lives in mud. Represented by a single species from Point Barrow (the family is usually considered to have a single cosmopolitan species). Genus Sternaspis Otto, 1821 Sternaspis scutata (Ranzani, 1817) Figure 35, a, b Thalassema scutata Ranzani, 1817, p. 1457, pl. 11, figs. 10-13. Sternaspis fossor Stimpson, 1854, p. 29, pl. 2, fig. 19——Webster and Benedict, 1884, p. 725.—Moore, 1909b, p. 144; 1923, p. 218.—Hartman, 1944a, pp. 336, 342, pl. 33, fig. 15.—Berkeley and Berkeley, 1952, p. 59, fig. 123. Sternaspis islandica Malmgren, 1867, p. 87, pl. 14, fig. 85. Sternaspis scutata Moore, 1903, p. 487; 1908, p. 357; 1923, p. 218.—Fauvel, 1927, p. 216, fig. 76, a-g; 1932, p. 213; 1933, p. 52; 1934a, p. 60.—Monro, 1930, p. 178.—Annenkova, 1937, p. 185; 1938, p. 196.—Hartman, 1942c, p. 102.— Gorbunov, 1946, p. 39.—Wesenberg-Lund, 1949, p. 345; 1950a, p. 46; 1950b, p. 104; 1951, p. 98.— Hartman and Reish, 1950, p. 38. Sternaspis scutata var. africana Monro, 1930, p. 179. 310 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 108 Description.—Up to 31 mm. long, 14 mm. wide. Body variable in shape; may be inflated at both ends, anterior region may be retracted into more posterior segments. Integument densely pilose, covered with fine filiform papillae. Anterior region of seven segments; segments 1 and 5-7 achaetous; segments 2—4 each with lateral semi- circular row of strong, short, yellow setae which are arched, pointed to blunt (worn down), diminishing in size toward ventral side; pair of long genital papillae on segment 7. Middle region of six segments, well defined except for narrow midventral strip, with bundles of capil- lary setae embedded in body wall. Posterior region with five or more segments, with ventral horny trapezoidal plates showing concentric and radiating striae, each plate with 16 radiating bundles of stiff setae, 9 on lateral and 7 on posterior borders. Anal filaments or branchiae very numerous, long, filiform, sometimes spiralled. Conor: In alcohol: Without color or brownish, with rusty-red ventral shield. New records.—Arctic AutasKa: Off Point Barrow base, up to 5 miles from shore, 1.7-24.7 fms., on bottoms of mud and gravel with mud (3 stations, 5 specimens). Brrine SEA: 63°37’ N., 165°19’ W., 12 fms., Stoney, 1884; off mouth Yukon River, 3 fms., E. W. Nelson, 1877. AwasKa: Iluiliuk Harbor, Unalaska, Dall, 1871; Albatross Sta. 3340, 55°26’ N., 155°26’ W., 695 fms., and Sta. 3330, 54° N., 166°53’ W., 351 fms., 1890. Chiachi Islands, 20 fms., 1874; off Round Island, Coal Harbor, Unga Island, 6-8 fms., 1872; Eastern Harbor, Sitka, 15 fms., gravelly-mud, 1874; all collected by Dall. West Coast Norta America: Washington and Puget Sounds, 10-111 fms., mud, Pettibone. East Coast Nortn America: Nova Scotia, Maine, Massachusetts, 5-102 fms., U. S. Fish Commission. Distribution.—Scattered records in the Arctic: Siberian and Alaskan Arctic, Greenland. Also Iceland to English Channel, Mediterranean, Adriatic, Gulf of Oman, Persian Gulf; Nova Scotia to Massachusetts; Bering Sea to Panamé4; north Japan Sea to Japan, China. Southern latitudes: South Shetlands, Palmer Archipelago, South Orkneys, South Georgia, west Africa, Indian Ocean, Australia, New Zealand. In 1.7-766 fathoms. Family PEcTINARIIDAE (AMPHICTENIDAE) Body short, conical, with segments few in number. Prostomium indistinct, fused with buccal segment forming a truncate anterior end provided with two bundles of paleae (large, flattened, golden setae) in a horizontal row directed obliquely anteriorly, forming an operculum for the tube or as a fork for digging in sand or mud; ventral to paleae, an antennular or tentacular membrane bordered or not with short to long filiform papillae, surrounding numerous prehensile oral tentacles MARINE POLYCHAETE WORMS—PETTIBONE 311 not retractile in mouth; dorsal and posterior to paleae a semilunar flat or concave cephalic plate limited posteriorly by an entire or crenulate rim; two pairs tentacular cirri with first pair lateral to base of paleae, second pair lateral to rim of cephalic plate (fig. 35, ¢, d). Body divided into three regions: (1) anterior thoracic, including two achaetous segments each with a pair of lateral pectinate branchiae, three notopodial uniramous setigers lacking neuropodia; ventral side anterior region with thick glandular cushions; (2) median abdominal, with biramous segments (except last few may have notosetae only), notopodia with setae capillary, limbate, smooth or finely denticled; neuropodia in form of wide pinnules bearing single row of pectiniform uncini; (3) posterior anal plaque or scapha, small, foliaceous, concave dorsally, folded under abdomen, with rudimentary achaetous segments except for the first segment which has a series of acicular, more or less recurved setae (the scaphal hooks); an oval or filiform ligule above the anus (fig. 35, g, h). Tube free, conical, rigid, fragile, open at both ends, straight or arcuate, formed of a single layer of cemented sand grains or shells, and lined by a membrane. Live in sand or mud, with anterior and larger end of tube directed below. May secrete mucus in abundance. Represented by a single genus (and subgenus) and two species from Point Barrow. Genus Pectinaria Lamark, 1818 Subgenus Cistenides Malmgren, 1865 Both species have the tube slightly arched, lined with rusty- colored membrane. Tentacular membrane free, the lateral portions not fused to paleal segment, with 30-45 filiform to clavate marginal papillae. Oral tentacles short, thick, grooved. Dorsal rim of flat paleal segment entire, not denticled (fig. 35, d). Usually 17 segments with capillary notosetae (15-17, the last two segments may have the notosetae few in number or lacking), of which 12 (beginning on setiger 4) have elongate flattened pinnules bearing single rows of neuropodial uncini; pectiniform uncini thin, flat, with 3-4 major teeth and 4-5 small ones above basal process (fig. 35, f). Anal plaque distinctly separated from abdomen by constriction, suboval, festooned laterally (rudimentary parapodia) ; basally with 7-11 pairs short, heavy scaphal hooks (fig. 35, g). Key to the species of Pectinaria (Cistenides) from Point Barrow 1. Cephalic paleae usually 7-9 pairs (7-13), heavy, with blunt tips (or very short eee GLA Get fe Ty ek ee ee ok ee P. (C.) granulata Cephalic paleae usually 11-14 pairs (9-15), long, tapered to slender pointed GEES EL ON Sra A ee ee ne ne kne Seeeeeinn So LK ghd P. (C.) hyperborea 312 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 103 Pectinaria (Cistenides) granulata (Linné, 1767) FiaureE 35, i-k Sabella granulata Linné, 1767, p. 1268. Cistenides granulata Malmgren, 1865, p. 359.—Webster and Benedict, 1887, p. 747.—Chamberlin, 1920, p. 25.—Berkeley and Berkeley, 1942, p. 200.— Hartman, 1944a, pp. 335, 342.— Wesenberg-Lund, 1950b, p. 105; 1951, p. 99. Pectinaria brevicoma Johnson, 1901, p. 423, pl. 15, figs. 151-156.—Not Moore, 1923, p. 216 (=P. californiensis Hartman; in USNM). Pectinaria (Cistenides) granulata Hessle, 1917, p. 77.—Nilsson, 1928, p. 28, fig. 8.—Annenkova, 1937, p. 186; 1938, p. 198.—Treadwell, 1937, p. 32. Cistenides brevicoma Hartman, 1941b, p. 331, pl. 50, figs. 13, 14, 16; pl. 52, fig. 23; 1944b, p. 268. Pectinaria (Cistenides) brevicoma Berkeley and Berkeley, 1952, p. 106, figs. 218, 219. Description — Body 20-52 mm. long, 6-8 mm. wide. Tube 38-52 mm. long, 7-8 mm. in greatest diameter, of rather coarse sand grains, nearly uniform in size. Paleae usually 8 or 9 pairs (7-13), short, heavy, with tips blunt (may have short, sharp tips). Scaphal hooks strongly hooked, with a distinct shoulder. Cotor: In life: Colorless, transparent, with reddish-orange internal organs, red branchiae, golden paleae. New records —Arctic ALASKA: Eluitkak Pass, Elson Lagoon near Point Barrow, stony; Point Barrow base, washed ashore; off Point Barrow base, up to 12.1 miles from shore, 3.7—-123.5 fms., on bottoms of mud, stones, mass of worm tubes, and various combinations of mud, sand, gravel, rocks, stones, large perforated rocks, shells (17 stations, 53 specimens); 10 miles west Point Franklin, 13.5 fms., sand, Point Barrow Expedition, 1883. Kamcnarxa: Petropavlovsk, Grebintzky, 1883. Brrine Sra: Atka Island, Aleutians, Turner, 1879; Bering Straits, 13 fms., Dall, 1880. AtasKa: Chichagof Harbor, Attu Island, 5-7 fms., 1873; Coal Harbor, Unga Island, 1872; and Port Etches, 12-18 fms., 1874; all collected by Dall. Kodiak, Fisher; Wrangel, Jones. Wasuincron: Puget Sound, 39-83 fms., mud, rocks, shells, Pettibone. Canapian Arctic: Kneeland Bay, Frobisher Bay, Baffin Island, and off Daniels Island, Newell Sound, Frobisher Bay, 10-30 fms., Bartlett, 1942. Norrawest GREENLAND: Off Conical Rock, 76° N., 67°30’ W., 20-40 fms., 1938; between Parker Snow Bay and Conical Rock, 25-45 fms., 1940; west side Wolstemholm Island, 12 fms., 1940; all collected by Bartlett. East Coast Norra America: Off Labrador, 6-12 fms., Blue Dolphin Expeditions, 1949, 1950, 1951; off New Brunswick, Nova Scotia, Maine, New Hampshire, Massachusetts, Long Island Sound, 5-190 fms., U. S. Fish Commission. Distribution.—Widely distributed in the Arctic: Siberian, Alaskan, and Canadian Arctic, Greenland, Spitsbergen, Novaya Zemlya. Also MARINE POLYCHAETE WORMS—PETTIBONE 313 Ficure 35.—Sternaspidae: a, Sternaspis scutata, ventral ‘view anterior end; 5, same, ventral view posterior end. Pectinariidae: c, Pectinaria hyperborea, ventral view anterior end; d, same, dorsal view anterior end; ¢, same, palea; f, same," pectiniform uncinus; g, same, dorsal view posterior anal plaque or scapha; h, same, scaphal seta; 7, Pectinaria granulata, cephalic paleae; 7, same, cephalic paleae, with short mucronate tips; k, same, scaphal hook. (For explanation of symbols, see p. 210.) 314 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 103 Iceland, Faroes; Labrador to Long Island Sound; Bering Sea to western México; north Japan Sea. In low water to 190 fathoms. Pectinaria (Cistenides) hyperborea (Malmgren, 1865) FiaurReE 35, c—h Cistenides hyperborea Malmgren, 1865, p. 360, pl. 18, fig. 40.— Moore, 1903, p. 479.— Fauvel, 1914, p. 277, pl. 26, figs. 27, 28.—Augener, 1928, p. 775.—Berkeley and Berkeley, 1942, p. 201.—Wesenberg-Lund, 1950a, p. 46; 1950b, p. 106; 1951, p. 100. Pectinaria (Cistenides) hyperborea Hessle, 1917, p. 76.—Nilsson, 1928, p. 31, fig. 9.—Gustafson, 1936, p. 8.—Okuda, 1937b, p. 56, fig. 5; pl. 2, fig. F—Annen- kova, 1937, p. 186; 1938, p. 197.—Zatsepin, 1948, p. 147, pl. 37, fig. 4. Description.—Body 28-55 mm. long, 6-12 mm. wide. Tube 45-72 mm. long, 7-10 mm. in greatest diameter, formed of fine sand grains plus some coarser ones. Paleae usually 11-14 pairs (9-15), long, tapered to slender tips. Scaphal hooks taper gradually, without distinct shoulder. New records—Arctic Auaska: Off Point Barrow base, up to 15 miles from shore, 6-123.5 fms., on bottoms of mud, mass of worm tubes, and various combinations of mud, gravel, stones, rocks, with shells, worm tubes; from fish trap (8 stations, 19 specimens). Brrine Sza: Albatross Sta. 3610, 55°58’ N., 167°16’ W., 75 fms., mud, 1895. AuaskKa: Albatross Sta. 4244, Kasaan Bay, Prince of Wales Island, 50-54 fms. Wurst GREENLAND: Godhavyn, U.S.S. Alert, 1884. East Coast Norta America: Off Labrador, 8-125 fms., Blue Dolphin Expeditions, 1949, 1950, 1951; off Nova Scotia, Maine, Massachusetts, 16-65 fms., U. S. Fish Commission. Distribution.—Widely distributed in the Arctic: Siberian and Alaskan Arctic, Greenland, Spitsbergen, Novaya Zemlya, Kara Sea. Also Iceland, Norway to Danish waters, North Sea; Labrador to Massachusetts; Bering Sea to Alaska; north Japan Sea to Japan. In 1.5-379 fathoms. Family AMPHARETIDAE Prostomium (or tentacular membrane) more or less distinctly trilobed, with numerous filiform oral tentacles, smooth or pinnate, retractile in mouth (fig. 36, a, 6, e). Branchiae filiform or subulate (rarely pinnate), two to four pairs, inserted on dorsal part of first setigerous segments. First few segments achaetous, with or without special group of setae or paleae anterior to branchiae. Body divided into two distinct regions: (1) thoracic; conical notopodia with smooth, limbate capillary setae and, beginning on setigers 3 or 4, with neuro- podial flattened pinnules bearing a row of pectiniform uncini; (2) abdominal; uncinigerous pinnules only. With or without dorsal, MARINE POLYCHAETE WORMS—PETTIBONE 315 ventral or anal cirri. Tube membranous, covered with mud or ag- glutinated foreign bodies. Represented by two genera and four species at Point Barrow. Both genera have prostomia trilobed, without projecting glandular crests; oral tentacles numerous, pinnate; without large dorsal hooks posterior to branchiae; branchiae four pairs, filiform or subulate, arising on or near a distinct transverse dorsal ridge; thoracic setigers 14; uncinigerous pinnules begin on setiger 3; notopodia without claviform cirri. Key to the genera of Ampharetidae from Point Barrow 1. With paleae, lateral group of golden setae anterior to branchiae (fig. 36, eR oe eh I i ee lS ot Ampharete (p. 315) Wathout, paledess-. 0 -.6- =25 4952550 ees Asabellides (p. 318) Genus Ampharete Malmgren, 1865 All three species have prostomium distinctly trilobed; median lobe with pair of basal eyes, lateral lobes encircling median lobe posteriorly (fig. 36, a). First two segments achaetous; first or buccal segment extended anteroventrally forming large lower lip. Segment 3 or paleal segment with group of paleae arranged in semicircle just ante- rior and lateral to branchiae. Abdominal segments with neuropodial cirri dorsally on uncinigerous pinnules poorly developed (short, rounded to conical) to well developed (cirriform, longer than pinnule). Key to the species of Ampharete from Point Barrow 1. First 2 abdominal segments with enlarged, padlike, achaetous notopodial fees eee 2 eS A OD ern Seti Nie ga A. vega Without enlarged notopodial lobes on first few abdominal segments----_--_- ») 2. Paleae slender, taper gradually. Abdominal setigers 12, usually with promi- nent neuropodial cirri. Anal cirri numerous (fig. 36, c)_----- A. acutifrons Paleae taper rather abruptly, with short mucronate tips. Abdominal setigers 16-17, with neuropodial cirri inconspicuous. Anal cirri 2___-.-__-_ A. goési Ampharete vega (Wirén, 1883) FIGuRE 36, a Amphicteis vega Wirén, 1883, p. 415, pl. 32, figs. 3, 4. Ampharete vega Hessle, 1917, p. 99.—Augener, 1928, p. 778.—Annenkova, 1929, p. 493.—Zatsepin, 1948, p. 150. Deseription.—Length 16 mm., width 1.5 mm. (up to 50 mm. long, 4 mm. wide—Wirén, 1883). Paleae slender, tapering gradually to fine tips, 10-13 in each group. Eight branchiae form continuous transverse group, arising from low fold. Abdominal segments up to 27-28 (16 in Point Barrow specimen; complete?). First two abdom- 261112—54——_8 316 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 103 inal segments with enlarged, rounded, padlike, achaetous notopodial lobes. Neuropodial cirri poorly developed or lacking. Pygidium with several small papillae? Colorless in alcohol. Tube thin, membra- nous, with sand and debris, rather straggly. New records.—Arctic AuAsKA: West side Elson Lagoon near en- trance to small lagoon to west, near Point Barrow (rather brackish water), 1.2 fms. (1 station, 1 specimen). Distribution.—Scattered records in the Arctic: Siberian and Alaskan Arctic, Spitsbergen, Barents Sea, Kara Sea, Laptev Sea. In 1.2-11 fathoms. Ampharete acutifrons (Grube, 1860) FicureE 36, b-d Amphicteis acutifrons Grube, 1860, p. 109, pl. 5, fig. 6. Ampharete grubet Malmgren, 1865, p. 363, pl. 19, fig. 44.—Eliason, 1920, p. 70.— Fauvel, 1927, p. 227, fig. 79, a-p.—Augener, 1928, p. 776.—Thorson, 1946, p. 121, fig. 66—Hartman, 1948, p. 43. Ampharete cirrata Webster and Benedict, 1887, p. 747, pl. 8, figs. 110-112. Ampharete trilobata Webster and Benedict, 1887, p. 747. Ampharete acutifrons Hessle, 1917, p. 96.—Annenkova, 1937, p. 188; 1938, p. 200.—Zatsepin, 1948, p. 150, pl. 37, fig. 8—Wesenberg-Lund, 1950a, p. 47; 1950b, p. 109; 1951, p. 102. Description.—Length 45 mm., width 6 mm. (up to 56 mm. long, 8 mm. wide—Wirén, 1883). Paleae slender, taper gradually to long, delicate tips, may be somewhat curved, 10-30 in each group. Bran- chiae in two groups separated middorsally, each group with three branchiae in transverse line and one slightly more posterior. Abdom- inal segments 12. With neuropodial cirri small, conical to quite long, longer than pinnule (well developed on Point Barrow specimens). Pygidium a short ring bearing a circle of numerous subequal anal cirri (2 lateral ones may be longer). Colorless in alcohol. Tube membranous, covered with soft, gray debris (or agglutinated mud). Remarks.—The types of Ampharete cirrata Webster and Benedict from Eastport, Maine, were examined. This species was separated on the basis of the relative development of the neuropodial cirri, which appears to be somewhat variable. The types of A. trilobata Webster and Benedict, also from Eastport, were not available, but this species also, according to the original description, was differen- tiated by the relative development of the cirri. New records—Anrctic AtasKa: Eluitkak Pass, Elson Lagoon near Point Barrow; Point Barrow base, washed ashore; off Point Barrow base, up to 6 miles from shore, 3.7-49 fms., on bottoms of mud, and various combinations of mud, pebbles, gravel, stones, rocks, and MARINE POLYCHAETE WORMS—PETTIBONE 317 shells (10 stations, 17 specimens). Wrst Coast Norra AMERICA: Washington and Puget Sounds, 80 fms., Pettibone. East Coast Norta America: Off Labrador, 8 fms., Blue Dolphin Expedition, 1949. Distribution —Widely distributed in the Arctic: Siberian and Alaskan Arctic, Greenland, Jan Mayen, Spitsbergen, Novaya Zem- lya. Also Iceland, Swedish west coast to France, Mediterranean; Labrador to Maine; Bering Sea to southern California; north Japan Sea. In 1-1,333 fathoms. Ampharete goési Malmgren, 1865 Ampharete goést Malmgren, 1865, p. 364, pl. 19, fig. 45.—Hessle, 1917, p. 91.— Augener, 1928, p. 778.—Annenkova, 1929, p. 492, pl. 38, fig. 37; 1937, p. 188; 1938, p. 200.—Zatsepin, 1948, p. 150, pl. 38, fig. 10.—Wesenberg-Lund, 1950a, p. 47; 1950b, p. 110; 1951, p. 102.— Berkeley and Berkeley, 1952, p. 66, fig. 136. Ampharete goést subsp. braznikovi Annenkova, 1929, p. 492, pl. 38, fig. 44. Description Length 35 mm., width 6 mm. (up to 50 mm. long, 7 mm. wide—Malmgren, 1865). Paleae rather stout, taper abruptly, ending in short acuminate tips, 14-21 in each group. Branchiae in two groups separated middorsally, each group with three branchiae in transverse line. Abdominal segments 17 (stem form and Point Barrow specimens) or 16 (subsp. braznikow and Washington Sound specimens). Neuropodial cirri inconspicuous, low, rounded. Pygid- ium with two long anal cirri. Cotor: In life: Body reddish orange, branchiae green. In alcohol: Colorless. 'Tusr: Membranous, rather thick, with debris including bits of shells, sea urchins tests, and foraminiferans, very stragegly. New records—Arctic Ataska: Off Point Barrow base, up to 15 miles from shore, 20.3-123.5 fms., on bottoms of mass of worm tubes and various combinations of mud, pebbles, gravel, stones, rocks, shells, and worm tubes (11 stations, 20 specimens). Wersr Coast Nortu America: Washington Sound, Pettibone. Disiribution—Widely distributed in the Arctic: Siberian and Alaskan Arctic, Greenland, Spitsbergen, Barents Sea, White Sea, Novaya Zemlya. Also Iceland; British Columbia to Washington; Okhotsk Sea to north Japan Sea. In 10.5-353 fathoms. Ampharete sp. (Young) Two very small specimens, 12 mm. long, were found on bottom of rocks with bryozoans and hydroids in 17 fathoms September 9, 1948. Prostomium 3-lobed, with four eye spots, bases of four pairs branchiae, 14 thoracic segments, 10 abdominal segments plus a growing zone. 318 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 103 Genus Asabellides Annenkova, 1929 Includes Pseudosabellides Berkeley and Berkeley, 1943. Asabellides sibirica (Wirén, 1883) FIGuRE 36, e Sabellides sibirica Wirén, 1883, p. 418. Asabellides orientalis Annenkova, 1929, p. 494, pl. 38, figs. 50, 51, pl. 39, figs. 60-65; 1937, p. 188. Asabellides sibirica Annenkova, 1938, p. 201. Pseudosabellides lineata Berkeley and Berkeley, 1943, p. 131; 1944, p. 3; 1952, p. 71, fig. 147. Description Body long, slender, 38 mm. long, 1.5 mm. wide. Prostomium trilobed with median lobe wider and flared anteriorly, lateral lobes diagonal. Segments 1 and 2 fused laterally and ventrally, forming large lower lip; dorsally, appear as two short segments more or less hidden by dorsal branchial fold. Segments 3 and 4 more or less fused ventrally and laterally; dorsally, segment 3 without paleae but with branchiae; segment 4 with first notopodial lobes and, middorsally, a fused nephridial area with pair of papillae posterior to branchial bases. Branchiae slender, filiform, emerge from prominent ridge, six in transverse row, two slightly posterior. Abdominal segments 23 (14-23). Neuropodial cirri small, short, rounded (Point Barrow specimens) to long, slender, cirriform. Pygidium with few small cirri and pair of long lateral ones. Cotor: In life: Salmon below, darker above, branchiae green, oral tentacles pink. In alcohol: Colorless. New records —Arctic AuasKa: Off Point Barrow base, 5 miles from shore, 11.7 fms., on bottom of mud (1 station, 3 specimens). Distribution —Scattered records in the Arctic: Siberian, Alaskan, and Canadian Arctic. Also Hudson Bay; Bering Sea to British Columbia; Okhotsk Sea to north Japan Sea. In 4-106 fathoms. Family TEREBELLIDAE Body divided into two regions: (1) thoracic; more or less inflated, with dorsal bundles of capillary setae and ventral uncinigerous tori (sometimes acicular crotchets, sometimes absent), often with ventral glandular shields; (2) abdominal; elongated, more or less tapering, most often lacking dorsal setae and bearing only uncinigerous pinnules. Prostomium of variable form and dimensions, fused with buccal seg- ment, forming a lower lip, a transverse dorsal cephalic ridge with or without numerous eye-spots, a tentacular membrane with numerous filiform grooved tentacles not retractile in mouth, a semicircular or folded upper lip (fig. 36, f). Branchiae 1-3 pairs, filiform or arbores- cent, or single, quadrilobed, pectinate, on anterior segments, or MARINE POLYCHAETE WORMS—PETTIBONE 319 Ficure 36.—Ampharetidae: a, Ampharete vega, dorsal view anterior end; b, Ampharete acuti- frons, dorsal view anterior end; c, same, lateral view posterior end; d, same, palea; ¢, Asabellides sibirica, dorsal view anterior end. Terebellidae: f, lateral view anterior end of terebellid; g, Amphitrite cirrata, lateral view anterior end; h, same, notoseta; 1, Nicolea venustula, lateral view anterior end of male; j, same, thoracic uncini; k, Pista maculata, lateral view anterior end, tentacles missing; /, same, uncinus with long manubrium. (For explanation of symbols, see p. 210.) 320 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 108 branchiae lacking. Without paleae. Tube usually membranous, encrusted with sand, debris of shells, algae, etc. Represented by 10 genera and 11 species at Point Barrow. Key to the genera of Terebellidae from Point Barrow Uncini in single rows on first 6 uncinigerous segments, then in 2 rows (alter- nating, intercogging or opposite) on certain number of following segments. With distinct thoracic ventral shields (single, not paired). Notosetae begin on segment 4; uncini begin on segments 5 or 6 (setigers 2 or 3). Fused prostomium and buccal segment forming a prominent rectangular lower lip, a transverse semicircular cephalic ridge (with or without numerous eye-spots along basal groove), flared semicircular upper lip, semicircular depressed tentacular region between upper lip and cephalic ridge with numerous, filiform, grooved tentacles (fig. 36, f).-=.-...-..- 22 tL Eee 2 Uncini in single rows only (or with crotchets on thoracic segments)._-.---- 7 . With 1-3 pairs branchiae dorsally on segments 2-4 (fig. 36, g, 7, k). Uncini begin on segment 5 (setiger 2) _.0...:.--.2- 22212 iL Loe 3 Without branchiae. With lateral lobes on anterior segments (fig. 37, a) ----- 5 . Notosetae with tips finely denticled (fig. 36, h). Cephalic ridge usually without eye-spots. With lateral lobes on anterior segments (fig. 36, g). Amphitrite (p. 321) Notosetae with tips smooth. Cephalic ridge usually with eye-spots__-_---- 4 Without lateral lobes on anterior segments. Uncini of anterior segments without long manubrium (fig. 36, 7). Branchiae 2 pairs, branched dichoto- a sly a (8-36. 4) ee 8 MN ee Nicolea (p.. 322) With large lateral lobes on buccal segment, enclosing prostomium and con- nected ventrally (fig. 36, k). Uncini of first few segments with long manu- brium (fig. 36, 2). Branchiae 1-3 pairs, arborescent, with main trunk well markers ei et WO Fe ee ek Pe Ab See Pista (p. 323) . Uncini begin on segment 6 (setiger 3). Notosetae of 2 kinds, smooth and Gentieled 5 ee ee eu a o_o Proclea (p. 325) Uncini begin on segment 5 (setiger 2). Notosetae with tips smooth______- 6 . Uncini in single rows on first 6 uncinigerous segments, in double rows on next 10. Nephridial papillae of segment 3 not elongated. Notosetae broadly bilimbate below whiplike tip (fig. 37, b)_-.-.------_----- Leaena (p. 325) Uncini in single rows on first 6 uncinigerous segments, in double rows on next 8. Nephridial papillae of segment 3 (anterior to first setiger) elongated. Notosetae weakly limbate on one side along most of its length (fig. 37, c). Lanassa (p. 326) .. Uneini-all short, avicular (ig. 37, d).....-_-22 4... \ ee 8 Uncini of 2 types; thoracic aciculiform, with long manubrium (fig. 37, A); abdominal avicular (fig. 37, 7). Without ventral shields___.__.__.------- 9 . Branchiae 2-3 pairs, cirriform, in transverse rows. Notosetae begin on segment 3, continuing on large number of segments; uncini begin on segment 5 (setiger 3). Ventral shields usually slightly distinct. Tentacular lobe Not especially enlarved = Sn ee Se Thelepus (p. 327) Without branchiae. Notosetae begin on segments 2 or 3; uncini begin on variable number of segments, may be absent from thoracic region. With ventral shields, first unpaired, rest paired, more or less separated in median line (fig. 37, f). Tentacular membrane large, trilobed or undulating, bearing very numerous tentacles (fig. 37, e-f)---------- Polycirrus (p. 328) MARINE POLYCHAETE WORMS—PETTIBONE 321 9. Branchiae 2-3 pairs, single, filiform (fig. 37, g). Notosetae and uncini (crotchets) both begin on segment 6. Tentacular lobe folded, with very numerous thin, cylindrical, and short, grooved tentacles. Trichobranchus (p. 329) Branchiae single, consisting of large cylindrical trunk and 4 pectinate lobes (fig. 37, 7). Notosetae begin on segment 3, uncini begin on segment 8 (setiger 6). Tentacular lobe large, folded, with numerous tentacles of a paraded, sees SIA Ba ee) sey Terebellides (p. 330) Genus Amphitrite O. F. Miiller, 1771 Both species have the body inflated anteriorly, decidedly atten- uated posteriorly. Cephalic ridge without eye-spots. Branchiae three pairs, on segments 2-4. Notosetae begin on segment 4; uncini begin on segment 5, in single rows on first six, in double rows on rest of thoracic setigers, in single rows on abdominal segments on project- ing pinnules. Pygidium a crenulate ring. Key to the species of Amphitrite from Point Barrow 1. Branchiae cirriform, a tuft of simple filaments from short, slightly swollen common base (fig. 36, g). Thoracic setigers 17_.____________--- A. cirrata Branchiae branched. Thoracic setigers 19_.__._______-___- A. groenlandica Amphitrite cirrata Miller, 1776 Figure 36, g, h Amphitrite cirrata O. F. Miller, 1776, p. 216.—Malmgren, 1865, p. 375, pl. 21, fig. 53—Webster and Benedict, 1887, p. 748.—Hessle, 1917, p. 185.— Chamberlin, 1920, p. 22.—Eliason, 1920, p. 74.—Fauvel, 1927, p. 251, fig. 86, i-o.—Augener, 1928, p. 785.—Okuda, 1938b, p. 102.—Hartman, 1944a, pp. 334, 342; 1948, p. 43.—Thorson, 1946, p. 127, figs. 71, 72.— Gorbunov, 1946, p. 39.—Zatsepin, 1948, p. 156, pl. 38, fig. 12.—Wesenberg- Lund, 1950a, p. 50; 1950b, p. 116; 1951, p. 106.—Berkeley and Berkeley, 1952, p. 86, fig. 175. Amphitrite radiata Moore, 1908, p. 350; 1923, p. 193. Description —Length up to 200 mm., width 10 mm. About 12 ventral shields. Branchiae 3 pairs, cirriform, a tuft of simple fila- ments from a short common base. Each of three branchial segments (segments 2-4) with pair of lateral lobes. Nephridial papillae 7 pairs; on segment 3, prominent papillae ventral to second branchial pair; on segments 6-11, rather inconspicuous papillae between noto- podia and neuropodia. Thoracic setigers 17. Cotor: In alcohol: Reddish brown. Tube: Mostly of mud, with scattered small pebbles and debris, soft, breaking easily. New records—Arctic AtAsKA: Eluitkak Pass, Elson Lagoon; off Point Barrow base, up to 7 miles from shore, 18.3-70 fms., on various combinations of mud, sand, gravel, stones, rocks, large perforated rocks, shells (8 stations, 14 specimens). Wrst Coast NortH 322 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 108 America: Wrangel, Alaska, Jones; Puget Sound, low tide, Pettibone. West GREENLAND: Vaigat, Disko Island, Bartlett, 1937. East Coast Norra America:| Bay of Fundy, Maine, Massachusetts, 14-110:fms., U. S. Fish Commission. Distribution.—Widely distributed in the Arctic: Siberian, Alaskan, and Canadian Arctic, Greenland, Spitzbergen, Franz Josef Land, White Sea, Novaya Zemlya, Kara Sea. Also Iceland, Faroes, Nor- way to British Isles, Azores, Mediterranean, Adriatic; Bay of Fundy to Massachusetts; Bering Sea to southern California; Japan. In low water to 1,528 fathoms. Amphitrite groenlandica Malmgren, 1865 Amphitrite groenlandica Malmgren, 1865, p. 376, pl. 21, fig. 52.—Verrill, 1881, pp. 305, 310.—Hessle, 1917, p. 181.—Fauvel, 1927, p. 250, fig. 86, a-c.— Augener, 1928, p. 787.—Annenkova, 1937, p. 192; 1938, p. 206.—Gorbunov, 1946, p. 39.—Zatsepin, 1948, p. 157, pl. 38, fig. 14.—Wesenberg-Lund, 1950a, p. 51; 1950b, p. 117; 1951, p. 107. Neoamphitrite robusta Hartman, 1948, p. 44 (not Amphitrite robusta Johnson, 1901). Description.—Length up to 190 mm., width 9 mm. (a single, much smaller specimen from Point Barrow). About 14 ventral shields. Branchiae 3 pairs, branched dichotomously 3-4 times, with main trunk short, thick. Lateral lobes of first two branchial segments well developed, continuing ventrally; small lateral lobes on third branchial segment. Nephridial papillae 12 pairs on segments 3-14, the first four with more prominent papillae. Thoracic setigers 19. Colorless in alcohol. ‘Tube of mud. Remarks.—A. robusta Johnson is very close to A. groenlandica; it differs in having 17 thoracic setigers instead of 19. New records —Arctic AutasKA: Off Point Barrow base, 5 miles from shore, 49 fms., on bottom of rocks, stones, gravel (1 station, 1 speci- men). SouTHWESTERN ALASKA: Round Island, Coal Harbor, Unga Island, 8-9 fms., Dall, 1872. Distribution.—Scattered records in the Arctic: Siberian and Alaskan Arctic, West Greenland, Spitsbergen, Novaya Zemlya. Also Iceland, Scandinavian coast to North Sea, Ireland; Maine; southwestern Alaska; Okhotsk Sea to north Japan Sea. In 7 to 440 fathoms. Genus Nicolea Malmgren, 1865 Nicolea venustula (Montagu, 1818) Figure 36, 1,7 Terebella venustula Montagu, 1818, p. 344, pl. 13, fig. 2. Nicolea arctica Malmgren, 1865, p. 381, pl. 24, figs. 66, 67. Nicolea zostericola Malmgren, 1865, p. 381, pl. 26, fig. 76.—Webster and Benedict, 1887, p. 749.—Moore, 1909b, p. 141.—Fauvel, 1927, p. 261, fig. 90, g—n.— Annenkova, 1934, p. 322; 1937, p. 191; 1938, p. 205.—Gustafson, 1936, p. MARINE POLYCHAETE WORMS—PETTIBONE aoe 9.—Berkeley and Berkeley, 1943, p. 180; 1952, p. 87, figs. 177, 178.—Gor- bunov, 1946, p. 39.—Hartman, 1948, p. 44. Nicolea simplex Verrill, 1873, p. 613; 1881, p. 302, pl. 10, fig. 1—Sumner, Osburn, and Cole, 1913, p. 627. Nicolea venustula Ehlers, 1913, p. 559.—Hessle, 1917, p. 171—Chamberlin, 1920, p. 22.—Eliason, 1920, p. 73.—Fauvel, 1927, p. 260, fig. 90, a-f; 1934a, p. 68.— Augener, 1928, p. 788.—Thorson, 1946, p. 126.—Zatsepin, 1948, p. 156, pl. 38, fig. 11—Wesenberg-Lund, 1950a, p. 51; 1950b, p. 118; 1951, p. 109. Description.—Length 15-48 mm., width 2-5 mm., segments 30-46 (up to 70 mm. long—Wirén, 1883). Ventral shields about 14. Cephalic ridge with numerous dark eye-spots. Branchiae two pairs, on segments 2-3, branched dichotomously 3-6 times, with very short main stem, first pair much larger than second. Without lateral lobes on branchial segments. Nephridial papillae on segments 3 (slightly posterior to pair of second branchiae), 6, and 7; small in female; in male, papillae on segments 6 and 7 long, cylindrical. Thoracic seti- gers 15 (14-18, according to Hessle). Uncini begin on segment 5 (setigerous segment 2), in single rows on first six, in two alternating rows on rest of thoracic segments, in single rows on prominent pro- jecting abdominal pinnules. Pygidium crenulate. Colorless or slightly brownish in alcohol. Females with large yolky eggs inside body (Point Barrow, August 21, and September 15, 1948; August 8, 1949). Tube with tough, translucent membranous lining, with small pebbles of various sizes, shell debris, foraminiferans, etc. New records—Arctic AtasKa: Off Point Barrow base, up to 12.1 miles from shore, 13.3-123.5 fms., on bottoms of mud, stones, mass of worm tubes, and various combinations of mud, sand, gravel, pebbles, stones, rocks, large perforated rocks, with bryozoans, hydroids, shells (24 stations, 79 specimens). ALasKa: Security Bay, Jones. Cana- p1aAN Arctic: Dobbin Bay, E. Ellesmere Island, 79°36’ N., 73°35’ W., 17 fms., Littlewood, 1950. East Coast Norra America: Off Maine, Massachusetts, Rhode Island, Connecticut, shore to 63 fathoms and surface (young), U. S. Fish Commission. Distribution —Widely distributed in the Arctic: Siberian, Alaskan, and Canadian Arctic, Greenland, Jan Mayen, Spitsbergen, Franz Josef Land, Novaya Zemlya, Kara Sea. Also Iceland, Faroes, Nor- way to France, Mediterranean, Adriatic, Red Sea; Hudson Bay to Connecticut; Bering Sea to western Canada; north Japan Sea; South Africa. In low water to 472 fathoms. Genus Pista Malmgren, 1865 Pista maculata (Dalyell, 1853) Figure 36, k, l Terebella maculata Dalyell, 1853, p. 203, pl. 28, figs. 10-14, 19. Scione lobata Malmgren, 1865, p. 383, pl. 23, fig. 62.—Verrill, 1881, pp. 305, 310.— Webster and Benedict, 1887, p. 749.—Augener, 1928, p. 789.—Friedrich, 1939, p. 127. 324 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 103 Pista maculata Hessle, 1917, p. 161, pl. 3, fig. 4-—Fauvel, 1927, p. 263, fig. 91, a-h.—Berkeley and Berkeley, 1943, p. 130.—Gorbunov, 1946, p. 39.— Zatsepin, 1948, p. 155, pl. 38, fig. 9—Wesenberg-Lund, 1950a, p. 52; 1950b, poit9; 1951,.p.. 110, Pista groenlandica Treadwell, 1937, p. 33, figs. 14-16. Description —Length up to 150 mm., width 6 mm. Ventral shields about 14. Cephalic ridge with numerous eye-spots. Single pair large branchiae on segment 2, with large, cylindrical main trunk, branched. Buccal segment with two large, rounded lateral lobes embracing prostomium, connected ventrally by a crest; segment 2 short, without lateral lobes; segment 3 with large, rounded, flattened lateral lobes. Nephridial papillae on segments 6-7. Thoracic setigers 16 (one had small lobe on one side only on 17). Uncini begin on segment 5 (setiger 2), in single rows on first 6, in two alternat- ing intercogging rows on rest of thoracic segments, in single rows on rectangular pinnules in abdominal region. Pygidium with six or seven (6-12) conical papillae, arranged starlike. Conor: In alcohol: Branchiae and tentacles dark brown or colorless. Tusss: Irregularly twisted, with thin transparent membranous lining covered mostly with fine sand grains plus few large pebbles, bits of shell, bryozoans, foraminiferans, algae, parts of other worm tubes. Remarks.—The type of P. groenlandica Treadwell from Baffin Bay was examined and is herein referred to P. maculata. Contrary to the original description, eye-spots are present on the cephalic ridge (small, in transverse groove, easily overlooked). New records—Arctic AtasKa: Off Point Barrow base, up to 15 miles from shore, 21-123.5 fms., on bottoms of mass of worm tubes and various combinations of mud, gravel, stones, rocks, large per- forated rocks; from crab, Hyas coarctatus (13 stations, 168 plus speci- mens). NortH GREENLAND: 5 miles south Cape Chalon; north Omenolu near North Star Bay, 17 fms., Bartlett, 1932. Wersr GREENLAND: Oelrichs Bay, 1937; off Conical Rock, 76°3’ N., 67°30’ W., 20-40 fms., 1938; 1 mile northwest Conical Rock, 25-60 fms., 1940; between north shores Parkers Snow Bay and Conical Rock, 25-45 fms., 1940; all collected by Bartlett. East GreEnianp: Off Cape Hold with Hope, 23-40 fms., Bartlett, 1939. Easr Coast Nort America: Off Labrador, 8-125 fms., Blue Dolphin Expeditions, 1949, 1950, 1951. DMstribution —Widely distributed in the Arctic: Siberian, Alaskan, and Canadian Arctic, Baffin Bay, Greenland, Spitsbergen, Barent Sea, Novaya Zemlya. Also Iceland, Norway to English Channel: Hudson Bay to Maine; Bering Sea. In 3-1,528 fathoms. MARINE POLYCHAETE WORMS—PETTIBONE 325 Genus Proclea Saint-Joseph, 1894 Proclea graffii (Langerhans, 1884) Leaena graffiti Langerhans, 1884, p. 262, pl. 15, fig. 21. Proclea graffi Southern, 1914, p. 120.—Hessle, 1917, p. 199, fig. 53.— Fauvel, 1927, p. 268, fig. 94, a-g.—-Gorbunov, 1946, p. 39.—Zatsepin, 1948, p. 157, pl. 38, fig. 19 —Wesenberg-Lund, 1951, p. 111. Description—Length up to 42 mm., width 3 mm., segments 49. Ventral shields about 10. Cephalic ridge without eye-spots. With- out branchiae. With lateral lobes on segments 2-4, those on segments 2 and 3 elongate, extending to ventral shields. Nephridial papillae on segments 3, 6-8. Thoracic setigers 16. Uncini begin on seg- ment 6 (setiger 3), in single rows on first six, in double rows on rest of thoracic segments, in single rows on projecting abdominal pinnules. Pygidium crenulate. Colorless in alcohol. Tube? New records—Arctic AuasKa: Off Point Barrow base, up to 7.5 miles from shore, 21-36 fms., on bottoms of rocks, stones, large per- forated rocks, from breaking rocks apart (3 stations, 6 specimens). Distribution.—Scattered records in the Arctic: Siberian and Alaskan Arctic, Franz Josef Land, White Sea. Also Bering Sea to Okhotsk Sea; Iceland, Swedish west coast, Finland, Ireland, Madeira. In 1-36 fathoms. Genus Leaena Malmgren, 1865 Leaena abranchiata Malmgren, 1865 FicureE 37, a, b Leaena abranchiata Malmgren, 1865, p. 385, pl. 24, fig. 64.—not Moore, 1909b, p. 141 (=Lanassa venusta).—Ehlers, 1913, p. 563.—Hessle, 1917, p. 197.— Augener, 1928, p. 793.—Annenkova, 1937, p. 192; 1938, p. 208.—Berkeley and Berkeley, 1943, p. 130.—Gorbunov, 1946, p. 39.—Zatsepin, 1948, p. 157, pl. 38, fig. 17—Hartman, 1948, p. 45.—Wesenberg-Lund, 1950a, p. 53; 1950b, p. 121; 1951, p. 112. Leaena antarctica McIntosh, 1885, p. 462, pl. 48, figs. 9, 10; pl. 28A, figs. 10, 11. Leaena abranchiata var. antarctica Hessle, 1917, p. 197.—Monro, 1930, p. 188; 1936, p. 178. Description.—Length 43 mm., width 3 mm. (up to 75 mm. long, 6 mm. wide—Malmgren, 1865). About 10 ventral shields. Cephalic ridge without eye-spots. Without branchiae. Lateral lobes on seg- ment 2 extend ventrally, those on segment 3 extend dorsally, forming a prominent ridge (segment preceding first setiger; ridge not so prom- inent in var. antarctica). Thoracic setigers 10. Uncini begin on seg- ment 5 (setiger 2), in single rows on first 6, in double rows on next 10, then in single rows on prominent abdominal pinnules. Notosetae widely bilimbate below whiplike tips. Colorless in alcohol. TusE: Of soft mud with a few bits of scattered rock (some small ones on tubes of Pista maculata). 326 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL. 108 New records —Arctic AtasKka: Off Point Barrow base, 25 fms., on bottoms of gravel, stones, shells (1 station, 1 specimen). East Coast Nortsa America: Off Labrador, 15-55 fms., mud and mud with rock, Blue Dolphin Expeditions, 1950, 1951. Distribution.—Widely distributed in the Arctic: Siberian and Alas- kan Arctic, Baffin Bay, Greenland, Spitsbergen, Novaya Zemlya, Kara Sea. Also Iceland, Faroes, Norway, Sweden, Finland; Hudson Bay to Labrador; southwestern Alaska; Okhotsk Sea to north Japan Sea. In 6-833 fathoms. Var. antarctica: Antarctic, South Georgia; up to 1,975 fathoms. Genus Lanassa Malmgren, 1865 Lanassa venusta (Malm, 1874) FIGURE 37, c Laphaniella venusta Malm, 1874, p. 98, pl. 1, fig. 8. Leaena nuda Moore, 1905b, p. 855, pl. 44, figs. 14, 15. Leaena abranchiata Moore, 1909b, p. 141 (not L. abranchiata Malmgren, 1865). Lanassa venusta Hessle, 1917, p. 205.—Eliason, 1920, p. 75.—Gustafson, 1936, p. 9.—Annenkova, 1937, p. 194; 1938, p. 209.—Zatsepin, 1948, p. 157. Lanassa venusta subsp. pacifica Annenkova, 1938, pp. 209, 230. Description.—Length 37-55 mm., width 3 mm., segments 54-67. Ventral shields about 10. Cephalic ridge without eye-spots (present in subsp. pacijica). Oral tentacles numerous (more than 12 as indicated by Malm). Without branchiae. Lateral lobes on segments 2 and 3 extending ventrally; small lateral lobes on segment 4. Nephridial papillae on segments 3, 6-8; those of segment 3 prominent (anterior to first setiger). Thoracic setigers 11 (12 on subsp. pacifica). Uneini begin on segment 5 (setiger 2), single on first six, in double rows on next eight, in single rows on prominent abdominal pinnules. Noto- setae weakly limbate (fig. 37, c). Pygidium crenulate. Females with large yolky eggs in body (Point Barrow, Sept. 9 and 15, 1948; Aug. 17, Oct. 11, 1949; Aug. 1, 1950). Conor: In life: Orange, with white shields, tentacles tan. In alcohol: Colorless. Tus: With thin, transparent membranous lining, with very loose mud, bits of sand, rock, foraminiferans (tube of specimen from Labrador with great deal of loosely assembled shell debris). Remarks.—The type of Leaena nuda Moore from southwestern Alaska was examined and found in poor condition. It has been referred previously to Lanassa venusta by Annenkova (1937). New records—Arctic ALASKA: Point Barrow base, washed ashore; off Point Barrow base, up to 12.1 miles from shore, 18.3—75.5 fms., on bottoms of mud, stones, and various combinations of mud, sand, gravel, pebbles, stones, rocks, large perforated rocks, with bryozoans, shells (17 stations, 44 specimens). CaNnapian Arctic: Cove in MARINE POLYCHAETE WORMS—PETTIBONE 327 Kneeland Bay, Frobisher Bay, Baffin Island, 14 fms., Bartlett, 1942. Distribution Scattered records in the Arctic: Siberian, Alaskan, and Canadian Arctic. Also Swedish west coast, Danish waters; Labrador; southwestern Alaska; north Japan Sea. In 7-140.5 fathoms. Genus Thelepus Leuckart, 1849 Thelepus cincinnatus (Fabricius, 1780) Fiagure 37, d Amphitrite cincinnata Fabricius, 1780, p. 286. Thelepus circinnata Malmgren, 1865, p. 387, pl. 22, fig. 58. Thelepus cincinnatus Webster and Benedict, 1887, p. 749.—Hessle, 1917, p. 212.— Chamberlin, 1920, p. 23.—Eliason, 1920, p. 76.—Fauvel, 1927, p. 271, fig. 95, i-m; 1932, p. 233, fig. 40; 1934a, p. 69.—Augener, 1928, p. 790.—Monro, 1930, p. 192; 1936, p. 182.—Treadwell, 1937, p. 33.—Friedrich, 1939, p. 127.— Hartman, 1944a, pp. 336, 343; 1952, p. 236.—Gorbunov, 1946, p. 39.— Zatsepin, 1948, p. 154, pl. 38, fig. 7.—Wesenberg-Lund, 1950a, p. 54; 1950b, p. 122; 1951, p. 112. Thelepus hamatus Moore, 1905b, p. 856, pl. 44, figs. 16-18.—Hartman, 1948, p. 44.—Berkeley and Berkeley, 1952, p. 82, fig. 167. Description.—Up to 200 mm. long, 10 mm. wide, segments nu- merous. Dorsal surface rugose, with small glandular warts irregularly distributed and especially abundant anteriorly. Ventral shields in- distinct, wide, somewhat wrinkled. Buccal segment and prostomium forming a thick lower lip, a prominent horseshoe-shaped upper lip, a semicircular cephalic ridge with numerous small eye-spots; tentacular area between upper lip and cephalic ridge with numerous, rather thick tentacles. Branchiae 2 pairs on segments 2 and 3, each formed of numerous, simple filaments arranged in parallel transverse rows. Nephridial papillae on segments 4-7. Notosetae begin on segment 3, continuing on about 40 segments (or almost to posterior end). Un- cini begin on segment 5 (setiger 3), in single rows throughout, the uncinigerous tori gradually transformed into projecting rectangular pinnules. Pygidium with crenulate anal opening. Conor: In life: Orange with red branchiae, tan tentacles, with whitish glandular areas ventrally and laterally. In alcohol: Colorless. Tus: Cylin- drical, twisted, with tough, transparent, membranous lining, covered with small pebbles of varying sizes, with fragments of shells, bryo- zoans, foraminiferans, old worm tubes, algae. Remarks.—The type of T. hamatus Moore from Alaska was ex- amined and is herein referred to 7. cincinnatus; it is a small specimen, consisting of anterior end only. New records—Axrctic Auaska: Off Point Barrow base, up to 15 miles from shore, 20—123.5 fms., on bottoms of mass of worm tubes, rocks, stones, gravel, attached to stems of Tubularia (6 stations, 7 specimens). Wurst GREENLAND: Godhavn, off Hare Island, 70°20’ 328 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 108 N., 56° W., 90 fms., Greely Relief Expedition, 1884. One mile northwest Conical Rock, 25-60 fms., and north shore Wolstenholm, 13-25 fms., Bartlett, 1940. East Greentanp: Off Cape Hold with Hope, 23-40 fms., Bartlett, 1939. East Coast Norta America: Off Labrador, 12-30 fms., Blue Dolphin Expedition, 1949; off New Brunswick, Nova Scotia, Maine, New Hampshire, Massachusetts, 16- 640 fms., U. S. Fish Commission. Wersr Coast Norra America: Washington and Puget Sounds, low water to 46 fms., mud, shell, rock, Pettibone. Distribution —Widely distributed in the Arctic: Siberian, Alaskan, and Canadian Arctic, Greenland, Jan Mayen, Spitsbergen, Franz Josef Land, Barents Sea, Novaya Zemlya. Also Iceland, Faroes, Shetlands, Norway to Portugal, Azores, Madeira, Mediterranean, Adriatic; Labrador to Massachusetts; Bering Sea to Washington; Japan; Indian Ocean (Andamans). Southern latitudes: South Geor- gia, South Orkneys, South Shetlands, Graham Coast, Palmer Peninsula. In low water to 1,391 fathoms. Genus Polycirrus Grube, 1851 Polycirrus medusa Grube, 1855 Figure 37, e, f Polycirrus medusa Grube, 1855, p. 120.—Hessle, 1917, p. 220.—Fauvel, 1927, p. 279, fig. 97, a~-d.—Augener, 1928, p. 795.—Annenkova, 1934, p. 322; 1937, p. 194; 1938, p. 210.—Gorbunov, 1946, p. 39.—Zatsepin, 1948, p. 154, pl. 38, fig. 5—Wesenberg-Lund, 1950a, p. 54; 1950b, p. 123; 1951, p. 114. Ereutho smitti Malmgren, 1865, p. 391, pl. 23, fig. 63.—Webster and Benedict, 1887, p. 749. Polycirrus sp., Hartman, 1948, p. 45. Description—Length up to 70 mm., width 6 mm. Integument tesselated. Large unpaired ventral shield on first few segments, followed by about six pairs of ventral shields separated in midline. Prostomium and buccal segment forming lower lip, wide semicircular dorsal cephalic ridge (without eye-spots), large trilobed or undulating tentacular membrane with very numerous tentacles on its outer edge, the inner part forming folded upper lip; some tentacles long, slender, filiform, others thicker, distinctly grooved. Thoracic setigers usually 13 (10-13), beginning on segment 3 (or 2). Without thoracic uncini; uncini begin on segment 16 (or 15 or just posterior to last setiger), uniserial, few in number, very small and inconspicuous, on slightly raised abdominal pinnules. Six pairs nephridial papillae on segments 3-8. Females with large, yolky eggs (Point Barrow, September 15, 1948, and October 14, 1949). Conor: In life: Red. In alcohol: Colorless. Tus: Simple galleries in mud or sand. New records—Arctic AtasKa: Off Point Barrow base, up to 15 miles from shore, 13.3-78.2 fms., on bottoms of mud and various com- MARINE POLYCHAETE WORMS—PETTIBONE 329 binations of mud, pebbles, gravel, stones, rocks, large perforated rocks, with bryozoans, worm tubes (13 stations, 35 specimens). SPITSBERGEN: Spitsbergen Sea, U.S. S. Alliance, 1881. Nortrawexst GREENLAND: One mile northwest Conical Rock, 25-60 fms., Bartlett, 1940. Brrine Sea: St. Paul Island, Pribilofs, Palmer, 1890. East Coast Norra America: Off Labrador, 45 fms., silt, Blue Dolphin Expedition, 1949. Wrst Coast Norra America: Pavlof Bay, Alaska, 150 fms., Alaska King Crab Investigation, 1940; Washington Sound, 12-46 fms., mud and mussels, Pettibone. Distribution.—Widely distributed in the Arctic: Siberian and Alaskan Arctic, Greenland, Spitsbergen, White Sea, Novaya Zemlya, Kara Sea. Also Iceland, Faroes, Swedish west coast to France, Mediterranean; Labrador to Maine; Bering Sea to Washington; Okhotsk Sea to north Japan Sea. In low water to 889 fathoms. Genus Trichobranchus Malmgren, 1865 Trichobranchus glacialis Malmgren, 1865 FIcurRE 37, g-1 Trichobranchus glacialis Malmgren, 1865, p. 395, pl. 24, fig. 65.—Webster and Benedict, 1887, p. 750.—Ehlers, 1913, p. 566.—Hessle, 1917, p. 131.— Fauvel, 1927, p. 288, fig.100,a-h.—Augener, 1928, p. 792.—Annenkova, 1937, p. 190; 1938, p. 202.—Zatsepin, 1948, p. 153, pl. 38, fig. 1—Wesenberg- Lund, 1950a, p. 55; 1950b, p. 125; 1951, p. 115.—Berkeley and Berkeley, 1952, p. 76, figs. 154, 155. Trichobranchus glacialis var. antarcticus Hessle, 1917, p. 132.—Hartman, 1952, p. 233. Description.—Length up to 30 mm., width 3 mm., segments 60-70. Buccal segment and prostomium form thick, tesselated, inflated lower lip connected laterally with pair of projecting, rounded, flattened lobes (ventral to mass of tentacles), cephalic ridge with numerous black eyespots (absent in var. antarcticus), undulating tentacular membrane with very numerous tentacles, and folded upper lip; some tentacles larger, distinctly grooved; others smaller, filiform. Three pairs branchiae on segments 2-4, each composed of single long filament. With slightly projecting lateral lobes on branchial segments. Thoracic setigers and uncinigers 15, beginning on segment 6; notosetae limbate, with smooth capillary tips; neuropodial uncini aciculiform (crotchets). Abdominal segments with avicular uncini in single rows on triangular projecting pinnules. Pygidium with anal opening crenulate. Color- less in alcohol. Tube membranous, encrusted with mud or fine sand. New records—Arctic Autaska: Off Point Barrow base, up to 5 miles from shore, 27-49 fms., on various combinations of mud, gravel, stones, rocks, shells (5 stations, 15 specimens). East Coast Nort America: Cape Cod Bay, Massachusetts, 27-118 fms., U. S. Fish Commission. 330 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 103 Distribution.—Widely distributed in the Arctic: Alaskan Arctic, Greenland, Spitsbergen, Novaya Zemlya, Kara Sea. Also Iceland, Faroes, Swedish west coast to Spain, Canary Islands, Mediterranean; Maine to Massachusetts; British Columbia; north Japan Sea. Var. antarcticus: Magellan Straits, South Georgia, Ross Island, Kaiser Wilhelm II Land. In 3-1,517 fathoms. Genus Terebellides M. Sars, 1835 Terebellides stroemii M. Sars, 1835 Fiaure 37, j-m Terebellides stroemit M. Sars, 1835, p. 48, pl. 13, fig. 31—Malmgren, 1865, p. 396, pl. 20, fig. 48.—Webster and Benedict, 1887, p. 750.—Moore, 1903, p. 478; 1908, p. 352; 1923, p. 199.—Hessle, 1917, p. 137—Chamberlin, 1920, p. 23.—Eliason, 1920, p. 72.—Fauvel, 1927, p. 291, fig. 100, i-q; 1932, p. 234; 1947, p. 79, fig. 76, f-i—Augener, 1928, p. 797.—Gustafson, 1936, p. 9.—Annenkova, 1937, p. 190; 1938, p. 202.—Treadwell, 1937, p. 35.—Okuda, 1938b, p. 102.—Friedrich, 1939, p. 127.—Berkeley and Berkeley, 1943, p. 130; 1944, p. 5; 1952, p. 75, figs. 152, 153.—Hartman, 1944a, pp. 336, 343; 1944d, p. 24; 1951, p. 113.—Thorson, 1946, p. 124, fig. 69.—Gorbunov, 1946, p. 39.—Zatsepin, 1948, p. 153, pl. 38, fig. 3—St¢gp-Bowitz, 1948c, p. 68.— Wesenberg-Lund, 1949, p. 355; 1950a, p. 55; 1950b, p. 126; 1951, p. 115, fig. 11.—Hartman and Reish, 1950, p. 44. Terebellides stroemii var. japonica Moore, 1903, p. 478; 1908, p. 352; 1923, p. 200. Description.—Length up to 75 mm., width 8 mm., segments 50-60. Prostomium and buccal segment forming large, transverse, crescent- shaped plate below mouth, large and undulating tentacular membrane with numerous, short, grooved tentacles, folded upper lip; dorsally without cephalic ridge or eye-spots. Segment 2 short, achaetous. Single branchia formed of large cylindrical trunk dorsally on segment 3 (first setiger) and four pectinate lobes, frequently interlocked giving appearance of more or less solid mass. With somewhat developed lateral lobes extending ventrally on segments 2—7 (larger on segments 3-6). Thoracic setigers 18, begin on segment 3. Uncini begin on segment 8 (setiger 6), those on first unciniger consisting of crotchets with long manubrium and bent, pointed tips, those on rest of thoracic segments long, aciculiform, with large fang and few denticles; may be crowded in more than one row in large specimens. Abdominal uncini short, avicular, pectiniform, in single rows on projecting tri- angular pinnules. Prominent paired nephridial papillae on segment 3, smaller ones on segments 6 and 7. Pygidium with terminal anus, with sides crenulate. Female with large yolky eggs (ripe eggs and sperm, September 26, 1949). Conor: In life: Body orange, branchia orange- red, tentacles tan. In alcohol: Colorless, with smooth iridescent surface. Parasites——One of the 87 specimens had the parasitic copepod Saccopsis terebellidis Levinsen (identified by P. L. Illg) attached to MARINE POLYCHAETE WORMS—PETTIBONE 331 Ficure 37.—Terebellidae: a, Leaena abranchiata, lateral view anterior end; », same, notoseta; ¢, Lanassa venusta, notoseta; d, Thelepus cincinnatus, avicular uncinus; e, Polycirrus medusa, dorsal view anterior end; f, same, ventral view anterior end; g, Trichobranchus glacialis, dorsal view anterior end; h, same, thoracic aciculiform uncinus; i, same, abdom- inal avicular uncinus; 7, Terebellides stroemii, lateral view anterior end; k, same, crotchet from first unciniger; /, same, thoracic aciculiform uncinus; m, same, abdominal avicular uncinus. (For explanation of symbols, see p. 210.) 261112—54——_9 382 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 103 anterior part in the region of the branchia. The same polychaete and copepod species were found in Iceland waters and figured by Wesen- berg-Lund (1951, p. 117, fig. 11). New records.—Arctic AtasKa: West side Elson Lagoon near Point Barrow, 1.2 fms.; Eluitkak Pass, Elson Lagoon; Point Barrow base, washed ashore; off Point Barrow base, up to 15 miles from shore, 18.3— 123.5 fms., on bottoms of mud, stones, mass of worm tubes, and various combinations of mud, sand, pebbles, gravel, stones, rocks, large per- forated rocks, with shells, bryozoans, worm tubes (26 stations, 87 specimens). Wrst Coast Norta America: Washington and Puget Sounds, 10-165 fms., Pettibone. East Coast Norra America: Off Labrador, 5-65 fms., Blue Dolphin Expeditions, 1949, 1950; off Nova Scotia, Maine, Massachusetts, Rhode Island, Long Island Sound, 6-368 fms., U. S. Fish Commission. Distribution.—Widely distributed in the Arctic: Siberian, Alaskan, and Canadian Arctic, Greenland, Jan Mayen, Spitsbergen, Franz Josef Land, Barents Sea, White Sea, Novaya Zemlya, Kara Sea. Also Iceland, Faroes, Norway to Portugal, Mediterranean, Adriatic, Black Sea; Hudson Bay to Long Island Sound, Gulf of Mexico, West Indies; Bering Sea to southern California, Panamaé, Venezuela; north Japan Sea to Japan; Iranian Gulf; Indian Ocean; South Africa, Bouvet Island, Kerguelen, New Caledonia. In low water to 1,611 fathoms. Family SABELLIDAE Body cylindrical, tapered posteriorly. Prostomium indistinct. Buccal region with mouth terminal, with dorsal lip, two ventral lips or vesicular bulbs, two fleshy, membranous or filiform palps of variable length. Branchiae form conspicuous, often highly colored terminal funnellike plume surrounding mouth; plume formed of two semi- circular or spiral lobes bearing numerous filaments each with two rows of ciliated barbules (fig. 38, a). Branchiae without operculum. A collarette more or less developed on first segment. Body divided into two regions: (1) thoracic; few segments (4-12), with dorsal bun- dles of capillary setae and ventral uncinigerous tori (tori lacking in Myzicola) ; without thoracic membrane; (2) abdominal; with inversion Ficure 38.—Sabellidae: a, Sabella crassicornis, lateral view anterior end; b, same, tip of branchial filament; c, same, thoracic notosetae; d, same, dorsal view pygidium; ¢, same, thoracic hoe-like seta from ventral torus; f, same, thoracic avicular uncinus from ventral torus; g, same, ventral view collarette; 4, same, lateral view; i, same, dorsal view; 7, Pot- amilla neglecta, dorsal view collarette; k, same, lateral view; /, same, ventral view; m, same, dorsal thoracic limbate seta; m, same, dorsal thoracic spatulate setae; 0, Potamilla reniformis, ventral view collarette; p, same, lateral view; g, same, dorsal view; 7, same, portion of branchial filament; s, same, thoracic avicular uncinus from ventral torus; #, same, thoracic hoe-like seta from ventral torus; u, same, tip of tube, rolled at free end. (For explanation of symbols, see p. 210.) 333 MARINE POLYCHAETE WORMS—PETTIBONE ee facing page. Figure 38.—For explanation s 334 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 108 of setae, dorsal uncinigerous tori and ventral capillary setae. A median ciliated faecal groove runs length of body, ventral in abdom- inal region and crossing to dorsal surface in thoracic region. Tube cylindrical, permanent or more or less transitory, gelatinous, mem- branous, or horny, covered or not with mud, sand, gravel, debris of shells. Represented by five genera and seven species at Point Barrow. All the genera have large branchial plumes composed of two similar semicircular lobes; branchial filaments without large subterminal eyes, without dorsal appendages. First setigerous segments with limbate notosetae only; neurosetae begin on setiger 2. Abdominal region with numerous segments. Key to the genera of Sabellidae from Point Barrow 1. Ventral tori of thorax with row of uncini of the avicular form (fig. 38, f; in Sabella and Potamilla with additional row of hoelike setae, fig. 38, t). Col- larette well developed. Branchial filaments with or without eyes, united at base only, with palmar membrane poorly developed or lacking------_- 2 Ventral tori of thorax with crotchets with long manubrium (fig. 39, #; without tori in Myzicola). Branchial filaments without eyes, united along a large part of their length by a well-developed palmar membrane (fig. 39, m)_-. 3 2. Dorsal thoracic setae all limbate, some long with straight borders, others short With wide borders.(fig. SS, c)o2- = oe es Sabella (p. 334) Dorsal thoracic setae of two kinds, some limbate, others spatulate (fig. 38, m, n) Potamilla (p. 335) 3. Uncinigerous tori projecting, with short, lateral rows of uncini. Collarette well developed (fig. 39, a—c). Dorsal thoracic setae of two kinds, limbate and spatulate (fig. 39, f, 9). 22-----.--------_-.--2, -2-- 4 Without projecting uncinigerous tori, abdominal uncini in almost complete transverse band (fig. 39, p). Collarette poorly developed, represented by a triangular ventral lobe (fig. 39, 0). Dorsal thoracic setae all capillary, limbate so 2 2 See ee BA Ae ee ek ee ee Myxicola (p. 340) 4. Posterior segments without ventral depression--_--..-.------- Chone (p. 337) Posterior segments about 10, with ventral suckerlike disc, large ventral de- pression with flared sides (fig. 39, n)-.----------------- Euchone (p. 339) Genus Sabella Linné, 1767 (sensu Malmgren, 1865) Sabella crassicornis Sars, 1851 FIGuRE 38, a-7 Sabella crassicornis Sars, 1851, p. 202.—Malmgren, 1865, p. 399, pl. 27, fig. 83.— Moore, 1909b, p. 144.—Johansson, 1927, p. 119.—Hartman, 1942a, p. 78; 1948, p. 46.—Berkeley and Berkeley, 1943, p. 130; 1952, p. 114, figs. 236, 237.—Zatsepin, 1948, p. 161, pl. 39, fig. 4. Sabella fabricit Kroyer, 1856, p. 20.—Fauvel, 1927, p. 300, fig. 103, a-g—_Augener, 1928, p. 800.—Annenkova, 1934, p. 322; 1937, p. 195; 1938, p. 211.— Wesen- berg-Lund, 1950b, p. 128; 1951, p. 118. Sabella spetsbergensis Malmgren, 1865, p. 399, pl. 29, fig. 93. Sabella spitzbergensis Webster and Benedict, 1887, p. 750. MARINE POLYCHAETE WORMS—PETTIBONE 335 Description.—Length 20-80 mm., width 3-4 mm. Collarette widely separated middorsally, with midventral slit and lateral notches, resulting in 4-lobed structure; ventral lobes closely approximated, may be deflected. Two branchial lobes each with about 16 filaments (15-35), with short tapering tips. Branchial filaments with usually four to six (2-8) pairs of eyes (located in color bands of filaments and may easily be overlooked). Thoracic setigers usually 8 (7-9). Abdo- men with one or two pairs of eye-spots between parapodial rami, well developed toward posterior end. Pygidium with pair of bulbous lobes with groups of eye-spots on dorsolateral sides. Conor: In life: Body flesh color, with branchial filaments banded rusty red, 4-7 transverse bands per filament. In alcohol: Body colorless with red- dish purple bands on branchial filaments. Tuss: Cylindrical, free end flexible, covered with thin, smooth layer of mud; embedded part transparent, horny, rigid, covered with sand grains and foreign material. New records—Arctic AuAsKA: Off Point Barrow base, up to 15 miles from shore, 36—123.5 fms., on bottoms of stones, mass of worm tubes, and various combinations of gravel, stones, rocks, large per- forated rocks, with worm tubes (8 stations, 15 specimens). Kam- CHATKA: Petropavlovsk, Grevnitzky, 1888. AtasKa: New Harbor, Unga Island, under stones, Dall, 1872; Albatross Sta. 2847, 55°01’ N.., 160°18’ W., 48 fms., and station at Kodiak, 1888. Canapran Arctic: Foxe Basin, 25-31 fms., Bartlett, 1927. East Coast Nort AMERICA: Off Labrador, 5-6 fms., Blue Dolphin Expedition, 1949; Bay of Fundy, Maine, Massachusetts, 15 fms., U. S. Fish Commission. CENTRAL America: Golfo Dulce, west Costa Rica, M. Valerio. Distribution —Widely distributed in the Arctic: Siberian, Alaskan, and Canadian Arctic, Greenland, Spitsbergen, Novaya Zemlya, Kara Sea. Also Iceland, Faroes, Norway to France, Mediterranean; Hudson Bay to Massachusetts; Bering Sea to California, Central America (Costa Rica); north Japan Sea to Japan. In low water to 230 fathoms. Genus Potamilia Malmgren, 1865 Key to the species of Potamilla from Point Barrow Pav thont branchial eyes... ale. eee edness S. oel eee P. neglecta With compound eyes in single rows on branchial filaments, 0-8 per filament gts [oe Es OEE OE bo beta 2 ET ee ce) teeta ge ee P. reniformis Potamilla neglecta (Sars, 1851) FicureE 38, j-n Sabella neglecta Sars, 1851, p. 203. Potamilla neglecta Malmgren, 1865, p. 401, pl. 27, fig. 84.—Webster and Benedict, 1884, p. 736.—Moore, 1909b, p. 145; 1923, p. 242.— Johansson, 1927, p. 143.— 336 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 103 Augener, 1928, p. 801.—Hartman, 1942a, p. 81; 1944a, pp. 336, 343; 1948, p. 46.—Zatsepin, 1948, p. 162, pl. 39, fig. 7—Wesenberg-Lund, 1950a, p. 56; 1950b, p. 128; 1951, p. 119.—Berkeley and Berkeley, 1952, p. 116, fig. 238. Potamilla torelli Malmgren, 1865, p. 402; 1867, p. 114, pl. 13, fig. 76.—Ehlers, 1913, p. 575.—Fauvel, 1927, p. 310, fig. 107, m—-s; 1934a, p. 71.—Annenkova, 1934, p. 322; 1937, p. 195; 1938, p. 213.—Wesenberg-Lund, 1951, p. 121. Potamilla acuminata Moore and Bush, 1904, p. 159, pl. 11, figs. 3-6; pl. 12, fig. 41. Description.—Length 30-84 mm., 1-3 mm. wide. Collarette widely separated dorsally, sloping ventrally, with midventral slit, entire laterally, resulting in a 2-lobed structure; ventral lobes triangular, may be deflected. Branchial lobes each with about 16 filaments (6-20), with short, naked distal tips, without eyes. Thoracic setigers usually 8 (5-8). Pygidium with pair of bulbous lobes with dark eye- spots. Conor: In alcohol: Body colorless, branchiae with two or three diffused reddish brown bands. Tuse: Horny, transparent, more or less covered with sand or mud; smaller tubes with rather uniform layer of small sand grains; larger tubes may be encrusted with living barnacles, bryozoans, hydroids, foraminiferans, amphipod tubes. Large yolky eggs in a single layer, pressed close to wall, about one-third way down in tube; a transparent, thin membrane laid down between eggs and worm (large developing yellow eggs found in tube, September 6, 1949, dredged in 36 fathoms, Point Barrow). New records—Arctic ALASKA: Off Point Barrow base, up to 12.1 miles from shore, 21.7-123.5 fms., on bottoms of mass of worm tubes and pebbles, gravel, rocks, large stones (7 stations, 24 specimens). Brrine Sea: Albatross Sta. 3496, 56°32’ N., 169°45’ W., 41 fms., 1893; St. Paul Island, Pribilofs, Hahn, 1911. Anasxa: Albatross Sta., Kodiak, 1888. Wurst Greentanp: Off Hare Island, 70°20’ N., 56° W., 90 fms., U.S. S. Alert, 1884. Easr Coast Norto Ammrica: Off Labrador, 125 fms., Blue Dolphin Expedition, 1949; off Maine, Massachusetts, 31-130 fms., U. S. Fish Commission. Distribution—Widely distributed in the Arctic: Siberian and Alaskan Arctic, Greenland, Spitsbergen. Also Iceland, Faroes, Nor- way to France, Madeira, Mediterranean, Adriatic, Cape Verde Islands; Labrador to Massachusetts; Bering Sea to California; north Japan Sea to Japan; Antarctic. In low water to 1,044 fathoms. Potamilla reniformis (Leuckart, 1849) FIGureE 38, o-u Sabella reniformis Leuckart, 1849, p. 183, pl. 3, fig. 8. Potamilla reniformis Malmgren, 1867, p. 114, pl. 13, fig. 77—Webster and Bene- dict, 1884, p. 736; 1887, p. 750.—Johansson, 1927, p. 142.—Fauvel, 1927, MARINE POLYCHAETE WORMS—PETTIBONE sar p. 309, fig. 107, a-l._—Okuda, 1937b, p. 61.—Annenkova, 1934, p. 322; 1937, p. 195; 1938, p. 212.—Zatsepin, 1948, p. 161, pl. 39, fig. 6 —Wesenberg-Lund, 1950a, p. 57; 1950b, p. 129; 1951, p. 120. Pseudopotamilla intermedia Moore, 1905c, p. 562, pl. 37, figs. 15-22; 1908, p. 359.— Hartman, 1938c, p. 25, pl. 2, fig. 8; pl. 3, figs. 1-4; 1948, p. 46.—Rioja, 1941, p. 732. Pseudopotamilla reniformis Hartman, 1944a, pp. 336, 343, pl. 21, figs. 3, 6; 1945, p. 47.—Berkeley and Berkeley, 1952, p. 116, fig. 239. Description —Length 80-100 mm., width 1-2 mm. Collarette with middorsal depression, deeply notched dorsolaterally (at level of notopodia), with midventral slit, resulting in a 4-lobed structure of pair of rounded or triangular dorsal lobes and pair of rounded ventral lobes which may be deflected. Branchial lobes each with about 10 filaments (5-15). At least some of branchial filaments with large compound eyes, usually 0-3 per filament (0-8), eyes may be variable in size or subequal, deep reddish in alcohol. Thoracic setigers usually 10 (7-14). Pygidium with pair of bulbous lobes with eye-spots. Cotor: In alcohol: Body colorless, branchiae with diffused reddish brown bands in region of eyes. TuBE: Somewhat twisted, horny, translucent or opaque, more or less covered with sand or mud, the free end usually flattened, rolled scroll-like when animal pulls inside. New records—Arctic AuasKa: Off Point Barrow base, up to 7.4 miles from shore, 21.7-54.6 fms., on bottoms of pebbles, gravel, rocks, in holes of large stones (2 stations, 15 specimens). Brrine Sea: Anchorage, Cape Etoliu, Nunivak Island, 8 fms., Dall, 1874. SouTHEASTERN ALasKA: Lituya Bay, 6-9 fms., Dall, 1874. Easr Coast Norro America: Off Nova Scotia, Maine, New Hampshire, Massachusetts, Rhode Island, Delaware, 10-317 fms., U. S. Fish Commission. Distribution Scattered records in the Arctic: Arctic Alaska, Greenland. Also Iceland, Swedish west coast to France, Mediter- ranean; Nova Scotia to North Carolina; Bering Sea to British Co- lumbia, México; north Japan Sea to Japan. In low water to 317 fathoms. Genus Chone Kroyer, 1856 Both species have the segments biannulate. Collarette deeply incised middorsally, forming two longitudinal-folded brackets, with sides smooth; without midventral or lateral notches (fig. 39, a-c). Branchial filaments united on great part of their length by palmar membrane (fig. 39, m). Thoracic setigers 8. Thoracic dorsal setae of three kinds—limbate capillary setae, fine bayonette setae, and spatulate setae with asymmetrical mucronate tips or gently rounded (fig. 39, f-h). Pygidium with anus terminal, with rounded to conical bulbous dorsal valve (fig. 39, d). 338 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 108 Key to the species of Chone from Point Barrow 1. Collarette nearly straight (fig. 39, b). Free end of branchial filaments flat- tened, foliaceous, widely limbate (fig. 39, e).___._.-___- C. infundibuliformis Collarette oblique, longer on ventral side (fig. 39, k). Free end of branchial filaments with long filiform tips (fig. 39, l)._....._.._.____--____- C. dunéri Chone infundibuliformis Kroyer, 1856 Figure 39, a-j Chone infundibuliformis Kréyer, 1856, p. 33.—Malmgren, 1865, p. 404, pl. 28, fig. 87.—Théel, 1879, p. 66.—Wirén, 1883, p. 422.—Fauvel, 1927, p. 334, fig. 116, a-o.—Augener, 1928, p. 806.—Annenkova, 1934, p. 322; 1937, p. 196; 1938, p. 215.—Hartman, 1942b, p. 136; 1944a, pp. 334, 336 (not pl. 20, fig. 5), pl. 21, fig. 7—Berkeley and Berkeley, 1943, p. 130; 1952, p. 123, figs. 252, 253.—Gorbunov, 1946, p. 39.—Zatsepin, 1948, p. 164, pl. 39, fig. 13.—Wesenberg-Lund, 1950a, p. 58; 1950b, p. 131; 1951, p. 123. Chone gracilis Moore, 1906b, p. 257, pl. 12, figs. 62-66.—Berkeley and Berkeley, 1952, p. 123, fig. 254. Description.—Length 30 mm., width 2.5 mm. (up to 120 mm. long, 6 mm. wide—Fauvel, 1927). Collarette nearly straight laterally. Branchial filaments about 15 (10-36), with tips more or less foliaceous, edged by transparent border (prolongations of palmar membrane). Cotor: In life: Variable—flesh color, branchiae orange spotted with white; olive green with distal half of branchiae brick red, basal half red and olive, chalk white on outer sides of bases of branchiae. In alcohol: Colorless, grayish, or tannish. Tuss: Membranous, en- crusted with sand, mud, or pebbles of variable sizes, foraminiferans. New records—Arctic ALASKA: Hluitkak Pass, Elson Lagoon near Point Barrow, 6.6 fms.; off Point Barrow base, up to 7.5 miles from shore, 20-49 fms., on bottoms of mud, stones, and various combina- tions of mud, sand, gravel, stones, rocks, large perforated rocks, shells (12 stations, 32 specimens). Canapran Arctic: East side Cobourg Island, Baffin Bay, 75° 40’ N., 78° 40’ W., Bartlett, 1935. NorrH- west GREENLAND: 1 mile northwest Conical Rock, Bartlett, 1940. East GREENLAND: Off Cape Hold with Hope, 23-40 fms., Bartlett, 1939. SprrsperGEen: Spitsbergen Sea, U.S.S. Alliance, 1881. Brrine Sea: St. Paul Island, Pribilofs, Palmer, 1890; St. George Island, Pribilofs, Hanna, 1913; Albatross Sta. 3232, 58° 30’ N., 157° 34’ W., 10.5 fms., 1890, Sta. 3233, 58° 23’ N., 157° 42’ W., 7 fms., 1890, and Sta. 3289, 56° 44’ N., 159° 16’ W., 16 fms., 1890; Kiska, Aleutians, Dall. Wesr Coast Nortu America: Strait of Juan de Fuca, Wash- ington, 40 fms., mud, Pettibone. East Coast Nortu America: Off Nova Scotia, Maine, Massachusetts, Rhode Island, 10-206 fms., U. S. Fish Commission. Distribution—Widely distributed in the Arctic: Siberian, Alaskan, and Canadian Arctic, Greenland, Spitsbergen, Novaya Zemlya, Kara MARINE POLYCHAETE WORMS—PETTIBONE 339 Sea. Also Iceland, Faroes, Shetlands, Scandinavian coast to Danish waters; Hudson Bay to Rhode Island; Bering Sea to California; north Japan Sea. In low water to 1,955 fathoms. Chone dunéri Malmgren, 1867 Ficure 39, k, | Chone dunért Malmgren, 1867, p. 116, pl. 13, fig. 75.—Wirén, 1883, p. 422.— Fauvel, 1927, p. 336, fig. 117, l-r; 1934a, p. 74.—Augener, 1928, p. 807.— Monro, 1936, p. 189.—Treadwell, 1937, p. 35.—Berkeley and Berkeley, 1944, p. 5.—Zatsepin, 1948, p. 164, pl. 39, fig. 15.—Wesenberg-Lund, 1950a, p. 58; 1950b, p. 130; 1951, p. 123.—Hartman, 1951, p. 117. Description —Length 20-35 mm., width 1.5-2.5 mm. Collarette oblique, longer on ventral side. Branchial filaments about 10 (5-11), with long, tapered tips. Co tor: In life: Branchiae yellow. In alco- hol: Colorless or tannish. Tusse: Thin, membranous, encrusted with sand. New records —Arctic AuasKa: Off Point Barrow base, up to 7.5 miles from shore, 13.3-49 fms., on bottoms of mud and various com- binations of mud, sand, gravel, stones, rocks, large perforated rocks, shells (9 stations, 21 specimens). CaNnapr1AN Arctic: Baffin Island, 66° 43’ N., 80° 07’ W., Bartlett, 1927. Easr Coast Nort AmMmRrIca: Off Labrador, 8 fms., mud, Blue Dolphin Expedition, 1949. Distribution —Widely distributed in the Arctic: Alaskan and Ca- nadian Arctic, Greenland, Spitsbergen, Novaya Zemlya, Kara Sea. Also Iceland, Faroes, Norway to North Sea, Madeira, Mediterranean, Adriatic; Labrador; Florida; west coast South America (Pert). In 8-889 fathoms. Genus Euchone Malmgren, 1865 Euchone analis (Kroyer, 1856) FIGURE 39, m, n Sabella analis Kréyer, 1856, p. 17. Euchone analis Malmgren, 1865, p. 406, pl. 28, fig. 88.—Théel, 1879, p. 65.— Wirén, 1883, p. 423.—Chamberlin, 1920, p. 27.—Augener, 1928, p. 804.— Annenkova, 1937, p. 196; 1938, p. 216.—Berkeley and Berkeley, 1943, p. 130; 1952, p. 121, figs. 250, 251.—Gorbunov, 1946, p. 39.—Zatsepin, 1948, p. 163, pl. 39, fig. 12—Wesenberg-Lund, 1950a, p. 59; 1950b, p. 182; 1951, p. 124. Description —Length 19-28 mm., width 1.8 mm. (up to 60 mm. long—Augener, 1928). Segments biannulate and, with the ventral faecal groove, forming four large areas per segment. Collarette with opening dorsally, nearly straight and entire laterally, with shallow midventral incision. Branchial filaments about 10 per lobe (up to 14), united through a great part of their length by a well- developed palmar membrane. Thoracic setigers 8. Ventral anal 340 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 103 depression extending over 10-12 most posterior segments, bordered by high sinuous membrane. Pygidium with terminal anus, with conical bulbous dorsal valve. Colorless or tannish in alcohol. Tube membranous, encrusted with sand grains and certain amount of debris. New records.—Arctic AtasKa: Off Point Barrow base, up to 12.1 miles from shore, 36—123.5 fms., on bottoms of mass of worm tubes and stones, rocks, large perforated rocks (3 stations, 3 specimens). East Coast Norto America: Off Labrador, 30 fms., mud with rock, Blue Dolphin Expedition, 1950. Distribution —Widely distributed in the Arctic: Siberian, Alaskan, and Canadian Arctic, Davis Strait, Greenland, Jan Mayen, Spits- bergen, Novaya Zemlya, Kara Sea. Also Iceland, Norway to Danish waters; Hudson Bay to Labrador; Bering Sea to British Columbia; north Japan Sea. In 2-389 fathoms. Genus Myxicola (Koch in MS.) Rénier, 1848 Myxicola infundibulum (Montagu, 1808) Figure 39, o-q Amphitrite infundibulum Montagu, 1808, p. 109, pl. 8. Myzicola steenstrupii Kréyer, 1856, p. 35.—Malmgren, 1865, p. 408, pl. 29, fig. 90.—Théel, 1879, p. 66.—Webster and Benedict, 1884, p. 737; 1887, p. 750.—Moore, 1909b, p. 144.—Eliason, 1920, p. 79.—Zatsepin, 1948, p. 164, pl. 39, fig. 16. Myzxicola infundibulum Fauvel, 1927, p. 342, fig. 119, a-i; 1934a, p. 74; 1936, p. 86.—Annenkova, 1934, p. 322.—Okuda, 1939, p. 243.—Hartman, 1944a, pp. 335, 343, pl. 21, fig. 1; 1948, p. 47.—Wesenberg-Lund, 1950b, p. 134; 1951, p. 125.—Berkeley and Berkeley, 1952, p. 119, fig. 244. Description —Length 23 mm., width 5 mm. (up to 200 mm. long, 15 mm. wide—Fauvel, 1927). Collarette represented by a triangular ventral lobe extending anteriorly between the branchial lobes, absent laterally and dorsally. A middorsal groove on first 8-10 segments. Branchial filaments 20-40, united for greater part of their length by Ficure 39.—Sabellidae: a, Chone infundibuliformis, ventral view collarette; b, same, lateral view; ¢, same, dorsal view; d, same, dorsal view pygidium; ¢, same, tip of foliaceous bran- chial filament; f, same, thoracic dorsal limbate capillary seta; g, same, thoracic dorsal spatu- late seta; h, same, thoracic dorsal bayonette seta; 7, same, thoracic crotchet from ventral torus; 7, same, abdominal uncinus; k, Chone dunéri, lateral view collarette; J, same, tip of branchial filament; m, Euchone analis, lateral view anterior end; n, same, ventral view posterior end; 0, Myxicola infundibulum, lateral view anterior end; p, same, lateral view segment from abdominal region; g, same, dorsal view pygidium. Serpulidae: r, Spirorbis granulatus, dorsal view tube; s, same, operculum (after Fauvel); t, same, collar seta (seta of first setiger); u, Spirorbis spirillum, dorsal view anterior end extended from tube (var. ascendens, after Emerton); v, same, discoidal form of tube; w, same, operculum; x, same, collar seta (seta of first setiger, after Fauvel). (For explanation of symbols, see p. 210.) MARINE POLYCHAETE WORMS—PETTIBONE 341 WY Will LA Figure 39.—For explanation see facing page. 342 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 103 well-developed palmar membrane; tips of filaments limbate. Thora- cic setigers 8 (7-9). Thoracic notopodia with limbate capillary setae; neuropodia with crotchets with long manubrium (may disappear). Abdomen without projecting tori; avicular uncini in an almost com- plete circle; with capillary neurosetae. With one to several lateral eye-spots behind each parapodia. Pygidium with anus terminal, with rounded, bulbous dorsal valve with lateral groups of eye-spots. Cotor: In alcohol: Body irregularly speckled reddish brown, with branchiae violet distally. Tusr: Gelatinous, transparent, very firm and elastic, may be quite thick. New records.—Arctic AtasKa: Off Point Barrow base, up to 4.25 miles from shore, 25-35.5 fms., on bottoms of mud with gravel (2 stations, 2 specimens). Wrst Coast Norra America: Washington and Puget Sounds, low water to 165 fms., Pettibone. Easr Coast Norra America: Off Nova Scotia, Maine, Massachusetts, 9-90 fms., U. S. Fish Commission. Distribution —Scattered records in the Arctic: Arctic Alaska, West Greenland, Novaya Zemlya. Also Iceland, Finland, to English Channel, Mediterranean, Adriatic; Nova Scotia to Massachusetts; Bering Sea to California; Japan. In low water to 287 fathoms. Family SERPULIDAE Body cylindrical or fusiform, slightly flattened. Prostomium indis- tinct. Buccal region with mouth terminal, with two transverse lips, palps absent or slightly developed. Branchiae form a terminal funnel- like plume around mouth, formed of two semicircular or spiralled lobes bearing few to numerous filaments, each with two rows of ciliated barbules (fig. 39, u). Usually with one or two opercula (calcareous, horny, or membranous) formed on the first dorsal filaments of the branchial lobes. Usually with a collarette on first segment. Body divided into two regions: (1) thoracic; with few segments (3-7), with dorsal bundles of capillary setae and ventral uncinigerous tori; usually with a thoracic membrane; (2) abdominal; with inversion of setae, dorsal uncinigerous tori and ventral capillary setae. A wide, shallow, longitudinal ciliated faecal groove, ventral in abdominal region, dorsal in thoracic. Tube cylindrical or polygonal, calcareous, opaque or rarely transparent, fixed to substratum (rarely free). Represented by a single genus and two species (two subgenera) at Point Barrow. Genus Spirorbis Daudin, 1800 Both species are of small size, asymmetrical and coiled. Branchial lobes each with 3-5 filaments. A single, partly calcareous operculum MARINE POLYCHAETE WORMS—PETTIBONE 343 on smooth peduncle. Collarette large, widely separated dorsally, entire laterally and ventrally. Three thoracic setigers, the first setiger with only dorsal setae (collar setae) and the next two with ventral tori in addition to dorsal setae. With well-developed thoracic membrane. A long achaetous region between thorax and abdomen (may be crowded with ova; spermatozoa develop in more posterior segments; hermaphroditic). About 20 abdominal setigers. Pygidium with two rounded lobes. Colorless in alcohol. Tube small (1-3 mm. in diameter), closely coiled, white, opaque, fixed to hydroids, bryozoa, algae, carapaces of crustaceans, spines of tunicates, stones, etc. Key to the species of Spirorbis from Point Barrow 1. Tube with sinistral (counterclockwise) spiral coiling (with mouth of tube facing observer, the opening is on the left; fig. 39, r). Eggs incubated in operculum. Collar setae with well-developed basal crenulate wings (fig. eI Pree ea Ss ean aS ee ee Say S. (Laeospira) granulatus Tube with dextral (clockwise) spiral coiling (fig. 39, v). Eggs incubated in tube. Collar setae without crenulate wings (fig. 39, x). S. (Dexiospira) spirillum Spirorbis (Laeospira) granulatus (Linné, 1767) Figure 39, r-t Serpula granulata Linné, 1767, p. 1266. Spirorbis quadrangularis Stimpson, 1854, p. 29.—Moore, 1908, p. 362.— Hartman, 1944a, pp. 336, 343. Spirorbis (Laeospira) granulatus Borg, 1917, p. 28, figs. 14-16.—Fauvel, 1927, p. 403, fig. 137, q-u.—Augener, 1928, p. 815.—Annenkova, 1937, p. 198; 1938, p. 219.—Berkeley and Berkeley, 1943, p. 130; 1952, p. 137, figs. 286, 287.— Gorbunov, 1946, p. 39.—? Thorson, 1946, p. 139, fig. 80.—Zatsepin, 1948, p. 166.—Wesenberg-Lund, 1950a, p. 63; 1950b, p. 141; 1951, p. 135. Description.—Tube 1-2 mm. in diameter, dull chalky white, opaque, somewhat rugose and variable with two longitudinal ridges, one on each side (the opening almost quadrangular), or with three more or less distinct longitudinal keels, or without crests; the tube is coiled sinistrally, up to two coils, flatly on smooth surfaces or somewhat open when on rough surfaces; it may encircle a strand of hydroid and the free end may extend upward. Operculum with terminal plate strongly convex, calcareous, with long, cylindrical projection (short on one side, longer on opposite side), with large brood pouch for incubating eggs (eggs in operculum, Point Barrow, August 17, 1949, and February 18, 1950). Collar setae with blades finely serrated, with well-developed crenulate wing at base. New records—Arctic Auaska: Off Point Barrow base, up to 12.1 miles from shore, 27-123.5 fms., on bottoms of mass of worm tubes, 344 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 108 and various combinations of mud, gravel, rocks, stones (3 stations, 7 specimens). SovuTHWESTERN ALAsKA: Kiska Harbor, Aleutians, 10 fms., Dall, 1873; Canoe Bay, 25 fms., on old clam shell, Alaska King Crab Investigation, 1940. East Coast Norta America: Off Lab- rador, 30-35 fms., mud, rocks, Blue Dolphin Expedition, 1950; off Nova Scotia, Maine, Massachusetts, North Carolina (Cape Hatteras), 17-34 fms., U. S. Fish Commission. Distribution —Widely distributed in the Arctic: Siberian and Alaskan Arctic, Greenland, Jan Mayen, Spitsbergen, Franz Josef Land, Novaya Zemlya, Kara Sea. Also Iceland, Faroes, Norway to France; Hudson Bay to North Carolina; Alaska to British Columbia; north Japan Sea. In low water to 239 fathoms. Spirorbis (Dexiospira) spirillum (Linné, 1758) FIGURE 39, u-« Serpula spirillum Linné, 1758, p. 785. Spirorbis (Dexiospira) spirillum Borg, 1917, p. 20, figs. 3, 4—Fauvel, 1927, p. 392, fig. 132, f-p.—Augener, 1928, p. 814.—Annenkova, 1934, p. 322; 1937, p. 197; 1938, p. 218.—Treadwell, 1937, p. 35.—Hartman, 1942a, p. 91; 1944a, pp. 336, 343, pl. 22, fig. 2—Berkeley and Berkeley, 1943, p. 130; 1952, p. 133, figs. 272-274.—Thorson, 1946, p. 138.—Gorbunov, 1946, p. 39.—Zatsepin, 1948, p. 166.—Wesenberg-Lund, 1950a, p. 62; 1950b, p. 138; 1951, p. 132. Circeis spirillum Chamberlin, 1920, p. 28. Dexiospira spirillum Hartman, 1944b, p. 287; 1948, p. 51; 1951, p. 121. Hartman and Reish, 1950, p. 47. Description.—Tube 1-3 mm. in diameter, white, opaque (may be somewhat translucent), shiny, smooth, porcellaneous, coiled dextrally, up to 3% coils; tube may be coiled flatly (discoidal form) when attached to smooth surfaces, or partly unrolled, the last coil or part of last coil raised from substratum (var. ascendens Levinsen, var. lucidus Mérch) when attached to rough surfaces, as branching bryozoan colonies. Operculum with shallow, calcareous, concave, terminal plate, with slight projection (talon) on under side. Collar setae with serrate blades, without basal crenulate wings. Embryos incubated in tube (eggs in tube, Point Barrow, September 9, 1948, and August 30, 1949). New records—Arctic AuasKa: Off Point Barrow base, up to 8 miles from shore, 21-75.5 fms., on bottoms of stones and various combinations of gravel, rocks, on bryozoa, on Hyas coarctatus, on spines of Boltenia echinata (8 stations, 39 specimens). GULF OF Auaska: Albatross Sta., Observation Island, Cordova, 1914. West GREENLAND: Godhavn, Greely Relief Expedition, 1884. East Coast Norts America: Off Labrador, 10-40 fms., Blue Dolphin Expeditions, 1949, 1950, 1951; off Nova Scotia, Maine, Massachusetts, Long Island Sound, 16-83 fms., U. S. Fish Commission. MARINE POLYCHAETE WORMS—PETTIBONE 345 Distribution.—Widely distributed in the Arctic: Siberian, Alaskan, and Canadian Arctic, Greenland, Spitsbergen, Franz Josef Land, Kara Sea. Also Iceland, Faroes, Norway to France; Hudson Bay to Long Island Sound, southern Texas; Bering Sea to México; north Japan Sea to Japan. In low water to 183 fathoms. 346 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 103 References AuaEJos Y Sanz, Loufs. 1905. Estudio descriptivo de algunas especies de polinoinos de las costas de Santander. Mem. Soc. Espafiola Hist. Nat., vol. 3, pp. 1-76 12 pls. ANDREWS, E. A. 1891. Report upon the Annelida Polychaeta of Beaufort, North Carolina. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 14, pp. 277-302, pls. 12-18. ANNENKOvA, N. P. 1929. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Polychaeten-Fauna der U.S.S.R. 1. Fam. Pectinariidae Quatrefages und Ampharetidae Malmgren. Ann. Mus. Zool. Acad. Leningrad, vol. 30, pp. 477-502, pls. 37-39. 1931. Die Polychaeten in den Sammlungen der Jakutischen Expedition der Akademie der Wissenschaften der U.S.S.R. Zool. Anz., vol. 95, pp. 203-205, 4 figs. 1932. Zur Fauna der Polychaeten des Leptev-Meeres. Issled. Morel USSR, Gosud, Gidrol. Inst., Leningrad, fasc. 15, pp. 133-139, figs. 1-7. 1934. Kurze tibersicht der Polychaeten der Litoralzone der Bering-Insel (Kommandor-Inseln), nebst Beschreibung neuer Arten. Zool. Anz., vol. 106, pp. 322-331, 11 figs. 1937. The polychaete fauna of the northern part of the Japan Sea. Issled. Morel USSR, Gosud. Gidrol. Inst., Leningrad, fasc. 23, pp. 139— 216, 12 figs., 5 pls. 1938. Polychaeta of the North Japan Sea and their horizontal and vertical distribution. In Reports of the Japan Sea Hydrobiological Ex- pedition of the Academy of Sciences of the USSR in 1934, pt. 1, pp. 81-230, 16 figs. 1946. New species of Polychaeta from the Arctic Ocean. Trudy Drei- fufishchei ekspeditsii Glavsevmorputi na ledokolnom parokhode G. sedov 1937-1940, vol. 3, pp. 185-188, 3 figs. (Leningrad Vsesofuzny! arkticheskil institut). ARWIDSSON, IvaR 1898. Studien tiber die Familien Glyceridae und Goniadidae. Bergens Mus. Aarb., No. 11, pp. 1-69, 4 pls. 1907. Studien iiber die skandinavischen und arktischen Maldaniden nebst Zusammenstellung der wtbrigen bisher bekannten Arten dieser Familie. Zool. Jahrb., suppl. 9, pt. 1, pp. 1-308, 12 pls. 191la. Die Maldaniden. Wissenschaftlichen Ergebnisse der Schwedischen Sidpolar-Expedition 1901-1903. Vol. 6, pt. 6, pp. 1-44, 2 pls. 1911b. On some Irish Maldanidae. Proc. Roy. Irish Acad. Dublin, vol. 29B, No. 6, pp. 209-228, pls. 17-19. 1922. Systematic notes on some Maldanids. Kongl. Svenska Vetensk. Akad. Handl., vol. 63, No. 7, pp. 1-46, 2 pls. ASHWORTH, JAMES HARTLEY 1910. The annelids of the family Arenicolidae of North and South America, including an account of Arenicola glacialis Murdoch. Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 39, No. 1772, pp. 1-32, figs. 1-14. 1912. Catalogue of the Chaetopoda in the British Museum (Natural History). A. Polychaeta: Pt. I. Arenicolidae. Pp. 1-175, 68 figs., 15 pls. MARINE POLYCHAETE WORMS—PETTIBONE 347 1924. The rediscovery of Arenicola glacialis Murdoch, with observations on its characters and on its status. Rep. Canadian Arctic Exped. 1913-18. Pt. J: Polychaeta, suppl. 1, vol. 9, pp. 3j—7j, 1 fig. AUGENER, HERMANN 1913. Polychaeten von Franz-Joseph-Land. I, II. Zool. Anz., vol. 41, pp. 202-220, 253-273. 1928. Die Polychaten von Spitzbergen. Jn Fauna Arctica. Roémer und Schaudinn, vol. 5, pt. 3, pp. 649-834, pl. 11. 1939. Beitrag zur Polychaetenfauna der Ostsee. Kieler Meersf., vol. 3, pt. 1, pp. 133-147, 3 figs. Bercstrom, Erik 1914. .Zur Systematik der Polychaetenfamilie der Phyllodociden. Zool. Bidr. Uppsala, vol. 3, pp. 37-224, 81 figs., pls. 1-5. BERKELEY, EpitH 1930. Polychaetous annelids from the Nanaimo District. 5. Ammocha- ridae to Myzostomidae. Contr. Canadian Biol. Fish., new ser., vol. 6, No. 5, pp. 67-77, fig. 1. BERKELEY, EpirH, and BERKELEY, CYRIL 1936. Notes on Polychaeta from the coast of western Canada. I. Spionidae. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 10, vol. 18, pp. 468-477, 1 fig. 1938. Notes on Polychaeta from the coast of western Canada. II. Syllidae. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 11, vol. 1, pp. 33-49, 12 figs. 1942. North Pacific Polychaeta, chiefly from the west coast of Vancouver Island, Alaska, and Bering Sea. Canadian Journ. Res., vol. 20, pp. 183-208, 6 figs. 1943. Biological and oceanographical conditions in Hudson Bay. II. Polychaeta from Hudson Bay. Journ. Fish. Res. Board Canada, vol. 6, No. 2, pp. 129-132. 1944. Polychaeta from the western Canadian Arctic region. Canadian Journ. Res., vol. 22, pp. 1—5, 6 figs. 1945. Notes on Polychaeta from the coast of western Canada. III. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 11, vol. 12, pp. 316-335, 6 figs. 1948. Annelida, Polychaeta errantia. Jn Canadian Pacific Fauna. Fish. Res. Board Canada, No. 9b (1), pp. 1-100, 160 figs. 1950. Notes on Polychaeta from the coast of western Canada. IV. Poly- chaeta sedentaria. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 12, vol. 3, No. 25, pp. 50-69, 8 figs. 1952. Annelida, Polychaeta sedentaria. Jn Canadian Pacific Fauna. Fish. Res. Board Canada, No. 9b (2), pp. 1-139, 292 figs. Bore, Fouke 1917. Uber die Spirorbisarten Schwedens nebst einem Versuch zu einer neuen Hinteilung der Gattung Spzrorbis. Zool. Bidr. Uppsala, vol. 5, pp. 14-48, 16 figs. CHAMBERLIN, Raupu V. 1919. Pacific coast Polychaeta collected by Alexander Agassiz. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 63, No. 6, pp. 251-276, pls. 1-3. 1920. The polychaetes collected by the Canadian Arctic Expedition, 1913-18. Rep. Canadian Arctic Exped. 1913-18, pt. B, vol. 9, pp. 1-41, 6 pls. CLAPAREDE, HpovaRD 1868. Les annélides chétopodes du Gulfe de Naples. Mém. Soc. Phys. Genéve, vol. 19, pt. 2, pp. 313-584, 16 pls. 2611125410 348 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 103 DALYELL, JOHN GRAHAM 1853. The powers of the Creator displayed in the Creation. Vol. 2, pp. 1- 359, 46 pls. DitLevsen, HJALMAR 1909. Annulata Polychaeta. In Report of the second Norwegian Arctic expedition in the Fram, 1898-1902, vol. 3, No. 15, pp. 1-23, 3 pls. 1911. Annelids from the Danmark Expedition. In Danmark-Ekspedi- tionen til Grgnlands Nordgstkyst 1906-1908, vol. 5, No. 9, pp. 411- 432, pls. 27-31. 1917. Annelids. I. In The Danish Ingolf-Expedition, vol. 4, pt. 4, pp. 1-71, 24 figs., 6 pls. 1929. Polychaeta. In Zoology of the Faroes. No. 16, pp. 1-83. 1937. Polychaeta. The Godthaab Expedition, 1928, vol. 80, No. 4, pp. 1-64, 6 figs. Exuwers, Ernst 1868. Die Borstenwiirmer (Annelida Chaetopoda) nach systematischen und anatomischen untersuchungen dargestellt, vol. 2, pp. 269-748, pls. 12-24. 1913. Die Polychaeten-Sammlungen. In Deutschen Siidpolar-Expedition, 1901-1903, Zool., vol. 5, pt. 4, pp. 399-602, pls. 26—46. Erason, ANDERS 1920. Biologisch-Faunistische Untersuchungen aus dem Oresund. V. Polychaeta. Acta Univ. Lundensis, new ser., vol. 16, pt. 6, pp. 1-103, 18 figs. FaBricius, Orro 1780. Fauna groenlandica. ... Pp. 1-452, 12 figs. 1799. Betragtninger over Nereide-slaegten. Skrivter af Naturh. Selsk., vol. 5, pp. 154-190, pl. 4. FavuvEL, PIERRE 1911. Annélides polychétes. In Campagne Arctique de 1907, Duc d’Or- léans, pt. 9, pp. 1-44, 1 pl. 1914. Annélides polychétes non pélagiques provenant des campagnes de ) Hirondelle et de la Princesse-Alice (1885-1910), fase. 46, pp. 1- 432, 31 pls. 1923. Polychétes errantes. Faune de France, vol. 5, pp. 1-488, 181 figs. 1927. Polychétes sédentaires. Faune de France, vol. 16, pp. 1-494, 152 figs. 1932. Annelida polychaeta of the Indian Museum, Calcutta. Mem. Indian Mus., vol. 12, No. 1, pp. 1-262, 40 figs., 9 pls. 1933. Annélides polychétes du Golfe du Pei Tcheu Ly. Publ. Mus. Hoang ho Pai ho de Tien Tsin, No. 15, pp. 1-67, 6 figs. 1934a. Annélides polychétes de Rovigno d’Istria. Thalassia, vol. 1, No. 7, pp. 1-78, 4 figs. 1934b. Sur quelques syllidiens du Japon. Annot. Zool. Japon., vol. 14, No. 3, pp. 301-315, 2 figs. 1936. Annélides polychétes du Japon. Mem. Coll. Sci. Kyoto Univ., ser. B, vol. 12, No. 1, pp. 41-92, 1 fig. 1947. Annélides polychétes de Nouvelle-Calédonie et des Iles Gambier, In Faune de l’Empire Frangais, vol. 8, pp. 1-107, 90 figs. FRIEDRICH, HERMANN 1939. Polychaeten-Studien. IV. Zur Polychaeten fauna der Barents-See. Kieler Meeresf., vol. 3, pt. 1, pp. 122-132, 6 figs. MARINE POLYCHAETE WORMS—PETTIBONE 349 Gorsunoy, G. P. 1946. Bottom life of the Novosiberian shoalwaters and the central part of the Arctic ocean. Trudy Dreifufdshchei ekspeditsii Glavsev- morputi na ledokolnom parokhode G. Sedov 1937-1940, vol. 3, pp. 30-138, 1 pl. (Leningrad Vsesoftzny! arkticheskil institut). GrusBE, ApoLPpH EpvuARD 1840. Actinien, Echinodermen und Wiirmen des Adriatischen und Mit- telmeers. ... Pp. 61-88, 1 pl. 1855. Beschreibungen neuer oder wenig bekannter Anneliden. Arch. Naturg., vol. 21, pt. 1, pp. 81-136, pls. 3-5. 1860. Beschreibung neuer oder wenig bekanter Anneliden. Arch. Naturg., vol. 26, pt. 1, pp. 71-118, pls. 3-5. GusTAFSON, GUNNAR 1936. Polychaeta and Sipunculoidea from the Siberian Arctic ocean. In The Norwegian North Polar expedition with the Maud, 1918-1925, Scientific Results, vol. 5, No. 17, pp. 1-12. Hansen, G. ARMAUER 1882. Anneliden fra den Norske Nordhavs-Expedition, 1876-1878. Den Norske Nordhavs-Exped., pt. 7, pp. 1-53, 7 pls. HARTMAN, OLGA 1936a. A review of the Phyllodocidae (Annelida Polychaeta) of the coast of California, with descriptions of nine new species. Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., vol. 41, No. 10, pp. 117-132, 51 figs. 1936b. New species of polychaetous annelids of the family Nereidae from California. Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 83, No. 2994, pp. 467-480, figs. 46-53. 1936c. New species of Spionidae (Annelida Polychaeta) from the coast of California. Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool., vol. 41, No. 6, pp. 45-52, 22 figs. 1938a. The types of the polychaete worms of the familes Polynoidae and Polyodontidae in the United States Museum and the description of a new genus. Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 86, pp. 107-134, 41 figs. 1938b. Review of the annelid worms of the family Nephtyidae from the northeast Pacific, with descriptions of five new species. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 85, No. 3034, pp. 143-158, figs. 62-67. 1938c. Annotated list of the types of polychaetous annelids in the Museum of Comparative Zoology. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 85, No. 1, pp. 1-81, 3 pls. 1939. Polychaetous annelids. Pt. I. Aphroditidae to Pisionidae. Allan Hancock Pacific Exped., vol. 7, No. 1, pp. 1-156, 28 pls. 1940. Polychaetous annelids. Pt. II. Chrysopetalidae to Goniadidae. Allan Hancock Pacific Exped., vol. 7, No. 3, pp. 173-286, pls. 31-44. 1941a. Some contributions to the biology and life history of Spionidae from California. Allan Hancock Pacific Exped., vol. 7, No. 4, pp. 289-322, pls. 45-48. 1941b. Polychaetous annelids. Pt. IV. Pectinariidae. Allan Hancock Pa- cific Exped., vol. 7, No. 5, pp. 325-344, pls. 49-52. 1942a. A review of the types of polychaetous annelids at the Peabody Museum of Natural History, Yale University. Bull. Bingham Oceanogr. Coll., vol. 8, pt. 1, pp. 1-98, 161 figs. 350 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 103 1942b. The identity of some marine annelid worms in the United States National Museum. Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 92, No. 3142, pp. 101-140, figs. 8-15. 1942c. Report on the scientific results of the Atlantis expeditions to the West Indies under the joint auspices of the University of Havana and Harvard University. Mem. Soc. Cubana Hist. Nat., vol. 16, No. 2, pp. 89-104, pls. 8-9. 1944a. New England Annelida. Pt. 2, including the unpublished plates by Verrill with reconstructed captions. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 82, No. 7, pp. 327-344, pls. 138-35 [45-60]. 1944b. Polychaetous annelids from California including the descriptions of two new genera and nine new species. Allan Hancock Pacific Exped., vol. 10, No. 2, pp. 239-307, pls. 19-26. 1944c. Polychaetous annelids. Pt. VI. Paraonidae, Magelonidae, Longo- somidae, Ctenodrilidae, and Sabellariidae. Allan Hancock Pacific Exped., vol. 10, No. 3, pp. 311-388, pls. 27-42. 1944d. Polychaetous annelids. Allan Hancock Atlantic Exped., Rep. No. 3, pp. 1-32, 2 pls. 1945. The marine annelids of North Carolina. Bull. Duke Univ. Marine Sta., No. 2, pp. 1-51, 10 pls. 1947. Polychaetous annelids. Pt. VII. Capitellidae. Allan Hancock Pa- cific Exped., vol. 10, No. 4, pp. 391-480, pls. 43-58. 1948. The polychaetous annelids of Alaska. Pacific Sci., Univ. Hawaii, vol. 2, No. 1, pp. 3-58, 12 figs. 1950. Goniadidae, Glyceridae and Nephtyidae. Allan Hancock Pacific Exped., vol. 15, No. 1, pp. 1-180, 19 pls., 3 figs. 1951. The littoral marine annelids of the Gulf of Mexico. Publ. Inst. Marine Sci., vol. 2, No. 1, pp. 7-124, 27 pls. 1952. The marine annelids of the United States Navy Antarctic Expedi- tion, 1947-1948. Journ. Washington Acad. Sci., vol. 42, No. 7, pp. 231-237, 12 figs. HartTMAN, Otaa, and ReisuH, Donaup J. 1950. The marine annelids of Oregon. Oregon State Monogr. Studies in Zool., No. 6, pp. 1-64, 5 pls. HEssLE, CHRISTIAN 1917. Zur Kenntnis der Terebellomorphen Polychaeten. Zool. Bidr Uppsala, vol. 5, pp. 39-258, 66 figs., pls. 1-5. JOHANSSON, Karu Erik 1926. Berkmurkungen iiber die Kinberg’schen Arten der Familien Hermelli- dae und Sabellidae. Ark. Zool. Stockholm, vol. 18A, No. 7, pp. 1-28, 9 figs. 1927. Beitrige zur Kenntnis der Polychaeten Familien Hermellidae, Sabellidae und Serpulidae. Zool. Bidr. Uppsala, vol. 11, pp. 1-184, 15 figs., 5 pls. JOHNSON, HERBERT PARLIN 1897. A preliminary account of the marine annelids of the Pacific coast with descriptions of new species. ... Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. Zool., ser. 3, vol. 1, No. 5, pp. 153-198, pls. 5-10. 1901. The Polychaeta of the Puget Sound region. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 29, No. 18, pp. 381-437, 19 pls. Kinsera, J. G. H. 1867. Annulata nova. Ofv. Vet. Akad. Forh. Stockholm, vol. 23, No. 9, pp. 337-357. MARINE POLYCHAETE WORMS—PETTIBONE 301 Kroyer, HENRIK 1856. Meddelelser om ormeslaegten Sabella Linn., isaer dans nordiske Arter. Overs. Danske Videnskab. Selsk. Forh. (1856), pp. 1-36. LANGERHANS, PauL 1884. Die Wurmfauna von Madeira. IV. Zeits. wiss. Zool., vol. 40, pp. 247-285, pls. 15-17. LEvucKART, RUDOLPH 1849. Zur Kenntniss der Fauna von Island. Erster Beitrag (Wiirmer). Arch. Naturg., vol. 15.1, pp. 149-208, pl. 3. LrevinsEn, G. M. R. 1882. Systematisk-geografisk Oversigt over de nordiske Annulata, Gephyrea, Chaetognathi og Balanoglossi. Vidensk. Medd. Naturh. Foren. Kjgbenhavn, pt. 1, pp. 160-251, pl. 7. Linnf&, CARL 1758. Systema Naturae. Ed. 10. 1767. Systema Naturae. Ed. 12. MclIntosu, Wiiu1aM C. 1874. On the Annelida of the Gulf of St. Lawrence. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 4, vol. 13, pp. 261-270, pls. 9-10. 1885. Annelida Polychaeta. In Report on the scientific results of the voyage of H.M.S. Challenger . . . 1873-76 . . . Zoology, vol. 12, pt. 34, pp. 1-554, 84 pls. 1900. A monograph of the British annelids. II. Polychaeta. Amphino- midae to Sigalionidae. Vol. 1, pp. 215-442, pls. 24-42. 1908. A monograph of the British annelids. I-II. Polychaeta. Neph- thydidae to Ariciidae. Vol. 2, pp. 1-524, pls. 43-87. Mam, Aucust W. 1874. Annulater i hafvet utmed Sverges vestkust och omkring Géteborg. Géteborgs Vetensk. Samh. Handl., vol. 14, pp. 71-105, 1 pl. MALMGREN, ANDERS J. 1865. Nordiska Hafs-Annulater. Foérh. Ofv. Kongl. Vet. Akad. Stockholm, Nos. 1, 2, 5, pp. 51-110, 181-192, 355-410, pls. 8-15, 18-29. 1867. Annulata Polychaeta Spetsbergiae, Groenlandiae, Islandiae et Scan- dinaviae hactenus cognita. Pp. 1-127, 14 pls. MARENZELLER, EMIL VON 1876. Zur Kenntniss der adriatischen Anneliden. Sitzb. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 72, pp. 129-171, 4 pls. 1879. Stidjapanische Anneliden. Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 41, pp. 1-46, 6 pls. 1890. Annulaten des Beringmeeres. Ann. Naturh. Hofmus. Wien, vol. 5, pp. 1-8, 1 pl. 1892. Zoologische Ergebnisse der im Jahre 1889 auf Kosten der Bremer Geographischen Gesellschaft von Dr. Willy Kiikenthal und Dr. Alfred Walter ausgefiihrten Expedition nach Ostspitzbergen. Polychaten. Zool. Jahrb., vol. 6, pp. 397-434, pl. 19. as 1904. Zoologische Ergebnisse. XIII. Polychiten des Grundes, Gesam- melt 1893, 1894. Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 74,” pp. 295-321. MEsniu, F&irx a 1897. Etudes de morphologie externe chez les annélides. II. Remarques complémentaires sur les spionidiens. Bull. Sci. France et Belgique, vol. 30, pp. 83-100, pl. 3. hea 352 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 103 Monro, C. C. A. 1928. 1930. 1933. 1936. 1937. 1939a. 1939b. MONTAGU, 1808. 1818. Moore, J. 1902. 1903. 1905a. 1905b. 1905c. 1906a. 1906b. 1908. 1909a. On the Polychaeta collected by Dr. Th. Mortensen off the coast of Panama. Vidensk. Medd. Naturh. Foren. Kjgbenhavn, vol. 85, pp. 75-103, 19 figs. Polychaete worms. Discovery Reports, vol. 2, pp. 1-222, 91 figs. The Polychaeta Errantia collected by Dr. C. Crossland at Col6n in the Panama region and Galdpagos Islands during the expedition of the S.Y. St. George. Proc. Zool. Soc. London (1988), pt. 1, pp. 1-96, 36 figs. Polychaete worms. II. Discovery Reports, vol. 12, pp. 59-198, 34 figs. Polychaeta. Scientific reports of the John Murray Expedition, 1933-34, vol. 4, No. 8, pp. 248-321, 28 figs. Polychaeta of the Rosaura Expedition. Nov. Zool. London, vol. 41, pp. 345-354, 4 figs. On some tropical Polychaeta in the British Museum, mostly collected by Dr. C. Crossland at Zanzibar, Tahiti and the Marquesas. II. Families Sylidae and Hesionidae. Nov. Zool. London, vol. 41, pp. 383-393, 4 figs. GEORGE Description of several marine animals found on the south coast of Devonshire. Trans. Linn. Soc. London, Zool., vol. 9, pp. 81-114, pls. 2-8. Description of five British species of the genus Terebella of Linné. Trans. Linn. Soc. London, Zool., vol. 12, pp. 340-344, pls. 11-13. PERCY Descriptions of some new Polynoidae with a list of other Polychaeta from North Greenland waters (and Alaska). Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. 54, pp. 258-278, pls. 13-14. Polychaeta from the coastal slope of Japan, and from Kamchatka and Bering Sea. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. 55, pp. 401-490, pls. 23-27. New species of Polychaeta from the North Pacific, chiefly from Alaskan waters. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. 57, pp. 525-554, pls. 34-37. New species of Ampharetidae and Terebellidas from the North Pacific. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. 57, pp. 846-860, pl. 44. Five new species of Pseudopotamilla from the Pacific coast of North America. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. 57, pp. 555- 569, pl. 37. Descriptions of two new Polychaeta from Alaska. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. 58, pp. 352-355, 2 figs. Additional new species of Polychaeta from the North Pacific. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. 58, pp. 217—260, pls. 10-12. Some polychaetous annelids of the northern Pacifie coast of North America. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. 60, pp. 321- 364, 4 figs. The polychaetous annelids dredged by the U.S.S. Albatross off the coast of southern California in 1904. I. Syllidae, Sphaerodoridae, Hesionidae and Phyllodocidae. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila- delphia, vol. 61, pp. 321-351, pls. 15-16. MARINE POLYCHAETE WORMS—PETTIBONE 353 1909b. The polychaetous annelids dredged in 1908 by Mr. Owen Bryant off the coasts of Labrador, Newfoundland, and Nova Scotia. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 37, No. 1703, pp. 133-146. 1910. The polychaetous annelids dredged by the U.S.S. Albatross off the coast of southern California in 1904. II. Polynoidae, Aphro- ditidae and Segaleonidae. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. 62, pp. 328-402, pls. 28-33. 1911. The polychaetous annelids dredged by the U.S.S. Albatross off the coast of southern California in 1904. III. Euphrosynidae to Goniadidae. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. 63, pp. 234-318, pls. 15-21. 1923. The polychaetous annelids dredged by the U.S.S. Albatross off the coast of Southern California in 1904. IV. Spionidae to Sabel- lariidae. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. 75 (Append.), pp. 179-259. Mookrg, J. P., and Busu, K. J. 1904. Sabellidae and Serpulidae from Japan, with descriptions of new species of Spirorbis. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. 56, pp. 157-179, pls. 11, 12. Miter, Otro FREDERICH 1776. Zoologiae Danicae prodromus, seu animalium Daniae et Norvegiae . . » pp. 1-274. 1788. Zoologica Danica, seu animalium Daniae et Norvegiae .. ., vol. 1, ed. 3, pp. 1-52; vol. 3, ed. 3, pp. 1-71, 1789. 1806. Atlas to above volumes. Murpoc#, JOHN 1884. Description of seven new species of Crustacea and one worm from Arctic Alaska. Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 7, pp. 518-522. 1885. Natural history of Alaska. Vermes. Jn Report of the Inter- national Polar Expedition to Point Barrow, Alaska, pt. 4, pp. 152-156. Nitsson, Davip 1928. Neue und alte Amphicteniden. Goteborgs Vetensk. Samh. Hand1l., vol. 33, No. 4, pp. 1-96, 30 figs. OERstTED, ANpDzERs 8. 1843. Groenlands Annulata Dorsibranchiata. K. Danske Videns. Selsk. Naturv. Math., vol. 10, pp. 155-216, 8 pls. 1845. Uber die Entwickelung der Jungen bei einer Annelide und tiber die aiisseren Unterschiede zwischen beiden Geschlechtern. Arch. Naturg., vol. 11.1, pp. 20-23, pl. 2. OxupbaA, SHrRO 1937a. Some ariciid worms from Japan. Annot. Zool. Japon., vol. 16, No. 2, pp. 99-105, 6 figs. 1937b. Annelida Polychaeta in Onagawa Bay and its vicinity. I. Polychaeta Sedentaria. Sci. Rep. Téhoku Univ., ser. 4, vol. 12, No. 1, pp. 45-69, 12 figs., pl. 2. 1938a. The Sabellariidae of Japan. Journ. Fac. Sci. Hokkaido Univ. Zool., ser. 6, vol. 6, No. 3, pp. 235-253, 11 figs. 1938b. Polychaetous annelids from the vicinity of the Mitsui Institute of Marine Biology. Japan. Journ. Zool., vol. 8, No. 1, pp. 75-105, 15 figs. 1939. Annelida Polychaeta in Onagawa Bay and its vicinity. II. Poly- chaeta Errantia. Sci. Rep. Téhoku Univ., ser. 4, vol. 14, No. 2-3, pp. 219-244, 14 figs. 354 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 108 PAGENSTECHER, H. A. 1862. Untersuchungen tiber niedere Seethiere aus Cette. I. Exogone gem- mifera und einige verwandte Syllidien. Zeits. Wiss. Zool., vol. 12, pp. 265-283, pls. 25-26. PALLAS, PETER SIMON 1766. Miscellanea zoologiea quibus novae imprimis atque obscurae ani- malium species describuntur et observationibus inconibusque illus- trantur. Pp. 1-244, 14 pls. PETTIBONE, MARIAN H. 1949. Polychaetous annelids of the Polynoidae from the northeastern Pacific, with a description of a new species. Amer. Mus. Nov., No. 1414, pp. 1-5, 9 figs. 1951. A new species of polychaete worm of the family Polynoidae from Point Barrow, Alaska. Journ. Washington Acad. Sci., vol. 41, No. 1, pp. 44-45, 1 fig. 1953. Some scale-bearing polychaetes of Puget Sound and adjacent waters Pp. 1-89, 40 pls. RANZANI, CAMILLO 1817. Neue Wiirmer. Isis von Oken, vol. 1, pp. 1449-1480, pl. 11. RatTHKE, HEINRICH 1843. Beitrige zur Fauna Norwegens. Nova Acta Acad. Leop. Carol., vol. 20, No. 1, pp. 1-264, 12 pls. Rioya, ENRIQUE 1941. Estudios annelidolégicos. III. Datos para el conocimiento de las fauna de poliquetos de las costas del Pacifico de México. Anal. Inst. Biol. México, vol. 12, No. 2, pp. 669-746, 9 pls. 1943. Estudios annelidolégicos. VIII. Aportaciones al conocimiento de los exogoninos (anel. poliquetos) de las costas Mexicanas del Pa- cifico. Anal. Inst. Biol. México, vol. 14, No. 1, pp. 207-227, 47 figs. Sars, MIcHAEL 1835. Beskrivelser og iagttagelser over nogle moekelige eller nye i havet ved den Bergenske kyst levende dyr. . . . Pp. 1-81, 15 pls. 1851. Beretning om en i Sommeren 1849 foretagen zoologisk Reise i Lofoten og Finmarken. 5. Annelider. Nyt. Mag. Naturv., vol. 6, pp. 196-211. 1860. Om de ved Norges Kyster forekommende Arter af Annelides laegten Polynoé. Vidensk. Selsk. Kristiania, pp. 54-62. Smiru, S. J., and Harcer, O. (and Vrerri, A. E.) 1874. Report on the dredgings in the region of St. George’s Banks in 1872. Trans. Connecticut Acad. Arts Sci., vol. 3, pp. 1-57, 8 pls. SouTHERN, RowLanp 1914. Archiannelida and Polychaeta. In Clare Island surveys Pt. 47. Proc. Roy. Irish Acad. Dublin, vol. 31, pp. 1-160, 15 pls. Srrmpson, WILLIAM 1854. Synopsis of the marine Invertebrata of Grand Manan. Smithsonian Contr. Knowl., vol. 6, pp. 1-66, 3 pls. St¢gp-BowirTz, C. 1941. Les glycériens de Norvége. Nyt. Mag. Naturv., vol. 82, pp. 181-250 4 pls., 14 figs. 1946. Les scalibregmiens de Norvége. Nyt. Mag. Naturv., vol. 85, pp. 63-87, 2 pls., 6 figs. MARINE POLYCHAETE WORMS—PETTIBONE 355 1948a. Les flabelligériens Norvégiens. Bergens Mus. Aarb. 1946/47, Naturv., No. 2, pp. 1-59, 13 figs., 12 pls. 1948b. Sur les polychétes arctiques des families des glycériens, des ophéliens, des scalibregmiens et des flabelligériens. Tromsg Mus. Aarsh., vol. 66, No. 2, pp. 1-58, 18 figs. 1948c. Polychaeta from the Michael Sars North Atlantic deep-sea expedition 1910. In Rep. Sci. Results Michael Sars North Atlantic Deep-sea Exped. 1910, vol. 5, No. 8, pp. 1-91, 51 figs., 5 tables. Sumner, F. B., Ospurn, R. C., and Cots, L. J. 1913. Annulata. Jn A biological survey of the waters of the Woods Hole and vicinity. Bull. U. S. Bur. Fish., vol. 31, pt. 2, pp. 615-636. Tae, JoHAN H. 1879. Les annélides polychétes des mers de la Nouvelle-Zemble. Svenska Vetensk. Akad. Handl., vol. 16, pt. 3, pp. 1-75, 4 pls. TuHorson, GUNNAR 1946. Reproduction and larval development of Danish marine bottom invertebrates. Medd. Komm. Havunders¢g. Kjgbenhavn, vol. 4, No. 1, pp. 1-523, 198 figs. TREADWELL, A. L. 1922. Polychaetous annelids collected at Friday Harbor, State of Wash- ington, in February and March, 1920. Publ. Carnegie Inst., No. 312, pp. 171-181, 37 figs. 1925. A list of the annelids collected by Captain R. A. Bartlett in Alaska, 1924, with a description of a new species. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 67, art. 29, No. 2601, pp. 1-3, 4 figs. 1937. Polychaetous annelids collected by Captain Robert A. Bartlett in Greenland, Fox Basin, and Labrador. Journ. Washington Acad. Sci., vol. 27, No. 1, pp. 23-36, 16 figs. VERRILL, ADDISON EMoRY 1873. Report upon the invertebrate animals of Vineyard Sound and the adjacent waters, with an account of the physical characters of the region. Rep. U.S. Fish Comm. for 1871-72, pp. 295-778. 1874a. Brief contributions to zoology from the Museum of Yale College. Results of recent dredging expeditions on the coast of New England. Amer. Jour. Sci. Arts, vol. 7, No. 4-8, pp. 38-46, 131-138, 405—- 414, 498-505, pls. 4-8. 1874b. Explorations of Casco Bay by the U. S. Fish Commission in 1873. Proc. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci., vol. 22, pp. 340-395, 6 pls. 1879. Notice of recent additions to the marine invertebrata of the north- eastern coast of America, with descriptions of new genera and species and critical remarks on others. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 2, pp. 165-206. 1881. New England Annelida. Pt. J. Historical sketch, with annotated lists of the species hitherto recorded. Trans. Connecticut Acad. Arts Sci., vol. 4, pt. 2, pp. 285-324, pls. 3-12. 1882. Notice of the remarkable marine fauna occupying the outer banks off the southern coast of New England, and of some additions to the fauna of Vineyard Sound. Amer. Journ. Sci., ser. 3, vol. 24, pp. 360-371 (plates referred to published in Hartman, 1944a). Wesster, H. E. 1879a. Annelida Chaetopoda of the Virginia coast. Trans. Albany Inst., vol. 9, pp. 201-272, 11 pls. 356 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 108 1879b. The Annelida Chaetopoda of New Jersey. Rep. New York State Mus., vol. 32, pp. 101-128. 1886. The Annelida Chaetopoda of New Jersey. Rep. New York State Mus., vol. 39, pp. 128-159, pls. 4-10. Wesster, H. E., and Brenepict, J. E. 1884. The Annelida Chaetopoda from Provincetown and Wellfieet, Massa- chusetts. Rep. U. 8. Fish Comm. for 1881, pp. 699-747, 8 pls. 1887. The Annelida Chaetopoda from Eastport, Maine. Rep. U. 8S. Fish Comm. for 1885, pp. 707-755, 8 pls. WESENBERG-LUND, ELISE 1934. Gephyreans and annelids. Jn The Scoresby Sound Committee’s second East Greenland expedition in 1932 to King Christian IX’s Land. Medd. Grgnland, vol. 104, No. 14, pp. 1-38. 1939a. Pelagic polychaetes of the families Aphroditidae, Phyllodocidae, Typhloscolecidae and Alciopidae. II. Biology. In Report on the Danish oceanographical expeditions 1908-10 to the Mediterranean and adjacent seas, pp. 1—46, 29 figs. 1939b. Polychétes et géphyriens de Tunisie. Bull. Stat. Océanogr. Salambo, No. 39, pp. 1-20. 1947. Syllidae (Polychaeta) from Greenland waters. Medd. Grgnland, vol. 134, No. 6, pp. 1-38, 15 figs. 1948. Maldanidae (Polychaeta) from west Greenland waters. Medd. Grgnland, vol. 134, No. 9, pp. 1-58, 29 figs. 1949. Polychaetes of the Iranian Gulf. Danish Sci. Invest. Iran, pt. 4, pp. 247-400, 47 figs, 1950a. Polychaeta. In The Danish Ingolf-Expedition, vol. 4, No. 14, pp. 1-92, 10 pls., 67 charts, 2 figs. 1950b. The Polychaeta of west Greenland. ... Medd. Grgnland, vol. 151, No. 2, pp. 1-171, 37 charts, 4 tables. 1951. Polychaeta. Jn The Zoology of Iceland, vol. 2, pt. 19, pp. 1-182, 12 figs., 62 charts. Wirtn, AXBL 1883. Chaetopoder fran Sibiriska Ishafvet och Berings Haf insamlade under Vega-Expeditionen 1878-1879. In Vega-Exped. veten- skapliga Jakttagelser. ...af A. E. Nordenskiéld, vol. 2, pp. 383-428, pls. 27-32. 1901. Uber die wahrend der schwedischen arktischen Expedition von 1898 und 1900 eingesammelten Anneliden. Zool. Anz., vol. 24, p. 253. Zacus, I. 1933. Polychaeten vom Nordjapanischen Meer (Bucht Peter der Grosse). Issled. Morel USSR, Gosud. Gidrol. Inst., Leningrad, fase. 19, pp. 125-137. ZATSEPIN, V. 1948. Klass Polychaeta. In Opredelitel fauny i flory severnykh more! USSR, N.S. Gaevskaia-Sokolova, pp. 94-167, figs. 18-22, pls. 28-39. U. 3. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1954 . SACP AN ET POT » © Mares BO ad = Neu Ne Veto egal cs ht im ae io _-, bee , tm W gunstion 2 THA ie Rn, SE ) j i i a bras, us i. ae Cee eT tS fay) SP ey ee a Cr aoe / wie jioils-s yi poner ak Vee wade fi yi Li) (i v : it a '¢ hi a o Fi c te ae . ‘ A i ; yi Rath. Wie vie She Peay Liat , a. f} i ae 'f 5 ’ 4 ' i pea E571 i 2't 4 H Pay &: TOMY Soawtl. Ga? v4 fret tira her iT aA ) es 7 i CP) ties SOT be” Mahe iy rae LSS PG Tir arbiic! Ano), Che Iielopaiens Olohio se hag foal als a Seimei etn) | Lagwiity, tant ble inetereeiod eal Paporicon nf the hey treeh-cniey uowaieh’ Pitot ipa . a . i hats iyaet- I rh riilbia Pie eth Ease tsetia CTI bVip OO. FO TA A rhe “s Mine, hacitiaided ad Plane eld, Senter cipecy, if me Aielationgidad ia Vials} eit kuown Nainganly it Merge : Ore Crbal, Dlaudyalt, oh the pees cemelians pow levi ie rs “ie 1 ene Javinindt nh i SSCR Te, wired She reyriedu ave d IY aa. red, wkGawhes Tenia nlviany Willentiuses an Paved at, thant Fiat Lave grikiton Cifagietinw figs neticash & er! ‘ vt elie iit ef ihe abchitees, fer Calrouone LO ii 20.0% ry. . x paki inuicaledg Bettis ating od Pi Gavriio Ageia dry ie yaisilinite Go) Aen feat AA eheaute: wire dA alricmepartal» ey oe PY le py ‘ae ‘ : ‘ Ang oe : ; ‘ ‘ wae: Mee se at ie, eu Pay str 8 Rak be <¢ ’ ; = 8 (aay TA | : ye, es wr ¥ mei ; ‘ —_ ake ie is 3 al! ae Ate te 7) in | why ir ‘ Naatac: 7) \ i *, a Ni : _ sy ; “ap uh id i 7 B Avni), Teal ml eas As aia bau Ay Rahn rath ye Vane a} Lew PROCEEDINGS OF THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM mar "> AF GAE-INGR ER TORE Tae Oy Ones So SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM Vol. 103 Washington : 1954 No. 3325 THE RELATIONSHIPS OF OLD AND NEW WORLD MELANIANS By J. P. E. Morrison Recent anatomical observations on the reproductive systems of certain so-called ‘‘melanian”’ fresh-water snails and their marine rela- tives have clarified to a remarkable degree the supergeneric relation- ships of these fresh-water forms. The family of Melanians, in the broad sense, is a biological ab- surdity. We have the anomaly of one fresh-water “family” of snails derived from or at least structurally identical in peculiar animal characters to and ancestrally related to three separate and distinct marine families. On the other hand, the biological picture has been previously misunderstood largely because of the concurrent and convergent evolution of the three fresh-water groups, Pleuroceridae, Melanopsidae, and Thiaridae, from ancestors common to the marine families Cerithiidae, Modulidae, and Planaxidae, respectively. The family Melanopsidae is definitely known living only in Europe. At present, the exact placement of the genus Zemelanopsis living in fresh waters of New Zealand is uncertain, since its reproductive characters are as yet unknown. In spite of obvious differences in shape, the shells of the marine genus Modulus possess at least a well- indicated columellar notch of the aperture, to corroborate the biologi- cal relationship indicated by the almost identical female egg-laying structure in the right side of the foot of Modulus and Melanopsis. 273553—54——1 357 358 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 108 The family Pleuroceridae, fresh-water representative of the ancestral cerithiid stock, is now known to include species living in Africa, Asia, and the Americas. The family Thiaridae, likewise, is known from Africa, Asia, and America. With identical reproductive characters, the Thiaridae are only too obviously the fresh-water relatives of the Planaxidae. It is only when the Melanopsidae, Pleuroceridae, and Thiaridae are separated that their zoogeographic story can be read without confu- sion. Perfect separation of these three fresh-water families can only be accomplished by reference to characters of the animals, particularly the reproductive characters. Radular, opercular, or shell characters that will completely separate these families are nonexistent because of their concurrent and convergent evolution. The following key to the major groups of the Melanian complex is given here as the most logical one possible. In the author’s opinion, it represents the true biological relationship of these groups. a.1 Reproduction dioecious; males present in species. b.1 Female with large grooved ‘‘ovipositor”’ in pit on right side of foot; few eggs of proportionately large size. ci. Marine shelled jecees - geht -e 5- reper tendo leieretaree Modulidae e2. Wresh-water shells...¢¢ 2 20 $2 Fo RE ee ee Melanopsidae b.2 Female with egg-laying sinus and rudimentary papilla, or no special struc- ture on right side of foot; numerous eggs of proportionately smaller size. d.! Marine shells. .-.._..-..-.......s3.)1¢6 Aw SW=ee7)) oo Cerithiidae a2 °Fresh:water:shelisivin besos. 20! of. epeingial tn Pleuroceridae e.1 Males with no intromittent structures. f Females oviparous, with egg-laying sinus in right side of foot. Pleurocerinae f2 Females ovoviviparous, without egg-laying sinus; brood pouch uterine, the enlarged end of the oviduct_________-_--- Lavigeriinae e2 Males with eversible ‘‘penis’”’ in mantle edge near end of vas deferens; females ovoviviparous; brood pouch uterine___________- Tiphobiinae a.2 Reproduction parthenogenetic; no males present in species; brood pouch not uterine, but adventitious (subhaemocoelic) in the neck region, with opening on right side of neck. g:? *Marine ‘shelissi1 0 4 LULA MiOvI OO) EF 98 D1eG ON RIO as Wee Planaxidae g2iFresh=water'shells:. 2 990 Sil} to jerartanalc inpeya ont 30 Thiaridae Family MELANOPSIDAE (Europe) Two genera from the fresh waters of Europe have been studied and proven to belong to the family Melanopsidae. They are more special- ized than the Asiatic and American Pleuroceridae, possessing a much larger ‘‘ovipositor” and laying a much smaller number of proportion- ately much larger eggs. OLD AND NEW WORLD MELANIANS—MORRISON 359 According to studies by Ankel (1928), Fagotia esperi (Ferussac) has the same reproductive anatomy of the female as does Melanopsis. The few large eggs (1 mm. im size) are laid singly in an irregular capsule. Melanopsis dufourit (Ferussac) from Elche, Alicante Province, Spain, has been examined by me. Unlike the animals of the North American Pleuroceridae, in this species at least, the smooth mantle edge is continuous beneath the back of the foot, forming a circle around the aperture. In the female the end of the oviduct is quite far behind the mantle edge and simple, as is typical for the group. The egg- laying groove is not long, and does not even reach the mantle edge. The pit is enormously developed and has a large, whitish, tongue- shaped, basally-attached ‘‘ovipositor,” with a groove on its posterior dorsal face, toward the rest of the pit. According to Ankel (1928), a few proportionately large eggs are laid by Melanopsis. Family PLEUROCERIDAE (in the Americas) Subfamily PLEUROCERINAE All known American members of Pleuroceridae are oviparous, including those from North, Central, and South America and the West Indies. In other words, every American genus and species for which the characters of reproduction are known is egg-laying, with an egg-laying sinus or pit in the right side of the foot of the females. The presence of this pit is the single morphological character that proves them to belong to the typical subfamily. There is every indication that all the American genera and species of Pleuroceridae belong here, although some of the North American genera are still unrecorded as to critical animal characters. Subfamily PLEUROCERINAE (in North America) Genus Oxytrema Rafinesque, 1819 Ozxytrema Rafinesque is the earliest and correct name for one of the most widespread ‘‘Melanian” genera in the world. This genus in- cludes numerous North American species whose ranges extend from the Atlantic to the Pacific coasts and from southern Canada to Florida and Texas. It also includes North American fossils, as well as a num- ber of Recent species from southeast Asia (Korea, China, and Thailand). All the species called ‘‘Pleurocera” by Bryant Walker, and other authors who followed him blindly, and all the species called ‘“‘Gonz- obasis” (with very few exceptions) belong to this genus. Their eggs are laid in a single row in a close, irregularly spiral group, in apparent flat clusters of 3 to 10 egg capsules in each small egg mass, the whole covered with sand grains as recorded by Van Cleave (1932), Winsor (1933), and Woodward (1934). 360 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 108 Rafinesque originally described Oxytrema (1819, p. 423), including young specimens of both his genus Pleurocera and this one. There were no specific names included. Blainville, in 1824 and againin 1825 (p. 442), placed one species of Rafinesque under this generic name. He gave as the sole example of the subgenus Pleurocerus (Oxytrema) acutus (Rafinesque), validating the specific name in 1824. Rafinesque (1831, p. 3) again described his Pleurocera acuta, and at the same time declared he had given the name in 1818. From 1824 on, Oxytrema has been the earliest available name for the group be- cause the genotype was fixed at that time as Pleurocera (Oxytrema) acuta Blainville by monotypy. With no serious question ever raised about the identity of acuta, the genotype, doubts about the identity of the genus Oxytrema vanish. The eastern American (Appalachian) species of Oxytrema include some whose shells are almost completely smooth as adults, such as O. symmetrica (Haldeman); some with spiral sculpture predominant, such as O. virginica multilineata (Say); others with axial sculpture strong, such as QO. laqueata (Say); and still others with both axial and spiral lirae to produce reticulate or nodose sculpture, such as O. catenaria (Say). In exactly parallel fashion, as should be expected of congeneric stocks, the western American species now known to belong to Oxytrema show the same rather complete range of sculpture from smooth to axially and spirally sculptured adult shells. The easternmost living representative of the Rocky Mountain group of species is 0. comalensis (Pilsbry). This species from Texas belongs to this minor group within the genus, possessing the same minutae of female reproductive characters as does O. plicifera (Lea) from Oregon and Washington. Most if not all the western America Tertiary fossil species described as “Melania,” ‘“Goniobasis,” and ‘‘Pachychilus,”’ from Texas to Washington, were members of this genus Ozytrema Rafinesque. For example, ‘Amblorus’’ olequaensis Arnold and Hannibal (Hannibal, 1912, p. 178, pl. 8, fig. 27) closely resembles the smoother phase of the living Ozxytrema silicula (Gould) from the same region, while “Pachychilus” drakei Arnold and Hannibal (Hannibal, 1912, p. 183, pl. 8, fig. 26) is close to the living species Oxytrema plicifera (Lea). Certain other fossil species from the Rocky Mountain region parallel eastern forms in the possession of cancellate or reticulate sculpture. Species known from the fossil record indicate the previous continuity of geographic distribution from Washington to Texas, now noncon- tinuous since much of the intervening area (progressively desiccated since the Miocene) is now unsuited to survival of pieurocerine fresh- water snails. Female animals of Oxytrema canaliculatum undulatum (Say) from OLD AND NEW WORLD MELANIANS—MORRISON 361 the Kentucky River, of Oxytrema deshayesiana (Lea) from the Tennes- see River, of Oxytrema bulbosa (Gould) from eastern Oregon, and of Oxyirema nodifila (Martens) from the Han River, Korea, have been examined by me and sketched to show the egg-laying groove and the “ovipositor” pit on the right side of the foot (see pl. 11). Section Strephobasis Lea, 1861 The group named Strephobasis by Lea (1861, p. 96), with the geno- type Oxytrema (Strephobasis) plena Anthony, as stated by Pilsbry (1896a, p. 496), is only an extreme section of the genus, according to shell characters. This small group, which is confined to the larger rivers of the upper Tennessee drainage, is exactly parallel to Goniobasis, sensu stricto, from the Coosa River drainage. The animal characters must be examined to determine whether this group is identical to or biologically distinct from Ozytrema, sensu stricto, and Goniobasis, sensu stricto. Genus Gyrotoma Shuttleworth, 1845 Gyrotoma Shuttleworth (1845, p. 88), based on the genotype (Gyrotoma ovoideum Shuttleworth=) Gyrotoma excisum (Lea), is con- fined to the Coosa River drainage. As Goodrich (1924, p. 6) has hinted, the group named Goniobasis by Lea in 1862 (genotype by subsequent designation by Hannibal 1912: G. osculata Lea) may eventually prove to be most closely related to Gyrotoma. It is possible that Goniobasis, sensu stricto, may be a subgenus of Gyrotoma different only by lack of or development of the fissure in the lip. Study of the animal characters (as yet unknown) of the genotype must prove the true biological position of Goniobasis. Genus Mudalia Haldeman, 1840 Mudalia of Haldeman, whose genotype is Mudalia carinata (Bru- guiére) from the Atlantic coastal region, includes trilineata (Say) of the Ohio River and the more widespread ‘‘Goniobasis’”’ livescens (Menke) from the upper St. Lawrence River and upper Mississippi River areas. The single carina typical of adolescent shells and the egg-laying habits are identical in carinata (Winsor, 1933) and in livescens (Jewell, 1931). Figures 10 and 14 of Goodrich (1945, pl. 1) show how closely the shape of adult shells of livescens may vary toward the usual shape of adult shells of carinata. The eggs of Mudalia are laid singly; that is, there is only one egg capsule in each egg mass. Genus Leptoxis Rafinesque, 1819 Leptoxis of Rafinesque is the earliest name available for the Ameri- can species related to the genotype L. praerosa (Say), and must be so used. Pilsbry (1917, p. 113) has stated the case for priority of Lep- 362 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 108 toris Rafinesque 1819 over Anculosa Say 1821 so clearly that Walker’s 1918 refusal to follow this needed correction of nomenclature appears at present to be only a prejudiced personal objection to the change. As in other similar cases, most American authors, especially those concerned with biology rather than nomenclature, from 1918 to date have followed Walker not because they had critically checked the generic names used by him, but simply because it was the most recent comprehensive classification outline for North American fresh-water shells. As stated elsewhere, this incorrect usage followmg Walker dates only from Walker, and has only 33 years standing, which is not enough to even raise any questions of usage over priority of names. For the record Chenu states (Haldeman, 1847-1848, p. 1, footnote) that he and not Haldeman put the name Leptozxis of Rafinesque on Haldeman’s pictorial monograph of the genus. Thus Chenu, and Pilsbry by formally designating praerosa as genotype in 1917, com- pletely cleared up all doubts, concerning Rafinesque’s genus, which had existed prior to 1848. Genus Eurycaelon Lea, 1864 Eurycaelon of Lea (1864, p. 3) has as genotype Hurycaelon anthonyr (Redfield) by subsequent designation by Walker (1918, p. 36). The two known species, Hurycaelon crassa (Haldeman) 1841 and LE. anthonyi (Redfield) 1854 are confined to the larger rivers of the upper Tennessee drainage as reported by Goodrich (1931). In this con- nection must be mentioned the fact that the two names eristata Anthony (young specimens) and anthonyi Redfield (adult specimens) were published simultaneously in April 1854, according to the printed signature dates of volume 6 of the Annals of the Lyceum of Natural History of New York. Goodrich, acting as first reviser, selected anthony Redfield, on page 130 of volume 6 of the above Annals, over the name cristata of Anthony, on page 108, which he placed in syn- onymy. In this way Goodrich avoided a confusing change of name of the genotype. Genus Pleurocera Rafinesque, 1818 Pleurocera of Rafinesque became monotypic in 1820 with the valid publication by Rafinesque of Pleurocera verucosa. Tryon in 1864 and 1873 did not include the genotype in his usage, so his usage was bio- logically and nomenclatorially wrong. Pilsbry in 1896 questioned the genotype. Hannibal (1912, p. 169) formally designated the mono- type species verrucosa Rafinesque as the genotype, being followed cor- rectly by Pilsbry in 1917. Bryant Walker, in his 1918 classification, continued to use Tryon’s incorrect name for the genus when he used only the second available OLD AND NEW WORLD MELANIANS—MORRISON 363 name, Lithasia Haldeman (1840), which has the species geniculata of Haldeman for genotype. The smooth species from the Kentucky River named Ellipstoma zonalis by Rafinesque in 1818 can only be the species commonly known as Lithasia obovata Say 1829. With over 10 years priority, the specific name of Rafinesque must be used. Animals of Pleurocera zonalis Rafinesque personally collected from the Kentucky River have been examined and sketched. The female egg-laying characters are illustrated in figure 4 of plate 11. Subgenus Ellipstoma Rafinesque, 1818 In spite of the extreme brevity of Rafinesque’s original description (1818b, p. 42), critical reading indicates that this name applies only to the group afterward named Angitrema by Haldeman (1841a). Hannibal (1912, p. 168) formally designated Rafinesque’s first species, Ellipstoma gibbosa, as the genotype, although he misidentified that species. When one approaches the identification of gibbosa from every angle it is evident that there is only one kind of snail in the Ohio and Wabash Rivers with “‘a large knob behind the outward lip.” This is the same species named;almost_ three years later as Melania armigera Say (1821, p. 178). Critical examination of the animal characters of the genotype Pleurocera (Ellipstoma) gibbosa Rafinesque is needed to check the bio- logical distinction of Eillipstoma as a subgenus, a separate genus, or a synonym of Pleurocera, sensu stricto. Genus Anaplocamus Dall, 1895 Anaplocamus of Dall (1895, p. 8), mistakenly described as an Alaskan marine shell because of accidentally transposed locality labels, is a monotypic genus based on the species ‘“‘Anculosa” dilatata Conrad (Rehder, 1942, p. 49). This species of the Kanawha River drainage and the upper Cheat River of the Allegheny drainage is the northern representative of the Jo group. It has the columellar shell structure of Jo, not that of Leptoxis. From a broad biological viewpoint it may be considered a subgenus of Jo, or, more conveniently, a separate genus closely related thereto. Genus Io Lea, 1831 The genus Jo of Lea is well known; it includes the largest living United States Pleuroceridae known. How many species other than the nominal genotype fluvialis (Say) there are or were in existence must await studies of the animals to check the magnificent analyses of shells by Adams (1915). Haldeman, in the American edition of 364 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 108 Heck’s Iconographic Encyclopaedia (1851, p. 84), has given a general description of the animal of Jo: Its characters and habits are not those of Fusus, but of [Orytrema] proper, as distinguished from Leptozis; for although it inhabits the rapids as well as quiet water, in both cases it avoids the current by seeking shelter beneath shelving rocks, or in hollows or crevicesin them. The head is large, and with the tentacles much exposed; the foot is’as large“as in [Oxytrema]; the* coloration is the same (black lines upon an orange ground); the operculum is subspiral as in [Oxytrema], the mantle extends into the canal of the shell, but does not form a closed siphon; the vent is upon the right side; the mouth is a longitudinal slit; the eyes (which are sensitive to the light) are upon a short enlargement of the outer base of the tentacles, which may be a little longer than in [Orytrema], and they are not visibly annulated. It differs from Fusus, and resembles [Oxytrema] in living upon vege- table food; and it moves along in a sluggish manner, moving the head from side to side upon the bottom. Jo spinosa and J. tenebrosa are merely varieties of J. fluvialis. The spinose individuals are much the most abundant, although the species is rare when compared with various species of [Oxytrema]. We have taken the liberty of replacing the name “‘Melania”’ in the foregoing quotation with that of Oxzytrema, since Haldeman had studied and published as typical of ‘‘ Melania’’ the animal of Oxytrema virginica (Gmelin) (Haldeman, 1841b, p. 21). In this connection, it must be mentioned that the shells of the group of ‘‘Pleurocera’”’ alveare Conrad (1834, p. 54, pl. 4, fig. 7) look sus- piciously like normal sized representatives west of and downstream from the megasomatic Jo, sensu stricto, species. The generic name Megara H. and A. Adams (1854, p. 306) has not hitherto been geno- typed. Walker (in litt.), quoted by Goodrich (1928, p. 2, footnote 5), incorrectly reported that Hannibal (1912, pp. 169, 179) had designated the type of Megara. Reference to these pages shows that Hannibal listed parts of the original Megara twice, with two different species as examples (not as types) in the two synonymy lists 10 pages apart. The genotype here designated is the first species, Megara alveare (Conrad) 1834. Animal characters of this group remain a desideratum. If the group is most closely related to Oxytrema, as it has usually been regarded, Megara will remain as a synonym of Oxytrema. If, however, these species should prove upon examination to be closest to Jo in relationship of animal characters, their group name Megara will be available. Subfamily PLEUROCERINAE (in Central and South America) Genus Pachychilus Lea, 1851 This genus seems to be the ecological replacement of Oxytrema, to the southward of the United States. In my opinion, all the known species of this family and subfamily from Central America and the West Indies belong to Pachychilus. In this connection, the ichthyol- OLD AND NEW WORLD MELANIANS—MORRISON 365 ogist S. E. Meek should be given credit as the first known discoverer of the eggs of any member of the family Pleuroceridae. Reporting on collections made in 1906 (Meek, 1908, pp. 205-206), he says: Sphaeromelania largillierti Phil. This is the largest and by far the most abundant species of shell found in the lake. It is found everywhere along the shore on plants and rocks. This species deposits its eggs in January and February. The eggs are very large and are usually attached to the under side of rocks. This species is so abundant that its large gelatin-like eggs would furnish a considerable amount of food for small fishes. It is a very abundant species in Guatemala and San Salvador to Central Nicaragua. Goodrich and Van der Schalie (1937, pp. 39, 41, 42) have recorded and described the eggs of three additional species of Pachychilus as follows: Pachychilus glaphyrus (Morelet) 1849. The eggs were found attached to dead leaves, which were abundant in the bottom of the arroyo. The leaves were in only a few inches of water on a mud-silt bottom near shore. The eggs occur in groups of 3 to 5, are round and glassy in appearance, and are irregularly and line- arly arranged as a single loosely attached layer. As might be expected in a species as large as glaphyrus, the eggs are also large, having a diameter of 3.9 mm. (Arroyo Yalchactila of the Rio de la Pasion, about 4 mi. 8. W. of La Ceiba, Alta Vera Paz, Guatemala) . Pachychilus corvinus (Morelet) 1849. Egg masses of this species were found from which the infant shells were emerging. These were smooth, pinkish carnelian, translucent, and bluntly rounded at the periphery. The whorls varied from 3 to 3}. With growth the shell generally becomes black, even though the adults may be of a mahogany or yellowish color on the body whorls... . Pachychilus pilsbryi Martens 1897. Eggs of this species were found on the lower surfaces of stones in a current near shore. The egg masses occur as flat layers spread out over flat objects. The size of the egg mass varies, the number of eggs in some of them observed running from 8 to 20. The eggs themselves are round, shotlike, and transparent. The whole mass is held together by a gelatinous coating. The average size of the individual eggs is 2.8 mm. We are indeed fortunate in having on record, in the first four species so known, the egg-laying characters of three subgenera of the genus Pachychilus. Subgenus Oxymelania Crosse and Fischer, 1892 Oxymelania Crosse and Fischer (1892, p. 328) possesses the species schiedianus Philippi as genotype by original designation. This group of small to medium-sized species has been most completely studied in the San Luis Potosi region by Pilsbry, following the collections made by A. A. Hinkley. In this subgenus, some species of which are widely different in height of spire, and thus of shell outline, the single general identifying character is the possession or prominence of macro- scopic spiral lirations on the adult shell. The egg-laying habits for the species pilsbryi Martens are quoted above. The synonyms of Oxymelania include Potamanaz Pilsbry (1893, p. 340), named only a few months later, and Lithasiopsis Pilsbry (1910, p. 47). In spite of 273553542 366 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 108 the great similarity of shells, Cubaedomus does not belong here. Ani- mal characters prove it to belong in the family Thiaridae, as recorded below. Oxymelania is known to range geographically from the Panuco River system of México to the headwaters of the Usumasinta River in Guatemala. Subgenus Pachychilus Lea, sensu stricto, 1851 Pachychilus Lea (Lea and Lea, 1851, p. 179) originally included only two specific names, cumingii Lea and laevissima Sowerby. In January 1860, Reeve (1859-1861, pl. 18, fig. 126) designated laevissima as the genotype. On the other hand, Reeve’s “laevssima’’ was a mixture of the species from Chiapas, México, which has since been mistakenly called ‘“Uaevissima’”’ by many authors, and the true laevis- sima of Sowerby and Lea from La Guayra, Venezuela. Since the mixture of Reeve contained in synonymy the originally included laevissima of Sowerby, this designation was valid. Thus the genotype, correctly figured on plate 19, figure 133c, of Reeve (1859-1861) is the only known South American species of the genus. The typical group in Central America is the corvinus or largilliertt group of species, characterized by medium- to large-sized shells with a generally elongate- ovate or elongate-conic outline, rather flat-sided whorls, and almost completely smooth macroscopic sculpture. The egg-laying habits are quoted above. The Cuban species nigrata Poey 1858, fuentes Aguayo 1936, and violaceus Preston 1911 apparently belong here. Synonyms of Pachychilus, sensu stricto, include Cercimelania Crosse and Fischer (1892, p. 327) with P. liebmanni (Philippi) as genotype, and Sphaero- melania Rovereto (1899, p. 109) with the same genotype as Pachy- chilus, since it was proposed as a substitute name. Apparently both Crosse and Fischer and Hannibal did not know of Reeve’s type desig- nation and incorrectly listed P. graphium (Morelet) as the genotype. Subgenus Glyptomelania Crosse and Fischer, 1892 Glyptomelania Crosse and Fischer (1892, p. 328) is confined to Central America. This group of large shells with variable to nodose or subspinose sculpture includes glaphyrus (Morelet), the subgenotype by original designation. The eggs of this species have been recorded by Goodrich and Van der Schalie as quoted above. Subgenus Pilsbrychilus Morrison, 1952 Pilsbrychilus Morrison (1952, p. 7) is distinguished from other known members of the genus by the markedly sinuous lip-margin developed in mature adult shells. It seems probable that examination of the animal will serve to corroborate the distinction of this group now based OLD AND NEW WORLD MELANIANS—MORRISON 367 solely on shell characters. The genotype by original designation is Pachychilus (Pilsbrychilus) dalli Pilsbry, which was first validly published April 17, 1896, in Science (vol. 3, p. 608) ahead of the com- plete description by Pilsbry in Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, June 16, 1896 (p. 269). Fortunately, this earliest validation preceded the typographical error ‘‘walli,’’ which appeared in Zoologischer Anzeiger in May 1896. Genus Doryssa H. and A. Adams, 1854 Doryssa H. and A. Adams (1854, p. 304), whose genotype is D. atra (Bruguiére) from Suriname, ecologically and geographically replaces Pachychilus in northern South America from Venezuela to the Guianas and Brazil. In both these genera the females have a well-developed genital groove ending in the characteristic pleurocerine glandular egg-laying sinus near the right edge of the foot. The males lack this groove. Doryssa consolidata (Bruguiére) was per- sonally collected by the hundreds from rocks in the Mazaruni and Cuyuni Rivers of the Essiquibo system, British Guiana, in the summer of 1925. At that time the shells were cleaned and the radulae (see Baker, 1930, p. 30) extracted from the animals for future study of variation. Although at that time I did not know what char- acters were critical for subfamily classification, no difference of gross anatomy was observed between this British Guiana Doryssa and the North American species Oxytrema semicarinata (Say), already crit- ically and completely personally studied near Lexington, Ky., in 1924. The egg-laying season of Doryssa is apparently still unrecorded. It was not observed during June, July, or August in the Kartabo region. Sheppardiconcha Marshall and Bowles (1932, p. 3), described as a new genus from the (Miocene?) fossil deposits of the Upper Amazon region of Ecuador, is not a subgenus of Aylacostoma. Refer- ence of the group by later authors to Aylacostoma (=Hemisinus) is primarily due to the difficulty of complete separation of the genus Doryssa of the Pieuroceridae from Aylacostoma of the Thiaridae by shell characters alone. According to the shell characters of the original material, Sheppardiconcha is a synonym of Doryssa. Family PLEUROCERIDAE (in Asia) Subfamily PLEUROCERINAE Genus Oxytrema Rafinesque, 1819 In the present state of our knowledge it is no longer possible to maintain the generic distinction of certain eastern Asiatic species from the genus Oxytrema, which has previously been considered 368 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 108 wholly North American. The generic name Hua, proposed by S. F. Chen (1943, p. 21) for the group of ‘“Melania”’ telonaria Heude 1888, is a synonym of Oxytrema Rafinesque 1819. As is the case in both the Appalachian and Rocky Mountain regions of North America, the genus Oxytrema is represented in eastern Asia (Korea, China, and Thailand) by some species that are generally smooth (Hua) and some with strongly nodose or reticulate sculpture. Heude figured the female pleurocerine external anatomy of Oxytrema in 1890 in his excellent work on the Chinese fresh-water mollusks. Unfortunately, he misunderstood the structures of the females of such species as ‘‘Melania’’ jacquetiana Heude and called them male individuals. At present, Heude’s mistake is easy to explain. The (female) egg-laying apparatus of these species (Heude 1890, pl. 43, fig. 5) is superficially identical in appearance to the (male) intromittent organ of certain operculate land snails of the subfamily Cyclophorinae (family Cyclophoridae) (see Heude 1890, pl. 42, fig. 12c), as a com- parison of Heude’s own figures will demonstrate. It is this extreme similarity in appearance that led Heude to an understandable mis- interpretation and has effectively hidden the complete understanding of his critical discoveries for many years. The present studies have corroborated those of Heude. The animals of Oxytrema telonaria (Heude) 1888 are dioecious; the sexes may be distinguished by the presence or absence of the female genital groove on the right side of the foot. There is a glandular, egg-laying pit at the terminal end of the groove a little above the right edge of the foot. The epithelium lining this groove is markedly different from that of the adjacent area and is easily distinguished in preserved material. The posterior edge of the groove is projected into the pit as a sort of papilla at its termination. The oviduct is not enlarged into a uterus; there are no embryos in the body behind the head. Animals of the following Asiatic species have been personally examined and found to exhibit the same pleurocerine reproductive anatomy with but little difference in minor details: 0. nodifila (Martens) 1886, Han River, Korea (see pl. 11, fig. 3); O. towcheana (Heude) 1888, Min River, Fukien, China; 0. jacquetiana (Heude) 1890, Shaochsing, Chekiang, China; O. peregrinorum (Heude) 1890, Fukien, China; O. moutoniana (Heude) 1890, Sa-Hsien, Fukien, China; O. joretiana (Heude) 1890, Chekiang, China; and O. bazlleti (Bavay and Dautzen- berg) 1910, Szechwan, China. How many of the other Asiatic species listed by S. F. Chen in these groups will prove to belong to Orytrema can be determined only when their reproductive anatomy is examined. The presence of Oxytrema species in the recent fauna on both sides of the North Pacific Ocean demonstrates a geographic distribution similar to that of the genera Viviparus and Anodonta, sensu stricto. It is OLD AND NEW WORLD MELANIANS—MORRISON 369 evident also that the western American (Alaskan) region consti- tuted the pathway of migration of these fresh-water mollusks between Asia and North America. Genus Paludomus Swainson, 1840 With a short, ovate shell-shape corresponding to that of the Ameri- can genus Leptozis, the Asiatic genus Paludomus (Swainson, 1840, pp. 198, 340) also belongs to the subfamily Pleurocerinae. The anatomy of the animals of Paludomus tanschaurica (Gmelin) has been completely studied by Seshaiya (1934). The finding by Seshaiya of a tubular structure which he called a “penis” along the terminal portion of the primary gonoduct of the male must be discounted as a glandular discovery until it is proven to be an intromittent organ. As Seshaiya himself pointed out, it is not muscular as is the case of the similarly located and functional male organ of the Tiphobiimae. Seshaiya believed these animals oviparous, as he found no evidence of Ovoviviparity in their anatomy. He did not, however, mention either the egg-laying groove or the pit. Paludomus labiosus (Benson) (?) from Thailand and Paludomus maculatus Lea from India (also members of the subgenus Paludomus, sensu stricto, with its concentric operculum) have been personally examined. The female animals are pleurocerine, with an egg-laying groove and pit in the side of the foot and without any brood pouch (see pl. 11, fig. 6). The true biological relations of the other subgenera such as Hemimitra, which differ markedly in shell and opercular characters, are still unknown or unrecorded. Subfamily LAVIGERIINAE Thiele, 1929 Members of the subfamily Lavigeriinae Thiele (1929, p. 79) show the full dioecious mode of reproduction of the family. That is, there is a normal 1:1 sex ratio of males to females as in all other known members of the Pleuroceridae. The most important distinguishing character is the possession of a uterine brood pouch similar to that in the Viviparidae. As in the typical subfamily (Pleurocerinae), the males possess no intromittent structures whatsoever. Coincident to the development of ovoviviparity, the females have lost (at least do not possess) the egg-laying sinus and papilla characteristic of the Pleurocerinae. The name Semisulcospirinae Morrison (1952, p. 8) is a synonym of the earlier subfamily name Lavigeriinae. Genus Semisulcospira Boettger, 1886 The genotype of Semisulcospira Boettger (1886, p. 4) is the well- known Japanese species Semisulcospira libertina (Gould) 1862... Ex- amination of many specimens from the Hayakawa;River, Honshu, 273553—54__3 370 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 108 Japan, sent to the U.S. National Museum a few years ago by Captain Honess, U. S. Army Sanitary Corps, conclusively demonstrated that this species is Ovoviviparous, as previously suspected. The head and snout of these snails are uncomplicated in either sex by external re- productive structures of any kind. Coitus is probably accomplished by apposition of the mantle edges, with perhaps some prolapsis of the genital duct openings. The lower part of the female reproductive duct (oviduct) is enlarged to form a functional uterus. It is thin- walled when fully distended with young and apparently is not glandu- lar. The hundreds of embryonic young of uniformly small size developed at one time appear to be packed in axial rows, visible ex- ternally when the animal is removed from the shell and resembling the conglutinates of glochidia of the North American fresh-water mussel genus Strophitus. In some cases the young nearest the ovi- duct are not fully developed, showing that development of the ova is at least partly progressive as the young approach the uterine mouth. On the other hand, the great uniformity of size of all the fully de- veloped young, with shells of about 2 whorls, would indicate a definite seasonal, mass release of the young. At any rate, there is no indica- tion of any continued growth to large size of a few embryos at a time or continued parturition over a long season or throughout the year as in certain genera of the family Thiaridae. Recently, Corp. W. E. Old of the U. S. Army Signal Corps sent four species of ‘“‘Melania’” from Korea to the U. S. National Museum. Examination of the animals by both R. T. Abbott and the author has proven that “Melania” nodifila Martens is an Oxytrema as noted above, while the species gottschei Martens, nodiperda Martens, and graniperda Martens (1905) are members of the genus Semisulcospira. The geographic range of Semisulcospira across continental Asia is imper- fectly known and in need of continued research. Family PLEUROCERIDAE (in Africa) Subfamily PLEUROCERINAE Genus Potadoma Swainson, 1840 The genotype of Potadoma Swainson (1840, pp. 200, 341), P. freethiz (Gray), must be examined to completely clear up the position of this genus. Pilsbry and Bequaert (1927) have reported that these snails are apparently oviparous, with the edge of the mantle smooth and even. They compare these species to some species of the American genus Pachychilus. If Potadoma is oviparous as reported, with the egg-laying groove, it belongs in the subfamily Pleurocerinae, and the subfamilies OLD AND NEW WORLD MELANIANS—MORRISON 371 Potadominae Pilsbry and Bequaert and the Paludominae are included synonyms. In addition to the species called Potadoma by Pilsbry and Bequaert, some of the species they called ‘“‘Afelanoides”’ also belong to Potadoma of Swainson. ‘‘Melanoides’’ species such as ignobilis (Thiele) (Pilsbry and Bequaert, 1927, p. 278, pl. 26, figs. 1, 2) are smooth; others such as medjeorum Pilsbry and Bequaert (1927, p. 283, fig. 47) and tornata (Martens) (Pilsbry and Bequaert, 1927, p. 283, fig. 48) possess strong spiral sculpture. Still others, such as wagenia Pilsbry and Bequaert (1927, p. 262, pl. 22, figs. 14-16), crawshayi (EK. A. Smith) and mweruensis (EK. A. Smith) (Pilsbry and Bequaert, 1927, pp. 264— 265, pl. 22, figs. 19-22) show strong plicate to cancellate shell sculpture. The total picture of sculpture in this genus seems exactly parallel to that seen in Appalachia, western America, and eastern Asia in the genus Oxytrema. Genus Limnotrochus EK. A. Smith, 1880 1880. Limnotrochus E. A. Smith, 1880b, p. 425. (Genotype, Limnotrochus thomsont, E. A. Smith, 1880.) Genus Paramelania E. A. Smith, 1881 1881. Paramelania KE. A. Smith, 1881b, p. 559. (Genotype, Paramelania damont E. A. Smith, 1881, by subsequent designation by Pilsbry and Bequaert, 1927, p. 320.) Genus Spekia Bourguignat, 1879 1879. Spekia Bourguignat, 1879, p.27. (Genotype, Spekia zonatus (Woodward), 1859, by monotypy.) Pilsbry and Bequaert have said that, as far as known, the three above-named genera are oviparous. If complete study of the animals confirms this and reveals the characteristic egg-laying pit in the side of the foot, these Lake Tanganyika forms are also Pleurocerinae. Moore (1899a, p. 171) found neither an external groove nor a brood pouch of any type in the females of Spekia zonata (Woodward) examined by him. This condition seems identical in appearance to that of those North American members of the pleurocerine genus Oxytrema, in which the female egg-laying groove is not demarcated structurally and can only be seen functionally as a linear depression in the skin during the breeding season. Subfamily LAVIGERIINAE Thiele, 1929 The statement of Pilsbry and Bequaert (1927, p. 300) in regard to the ovoviviparity of the mixture of species they called ‘‘ Melanoides’’ is in need of clarification. They left the problem unsolved when they said: “Typhobia, Bathanalia, and Lavigeria are viviparous, having the 372 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 108 last part of the oviduct enlarged to form a brood pouch in the mantle, as in Melanoides and Viviparus.’”’ The fact is that Melanoides does not have a uterine brood pouch as in the family Viviparidae. ‘True Melanoides species have the subhaemocoelic brood pouch in the back of the neck, with the brood pouch pore on the right, as in all other members of the Thiaridae. If Pilsbry and Bequaert actually saw uterine brood pouches in the animals of any African species of ‘‘Melanoides,’”’ they probably were dealing with members of the subfamily Lavigeriinae, of an unnamed genus. In this connection, the possibility should be stated frankly that the subfamilies Lavigeriinae and Tiphobiinae may in the future prove to be biologically confluent. Much more study of the animals of African fresh-water species both in and out of Lake Tanganyika is needed to prove or disprove this possibility. As defined above, the subfamily Lavigeriinae includes those genera of pleurocerid snails in which the males have no intromittent organ and the females possess uterine brood pouches. Genus Lavigeria Bourguignat, 1888 The genus Lavigeria Bourguignat (1888, p. 33) is another of the peculiar pleurocerid forms found in Lake Tanganyika. In addition to the shell characters, this genus differs from others by its operculum, which is modified by partial uncoiling to a subspiral form. Moore 1899b, p. 192, pl. 20, fig. 6) has furnished anatomical studies of the species Lavigeria coronata Bourguignat. He called the animal ‘‘Nas- sopsis nassa Woodward,” while Pilsbry and Bequaert have referred this anatomical study to the genotype which they designated, namely: Lavigeria grandis (EK. A. Smith) 1881. Moore’s figure of the shell proves he studied the species coronata. He found that this genus possesses a uterine brood pouch similar to that of Viviparus and of the Tiphobiinae. According to him, the males do not possess any secondarily developed intromittent organ such as is found in the mantle edge of the males of Tiphobia. Genus Bourguignatia Giraud, 1885 1885. Bourguignatia Giraud, 1885, p. 193, pl. 7, figs. 5-7. (Genotype, Bourguigna- tia imperialis Giraud, 1885, by monotypy.) Genus Edgaria Bourguignat, 1888 1888. Edgaria Bourguignat, 1888, p. 38. (Genotype, Edgaria paucicostata (HE. A. Smith), 1881, by subsequent designation by Pilsbry and Bequaert, 1927, p. 328.) The shells of the Bourguignatia, Lavigeria, Edgaria, and Paramelania complex of Lake Tanganyika are almost identical in general characters; however, there are two distinct types of opercula known in the group. OLD AND NEW WORLD MELANIANS—MORRISON 373 Our present lack of anatomical knowledge of all but Lavigeria makes it impossible to say whether two or more subfamilies are represented in this complex of shells inhabiting the rocky shorelines of Lake Tanganyika. Genus Bythoceras Moore, 1898 1898. Bythoceras Moore, 1898c, p.452. (Genotype, Bythoceras iridescens Moore, 1898, by monotypy.) These shells from deeper waters of Lake Tanganyika are also very similar to those of the Lavigeria complex; their opercula differ from those of Lavigeria in being secondarily concentric around a paucispiral nucleus. The general statement by Moore (1898d) that Bythoceras is much more like Tangenyicia in anatomy than (‘‘ Nassopsis’=) Lavigeria is in need of corroboration or clarification. Neither is it clear from Moore’s subsequent statements and figures (1899b) whether Bythoceras is ovoviviparous or not. The final allocation of these names and also of Paramelania and the subfamily name Paramelaniinae must await the complete recording of shell, opercular, and reproductive characters of all members of the Lavigeria complex of Lake Tanganyika. If the reproductive anatomy proves identical, Paramelaniinae (Moore, 1898b, p. 315) will super- sede the name Lavigeriinae (Thiele, 1929, pp. 79, 83) used at this time. Subfamily TreHoBIINAE Moore, 1898 These are pleurocerid snails modified in the males by the develop- ment of a secondary, eversible ‘‘penis’” or vergic structure in the mantle edge near the end of the vas deferens. As far as known, these are the only ‘“Melanian” snails of any kind that possess any intro- mittent structures whatsoever. The females are ovoviviparous, with the terminal portion of the oviduct modified into a uterine brood pouch for the young. At present, our knowledge—or lack of knowledge—indicates that the Tiphobiinae are solely African in geographic distribution, parallel to but not identical with the Asiatic and African subfamily Lavigeriinae. Genus Tiphobia E. A. Smith, 1880 The genotype of 7iphobia HE. A. Smith (1880a, p. 348, pl. 31, fig. 6), T. horei E. A. Smith, 1880, possesses the reproductive characters of the subfamily, as defined above, according to the studies of Moore (1898a). The statement of Pilsbry and Bequaert that the characters of the Tiphobiidae do not distinguish them from the Melaniidae is based on their misunderstanding of the true nature of the brood pouch of the Thiaridae (‘‘Melaniidae”’). Tiphobia is one of the endemic genera of Lake Tanganyika, with a spinose shell and a 374 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 103 secondarily concentric operculum. Its complete biological relation- ship with the other Tanganyika genera and with extra-Tanganyika forms must be clarified by future studies. Genus Bathanalia Moore, 1898 The genotype, Bathanalia howesi Moore, 1898, is stated by Moore (1898a) to be “almost identical anatomically with Tiphobia horet.” This genus differs from Tiphobia by shell characters such as height of spire and the perforate columella. In addition, Bathanalia possesses an unmodified (paucispiral) operculum. Family THIARIDAE The pattern of reproduction is the same for all known members of the family Thiaridae. A high degree of specialization in this one character is indicated by this observed pattern of ovoviviparous parthenogenicity. In other words, there is no male individual known in this entire family of snails. To my knowledge, the parthenogenesis of the Thiaridae has not been examined cytologically to determine whether it is haploid or diploid. There is required only one individual (any individual) to start a new population or colony if it reaches a new fresh-water locality by stream capture or by adventitious transportation. The resultant ability of these snails theoretically to spread more rapidly may partly explain their wider distribution in suitable habitats on islands in both the Pacific and the West Indies and their wider expansion southward across South America than that exhibited at present by the family Pleuroceridae. Certain corollaries are assumed in this theoretical explanation of the differences and peculiarities of distribution of the two fresh-water families of Pleuroceridae and Thiaridae. Structurally, the animals of these families are relatively primitive, exceedingly so as regards their fundamental reproductive characters. Without any proof to the contrary, we may assume them to be of approximately equal antiquity, geologically speaking. Reasoning from the special- ized pattern of reproduction of the Thiaridae, we may logically argue that they are the younger group evolved from the older ancestral type represented now in fresh water by the Pleuroceridae. If this be true, the younger has outstripped the more primitive older type in geo- graphic expansion over geologic time from the era of their differentia- tion up to the present. If the Thiaridae were ever in North America we must assume that they are no longer represented there because the conditions of existence are not now or were not, during some previous geologic era, favorable to their continued existence in those northern areas. Their expansion across the North American continent may be OLD AND NEW WORLD MELANIANS—MORRISON 375 unrepresented in any fossil record, known or yet undiscovered, be- cause successfully living fresh-water mollusk species seldom undergo fossilization. They usually enter the fossil record only when a habitat change brings about the extinction of populations or species. On the other hand, the present geographic distribution of the Thiaridae argues for their greater ability to spread across oceanic areas on island stepping stones without the necessity for any continuous “land bridges.” There is one important taxonomic problem present in the Thiaridae that has not often been acknowledged in the study of these or any other parthenogenetic animal species. We know by observation the great variability of individuals within the species of the dioecious type such as the Pleuroceridae. This variability is the greatest single factor contributing to confusion in past and present studies of these fresh-water shells. The variability of individuals of the related Thiaridae may be either increased or decreased because of their reduction to unilateral ancestry. What we actually have in the entire family of the Thiaridae is the possibility of clone formation in every existing population of these animals. These is no biparental or cross-inheritance control or check on individual variation in their present parthenogenetic state. Wise indeed is the scientist who can tell whether a clone is a species or not, and be right every time, in the case of the Thiaridae. Family TutaripaE (in the Americas) The earliest generic name for any of the indigenous American species of this family is Aylacostoma Spix (1827, p. 15, pl. 8). This manuscript name of Spix was first published in the synonymy of both Melania tuberculata Wagner (= Aylacostoma tuberculatum Spix) and Melania scalaris Wagner (= Aylacostoma glabrum Spix) in connection with the species description, and also on plate 8 (Spix, 1827) without the indication of synonymy. ‘This is in the first edition (Munich) of plates, not the second edition (Leipsic). As a manuscript name of Spix, published in direct connection with two validly described and figured species, Aylacostoma is valid and available. The genotype, by subsequent designation by Morrison (1952, p. 8), is Melania scalaris Wagner (= Aylacostoma glabrum Spix). This species, as comparison of the figures will demonstrate, is that form called behnii by Reeve (1859-1861, pl. 2, fig. 8) in his 1860 monograph on Hemisinus. Swainson (1840, pp. 200, 341) was next to furnish a name for Ameri- can Thiaridae. Hemisinus is his generic name given to the species lineolata Gray from Jamaica. The later emendations, Aulacostoma Agassiz 1846 and Semisinus Crosse and Fischer 1885, are both 376 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 103 unnecessary and invalid under present international rules of nomen- clature. Basistoma Lea (1852, p. 295) is exactly equivalent biologi- cally to Aylacostoma, being based on the same type of shell from South America. Verena H. and A. Adams (1854, p. 308) differs from the typical Aylacostoma group in shorter shell outline and in sculpture. Genus Cubaedomus Thiele, 1928 This genus (Thiele, 1928, p. 401), based on the species brevis Orbigny from Cuba, is the only American group clearly and generically distinct from Aylacostoma on shell characters. The shell is ovate-conic, with a trace of nodulous coronate sculpture on the upper slope or shoulder of the body whorl. There is no columellar notch or sinus in the aperture, which is evenly rounded below (anteriorly). The operculum is paucispiral. Animals of this species, dried in the shells, were recently boiled up in water (softened) and personally examined. These specimens (USNM 407991) were collected by Jaume from Rio “Los Cayos”, Bahia Hondo, Pinar del Rio, Cuba. The mantle is fringed. ‘The embryonic young are relatively large, and there were only two in the subhaemocoelic brood pouch in the neck region at one time in the material examined (pl. 11, fig. 19). Proof that this genus belongs to the family Thiaridae gives us another excellent example of concurrent and convergent evolution. Both Pilsbry (1893) and Aguayo (1944, p. 69) have previously considered the species brevis Orbigny of Cuba congeneric with (““Potamanaz’”’=) Pachychilus (Oxymelania) pilsbryx (Martens) of the Guatemala region, a member of the Pleuroceridae, because of the almost identical shell character- istics of the two species. Genus Aylacostoma Spix, 1827 Subgenus Hemisinus Swainson, 1840 Genotype: (Melania lineolata Gray =) Aylacostoma (Hemisinus) lineolatum (Gray) 1828. This group of elongate-ovate or ovate-conic shells, almost completely lacking macroscopic spiral sculpture, includes one or two species from Cuba, the genotype from Jamaica, and a few other species of Central and South America from Panamé to Ecuador and Pert. Subgenus Aylacostoma Spix, 1827, sensu stricto Genotype: (Aylacostoma glabrum Spiz=) Aylacostoma (Aylacostoma) scalare (Wagner) 1827. This typical group includes one species from the Atlantic side of Central America, one species from the Pacific drainage in the Darién region of Panama, and numerous species from the Magdalena, Orinoco, Amazon, and southern Brazil regions of South America. OLD AND NEW WORLD MELANIANS—MORRISON 377 These shells have spiral sculpture more or less prominent on most of of the whorls, and in some of the species there is a peculiar swelling or expansion of the body whorl of adults. The female reproductive anatomy and embryos (from the brood pouch) of the Central American species Aylacostoma ruginosum (Morelet) were figured by Crosse and Fischer (1892, pl. 49, fig. 10). Im these figures the brood pouch relation is not clearly \indicated; it was not fully understood to be a separate adjunct to the primary female reproductive system. Hinkley (1920, p. 47) also has recorded the reproduction and ecology of this species. He says: Their trail was made by burrowing instead of crawling on the surface as with other forms. They burrowed somewhat like a mole, and often the little mole-like ridge could be followed quite a distance, and the mollusk found working under cover. It is a viviparous genus. When cleaning these shells the embryos run from one to three to the individual. None were noticed with more than three. Hinkley’s observations on the embryos are corroborated by dried animals, received with the shells (USNM 218018) from Hinkley, which show two large young in situ in the brood pouch. These specimens are from Lake Ysabal, Jocolo, Guatemala. Subgenus Longiverena Pilsbry and Olsson, 1935 Genotype: (Aylacostoma tuberculatum Spix, 1827=Melania tubercu- lata Wagner, 1827, not Melania tuberculata (Miller) 1776=) Ayla- costoma (Longiverena) tuberculatum Spix, 1827, by subsequent designation by Morrison, 1952. This subgeneric group of Aylacostoma species possesses prominent longitudinal sculpture in addition to the spiral lirae present on the shells of Aylocostoma, sensu stricto. In this way, the upper spire whorls may greatly resemble the corresponding portion of the shell of some species of Doryssa described from the same general region. More study is required for proof, but this general resemblance of Doryssa and Longiverena shells may be another outstanding example of concurrent and convergent evolution of the families Pleuroceridae and Thiaridae. Pilsbry and Olsson (1935, p. 11) did not formally designate any of the originally included species, recent or fossil, as genotype, so we designated the living species tuberculatum in order that the animal characters of the group may be used to correctly place this unit in the total biological picture. Subgenus Verena H. and A. Adams, 1854 - Genotype: (Melania crenocarina Moricand=) Aylacostoma (Verena) crenocarina (Moricand). 378 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 103 This fourth South American group, Verena, has been considered distinct by most authors. Its principal known distinguishing char- acter is the possession of strong, undulate or scalloped spiral ridges on the post-nuclear whorls. Dr. Olsson of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia has recently found species in the fossil record from the upper Amazon region that prove the existence of Verena in that area for considerable time. These fossil species possess shells with sculpture identical in type to that of crenocarina (Moricand), but, unlike that living species, show shell outlines more or less com- pletely transitional to the high-spired outline of Aylacostoma, sensu stricto. Genus Tarebia H. and A. Adams, 1854 One Asiatic species, probably Tarebia lateritia (Lea) from the Hawaiian Islands, has recently been introduced to American waters with aquarium plants. This species was first discovered living feral in Lithia Sulphur Springs, near Tampa, Fla., in December 1947 by C. W. Cooke of the U. S. Geological Survey. It was not there in March 1940 on the occasion of an earlier complete collection of mol- lusk species by Dr. Cooke from that spring. This kind of introduction is highly dangerous to public health because this Asiatic type of snail is one of the primary intermediate host species of the human lung fluke (Paragonimiasis). Family THrarmDaz (in Asia) Genus Thiara Réding, 1798 This genus (Réding, 1798, p. 109) was not originally monotypic. It included two valid specific names, amarula (Linnaeus) 1758 (Chem- nitz, 1786, pl. 134, figs. 1218, 1219) and cancellata Roding 1798 (Chemnitz, 1786, pl. 134, figs. 1220, 1221), as well as three nomina nuda. Hermannsen (1849, p. 576) did not explicitly state that amarula Linnaeus was the type. In Latin, he said it was a genus ‘‘of the type of.”” However, Brot (1874, p. 7) formally designated amarula the genotype. In the same monographic work he named two other groups which are synonyms of Thiara. Tiaropsis Brot (1874, p. 7), based on the genotype species winterd von dem Busch (1842, p. 1, pl. 1, figs. 1,2), and Plotiopsis Brot (1874, p. 7), based on the genotype species balonnensis Conrad (1850, p. 11), both possess the same shell characters as Thiara, differing principally in height of spire and size of shell. At present these differences are only considered of specific value. Another recently created synonym is Pseudoplotia Forcart 1950, with the species scabra Miiller 1776 as originally designated genotype. OLD AND NEW WORLD MELANIANS—MORRISON 379 Subgenus Thiara Roding, 1798, sensu stricto. Genotype: Thiara (Thiara) amarula (Linnaeus), 1758. The animals of Thiara spp. from Szechwan, China, Mindanao, Philippine Islands, and Okinawa, Ryukyu Islands, have been exam- ined by me and found to possess the reproductive structures described above as distinguishing characteristics of the family (pl. 11, figs. 9, 11). Subgenus Setaeara Morrison, 1952 Genotype: (Thiara cancellata Réding 1798=) Thiara (Setaeara) cancellata Roding 1798. The genotype has been known for many years under the name of setosa Swainson because the far earlier name of Réding has not hitherto been critically examined. These shells possess stronger spiral sculpture than those of Thzara, sensu stricto, and the ‘‘crown” of spines on the shoulder of the whorls is continued upward as a set of cuticular setae, easily broken off, and almost always missing from imperfect shells. This group of only a few species was proposed as a subgenus (Morrison, 1952, p. 8) until animal characters are found that confirm its separation from Thiara, sensu stricto, by means of the shell. Genus Tarebia H. and A. Adams, 1854 Genotype: (Melania semigranosa von dem Busch =) Tarebia semi- granosa (von dem Busch) 1842, by subsequent designation by Morri- son, 1952. Reexamination of the type designation of this genus by Brot (1874, p. 7) shows it to be completely inoperative. His statement that “‘granifera”’ is the type refers to Melania granifera von dem Busch, the only such specific name originally included by H. and A. Adams. To the best of my knowledge, 7. granifera H. and A. Adams is still a nomen nudum. This nomen nudum is proven not to be the same as Melania granifera of Lamarck by H. and A. Adams, who listed Lamarck’s specific name separately and distinctly as a member of the genus Plotia. One of the valid, originally included species was designated as genotype (Morrison, 1952, p. 8) in order to correctly and legally fix Tarebia upon the group of thiarid snails to which it has been restricted and applied since the time of Brot (1874). The animals of JZ. lateritia (Lea) from China, of TJ. granifera (Lamarck) from the Philippines, and, more recently, of the Tarebia colony accidentally introduced to Lithia Sulphur Springs, near Tampa, Fla., have been examined for the reproductive characters and proven thiarid. 380 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 103 Genus Sermyla H. and A. Adams, 1854 Genotype: (Melania mitra Dunker =) Sermyla tornatella (Lea) 1850. Recent examination of the animals of S. kowloonensis S. F. Chen 1943 and of S. mauwiensis (Lea), from China and the Hawaiian Islands respectively, proves this genus typically thiarid, as most authors have considered it. These shells possess arcuate, longitudinal sculpture on the upper (posterior) portion of the whorls, strongly contrasting with the spiral lirae below (anterior). They are relatively short-spired. Genus Stenomelania Fischer, 1885 Genotype: (Melania aspirans Hinds=) Stenomelania aspirans (Hinds). Stenomelama Fischer (1885, p. 701) is a thiarid genus of elongate shells with the spire sometimes exceedingly attenuate and sharp- pointed, when not eroded away. Members of this genus possess the brood pouch typical of the family, that holds the eggs until they develop into veligers. Seshaiya (1940, p. 331) has shown that these snails, living in estuarine habitats, release the embryonic young into the water in the veliger stage. There is thus a free-swimming larval stage in the life history. These observations recently have been corroborated in the case of certain Philippine species of the genus by R. T. Abbott. The species M. aspirans is the genotype by monotypy. Another species, M. hastula (Lea), is the genotype by original desig- nation of the synonymous generic name Radina of Preston (1915, Dp. LO); bey Genus Melanoides Olivier, 1804 Genotype: (Melanoides fasciolata Olivier=) Melanoides tuberculata (Miller) 1776. The shells of Méelanoides are elongate-conic, of a number of regularly increasing whorls. The spire is usually twice the length of the aperture, or more. The sculpture is smooth to finely or coarsely tuberculate, in different species, without any material difference between the younger and older portions of the shell. The operculum is clearly paucispiral, with the nucleus so near the base that in some cases it may approach the subspiral condition. A personal check on available material in the U. S. National Museum collections has shown that the following species belong to Melanoides, agreeing exactly in the thiarid type of ovoviviparous, parthenogenetic reproduction: M. chinensis (Nevill), China; M. surifuensis S. F. Chen, Szechwan, China; 1. turriculus (Lea), Leyte, Philippine Islands; Melanoides sp., Rota, Marianas Islands; M. vainafa (Gould), Ofu, Samoa; and M. indefinata (Lea), Oahu, Hawaiian Islands. OLD AND NEW WORLD MELANIANS—MORRISON 381 Genus Sulcospira Troschel, 1857 Genotype: (Melania sulcospira Mousson=) Sulcospira sulcospira (Mousson). Recorded as “‘also viviparous,” this group must be studied further before its true relationships to the other genera from the Malayan region can be proved. ‘Troschel (1857, p. 114) has recorded the radular characters; the shell appears similar to certain species of Brotia, to Tylomelania, or to immature individuals of Balanocochlis. Until the animal characters are reexamined, Sulcospira may be left tentatively in the ““Melanoides complex.” Genus Balanocochlis Fischer, 1885 Genotype: (Melania glans von dem Busch=) Balanocochlis glans (von dem Busch) 1842. Philippine animals of this species, collected by R. T. Abbott at San Ramon, Mindanao (USNM 543951), have recently been examined. These animals prove the genus to be thiarid. There is a minute brood-pouch pore bordered with ‘‘flaps,” similar to that figured for Melanoides turriculus (pl. 11, fig. 14), low on the right side and close to the fringed mantle edge. Apparently there are many hundreds of minute eggs in the brood pouch. Either they develop as numerous, small, equal-sized young shells as in certain Melanoides species, or they may be released in the veliger stage for a free-swimming larval period, as is known for the genus Stenomelania. The material ex- amined, which contained only the eggs, is not conclusive on this point. In any case, the shell and opercular characters are distinct enough from any other thiarids known to maintain the full generic separation of Balanocochlis. The earlier name Melania inermis Lesson 1830 was preoccupied by Gray in 1825; the later name M. siccata von dem Busch 1843 probably represents young of the species Balanocochlis lans. : Genus Tylomelania P. and F. Sarasin, 1898 Genotype: Tylomelania neritiformis P. and F. Sarasin. This subpaludomiform group of shells only appears as a separate development of shell outline and proportions; they have the same type of “‘paleomelanian” operculum and the same general radular char- acters as do Antimelania and Brotia. The animals of all the groups must be completely and carefully reexamined before the genera (and the distinctions of the genera) of the “‘Melanoides complex” of the Thiaridae can be properly organized or understood. Shell, radular, and opercular characters of this group were carefully recorded by the Sarasins (1898, p. 52, pl. 4, figs. 56, 57; pl. 8, figs. 110, 111; pl. 9, fig. 115), but they did not examine the details of the reproduction of Tylomelania. 382 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 108 Genus Antimelania Crosse and Fischer, 1892 Genotype: (Melania variabilis Benson 1836 (not Melania variabilis Defrance 1823)=) Antimelania costula (Rafinesque) 1833. As the well-known but preoccupied and preceded name for the genotype implies, the shell sculpture of members of this genus is variable. These shells are similar to Melanoides but usually larger in size, with the sculpture bolder when present. The operculum is paleomelanian, often with about 6 turns in contrast to that of Melanoides with about 2 turns. The apex or nuclear whorl of these shells is perfectly symmetrical in uneroded individuals. The aperture is more-or-less regularly rounded at the base, without a forward projecting rounded angle as in Brotia. Specimens of Antimelania soriniana (Heude) collected in 1940 by Dr. H. T. Chen at Tai-Mo-Shan, Kwangtung, China, possess a paleo- melanian operculum (with large nucleus) as in Heude’s figures (1890, pl. 41, figs. 6, 6a). They were all ovoviviparous, parthenogenetic females containing hundreds of minute young in the brood pouch, which is enormously expanded into the body cavity behind the head. They possessed a narrow genital groove terminating abruptly on the right side of the foot, without any trace of the pleurocerine type of ege-laying sinus. Apparently Pilsbry and Bequaert (1927, p. 300) did not know that the specific name variabilis was preoccupied when they designated it the genotype of Antimelania (Crosse and Fischer, 1892, p. 313). A search for the correct name to use in replacement led to the discovery that costula Rafinesque (1833, p. 166) is clearly recognizable as identi- cal to Benson’s variabilis. Moore (1899a, p. 161) has recorded the brood-pouch ovoviviparity of “Melania” episcopalis (Lea). His figure (pl. 14, fig. 13) of the female Antimelania episcopalis (Lea) agrees with our observations on the genus Antimelania. The figure given by him of a “male” animal of this same species is either a nongravid or nonbreeding female of the same species, or a female of the pleurocerine genus Oxytrema with only the genital groove and egg-laying pit in the side of the foot. Moore (1899a, p. 163) mentions the presence of males in Tanganyicia and “‘Melania,”’ but nowhere proves it. The presence of any males in this family is still not proved. Genus Brotia H. Adams, 1866 Genotype: (Melania pagodula Gould 1847 (not Melania pagodulus Reeve 1860)=) Brotia pagodula (Gould) 1847. Shells of this genus are elongate-conic, of variable sculpture, and with the columellar angle of the basal lip of the aperture produced OLD AND NEW WORLD MELANIANS—MORRISON 883 slightly forward. The operculum is of the paleomelanian type, of many (6 or 8) turns, and, in the species seen, is considerably smaller than the aperture. The perfect apex of the shell (nuclear whorl) is asymmetrical. Specimens of the animals of Brotia baccata (Gould) and the adult and embryonic shells of three other species of Brotia from the Salween River of Thailand and Burma have been personally examined. In the species baccata there is a well-developed, deep genital groove down the right side of the foot that abruptly turns in- ward to become the entrance (or “birth pore’’) of the brood pouch. This brood pouch is very large, crowded with a great many relatively small young of uniform size. The single character of the embryonic shell, or the apex (when perfect) of the adult shell, that characterizes Brotia is the asymmetry. It appears as if each shell in its development is interfered with by a yolk sac (?) in the position of the apex to keep that apex soft, while the rest of the embryonic whorls develop nor- mally and symmetrically, and then the apex collapses to a line below the curve of spiral symmetry. This may very well be connected with a secondary development in the brood pouch to insure a “‘nurse’’ type of nutrition of the young. Synonyms of Brotia include Acrostoma Brot 1874, Brotella Rovereto 1899, Paracrostoma Cossman 1900, with the genotype Augeli Philippi, and Wanga S. F. Chen (1943, p. 21), based on the species Melania henriettae Gray (1834, pl. 18, fig. 2). In this connection it should be mentioned that the original figure of henriettae is poorly drawn and does not show the generic character of the slightly produced columellar angle of the aperture. This fault is corrected in the figure of the holotype published by Yen (1942, p. 204, pl. 15, fig. 66). In fact it is possible that the originally published locality of henriettae (““China’’) is at fault, and this may be the same species as baccata (Gould) of the Salween River and some of its tributaries. Genus Fijidoma Morrison, 1952 Genotype: (Fijidoma laddi Morrison 1952)=Fijzidoma maculata (Mousson) 1865, by original designation. Fiujdoma Morrison (January 1952) antedates by only a few months the synonymous generic name Veloplacenta Hubendick (August 1952), which was based on the same species of thiarid snail. These fresh- water snails from Viti Levu in the Fiji Islands, superficially very similar in shell outline to those of the southeast Asiatic genus Paludo- mus, were named in allusion to that similarity. They have rather smooth, subglobose, neritiform shells with a few rather rapidly in- creasing, well-rounded whorls separated by a deep suture. The shell has fine spiral sculpture and regular flammules or rows of squarish dots (interrupted flammules) of red in the ground color. The aper- 384 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 108 EXPLANATION OF PuiateE 11 1, Melanopsis dufourit (Ferussac), female, from the right side showing egg-laying groove and the “ovipositor” in pit on right side of foot, from Elche, Alicante Province, Spain (USNM 515845). 2, Oxytrema canaliculatum undulatum (Say), female, showing egg-laying groove and pit in right side of foot, from Kentucky River, Clifton, Ky. (USNM 597434). 3, Oxytrema nodifila (Martens), female, as in fig. 2, from Han River, Kwang-jang-in, Korea (USNM 597451). 4, Pleurocera zonalis (Rafinesque) (=Melania obovata Say), female, as in fig, 2, from Kentucky River, Clifton, Ky. (USNM 595969). 5, Oxytrema bulbosa (Gould), female, as in fig. 2, from tributary of John Day River, 10 miles east of Austin, Grant County, Oreg. (USNM 473801). 6, Paludomus labiosus (Benson) (?), female, as in fig. 2, from roadside run north of Lampang, Thailand (USNM 361267). 7, Oxytrema deshayesiana (Lea), female, as in fig. 2, from Tennessee River, near Florence, Ala. (USNM 601564). 8, Planaxis sulcatus (Born), ovoviviparous and parthenogenetic female showing egg-transfer groove and brood-pouch pore (“birth pore”) on side of neck, and subhaemocoelic brood pouch in back of head and neck, from Romurrikku Island, Bikini Atoll, Marshall Islands (USNM 585106). 9, Thiara sp., female, showing brood-pouch pore and numerous young in the subhaemocoelic brood pouch, from Mindanao, Philippines (USNM 434144). 10, Brotia baccata (Gould), female, showing deep egg-transfer groove on right side and subhaemocoelic brood pouch with hundreds of relatively small young, from Salween River, Ban Mae Hick, Burma (USNM 420467). 11, Thiara sp., female, as in fig. 9, showing the anus, oviduct opening, and brood-pouch pore relations, from Naga, Okinawa, Ryukyu Islands (USNM 601311). 12, Melanoides sp., female, as in fig. 9, with unpigmented shallow “groove,” and numerous, equal-sized, small young, from Palo, Leyte, Philippines (USNM 573572). 13, Tarebia lateritia (Lea), female, as in fig. 9, with numerous small young, from Caminiwit Point, Mindoro, Philippines (USNM 487583). 14, Melanoides turriculus (Lea), female, as in fig. 9, with numerous very small young in pouch, from Caminiwit Point, Mindoro, Philippines (USNM 487582). 15, Melanoides sp., female, as in fig. 9, with a very few proportionately enormous young developed in the subhaemocoelic brood pouch, from Manganyama, Rota, Marianas Islands (USNM 593472). 16, Pachychilus (Pilsbrychilus) ‘dalli Pilsbry, old individual showing 3 consecutive peri- stomes to prove continuity’ of sinuous lip character of adults, from Tehuantepec, México (USNM 133197). 17, Thiara (Setaeara) cancellata Réding, fresh shell showing epidermal spines, from Siaton, Negros Oriental, Philippines (USNM 597436). 18, Fijidoma maculata (Mousson) (holotype of laddi Morrison) from Viti Levu, Fiji Islands (USNM 597433). 19, Cubaedomus brevis (Orbigny), ovoviviparous and parthenogenetic female (sketched from dried material), showing ‘only 2 embryonic young of relatively enormous size in subhaemocoelic brood pouch," from Rio los Cayos, Bahia Honda, Pinar del Rio, Cuba (USNM 407991). (Animal sketches not drawn to scale; figs. 16, 17 slightly reduced; fig. 18 enlarged approxi- mately 2 times.) U, S, NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 103, PLATE 11 beget AT. (FoR EXPLANATION SEE OPPOSITE PAGE) OLD AND NEW WORLD MELANIANS—MORRISON 385 ture is nearly semicircular with a broad, flattened, white columella. The operculum is similar to that of Melanoides; thin, corneous, and paucispiral, of less than two turns. boat initial Uidey, pe: at ae ¥ aan water? Migs is , Pd | of ie ry btrns Pema? | - ee ak icine ee Fem i, fit Gee ai: i a 5 i Vere PROCEEDINGS OF THE UNITED3{STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM Vol. 103 Washington: 1954 No. 3326 PRELIMINARY ANALYSIS OF THE FOSSIL VERTEBRATES OF THE CANYON FERRY RESERVOIR AREA By TuHeopore E. WHITE The Canyon Ferry Reservoir will be located on the Missouri River below Townsend, the county seat of Broadwater County, Mont. The dam is being built about 1 mile downstream from the present Canyon Ferry Dam and Power Plant. The maximum pool will inundate an area approximately 25 miles long and 3 to 4 miles wide, and will include several known fossiliferous localities in Oligocene and Miocene sediments. The reservoir area includes one of the very few areas in the intermountain basins that have a complete succession of sediments from the Lower Oligocene well into the Middle Miocene. Fossil faunas are known from other intermountain basins in Montana but rarely do they embrace more than one of the time units represented here. These faunas are of special interest because they represent an environment totally different from that of the White River deposits of the plains and offer opportunities to study fossil faunas in the light of the principles of climatic zoning which have been worked out for recent faunas. Most of our knowledge of the Tertiary deposits and their faunas of the intermountain basins of Montana is the result of the explorations and research of the late Dr. Earl Douglass around the turn of the century. His studies have been published principally in the Annals of the Carnegie Museum. His explorations have been greatly ex- tended and enlarged by Dr. J. LeRoy Kay, of the same institution, whose assistance has greatly expedited the work of the River Basin Surveys. The studies by Douglass have been further augmented by those on the fossil rodents and lagomorphs by Dr. J. J. Burke, who 273552—54—_1 395 396 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM vou. 108 was the first to point out that certain genera were common to the Oligocene deposits of Eastern Asia and the intermountain basins. Also should be mentioned the work of the late Dr. W. D. Matthew on the fauna of Pipestone Springs, which is the only study on a single fauna which has been made on any of the intermountain basins. As part of the salvage program being carried out by the River Basin Surveys of the Smithsonian Institution in the reservoir sites in the Missouri Valley, the fossiliferous localities in the Canyon Ferry Reser- voir area have been prospected for fossils for three seasons. In 1947, the first season of work, largely reconnaissance, I was assisted by John C. Donohoe, now a student at the University of New Mexico; in 1948, by Mr. Donohoe and Ernest L. Lundelius, now a graduate student at the University of Chicago; and, in 1950, by William C. Harrup, Jr., a student at Columbia University, and Prentiss Shep- herd, Jr., a student at Harvard University. With the aid of these sharp-eyed young men a collection of nearly 300 specimens was ob- tained from the several localities in the reservoir area, the basis of thisstudy. Thesespecimensarein the U.S. National Museum(USNM). In addition, Dr. Kay has given me free access to the material from the reservoir area in the Carnegie Museum (CM) which has materially supplemented the collection of the River Basin Surveys. The graphic art of William D. Crockett has been invaluable in por- traying the characters of the more interesting specimens. In the discussion of the specimens, the localities from which they were obtained are indicated by code numbers according to the system used by the Missouri Valley Project of the Smithsonian River Basin Surveys. Following is a list of these localities. Lower Oligocene (Chadronian) Localities 24LC16. NEYSW%, sec. 3, T. 10 N., R. 1 W., of the Montana prime meridian, about 1 mile north of Canyon Ferry, Lewis and Clark County, Mont. ‘This is a small area of badlands at the foot of the bluff on which the buildings of the permanent offices of the project are built (fig. 40). About 130 feet of light buff ashy clays are exposed at this locality with Chadronian fossils in the upper half. Only the remains of the smaller mammals were sufficiently well preserved for identification. 24BW18. NW¥SEX sec. 7, T. 9 N., R. 1 E., of the Montana prime meridian, about 14 miles southwest of the south end of Lake Sewell, Broadwater County, Mont. This locality (fig. 41) was originally dis- covered by Dr. Kay, who very generously directed the River Basin Surveys to it. Lithologically, the deposits in this area do not differ materially from those of the preceding ‘ocality, nor does the species CANYON FERRY FOSSIL VERTEBRATES—WHITE 397 assemblage. About 300 yards east of this locality some Middle Oligocene fossils were collected but were so few that separate locality designation was not given. Middle Oligocene (Orellan) Localities 24LC15. SEMSEY sec. 10, T. 10 N., R. 1 W., of the Montana prime meridian, about 4 mile southeast of Canyon Ferry, Lewis and Clark County, Mont. This is a small butte, about 100 feet high, of light buff clayey ash showing indistinct bedding. The greatest concentration of fossils is on the south side. However, the fossiliferous area is so lim- ited that it very strongly suggests that the fauna was brought together oI ees PESOS AAO nen Ficure 40.—Locality No. 24LC16 from the south. by an Oligocene owl. The photograph in the popular account by Douglass (1908) shows that this is the Canyon Ferry locality from which he obtained his Oligocene fossils. 24LC17. SWYNEX sec. 3, T. 10 N., R. 1 W., of the Montana prime meridian, about 1% miles north of Canyon Ferry, Lewis and Clark County, Mont. This locality offers a more complete Middle Oligocene section than the preceding one. About 140 feet of sediments are exposed at this locality. At the base they are light gray to buff clayey ash, grading to nearly pure ash, grayish green, at the top. The same faunal assemblage is found in the lower levels as at the preceding locality but no identifiable specimens were obtained from the upper levels. 398 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 103 Lower Miocene (Arikareean) Localities 24LC18. S¥SW% sec. 11, T. 10 N., R. 1 W., of the Montana prime meridian, about 1 mile east of Canyon Ferry, Lewis and Clark County, Mont. About 200 feet of fine-grained, dense, buff sandstone, which weathers into nearly vertical cliffs are exposed in this area (fig. 42). In texture and color these deposits very closely resemble the Harrison deposits of western Nebraska and eastern Wyoming. This locality is the one from which Douglass and others have obtained Miocene fossils at Canyon Ferry and it is still the most productive Miocene locality in the area; but, even so, fossils are not common. 24LC19. NE“%SW% sec. 2, T. 10 N., R. 1 W., of the Montana prime meridian, about 1% miles northeast of Canyon Ferry, Lewis and Clark County, Mont. This locality is a small area of cliffs in the buff sand- stone on the northeast side of the highway just southeast of the bridge over Cave Gulch. Very little material was obtained at this locality. 24L.C20. SWY%NEY sec. 11, T. 10 N., R. 1 W., of the Montana prime meridian, about 1 mile east of Canyon Ferry, Lewis and Clark County, Mont. This locality lies across Magpie Gulch, about \% mile north of locality No. 24L.C18, and represents the lower levels of that locality. Only a very small fauna was obtained here. Middle Miocene (Hemingfordian) Localities 24LC21. SEYNW*Y sec. 13, T. 10 N., R. 1 W., of the Montana prime meridian, about 2 miles east and little south of Canyon Ferry, Lewis and Clark County, Mont. A few isolated and imperfect Mery- chippus teeth were obtained from a buff sandstone resting on a lens of fresh-water limestone. These few teeth were the only material collected in this locality. Earl Douglass location. W% sec. 25, T.9 N., R 1 E., of the Montana prime meridian, about 8 miles east of Winston, Broadwater County, Mont. Douglass (1908b, p. 274) secured the greater portion of a skull, a lower jaw, and some skeletal element of an advanced species of Merychippus from the bluffs on the east side of the Missouri River. And, as far as I know, no other specimens have been collected from this locality. Geology The Canyon Ferry Reservoir area lies in the reentrant between the Big Belt Mountains on the east and the Spokane Hills on the west, at the north end of the deformational basin in which the Toston beds of Douglass (1901, pp. 242-243) were deposited. As near as could be determined in the limited time available, the beds are not lithologically CANYON FERRY FOSSIL VERTEBRATES—WHITE 399 continuous with those of the Prickley Pear Valley or the Thompson Creek area until at least the Middle Miocene times. Also deposition was uninterrupted from Lower Oligocene (Pipestone Springs equiva- lent) into the Middle Miocene (possibly Marsland equivalent). In Late Miocene times orogenic movements tilted the earlier sediments to the northeast and coarse gravels, which were later cemented with calcium carbonate, were deposited on their truncated edges. As yet no identifiable fossils have been found in these gravels, but they are believed to be Pliocene in age. The Pleistocene is represented by local deposits of coarse, unconsolidated gravels which have not yet produced diagnostic fossils. wi Ficure 41.—Locality No. 24BW18 from the south. The probable conditions under which these sediments were deposited are very well described by Douglass (1903, pp. 146-149). Insummary, the sediments accumulated in a deformational basin which, in its lowest part, harbored a series of small, very shallow lakes or wet meadows or a combination of both. Evidence for the lakes lies in the several local areas of fresh-water limestones, some of which showgvery fine bedding planes. Evidence for the wet meadows lies in the areas of dark, gypsiferous clays, often with shalelike partings. However, in all probability the gypsum is of secondary development rather than primary. As pointed out by Douglass (1903, p. 147) the fossils occur most abundantly near the margin of the depositional basin and are very 400 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 104 rare towards the central portion. One interpretation which could be placed on this fact is that only along the margins did sediments accumulate fast enough to bury the bone before weathering or other factors could destroy them. However, evidence of alluvial fans along the basin’s margin have not been observed. The alternative, which seems the more probable, is that the accumulating soil of the central portion was more acid from decaying vegetation and the bones, react- ing with the sulphides of vegetable decay, were a partial source of the gypsum in these deposits. Throughout their observed exposures the Oligocene sediments are uniformly fine grained, ranging in color from light gray to light buff. SLA PRIESTS A Og tS REESE RS ty rie Figure 42.—Locality No. 24LC18 from the south. No lithological distinction could be made between the Lower and Middle Oligocene sediments, but those which are believed to represent the Upper Oligocene contain considerably more ash, are less consoli- dated, and grayish green in color. The Oligocene sediments show rather even bedding planes which are indistinct except when the ex- posures are wet. Occasional stream gravels are found at nearly all levels but do not appear to have cut very deep into the Oligocene deposits. These gravels are made up almost entirely of angular frag- ments of the Proterozoic and Paleozoic sediments which form the Big Belt Mountains and the Spokane Hills. The Miocene sediments, like the Oligocene, are uniformly fine grained but contain a higher percentage of sand and are better con- CANYON FERRY FOSSIL VERTEBRATES—WHITE 401 solidated. In color and texture they very closely resemble the Har- rison beds of western Nebraska and eastern Wyoming. Also like the Oligocene, the stream gravels occasionally encountered are composed largely of the angular fragments of the Proterozoic and Paleozoic sediments from the adjacent mountains. Also, basaltic, volcanic bombs from 8 inches to 1 foot in diameter are occasionally encountered, but they are not necessarily associated with the stream gravels. Although the Oligocene and Miocene sediments are quite different lithologically, at only one place, in a recent road cut, was the contact between the two observed. It was not possible to detect an angular unconformity either at this place or by measuring the angle of dip of the beds. The following section was measured by Mr. Harrup at the north end of the reservoir area near the present construction camp; here, both the Oligocene and Miocene strata dip east 50° north at an angle of 6° from the horizontal: Fine-grained, buff sandstone, often weathering into vertical cliffs; stream gravels common; occasional voleanic bombs. Arikareean fossils.—150 feet. Light gray to buff clayey ash grading to nearly pure ash at top; lenses of stream gravels common. Orellan fossils at the bottom.—140 feet. Dark gypsiferous clays, with iron nodules, alternating with lighter bands. No identifiable fossils—110 feet. Light buff clayey ash with Chadronian (Pipestone Springs) fossils at the top.— 130 feet. Class REPTILIA Order SQUAMATA Suborder SAURIA Family ANGUIDAE Glyptosaurus cf. montanus Douglass USNM 19081, portion of right frontal with scutes and portion of left dentary with six teeth, from the Lower Oligocene of locality No. 24BW18. The limited material of this form does not permit any additions to Gilmore’s (1928, p. 115) discussion of the species. Peltosaurus sp. USNM 19085, a maxillary fragment; and USNM 19084, a dentary fragment; both from the Middle Oligocene at Canyon Ferry. These specimens appear to be referable to this genus but contribute nothing to our knowledge of the group. 402 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 108 Suborder SERPENTES Family Bomar Calamagras sp. USNM 19082, a single thoracic vertebra from the Lower Oligocene of locality No. 24BW18, appears to be referable to this genus. As pointed out by Gilmore (1938, p. 36), this genus is difficult to distin- guish from the following one, but in view of the very limited state of our knowledge it will be convenient to retain one genus for the small boids of the Oligocene and the other for the Miocene. Ogmophis arenarum Douglass USNM 19083, two thoracic vertebrae and the neural arch of a third in a connected series, from the Lower Miocene of Canyon Ferry, are referred to this species on the basis of the ovate central articulations, but the material is too limited to contribute anything to our knowledge of the genus. It is interesting to note here that of the two other reptilian types commonly found in the Oligocene of the plains, one, the crocodilians, is unknown and the other, the turtles, is represented only by the terrestrial types. No fragments indicative of any of the aquatic types have yet been found. On the other hand, the aquatic types of turtles are rare in the White River deposits. Class MAMMALIA Order MARSUPIALIA Suborder POLYPROTODONTIA Family DIDELPHIDAE Peratherium fugax Cope USNM 18953, left mandible with P.-M,; USNM 18954, left man- dible with P,-M,. Both specimens are from locality No. 24LC15. These specimens are nearly twice the size of P. titaneliz Matthew from Pipestone Springs and only slightly larger than the measure- ments Scott (1941, p. 962) gives for this species. An examination of the material in the U. S. National Museum referable to this genus shows that the variation in the characters of the teeth and jaws is greater in this genus than in the higher mammals. It is probable, as Scott points out, that there are only two valid species, a large and a small, in the Middle Oligocene of North America. Measurements of teeth (in millimeters): USNM 18958 USNM 18964 Le ee ee. SON Seay ks oe A ee. (Se 6. 0 6. 3 1 AE reeset e MUI Senn ORT eRe Ens Tess (Gul CANYON FERRY FOSSIL VERTEBRATES—WHITE 403 Order INSECTIVORA Family SOLENODONTIDAE Apternodus mediaevus Matthew USNM 18914, fragment of right maxilla with M’, from locality No. 24LC16; CM Field No. 30/48, skull and jaws somewhat crushed, from locality No. 24BW18. The discovery of the skull and jaws was unusually fortunate in that they show the character of the enlarged upper and lower first (?) incisors. Description.—Upper incisoris simple, placed nearly vertical in the pre- maxilla, tapering very slightlyin width toward the tip and slanted medi- ally so that the tips meet, stronger anteroposterior taper which extends from base to tip on the posterior side, anterior face slightly convex dorsoventrally and with uniform curvature, enamel covered except at tip where worn. Lower incisor is simple, making a very obtuse angle with the axis of the jaw, medial face flattened, lateral surface convex, very slight taper in width, anteroposterior taper from base to tip, tooth enamel covered. Family LEPTICTIDAE Ictops acutidens Douglass USNM 18910, badly broken skull and jaws with skeletal fragments; USNM 18912, left maxillary fragment with P*-M*. Both specimens are from locality No. 24LC16. This material does not permit any additions to be made to Mat- thew’s (1903, p. 207) discussion of the species. Family TALPIDAE Genus and species undetermined USNM 18915, right humerus lacking the distal epiphysis, from locality No. 24L.C016; USNM 19024, right humerus lacking the distal epiphysis, from Pipestone Springs; CM 9184, right humerus lacking the distal epiphysis, from locality No. 24BW18. Discussion.—A comparison of this material with the humeri of recent moles in the U. S. National Museum does not reveal any close affinities with any of the genera represented. On the other hand, the derivation of the humerus of the Talpinae and Scalopinae from this type of humerus would require only an exaggeration of its present characters. Consequently, the reference of this material to the Talpidae is reasonably certain, but generic designation will be withheld pending the acquisition of better material. 273552542 404 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 103 The discovery of this material confirms the suggestion (Simpson, 1947, p. 637) that this group probably migrated to North America from Eurasia during the Early Oligocene. Also of interest is that the group reached North America before the humerus acquired the extreme modification which it has today. Family NycriTHERIIDAE Kentrogomphios strophensis, new genus, new species Genoholotype—USNM _ 18870 (fig. 43), facial portion of a skull anterior to the cribiform plate, lacking one canine, the crown of the other, and the incisors. Referred material ——_USNM 18871 (fig. 44), right mandibular frag- ment with Mz-_3. Horizon and locality —lLower Oligocene, Chadronian; SW% sec. 3, T. 10 N., R.1 W., of the Montana prime meridian, about 1 mile north of Canyon Ferry, Lewis and Clark County, Mont. Diagnosis.—Portion of skull preserved about the same size as the corresponding portion of Scalopus aquaticus; skull elements securely fused together, orbit small, infraorbital foramen large and opening into a deep elongate pit anterior to orbit, lacrymal duct large and situated within.the orbit, no palatine vacuities, zygoma believed present but very slender, foramina of the alisphenoid region similar to those of the Soricidae; I?, C1, P3?, M3; root of canine elongate- triangular in cross section with the acute angle posterior, cusps of cheek teeth very high, posterior border of P* to M? deeply emarginate between hypocone and metastyle, no anterior or inner cingulum, strong cingulum on hypocone; P? (if present) minute, single rooted and simple; P* three rooted, a single outer cusp with a broad shearing blade extending posteriorly, deuterocone minute and placed nearer the anterior than the posterior edge; P* submolariform, parametacone twice as high as protocone, strong metaconal crest, parastyle and metastyle strong, external cingulum weak, protocone twice as high as hypocone, strong posterior cingulum on hypocone; M! with para- cone and metacone close together and subequal in height, metastylar crest strong, parastyle and metastyle well developed, mesostyle ob- solete, a small metastylule present, protocone strong and as high as paracone, a small protoconule present, hypocone half as high as protocone and with a strong posterior cingulum; M? similar to M?’, paracone and metacone farther apart, a strong parastylar crest, parastyle and metastyle well developed, parastylule and metastylule present, a strong mesostyle present; M? triangular in outline, hypocone and metastyle absent, parastyle and parastylule present, a minute metaconule present, mesostyle well developed. VERTEBRATES—WHITE 405 CANYON FERRY FOSSIL os Wy = V ne ee ee iy a ys 1 ras if i USNM 18870 Figure 43.—Lateral and occlusal views of the type (USNM 18870) of Kentrogomphios Strophensis, new genus and species. X 7. 406 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 103 Referred specuomen.—Trigonid on M, high, height twice that of the talonid and nearly twice the length of the tooth, recurved and com- pressed anteroposteriorly, protoconid slightly higher than paraconid and metaconid, which are equal, an anterior cingulum present which terminates in a small but distinct cusp about the middle of the base of ee Se USNM ———— 188 7/ Ficure 44.—Occlusal and lateral views of the referred specimen (USNM 18871) of Kentro- gomphios strophensis, new genus and species. X 7. the paraconid; talonid nearly as long as the trigonid but narrower, hypoconid high and with a ridge sloping down to the base of the metaconid, height of hypoconid nearly equal to the length of the tooth, hypoconulid minute, entoconid nearly obsolete; M; similar to M, but smaller and with a narrower talonid. The portion of the jaw preserved indicates a strong upward curva- ture back of the teeth. The massateric fossa is deep and with a very prominent anterior rim. This specimen is referred to this species on the basis of the occlusion with the type which is as good as occurs between different specimens of CANYON FERRY FOSSIL VERTEBRATES—WHITE 407 the same species. The two specimens are from the same horizon and locality but the difference in amount of wear excludes them from belonging to the same individual. Discussion.—Although this specimen adds many new data to our knowledge of this group of insectivores, the affinities of the family are still problematical. A number of the characters are shared by both the Soricoidea and the Microchiroptera. Some characters are shared by some members of both groups but not by all members of either. Briefly, these characters are the fused skull elements and the char- acter of the orbits. This is also true for the general characters of the cheek teeth. In some members of both groups the posterior border is deeply emarginate between the hypocone and metastyle. The parastylar and metastylar crests resemble both groups in their general features but in their details resemble the bats more than the shrews. The very high cusps of the cheek teeth, especially the hypocone, appear to be a unique feature of this specimen. The large canine excludes this specimen from theshrews but not from the moles (Talpinae) and bats. The elongate pit in front of the orbit is a characteristic of most shrews and many of the moles, but not of the bats. A slender zygoma is present in moles and most bats but is absent in the shrews. The rostrum is broken away and the anterior termination of the face cannot be determined. In summary, the characters of this specimen exclude it from the Soricidae but do not definitely affiliate it with any other group. The molelike facial features certainly suggest that it could belong to the talpid humerus from the same locality. Parascaptor and Scapato- chirus have a large canine and reduced premolars as does this specimen. However, the cheek teeth of this specimen are of a type unknown in any living moles and very suggestive of the bats. Measurements of teeth (in millimeters) : USNM 18870 Cayenne +. OF Sadi hha VaR Joie Jot Panh. Lars 11. 6 po aaa SRE a Greedy eho At. ee Bie 3 OL. Nis da St 3. 6 1 a Be Se ere eee eee eee ee eee 5.5 Length Width Ee ee Da RG, | ee Dae ie ieee Sere Oe ee Tk SEN eS ee Sa ee ee Re 8: 2a MiG A ode Pa oho OER UE ved py ek ed 1.8 PA N7/ OLS Bae 2 A ten 2 aa Mee TES EAS PEM Fees 2s ae 1B PL? USNM 18871 Width Height Length Trigonid Heel Trigonid Heel MM, BOY iS 7 90d 20 01d WS CES 2 Shik es Mg. 22 etiaricianie tad) SHO 0.8 Dil 1.0 Depth of jaw between M, and M3_-_-_-___-- PAS Depth of jaw below masseteric fossa_ -_ -___- 1,2 408 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 108 Order RODENTIA Family ScruRAVIDAE Prosciurus cf. relictus (Cope) USNM 18857, left mandible with P,-M;; USNM 18858, left man- dible with P,-M;. Both specimens are from locality No. 24LC15. The enamel patterns of the teeth and the measurements agree with the figures and description by A. E. Wood (1937, p. 168) but this material does not permit any additions to his discussion. Meas- urements of teeth (in millimeters) : USNM 18857 Length Width | EIN a eee Sap ae aes es Spey Re ee. 1. 2. See | Ei. een a, it A, eek Seine eich erica Mats nT 15 1. 6 AVE; SERRE AR AS Sb SE nee eR) Se BNE) IL) Dare aE ee 1.6 ile? NiL@ J.) POLO S10) BOT PO a iG ey Ee Od MOT! ie DOF, 1.9 Miavtnacode » os pidan gdb toy tana pe je ata 2. 2 1. 6 Family [scoyROMYIDAE Ischyromys cf. pliacus Troxell USNM_ 18908, right mandible with P,M;; USNM 18909, left mandible with P 1.7 1.5 pe eed Ae ee i res 15°: 1.6 MG =. 20 UU BOOL BADGES Behr eh PY Hy eas GAGE LNG Ua Megs. 0.41 Var enok mr? alAa "> Lin 1S ZBL ITS 1.4 The characters which distinguish this species are the larger size, the elongate P,, and the short, nearly quadrangular M3. Family CRICETIDAE This family of rodents is represented in this area by a single genus, Eumys, and most of the specimens came from two localities, Nos. 24LC15 and 24LC17. The others, specimens in the Carnegie Muse- um, are from the upper levels of No. 24BW18, locally known as the Old Hadcock Ranch. This series of nearly 100 specimens, although showing considerable variation, is divisible into four groups, three of which exhibit characters of the teeth not readily referable to species described from the White River deposits of the plains. All of the specimens are 15 to 25 percent larger than those of the plains. Also, the teeth are higher crowned and the cusps are better developed. By analogy with some of the wide-ranging species of the genus Peromyscus, one would normally expect only subspecific differences between the members of the genus Humys from the Badlands of South Dakota and the Canyon Ferry Reservoir area since the former is on the plains and the latter is in the mountains. On the other hand, in the mountain areas two or three distinct species of Peromyscus usually occur in a single area in addition to the plains species. This appears to be correlated with the greater variety of ecological niches within a limited area, and the remains of a varied fauna from a variety of ecological niches could be concentrated in a very small area of deposition by the work of owJs. In view of the geologic history of this region, the environment for small rodents during the Oligocene was probably as varied and as different from that of the plains as it is today. Although only one of the plains species has been positively identified in this material, A. E. Wood (1937, p. 250) reports LZ. elegans Leidy from Montana but gives no locality data. The following artificial key gives the distinguishing characters of the species of this area: Key to the species of Eumys a.1 Anteroconid on M; large, anterior cingulum on Mg, extending the full width of tooth, a short but distinct mesolophid on M»____-_-- cricetodontoides a.2 Anteroconid on M; small, mesolophid on Mz, obsolete or absent. b.1 Cross lophs normal. CANYON FERRY FOSSIL VERTEBRATES—WHITE 411 c.1 Lingual portion of anterior cingulum on Mz, about half as long as A sela el Soper iigs Sk pe Bh rd oe a SR Oh Si latidens c.2 Lingual portion of anterior cingulum on M; obsolete or absent. spokanensis b.2 Cross lophs weak, ectolophid strong__..........-..------------ exiguus Eumys cricetodontoides, new species Holotype —USNM 18748 (fig. 45), right mandible with the incisor and M,-3. Horizon and locality.—Middle Oligocene, Orellan; SEY%SE¥, sec. 10, T. 10 N., R. 1 W., of the Montana prime meridian, about \% mile Figure 45.—Occlusal and lateral views of the type (USNM 18747) of Eumys cricetodontoides new species. X 7, Referred material—_USNM 18749-18754, six mandibles from the same locality. Description of type-—M, elongate, anteroconid large, nearly as wide as tooth, anterior arm of protoconid united with anteroconid and posterior arm with the metaconid, mesolophid short but distinct, posterior cingulum not united with entoconid; M, quadrangular, longer than broad, anterior cingulum extending across anterior border of tooth, lingual and labial portions subequal, posterior arm of protoconid extending nearly to lingual margin of tooth, closely applied but not united with metaconid, mesolophid short but very 273552—54——_3 412 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 108 distinct, posterior cingulum not uniting with entoconid; M, subtrian- gular in outline, sharply constricted behind protoconid, lingual portion of anterior cingulum short but distinct, posterior arm of protoconid extending to lingual border of tooth and united with metaconid at base, no mesolophid. Variation.—In one specimen the anterior arm of the metaconid is united to the anteroconid while the protoconid is not. In one, both are united to the anteroconid. The mesolophid of M, and Mz is variable in length but is always distinct. In two specimens the posterior arm of the protoconid M, and M; is shorter than in the type, but the teeth agree in other particulars. The short mesolophid on M, is very suggestive of Cricetodon, but the evidence does not warrant referring this material to that genus. Measurements of teeth (in millimeters): 2 M Ma Ms USNM No. < Length Width Length Width Length Width LS749-4 Aes See eerie 8.0 PA, 1.9 2. 6 222) e2a0 2.0 TS pees Se eee 2 oe ee 8. 2 2.9 2. 2 2. 6 2. 4 25 yar 1S Clipe) o'=- 2 te See oe GS 22.5 1.9 2. 8 2. 2 2. 5 21 WSyoeek 22k Soe See Sees = aco 2.8 1. 8 2.5 2.2 ee 2. 0 IS {beet 2 Se ee coe eee 7.9 2.8 2.1 2. 6 2. 2 2. 6 2.1 1S 7508. See eee eee Soe eee oa 2. 6 1. 2.3 2. 0 2. 6 2. 0 1S 7 gee wee ees a oe BIC see. 6h ero i eae eee 2.1 Eumys latidens, new species Holotype-—USNM 18772 (fig. 46), right mandible of young individ- ual with M,-3. Horizon and locality.—Middle Oligocene, Orellan; SEYSEY sec. 10, T. 10 N., R. 1 W., of the Montana prime meridian, about % mile southeast of Canyon Ferry, Lewis and Clark County, Mont. Referred material—USNM _ 18764-71, 18773-80, 16 mandibles from the same locality. Description of type-—M, elongate, anteroconid small, protoconid united to anteroconid and metaconid, mesolophid well developed and distinct, posterior cingulum not united with entoconid; M, quad- rangular, longer than wide, anterior cingulum extending across front of the tooth, lingual portion shorter than the labial, both protoconid and mesoconid united to anterior cingulum, posterior arm of proto- conid not united to metaconid and not extending to lingual border of tooth, mesolophid obsolete, posterior cingulum not uniting with entoconid; M; sharply constricted behind protoconid, lingual end of anterior cingulum obsolete, posterior arm of protoconid approaches but does not unite with metaconid, no mesolophid. Variation.—The material assigned to this species is extremely variable in many of the dental characters but the designation of CANYON FERRY FOSSIL VERTEBRATES—WHITE 413 another species does not seem warranted at this time. The antero- conid of M; is always small but the anterior cingulum is variable in extent. In one specimen, both the protoconid and metaconid are united to the anteroconid. This variation occurs in all three species but is not consistently associated with other characters. The mesolophid is variable in extent but is always distinct. On Mz, the lingual portion of the anterior cingulum is variable in extent but is always distinct. The posterior arm of the protoconid varies in length but never extends to the inner border of the tooth. The mesolophid is consistently obsolete or absent. On M; the lingual portion of the anterior cingulum may extend nearly to the border of Ficure 46.—Occlusal view of the type (USNM 18772) of Eumys latidens, new species, anterior end to the right. X 7. the tooth or may be nearly obsolete. The posterior arm of the protoconid may or may not unite with the metaconid. Measurements of teeth (in millimeters): M, M3 M3 USNM No. Mit ngth Width Length Width Length Wiath eye Uiype) 2S So et Fear 2. 6 LOW V2S5 20 2H 2S203 222 Leyp( As SRE) pe eee eae eee ee Soy 248 1.9 PAREN pees) 247 232, LC Pieg a ote gee td eee a oe 7.9 2. 6 Devil 2. 6 2. 4 2.5 2.3 SYS a ee ee GA oC 24 WO ey ee De Dr 2.41 DIAPER ho be ee Tae 2. 6 1.9 2. 4 22 7A! ot Lil. 2 ido! alge ert helen eile Me WO a ae CoO ee Pas Vel oy Acs yA Livi Bo te AD 8. 2 23 pe | 26 pa Det 2.3 LE? Ti. | ig eS ee (Ga) PASTS 1.9 2. 4 253 2a Dal L/S eee WO 2. OD £2 Og CBO se Dass 24 22 2 Ly ee rs ee Moe 255 19 2; 4. | 2. 4 ee | L200 h(E ee ar eee ee ar ee 8. 1 Zon. v2.0) 2.6. 2.0 2.50 2.0 Eumys spokanensis, new species Holotype —USNM 18833 (fig. 47), right mandible with M,-3. Horizon and locality Middle Oligocene, Orellan; SE¥SEY sec. 10, T. 10 N., R. 1 W., of the Montana prime meridian, about % mile southeast of Canyon Ferry, Lewis and Clark County, Mont. 414 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 108 Referred material—Eleven mandibles from the same locality and C. M. 9136 from the upper levels of locality No. 24BW18, locally known as the Old Hadcock Ranch. Description —M, elongate, anteroconid small, anterior cingulum well developed, anterior arm of protoconid connected to anteroconid and posterior arm to metaconid, mesolophid well developed and ex- tending nearly halfway to inner margin of tooth, inner end of posterior cingulum close to but not united with entoconid; M; quadrangular, nearly as broad as long, lingual portion of anterior cingulum obsolete, posterior arm of protoconid closely applied to entoconid and extend- ing nearly to inner margin of tooth, no mesolophid, posterior cmgulum as in M,; Mg; subtriangular in outline, sharply constricted posterior to protoconid, anterior cingulum as in Mg, posterior arm of protoconid united to metaconid at base, no mesolophid or mesoconid. Ficure 47.—Occlusal view of the type (USNM 18833) of Eumys spokanensts, new species, anterior end to the right. X 7. Variation.—This species shows less variation than the other two. The teeth have the appearance of being shorter, for their breadth, and the cusps more crowded, but the measurements do not bear this out. On M,; and M; the posterior arm of the protoconid often be- comes united with the metaconid with wear. The lingual portion of the anterior cingulum of M, and Ms; is represented by a vertical fold near the midline of the tooth and soon becomes obliterated with wear. Measurements of teeth (in millimeters) : Mi M2 M3 USNM No. Mrs Tcagih Width Length Width Length ava Tessa CL yDe)eee oa eee St (2e7 1.9 -254.--* 22 2a ieee 2.0 TS Ss Fie eas os) See es 7.4 25 1.8 2.5 2a PRS 2.0 TSSAS aby. ee eae NA kas re eee 7.8 12.6 2.09) U285 PAE 2.4 2.0 MSSAQ iis Se Ee. gh ee a Te ees HENS 220 1.9 DA all 2.5 2.0 USS41 ole =) ak ee he a 8.1 2.9 22026 2.25 2.3 aa: Poe WSS47 os cee eee ee 2 TATE DIF 2.0 74.03" a2, 23 2.1 FLSS OSS) esere ee ee tee iw! EE Rene ap qa 2.6 1.9 2. 4 742 2. 4 2.0 LSSAGe AVN Beers % 8°-"2.6 19 4203. * "242-4 2nG 2.3 $8842.20... 3Oe oY sti ie 8. 0 Ha 1.9 yA 222 2. 4 2. 2 PSSA5 Leer tae ee ee A et SESE we 7.6 PATI 18. 4222 2-0) - 25 2.0 1 Estimated. CANYON FERRY FOSSIL VERTEBRATES—WHITE 415 Eumys cf. exiguus Wood USNM 18866 and 18867, 2 mandibular fragments with M)-3; USNM 18865, 1 maxillary fragment with M,-;. All specimens are from locality No. 24LC17. This material is provisionally referred to this species on the basis of the tooth cusp arrangement. While these specimens are larger than the type, the sample is too small to furnish grounds for separate designation. Measurements of teeth (in millimeters) : Mi M: M3; USNM No. Mit J ongh Width Length Width Length Width SU ee ee ere ty SPS GA Pil UG he iL. 7 A203 iL} 7¢ MSOs ee io 2s. ree h. et ft 6. 4 IB} 1.4 2. 1 1.5 1.8 1.5 HSRC ee ee ee es ls 247, 13,9),.4 2:0 HEH Ae eee Ke Order LAGOMORPHA Family LEPoRIDAE Paleolagus temnodon Douglass USNM 18869, right maxilla with P*-M*; USNM 18875, right maxilla with P?-M?; USNM 18876, right maxilla with P?-P*; USNM 18877, right mandible with P;-M;. Specimens are from locality Nos. 24LC16 and 24BW18. This material does not permit any additions to Wood’s (1940, p. 320) discussion of the species. Paleolagus intermedius Matthew USNM 18872, left mandible with P;-M;; USNM 18873, left man- dible with P,-M.; USNM 18874, right maxilla with P?@-M?. Speci- mens are from locality Nos. 24LC15 and 24LC17. This species appears to be relatively rare in these deposits and the limited material does not permit a satisfactory comparision with the specimens from the plains. Paleolagus burkei Wood USNM 18879-18894, 4 upper and 12 lower dentitions. All of the specimens are from locality Nos. 24LC15 and 24LC17. The upper dentitions are slightly larger than the measurements given for the type (Wood, 1940, p. 327), but they agree quite closely in the details of the tooth form and do not agree with P. haydeni Leidy. I have not seen any material from the Middle Oligocene of this area referable to the latter species. It is possible that this species could have been restricted to the mountains and P. haydeni Leidy restricted to the plains during the Middle Oligocene and that P. burkei Wood did not spread to the plains until the Upper Oligocene. 416 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 108 Megalagus brachyodon (Matthew) USNM 18903, right mandible with P,-M;,;; USNM 18902, right mandible with P;-M,. Both specimens are from locality No. 24LC16. This limited material does not permit any additions to Burke’s (1936, p. 150) discussion of this species. Archaeolagus sp. USNM 19096, right maxillary fragment with P*-M?, from locality No. 24LC18. This specimen is so incomplete that the generic reference is only provisional. The teeth are greatly flattened, the transverse diameter is twice the anteroposterior. The hypostria is deep, extending nearly to the middle of the tooth, a little closer to the posterior edge than the anterior, and extending to the base of the tooth. Groove on the lateral surface of the tooth shallow and broad. No crescentic valley (this may be a state of wear). No enamel on the lateral surface of the tooth. Cement present only in the hypostria (this may be an accident of preservation). The teeth appear to be rootless. Order CARNIVORA Family CANIDAE Hesperocyon paterculus (Matthew) USNM 18911, skull and jaws (fig. 48) with the greater portion of the skeleton; USNM 18897, right mandibular fragment with M,_3; USNM 18896, left mandibular fragment with M, 4 2; USNM 18895, left mandibular fragment with P, . 3, Mi-3. Specimens are from locality Nos. 24LC16 and 24BW18. Description.—Dental formula: I?, Ci, Pi, M3. Upper dentition: P' single rooted and closer to C than to P?; P? with anterior cingulum. incipient posterior cusp and minute cusp on heel; P*® with well developed anterior cingulum, posterior cusp and a cusp on heel; P* with incipient anterior cusp; M! without incipient metaconule, paracone higher than metacone, protocone well developed, protoconule small but distinct, hypocone well developed, anterior cingulum terminates at base of protocone; M? similar to M! but smaller; M* minute and probably of no systematic significance. Lower dentition: P; 42 missing, P; single rooted and closer to C than to P.; P; 4 4 differ only in size, each with well-developed anterior basal and posterior cusp, heel well developed and with a small cusp; M; with well-developed hypoconid and incipient entoconid; M, with protoconid and metaconid sub- equal and elevated above the paraconid, hypoconid well developed, entoconid incipient; M3 small, protoconid and metaconid subequal. CANYON FERRY FOSSIL VERTEBRATES—WHITE 417 Discussion.—The general form of the skull of this species does not appear to be noticeably different from the other small dogs of the Oligocene of the plains, nor is it possible to detect differences in the skeletal material. The characters of the teeth of these specimens USNM I89/! Ficure 48.—Upper and lower dentition of Hesperocyon paterculus Matthew (USNM 18911). X 1. 418 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 108 appear to be quite constant and agree very well with the material from Pipestone Springs in the U. S. National Museum. The variety of tooth-cusp arrangement and height of crown exhibited by the small carnivores of the Middle Oligocene which have been referred to H. gregarius (Cope), both in the literature and in collections, make any attempt at comparison with that species entirely futile. However, these specimens are easily distinguished from the single specimen of Hesperocyon from the Lower Brule equivalent of this area. The specimens of small carnivores of the Oligocene of the plains which I have examined in several museums convince me that the species represented by this tooth-cusp arrangement had a very close Figure 49.—Occlusal view of the first and second lower molars (USNM 18898) of Hespero- cyon gregarius (Cope) showing dental caries. X 4. relative (if not the same species) in the Middle Oligocene. But until the material has been carefully studied and the indeterminate types have been relegated to nomena nuda we are helpless taxonomically. Measurements of teeth (in millimeters) : Length Width TSI VIS So ON ee 33. 0 i 5 ag Ree aa Ra Re ig ee Ay sd 24. 5 "i Nog: phapea eave Seis salut amu Rene Pures IF, «5 16. 0 Anterior Posterior IVE aN Olt ek Me Ee 6. 5 7. 5 7.0 Manse 3 es ae bn ee ese NE 3. 5 5. 0 4.5 MB a A eh EB eal 1.0 1:25, 2es2=2 Trigonid Heel Be Mig ccs ce ee i Be ge: 34.0. Pe = ak fe ern oe Ree 20..0. 3 eee Van Ss: «SA ey eee eee: hg 9. 0 4.0 3. 5 Mig. Di > Sea ee hs bee BAL eS 5.0 3. 5 3. 0 M3222 seat oeeus’ . yt oe eee ee 2. 0 2. 0:28.22 Hesperocyon gregarius (Cope) USNM 18898 (fig. 49), right mandibular fragment with M,_», from locality No. 24LC15. The specimen referred to this species differs from the preceding one in that on M, the entoconid is well developed and about half the size CANYON FERRY FOSSIL VERTEBRATES—WHITE 419 of the hypoconid. A metaconulid and a protoconulid are present as in Nothocyon and Tomarctos. There is a small but distinct entoconid on Mz. An unusual feature of this specimen is that both teeth show evidence of dental caries. On M, there is a major lesion on the hypoconid (fig. 49) with a minor lesion on the entoconid, protoconid, metaconid and metaconulid. On M, there is a major lesion on the protoconid with a minor lesion on the metaconid and hypoconid. Among the recent carnivores the only evidence of dental caries I have seen was in the teeth of the grizzly bears (Ursus horribilis Ord) in the Museum of Comparative Zoology and in the U.S. National Museum. Meas- urements of teeth (in millimeters): Width Length ~ oe Trigonid Heel iho = Sie Se es ee a a 11.0 5. 0 4.0 Vigna ee nk es ee i 2 AM 5. 0 4.0 3.5 Nothocyon cf. geismarianus (Cope) USNM 19097, right mandible with P,—-M,, from locality No. 24LC19. This specimen is slightly smaller than the one described by Cope (1884, p. 920) but agrees in other details. Family UrsipaE Subfamily AMPHICYNODONTINAE Daphoenocyon cf. dodgei (Scott) USNM 19094, left mandibular fragment (fig. 50) with dP3_, and M,-2, from locality No. 24LC16. This specimen is badly fractured but it is possible to make out the essential details of the teeth. The deciduous teeth are more canidlike in the cusp arrangement than are the permanent teeth, but are low crowned. IndP; the anterior and posterior cusps are well developed, the posterior accessory cusp present and distinct, heel broad with pro- nounced internal and external cinguli. In dP, the trigonid does not differ from that of the permanent tooth except in size, hypoconid and and entoconid subequal with entoconid slightly larger, a distinct hypoconulid slightly smaller than the hypoconid present. The per- manent teeth, being in an unworn condition, exhibit features on the heels of M, and M, which appear to be common to many members of this subfamily, namely, in the breaking up of the principal conids into smaller cusps. In this specimen, while the conids on the heel of M, are quite distinct, the hypoconid has two apices and the entoconid has three. The heel of M; is a further exaggeration of this phenome- 420 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 108 non. The hypoconid and entoconid are represented by two ridges which are beset with small tubercles and meet posteriorly. Hough (1948, p. 594), noting the striking difference between the type of this species and the other species of Daphoenus, proposed a new genus, Daphoenocyon, to receive it. At the same time she erected a new family, the Daphoenidae, to receive a number of North American genera which had been included in the Caninae but which, quite obviously, had little in common with the true dogs. On the other hand, there are three groups, the Amphicynodontinae, the Amphi- cyoninae, and the Simocyoninae—all of holarctic distribution from the Lower Oligocene to the Pleistocene and well established in the literature—into one of which any member of the new family could be fitted without changing the definition of the group. Also, to include the Simocyoninae, as represented by Protemnocyon, in the same family with the other two subfamilies is an unnatural and nongenetic grouping. Since the characters of the auditory region (Hough, 1948, p. 577) and the post cranial skeleton, insofar as it is known, of the Amphi- cynodontinae and the Amphicyoninae are closer to the bears than the true dogs, it is my opinion, in view of the evolutionary fate of the former, that these two groups should be placed in the Ursidae rather than being placed in a separate family or included in the Canidae. That the early members of these two subfamilies should possess a generalized canoid dentition is to be expected if they are to be in- cluded in that superfamily, but it is a fallacy to use the superfamily characters of the teeth to determine the family and subfamily affini- ties when these determinations contradict the affinities shown by the fundamental structure of the limbs and basicranium. A comparison of the figures of D. dodge: (Scott) and Parictis dakotensis Clark (Scott and Jepsen, 1936, pl. 12, fig. 3; pl. 14, fig. 1) shows that these two genera are indeed closely related and belong to the same subfamily. This relationship was confirmed by the com- parison of a series of jaws in the Carnegie Museum from Pipestone Springs which are referable to these two genera. In fact, except for very minor details, the only difference between the two is size. In both forms the teeth are low crowned, rather broad, and distinctly less bladelike than in the more typical canids. Although, in the material available, size is the only character which distinguishes the two genera, it is probable that when the material is better known valid distinctions will be found. Although specimens of this subfamily of carnivores seem to be relatively rare in North America, I suspect that the scarcity is more apparent than real and that quite a number have been referred to either Hesperocyon or Daphoenus in the collections of our various CANYON FERRY FOSSIL VERTEBRATES—WHITE 421 museums. I have prepared table 1 (below), partly from the literature and partly from my knowledge of the collections in a few museums, to show the distribution of this group in North America. An examination of this table shows that the smaller form, Parictis, persisted from the Lower Oligocene into the Lower Miocene, while Daphoenocyon continued only into the Middle Oligocene (Hough, 1948, p. 595) and we have no record of it after that. In the Lower Miocene two new forms appeared, Pachycynodon and the form from Florida which I described as Parictis bathygenus White (1947, p. 500). Even though the available data are limited, they appear to substantiate the opinion (Simpson, 1947, p. 630) that this group is Eurasian in origin and immigrated to North America. Also it appears that there SG: a Pr... » Ficure 50.—Occlusal view of dP3-4 and Mi-2 (USNM 19094) of Daphoenoeyon dodgei (Scott), xX 1%. was a migration in the Lower Oligocene and another in the Lower Miocene, since neither Pachycynodon nor Parictis bathygenus are at all closely related to the American Oligocene forms. TABLE 1.—Distribution of the Amphicynodontinae in the Early Tertiary of North America Locality Chadronian Orellan Whitneyan Arikereean Pipestone Springs Parictis Daphoenocyon Canyon Ferry Daphoenocyon John Day Parictis Wyoming, Nebraska, and South Parictis Parictis Parictis Pachycynodon Dakota Daphoenocyon Daphoenocyon (Hough, 1948) Florida Parictis bathygenus Order PERISSODACTYLA Family EquipaE Mesohippus hypostylus Osborn CM 9184, left maxilla with M*-*; CM 8998, palate with right and left P?-M?; unnumbered, right maxilla with M'-*; USNM 18946, skull 422 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 103 with teeth badly worn; USNM 18949, right mandible with P.-M;; CM 9171, right mandible with P;-M.; CM 9365, right mandible with P.-M.; CM 9363, right mandible with dP:_.; CM 9364, right mandible with dP,_,. Specimens are from locality Nos. 24LC16 and 24BW18. Discussion. —In size and tooth characters the material agrees better with this species than any of the many which have been described from the Lower Oligocene. Also, the small crochet, which character- izes M. portentus Douglass, is lacking. Since this material is more complete than any previously recorded from this area, it will be described briefly. Description.—Upper dentition: P? with protocone well developed, protoloph weak, protoconule indistinct, metaloph well developed with distinct metaconule, hypostyle distinct, mesostyle weak but distinct, parastyle distinct, no metastyle; P’, P*, and M! quadrangular, pro- toconule and metaconule distinct, parastyle and hypostyle distinct, metastyle weak, internal cingulum between protocone and hypocone, mesostyle strong; M? similar to M! except metaconule very indistinct; M! similar to M? except much narrower posteriorly. Measurements (in millimeters): CM 8998 CM 9184 P2-M?2_____ GONO Vee ton mie th teteet-e ee Bc Foe ee 3020) Ubware,, aietn ett oes 14 6 Ss RO ee ee eee RT ee mM ae ts 40. 2 Height at Height at Length Width metacone Length Width ‘metacone | FW Mea Sa ali ia ot 1D. S34 ol223 sissy 2. 22 Mg JOG), Gee P38. 2h ee ED OS9T4NOY? Siege prs. J lA! betes eee Pees Se 2 ee eee 12,0, WosOW sees ose oe noon oso Mi Aeebteye 2 ee 13.5 15.0 (worn) 8.0 13.7 15.8 10. 0 1 a a 12.8 16.0 85" 1454. 1652 8. 6 IMS Lae Abie at te | ge AAS. EER eee 13.0) 15. bee Lower dentition: P, subtriangular in outline, protoconid reduced, metaconid not twinned, entostylid small but distinct, strong external cingulum; P;, Ps, M,, and Msg essentially similar, strong external, anterior, and posterior cinguli, small median external cusp, metaconid and entoconid distinctly twinned, parastylid indistinct; M,; with meta- conid indistinctly twinned and entoconid not twinned. Measurements (in millimeters): CM 9171 CM 9365 Pg Mga Sees ee re ee ee 64 Pye Miser era sacs ee re ae 52 52 Length Width Length Width Paha Livics 22 atR s emesitorry. hee fut. ebos. eliDades aSaG Pas deme eet Ss ce an gee bere ne 13..0 | 1009, --= ae ] 5) PINS Ra 4 as Reale Oe ase 13.0 “10:6 ~13.07 Ie 2 1 (ae SP SS ARE ene A ie tt SE Ne See Eas 12.6 9.0 12.4 10.0 Pet ee ker ee emt 8 Oar P a oT ot os a 127 68.3 AZ 6 1s * Locality of Earl Douglass Co ‘ = Y S eek Insects -Leaves a Fossiliferous Localities FROM BUREAU OF RECLAMATION MAP BS/IS/ S51 Salar 273552 O- 54 localities. =—"™~ NORTHERN PORTION OF THE CANYON FERRY RESERVOIR AREA c- Avalanche Gulch Hellgate Gulch Jc “ ¢ _— CO ww Fossiliferous Localities Lake Sewel/ Missouri River Sy @ y 2 FROM GUREAU OF RECLAMATION MAP = a/ 15/51 “=~ Ne : VS Fieure 51.—Northern portion of Canyon Ferry Reservoir area showing location of the fossiliferous localities. CANYON FERRY FOSSIL VERTEBRATES—WHITE 493 Merychippus sp. USNM 19095, two fragmentary lower molars, from locality No. 24LC21. These teeth are too imperfect for specific identification but are sufficient to establish the presence of Middle Miocene deposits in this area. Superfamily BRONTOTHERIOIDEA At locality No. 24LC16 a few fragments of teeth referable to the large members of this group have been found but they are inadequate for even generic reference. Family HyracoDONTIDAE USNM 19025, right mandibular fragment with dP;—M,, from locality No. 24BW18. Discussion.—This material is too fragmentary to permit allocation to any of the species described from the White River deposits. Sin- clair (1922, pp. 65-79) recognized four species on the characters of the upper premolars and stated (p. 67) that no intermediate stages were recognized. Scott (1941, p. 841) expressed the opinion that there was only one valid species of this genus in the White River deposits on the grounds that four species of a single genus of large mammals could not occupy the same territory equivalent in size to that embraced by the White River deposits. On a previous page (p. 786) Scott quotes Matthew’s (1930, pp. 271-272) views in connection with the species of Trigonias. In his introduction Matthew states that: “We do not, in fact, find two or more distinct species or subspecies of a genus occupying the same area and habitat at the same time.”’ This statement appears to have been accepted by some workers as an axiom but, stead of inspiring caution and the use of recent faunas in inter- preting fossil faunas, it has been used as a legitimate excuse for multi- plying the number of genera. With the aid of Dr. Henry Setzer of the Division of Mammals, U. S. National Museum, I have prepared u short list of instances where two or more distinct species of the larger mammals occur in the same area and habitat: CrRvIDAE.—Within historic times the ranges of the Virginia deer (Odocoileus virginianus) and the mule deer (O. hemionus) overlapped by nearly a million square miles and they occupied the same habitat over the area. No natural crosses are known. ‘These forms are morphologically distinct and the skulls and horns would be recognizable as fossils. CanipaE.—The above paragraph is true of the wolf (Canis nutilus) and the coyote (C. latrans). Equipar.—The horse (Equus caballus) and the ass (EH. asinus) ran wild in western North America for about 300 years after escaping from the Spaniards 424 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 108 and no natural crosses are known. Also £. prezevalskit and E. onager occur to- gether in Central Asia in the wild state and no undisputed cases of crossing are known. BovipaE.—In the Malay region Lydekker (1898) records four species of Bos (gaurus, indicus, depressicornis, and frontalis) occurring in the same area. ANTILOPIDAE.—Allen (1939) reports five species of Gazella (dorcas, leptoceros, thomsonii, granti, and soemmerringit) occurring together in the Anglo-Egyptian Sudan. Even with this short list it is obvious that two or more species of a single genus of the larger mammals do occur together over large areas and in essentially the same habitat, and by analogy it is entirely pos- sible that more than one species of a genus could be found in a “quarry fauna.” In his treatment of the fauna of a formation, Matthew (1930, p. 272) points out that there is a time factor involved and that shifts in ranges (possibly due to minor climatic fluctuations or seasonal movements of the herds) would make it possible for species with adjacent ranges to be found as fossils in a single time unit of aformation. This is illustrated by the ranges of the barren-ground caribou (Rangifer arctrcus) and the woodland caribou (2. caribou), both of which range across Canada from east to west with a very narrow overlap in range. Even though the amount of overlap did not change, a minor climatic change would permit one to occupy a greater amount of the former territory of the other and the two might be found together as fossils, dependent, of course, on the accidents of preservation. Another method by which species of adjacent areas may be intro- duced into an area of deposition is by floods. I think anyone who has ever seen the bloated carcasses of cattle floating in the streams of the west during a summer flood will admit that such a possibility cannot be overlooked in regard to the fluvial deposits of the plains. Even if this happened only once in each climatic microcycle (11 years) it would be sufficient to establish a species in a single time unit of a for- mation. It is obvious, of course, that the ‘‘visiting’’ species must. have its range upstream fron the area of deposition. A shift in the range of extraterritorial forms might be the explanation of the pres- ence of Caenopus in only the Chadron and Upper Brule and its ab- sence in the Lower Brule. Another item which must be kept in mind in the consideration of fossil faunas is the territorial range of the individual. Some of the large predators, such as the mountain lion (Felis concolor) and the grizzly bear (Ursus horribilis), have a territorial range with a 200-mile radius, while with the large herbivores it seldom exceeds 50 or 60 miles. In the case of small mammals, such as Microtus, the radius of its territorial range seldom exceeds 20 or 25 feet. Even with this limited number of examples it is clear that with the same food habits CANYON FERRY FOSSIL VERTEBRATES—WHITE 425 (carnivore or herbivore) the probability of dealing with a purely local fauna is in inverse ratio to the size. This is not an attempt to justify the multitudinous species of Mesohippus or the subspecies of Trigonias osborni but to point out, as did Matthew, that we must utilize the principles of distribution and ecology, which have been worked out by the neozoologists, in in- terpreting the fossil faunas. Family RHINOCERATIDAE Caenopus cf. mitis (Cope) USNM 19026, right mandibular fragment with P.-M3;, from locality No. 24BW18. This specimen is referred to this genus and species on the measure- ments of the teeth which agree with those of the type. The teeth of this specimen are well worn and it may not be identifiable. Order ARTIODACTYLA Family LEPTOCHOERIDAE Leptochoerus sp. USNM 18919, right mandibular fragment with P,-M3;, from Lower Oligocene of locality No. 24LC16. The teeth on this specimen are so badly worn that only provisional reference is possible. However, it is sufficient to record the presence of this group in these deposits. Family MERYCOIDODONTIDAE Merycoidodon? sp. Only maxillary and mandibular fragments were obtained from the Oligocene deposits and these are inadequate for certain generic reference. The size of these specimens indicate an animal of about the size of Merycoidodon culbertsoni (Leidy). Nothing in the size range of the small and poorly known genera has yet been found. Mesoreodon chelonyx Scott USNM 19091, skull, jaws and greater part of the skeleton; USNM 19092, skull and jaws; both from the Lower Miocene of locality No. 24LC18. These specimens are slightly larger than those recorded by Schultz and Falkenbach (1949, p. 154) from the same locality, but are still within the limits of individual variation. 426 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 103 Promerycochoerus montanus (Cope) USNM. 19089, skull and jaws with rostrum missing, from Lower Miocene of locality No. 24LC18. This specimen is that of an old individual with the teeth well worn. However, the specimen is only slightly crushed and the size and con- figuration can be determined with reasonable certainty. Cyclopidius simus Cope USNM 19086, skull and jaws, from the Lower Miocene of locality No. 24L018; USNM 19088, skull and jaws, from same locality; USN. 19087, right mandible with dP;—M). Discussion.—Thorpe (1937, p. 242) lists six species of Cyclopidius from the Miocene deposits of the Smith River area and concludes that only one species (C. simus Cope) is valid. Koerner (1940, pp. 856- 858) describes two new species from this area, but he does not use the same set of characters to distinguish the two species from each other or from C. simus. Nor does he present a standard set of measurements for the three species. Consequently it is impossible to appraise the validity of his species from his treatise. The best preserved specimen is somewhat larger than the measure- ments which Thorpe (1937, p. 291) gives for C. simus or its synonyms. It is nearly as large as C. lullianus Thorpe, but the details of the facial vacuities are very different from that species and agree with C. semus. Family CAMELIDAE Poébrotherium cf. eximium Hay USNM 18944, right mandibular fragment with P;-M,; USNM 18945, left mandibular fragment with dP.-,; CM 9301, right man- dibular fragment with P,M,. All specimens are from locality No. 24BW18. This material is too fragmentary for accurate specific determina- tion but is adequate to establish the presence of this genus in these deposits. Family HyPERTRAGULIDAE Leptomeryx transmontanus Douglass Leptomeryx? esulcatus Matthew, 1903. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 19, p. 222, fig. 15. USNM 18931, 18932, 18934-18939, eight mandibular fragments, and USNM 18933, one maxillary fragment, all from locality No. 24LC16; USNM 18940-18943 and CM 9293, five mandibular frag- ments, and CM 9291, 9304, two maxillary fragments, all from locality No. 24BW18. CANYON FERRY FOSSIL VERTEBRATES—WHITE 427 Frick (1937, p. 625) synonomized L.? esulcatus Matthew (1903, p. 222, fig. 15) with L. transmontanus Douglass. On the following page he indicates that the specimens referred by Matthew (1903, p. 224) to L. mammifer Cope should be considered a large variant of this species, and on page 629 he refers the specimens figured by Matthew as L.? esulcatus Cope to L. evansi Leidy. The upper denti- tions of Leptomeryz in the U. S. National Museum and in the Carnegie Museum from Pipestone Springs and Lower Oligocene of Canyon Ferry agree with the figure and published measurements given by Douglass (1903, p. 167, fig. 11) for the type of L. transmontanus. Also, a comparison of this material with the type (USNM 157) and referred material of ZL. evansi Leidy from the Middle Oligocene reveal a number of differences which are fairly constant and are presented in table 2. As far as it was possible to do so the characters of L. evansi were taken from the type. TaRLe 2.—Contrasting characters of Leptomeryx evansi Leidy and L. transmontanus Douglass. Character L. transmontanus L. evansi Median internal cusp on M1 weak or absent strong Median internal cusp on M3 weak or absent strong Median internal cusp on Ms small strong Postero-internal cingulum on Ps strong weak Posterior ridges on P3 inner always connects with outer connects with heel heel, outer rarely “Paleomeryx fold’”’ on lower molars absent present and uniting with pos- terior crescent with wear Mesostyle on M1 strong absent Mesostyle on M2 weak absent Mesostyle on M3 weak absent Anterior cingulum on lower molars weak or absent strong but soon obliterated by wear Matthew (1903, p. 223) stressed the differences in the length of the posterior ridges on the protoconid of the third lower premolar as the distinguishing characteristic of this species and it is valid for the majority of the specimens I have examined. Normally, there are an inner and an outer cusp on the heel of P3, each witha short ridge ex- tending antero-medially (axis of the tooth). These ridges usually meet and fuse near the middle of the heel. Normally, the inner ridge from the protoconid is united with this common meeting point. In the material at my disposal the outer ridge from the protoconid is variable in length, is usually bifid, and in one specimen it joins the heel at the common meeting point mentioned above. Occasionally the ridge from one of the cusps on the heel does not develop, or the ridge may extend directly anteriorly. In two specimens the ridges of both heel cusps have grown anteriorly and met the posterior ridges from the protoconid, giving P; the appearance of P,. Leptomeryx evansi Leidy USNM 18924-18926, three maxillary fragments; USNM 18923, 18927-18930, five mandibular fragments; and seven unnumbered 428 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 103 mandibular fragments in Carnegie Museum; all from locality No. 24LC15; and CM 8995, two mandibular fragments, from the upper levels of locality No. 24BW18. A comparison of this material with the type of LZ. evansi Leidy (USNM 157) and the abundant material from the Middle Oligocene of Wyoming fails to reveal any constant differences in the details of the upper and lower cheek teeth. This material averages about 3 percent smaller than the type, but the sample is too limited for this to be of any significance. Climatic zoning of Lower Oligocene faunas The possibility of climatic zoning of fossil faunas has received very little consideration in the literature. This is partially due to the lack of data (widely separated fossiliferous deposits of equivalent ages have become known only recently) and partially to the rather general belief that the Early Tertiary climates were uniformly mild. In regard to the latter, Berry (1922) pointed out that while the over-all climate of the Eocene may have been much milder than today the “arctic flora’’ of that time was not only distinct from that of temperate latitudes but was of circumpolar distribution. He also points out (1922, p. 13) that the southern limit of the Eocene “arctic flora’’ is about 15° north of the southern limit of the existing species of the same genera and that the present isotherm (p. 9) would have to swing 15° to 20° northward to permit the present existence of the same floras in the same areas from which we know the Eocene floras. Such a change would only eliminate the Arctic Zone of C. Hart Merriam as it is defined today and would by no means be sufficient change to produce a uniformly mild warm-temperate to subtropical climate. Simpson (1947, pp. 645-654) briefly cites evidence for climatic zoning in the Miocene in Asia and considers that climate was probably a relatively important selective factor in intercontinental migration. He also points out (p. 652) that while the evidence for climatic zoning is meager there is none against it. The possibility of climatic zoning in the Tertiary was first brought to my attention by the relative abundance of the protoceratids in the Miocene of Texas and their extreme scarcity in equivalent deposits of Nebraska and Wyoming. These animals are large enough that they would not be easily overlooked. There are few areas in North America which have remained as consistently productive over a period of years as has the Miocene of Nebraska and Wyoming. Yet, from this area, Syndyoceros is known from only two specimens and Prosynthetoceros is entirely unknown. Even on such meager evidence it seemed highly probable that the factors which controlled the CANYON FERRY FOSSIL VERTEBRATES—WHITE 429 present distribution of mammals in North America had been in operation throughout the Tertiary. The climatic zoning of mam- malian distribution in North America by C. Hart Merriam (1892) is probably familiar to nearly everyone and will not be further discussed here. Many workers have greatly elaborated and refined the original statement (with some adverse criticism), but the basic concept is still valid. It is the purpose of the present study to compare the Lower Oligo- cene faunas of the plains and the intermountain basins of Montana in the light of possible climatic zoning. The statement often has been made that the nondiscovery of a particular form in a given deposit is not proof that the form did not live in that area while the sediments in question were being deposited. In general this is true, but to accept it as an axiom is to exclude from consideration all problems of distribution and intercontinental migra- tion (see Simpson, 1947, p. 652). Probably the greatest value of the statement is that it is a very effective intellectual counterbalance against overenthusiastic speculation. For application to a specific problem it must be weighted against the answers to a number of questions: 1. Was the area accessible to the animal in question? 2. Is it known from older or younger deposits from this or closely adjacent areas? 3. Is it known from deposits of equivalent age from adjacent areas? Or, more remote areas? 4. If so, how frequently is it encountered? 5. Is it associated with other genera belonging to the same family? 6. How frequently are the related genera encountered? 7. Are the related genera found in the deposit in question? 8. Are the probable habits of the animal in question such that its remains would have a good chance of being buried and preserved? 9. How extensively and thoroughly have the deposits in question been explored? 10. Was the climate and environment of the area in question essentially the same as that of the adjacent area? Of the more remote area? 11. What was the size of the animal? 12. What was the probable territorial range of the individual estimated from the size and inferred habits? If the faunas of Pipestone Springs and Canyon Ferry (see table 3) are compared in the light of these questions it will be seen that, since the two areas are so close both geographically and ecologically, any faunal differences must be attributed to the accidents of preservation and discovery. On the other hand, Pipestone Springs and the Badlands of South Dakota are separated by a distance of 600 miles (air line), 3° of lati- tude, and 3,000 feet of altitude, and both have been collected exten- sively. Although the climate of Lower Oligocene times may have 430 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 103 been warmer as a whole, the environmental contrasts between the two areas must have been as great then as they are now, and it is permissible to expect these contrasts to find as much expression in faunal differ- ences, particularly among the small, nonvolant mammals, as they do today. A comparison of the Lower Oligocene faunas of the two areas (table 3) shows that faunal differences did exist. By analogy with Recent faunas the differences appear to be correlated with environ- mental differences. It is expected that further explorations will modify the faunal differences somewhat; but, in view of the extensive explorations in both areas, radical changes are not anticipated. TARLE 3.— Distribution of Lower Oligocene fauna Pipe- Can- Pipe- Can- stone yon stone yon Species Plains Springs Ferry Species Plains Springs Ferry Peratherium titanelix sp. >< sp. Hoplophoneus robustus x Apternodus midiaevus x x Mesohippus celer x Apternodus altitalonidus x Mesohippus portentus x x Micropternodus borealis x sp. Mesohippus latidens x Talpa? sp. x x Mesohippus montanus x Clinopternodus gracilis x Mesohippus hypostylus x x Metacodon magnus x Hyracodon ef. acridens x sp. Kentrogomphios strophensis x Trigonias osborni x Domnina thompsoni x Caenopus mitis x sp. Ictops dakotensis x Colodon occidentalis x Ictops acutidens x Colodon cingulatus x Ictops thompsoni, ete. x x Titanotheres many sp. sp. Prosciurus vetustus x x spp. Prosciurus jeffersoni x Aepinacodon americanus x Ischyromys pliacus x x Archaeotherium cf. crassum x Titanotheriomys veterior x x x Archaeotherium marshi x Cylindrodon fontis x x Archaeotherium scotti x Pseudocylindrodon neglectus x Archaeotherium mortoni x Eutypomys cf. thompsoni x Perchoerus ef. nanus x Adjidaumo minimus x % Perchoerus minor x Paradjidaumo minor x x x Bothriodon americanus x Paleolagus temnodon x x x Heptacodon sp. x Megalagus brachyodon x x Merycoidodonts x x x Megalagus turgidus x Merycoidodon affinis x Desmatolagus dicei x Bathygenys alfa x Hyaenodon montanus x Limnetes sp. x Hyaenodon cruentus x Hypertragulus chadronensis x Pseudopterodon minutus x Hypertragulus crawforden- Daphoenocyon dodgei a x sis x Parictis dakotensis x Leptomeryx transmontanus x x x Hesperocyon paterculus x x Leptomeryx annectens x Hesperocyon gregarius Hypisodus paululus = Plesictis priscus x Bere ae: x j Pseudoprotoceraslonginaris x Paleogale inflex x Eotylopus reedi = Deinictis ef. fortis 2s Poebrotherium eximium x x x Hoplophoneus o’harrai x Stibarus montanus sp. x Hoplophoneus mentalis x Leptochoerus or Stibarus sp. x For purposes of discussion, the fauna of the Mountain Province as here used is the combined faunas of Pipestone Springs and the Lower Oligocene of Canyon Ferry. These two areas were chosen deliberately because they are separated from the plains by more than one range of mountains and cannot possibly be interpreted as having been in the CANYON FERRY FOSSIL VERTEBRATES—WHITE 431 Transition Zone as can the deposits in Weld County, Colo., and the less- well-known faunas of Bates Hole and Beaver Divide, Wyo. Thomp- son’s Creek, McCarty’s Mountain, and the Drummond Beds have been omitted because they have been incompletely reported upon, both faunistically and stratigraphically. The fauna of the Plains Province has been compiled from Scott, et al. (1936-41), Clark (1937), Cook and Cook (1933), and Cook (1934), This compilation of the Plains Province fauna may be introducing error into the comparisons because, with a north-south extent of nearly 600 miles for the Oligocene deposits of the plains, latitudinal zoning may have existed. But, with so few detailed studies of limited areas, definite evidence either for or against latitudinal zoning is wholly lacking. The comparison of these two faunas is limited by necessity to the smaller mammals because the remains of the larger forms, particularly the titanotheres and rhinoceri, are often too fragmentary for more than family identification. However, such fragmentary evidence is sufficient to establish the group in the area in question. Those cases where the generic identification is reasonably certain but no specific identification can be made are indicated in table 3 by the abbreviation “sp.” In the following paragraphs an attempt is made to evaluate the differences found in the two faunas. InsEectivora.—Although representatives of this group are not numerous in collections, one finds it difficult to escape the inference that it is due to their small size. There are two genera, Apternodus and Jciops, common to both areas but the species are distinct. Two genera, Clinopternodus and Metacodon, appear to be confined to the Plains Province and, as yet, are unknown from younger deposits outside of the plains. Two genera, Micropternodus and Domnina, appear to be confined to the Mountain Province. Micropternodus does not appear to have survived anywhere beyond the Lower Oli- gocene, and Domnina is well represented in the Plains Province in the Middle Oligocene. Consequently, one would expect to find it in the Lower Oligocene of the plains. On the other hand, the alternative that it did not spread to the plains until Middle Oligocene times (as appears to be the case with some other genera) is entirely within the limits of possibility. Since Kentrogomphios and Talpa? are known from single specimens they are useless for this study. RovEentia.—Prosciurus is common to both areas in both the Lower and Middle Oligocene. JIJschyromys, a large active form, appears to be restricted to the Mountain Province in the Lower Oligocene but is well represented in the Middle Oligocene of the plains, where it underwent considerable radiation. Titanotheriomys and Cylindrodon are common to both areas but did not survive into the Middle Oligocene. Pseudo- 432 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 103 cylindrodon appears to be restricted to the mountains in the Lower Oligocene but did not survive into the Middle Oligocene. Hutypomys, a large active form, is common to both Provinces in the Lower Oli- gocene. Both genera of the Eomyidae are common to both Provinces in both the Lower and Middle Oligocene. LacomorpHa.—Megalagus and Paleolagus are common to both areas. The species are distinct in Megalagus and probably also in Paleolagus. Desmatolagus, as with Domnina and Ischyromys, appears to be restricted to the mountains in the Lower Oligocene but is repre- sented in the Middle Oligocene of the plains. Carnivora.—The creodonts are rare in the Lower Oligocene of both Provinces and consequently are useless for this type of study. Daphoenocyon and Parictis are common to both areas and no specific separation appears possible. Hesperocyon is common to both Provinces but the species are distinct. Plesictis appears to be restric- ted to the Plains Province and Paleogale appears to be restricted to the mountains in the Lower Oligocene but is well represented on the plains in the Middle Oligocene. To the best of my knowledge, not even fragmentary evidence of the felids has been found in any of the Lower Oligocene deposits of the intermountain basins. With such complete negative evidence for an area as extensively collected as Pipestone Springs, it seems reasonable to infer that the mountains were climatically unsuited to the Lower Oligocene felids. PERISSODACTYLA.—Mesohippus is common to both Provinces but the Lower Oligocene species have not been reviewed since the time it was considered an act of the greatest discourtesy to place someone else’s species insynonomy. Consequently the data furnished by the species of this genus are not suitable for this study. The remains of the Rhinocerotidae from the Mountain Province are fragmentary but Hyracodon and Caenopus were common to both Provinces. The remains of the Brontotheroidea are too fragmentary for generic identification. Colodon is common to both areas but its scarcity makes it unsuited for this study. ArtTIopAcTyLA.—Although the Leptochoeridae are common to both areas, their remains are too rare to be suitable for this study. The Entelodontidae appear to be restricted to the plains, and, like the felids, seem to have found the mountains climatically mhospitable. The Tayussuidae are unknown in the Mountain Province but are also rare in the plains and consequently unsuited for this study. Likewise, the Bothriodontidae are unknown in the mountains and are rare on the plains. The remains of the Merycoidodontidae in the Mountain Province are very fragmentary and useless for this type of study. Of the Hypertragulidae, only one genus, Leptomeryz, is common to the two areas but no specific separation between the two regions can be CANYON FERRY FOSSIL VERTEBRATES—WHITE 433 made. Hypertragulus and Hypisodus appear to be restricted to the plains and, like the felids, may have found the mountains climatically unsuitable. Heteromeryx is known from a single specimen and there- fore unsuited for this study. The same is true for Pseudoprotoceras. Of the Camelidae, Hotylopus is known from only three or four specimens and consequently is unsuitable for this study. Poébrotherium appears to be common to both Provinces but the remains in the mountain area are very fragmentary and consequently the genus is unsuitable for this study. TaBLE 4.— Distribution of genera in the Lower and Middle Oligocene Lower Middle Lower Middle Oligocene Oligocene Oligocene Oligocene Moun- Moun- Moun- Moun- tain Plains tain Plains tain Plains tain Plains Genus Prov. Prov. Prov. Prov. Genus Prov. Prov. Prov. Prov, Domnina* x x Brontotheriidae x x Ischyromys x x Apternodus x x x x Desmatolagus* x x Ictops x x x x Paleogale* x x Prosciurus x x x x Metacodon x x Eutypomys x x x x Plesictis* x x Adjidaumo ve x x x Deinictis* x x Paradjidaumo x x x x Hoplophoneus x x Megalagus x x x x Archeotherium x x Paleolagus x x x x Perchoerus x x Daphoenocyon* x x x x Bothriodon* x a Parictis* x x x x Heptacodon* x x Hesperocyon ve x x x Hypertragulus x x Mesohippus x x x x Hypisodus x x Colodon x x x x Micropternodus x Rhinocerotidae x x x x Pseudocylindrodon x Leptochoeridae x x x x Clinopternodus x Merycoidodontidae x x x x Cylindrodon x x Leptomeryx x x x x Titanotheriomys x x Poébrotherium x x x x *Subfamilies to which these genera belong are believed to be immigrants to North America from Eurasia in Early Oligocene times (Simpson, 1947). Table 4 reveals some very striking contrasts between the faunas of the two Provinces, particularly in the number of genera in the Plains Province which are not yet known from the intermountain basins. Most of these forms are medium to large in size and the subfamily, at least, would be recognizable on very fragmentary evidence. Con- sequently their nondiscovery at Pipestone Springs indicates, if not complete absence, that only occasional stragglers entered the area during cycles of maximum abundance. Four of these genera, embrac- ing three subfamilies, are believed to be immigrants from Eurasia. One of the subfamilies, the Anthracotherinae, with its hippopotamus- like habits, quite obviously would have found the smaller, swifter moun- tain streams entirely unsuited to its way of life. In the case of Plesictis and Deinictis (if this is the true situation), it would appear that a temperature factor was involved. Of the nonmigrant genera, one family, the Hypertragulidae, is of special interest as only one genus, Leptomeryz, appears to have been able to invade the mountains and 434 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 103 is present in fair abundance. In view of the relative scarcity of Hypertragulus, Hypisodus, and Heteromeryx in the Middle Oligocene compared to Leptomeryz and in view of the Late Tertiary development of this suborder, one finds very attractive the suggestion that the center of development and dispersal was more southern and central and that the first three genera were very near the northern limit of their range. That none of the genera of the Plains Province invaded the Moun- tain Province between the Lower and Middle Oligocene and the rather long list of genera common to the two Provinces during both ages indicate that the indigenous genera had become adjusted to their environment, or ecologically stabilized, by the beginning of the Oligocene and that there were no major climatic changes before the close of the Middle Oligocene. The Eurasian immigrants embrace six subfamilies. One, the Am- phycynodontinae, quickly became adjusted to both Provinces; two, the Nimravinae and Anthracotherinae, were restricted to the plains; one, the Mustelinae, was divided between the two areas; and two, the Soricinae and Ochotoninae, appeared torequire a period of readjustment before invading the plains. The apparent absence of Domnina in the Lower Oligocene of the plains is certainly open to question since its very small size greatly reduces its chances of discovery. On the other hand, the zonal distribution of mammals is more clearly reflected by the small species, which is possibly a result of the much smaller terri- torial range of the individual. However, Desmatolagus would have had as good a chance of being preserved as Megalagus or Paleolagus if it had been present on the plains during the Chadronian. Ischyromys is the same size as Titanotheriomys, and had it been on the plains during the Chadronian it would have had as good a chance of being preserved as the latter. The occurrence of Ischyromys in the Cypress Hills does not necessarily indicate that the fauna was mixed (Wood, 1937, p. 193), as Lambe (1908, p. 8) supposed, but could indicate temperature zoning on the plains during Lower Oligocene time. The large ground squirrels of the genus Citellus (sensu lato) are, with very few exceptions, restricted to the mountains and the Boreal Zone of the plains. The Cypress Hills are far enough north to be climatically equal to Pipestone Springs regardless of what was the Lower Oligocene climate as a whole. The following genera have been omitted from table 4 because our knowledge of them in the Lower Oligocene is inadequate for this type of study: Talpa?, Kentrogomphios, Sinclairella, Manitsha, Ardynomys, Macrotarsius, Hyaenodon, Pseudopterodon, Aepinacodon, Bathygenys, Limnetes, Heteromeryx, Pseudoprotoceras, Hotylopus. CANYON FERRY FOSSIL VERTEBRATES—WHITE 435 In summary, the available data show that there was environmental (and, in a sense, climatic) zoning between the mountains and the plains in Lower Oligocene times. The faunal differences embrace larger systematic categories (Felidae and Entelodontidae) than the same areas do today (before civilization changed the picture). Both the immigrants and the indigenous faunas exhibit nearly the same degree of difference. The only change from Lower to Middle Oligocene was that the mountain forms were able to invade the plains and most of these were immigrants. None of the plains forms were successful in invading the mountains between Lower and Middle Oligocene times. References ALLEN, GLover M. 1939. A check-list of African mammals. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 83, pp. 1-763. Berry, E. W. 1922. A possible explanation of Upper Eocene climates. Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc., vol. 61, pp. 1-14. Burke, J. J. 1934. New Duchesne River rodents and a preliminary survey of the Adji- daumidae. Ann. Carnegie Mus., vol. 23, pp. 391-398. 1935. Pseudocylindrodon, a new rodent genus from the Pipestone Springs Oligocene of Montana. Ann. Carnegie Mus., vol. 25, pp. 1-4. 1936. Ardynomys and Desmatolagus in the American Oligocene. Ann. Carnegie Mus., vol. 25, pp. 135-154. CaBRERA, ANGEL 1925. Genera Mammalium: Insectivora, Galeopithecia. Mus. Nac. Ciene. Nat. Madrid. 232 pp. CLARK, JOHN 1937. Stratigraphy and paleontology of the Chadron formation in the Big Bad Lands of South Dakota. Ann. Carnegie Mus., vol. 25, pp. 261-350. Cousert, EK. H. 1941. The ancestral Ursid, Hemisyon, in Nebraska. Bull. Univ. Nebraska State Mus., vol. 2, pp. 49-57. Coox, H. J. 1934. New Artiodactyls from the Oligocene and Lower Miocene of Nebraska. Amer. Midl. Nat., vol. 15, pp. 148-165. Cook, H. J., and Coox, M. C. 1933. Faunal lists of the Tertiary Vertebrata of Nebraska and adjacent areas. Nebraska Geol. Survey, Paper No. 5, pp. 1-58. CouyEr, F. 1936. Variations and diseases of the teeth of animals. Corz, E. D. 1884. The Vertebrata of the Tertiary formations of the West. Rep. U. 8. Geol. Surv. Terr. (Hayden), vol. 3, 1009 pp. Dicer, L. R. 1917. Systematic position of several Tertiary lagomorphs. Univ. California Publ., Bull. Dep. Geol., vol. 10, pp. 179-183. 436 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 103 Doveuass, EArt 1901. Fossil Mammalia of the White River beds of Montana. Trans Amer. Philos. Soc., new ser., vol. 20, pp. 237-279. 1903. New vertebrates from the Montana Tertiary. Ann. Carnegie Mus., vol. 2, pp. 145-199. 1905. The Tertiary of Montana. Mem. Carnegie Mus., vol. 2, No. 5, pp. 203-224. 1907a. Merycochoerus and a new genus of merycoidodonts, with some notes on other Agriochoeridae. Ann. Carnegie Mus., vol. 4, pp. 84-109. 1907b. New merycoidodonts from the Miocene of Montana. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 23, pp. 809-822. 1908a. A hunt for extinct animals. Guide to Nature, vol. 1, No. 1. 1908b. Fossil horses from North Dakota and Montana. Ann. Carnegie Mus., vol. 4, pp. 267-277. 1908c. Some Oligocene lizards. Ann. Carnegie Mus., vol. 4, pp. 278-285. Frick, CHILDS 1937. Horned ruminants of North America. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 69. Gazm,. C. L. 1935. A marsupial from the Florissant beds (Tertiary) of Colorado. Journ. Paleont., vol. 9, pp. 57-62. GiumMorE, C. W. 1928. Fossil lizards of North America. Mem. Nat. Acad. Sci., vol. 22, 3d Mem., 169 pp. 1938. Fossil snakes of North America. Geol. Soc. Amer., Special Paper No. 9. Hau, E. R. 1945. Dental caries in wild bears. Trans. Kansas Acad. Sci., vol. 48, pp. 79-84. ouGH, J. R. 1948. A systematic revision of Daphoenus and some allied genera. Journ. Paleont., vol. 22, pp. 573-600. JEPSEN, G. L. 1930. Stratigraphy and paleontology of the Paleocene of northeastern Park County, Wyoming. Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc., vol. 69, pp. 463-528. 1936-1941. See Scott, Jepsen, and Wood. Korrner, H. E. 1940. The geology and vertebrate paleontology of the Fort Logan and Deep River formations of Montana. Amer. Journ. Sci., vol. 238, pp. 837-862. Lamse, L. M. 1908. The Vertebrata of the Oligocene of the Cypress Hills, Saskatchewan. Contr. Canadian Paleont., vol. 3, pt. 4. Loomis, F. B. 1932. The small Carnivora of the Miocene. Amer. Journ. Sci., vol. 24, pp. 316-329. 1936. Three new Miocene dogs and their phylogeny. Journ. Paleont., vol. 10, pp. 44-52. LypDEKKER, R. 1898. Wild oxen, sheep, and goats of all lands, living and extinct, pp. xiv-+318 McGrew, P. O. 1938. Dental morphology of the Procyonidae with a description of Cyn- arctoides, gen. nov. Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Publ., geol. ser., vol. 6, pp. 323-339. CANYON FERRY FOSSIL VERTEBRATES—WHITE 437 Mattruew, W. D. 1903. The fauna of the Titanotherium beds at Pipestone Springs, Montana. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 19, pp. 197-226. 1909. The Carnivora and Insectivora of the Bridger Basin, Middle Eocene. Mem. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 9, pt. 6, pp. 291-567. 1930. Range and limitations of species as seen in fossil mammal faunas. Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer., vol. 41, pp. 271-274. Merriam, C. Hart 1892. The geographical distribution of life in North America with special reference to the Mammalia. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, vol. 7, pp. 1-64. Miuuer, Gerrit §., Jr. 1907. The families and genera of bats. U.S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 57, xvii+282 pp. 1924. List of North American Recent mammals. U. 8. Nat. Mus. Bull. 128, xvi+ 673 pp. Patterson, Bryan, and McGrew, Pavun 1937. A soricid and two erinaceids from the White River Oligocene. Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Publ., geol. ser., vol. 6. pp. 245-272. PETERSON, O. A. 1906. The Miocene beds of western Nebraska and eastern Wyoming and their vertebrate fauna. Ann. Carnegie Mus., vol. 4, pp. 21-72. ScHLAIKJER, E. M. 1933. A detailed study of the structure and relationships of a new zalambdo- dont insectivore from the Middle Oligocene. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 74, No. 1, pp. 1-27. 1935. A new basal Oligocene formation. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 74, No. 3, pp. 71-93. Scuuttz, C. B., and FautKensacu, C. H. 1949. Promerycochoerinae, a new subfamily of oreodonts. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 93, pp. 73-198. 1950. Phenacocoelinae, a new subfamily of oreodonts. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 95, pp. 91-149. Scott, W. B., Jepsen, G. L., and Woop, A. E. 1936-1941. The mammalian fauna of the White River Oligocene: Pt. 1, Insectivora and Carnivora, by Scott and Jepsen; Pt. 2, Rodentia, by Wood; Pt. 3, Lagomorpha, by Wood; Pt. 4, Artiodactyla, by Scott; Pt. 5, Perissodactyla, by Scott. Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc., new ser., vol. 28, pp. xiii+980. Simpson, G. G. 1945. The principles of classification and a classification of mammals. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 85, pp. iii +350. 1946. Paleogale and early allied mustelids. Amer. Mus. Nov., No. 1320, pp. 1-14. 1947. Holarctic mammalian faunas and continental relationships during the Cenozoic. Bull. Geol. Soc. Amer., vol. 58, pp. 613-688. Sinciarr, W. J. 1922. Hyracodonts from the Big Bad Lands of South Dakota. Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc., vol. 61, pp. 65-79. Strrton, R. A. 1935. A review of the Tertiary beavers. Univ. California Publ., Bull. Dept. Geol., vol. 23, No. 13. 438 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 103 TuHorpe, M. R. 1921. Leptauchenia Leidy and Cyclopidius (Pithecistes) Cope, with descrip- tions of new and little known forms in the Marsh collection. Amer. Journ. Sci., ser. 5, vol. 1, pp. 405-419. 1987. The Merycoidodontidae, an extinct group of ruminant mammals. Mem. Yale Peabody Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 3, pt. 4. TROXELL, E. L. 1922. Oligocene rodents of the genus Jschyromys. Amer. Journ. Sci., ser. 5, vol. 3, pp. 123-1380. Wuirtt, T. E. 1947. Additions to the Miocene fauna of North Florida. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 99, No. 4, pp. 497-515. WIitson, Ropert W. 1949. On some White River fossil rodents. Carnegie Inst. Washington Publ. 584. : Woop, A. E. 1936-1941. See Scott, Jepsen, and Wood. Woop, A. E., and Witson, R. W. 1936. A suggested nomenclature for the cusps of the cheek teeth of rodents. Journ. Paleont., vol., 10, No. 5, pp. 388-391. U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 954 INSTITUTION SMITHSONIAN U. S, NATIONAL MUSEUM Vol. 103 Washington: 1954 No. 3327 A REVIEW OF THE LABRID FISH GENUS WETMORELLA WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW FORMS FROM THE TROPI- CAL INDO-PACIFIC By Leonarp P. Scautrz and N. B. MarsHatu' Fowler (Fishes of Oceania, suppl. 1, p. 358, 1931) and Weber and de Beaufort (Fishes of the Indo-Australian Archipelago, vol. 8, p. 82, 1940) list Wetmorella philippina Fowler and Bean (U.S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 100, vol. 7, p. 211, pl. 17, 1928, type locality Philippine Islands) as a synonym of Cheilinus fasciatus (Bloch). We have studied the types of Wetmorella philippina (fig. 1) and conclude without any doubt that these specimens are generically distinct from Chewlinus and are remarkably distinct from C. fasciatus or any other species of labrid currently referred to that genus. The generic characters that distinguish Wetmorella from other genera in the Labridae are the large scales on the head, which form a pattern not occurring in any other genus of labrid fishes, and the acutely triangular head. Fowler and Bean (op. cit., pp. 211-212) had six specimens from the Philippines, but only four of them, in our opinion, are philippina (holotype: USNM 89968 from Little Santa Cruz, Zamboanga; paratypes: USNM 93503 from Port Langcan, Palawan, USNM 93505 from Atulayan Island, Philippines, and USNM 93528 from Cape Kait, Libani Bay, Celebes). The other two specimens represent un- described species, and these, along with additional specimens from the Marshall Islands and the Red Sea, are described as new. 1 Curator of Fishes, British Museum (Natural History). 274881—54 ‘ 439 440 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 108 Genus Wetmorella Fowler and Bean Wetmorella Fowler and Bean, U. S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 100, vol. 7, p. 211, 1928. (Genotype, Wetmorella philippina Fowler and Bean.) The genus Wetmorella is characterized by dorsal rays [X or X, 9 or 10; anal III,8; pectoral i1,9 or 10; branched caudal rays 6+5; lateral line interrupted with 13 to 15+6 or 7 pores to base of caudal fin. Jaws equal or nearly so; premaxillary protractile; teeth short, conical, in a single row in both jaws, those near front of both jaws becoming gradually enlarged, the two pairs nearest tip of jaws largest; gill membranes broadly joined across isthmus, forming a free fold; head with a distinctive scale pattern composed of large, characteristi- cally shaped scales, arranged in a pattern similar to that shown in figure 53. The chief variation in scales on the head is that there may be 2 median scales on the snout instead of 1; cheek with 1 or 2 rows below which on subopercle may occur another row and a single scale below the latter; 2 or 3 rows of scales behind eye, including the gill cover; a row of large scales occurs above dorsal lateral line, then a second row along spiny dorsal fin, mostly covering the spines except tips, becoming much smaller along soft dorsal rays, almost disappear- ing on base of last ray; anal fin with a similar sheath of scales; basal half of caudal fin enclosed in large scales; axillary pelvic scale present, short; interorbital space flattish and a little convex; dorsal profile of head nearly straight, forming an angle of 40° to 55° with ventral contour of head; maxillary covered by preorbital when mouth is closed. A blackish ocellate spot in pelvics and at rear of soft dorsal and anal fins; white bar behind eye and on caudal peduncle. Key to the species of Wetmorella la. Greatest width of white bar between rear of bases of soft dorsal and of soft anal fins across caudal peduncle is contained about 2.0 to 4.7 times (3.8 to 4.7 in Red Sea specimens) in least depth of caudal peduncle; white bar on caudal peduncle completely encircles it; young only, with white bar from front of spiny dorsal through pectoral base, thence to pelvic base; white bar behind eye meets its fellow near occiput. 2a. Caudal fin plain dusky, except in smallest specimens there occur 2 narrow black cross bars, remainder of fin pale or white; some scales on middle of sides have black dots; greatest depth about 2.4 to 2.5 in standard NON Gt 2228s cee = oe eee a er Wetmorella ocellata, new species 2b. Caudal fin with a few black spots on middle rays, at about three-fourths their length distally; greatest depth 2.4 to 3.2. 3a. Greatest width of peduncular white bar 2.3 to 3.4 in least depth of caudal peduncle; no white bar in front of ocellate spot in soft dorsal and in front of soft anal fins (fig. 52). Wetmorella philippina phiiippina Fowler 3b. Greatest width of peduncular white bar 3.8 to 4.7 in least depth of caudal peduncle; white bar present in front of ocellate spot in soft dorsal and in soft anal fins (pl. 12, fig. A). Wetmorella philippina bifasciata, new subspecies GENUS WETMORELLA—SCHULTZ AND MARSHALL 44] 1b. Greatest width of white bar on caudal peduncle between rear of bases of soft dorsal and of soft anal fins contained about 6 to 10 times in least depth of caudal peduncle; greatest depth about 2.8 to 2.9. 4a. A white bar from behind ocellate spot in soft dorsal passes in front of ocellate spot in soft anal fin; a white bar from bases of third and fourth dorsal spines passes behind pectoral base, thence to just behind pelvic base; posterior third of caudal fin with a black band, but rear margin of caudal fin is edged with white; the white bar on caudal peduncle occurs as a saddle ventrally and does not extend on dorsal part of caudal peduncle. Wetmorella albofasciata, new species 4b. No white bar passing between ocellate spot in soft dorsal and that in soft anal; a narrow, white bar extends from in front of ocellate spot in soft dorsal to in front of that in soft anal fin; caudal fin plain dusky, edged with white distally; a white bar between orbits in the interorbital space_.__---_--- Wetmorella triocellata, new species Wetmorella philippina bifasciata, new subspecies Figure 53; PLATE 12, Figures A, B Holotype—BM 1951.9.18.1, Red Sea, Suakin, Anglo-Egyptian Sudan, ‘Manihine’ Collection, January 13, 1951, taken by use of derris root (6 percent rotenone) from pieces of coral growing on sea wall surrounding Suakin, at depth of 3 feet, standard length 50 mm. Paratype-—BM 1951.9.18.2, taken with holotype and bearing same locality data, standard length 41.5 mm. Deseription.—Certain counts and measurements are recorded for the holotype and paratype in tables 1 and 2. Body compressed, greatest depth opposite middle of spiny dorsal base; snout normal; dorsal profile of head straight or nearly so, forming an angle of 52 to 55° with ventral contour of head and body; Ficure 52. Holotype of Wetmorella philippina philippina Fowler and Bean (USNM 89968) from the Philippines. 442 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 108 TABLE 1.—Counts recorded for species of Wetmorella. erie Lateral line pores Dorsal rays Anal | Pectoral rays) |. Species ay Dor- | Ven- : sal | tral | Upper | Lower lobe | lobe W."philippina philippina__.| 3| 1| 1| 3] 4] 4] 7] 1] 6 4 4] 21) Both etal philippine bifasciata-.------ Ah Peed eA i ea er) abel ow 2 7 ee ee se Se 45 ee Ocei ati Som. os Fee at rot bal seas WP 12h 123 12 12 3 3 |- ta Veto 4 albofasciata _-_-.------------ 1 ees Pee 1 1 1 ? a aera} 1 pL est fe ae 1 eee 1 tridcellatas 2 fb ns 1 Tg] ee [Cole 1 1 1 Ayee-Ae 2 1 Piss se 1 ee Ficure 53. Sketch of the arrangement of the scales on the head of holotype of Wetmorella philippina bifasciata, new species. A, B, holotype; C, paratype. interorbital space slightly convex, nostrils small, the anterior one tubular; jaws equal or nearly so; scales on head as illustrated in figure 53. Since the other morphological characteristics of Wetmorella philip- pina bifasciata are so similar to W. p. philippina it is not deemed necessary to redescribe them here. Color in alcohol—Background coloration brownish with a narrowish white bar just behind ocellate spot passing through rear base of soft dorsal, thence across caudal peduncle through rear of anal base behind ocellate spot in soft anal fin; another white bar, much less distinct, extends from in front of ocellate spot in soft dorsal fin across body to in front of ocellate spot in anal fin; a narrow, white bar extends from occiput past rear of eye to lower posterior corner of gill cover; caudal fin with about 7 or 8 black spots; pelvics black distally. Remarks.—This new subspecies from the Red Sea differs from W. p. philippina in having a narrower peduncular white bar and a white bar in front of the ocellate spot in dorsal and anal fins. Named bifasciata in reference to the two white bands, one in front and one behind the ocellate spots. GENUS WETMORELLA—SCHULTZ AND MARSHALL The O8T S06 69T S02 c6r O8T etp OTL O8T 8& cor 801 OZ 9&T 098 L6E oly 0&@ 061 022 O8T OFZ 06T 006 OS? 049 OLT (43 oot OTT O2T OFT O8E 08€ 0g SSUG IS6T | TSS TS6T edA4Bleg poy ‘sojoodsqns Mou | Mou ‘n7D2 ‘pyn1osDft edAjojoH jedAjo[0H |adAQo[oH Bog Q nurddyyyd £96 OFT T61 OFT T6I T6I T8T OF 8&9 706 02 16 Ott OIT SFT bre 807 o 6E 62966 solaeds -19901.19 G13 SET SS SPT 902 OLT c6T 9SF 979 T0Z at FOr SIT SII Ov cee 907 ¥9E FOS6 so1o0ds Ao ‘ny198 Df -0q7D 96% OFZ PST OgT 9LT 81 8ST SFI v8I 281 Z8T 62T 902 r6T voV CEP 889 ¥69 98T It 09 2g $OT vOT 00T 6IT (ca 61T 9&T O&T 00% vIP 007 96€ 0g 9°88 CLECIT TLEZIT 89EZIT ad Ayol[Ooy, sodAqeieg sajoods mou ‘D7077990 C0F 9 °8E T2Z 8ES LEZ SPT FIL SIT F8I 812 ina! T9T £91 teat £1Z 66T LST 616 98T LLT £02 S6r 002 ely OvP StF S79 619 289 POT 261 681 83 6g &F 16 PIT Z0L OIT vor SOT 6IT TIt 60T TILT €ST SFT 90F TLE Fly TL v6E LOv 0€ 1°08 Ww 82986 S0cs6 £0986 89668 adAjoloH sodAqeieg IMO Duiddyiyd vurddinyd ot a a es ae ee oe ee eee DED ee oy ea See TE ag eee ee ee AGIOS TOLL ee eS ee Te Te oe ROL ee a GOLIST OLLY, eg Se bey ee on eae ee Dee a ACL TOS ERNO GE See ee ory cee eee is Ss --=-==="-9uIds [esl0q ight! ope olga ee ad eel Smepsin coe SOLATO cL. a eae Pee Co ae Sake Eee Tee eee CLO }OU ct: ‘ABI uy 4Sesu0'T ete beer SoGc70 0) ai7 a), | sUISIAO [BSIOp 07, 4NoUs JO. dT, ee PRES Oo Sooner aes SBS Ol noOus JOT Ty ice Toor r ren nnnnnnennnnn==---- peg JO YASUO] [B}1G10{SOg aoe Sarat ait eg ata I@q JIA IvjMouNped jo qIpi 4seqywors See re ato a eee “SESS ---goeds [e}1qI010,UT Paeees capes pare ae SS a STeTeroeeess=—= CONG § [ee i eRe << — . tS eS. fae TOUS ay os eg ae Sane -o-- "sen oeon ae ADOCIIONTIOOD 4860" Riga ie Soba LS eee Pras qidoep 4seqe8el1 Bae te 8 eee ate es oe fee eee ROI TO USO et ae 2 de ae WU Ul 44Sue] prvpueys siopOeVIByH yjbua] panpunjs ay} fo spupsnoy) ur passaidxa ‘e]]aIOUJaAA fo saveds UO apoU sJuamainsvayy—Z% AIAV J, 444 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 103 Wetmorella ocellata, new species PiatTEe 12, Figures D, E Holotype—USNM_ 112368, Rongelap Atoll, Kieshiechi Island, north end, lagoon coral head, depth 20 feet, July 24, S-46-285,? Brock and Herald, standard length 38.6 mm. Paratypes—USNM 112372, Bikini Atoll, coral heads in eastern end of lagoon, depth 20 to 25 feet, March 26, S-46-42,? Brock and Schultz, 2 specimens, 25 mm. and 49 mm.; USNM 112371, Bikini Atoll, off Amen Island in lagoon, depth 30 feet, August 4, S-46-307,? Herald and Brock, 1 specimen, 50 mm.; USNM 112370, Bikini Lagoon, 100 yards off Airy Island, depth 20 to 40 feet, August 7, S—46-308,? Brock and Herald, 6 specimens, 23 mm. to 57 mm. Bikini Atoll, reef between Amen and Bikini Islands in lagoon, depth 30 feet, July 31, 1947, Donaldson and Welander, 1 specimen, 48 mm.; USNM 112369, taken with holotype and bearing same data, 1 specimen, 41 mm.; USNM 112373, Bikini Atoll, Amen Island, August 21, 1947, Univ. Washington, 1 specimen, 43 mm. Description.—Dorsal rays [X,10; anal III,8; pectoral ii,10; pelvics. 1,5; branched caudal fin rays 6+5; pores in lateral lines 14 or 15+6 or 7; scales above lateral line 2, below lateral line to anal origin 6; vertical scale rows 20 or 21; gillrakers on first arch about 6+9. (Certain measurements made on the holotype and two paratypes, expressed in thousandths of the standard length, are recorded in table 2.) Body compressed, the greatest depth opposite middle of spiny dorsal base; snout normal; dorsal profile of head straight or nearly so, forming an angle of 40° to 46° with ventral contour of head and body; interorbital space slightly convex; nostrils small, the anterior one tubular; a vertical line through rear nasal opening passes through front edge of eye; jaws approximately equal; maxillary reaches to a vertical line through front nostril; maxillary covered by preorbital when mouth is closed; dentary normal; premaxillary protractile; teeth short, conical in a single row in both jaws, those near front of both jaws becoming gradually enlarged, the 2 pairs nearest tip of jaws largest, and, when mouth is closed, those of lower jaw fitting EXPLANATION OF PLATE 12.—A, holotype of Wetmorella philippina bifasciata, new sub- species (BM 1951.9.18.1) from Red Sea; B, paratype of same subspecies from same locality; C, holotype of W. albofasciata, new species (USNM 93504) from the Philip- pines; D, holotype of W. ocellata, new species (USNM 112368) from Rongelap Atoll, Marshall Islands; EZ, paratype of W. ocellata, new species (USNM 112372) from Bikini Atoll, 25 mm. standard length. E 2 Collecting station in Operation Crossroads, 1946 (see U. S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 202, 1958). U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 103, PLATE 12 FoR EXPLANATION SEE FACING PAGE. s GENUS WETMORELLA—SCHULTZ AND MARSHALL 445 between the two opposite teeth in upper jaw; gill membranes broadly joined across isthmus and forming a free fold; head with a distinctive scale pattern composed of large and definite shaped scales as follows: Cheek with a single row of enlarged scales below which on subopercle is another row, and a single scale below the latter; 3 rows behind eye, including gill cover, dorsal surface of head scaled forward to snout just in front of orbits, the two anteriormost scales median in position, then 3 in middle of interorbital space, followed by a pair of larger ones between rear of orbits, then about 5 scales to dorsal fin origin; above dorsal lateral line is a row of large scales, then a second row along spiny dorsal fin, mostly covering the spines except tips, then the row of scales is much smaller along soft rays, almost disappearing on base of last ray; anal fin with a similar sheath of scales; basal half of caudal fin enclosed in large scales; axillary scale of pelvic short; pectoral fin reaches to opposite about seventh scale of lateral line; lateral line interrupted, beginning again 2 scale rows below on caudal peduncle; fourth pectoral ray usually longest; pelvics reaching or nearly reaching anus; caudal fin rounded. Color in alcohol.—Background coloration light brownish to brownish, with a brown-edged white bar across caudal peduncle just behind rear of bases of soft dorsal and soft anal fins, and another brown-edged white bar just behind eye from side of head to nape; 3 prominent black ocellate spots, one at front of soft dorsal, another at front of soft anal, and the largest occupying each pelvic fin and the underlying part of the body opposite the pelvic fins; no white bar across inter- orbital space; middle of upper lip dark barred. The two smallest specimens, 23 mm. and 25 mm., probably represent a juvenile color pattern—in addition to the white bar behind the ocellate spots there is another white bar in front of them that extends from bases of last dorsal spines to bases of anal spines; another white band extends from first two dorsal spines just behind pectoral base to pelvics; caudal fin white with two narrow cross bars, the distal margin of fin white. Ecology.—This interesting new labrid was taken only at depths of about 20 to 40 feet in the lagoon among coral heads. It was not seen in the intertidal zone of the reefs. Remarks.—This new species may be distinguished from species in the genus Wetmorella by means of the key. Its closest relative is philippina philippina from which it differs in lacking black pigment spots in the caudal fin; ocellata has a plain dusky caudal fin in the adult, and none of the specimens of ocellata has even a trace of black spots in the caudal fin. After studying several hundred species of fishes of the tropical Indo-Pacific in numerous families we place a great deal of confidence in the color pattern differences such as occur in the Chaetodontidae, Labridae, Serranidae, and other families. 446 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 108 Thus we have decided to recognize two new species and one new subspecies. Larger series will make it possible to determine the exact status of these new forms. Among our 12 specimens of ocellata there is little variation in color pattern except that which occurs between small (young) specimens and the large adult specimens. Named ocellata in reference to the ocellate spots which help to characterize all known species of the genus Wetmorella. Wetmorella albofasciata, new species Prats 12, E Wetmorella philippina (in part) Fowler and Bean, U.S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 100, vol. 7, p. 212, 1928 (specimen from Mapbul Island, Philippines). Holotype—USNM 93504, Mabul Island, Philippines, Albatross, September 29, 1909, standard length 36.4 mm. Description.—Dorsal rays IX,10; anal JII,8; pectoral 1i1,10-1,10; pelvics I,5-I,5; branched caudal 6+5; pores in lateral line 15++-7 with 2 scales above and 6 below to anal origin; vertical scale rows 21. Certain measurements made on the holotype and expressed in thousandths of the standard length are recorded in table 2. Since the morphological characteristics of albofasciata are so similar to those of ocellata it is not deemed necessary to repeat them here except to point out that this species is more slender, its greatest depth about three times in the standard length. Color in alcohol—Background coloration brownish, with a narrow, white bar from just behind ocellate spot in soft dorsal, passing across body in front of ocellate spot in soft anal fin, ending on front of anal fin; peduncular white bar confined to lower half of caudal peduncle, not extending much above peduncular lateral line; a short, white bar occurs in front of ocellate spot in soft dorsal and ends near dorsal Ficure 54. Holotype of Wetmorella triocellata, new species (USNM 93529) from the Philippines. Drawn by Mrs. Aime M. Awl. GENUS WETMORELLA—SCHULTZ AND MARSHALL 447 lateral line; another white bar begins near base of third dorsal spine, curves ventrally, and passes about 2 scales behind pectoral base, thence to behind black area near base of pelvics; distal fourth of cau- dal fin blackish edged with white on rear margin and the black caudal spot edged with white anteriorly; pelvics blackish except edged with white and body next to pelvics blackish. Remarks.—This species may be separated from all others referable to the genus Wetmorella by the white bar that passes across body between the ocellate spots in soft dorsal and soft anal fins. Named albofasciata in reference to the characteristic white bars, Wetmorella triocellata, new species Fiaure 54 Wetmorella philippina (in part) Fowler and Bean, U. 8S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 100, vol. 7, p. 212, 1928 (specimen from Rapurapu Island, June 24, 1909). Holotype -—-USNM 93529, Rapurapu Island, Philippines, Albatross, June 24, 1909, standard length 39.2 mm. Desecription.—Dorsal rays IX,10; anal III,8; pectorals 1,10—-1,10; pelvics I,5-I,5; branched caudal rays 6-+-5; pores in lateral line 15-++6, with 2 scales above and 6 below to anal origin; vertical scale rows 21. Certain measurements made on the holotype, and expressed in thousandths of the standard length, are recorded in table 2. Since the morphological characteristics of triocellata are so similar to those of ocellata, it is not deemed necessary to repeat them here, except in regard to greatest depth, which is contained about 3 times in the standard length; it is notably a more slender fish than ocellata and philippina. Color in alcohol_—A narrow, white bar occurs behind the two ocellate spots in the median fins and another extends from in front of ocellate spot in dorsal to in front of that in anal, ending near base of third anal spine; background coloration light brown; a brown-edged pale bar from behind eyes meets its fellow dorsally on head; probably an- other brown-edged pale bar extends across interorbital space although this is faded as are all of the pale bars; caudal fin gradually a little darker distally, probably narrowly edged with white. We quote the following Albatross color note: ‘‘Pale band behind head extends across occiput and bounded by brown line in front and behind its en ie extent.” Remarks.—This new species is recognizable from others referable to the genus Wetmorella by its slender form in connection with a dis- tinctive color pattern. It is closest to albofasciata in regard to its slender form but differs in not having a white bar on the body passing between the two ocellate spots in the median fins. Named ¢riocellata in reference to the three ocellate spots that char- acterize this group of fishes. U. S$. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1984 Fb SATAN Cs OF THE NATIONAL MOBSUM:: QUA iTIUHOe—ALIGA0MTIaAW auuae ace mI ve @ ¥ o recognize Tye anew. ap ise ontd “oni ieea0 jai oe od Salad etl joa, anti one iaeib ,20iv Hoaly oti he apa 91 £9, ptixien aktiw besba dp > taenredlecigald, saivied wylionetag.otidye, fer ora eon aoivleg o8 izamxbod ba character ssuto Ue tone fairs od yen evinege aid T— thod eeoise cover deed efidwh eift Yd otisroits heme .enit lene toe haa Menob Pod ni etoga atellooo 6 _ miedo: oideinetperado on) ot ‘dpiahe i ae Woe ebtnliondss nlie- vom ; : 5 “i f . ‘ wr 1s ; ? inj +} Pe aaguoyt i oe oy 001 dart uh aK 2 »U, nao Bae rolwol @sq-ni) osaqgelat we (QOG4 tS out, sbaalel ugesuged, ator ngmnioogs) 8 eoortnshy, nonigaiig, haelal Laeiigssh ,QSaee-.Ive eam fror&, 0) sisal brebaaial et OL enh fi puiaahana (2d) lane 70 bok beeqed deaqro Gite Os-éLoenil laveial, aiediog ; fin dcayen lebio bedoaaidad +f Siewor elzoe Lenitigy i nimivo Ieeaod wolad-abos-evedet fi, beeagiexe,. bag, equ lod .edtinads obser einhaotaen £ eides ai babvmes oral ilipadl brebuedie odd Tore telions 62 ets niniivwint. lo eigiainewislo, Leoivetodirasannds 010g ecit, Jnoqer, oF -wisesvenst! besngob donsek: d3 y noms # suods boniaigos ai soidw. adigeh! jecisertiod bes piniliod ed) dei} \rbople- roma videson ei tt pilipaaled wah “ r -ARSYSALY biella: owed brigded sajcoe ind otichte. Wore toe, atallooo io taort_si mort ab: sae dtome bia exit naitieal ol ! biidt to sead teen eaibao Iocan ere 46 gaol ot of —— - olaq bes bo-Twoid & crwetd titall rovisteigs > hivorgdoad 7 ls ata yd ladoad iheod co yilertobwollet eti-eineeg cowor oid dguod.ila sosqe Indidsirsiyl esotsa ebaotzs wed | Bley bs olitil vilewbry citishitho:;eind slgq ed} te fins on ‘ ed} oaitipme Wl) otidw pe few bo vlrorysa vidadoxge geOoF abireel xo Bead Buided bu ed alsd" nied node . aap tig ar baidad avs Feoal Et Eon sewortd: wh hobage my We eee Py a eldatelet eiodto mon ‘deddeitiearass Pi aeinoge Swreurs ~#ib « sMiw soitosanos gi, ins0t- rebsele athe aianos edi of binge ai ointyigip of Jzcaola’ ai, #2 oaldeg giieesq vbed odi co 12d atidw o goived Jomabemtib dud agit itsibect adi mt etoge ate ibis Jart Boge athttond adans ‘Oy. OF odtiowtor at 8 ost 12 worleit lo quorg a s 2 bgt 4, 394) 390740 OWITHING VAIMMNAYOO .c oy si ae GO iY nett SAY, ie ey See ¥>. ne ne Shas cial einai Males ge < Bt at THE ATLANTIC PRRWINE LES. DL. agit ORINA, ECAININUS, AND TECTA BUS By K, ¥Yoeeen Avucrr Cty 04 a pee es 1003 fihDealew in vel heionty Siew Tieden Feder 9 aie . ef’ the Weta Alani’ ty Chana enc peeking vad tite A ete ave hw ne bked an war hes iy eoview ng po Aenplon), Whore] woetie dss, apbtilion ta dhe enaiyomdial, Bitty at eetrG eS eye oyhaytly) (Hop Tes at yre oy 4 “a gt ap plishurduegie wise eet vler cette Godden) bi oh EES i YY Aerie < a — je (hahere Pomme Wi four saree NOLiesE obench “ool ; ies Ty: ideas, Pitamicidas, ond Modulifad bat erueral ne then? 196, Whit bre wel) knwwn feo obits payers) Pa papa det Les emnersly taco cverlsap wl hes em ; woh Hie gon Lehre ( Kedinele Af Ks becvin) fran ai iy por fab wa Ce TAtloriiitee aus plummet i. ie tba ‘i nvehuliew. tases Our Waking 9 maar the gore whatotews! Be Faerie, enc Motudue, . “in wbrie wes tcile vitals Papeioresiiy of Mink Qornsaine do Wermke, vide eullocted a) moni e fering specineie of Avdininds nodulores Maifirr and dbberaduta Winks brow, Fucvte Race, In’ the arceses the lahtar epecion, telth Suctaviae muricotue wert ve? Ve BLY rida tend naar ytalin diner martar i hiaaee laa a ¥, <— a ee héccosinh wks (en wae hoo iby Sone Time (Hol Ohi wpapy ithodh Ul Aeh¢negem reer thas Nidiigectid'shivcld: be ceamideeal ae —e PROCEEDINGS OF THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM - VA i Xr A psaree HSON GS. " one SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM Vol. 103 Washington: 1954 No. 3328 REVIEW OF THE ATLANTIC PERIWINKLES, NODILITTORINA, ECHININUS, AND TECTARIUS By R. Tucker ABBOTT Since the 1942 publication in Johnsonia of ‘‘The Genera Tectarius and Echininus in the Western Atlantic’? by Clench and Abbott, enough additional data have been assembled to warrant a review of this group of tropical, littoral snails. In addition to the anatomical, distributional, and biological mformation presented here, there is a short discussion of the phylogenetic position of the genus Echininus, and some changes in nomenclature. It had been noted for some time that the operculum of Echininus was multispiral, a feature commonly found among members of such families as the Trochidae, Potamididae, and Modulidae but unusual for the Littorinidae, which are well known for their paucispiral opercula. In a paper that has generally been overlooked, Kesteven (1903) removed the genus Echininus (Echinella of Kesteven) from its customary position in the Littorinidae and placed it in the Modulidae. This has necessitated our making a study of the gross anatomy of Echininus, Tectarius, and Modulus. This study was made possible through the generosity of Mrs. Germaine L. Warmke, who collected and airmailed living specimens of Echininus nodulosus Pfeiffer and Nodilittorina tuberculata Menke from Puerto Rico. In the process of comparing the latter species with Tectarius muricatus Linné, we came to the conclusion that Nodilittorina should be considered as a full genus closely related to Melarhaphe or Littoraria rather than as a subgenus of Tectarius. The nomenclatorial adjustments in this paper involve changing the name used in Johnsonia, Tectarius tuberculatus Wood, to Nodilittorina tuberculata Menke, and a new and presumably valid genotype desig- nation for Nodtlittorina. 278946—54 449 450 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 108 Family LirToRINIDAE Genus Nodilittorina von Martens, 1897 In Johnsonia, Clench and I had erroneously considered Noduilit- torina as a subgenus of Tectarius. From a study of the shell and animal characters, the radula, and the type of egg capsules, it appears that this group is much more closely allied to the Melarhaphe or Iittoraria subgenera of Littorina than to Tectarius. An obvious relationship in shell characters is seen between the Indo-Pacific Melarhaphe mauritiana Lamarck and such Nodilittorina as miliaris Quoy and Gaimard and picta Philippi, all of which have the peculiarly flattened, thin inner columella edge and the axial, zigzag color streaks on the whorls. The latter two, miliaris and picta, have strong sculp- turing which tends towards the production of small nodules which are characteristic of Nodtlittorina. The floating egg capsule of Nodilittorina tuberculata Menke and Littorina (Melarhaphe) ziczac Gmelin (copied in our fig. 55 from Marie Lebour, 1945) are similar in that they are drum-shaped and with 6 to 7 spiral lines or ridges on the top surface. These spiral ridges are absent in the capsules of Tectarius muricatus Linné and Inttorina (Melarhaphe) neritoides Linné. The latter species is from the eastern Atlantic and is the genotype of Melarhaphe. Should it prove to have a simple, single-pronged penis, as does Tectarius, it is likely that such species as L. ziczac Gmelin and L. mauritiana Lamarck (which have complicated, Nodilttorina-like penes) do not belong to Melarhaphe, sensu stricto. Three recent papers have contributed to our knowledge of littorinid ege capsules (Ostergaard, 1950; Tokioka, 1950; and Tokioka and Habe, 1953.) There appear to be three groups of capsules: (1) Helmet-shaped—Littorina littorea Linné (Lebour, 1935, p. 375) and Littorina pinctado Wood (Ostergaard, 1950, p. 97); (2) simple drum- shaped—Littorina neritoides Linné (Lebour, 1935, p. 375) and Tectarius muricatus Linné (Lebour, 1945, p. 465); and (8) drum- shaped, with ridges on the top surface—Littorina ziczac Gmelin (Lebour, 1945, p. 465) and Noditlittorina tuberculata Menke (Lebour, 1945, p. 465). To the latter group, Tokioka and Habe add the egg capsules of three possible littorinid snails. ‘These capsules were given the non- binomial names of “‘Zittorina-capsula habei, multistriata, and hagruma.” The Japanese capsules differ from those in the Western Atlantic species in having concentric instead of spiral ridges on the top surface. The “hagruma”’ capsule is unique in bearing on its peripheral surface a series of 21 gearlike undulations. REVIEW OF THE ATLANTIC PERIWINKLES—ABBOTT 451 The genus Hamus of Klein seems to have been first validated in 1886 by R. B. Watson (Scaphopoda and Gasteropoda, in Report on the Scientific Results of the Voyage of HMS Challenger . . . , vol. 15, pt. 42, p. 576). Although he intended it for the group we know as Nodilittorina, I prefer to relegate Hamus to the synonymy of the trochid Turcica A. Adams, 1854, by here designating Tectaria mon- trouziert Fischer, 1878, as the genotype of Hamus Watson, 1886. For identity of that trochid species see Hedley (1901, p. 121). Wenz’s (1939, p. 523) genotype designation of Nodzlittorina is invalid, since Turbo nodulosus Gmelin is not one of the species included by von Martens in 1897 either in name or substance and since Turbo (not Trochus) nodulosus Gmelin is a turbinid species. Von Marten’s Iittorina nodulosa Pfeiffer is an Hchininus. I hereby designate Litiorina pyramidalis Quoy and Gaimard as the genotype of Nodiht- torina von Martens, 1897. This species is Trochus nodulosus Gmelin, non Solander, 1766. Habe (1951, p. 90) followed the error of Clench and Abbott (1942) in considering Turbo tuberculata Wood the same as Gmelin’s nodulosus. Actually it is the West Indian Echininus, as seen by our revised synonymy. Jattorina tuberculata Wood is not included by name in von Martens’ genus and cannot be designated as the genotype. Below, I have included a revised synonymy of the Western Atlantic Nodilittorina tuberculata Menke which Clench and I had erroneously listed in Johnsonia as Tectarius tuberculatus Wood. Our error arose in not recognizing Wood’s figure as representing the Atlantic Hchininus. Although the columella region of the shell illustrated by Wood is very close to that found in some Nodilittorina, the nature and number of nodules clearly identifies it as Echininus nodulosus Pfeiffer. Nodilittorina tuberculata Menke Trochus nodulosus Gmelin (non Solander, 1766), Caroli a Linné Systema naturae ..., ed. 13, p. 3582, No. 98, 1791 (in part as variety minor). (Mari, Americam meridonalem.) Litorina tuberculatus Menke, Synopsis methodica Molluscorum ..., p. 25 (Pyrmonti), 1828 (refers to Gmelin’s minor). Intorina thiarella Anton, Verzeichniss der Conchylien. . . , p. 53, 1839. Littorina nodulosa d’Orbigny, Mollusques, vol. 1, p. 205 (exclusive of synonymy), pl. 14, figs. 11-14, in de la Sagra, Histoire physique, politique et naturelle de l’Ile de Cuba, 1841. (Cuba, Martinique, and St. Lucia.) Littorina dilatata d’Orbigny, Mollusques, vol. 1, p. 207, pl. 14, figs. 20-23, zn de la Sagra, Histoire. . . naturelle. . . de Cuba, 1841. (Havana.) Shell—It is easy to confuse this species with Echininus nodulosus Pfeiffer, especially since their ranges overlap and their habitats are almost identical. N. tuberculata is usually 4 mm. to 5 mm. smaller than EH. nodulosus from the same small area. The nodules in each 452 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 108 spiral row on the periphery of the whorl are always lined up under one another in N. tuberculata, while in E. nodulosus they are not, since the upper row bears fewer (and larger) nodules than the lower row. Sexual dimorphism in the form of shell length was very slight in 103 specimens examined from Rincon Lighthouse, Puerto Rico. Of that number, 38 percent were males; their mean shell length was 7.7 mm. The mean length of the females was 9.1mm. In Echininus the difference in the sizes of the shells of the two sexes was more pronounced, but this is a feature which is variable from colony to colony in the same species (see Abbott, 1949). Animal.—Live specimens from Rincon Lighthouse, western Puerto Rico, were examined. The animal is typically littorinid. The tentacles are translucent yellowish with a small, circular band or ring of black around the region near the distal end. The underside of the foot is yellowish to yellowish gray with a distinct, longitudinal, indented line dividing the foot into two lateral areas. The furrow is more prominent near the center, and disappears towards the posterior and anterior ends of the sole. The waves of progression are retrograde and ditaxic (see Vlés, 1907, and remarks under Tectarius muricatus). The foot progresses somewhat in the manner of a person slowly shuf- fling forward in a potato sack. The penis is large and located on the right side of the body under the base of the right tentacle. On the anterior edge of the penis there is a large, bean-shaped, snow-white gland, and just distal to it is a short, fairly large, clear accessory flagellum. The main prong of the penis is slender and tapering to a point, with a nearly closed seminal groove along the posterior edge. The penis of N. tuberculata is very similar to that of preserved specimens I have examined in Inttorina (Melarhaphe) ziczac Gmelin from the Bahamas. Radula.—The ribbon is very long with the unused part coiled up like a watch spring in a pocket in the dorsal region behind the head. One specimen from Puerto Rico had about 1,125 transverse rows. The ribbon is delicate and half as wide as that found in Echininus. The central tooth is narrow, with the appearance of having been laterally compressed. It bears a large central cusp, and, crowded over this, are the two lateral cusps. The lateral and inner marginal teeth are massive, each with a large inner cusp and a much smaller outer cusp. The outer marginal tooth is smaller, fairly weak; it bears 5 denticles in Puerto Rico specimens and 8 denticles in Habana, Cuba, specimens. Parasitology.—In living specimens examined from the rocky shore near Habana, Cuba, several specimens of N. tuberculata were found to be heavily infected with single-tailed, two-eye-spotted cercariae whose REVIEW OF THE ATLANTIC PERIWINKLES—ABBOTT 453 aunt] Ficure 55.—a, Shell of Echininus nodulosus Pfeiffer (X 1%). b, Shell of Nodilittorina tuberculata Menke (X 1%). c, Underside of foot of E. nodulosus (X 2). d, Underside of foot of N. tuberculata (X 2). e, Operculum of £. nodulosus (X 2). f, Operculum of N. tuberculata (X 2). g, Fecal pellets of £. nodulosus (X 4). h, Fecal pellets of N. tubercu- lata(X 4). i, Fecal pellets of Modulus modulus Linné (X 4). 7, Penis of Littorina ziczae Gmelin (X 6). &, Floating egg capsule of L. ziczac (diam. 0.20 mm.). /, Egg capsule of N. tuberculata (diam. 0.24mm.). m, Egg capsule of Tectarius muricatus Linné (diam. 0.24 to0.32. After Lebour, 1945). n, Penis of N. tuberculata (X 6). 0, Penis of T. muricatus (X 6). 9,49, Penis of E. nodulosus (X 6). 454 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 108 identity was unknown to me. They were located in the upper part of the whorls in the region of the digestive glands. They may possibly be parasites of sea birds. None of the Echininus nodulosus Pfeiffer collected in the same area was infected. Geographical distribution.—It is interesting that the geographical range of this species is identical with that of Yectarius muricatus. Both species are coastal rock dwellers, the former living in the im- mediate vicinity of tide and splash pools, the latter living anywhere from the spray zone, where the rocks are wet only during windy weather at high tide, to a point 70 feet from the sea, where the rocks are dry except during rainy or stormy periods (Clench and Abbott, 1942, pp. 2, 3). The Nodzilittorina distribution in the Western At- lantic (see fig. 56, a) is Caribbean in its limits with two minor northern extensions, one along the southeast coast of Florida, the other in Bermuda. There have been no records in the Gulf of Mexico or along the eastern coast of South America south of Trinidad, as is the case, for instance, with Modulus modulus Linné. On the other hand, the geographical range of Echininus nodulosus Pfeiffer is much more limited (fig. 56, 6) and consists of a compact oval area which includes southeast Florida, the Bahamas, and the Greater Antilles. Despite numerous museum records for other lit- toral species, the locally common Hchininus has not been recorded from Bermuda, the Lesser Antilles, or the Caribbean shores of Central or South America. The reasons for this difference in distribution is, as yet, unexplained, but the geological history and the life history of these two groups, when known, will likely offer a solution. The rela- tively dry habitat of Echininus and Tectarius muricatus in contrast to the lower and wetter station of N. tuberculata precludes any corre- lation between the immediate, ecological niche and the distributional range. However, food habits, dispersal factors by other animals, and enemies are unknown. Both Nodilittorina and Tectarius have been found to expel single, floating egg capsules (Lebour, 1945), but the manner of egg deposition is unknown for Echininus. The facts published by Mattox (1949) concerning the ecological station (bio-stratification) and resistance to drying conditions (ex- siccation) of Nodilittorina tuberculata (as Tectarius tuberculatus) in Puerto Rico are open to question since they may be based upon ob- servations on two genera. LEchininus is commonly found in company with Nodilittorina along the rocky shore of the western end of Puerto Rico. The two are easily confused and the author makes no mention of the common Echininus in his report on the eight littoral species of that area. New records.—Bauamas: Andros Island; Aklin Island; New Providence Island; Great and Little Inagua Islands; Mariguana REVIEW OF THE ATLANTIC PERIWINKLES—ABBOTT 455 Zan (%) PA a —~Y NODILITTORINA Ficure 56.—Distribution in the West Indies of Nodilittorina tuberculata Menke, Echininus nodulosus Pfeiffer and Tectarius muricatus Linné (see locality records in text). 456 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL. 108 Island; East and Grand Caicos Islands; Cotton Cay, Turks Islands (all P. Bartsch). CusBa: Cape Cajon; Cabafias; Rio Ojo de Toro, Oriente. Hispanioza: Torbeck, Dept. du Sud, and Saltrou, Dept. de l’Ouest, Haiti. Jamaica: Little River, Trelawney; Dry Harbor Cave, St. Ann; Great Pedro Bay, St. Elizabeth; Ora Cabesa, St. Mary; Hector’s River, Portland; Little Cayman Island (all C. R. Orcutt). Purrro Rico: Rincon Lighthouse, Mona Passage (G. L. Warmke and N. T. Mattox); Aguadilla, Porto Real; Mona Island. Lesser Antities: Villa, St. Vincent; Marigot, Dominica; Guade- loupe. CrnrraL America: Fort Sherman, Col6én, Panama (L. D. Sayers). SourH America: Santa Marta, Colombia. (All records USNM.) I am also adding here a revised synonymy of the Indo-Pacific sibling species, NV. pyramidalis Quoy and Gainard. I have compared material from northern Australia (the region of the type locality) with specimens from the East Indies, the Philippines, and the Ryukyu Islands and do not believe, on the basis of the material at hand, that N. vilis or N. malaccana should be recognized even as subspecies. I have not included subnodosa Philippi, 1847, in the synonymy for lack of sufficient number of specimens from its Red Sea type locality. It may well be a good subspecies. The Formosan specimen figured by Habe (1951, pl. 14, fig. 1) is probably not the Red Sea species, despite its close resemblance. Nodilittorina pyramidalis Quoy and Gaimard Trochus nodulosus Gmelin (non Solander, 1766), Caroli a Linné Systema naturae . , ed. 18, p. 3582, No. 98, 1791 (refers to Martini and Chemnitz, Neues Systematisches conchylien-cabinet, vol. 5, pl. 168, figs. 1545, 1546 (of specimens from Cook’s voyages ‘“‘aus den Sudlandern.’’) (“Oceano australi.”’) Turbo trochiformis Dillwyn (non Brocchi, 1814), A descriptive catalogue of re- cent shells . .. , vol. 2, p. 826, 1817 (refers to Gmelin, 1791, p. 3582, and Martini and Chemnitz (loc. cit.). (‘‘SSouthern Ocean.’’) Littorina pyramidalis Quoy and Gaimard, Zoologie, vol. 2, p. 482, pl. 33, figs. 12-15, in d’Urville, Voyage de .. . l’Astrolabe . . . pendant... , 1833. (Jervis Bay, Australia.) Iitorina vilis ‘“Menke”’ Philippi, Abbildungen und Beschreibungen .. . Con- chylien ... , vol. 2, p. 145, pl. 2, fig. 21, 1846. Litorina malaccana Philippi, Abbildungen und Beschreibungen . . . Conchylien ... , Vol. 8, p. 51, pl. 6, fig. 17, 1847. (Pulo Pinang.) Litorina cecillei Philippi, Zeitschr. Malakoz., vol. 8, No. 2, p. 78, 1851. (Liew- kiew = Ryukyu Islands.) Type locality —Jervis Bay, Australia. Range.—India and Ceylon, Siam, the Philippines, and East Indies, south to New South Wales, Australia, and north to Honshu, Japan. REVIEW OF THE ATLANTIC PERIWINKLES—ABBOTT sung Ll it Ficure 57.—Radulae of, a, Echininus nodulosus Pfeiffer, b, Nodilittorina tuberculata Menke, c, Modulus modulus Linné, and, d, the central tooth of Tectarius muricatus Linné. (Arrows point to side views of teeth.) 458 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 103 Genus Echininus Clench and Abbott, 1942 Echininus, sensu stricto, is limited to the Indo-Pacific. It differs from the subgenus Tectininus Clench and Abbott in having an um- bilicus and in having a more spinulose sculpturing. It was formerly known as Nina Gray, 1850 (non Horsfield 1829, non Nina Gray 1855). Echinelia of Kesteven, 1903, and some other authors is this genus, but Echinella Swainson is a synonym of Tectarius Valenciennes. Genotype, by original designation, is Trochus cumingi Philippi. Subgenus Tectininus Clench and Abbott, 1942 Many of the subgeneric characters listed here may well be those of the genus as a whole, but we have not had an opportunity, as yet, to examine the genotype of Echininus, sensu stricto, in detail. The genotype, by original designation, is Hchininus nodulosus Pfeiffer. The general anatomy, both internal and external, is typically lit- torinid. Operculum loosely multispiral with about 6 whorls (trochid opercula of the same diameter, such as in Calliostoma and Margarites, have 11 to 13 whorls). Shell whorls roughly bicarinate, with the upper carina bearing about one-third fewer nodules than the lower carina. Columella short, and not shelved or protruding downward beyond the base of the outer lip as in Nodilittorina. Radula ribbon with about 800 to 1,250 transverse rows of teeth. Unused ribbon coiled in about 16 close turns and located in the dorsal region behind the head. Central tooth extremely small and slender. Lateral teeth very large, strong, and with a strong, hooked, single cusp. Inner marginal tooth with a single, large cusp. Outer marginal tooth half the length of the lateral one, and tri-denticulate. Foot weakly di- taxic, with retrograde waves. Penis large and located on the right side of the head just below and slightly posterior to the base of the right tentacle. Penis tri-lobed and with a seminal groove running along the posterior edge. In the area where the accessory prong arises there are numerous, small papillae on the penis. In the female, the ovaries are widespread through the digestive gland and are grass- green in color. The area of the prostate gland in the males is bright Prussian blue. Echininus nodulosus Pfeiffer Turbo tuberculatus Wood (non Pennant, 1777), Index testaceologicus, suppl., p. 19, pl. 6, fig. 30, 1828. Litorina nodulosa Pfeiffer, Arch. Naturg., vol. 1, p. 357 (exclusive of synonymy), 1839. (Cuba.) Litorina scabra Anton, Verzeichniss der Conchylien .. . , p. 53, 1839. Ittorina antoni Philippi (new name for Littorina scabra Anton, non L. scabra Linné, 1758, of authors), Abbildungen und Beschreibungen . . . Con- chylien . .. , vol. 2, p. 145, pl. 2, fig. 18, 1847. REVIEW OF THE ATLANTIC PERIWINKLES—ABBOTT 459 Litorina (Tectarius) pfeifferianus Weinkauff (new name for Littorina nodulosa Pfeiffer, non Littorina nodulosa Gmelin of authors), Litorina, in Martini and Chemnitz, Systematisches Conchylien-Cabinet, vol. 2, pt. 9, p. 46, pl. 5, figs. 15, 16, 1882. Shell—Perhaps the most distinctive feature of the shell of this species is the nature of the rows of nodules. As in Nodalittorina tuberculata, the periphery of the last whorl bears two prominent rows of large nodules, thus giving the shell a slightly bicarinate appearance. There are five or six minor rows of smaller beads. But especially notable in Echininus are the fewer and larger nodules in the upper major row. A count in 30 specimens revealed that, on the average, there are 3 or 4 fewer nodules in the upper row. No significant differ- ence in this feature could be found between the males and the females. (In 15 males, the upper row, on the average, bore 11.3 nodules with a range of 9 to 14; the lower row had 14.9 nodules with a range of 11 to 17. In 15 females, the upper row bore 10.9 nodules with a range of 9 to 13; the lower row bore 13.0 nodules with a range of 10 to 15.) Measurements of shell length were compared between 18 adult males and 21 females, and it was found that there is a slight sexual dimorphism in which the mean length of males is 13 mm. and that of the females 15 mm. The overlap in shell size, however, is too great to permit distinction of sex on this character alone. I notice that the shells of some of the females are more eroded than those of the males, and in this connection there is need for further study on the wanderings of the females and their possible subjection to conditions slightly different from the males. M. Lebour (1945) believes that the amphibious Littorinids of Bermuda seasonally descend from their positions high in trees or from rock cliffs to the edge of the ocean to deposit their eggs. Whether the males also migrate is unknown. Animal.—Our studies were made on living specimens from Rincon Lighthouse, western Puerto Rico. The animal is typically littorinid, as discussed under the remarks concerning the subgenus. The mantle edge is smooth, slightly swollen, and yellowish; the remainder is clear. The underside of the foot is yellowish gray, but not as yellow as in Nodilittorina. The longitudinal fissure on the sole of the foot is very weak and limited to the posterior half. The retrograde (front to back) waves at the anterior third of the sole are usually several and somewhat confused, but as they proceed posterior and reach the region of the weak, central fissure, they become stronger and take on a ditaxic, lateral division. The penis is large, prominent, and located on the right side of the body of the males. The accessory flagellum is cylindrical, larger than that found in Nodilittorina, and located one-third from the distal end 460 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 108 of the penis. On both sides of the penis, in the region near the acces- sory flagellum, the surface bears numerous, small, fleshy, opaque-white papillae. These are absent in Nodilittorina and Tectarius muricatus. The posterior edge of the penis bears a narrow, nearly sealed seminal groove which ends near the distal end of the penis, and which has its origin on the side of the body some 2 mm. from the base of the penis. The region of the prostate gland on the right border of the mantle is cobalt blue in color. In mature females, this region bears the swollen, elongate, opaque-white accessory gland. Radula.—The radula of Echininus nodulosus Pfeiffer (fig. 57, a) is very distinctive, although it conforms in general pattern to those found in the family Littormidae. The reduction of the central tooth is most remarkable in that it has become a short, thin, sliverlike tooth. The main function of rasping has been taken over by the greatly enlarged, coarse lateral teeth. The inner and especially the outer marginal teeth are somewhat reduced. The tendency to reduce the central tooth appears to be a development arising perhaps through the Nodihttorina stock. The radula of Echininus cumingi from the Indo-Pacific has a reduced central tooth (fide Troschel, 1858, pl. 11, fig. 7) and enlarged lateral teeth. Among the Nodilittorina, our Atlantic N. tuberculata Menke has a strongly compressed, elongate central tooth (fig. 57, 6). The Indo-Pacific N. pyramidalis has a much less reduced central tooth which closely resembles that in the members of the subgenus Melarhaphe. It may be noted that mem- bers of such species as Littorina (Littorina) littorea Linné and irrorata Say have a well-developed, almost square central tooth. The radula ribbon of Echininus nodulosus measured 115 mm. in length in one specimen, 110 mm. in another. This is 7 to 8 times the length of the shell. The ribbon is twice the width of that found in a Nodtlittorina tuberculata Menke of the same shell size. The number of transverse rows is about 1,250. In N. tuberculata there were about 1,225 rows, in Tectarius muricatus 1,500 rows in a ribbon 67 mm. in length. Pelseneer (Mollusca, Treatise in Zoology, 1906) reports 3,600 rows in Jattorina littorea. I do not know if there is any phylo- genetic or ecological significance to these various number of rows. Geographical Distribution.—The range of this species is presented in figure 56, 6, and its restricted distribution is discussed in the remarks under Nodilittorina tuberculata. The species is usually abundant where it occurs. New records.—F.oripa: Stock Island, Key West (C. I. Aslakson) ; Indian Key; Fortune Island (P. Bartsch). Banamas: Nassau, New Providence Island (H. Dodge); South Bight, Andros Island (P. Bartsch); Pimlico Island, Racoon Cay, Ragged Islands (P. Bartsch). Cupsa: Cape Cajon; Santa Cruz; Cienfuegos Harbor; Santiago de REVIEW OF THE ATLANTIC PERIWINKLES—ABBOTT 461 Cuba. Jamatca: Robins Bay, St. Marys; Montego Bay, St. James; Port Henderson; Annotta Bay (all C. R. Orcutt). Huispanroza: Morne Rouge, southwestern Haiti; Beata Island (A. Wetmore). Puerto Rico: Rincon Lighthouse, Mona Passage (G. L. Warmke and N. T. Mattox). Virern Istanps: St. Croix (H. F. Dunn). CartBBEAN Istanps: Navassa Island. (All records USNM.) Phylogenetic position of Echininus——From the anatomical evidence presented here, it appears that there is little doubt that Hehininus has many characters that are typically littormid. This is especially true in the case of the long radula ribbon, the form of the teeth, the pres- ence of an open seminal groove (instead of a closed, internal seminal canal) on the penis, and the simple tentacles with the eye set near the base. We reject Kesteven’s (1903) placement of this genus in the family Modulidae. He did so on two characters—the tooth on the base of the columella, and the multispiral operculum. However, Kesteven was in error in stating that members of the genus Echininus (Echinella, as he called it) have a small tooth at the base of the col- umella. It is only in the Tectarius, sensu stricto, group (with paucispiral opercula) such as 7. coronarius Lamarck, that we find a basal tooth. This leaves only the multispiral operculum as a character in common with Modulus, and although this character may be of convenient generic value in some cases, it certainly is not always a family character. I believe that the following characters found in Modulus, and absent in Echininus, exclude the latter from the family Modulidae: Eyes located half way up the length of the tentacles, small digitations along the border of the mantle edge (Abbott, 1944, pl. 1); female with an “ovipositor” organ on the right side of the body; radula relatively short (100 to 150 transverse rows) with a thin, oval, 7-denticled central tooth; a lateral and two marginal teeth which are denticulated (the entire radula closely resembles that in the Rissoacea). AlI- though not necessarily of phylogenetic importance, it may be pointed out that the feces of many, if not all, Littorinidae are relatively short (2 or 3 times as long as wide) and are lined up in the rectum, one directly behind the other, while in Modulus modulus Linné the feces are quite long (5 or 6 times as long as wide) and are closely packed side by side at an oblique angle in the rectum, as in the Thiaridae. In summary of the position of Echininus, I am inclined to consider it a specialization of the ancestral stock of the Melarhaphe group in the family Littorinidae which has shown a tendency towards the abortion of the central tooth in the radula, an enlargement and closer juxtaposition of the marginals, the reduction of the ditaxic fissure in the foot, a reduction in the size of the osphradium, and the increase 462 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 103 in the number of whorls in the operculum to a degree where it has become multispiral. It should be pointed out that Kesteven included the genus Peasiella Neville in the family Modulidae. Although further anatomical study is needed on this genus, I would be inclined (with the radular and opercular characters presented by Kesteven, 1903, p. 633) to include Peasiella in the family Littorinidae and in a higher phylogenetic position than the genus Echininus. Kesteven also erected a new family, the Risellidae, for the inclusion of Risella Gray (now Bembicium Philippi) and Aisellopsis Kesteven, 1902 (not Cossmann, 1908, which was renamed Risellordea Cossmann, 1909). The new family name, Bembiciidae, was introduced by A. W. B. Powell (1937, p. 67). Before accepting this family, it would be best to have an anatomical study made, and, in the meanwhile, allow it to remain in the family Littorinidae as do J. Thiele and W. Wenz. Genus Tectarius Valenciennes, 1833 Subgenus Cenchrites von Martens, 1900 Tectarius muricatus Linné Tectarius muricatus Linné, Systema naturae, ed. 10, vol. 1, 1758. Observations on living specimens from Vedado, Habana, Cuba, show that the animal is typically littorinid. The tentacles are one- third longer than the extended proboscis, are cylindrical and tapering, translucent gray in color with faint circular bars of brown. The proboscis is dark brown. The mantle edge is thickened, cream yellow in color, and slightly undulatory. The sides of the foot are light slate-gray with numerous, fine, clusters of chalk-white, embedded granules. Underside of foot is slate gray. The mode of foot progression is ditaxic with a few simultaneous retrograde waves; that is, the sole of the foot is divided down its length from anterior to posterior by a faint fissure, and each side half acts independently of the other much in the manner of a person shuffling forward with his feet in a potato sack. On each half, a dark wave appears at the anterior end at the same time and moves towards the posterior end (retrograde wave). A bibliography con- cerning this subject is given by H. W. Lissmann (1945). This same type of progression was reported for Litiorina littorea Linné (Vlés, 1907; Parker, 1911), Littorina sazatilis Olivi (as L. rudis Maton), and Nodilittorina tuberculata Menke (as Tectarius nodulosus from Bermuda) (Parker, 1911). The penis of Tectarius muricatus is the simplest of the littorinids I have examined from the Western Atlantic, and, except for the absence of sawlike frills on one edge, it is not unlike that of Littorina littorea REVIEW OF THE ATLANTIC PERIWINKLES—ABBOTT 463 Linné. It is located at the usual position on the right side of the body, and consists of a simple bent, tapering prong which bears a thin, seminal groove along its posterior edge. The radula in one specimen was 67 mm. in length, with about 1,500 transverse rows of teeth. As in Littorina, the unused rows are coiled tightly like a watch spring in a pocket on the dorsal region behind the head. The central tooth is about half as wide as long, not unlike that in Nodilitiorina, and bears a large central cusp with a smaller cusp on each side. (See fig. 57, d.) The shell is adequately illustrated in Johnsonia by Clench and Abbott (1942). Geographical distribution.—In addition to the records noted on the accompanying map (fig. 56, c) of the West Indian region, I am listing a few new ones which represent either extensions of the range, addi- tional major islands, or the filling in of large gaps (for other records, see Clench and Abbott, 1942). Distribution in the Caribbean region, lower Florida, and Bermuda is almost identical with that of Nodilittorina. New records.—Bauamas: South Bight, Andros Island; Little San Salvador Island. Cusa: Matanzas; Cardenas Bay; Port Gibara; Santiago de Cuba. Hispanioza: Fort Liberte, Dept. du Nord; Cap Haitien, Dept. du Nord; Torbeck and Aquin, Dept. du Sud; Santa Barbara de Samana. Jamaica: Buff Bay, Portland; Stony Cave, St. Mary; Great Pedro Bay, St. Elizabeth; Runaway Bay, St. Ann; Montego Bay, St. James; Morant Bay, St. Thomas; Little Cayman Brac (C. R. Orcutt). Pusrtro Rico: Mayagitiez; Hamacoa. LxrsszRr Antittes: Marigot, Dominica. CARIBBEAN IsLANDS: Curagao; Aruba. Crnrrat America: Utilla Island and Roatan Island, Honduras; Colén, Panamé; Cartagena and Porto Colombia, Colombia; Tucacas, Falcon, Venezuela. (All records USNM.) 464 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 108 References Assortr, R. Tucker. 1944. The genus Modulus in the Western Atlantic. Johnsonia (Harvard Univ.), vol. 1, No. 14, 6 pp., 2 pls. 1949. Sexual dimorphism in Indo-Pacific Strombus. Nautilus, vol. 63, No. 2, pp. 58-61, 1 fig. BEQUAERT, JOSEPH C., 1943. The genus Littorina in the Western Atlantic. Johnsonia (Harvard Univ.), vol. 1, No. 7, 27 pp., 7 pls. CLENcH, WiturAMm J., and Asport, R. Tucker. 1942. The genera Tectarius and Echininus in the Western Atlantic. John- sonia (Harvard Univ.), vol. 1, No. 4, 4 pp., 3 pls. Hasse, TADASHIGE. 1951. Littorinidae in Japan. ITlus. Cat. Japanese Shells, vol. 1, No. 4, pp. 87-93, 1 pl. HEDLEY, CHARLES. 1901. A revision of the types of the marine shells of the Chevert Expedition. Records Australian Mus., vol. 4, p. 121. KestEven, H. LercuHron. 1903. Notes on Prosobranchiata, No. 2—Littorinacea. Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales, 1902, pt. 4, pp. 620-636, 1 pl. Lesour, Marte V. 1945. The eggs and larvae of some prosobranchs from Bermuda. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, vol. 114, pt. 4, pp. 462-489, figs. LIssMANN, H. W. 1945. The mechanism of locomotion in gastropod molluscs. Journ. Exper. Biol., vol. 21, No. 1, pp. 58-69, 11 figs. Marrox, Norman T. 1949. Effects of drying on certain marine shells from Puerto Rico. Ecology, vol. 30, No. 2, pp. 242-244, 2 figs. OsTERGAARD, JENS MATHIAS 1950. Spawning and development of some Hawaiian marine gastropods. Pacific Sci. (Honolulu), vol. 4, No. 2, pp. 75-115, 42 figs. PARKER, GrorGeE H. 1911. The mechanism of locomotion in gastropods. Journ. Morph., vol. 22, pp. 155-170. Powe, A. W. B. 1937. The shellfish of New Zealand. 100 pp., 18 pls. Toxioka, T. 1950. Droplets from the plankton net: V, New names for egg capsules of littorinid gastropods. Publ. Seto Marine Biol. Lab., vol. 1, No. 3, pp. 151-152, fig. 6. ToxioKka, T., and Hass, TADASHIGE 1953. Droplets from the plankton net: XI, A new type of Littorina-capsula. Publ. Seto Marine Biol. Lab., vol. 3, No. 1, pp. 55-56, fig. 11. Viks, F. 1907. Sur les ondes pédienses des mollusques reptateurs. Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. Paris, vol. 145, pp. 276-278. Wenz, WILHELM. 1939. Gastropoda. Handb. Paliozool., vol. 6, pt. 4, pp. 481-720. [See p. 523.] U. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1954 PROCEEDINGS OF THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM Coa fog SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM Vol. 103 Washington: 1954 No. 3329 MAMMALS OF NORTHERN COLOMBIA, PRELIMINARY REPORT NO. 7: TAPIRS (GENUS TAPIRUS), WITH A SYSTEMATIC REVIEW OF AMERICAN SPECIES! By Pattie HERSHKOVITZ All known New World species of tapirs occur in Colombia. Repre- sentatives of the Brazilian tapir (Tapirus terrestris) were secured in northern Colombia by the writer during his 1941-1943 tenure of the Walter Rathbone Bacon Travelling Scholarship. The mountain, or woolly, tapir (Tapirus pinchaque), originally described from the Bogoté region in Colombia, is found in parts of the temperate zones of Colombia and Ecuador and does not range into coastal provinces. Baird’s tapir (Zapirus bairdii), the largest indigenous land mammal of the Neotropical region, is here recorded for the first time from South America. The author discovered the coexistence of this species with the Brazilian tapir in northwestern Colombia while conducting the Chicago Natural History Museum—Colombian Zoological Expedi- tion (1949-1952). A woolly tapir was also taken, and it is described in this paper. A fourth species, Tapirus indicus, the only other living form of tapir, is Asiatic in distribution. 1 Previous reports in this series have been published in the Proceedings of the U. 8. National Museum as follows: 1. Squirrels, vol. 97, August 25, 1947 . Spiny rats, vol. 97, January 6, 1948 . Water rats, vol. 98, June 30, 1948 Monkeys, vol. 98, May 10, 1949 . Bats, vol. 99, May 10, 1949 Rabbits, vol. 100, May 26, 1950 Egrata;: In No. 5: Bats, measurements given for Glossophaga soricine soricina on page 438 are misleading because of a transposition. On line 25, for “‘head and body” read “‘total length,”’ for “‘tail” read ‘‘head and body,” for “hind foot” read ‘‘tail,’”’ for “‘ear’’ read “hind foot’’, and add “ear, 15-15 mm.” 279127—54 1 465 A ie wb ad 466 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOU. 103 Nomenclature The generic name Japirus employed here is from Brinnich, 1771. Scopoli’s use of Tapirus in 1777 is next available. For rejection of Brisson’s Tapirus and other Latin names in his “Regnum Animale,” 1762, see Hopwood (Proc. Zool. Soc. London, vol. 117, pp. 534-536, 1947). Tapirus Briinnich is adopted here on the same authority, a copy of the ‘‘Zoologiae Fundamenta . .. ,”’ where the generic name appears, not being available in this country. Merriam (Science, new ser., vol. 1, p. 376, 1895) employed an ingenious device in his attempt to validate Tapirus Brisson. He combined his own with Brisson’s (Regnum Animale, p. 81, 1762) monomial specific Latin designation for ‘Le Tapir” to produce the custom-made binomial Tapirus tapirus. This combination is valid, to be sure, but dates from its originator, Merriam, 1895, and not from Brisson. The question that has arisen over the basic date of publication of the ‘‘Regnum Animale’”’ is en- tirely subordinate to the fact that the system of classification em- ployed therein is incontrovertibly non-Linnaean. Hence, Brisson’s Latin names, really classical rather than technical, are not available. Bibliographic references and citations to generic synonyms are given under the subgeneric headings. Synonymies under specific headings include references to all original descriptions and to selected taxonomic works. Classification Cranial and external differences between living species of American tapirs are such as to warrant full generic rank for each of the recog- nized forms. Simpson (Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 86, pp. 40-41, 1945) agreed with this in theory but found it impractical to recognize a multiplicity of closely related monotypic genera of Recent and Pleistocene tapirs. Accordingly, he grouped all species in the genus Tapirus. The simplified nomenclature can be justified in this special case because whatever hierarchic terminology is employed in classification interrelationships remain the same. However, the real separation between each of the species should be emphasized by adding to Simpson’s system the available subgeneric names. Living and fossil tapirs were first reviewed in a classical study by Hatcher (Amer. Journ. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 1, art. 17, 1896). Simpson (op. cit.) summarized much of the information since accumulated and described and analyzed the osteology of North American Recent and Pleistocene tapirs. Concerning modern American species, these au- thors agreed that terrestris, bairdii, and pinchaque (roulini) are repre- sentative. Other named forms were regarded as either absolute syno- nyms or, at best, subspecies of one or another of the three species cited. MAMMALS OF NORTHERN COLOMBIA—HERSHKOVITZ 467 Material A total of 122 specimens of Recent American tapirs were studied. Included in the 84 specimens examined in the U.S. National Museum were Tapirus terrestris (2 skins with complete skeletons, 4 skins with skulls, 5 complete skeletons only, 17 skulls only), Tapirus bairdia (4 skins with skulis, 7 complete skeletons only, 41 skulls only), and Tapirus pinchaque (1 skin only, 3 complete skeletons only, 1 skull only). Included in the 38 specimens examined in the Chicago Natural History Museum were Tapirus terrestris (2 skins with complete skele- tons, 1 skin with skull, 4 skulls, skins mounted in habitat group; 21 skulls only), Tapirus bairdii (2 complete skeletons, 6 skulls only), and Tapirus pinchaque (1 skin with skeleton, 1 skull only). More than 20 skulls of the Indian tapir, Tapirus (Acrocodia) indicus, were compared with the American species. Capitalized color terms in the text are from Ridgway (Color Stand- ards and Color Nomenclature, 1912). The following abbreviations of museums are used in the lists of types: BM British Museum (Natural History) CNHM Chicago Natural History Museum MACN Museo Argentino de Ciencias Naturales ‘Bernardino Rivadavia” MHNP Muséum National d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris USNM U.S. National Museum Genus Tapirus Briinnich Distribution.—American forms are widely and nearly continuously distributed throughout most of the Neotropical region from about 30 degrees south latitude in eastern Brazil to about 20 degrees north latitude in southern México (see map, fig. 61); altitudinal range is from sea level to approximately 4,500 meters above. One species, Tapirus (Acrocodia) indicus, is represented in Burma, Siam, French Indochina, the Malay States, and Sumatra. Recent tapirs are sur- vivors of a large family that originated in early Tertiary in the Paleo- arctic region and which, at successive periods of time, occupied the land masses now intervening between Asiatic and American species. Habitat and habits—Within the geographic limits defined, tapirs may occur in practically any wooded or grassy habitat with good surface supplies of water. Forests and thickets are usual daytime retreats, while bordering exposed areas such as grass or scrublands, marshes, lakes and streams with herbaceous banks, and grassy islands are favored nocturnal feeding resorts. Streams, whether narrow, tor- rential watercourses of mountain gorges or wide, sluggish rivers of the interior and coastal plains are indispensable refuges of all tapirs attacked by enemies, be they of the itch-producing, external para- sitic kind, or tigers, jaguars, and man. 468 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 103 Tapirs are omnivorous. They browse and graze. They feed on underwater organisms as readily as they pluck fruit, leaves, and twigs from shrubs and trees. They are facile of movement whether in open country or thick brushland, whether in water or under water. They are expert hill-climbers, runners, sliders, waders, and swimmers. Tapirs tame quickly and adjust themselves easily to artificial living conditions in captivity. They survive seasonal changes without ap- parent inconvenience when exhibited in American and European menageries. Ostensibly, there are no barriers in environment or limiting factors in tapir structure and physiology to preclude the coexistence of all three American species in a natural habitat suitable to any one of them. The Brazilian species does share a part of its range in northwestern South America with Baird’s tapir. Here, both species frequent the same feeding and watering places. On the other hand, the high Andean woolly tapir (Tapirus pinchaque) is not recorded from lower slopes of the Andes and the other tapirs are not known to encroach upon the upper levels, or temperate zone, of the Cordilleras. Characters.—External characters recorded in literature for distin- guishing any one of the three living American species from the others are, for the most part, either common to all species or are juvenal and individually variable characters. In all American tapirs, entire margin or only upper borders and lower edges of ears either conspic- uously trimmed or spotted with white or buff, or uniformly brown or black; lips edged white, gray or buff; cheeks paler than crown, the contrastingly paler color usually continuing onto throat, chest, and, to a varying degree, on belly; chin darker than cheeks and lips; upper parts of head and body, sides, and limbs light drab to brown in palest individuals, dark brown to black in darkest individuals. Juvenal pelage marked by a variable pattern of yellow and white spots and stripes covering entire body. Spotting persists past the first year of age and vestiges may remain (usually on limbs) in young adults. Apart from the urinogenital system, sexual dimorphism is not evident. Size.—Simpson (Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 86, p. 77, 1945) calculated the following proportional differences between Pleistocene Tapirus excelsus and Recent T. terrestris and T. bairdii: In linear measurements, 7. excelsus about 1.37 times T. terrestris and about 1.19 times JT. bairdii; in bulk and weight, 7. ercelsus over 2.5 times T. terrestris and about 1.7 times J. bairdzi. On the basis of these figures, T. bairdiit is about 1% the linear size and nearly 1% times bulkier and heavier than T. terrestris. The estimated difference in bulk and weight between the two species may be extreme. Length of skull and pro- portions of postcranial bones in present material confirm the greater average size of T. bairdii. T. terrestris averages slightly larger than T. pinchaque. Greatest length of skull, from gnathion to nuchal crest, MAMMALS OF NORTHERN COLOMBIA—HERSHKOVITZ 469 measured on a horizontal plane, may be taken as a fair index of total length and bulk of any one species. This measurement, in centimeters, is tabulated below according to the number of functional upper molars. In the tabulation, the first measurement of each tooth group is average length of skull, figures in parentheses are extremes, and the last figure shows number of specimens measured. M! functional M2 functional M® functional bairdii (36 specimens) -_---_------ 39 (88-41) 10 41 (40—48) 9 42 (40—44) 17 terrestris (41 specimens) -___---- 37 (85-41) 9 38 (86-41) 15 38 (86-41) 17 pinchaque (5 specimens) --_--_-- 35 37, 40 37, 38 It is practically impossible to arrive at better than a rough estimate of differences in size between the three living species of American tapirs. There may be as marked size differences between two indi- viduals or populations of a given species as between each of two “comparable” individuals or populations of different species. The above tabulation shows that in 7. terrestris there is no significant relationship between age and size after the second upper molar becomes functional. The same appears to be true for pinchaque, but bairdir continues to grow for a time after eruption of its last upper molar. A specimen of terrestris from Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil, with the largest skull, length 415 mm.,’ still has the second upper molar deep in the alveolus. Another skull of terrestris from Pozuzo, Peré, with complete and worn dentition is only 360 mm. long. Other specimens from the same regions indicate that difference in length between the two skulls is purely individual. Importance of individual variation in estimating size differences between species may also be demon- strated. A fully adult specimen of the larger bairdii, from Tiger Hill, C. Z., has a combined head and body length of 193 cm., while a “comparable” individual of the smaller terrestris from Mato Grosso, Brazil, measures 201 cm. The few available measurements indicate that the Malay tapir, Tapirus indicus, averages slightly larger than T. bairdivz. Subgenus Pinchacus* Gray Cinchacus [sic] Gray, Hand-list of the edentate, thick-skinned, and ruminant mammals in the British Museum, p. 34, 1873 (typographical error for Pinchacus; genotype by monotypy, Tapirus leucogenys Gray=Tapirus pinchaque Roulin). Included species—Tapirus pinchaque Roulin. 2 Actually, in terrestris the greatest skull length, 420 mm., is of a menagerie specimen. This individual died at the age of 32 years after living 27 years in the National Zoological Park, Washington. 3 The name “Cinchacus’’ originally proposed by Gray is so obviously a typographical error that it is quite permissible, according to article 19 of the International Code of Zoological Nomenclature, to emend the spelling to Pinchacus in conformity with both the etymology and the author’s intent. 470 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 103 Disiribution.—From upper subtropical and temperate zone forests into bordering ‘‘paéramos,”’ or grasslands, of the Andes in Colombia, Ecuador, and possibly in northern Peri and western Venezuela (Sierra de Mérida). (See map, fig. 61.) Characters—Head flattened dorsally, without mane; proboscis short and comparatively delicate; pelage long, coarse, thick, the skin well covered except usually on rump which may be marked by one or two patches of abraded pelage, or callouses in old adults; hoofs elongated, each longer than wide. Dorsal contour of skull flattened (fig. 58, c); median frontal line on about same horizontal plane as nasals and roughly parallel to horizontal plane of maxillary tooth row; superior parietal ridges approximating to form a low sagittal crest marked by a longitudinal groove (fig. 59, c) that tends to obsolescence in old individuals; ossification of mesethmoid carti- lage not extending beyond tips of nasals; exposed dorsal surface of maxilla as in Tapirus but may be flattened mediolaterally, maxillae somewhat less divergent from each other than in Tapirus; postero- lateral maxillary process as in Tapirus, overlying frontal process and not entering into composition of inner lateral wall of narial meatus; posterolateral margin of premaxilla slightly, entirely, or not at all embraced laterally by outer anterior border of maxilla; nasals as in Tapirus but more elongate, descending process more delicate. First upper premolar with or without cinguloid shelf extending anteriorly from protocone (fig. 60, a, 6); upper incisors distinctly opisthodont. Remarks.—Cranial contours of the mountain tapir show least departure from primitive lines; cranial characters generally, and particularly those associated with the comparatively little-developed proboscis, are less specialized than in other Recent species; dentition, as manifested by the first upper premolar, is variable. Ecuadorian specimens show the simple condition, with cinguloid shelf absent, while the only authentic Colombian skull examined shows the pre- molar as in true Tapirus. Distribution of Pinchacus points to its prior arrival into South America and at a period when a temperate climate prevailed at sea level in equatorial latitudes. It inhabits an area representing part of the original Colombian Central Land Mass, the South American side of the intercontinental land bridge where Tertiary mammals entering from North America established foothold. Present restric- tion of Pinchacus to the Colombian Central Land Mass, now the temperate zone of the bulk of the Venezuelan, Colombian, and Ecua- dorian Andes, probably is the result of an inherited urge for susten- tation in cooler climates pari passu with increasing rise in height of the Andes above sea level and rising temperatures at sea level. Newly established tropical zone habitats at the base of the Andes were invaded subsequently by other kinds of tapirs. MAMMALS OF NORTHERN COLOMBIA—-HERSHKOVITZ 471 Tapirus pinchaque Roulin (Woolly, Andean, or mountain tapir, ‘“danta lanuda’” or ‘danta cordillerana’’) Le Pinchaque Cuvier, Ann. Sci. Nat., Paris, ser. 2 (Zool.), vol. 17, p. 110 (pp. 107-112), 1829 (advance notice with description and comparisons of the “pinchaque” of Roulin). Tapir pinchaque Roulin, Ann. Sci. Nat., Paris, ser. 2 (Zool.), vol. 18, p. 46, pls. 1, 2, figs. 1-3, 1829.—Goudot, Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci., Paris, vol. 16, p. 331, 1843 (Las Juntas, Rfo Combeima, southern foot of Mt. Tolima, Colombia, altitude, 1,918 meters; description, habits; tracks seen between 1,400 and 4,400 meters above sea level).—Blainville, Ostéographie, text, vol. 4, fasc. 19, p. 22, 1846 (osteology). Tapirus pinchaque, Hunter, The natural history of the quadrupeds of Paraguay . .. (translated from the Spanish of Felix de Azara), vol. 1, p. 113, 1838, Edinburgh (ref.). Tapirus pinchacus [sic], Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. London (1867), p. 884, 1868; ibid., (1872), p. 484, 1872 (original description quoted; bibliography; syn- onymy).—Blainville, Ostéographie, text, vol. 4, fasc. 19, p. 51, 1846 (“‘7. roulini Fischer,’”’ in synonymy), atlas, vol. 4, pl. 3, 1846 (skull of type; skull of specimen collected by Goudot in Colombia).—Déderlein, Ueber das Skelett des Tapirus Pinchacus, Inaugural-Dissertation, 1877 (osteology; distribution). Tlapirus] Roulinii Fischer, Synopsis Mammalium, Addenda, p. 604 [sic=406], 1830 (new name for Tapir pinchaque Roulin). Tapirus roulini [sic], Sclater, Proc. Zool. Soc. London (1870), p. 51 and footnote, 1870 (report of specimen seen by Robert A. White on Volcdn de Puracé, Cordillera Central, Colombia, altitudinal range reported as between 3,500 and 4,200 meters above sea level; ‘‘the first Latin name applied to this tapir appears to be roulini [sic] Fischer’’); ibid., (1872), p. 604, fig. 2 (masals), 1872 (skull collected by Buckley, undoubtedly in Ecuador).—Hatcher, Amer. Journ. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 1, p. 173 and text, pl. 4, figs. 2, 2a, pl. 5, fig. 2, 1896 (cranial characters, comparisons, phylogeny, synonymy: Pinchacus, villosus, leucogenys, aenigmaticus [=terrestris], pinchaque).—Lydekker, Cata- logue of the ungulate mammals in the British Museum (Natural History), vol. 5, p. 44, 1916 (synonymy: pinchaque, villosus, leucogenys, enigmaticus [sic=terrestris]; specimens from Sufiac and ‘‘Assuay,’’ Ecusdor).—Simpson, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 86, pp. 39-80, pl. 10, fig. 2, 1945 (cranial and dental characters, comparisons, phylogeny).— Crandall, Animal kingdom, Bull. New York Zool. Soc., vol. 44, No. 1, 1951 (description of live animal in captivity). Tapirus roulinii, G. M. Allen, Extinct and vanishing mammals of the Western Hemisphere, p. 404, 1942 (part, not description; Department of Santander, Colombia, 8,000—10,000 feet altitude; Cordillera de Llanganates, Cordillera Oriental, Ecuador, 14,000 feet altitude). Rhino {choerus] villosus Wagler, Natiirliches System der Amphibien . . ., footnote 2, p. 17, 1830 (name proposed for “le Pinchaque’’ Cuvier= Tapir pinchaque Roulin). Tapirus villosus Wagner, in Schreber, Die Saéugthiere in Abbildungen nach der Natur, mit Beschreibungen, vol. 6, p. 392, pl. 319b, 1835 (new name for Tapir pinchaque Roulin).—Tschudi, Untersuchungen iiber die Fauna Peruana, Therologie, pp. 213, 215, 1844 (description, distribution in Pert). 472 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 103 Tlapirus] andicola Gloger, Gemeinniitziges Hand- und Hilfsbuch der Natiir- geschichte .. ., vol. 1, p. 124, 1842 (new name for pinchaque Roulin). Tapirus leucogenys Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. London (1872), p. 488, pl. 21, 1872 (type locality, ‘‘“Ecuador, on the Cordilleras at Sunia and Assuay’’).— Lydekker, Catalogue of the ungulate mammals in the British Museum (Natural History), vol. 5, p. 44, 1916 (type from “‘Assuay”’; listed as synonym of rouliniz). Types—Of pinchaque Roulin, adult male, skull only, MHNP, collected by Roulin; of lewcogenys Gray, adult male lectotype (desig- nated by Lydekker, supra cit.), skin and skull mounted, BM 72.1.24.3-4 (1577 b), collected by Clarence Buckley. Type localities —Of pinchaque Roulin, Péramo de Sumapaz, Cordil- lera Oriental, south of Bogoté, extreme southern part of Department of Cundinamarca, Colombia; of leucogenys Gray, Péramo del Azuay, Cordillera Oriental, southern Ecuador (restricted by lLydekker, supra cit.). Distribution —Generally as for the subgenus; actual specimens recorded in scientific literature were taken only in the Cordilleras Oriental and Central of Colombia and the Cordillera Oriental of Ecuador, from 5 degrees north latitude (Mt. Tolima) to about 4 degrees south latitude (Azuay) (see map, fig. 62); altitudinal range between 2,000 and 4,400 meters. Carriker (in G. M. Allen, supra cit.) reported tapirs common at altitudes from 8,000 to 10,000 feet in the Cordillera Oriental, Department of Santander, Colombia, at the Venezuelan border, about 7 degrees north latitude. No signs of T. pinchaque were seen by the writer in the comparatively low Sierra de Perij4, the extension of the Cordillera Oriental north of Santander, and the species is unknown in the Colombian Cordillera Occidental. Tschudi (supra cit., p. 215) recorded the woolly tapir from the upper forest zone of the Peruvian Andes at elevations between 7,000 and 8,000 feet. This report, never since confirmed, was based on testi- mony of natives who killed the animal in “mittleren Peru in der Ceja von Comas, Huancavelica etc.’”? Published records of tapir tracks noted in the Andes at elevations in the neighborhood of 1,500 meters above sea level may refer to any species, although no museum speci- mens of tapir have actually been collected anywhere within 300 meters of this altitude. Characters—Those given for the subgenus. Some general external characters are mentioned under the generic heading. Skin of adult female from Rio Majuas, Colombia, collected by the writer in 1951, is blackish brown on back, sides of body, upper parts of limbs, and tail; pelage of rump on either side of middorsal line abraded; individual cover-hairs of dorsum 1 to 1 centimeters long, with very fine, crinkly, brown tips, black basally; hairs on sides of body and chest become progressively longer to approximately 3 cms. with basal portions MAMMALS OF NORTHERN COLOMBIA—HERSHKOVITZ 473 brown; long, crinkly wool-hairs sparsely present on sides and under- parts; guard-hairs scattered, slightly stiffer than cover-hairs and 1 to 2 cms. longer; hairs of lower parts of limbs short, harsh, black with fine brown tips. There is a thin sprinkling of white hairs over all dark parts of body. Head is blackish brown dorsally, with whorl on fore- head ; ear well haired on outer side, anterior and upper borders blackish brown, behind brown sprinkled with whitish; inner side of ear prac- tically bare except for a thin concentration, not at all conspicuous, of whitish hairs along borders. Sides of head and neck are brownish, the hairs with gray bases; muzzle blackish brown with tip and sides strongly grizzled and sharply demarcated from narrow white band encircling mouth; underparts blackish brown, pelage of throat long, somewhat matted, that of belly shorter, and directed forward; anal region thinly haired, whitish. A pair of teats is present. Another adult female exhibited in the New York Zoological Park is described by Crandall (Animal Kingdom, Bull. New York Zool. Soc., vol. 54, p. 3, figs., 1951) as “clothed [on body] with dense, matted hair, blackish brown in color. . . head paler. Individual hairs from the back are approximately an inch long, most of them with one or two kinks. The white fringe at the ear tips, present in all tapirs, is especially conspicuous in Panchita, because of the length and density of the hair. . .. Also, the eyes are pale brown—not blue as often stated.” Skin of a third adult‘ is blackish brown on back, hairs black terminally, dark brown basally, the brown portion increasing pro- gressively toward posterior end of back; sides mixed blackish and auburn, becoming nearly uniformly Tawny on belly, chest, and posterior sides of thighs; limbs blackish brown with a scattering of buffy and ochraceous hairs; rump with a nearly bald area; top of head dark reddish brown, nearly black; muzzle brown, approximately auburn; sides of face mixed brown, ochraceous and buffy; upper lip and chin buffy, throat brown; ears auburn edged with buffy to ochraceous. 4 Sex unknown, it was removed from exhibition in the halls of the U. S. National Museum in March, 1911, and preserved as skull and two flat pieces of hide. Somehow, the skin was given the same catalog number (USNM 61221) as one of two skins of 7. bairdii formerly mounted and exhibited by the Gustemalan Commission in the Columbian Exhibition. The skull was likewise misnumbered but in September 1938 was renumbered 267894. Most likely, the specimen originated in Ecuador but it may have come from Colombia. According to records of the Smithsonian Institution, Gen. 8. A. Hurlbut donated skins with complete skeletons of two mountain tapirs he secured in Tolima, Colombia. The skeletons were entered in the Mammal Division “bone” catalog on November 11, 1871, as numbers 11883 and 11884. There is no account of corresponding skins, if ever accessioned. In 1872, President Garcia Moreno of Ecuador presented through the U. S. Minister to Ecuador, the Hon. E. Rumsey Wing, a complete skeleton of mountain tapir. The specimen is entered in the ‘‘bone’”’ catalog as No. 12759. How- ever, according to the Annual Report of the Smithsonian Institution for 1873 (p. 47), a mounted specimen was also donated by President Garcfa Moreno. A “skin” catalog entry in 1874, No. 11869, is of a mounted “Tapirus Roulini’’ without further data, but almost certainly the specimen now at hand. 279127—54——2 474. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 103 . Measurements.—Of the type specimen, fully adult male with worn dentition (ex Roulin, supra cit., p. 32): Total length, 5 ft., 6.5 in., in old French system, or approximately 1,800 mm.; height at withers, 2 ft., 9 in., or about 900 mm.; length of forefoot, 1 ft., 4 in., or about 433 mm.; hind foot slightly shorter; circumference of upper foreleg, over 16 in.; circumference of upper hind leg considerably less; weight, completely eviscerated, between 240-250 French pounds. Of the fully adult female, from Rio Majuas, upper Rio Magdalena Valley, Huila, Colombia, 2,700 meters altitude: Head and body, about 2,000 mm.; tail, 50 mm.; hind foot (approx., from skeleton) 310 mm.; ear, 170 mm.; height at withers (approx., from skeleton) 870 mm.; height at rump (approx., from skeleton) 910 mm.; weight, 583 pounds (including fetus of approximately 10 pounds). Of ‘‘Panchita,’’ adult female, on 21 November, 1951, age between 3% and 4 years, measurements according to Lee S. Crandall, General Curator of the New York Zoological Park (in litt.): “Tip of nose to base of tail, 6 ft. [1,829 mm.]; tail, 2 in. [51 mm.]; height at shoulder, 2 ft., 7% in. [80 mm.]; height at hips 2 ft., 944 in, [851 mm.]; greatest circumference, 4 ft., 3 in. [1,295 mm.].” At reported age of 2% years, Panchita weighed 223 pounds. Remarks.—The abraded, bald, or calloused areas of the rump are evidently consequences of the tapir’s habit of sitting or reclining on either side of its rump and from scrubbing the affected areas against rocks, gravelly ground, and tree trunks to relieve itching. The large size and quantity of ti¢ks attached to all species of tapirs is notorious. Similar abrasions of the rump in short and thinly haired species living in tropical lowlands where rocks are rare could easily escape detection. Goudot (Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci., Paris, vol. 16, p. 331, 1843) reports that native hunters attribute the peculiarities of the rump to the animal’s proclivities for sliding downhill in, presumably, a sitting posture. This explanation need not be given serious con- sideration. No bald spot or abrasion appeared on the rump of the young adult female tapir killed by Goudot in the Colombian Cordil- lera Central and none was present on the type of 7. lewcogenys Gray. On the other hand, abrasions mark the rumps of the specimens described in the preceding section, and were present in two live woolly tapirs that arrived at the New York Zoological Park (see below). Both individuals were hand raised from the very young, spotted-and-striped stage. Neither of them had been exposed to conditions of life conducive to downhill rump sliding. Color of upper border of ear is variable. The female from Majuas, Colombia, described above and the two males observed by Roulin lack white on upper borders of the ears. Ears of the type of leucogenys Gray are described as “with scarcely any indication of white edges.” MAMMALS OF NORTHERN COLOMBIA—HERSHKOVITZ 475 All other specimens of woolly tapirs of which external characters are known and recorded or described herein have white ear tips. In skinning the woolly tapir taken in Colombia, the writer was im- pressed by its comparatively thin hide. Hides of the Brazilian, Baird’s, and Indian tapirs are notoriously thick and range in thickness in the order named, that of the last the heaviest. Characteristic extra thickness of hide of nape in these species is altogether absent in the maneless T. pinchaque. The Indian tapir with maximum thickness of hide offers a deep armor where most vulnerable to the tiger’s fangs. Hide of nape combined with mane in Brazilian and Baird’s tapirs are equally good fenders against the smaller-toothed and weaker-jawed jaguar. Mountain fastnesses of the woolly tapir are rarely, if ever, visited by jaguars. Mountain lions (Felis concolor) occur within the range of T. pinchaque but rarely attack any wild animal larger than a brocket (Mazama). Bears (Tremarctos ornatus) sometimes prey on woolly tapirs but their technique of attack, distinct from that of cats, gives no special advantage to quarry with a well-protected nape. Tapirs eat anything edible and a surprisingly large amount of ma- terial such as woody twigs and mud, which is not generally regarded as edible. However, in any given habitat the bulk of the tapir’s diet consists of green shoots of the commonest browsing plant. Stomachs of woolly tapirs examined by the writer, by Roulin, and by Goudot (supra cit.) contained mostly ferns and shoots of “‘chusque,”’ a, trailing bamboo of the genus Chusquea. These are the dominant plants in many situations of the steeper, more sterile wooded slopes of the Andean temperate zone. In “péramo” zone, according to Goudot (p. 334), woolly tapirs eat tender shoots of ‘“‘frailej6n’”’ (Espeletia) as well as those of rough grasses. The word “pinchaque” is, according to Roulin, the name of a large fabulous animal believed to live within the Colombian range of the woolly tapir. It may refer to the extinct Mastodon but few, if any, Colombians now use the term. ‘‘Danta” is the name applied indis- criminately by natives to all three species of tapirs. The terms woolly tapir, mountain tapir, and Andean tapir have been in use in the Eng- lish language for over a century. Their Colombian equivalents are “danta lanuda” and “danta cordillerana.”’ Ecuadorians of the east- ern slope of the Cordillera Oriental distinguish the woolly from the Brazilian tapir by the names “‘danta negra’”’ and “danta café,’’ respec- tively. ‘“Huagra” is the Quechua term for tapir. For lack of another word in their vocabulary, Quechua-speaking Indians of Ecuador use “huagra” also for domestic cattle. The first specimen of Tapirus pinchaque to be exhibited alive out- side its country of origin is ‘‘Panchita,’”’ received in the fall of 1950 by the New York Zoological Society’s park in the Bronx, New York. The animal, a female, was approximately 2% years of age at the time. 476 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM Vor. 103 According to Crandall (Animal Kingdom, Bull. New York Zool. Soc., vol. 44, no. 1, pp. 3-8, 1951), the specimen, from the Cordillera Oriental of Ecuador, lived “‘as a village pet in a hamlet called Borja, sixty miles |kilometers is surely intended] to the east of Quito at an elevation of about 6,000 feet... . ‘Panchita’, as the villagers called the animal, had been captured higher up the Andean range while still in her striped-and-spotted coat of tapir infancy.’’ The second captive tapir, a male from Papallacta, east of Quito, Ecuador, about 3,150 meters above sea level on the eastern slope of the Cordil- lera Oriental, was received June 19, 1952, by the same zoological park (cf. Animal Kingdom, Bull. New York Zool. Soc., vol. 45, Nos. 1, 2, 1952). It had been sent by Charles Cordier, the dealer who also secured the first live tapir. Contrary to all ruling, previous authors have attempted to replace the first valid name, pinchaque Roulin, with Latin names of which the earliest and most commonly cited is rowlinit Fischer. The specific name pinchaque was properly proposed in combination with the generic synonym Tapir as technical name for the woolly tapir. Roulin explicitly borrowed pinchaque from the vernacular term applied by some Colombians to a large legendary animal, possibly the extinct mastodon. In an advance notice of the discovery of the woolly tapir, Cuvier (supra cit.) discreetly used ‘‘pinchaque”’ strictly as the vernacular term for the new species, leaving the formal proposal of a technical name to Roulin. Published descriptions and figures of misidentified species of American tapirs have led to some garbled accounts in current litera- ture. External characters attributed to the woolly tapir by G. M. Allen (supra cit.) are derived from a figure and description by Sclater (Proc. Zool. Soc. London (1878), p. 631, pl. 39, 1878) of a living ex- ample of T. terrestris exhibited in the London Zoological Gardens. The individual was first misrepresented as ‘‘Tapirus roulint.” Later, as the result of a post mortem, Sclater (ibid. (1885), p. 718, 1886) discovered his error and emended the name to Tapirus americanus (=T. terrestris). Tapirs secured by Buckley at Sarayacu, eastern Ecuador, and mentioned by G. M. Allen are also misidentified repre- sentatives of TJ. terrestris (cf. antea, in synonymy of T. terrestris terrestris). An early revision of tapirs by Gray (Proc. Zool. Soc. London (1872), pp. 483-492, pls. 21, 22, 1 fig., 1872) has been a popular but confusing and misleading source of information. The work is characterized by numerous typographical errors, misquotations of authors, contra- dictions, and assumptions derived from specimens mislabeled as to sex and locality and mismatched as regards skins and corresponding osteological material. Gray’s description of external characters of the adult leuwcogenys may be that of terrestris, but the skull, as analyzed, MAMMALS OF NORTHERN COLOMBIA—-HERSHKOVITZ 477 certainly pertains to pinchaqgue. It may be necessary to restrict the type of leucogenys to the skull only. The young individual described by Gray as ‘“‘Tapirus leucogenys jun., or T. aenigmaticus,” if correctly figured (pl. 21, and skull, p. 491) must be regarded as T. terrestris. The skin of this specimen may be that of a mountain tapir but the skull as figured by Gray is unquestionably that of a lowland tapir. Indeed, Gray (pp. 484, 491, 492) questioned both locality data and the association of skin and skull as given by the collector, Clarence Buckley. Present determination of types and type localities of Gray’s specimens follow Lydekker (Catalogue of the ungulate mam- mals in the British Museum (Natural History), vol. 5, p. 44, 1916). In addition to specimens examined by the writer, there is a mounted skin and skeleton and a skull only from Ecuador in the Museum of Comparative Zoology and two specimens from the Cordillera de los Llanganates (Cordillera Oriental), Ecuador, in the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. The species is also poorly repre- sented in Kuropean museums. Specimens examined.—Six. Corompra: Huila, San Agustin, Rio Majuas, upper Rio Magdalena, 2,700 meters, 1 female, skin and skeleton (CNHM); no precise locality, 2 complete skeletons (USNM). Ecvuapor: Cordillera de los Llanganates, upper Rio Pastaza drainage, Cordillera Oriental, 1 skull (CNHM); no precise locality, 1 complete skeleton (USNM). No locality (probably Ecuador, possibly Colom- bia), 1 skin with skull (USNM). Subgenus Tapirus Briimnich Tapirus Brinnich, Zoologiae fundamenta ..., pp. 44, 45, 1772.—Scopoli, J. A- Scopoli . . . Introductio ad historiam naturalem ..., p. 492, 1777.— Merriam, Science, new ser., vol. 1, p. 376, 1895 (based on ‘‘Le Tapir’’ or Tapirus Brisson, Regnum Animale, 1762). Tapir Blumenbach, Handbuch der Natiirgeschichte, ed. 1, vol. 1, p. 129, 1779 (genotype, by monotypy, Tapir suillus Blumenbach=Tapirus terrestris Linnaeus).—Zimmermann, Geographische Geschichte ... , vol. 2, p. 154, 1780 (genotype, by monotypy, anta Zimmermann=+¢errestris Linnaeus) .— Gmelin, Caroli a Linné systema naturae .. . , ed. 13, vol. 1, p. 216, 1788 (genotype, by monotypy, americanus Gmelin=tapir Erxleben=terrestris Linnaeus). Syspotamus Billberg, Synopsis faunae Scandinaviae, vol. 1, pt. 1, Mammalia, Conspectus 4 (before p. 1), 1827 (new name for Tapir Gmelin). Rhinochoerus Wagler, Natiirliches System der Amphibien ..., p. 17, 1830 (proposed for Tapirus Brisson). Tapyra Liais, Climats, géologie, faune et géographie botanique du Brésil, p. 397, 1872 (emendation of Tapirus). Included species—Tapirus terrestris Linnaeus. Distribution.—Tropical zones of mainland South America, from Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil, and the Chaco of Argentina, Paraguay, 478 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 103 and Bolivia, north through the Amazonian regions of Brazil, Bolivia, Pert, Ecuador, and Colombia; in the Guianas and Venezuela west across the Sierra de Perija of the Cordillera Oriental into northern Colombia at least as far as the Rfo Atrato (see map, fig. 61); unknown from the Pacific coastal plains of South America; altitudinal range from sea level to 1,200 meters above, not certainly recorded from higher altitudes. Occurrence of the Central American Tapirella in northwestern South America presupposes the probable existence of typical Tapirus in Central America. However, bonafide records of T. terrestris from Central America do not exist. A specimen of 7. terrestris, supposedly from Talamanca, Costa Rica, was recorded by Goldman (Smithsonian Misc. Coll., vol. 69, p. 83, 1920). Later authors have cited the same record. The specimen in question, a skull only, was entered into the catalog of the mammal collection of the U. S. National Museum in 1873 or 1874 along with other skulls of terrestris and pinchaque and 14 skulls of bairdit from Costa Rica. No doubt, the skull, without original locality data, was inadvertently included in the catalog with the Costa Rican material of Prof. Gabb. Characters.—Crest of head rising abruptly from behind base of muz- zle and surmounted by a low, narrow mane that continues back to withers, sometimes to behind middle of back; proboscis well developed, fairly bulky; pelage short, stiff, and usually not completely hiding skin; hoofs short, broad, the middle always wider than long. Dorsal contour of braincase (fig. 58, a) decidedly convex, the median frontal line rising steeply from horizontal plane of nasals and diverging even more sharply from horizontal plane of maxillary tooth row; superior ridges of parietals united to form a single arched sagittal crest (fig. 59, a); ossification of vertical mesethmoid cartilage usually not extending anteriorly beyond middle of nasals, rarely to tips of nasals; maxillae divergent, exposed dorsal surface of each rounded mediolaterally, without rising process in front of plane of infraorbital foramen; posterolateral maxillary process overlying anterior frontal process and not entering into composition of inner lateral wall of narial meatus; posterolateral margin of premaxilla forming a nearly straight or a slightly curved line, not embraced laterally by anterior margin of maxilla; nasal with thick descending sigmoid process overlapping maxilla. First upper premolar with cinguloid shelf extending an- teriorly from internal cusp (fig. 60, @); upper incisors slightly pro-odont. Remarks.—A glance at the striking sagittal crest of the skull or the head of the living animal is sufficient for distinguishing 7’. ter- restris from all other Recent tapirs. The crest appears to be an extreme development of a condition that is incipient in 7. pinchaque MAMMALS OF NORTHERN COLOMBIA—HERSHKOVITZ 479 where the parietal ridges almost or barely unite to form a low, inconspicuous crest. Cranial characters associated with the proboscis are, in 7’. terrestris, hardly distinguishable from those of 7. pinchaque. Nevertheless, the proboscis of the Brazilian tapir is more developed. Tapirus terrestris terrestris Linnaeus (“Tapir” of Brazilian Tupi; ‘“danta,” ‘“anta,” and “gran bestia’ of Spanish and Portuguese; “‘huagra” of Quechua Indians of Peruvian and Ecuadorian Amazonas, ‘“mborebi” of Paraguayan Guaranf; ‘“maipuri” or “manipuri’”’ of Guianan Gahibi and Macusi Indians; “bushcow”’ of British Guianan colonists) Hippopotamus terrestris Linnaeus, Systema naturae, ed. 10, vol. 1, p. 74, 1758. Hydrochaerus tapir Erxleben, . . . Systema regni animalis. .. . Mammalia, p. 191, 1777 (range given: Istmo de Darién to Rio Amazonas). Tapir suillus Blumenbach, Handbuch der Naturgeschichte, ed. 1, vol. 1, p. 129, 1779 (based on Allamand suppl. in Buffon, Histoire naturelle, vol. 15, Holland ed., pls. 9, 10, of male and female T. terrestris exhibited in Amsterdam, origin unknown, possibly Surinam). Tapir (Anta) Zimmermann, Geographische Geschichte . . . vol. 2, p. 154, 1780, part (based primarily on the tapir of Marggraf and Linnaeus=terrestris Linnaeus). Tapir americanus Gmelin, Caroli a Linné. . ., Systema naturae, ed. 13, vol. 1, p- 216, 1788 (primary reference, Brisson, Regnum animale, p. 119, 1756, the tapir of Guiana and Brazil; range given: Istmo de Panama to Rio Amazonas). Tlapirus] americanus, Tschudi, Untersuchungen iiber die Fauna Peruana, Therol- ogie, pp. 213-215, 1844 (Perd; description, habits and distribution). Tapirus rufus, Fischer, Zoognosia tabulis synopticis illustrata . . ., vol. 3, p. 292, 1814 [ed. 3] (Guiana). Tapir maypuri Roulin, Ann. Sci. Nat. Zool. Paris, vol. 18, p. 45, 1829 (name derived from the vernacular of Indians living between right bank of the Caroni and mouth of Amazon). Tapirus laurillardi Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. London (1867), p. 881, figs. a, B, 1-4, 1868. Tapirus terrestris laurillardi, Lydekker, Catalogue of the ungulate mammals in the British Museum (Natural History), vol. 5, p. 43, 1916 (Venezuela?). Tapirus leucogenys, juv., Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. London (1872), p. 490, pl. 22, fig. 1 (animal), fig. p. 491 (skull), 1872. Tlapirus] aenigmaticus Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. London (1872), p. 490, pl. 22, fig. 1, 1872 (alternative name for “‘lewcogenys, juv.’’ Gray).—Lydekker, Catalogue of the ungulate mammals in the British Museum (Natural History), vol. 5, p. 44, 1916 (type from ‘“‘Sunac,” synonym of “‘roulini’’). Tapirus ecuadorensis Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. London (1872), p. 492, pl. 22, fig. 2, 1872.—Thomas, Proc. Zool. Soc. London (1880), p. 400, 1880 (synonym of roulinit). Tapirus (terrestris) peruvianus Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. London (1872), p. 624, pl. 45, 1872. Tapyra sabatyra Liais, Climats, géologie, faune et géographie botanique du Brésil, p. 397, 1872 (name suggested as more ‘‘appropriate’’ for the Brazilian tapir) . Tapirus pinchaque ou roulinii . . . variété brasiliensis, Liais, Climats, géologie, faune et géographie botanique du Brésil, p. 398, 1872. 480 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM. VOL. 108 Tapirus tapirus Merriam, Science, new ser., vol. 1, p. 376, 1895 (new combination of tapirus Brisson plus fapirus Merriam ex Brisson=terrestris Linnaeus). Tapirus americanus Brisson, var. mexianae Hagman, Archiv Rass.-Ges. Biol., vol. 5, p. 22, fig. 1, 1908. Tapirus terrestris mexiana, Lydekker, Catalogue of the ungulate mammals in the British Museum (Natural History), vol. 5, p. 48, 1916. Tapirus spegazziniti Ameghino, Anales Mus. Nac. Buenos Aires, vol. 20, p. 31, pls. 5, 6, December 1909 (separate) ; ibid., ser. 3, vol. 18, p. 31, pls. 5, 6, 1911 (bound volume). Tapirus terrestris spegazzinii, Lydekker, Catalogue of the ungulate mammals in the British Museum (Natural History), vol. 5, p. 43, 1916. Tapirus terrestris guianae Allen, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 35, p. 566, 1916. Tapirus anulipes Hermann, Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berlin, vol. 11, pt. 1, p. 167, 1924. Tapirus (Hippopotamus) terrestris, Hatcher, Amer. Journ. Sci., vol. 1, p. 174, pl. 4, figs. 1, 1a, pl. 5, fig. 1, 1896 (cranial characters; comparisons; phylogeny; synonymy: americanus, anta, suillus, laurillardi, equadorensis [sic]). Tapirus terrestris, Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. London (1867), p. 879, 1868 (revision; skulls only from Brazil; Berbice and Demerara in British Guiana.)—Sclater, Proc. Zool. Soc. London (1873), p. 193, fig. p. 194, 1873 (Paraguay).— Osgood, Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Publ., Zool. Ser., vol. 10, p. 46, 1912 (Empa- lado Savanas, Zulia, Venezuela)—Lydekker, Catalogue of the ungulate mammals in the British Museum (Natural History), vol. 5, p. 41, 1916 (synonyms: tapir, anta, americanus, sutllus, ecuadorensis, tapirus Palmer ex Brisson; type locality, Brazil or Paraguay).—Goldman, Smithsonian Mise. Coll., vol. 69, p. 83, 1920 (skull only in U. 8. National Museum labeled “Talamanca, Costa Rica’”’).—Tate, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 76, p. 222, 1939 (Duida and Auydn-tepuf, Venezuela; British Guiana).—Simp- son, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 86, p. 42, tables 1-8, figs. 1-4, pl. 10, fig. 2, 1945 (osteological and dental characters; comparisons; phy- logeny; Mato Grosso, Brazil; Colombia; eastern Peri; British Guiana; “South America”’)—Goodwin, ibid., vol. 87, p. 451, 1946 (‘‘Talamanca, Costa Rica’). Tapirus terrestris terrestris, Lydekker, Catalogue of the ungulate mammals in the British Museum (Natural History), vol. 5, p. 42, 1916 (Rio de Janeiro; Taquara, Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil; ‘Brazil’; Berbice and Demerara, British Guiana; Surinam). Tapirus roulini [sic], Sclater (nec Fischer), Proc. Zool. Soc. London (1878), p. 631, pl. 39, 1878.—Thomas, Proc. Zool. Soc. London (1880), p. 400, 1880 (Sara- yacu, Ecuador; striped juvenals without skulls; part of original series de- scribed by Gray as ecuadorensis placed in synonymy of rouliniz).—Lydekker, Catalogue of the ungulate mammals in the British Museum (Natural His- tory), vol. 5, p. 44, 1916 (part; enigmaticus [sic] in synonymy only). Tapirus roulini [sic, nec Fischer] x Tapirus americanus, Sclater, Proc. Zool. Soc. London (1882), p. 311, 1882 (specimen of “‘roulini’”’ same as the “roulinz” of Sclater, 1878, supra cit.). Tapirus dowii (?), Sclater (nec Gill), Proc. Zool. Soc. London (1882), p. 391, pl. 23, 1882 (Rfo Yuruari, Venezuela). Tapirus americanus, Sclater, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1885, p. 718, 1886 (correc- tion of identification of “‘roulini” Sclater, 1878, supra cit., and “‘dowii (?)” Sclater, 1882, supra cit.)—Déderlein, Ueber das Skelett des Tapirus pin- chacus; Inaugural-Dissertation, p. 3, Bonn, 1877 (distribution). MAMMALS OF NORTHERN COLOMBIA—HERSHKOVITZ 48]. Types.—Of terrestris Linnaeus, tapir Erxleben, anta Zimmermann, americanus Gmelin, suillus Blumenbach, none in existence, names based on bibliographic references; of rufus Fischer, skin and skull, MHNP; of maypuri Roulin, sabatyra Liais, none in existence, names proposed as substitutes for terrestris Linnaeus; of brasiliensis Liais, none in existence, name based on reported differences alleged to exist in a “variety’’ of Brazilian tapir; of /aurillardi Gray, adult, skull only, BM 52.12.9.3. (709 g), purchased from Brandt of Hamburg in 1852; of aenigmaticus Gray, immature, skull only if skin mismatched, BM 72.1.24.9-10 (1577 f), collected by Clarence Buckley; of ecuadorensis Gray, striped juvenal, male, skin mounted, BM 72.1.24.13, collected by Buckley, original number, 13; of peruvianus Gray, striped juvenal, skin and skull, presumably the specimen later listed by Gray (Hand- list of the Edentate, Thick-skinned and Ruminant Mammals in the British Museum, p. 33, 1873) as BM 69.3.31.9. (38 d), with skull, 72.4.11.4 (709 1), collected May 31, 1868, by E. Bartlett; of mezxianae Hagmann, young adult, skull only, ‘Zoological Collection, Strass- burg”; of spegazzinit Ameghino, adult male, skull only, MACN, col- lected by Carlos Spegazzini; of guianae Allen, young adult, skull only, AMNH 36198, collected by Leo E. Miller; of anulipes Her- mann, young adult with persistent juvenal streaks and spots, especially on limbs, observed in zoological garden in Corumb4é, Mato Grosso, Brazil. Type localities —Of terrestris Linnaeus, Brazil, restricted to Pernam- buco by Thomas (Proc. Zool. Soc. London (1911), p. 155, 1911); of anta Zimmermann, here restricted to Pernambuco; of sabatyra Liais, same as for terrestris Linnaeus; of laurillardi Gray, ‘“‘SSouth America,” here restricted to Pernambuco; of mezianae Hagmann, Ilha Mexiana, mouth of Rio Amazonas, Brazil; of brasiliensis Liais, Rio Sado Fran- cisco, Minas Geraes, Brazil; of anulipes Hermann, neighborhood of Cuyabé, Mato Grosso, Brazil; of spegazzinit Ameghino, Rio Pescado, Departamento de Ordn, Salta, Argentina; of peruvianus Gray, ‘‘Peru- vian Amazons,” here restricted to Santa Cruz, Rio Huallaga, Pert (this locality that of a specimen reported by Bartlett (in Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. London (1872), p. 625, 1872) as mother of type; of aenigma- ticus Gray, said to be ‘Sunia,” Cordillera Oriental, Ecuador, but almost certainly from Macas, eastern Ecuador; of ecuadorensis Gray, Macas, eastern Ecuador; of tapir Erxleben, suillus Blumenbach, and americanus Gmelin, here restricted to Surinam; of rufus Fischer, Guiana, probably French Guiana; of maypuri Roulin, here restricted to the Guianas; of guianae Allen, Tumatumari, British Guiana. Distribution —aAs for the subgenus except in western Colombia where it is replaced by another race (see map, fig. 61). Tschudi (supra cit.) affirmed that in Peri the common tapir is confined to the 482 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 103 Te Ficure 58.—Crania of American tapirs, lateral views X 4. a, Tapirus terrestris; b, Tapirus bairdit; c, Tapirus pinchaque. MAMMALS OF NORTHERN COLOMBIA—HERSHKOVITZ 483 Ficure 59.—Crania of American tapirs, dorsal views X 4. a, Tapirus terrestris; b, Tapirus bairdii; c, Tapirus pinchaque. 484 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 108 tropical forest region and is never found at 3,000 feet or more above sea level. On the other hand, Tate (supra cit., p. 223) stated that on “Mt. Auyan-tepui [Venezuela] tapir tracks were abundant as high as 3,500 feet.” Tate added that “on the eastern slopes of the Andes near the Pastaza River I found tracks of tapir above 7,000 feet.” It is possible that the last refers to the mountain tapir of Ecuador, T. pinchaque. It has already been shown (p. 478) that the common tapir recorded from “Talamanca, Costa Rica,’”’ by authors, is probably South American, possibly Brazilian, in origin. Characters —Those of the subgenus; general external characters given under the generic heading. Skin of adult female from Surinam (USNM) blackish brown on back and sides, dark brown on chest, belly, and limbs; top of head blackish brown, ears blackish brown except for white edging; cheeks grizzled brown and gray, throat with more gray, neck brown, chin blackish brown; mane from front of ears to withers black. Specimen from Rio Yuruari, Venezuela, figured by Sclater as “ Tapirus dowii (?)’”, similarly colored but jaws strikingly white. Two skins of menagerie individuals (CNHM, received from Chicago Zoological Society) also like Surinam specimens, one practi- cally indistinguishable, the other with less black on sides and limbs. Untanned skin from Buena Vista, Santa Cruz, Bolivia (CNHM, collected by José Steinbach), considerably paler, dorsal surface from Cinnamon-Brown to Tawny, sides paler, mixed with gray, mane black- ish brown, limbs like back but becoming Prout’s Brown on posterior surface. Skin of adult male (USNM) that died at 32 years of age after living 27 years in the National Zoological Park, Washington, is extremely pale; back Cinnamon-Brown mixed with gray, sides more grizzled, underparts dominantly gray to dirty white, mane Prout’s Brown, hoofs unpigmented. A portion of hide from posteriormost end of body of another specimen (USNM) from same zoological park is nearly uniformly Ochraceous-Tawny on dorsal surface, sides grizzled, underparts tending to become dominantly gray; pelage of both menagerie specimens considerably thicker and longer than in any wild, living 7’. terrestris. Measurements.—Of an adult male and a female, respectively, col- lected in Porto Campo, Rio Sepotuba, Mato Grosso, Brazil, by Leo E. Miller (ex Allen, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 35, p. 566, 1916): In millimeters, total length, 2,070, 2,000; tail, 60, 100; ‘‘hind foot” (digits only), 140, 140; ear, 120, 120. Of type of spegazzinw, collec- tor’s measurements cited by Ameghino (supra cit.): Height, 80 cm.; weight, approximately, 250 kilos. Of type of anulipes, living animal measured by Hermann (supra cit.): Total length, 210 cm.; height at shoulder, 77 cm.; height at rump, 83 cm. Of an adult from Pert, measurements from Tschudi (supra cit.): Head and body, 6 ft., 7 in. MAMMALS OF NORTHERN COLOMBIA—-HERSHKOVITZ 485 (German system); tail, 3 in., 3 lines; height at withers, 3 ft., 6 in. Of an adult male from Paraguay (ex Azara, Essais sur |’Histoire Naturelle des Quadrupédes de la Province du Paraguay . . . , French ed., vol. 1, p. 5, 1801): Head and body, 2,000 mm.; tail, 100 mm.; height at shoulder, 1,100 mm., at rump, 1,130 mm.; circumference of chest, 1,215 mm.; ear, from crown, 80 mm. Remarks.—All evidence points to the existence of but one species of tapir east of the Andes in South America. That there is more than one subspecies within the range assigned to the typical form is likely but cannot be satisfactorily demonstrated without comparisons with the Linnaean terrestris from Pernambuco. Earlier characterizations based on single skulls only (laurillardi, spegazzinii, guianae, mexianae) define nothing more than individual variation. Descriptions of species based on skins of striped juvenals (aenigmaticus, ecuadorensis, peruvianus) and young adults with persistent juvenal striping (anulipes) are trivial. Except for the Guianan rufus, the remaining names included in the synonymy of terrestris are founded on biblio- graphic references or simply distaste for the original Linnaean designation. Color and, possibly, size seem to be the only valid characters for to ee subspecies of tapirs. Unfortunately, external charac- ters of typical representatives of terrestris are unknown. With their type localities now restricted, anta Zimmermann, sabatyra Liais, and laurillardi Gray become absolute synonyms of terrestris. The Rio Sao Francisco brasiliensis Liais is almost certainly identical with the Pernambuco form. Tapirs of the Guianas are extremely dark, blackish brown in general appearance, and probably distinctly darker than typical terrestris. The earliest available name for a Guianan tapir is tapir Erxleben (synonyms: suwillus Blumenbach, americanus Gmelin, rufus Fischer, maypuri Roulin, guianae Allen). It is ex- tremely doubtful if mexianae Hagmann, from the mouth of the Rio Amazonas, is recognizable. It may be referable to either the Guianan or typical form or it may represent an intergrading population not certainly separable from either of its nearest allies. In any case, the earlier named aenigmaticus Gray (ecuadorensis Gray) from Macas and peruvianus Gray from the Rio Huallaga must be given prior consideration if an Amazonian race is recognized. The tapir of Mato Grosso, Brazil, is extremely pale grayish brown in general appearance. Three adults collected by Colin C. Sanborn and mounted in a habitat group in the Chicago Natural History Museum agree with the pub- lished description of the living type of anulipes from Cuyabé, Mato Grosso. The specimen from Buena Vista, Santa Cruz, Bolivia, de- scribed above, tis similarly pale. This pale. austral tapir is We os distinguishable from the saturate Guianan form but comparison with 486 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL 103 the typical Pernambuco tapir is required. The name spegazzinii Ameghino (anulipes Hermann, a synonym) is available, should recog- nition be indicated. Finally, the tapir of the Maracaibo basin, western Venezuela, may be referable to the northern Colombian race but it is known from skulls only and is here provisionally assigned to the “catch-all” terrestris Linnaeus. Specimens examined.—Forty-nine. Braziu: Paré, 4 (CNHM); Rio Grandedo Sul, 4 (USNM); Mato Grosso, 1 (USNM);Descalvados, Mato Grosso, 4 (CNHM); 50 miles northwest of Miranda, Mato Grosso, 1 (CNHM); Salto do Hua, Rio Maturaca, at Venezuelan boundary, Amazonas, 1 (USNM); Serra da Lua, Amazonas, 1 (CNHM); “Branch of Amazon,” 1 (USNM); Surram: Moengo, 1 (USNM); Paramaribo, 1 (USNM); no precise locality, 2 (USNM). VEnrzurta: Empalado Savanas, Zulia, 1 (CNHM); Sierra de Perij4, Zulia, 1 (CNHM). Boutrvia: near Brazilian boundary, west of Sado Luiz de Caceres, 1 (USNM); Buena Vista, Santa Cruz, 1 (CNHM). Pert: Tingo Maria, Huanuco, 1 (CNHM); Pozuzo, Huanuco, 10 (CNHM); Yarinacocha, Loreto, 1 (CNHM). ‘Costa Rica”: 1 (USNM, a skull only, probably from Brazil). Soura America: 11 (USNM, 9; CNHM, 2). Tapirus terrestris colombianus, new subspecies (“danta colombiana’’) Tapir [sp.] Roulin, Ann. Sci. Nat., Paris, ser. 2 (Zool.), vol. 18, p. 35, 1829 (dis- tribution of T. terrestris in Colombia: Lower Magdalena and Cauca valleys; common at Murindé, right bank of Rfo Atrato; in Colombian Darién but never seen on Panamanian side). Tapirus terrestris, Bangs, Proc. New England Zool. Club, vol. 1, p. 90, 1900 (adult female, skin and skull from Dibulla, coastal plain north of the Sierra Nevada de Santa Marta).—Allen, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 20, p. 480, 1904 (two adults with skeletons, one spotted immature, from Cacagualito, Sierra Nevada de Santa Marta, 20 miles east of Santa Marta, altitude, 1,500 ft.).— Goodwin, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 87, p. 451, 1946 (Naranjo, Santa Marta region, Colombia). Tlapirus] terrestris, G. M. Allen, Extinct and vanishing mammals of the Western Hemisphere, p. 405, 1942 (part; Dibulla, northern Colombia.). Holotype-—Young adult male, skin and skull, USNM 281389; collected July 15, 1942, by Philip Hershkovitz; original number, 438. Type locality —E] Salado, eastern slope of Sierra Nevada de Santa Marta, on road between Valencia and Pueblo Bello, Department of Magdalena, Colombia; altitude, 430 meters. Distribution.—Tropical Zone of northern Colombia, in the Depart- ments of Magdalena, Atlaéntico (?), Bolivar, Cérdoba, and north- western Antioquia; the species is not known to occur west of the MAMMALS OF NORTHERN COLOMBIA—-HERSHKOVITZ 487 Rio Atrato in the Department of Chocé and north of the Rio Ranch- erfa, in La Guajira. The subspecies may range into the Lake Maracaibo basin in Venezuela but external characters of the tapir there are unknown. (See map, fig. 62). H. H. Smith (in Allen, supra cit.) stated that on the western slope of the Santa Marta region, Magdalena, “the tapir is common from sea-coast to 6,000 feet, and probably higher as I have seen tapir tracks at nearly 8,000 feet.’”’ I saw no signs of tapir above 700 meters on the southern and eastern slopes of the Sierra Nevada de Santa Marta. In the absence of reliable records proving otherwise, the altitudinal range of the species has been determined as sea level to not over 1,200 meters above. The tapir is certainly extinct now in the Department of Atléntico and is vanishing from Cérdoba. Characters.—Distinctly paler throughout than Guianan representa- tives of terrestris; slightly darker, less gray than the Mato Grosso— Chaco tapir at the opposite extreme of the range of the species. => ca 1, A Figure 60.—Structural variation in first upper premolar of American tapirs, X 2. a, first premolar of Tapirus terrestris with fully developed cinguloid shelf extending from proto- cone. 3, first premolar of Tapirus pinchaque, specimen from Ecuador (CNHM 47051) with cinguloid shelf absent (in another specimen from Colombia, CNHM 70557, premolar is as shown in a). Coloration of holotype-—Back thinly haired Prout’s Brown, basal portions of hairs buffy to ochraceous; side paler, hairs gray basally, Prout’s Brown to Cinnamon-Brown terminally; pelage of chest and belly thinner, more gray. Fore and hind limb Prout’s Brown with persistent juvenal spots and patches of whitish to buffy. Snout and frontal region Prout’s Brown, ear Prout’s Brown rimmed with white; cheek and side of lower jaw gray lightly mixed with brown, throat and anterior part of chest less brown; chin brown, lips fringed with stiff gray and buffy hairs. Sharply defined blackish brown mane extends from forehead to well behind middle of back. Measurements—Those of the holotype followed by those of an adult male paratype (in millimeters): Total length, 1,760, 1,870; 488 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 108 tail, 46, 83; hind foot, 333, 350; ear, 137, 125; greatest length of skull (from gnathion to nuchal crest), 370 (m? functional), 385 (m3 functional), zygomatic breadth, 175, 175. Remarks.—Distinction of colombianus from trans-Andean terrestris is based on comparisons with the blackish-brown representatives of the species in the Guianas (= Tapirus terrestris tapir ?Erxleben). The skin of the adult male paratype of colombianus could not be preserved and was discarded. Its color was quite like that of the type. The specimen recorded by Bangs (supra cit.) was collected by W. W. Brown, Jr., in Dibulla, a humid tropical locality on the northern base of the Sierra Nevada de Santa Marta. It was examined by Miss Barbara Lawrence of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard, and found to agree with the above description of colombi- anus except for its slightly paler back, chest, and belly, more buffy cheeks, sides of lower jaws, and throat; greatest length of skull (M? functional), 385 mm. Herbert H. Smith (in Allen, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 20, p. 431, 1904) reported that ‘‘all the hunters near Santa Marta aver that there is a tapir, found in the mountain forest, which, in general color, resembles JT. americanus, but has a broad white mark over the shoulder.””’ Smith concluded that it might represent an ‘‘undescribed tapir, which differs in color from all the known American species, and resembles that of the Malay Islands.’”’ The tapir in question, if not a myth, may be a pied individual of colombianus. Specimens examined.—Seven. Coutompsta: El Salado, Sierra Nevada de Santa Marta, Magdalena, 2 (USNM); El Orinoco, Rio Cesar, Mag- dalena, 2 (USNM); Rio Guaimaral, Rio Cesar, Magdalena, 1 (USNM); “Rio Magdalena,” 1 (USNM); Socorré, upper Rio Sint, Cérdoba, 1 (CNHM). | Subgenus Tapirella Palmer Elasmognathus Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. 17, p. 183, 1865 (genotype by monotypy, Elasmognathus bairdii Gill). Tapirella Palmer, Science, new ser., vol. 17, p. 873, 1903 (new name for Elasmog- nathus Gill, preoccupied by Elasmognathus Fieber, 1844, a genus of Hemip- tera). Included species —Tapirus bairdii. Distribution.—From México, in Veracruz and the Istmo de Tehuan- tepec, east into Campeche and British Honduras, south through Guatemala into Panamdé, Colombia west of the Rio Cauca, and Ecua- dor west of the Andes (see map, fig. 61). Characters.—Head flattened dorsally, a low mane, not always well defined, extending from front of ears to withers; proboscis longer and bulkier than in other American species; pelage of lowland populations thin and not completely hiding skin, in highland populations longer, MAMMALS OF NORTHERN COLOMBIA—HERSHKOVITZ 489 thicker, and completely hiding skin; hoofs broad, larger than in sub- genus Tapirus with middle hoof always wider than long. Dorsal contour of skull (fig. 58, 6) flattened or slightly rounded; median frontal line usually placed abruptly above level of nasals, roughly parallel to horizontal plane of nasals but strongly divergent from hori- zontal plane of maxillary tooth row; superior longitudinal parietal ridges separated by a broad flat table, not uniting to form a sagittal crest (fig. 59, 5); ossification of vertical mesethmoid plate extending beyond tips of nasals to angle between premaxillae in old adults; outer anterodorsal surface of maxillae produced upward to form thin, parallel-sided plates embracing mesethmoid; posterolateral maxillary process projecting back to form inner lateral wall of narial meatus but not contacting nasal bone; posterolateral border of premaxilla rounded or angular and embraced by maxilla; nasal without descending process overlapping maxilla; two ossification centers of nasal sometimes per- sistent in fully ossified bone of adult. First upper premolar as in subgenus Tapirus; upper incisors orthodont. Remarks.—Tapirella resembles the Indian Tapirus (Acrocodia) indicus more than it does either of its American relatives. The raised but flat crown of Baird’s tapir has the same relationship to the equally. broad but low crown of the Indian tapir as the crested crown of 7. terrestris has to that of T. pinchaque. Cranial characters associated. with the proboscis are diagnostic of T. bairdit when compared with other American species but, in many details, are like conditions found in T. indicus. The name Tapirella, dimunitive of Tapirus, is most inappropriate for the largest living species of American tapir. Tapirus (Tapirella) bairdii Gill (Baird’s tapir; ‘“‘danta centroamericana’’) Tapir (Anta) Zimmermann, Geographische Geschichte . . . , vol. 2, p. 154, 1780 (part; Yucatdin and Panamé4). Elasmognathus bairdii Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. 17, p. 183, 1865. Elasmognathus dowii Gill, Amer. Journ. Sci., ser. 2, vol. 50, p. 142, 1870. Elasmognathus bairdii, Hatcher, Amer. Journ. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 1, p. 175, pl. 3 (nasals), pl. 4, fig. 4a, pl. 5, fig. 4, 1896 (osteological characters; phylogeny). Elasmognathus bairdi [sic], Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. London (1867), p. 885, pl. 42, 1868 (revision; description). Elasmognathus dowi {sic], Hatcher, Amer. Journ. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 1, p. 175, pl. 3 (nasals), 1896 (osteological charaeters; phylogeny; ‘‘might better be con- sidered as a subspecies [of bairdiz]’”’). Tapirus (Elasmognathus) bairdi [sic], Sumichrast, Naturaleza (México), vol. 5, p. 332, 1882 (Sierra Madre, Istmo de Tehuantepec; Chiapas, México). 490 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 103 Tapirus bairdi [sic], Sclater, Proc. Zool. Soc. London (1872), p. 635, pl. 51, 1872.— Gaumer, Monografia de los mamfferos de Yucatdn, México, p. 43, 1917 (Yucatan, México; British Honduras). Tapirus dow? [sic], Alston, Proc. Zool. Soc. London (1879), p. 666, 1880 (com- ments; range probably restricted to Pacific slope of Guatemala and Nic- aragua).—Alston, Mammalia, in Godman and Salvin, Biologia Centrali- Americana: Zoology, p. 104, pl. 8, figs. 3-5, 1882 (part; description, characters, bibliographic references; figure pl. 9= T. terrestris). Tapirus bairdii, Alston, Mammalia, in Godman and Salvin, Biologia Centrali- Americana: Zoology, p. 101, pl. 8, figs. 1, 2, 1882 (description, characters, bibliographic references).—Simpson, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 86, pp. 37-80, pl. 8, fig. 2, 1945 (osteological characters; comparisons; phylogeny). {Tapirella} dowi [sic], Simpson, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 86, p. 41, foot- note, 1945 (‘‘specific status does not appear to be demonstrated’’). Tapirella bairdii, Goldman, Smithsonian Misc. Coll., vol. 69, p. 81, 1920 (Pan- am4).—Goodwin, Journ. Mamm., vol. 27, p. 91, 1946 (dowii a synonym); Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 87, p. 450, 1946 (Costa Rica: Talamanca and Pacuare, Limén; Carillo, San José).—Hatt, Cranbrook Inst. Sci. Bull. 33, p. 72, 1953 (México: Acttin Lara, Yucatdn; extinct). Lectotypes —Of bairdit Gill, skull only, adult, USNM 6019, collected April 9, 1863, by W. T. White (one of two cotypes designated by Poole and Schantz, U. S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 178, p. 233, 1942); of dowit Gill, skull only, young adult, USNM 11278, collected by J. M. Dow, original number, 1 (one of five cotypes designated by Poole and Schantz, loc. cit.) Type localities —Of bairdii Gill, “Isthmus of Panama,” here re- stricted to Canal Zone, Panama; of dowiz Gill, “Guatemala,” believed by Alston (Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1879, p. 666, 1880) to be “‘confined to the Pacific slope of Guatemala and Nicaragua.” Later, Alston (Mammalia, in Godman and Salvin, Biologia Centrali-Americana: Zoology, p. 105, 1882) quoted Godman and Salvin as follows: ‘On the Pacific coast [of Guatemala] Tapirs are no doubt abundant. In the forest of the hacienda of El Overo, a few leagues from the port of San José, the proprietor, Don Juan Viteri, assured us that they were to be found in plenty. He it was, we believe, who supplied Captain Dow with the original specimens of 7. dowi [sic].’”’ Accordingly, the type locality of dowii is here restricted to the Pacific slope of Guatemala. Distribution —As for the subgenus. According to Hatt (Cranbrook Inst. Sci. Bull. 33, p. 72, 1953), who recorded skull fragments from caves in southern Yucatan, ‘‘tapir has not been known in Recent time from this part of Yucataén.’”’ In Panama the species is known to range from sea level to the summits of the highest ridges of the eastern and western mountains. Oliver Pearson, who climbed to the top of the Volcén de Chiriqui in 1937, found well-worn tapir trails at 3,350 meters altitude, near the very summitofthe peak. (See map, fig. 62.) In northwestern Colombia, east of the Rio Atrato, Baird’s tapir lives side by side with Tapirus terrestris colombianus. The writer MAMMALS OF NORTHERN COLOMBIA—HERSHKOVITZ 491 preserved a skull only of the Colombian tapir killed in the upper Rio Sint valley 3 kilometers below the mouth of the tributary Rio Verde, and a skull only of a Baird’s tapir killed by a hunter about 4 kilometers lower down the Sint, near the confluence of the Rio Nain. Within the same area, but more than a year before, a hunter killed a Baird’s tapir while it was feeding on fallen fruit of the cannon-ball tree (Couroupita guianensis) and two weeks later killed a Colombian tapir feeding on the same fruit. The hunter preserved the skulls and they were identified by the writer. Earliest authentic record of the existence of Baird’s tapir in South America and first knowledge of the occurrence of this species in western Ecuador is based on a photograph of the animal kindly loaned to the writer by Belle Benchley, Executive Secretary of the Zoological Society of San Diego. Mrs. Benchley added the information (in litt.) that the individual photographed was brought to the San Diego Zoological Park by Fred Lewis, who “had taken a small boat and gone up the river at Guayaquil, Ecuador, and brought it back.’”’ The animal died in captivity in 1945. Characters.—Those given for the subgenus. See also general exter- nal characters mentioned under the generic heading. Skin of adult male topotype of bairdii from Tiger Hill, C. Z., collected by E. A. Goldman, is dark brown with pelage thin, stiff, sleek, the skin showing through. Two skins of young adults from Guatemala, probably topo- typical of dowti, are darker, nearly black on dorsal surface, pelage thick, coarse, comparatively long, and completely hiding skin. Measurements—Of the topotype of bairdii from Tiger Hill: Total length, 2,000 mm.; tail, 70 mm.; hind foot, 372mm. Ofanadult from Vera Cruz, México (ex Goodwin, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 87, p. 450, 1946): Total length, 2,020 mm.; tail, 70 mm.; hind foot, 375 mm.;ear,140mm. Skull lengths given under the generic heading. Remarks. —That bairdti and dowii are conspecific has already been indicated by Hatcher, Simpson, and, finally, by Goodwin, all cited above inthesynonymy. It is possible, however, that there may be two geographic races, one the typical lowland thinly haired form, the other a comparatively thickly haired highland race. However, additional characters to support what are ostensibly individual somatic responses to cooler climate are required for validating the name Tapirus bairdii dowii for the highland tapir of western Guatemala and El Salvador. The two Guatemalan skins described above were mounted specimens exhibited in the Columbian Exposition by the Guatemalan Commis- sion. They are now preserved as study skins in the collection of the U.S. National Museum and numbered 61221 and 61222, the last with skull. A skull only of a young individual, numbered 61221-B, has the same history and may correspond to the first skin. 492 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL. 103 The head of “ Tapirus dowi” figured by Alston (Mammalia, pl. 9, in Godman and Salvin, Biologia Centrali-Americana: Zoology, 1882) has the high, maned crest distinctive of T. terrestris, to which species it is now assigned. Baird’s tapir, the least known and the last living species of the genus to be given a Linnaean name, was the first recorded in European literature. A recognizable, though exaggerated, description was given by Peter Martyr D’Angher, the first chronicler of the discovery and conquest of America, in book 9 of the second (of eight) Ocean Decade of his ‘‘De Orbe Novo,” published in 1516. Martyr’s concept of the tapir, acquired from descriptions brought to him by the first explorers of the Isthmus of Panamé, is of an animal which “Nature created in prodigious form. It is as large as a bull, and has a trunk like an elephant; and yet it is not an elephant. Its hide is like a bull’s and yet it is not a bull. Its hoof resembles that of a horse, but it is not a horse. It has ears like an elephant’s though smaller and drooping, yet they are larger than those of any other animal.’’ Prior to official date of publication, the manuscripts of the ‘““Oceanic Decades” were made available to students and correspondents as they were being written, from 1494 onward. This led to a pirated published edition in 1504 and another in 1507, both Italian. The second record of a tapir refers to another Panamanian 7. bairdii and dates from the “Summario” of Gonzalo Fernéndez de Oviedo y Valdes, published in 1526 (or 1525) at Madrid. The accurate description of this tapir is repeated, accompanied by a first-rate woodcut, in Oviedo’s “‘ Historia General y Natural de las Indias” (book 12, chap. 11, pl. 1, fig. 11), published in 1535 at Seville, Spain. Oviedo extolled the gastronomic virtues of tapir meat and slow-boiled tapir feet, and told of how the animal is hunted with dogs. During the remainder of the 16th century practically all travelers, missionaries, and students interested in New World natural history described or referred to Baird’s tapir. Francisco Hernéndez (Rerum Medicarum Novae Hispaniae The- saurus, seu Plantarum, Animalium .. ., tract. I, cap. 8, p. 3, 1651) described the Tlacazolotl, which, in spite of the long tail attributed to it, is unmistakably a tapir. The animal was said to occur in Atzcén [Veracruz], Tepotzotlén [México] and Tlaquilapaén [Hidalgo or Veracruz]. The Herndndez account of the Tlacazolotl is iden- tical to that of Fray Bernardino de Sahagtin in his “Historia General de las Cosas de Nueva Espana.’”’ This work was written during the latter half of the 16th century. The manuscript, ex- amined and cited by 16th and early 17th century students of Mexican history, was not published until 1831. Publication dates are of no importance in comparing the works of Hernandez and MAMMALS OF NORTHERN COLOMBIA—HERSHKOVITZ 493 Sahagtn because they were written contemporaneously. It cannot be determined now which author, or editor, copied from the other. The first Linnaean reference to Baird’s tapir is by Zimmermann in 1780 (supra cit.), who considered it the same as the Brazilian species. Zimmermann’s Panama record for the tapir is based either on Oviedo or other pre-Linnaean authors who quoted, Oviedo. His Yucatan record is almost certainly derived from the account of the tapir in “‘Dampier’s Voyages,” volume 2, part 2 entitled ‘“‘Two Voyages to =. Topirus bairdir = Jopirus terrestris colombianus Ficure 61.—Distribution map of American tapirs. Range of Tapirus terrestris terrestris as outlined includes those of other possibly recognizable subspecies. Type localities: (1) Per- nambuco, Brazil, Tapirus terrestris terrestris Linnaeus; (2) Surinam, [T. terrestris] tapir Erxleben; (3) Macas, Ecuador, [T. terrestris] aenigmaticus Gray; (4) Rio Pescado, Salta, Argentina, [T. terrestris] spegazzinii. 494 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 103 Campeachy; with a description of the Coasts, Product, Inhabitants, Logwood-Cutting, Trade, Etc. of Yucatan, Campeachy, New Spain, Ete.,’”’ page 102, which was first published in 1698. The common name “danta” for the tapir is a corruption of the Spanish word for elk, ‘‘alce” or “‘anta.”” Early Spaniards in America gave peninsular names to all animals that resembled, whether in fact or fancy, those they had known in the Old World. The now univer- sally accepted term ‘‘tapir” is from the same word in the Brazilian Tupi language. EXPLANATION OF MAP, FIGURE 62 @ =Tapirus bairdii Gill Locality records of authentically identified specimens from South America, Panam4, and Costa Rica. Range of species extends northward into México. Costa Rica 1. Pacuare, Limon. 2. Talamanca, Lim6n. 3. Carillo (=Carrillo), San José. PanaMA 4. Volcan de Chiriqui, Chiriqui. 5. Canal Zone (type locality). 6. Mt. Pirri and Cana, Panama. CoLomBIA 7. Unguia, Chocé (sight record, by author), 8. Upper Rio Sint, Cordoba. Ecuapor 9. North of Guayaquil (exact locality unknown). O=Tapirus terrestris colombianus, new subspecies. CoLoMBIA 1. Dibulla, Magdalena. 2. Cacagualito, Sierra Nevada de Santa Marta, Magdalena. 3. El Salado, Sierra Nevada de Santa Marta, Magdalena (type locality). 4. El Orinoco, Rio Cesar, and Rio Guaimaral, Magdalena. 5. Socorré, upper Rio Sina, Cérdoba. 6. Murind6é, Chocé. Recorded by Roulin as T. terrestris but identification questionable. Wi = Tapirus pinchaque Roulin. CoLoMBIA 1. Santander (Department), Cordillera Oriental, at Venezuelan boundary. 2. Las Juntas, upper Rio Combeima, southern foot of Mt. Tolima, Cordillera Central, Caldas. 3. Paramo de Sumapaz, Cordillera Oriental, Cundinamarca (type locality). 4, Volcan de Puracé, Cordillera Central, Cauca. 5. Rio Majuas, upper Rio Magdalena, Cordillera Central, Huila. Ecuapor 6. Borja, about 60 kilometers east of Quito, Cordillera Oriental Napo-Pastaza. 7. Papallacta, Cordillera Oriental, Pichincha. 8. Cordillera de los Llanganates, Cordillera Oriental, Tungurahua. 9. Paramo de Azuay, Cordillera Oriental, Azuay. MAMMALS OF NORTHERN COLOMBIA—-HERSHKOVITZ 495 Specumens examined.—Sixty. CoxtompBia: Unguia, Urabé, Chocé, 1 (CNHM). Panam&: No precise locality, probably Canal Zone, 5, including type of bairdit (USNM); Tiger Hill, C. Z., 1 (USNM); Madden Dam, C. Z., 1 (USNM); Rio Chagres, C. Z., 1 (USNM); Panama Railroad, C. Z., 1 (USNM); Gattin, C. Z., 1 (USNM); Mt. Hope, C. Z., 1 (USNM); Mt. Pirri, Panamé, 1 (USNM); Cand, Panama, 2 (USNM). Costa Rica: Talamanca, 4 (USNM); Pacuare, 3 (USNM); San José, 1 (USNM); “Dota Mountains,” 1 (USNM); no precise locality, 6 (USNM). Nicaracua: Ebenezar, Rio Prinza- Tapirus bairdii Tapirus terrestris colombionus Tapirus pinchaque Figure 62.—Map of locality records for tapirs in Colombia and adjacent countries; type localities circled. See opposite page for key. 496 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VoL. 103 polka, 1 (USNM). Honpuras: No precise locality, 2 (USNM). Ex Satvapor: No precise locality, 4 (USNM). Guatrmata: Los Amates, Yzabal, 2 (CNHM); no precise locality, 8 (USNM). British Honpuras: Belize, 1 (CNHM); Middlesex, 2 (CNHM). México: Achotal, Vera Cruz, 2 (CNHM); Istmo de Tehuantepec, 1 (USNM); Chiapas, 1 (USNM); Buena Vista, 1 (USNM). CrntTrAu America: No precise localities, 5 (USNM). ®, S, GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: (984 PROCEEDINGS OF THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM issued { we'd SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM Vol. 103 Washington: 1954 No. 3330 A REVISION OF THE GOATFISH GENUS UPENEUS WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF TWO NEW SPECIES By Ernest A. Lachner The most recent and comprehensive studies of the genus Upeneus were included in the faunistic reports of Herre and Montalban, 1928, Weber and de Beaufort, 1931, and Fowler, 1933. Six species of Upeneus were recognized by Herre and Montalban as occurring in the Philippine Islands, and Weber and de Beaufort recognized the same species in the Indo-Australian Archipelago. Fowler listed eleven species in his Philippine report but included five extralimital species, four of which are not valid or are highly questionable. In all, 24 nominal species have been referred to the genus and much nomenclatorial confusion exists. The characters presented by the various authors to distinguish the species did not prove satisfactory in the identification of specimens in the U. S. National Museum from the same faunal areas. Additional specimens from the Philippine Islands and the Persian Gulf did not conform to any published accounts. The object of this study is to determine the valid species in the genus and characters for their accurate identification, to evaluate the extent of interspecific differentiation, and to evaluate the population divergence in the various subfaunal areas. Ten species are herein recognized, two of which are described as new. The collections in the U. S. National Museum formed the chief basis of this study on which counts, measurements, and color analyses were made. These collections are listed by subfaunal areas of the Indo-Pacific region in the descriptions of the respective species. 279126—54——1 497 498 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 103 Specimens and types at the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard University, were also examined. One specimen (Upeneus subvittatus Snyder, 1907, p. 101) was loaned from the Natural History Museum, Stanford University, through the courtesy of Dr. George S. Myers. The type of Mullus dubius Temminck and Schlegel (1843, p. 30) was reexamined for the author by Dr. M. Boeseman, Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie, Leiden, Netherlands. T am also indebted to William C. Schroeder for making laboratory facilities available at the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard University, and to Dr. Robert R. Harry, Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, for loan of the holotype of Upeneus phillipsi Fowler. The photographs were taken by personnel of the Smithsonian Insti- tution’s photographic laboratory. The synonomy listed in the descriptive accounts of each species is incomplete. Many faunal studies were largely ignored except in cases where adequate descriptions or illustrations were presented, or where the collections involved were available for reexamination. The geo- graphical distribution given for each species was constructed from the distributions of examined specimens and from the literature where the descriptions or illustrations were sufficiently thorough and accurate to enable me to identify the species with assurance. All measurements of the length of a fish refer to the standard length, unless stated otherwise. The method of counting fin rays, gillrakers, and scales of the body is similar to that given by Lachner (1951, p. 581). In the first paragraph under “Description” of each species the count for each character is recorded as follows: the mean: range (number of specimens) ; for example, pectoral rays 16.1: 15 to 17 (68). This method of recording does not apply for the new species. For these, separate methods are given in the description of each species. Dark spots at the tips of the lobes of the caudal fin, distinct from black margins, were counted as bars in the tabulated data, but the small spots or blotches near the midbase of the caudal fin were omitted. Diagnostic characters Several of the important diagnostic characters useful in distinguish- ing the species have been misinterpreted by various authors or were entirely overlooked. It is necessary, therefore, to discuss the critical characters in the approximate sequence of their importance in the identification of the species. These characters are of taxonomic value because of their low variability and the accuracy by which they can be measured. The sequence in which they are discussed is not intended to portray phylogenetic relationships although this may partially exist. GOATFISH GENUS UPENEUS—LACHNER 499 The number of SPINES IN THE SPINOUS DORSAL FIN is either 7 or 8 in any particular species. Only one abnormally developed specimen of a species normally with seven had 6 spines. The difference of one spine among the species is associated with the presence or absence of the minute first spine. No variability was found in this character in any species in more than 300 specimens examined. This small spine is located near the first enlarged one, often partially embedded, and may be entirely overlooked without employing some probing and a microscope. The variability of this character as given by Fowler (1933, pp. 322, 341) is erroneous. Counts of the PECTORAL FIN RAYS for 10 species from various locali- ties in the Indo-Pacific are given in table 1. The range of this charac- ter in any species did not exceed four rays. An inspection of the data in the table shows that the species are divisible into two groups and that the modes of the frequency distributions fall on 13 or 14 in one group and on 16 in the other, except for U. parvus, where only 6 speci- mens were available for study. It is unfortunate that descriptive accounts of certain nominal species did not include this character; with it, a more reliable interpretation would have been possible. The TOTAL NUMBER OF GILLRAKERS of 260 specimens are arranged from lowest to highest, respectively, for nine species from the Indo- Pacific region in table 1. The tenth species, parvus, represents the single form in American waters. These data represent specimens from various localities. 'The range of this character for each species is low. The usual count of the gillrakers reported in the literature is that of the lower limb only. The rudiments were seldom included. Some- times they were partly included but without explanation as to how they were distinguished from the developed rakers, making it impos- sible to interpret the count. To form a more reliable basis for the interpretation of data in the literature, the raker count of both limbs and the raker-rudiment relationship are recorded separately in tables 2,4, and 5. It is apparent from these data that the number of rudi- ments and rakers differs for different species and that the addition of developed rakers and rudiments of the upper and lower limbs to form the total count displays the greatest differences among the species. Species having a minute first dorsal spine can be divided into two subgroups on the basis of the total number of gillrakers (see key, p. 508). The number of gillrakers in these two divisions also has a positive relationship to the number of pectoral fin rays. The species are divisible into two groups on the basis of color of peritoneum: Those in which it is light to silvery (first four species and the last species, table 1), and those in which it is light brown to blackish (all other species, table 1). A positive relationship occurs 103 VOL. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM 500 *POpNpoxe 919M YSU] Uy “UIUT 9g UeYy sso] suUdMMOEds OOM snainydjns *— Ul 4deoxe sezIs [Te JO SuauIDeds 0} 10JoI B48q 1 snjoyia ie a | eine tao: ght ao a> ee ~ 828UAIINJOUL eS SH Se, I eaeess|--sa~-|=--nee| = 556 |- see en|ooona-| ae ------onslan=-e all mN 1spsuaq Djnbod12 ~snjidsob170 Gs sa) ee i le Ce Wists a | eh eee Gs a a Se es ee ace Ree ee 0D ee Seer) ce leew |e wall Paes aR e259 Seo = Senna Soe ee Sasa ee sniuozn} 18 6L LL GL eL TZ 69 19 g9 £9 19 6S Lg g¢ €¢ Wt) 6P Ly 08 8L OL PL GL OL 89 99 $9 69 09 8g 9g +g og og 8h 9F £8 68 1 W4su9] pvey Jo JUsdJed ut ABU] Joqueg Seer | GS (We Oe me ee ee 18D8U9Q Or wat ek Ga eee eee DINbd«} snjids0b170 2 i se ab61D soroedg SIOYVI[Is Jo Joquinu [e10,, SABI [B.10}00d Jo IOquINN sneuedy) fo sarvads gy ut jaqunq u2yo fo yj6ua] pun ‘suayn17126 fo saqunu 1040} ‘shvs jo10j0ad fo saqunN—T @IaVY, GOATFISH GENUS UPENEUS—LACHNER 501 between color of peritoneum and number of gillrakers (table 1) for the Indo-Pacific species but does not hold when the Atlantic species, U. parvus, is included. Indo-Pacific species with the peritoneum light colored have fewer gillrakers than those with dark peritoneal linings. The COLOR OF THE PERITONEUM is a clear-cut character in most of the species and specimens. However, certain species show some varia- tion and intermediacy and these may be difficult to evaluate, espe- cially to one inexperienced with this character. Species with light or transparent to silvery peritoneal linmgs may have a few scattered, dark, pepperlike spots. Species with peritoneum colored light brown to blackish may in some cases have a silvery cast over a brownish background. This is especially so in asymmetricus and in some small specimens of bensasv. A summary of the number of ROWS OF VERTICAL SCALES in 253 specimens and scales below the lateral line is given in table 2. The low intraspecific variability of the number of scale rows is evident in that the range does not exceed five for any species. The scales are somewhat deciduous and the count cannot always be made. Many large or poorly preserved specimens lack some or all of the scales. The number of scale rows has been widely used in the literature as a diagnostic character but interspecific differences have never been com- pared. The discrepancies between my data and that given in the literature may in part be associated with different methods of making this count. Others are not explainable. Life colors are useful in the identification of the species but fade in preservation. However, certain brown to black stripes, bars, spots, and blotches on the body and fins persist in preservation in varying intensities. These COLOR MARKS are extremely valuable in distin- guishing certain species, especially the number of oblique bars on the upper lobe, lower lobe, or both lobes of the caudal fin. In some spe- cies the number of bars increases with growth, whereas in others it remains constant. The variation and relationship of the number of bars in respect to size of body for three species is given in table 3. Failure to understand this character by various authors has caused considerable confusion in distinguishing the species (Fowler, 1918a, Devs, -hig..15). Average values of the LENGTH OF THE BARBEL show differences among the species, but great overlaps occur in the ranges (table 1). In at least one species (swlphureus) there may be an increase in the length of barbel with increase in length of body (see tables 6, 8, 9, 11). Other characters such as depth of body, length of head, length of snout, and size of eye were investigated. Although small average differences were apparent among the species, they were too insignif- 502 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 103 ' Taste 2.—Number of vertical scale rows and scale rows below the lateral line, and © number of gillrakers on each limb of the first arch in 10 species of Upeneus | Scales below Vertical scale rows laters’ tne | Species 28 | 29 | 30 | 31 | 32 | 33 | 34 | 35 | 36 | 37 | 38 6 fi asymmetricus INOULOCEN SE ee Apt a ee ee aor ale el erie ee eee ORDER ek cre re | ee ee eee | nee eres sulphurews 45+ SPe8e sree th oo ree ese Sete ||Ss oF beeen lee DOTOUS Scant eee Soe ee or een eee neee Ren eee ea ne aaa eee | aes | eae Gillrakers Species Upper limb ! Lower limb ! | 5| 6] 7 8 9 | 10 13 14] 15 16 | 17 18 | 19 | 20/21 22 DUZONAUS. ye ee ee eee Ba) Aa OA eee es > A ht a-Si | ee Ie HL Arges S2OS ee. SAT Bee ae) 0 HERS = /EREE | See SIE 2a eee Dy G@it ShOD) 22 Sees Saas eae oligos pile ete 2 eee PA Cp ES DR He 6.\|...3 | 2< a - ewe snqoyia -+----|------|-2----|-=----|----------------------- S18UADINOUL ------|------|------|------|------]------|--------------------- 8noLsqaULuLhso Be = te oa ee ae | ee ee gee a oe ee a ee 741d 806140 Seo Pg Sooo Se ee eS ee ee eae --ab1D im | = Seoul = | a ee ee ee ee aes eee ~sniwozny z‘0c | ger | 2‘6r | T‘6t | Sst | Z‘St | TST | F'ZE | SL | SLT | TT | 9 OF ¢‘or | #91 | Got | ZOL | 9ST | FST | SST | oOL | OFT | OFT sooodg panuynuog—; UII] JOMOT Of} UO SJUOTAIPNA PUv S1dZVI JO SUOTJRUTGUIOD a — ————— ———— ——————— ——————000000808080808080805050SSSS—_<—— Se Sec ie all cae a) Ga a ee eee 2640 +r} est | o'er | o'er | rer | eet | oat | oer | bet | e Un | o'er | LT | OTE | OTT | FTE e‘It | 9‘0t | 9 ‘OL | ‘OL | & ‘OL | 96 1 CUI] JOMO] OY} WO SJUSMIIPNI PUB sidHeI JO SUOT}EUIqUIOD 8 Se Se ne snouedy fo sawads QT ut qua samo) ay}? wo suaynijpb padojaaap pun huvjuawmipns fo saqunu fo drysuonojay—G HIV], sajoodg 279126—_54——_2 506 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 103 Populations No notable differentiation of any species in the subfaunal areas of the Indo-Pacific was revealed by an analysis of various meristic counts (see descriptions of bensasi, vittatus, and tragula, and tables 6, 10, and 11), proportional measurements, color, and color pattern of specimens segregated by locality. Differentiation in this genus appears to have gone to the species level, after which considerable stability was at- tained. These conclusions are tentative owing to the limited number of specimens of several species. Although little is known of the life histories of these inshore forms, populations of such widely distributed species as vittatus, sulphureus, and tragula occurring in the subfaunal areas of East Africa, the East Indies, the Philippines, and areas of Oceania are assumed to be considerably isolated, yet they are characteristically homogeneous. Larval forms of some species are thought to be pelagic, and their drift or movement may account for some minor association of these populations. The genus is restricted to the tropical and subtropical, littoral, marine waters of the Indo-Pacific and Western Atlantic regions. The East Indies and Philippine Islands, near the center of the Indo-Pacific region, contain at least seven of the species, four are known from East Africa, four from Oceania, but only one (arge) is known in the Hawaiian fauna. Five extend northward as far as southern Japan and at least three reach eastern Australia. Only one species, U. parvus, occurs in the Western Atlantic area of American waters. Genus Upeneus Upeneus Cuvier and Valenciennes, 1829, p. 448 (type species, Mullus vittatus Forsk&l, designated by Bleeker, 1876, p. 333). Hypeneus Agassiz, 1846, p. 190 (type species Mullus vittatus Forsk&l) (cor- rected orthography). Upeneoides Bleeker, 1849, p. 64 (type species, Mullus vittatus Forskal, designated by Jordan, 1919, p. 240). The characters best defining the genus are: (1) dentition complete, consisting of small villiform teeth on the vomer in the form of an irregular or triangular patch, on the palatines in an elongate band, and on both jaws in bands of narrow to moderate widths, and (2) scales present on soft dorsal, anal, and caudal fins. The bodies are elongate and somewhat compressed ; the caudal fin is marked with dark, oblique bars in most species. The species attain a small size compared with other members of the family. The following characters, some of which apply to other genera in the family, were found to be common to all the species: Anal fin rays I, i, 6: pelvic fin rays I, 5; caudal fin rays i, 7-++6, 1; scale rows around GOATFISH GENUS UPENEUS—LACHNER 507 caudal peduncle 16; scales ctenoid with 4 to 7 radii; lateral line complete; first elongate spine of first dorsal fin flexible; a small portion of barbel, less than one-third its total length, rigid at base. Questionable species I place two nominal species in a doubtful status, Upeneoides sun- daicus Bleeker (1855, p. 411; 1877, pl. (4) 394, fig. 2) and Upeneus taeniopterus Cuvier and Valenciennes (1829, p. 451, type locality Trinquemale, Ceylon). It is highly possible that U. sundaicus Bleeker may be represented by either U. tragula or luzonius. Bleeker’s specimens were taken in the East Indies where both tragula and luzonius occur. Weber and de Beaufort (1931, pp. 370-371) saw one of Bleeker’s specimens but their account, at least in part, was extracted from Bleeker. The account of sundaicus by Herre and Montalban (1928, p. 98) was “compiled from Bleeker, and Evermann and Seale” (1907, p. 88). Fowler’s account (1933, p. 323) was also compiled from Bleeker. Examination of the specimen reported by Evermann and Seale as sundaicus (orig. No. 3201, USNM 56138) revealed a large, very poorly preserved specimen of luzonius. U. luzonius usually has weakly developed bars on the upper caudal lobe while those on the lower lobe may be completely obscure. Three dark saddles on the body are often completely faded. Such specimens, as well as large faded specimens of tragula, could easily have been involved in Bleeker’s illustration. Yet, there still is the possibility of the existence of a species unknown to us. There is no method of solving this problem at present. Intensive collecting in the East Indies Islands, as well as study, is necessary. The characters listed for sundaicus by Bleeker and Weber and de Beaufort (dorsal spines VIII, the first spine minute, “oillrakers 13-+3,” barbels reaching “hindborder of preoperculum’’) clearly relate it with tragula and luzonius. The number of vertical scale rows that they report, 33 to 35, is higher than in these species, but this may be due to the different methods of counting. Only the bars on the caudal fin illustrated by Bleeker are unique but these may be highly diagrammatic. Therefore, sundaicus may be a syno- nym of tragula, may replace luzonius, or may represent a distinct species. The second questionable form, Upeneus taeniopterus, known only by the type specimen, is characterized by having seven dorsal spines, each dorsal fin with three bars, each lobe of the caudal fin with six oblique bars, and a large triangular reddish spot on the caudal fin. Day (1876, p. 122) reported on the faded type and Fowler (1928, p. 227; 1933, p. 327) repeated Day. Steindachner (1901, p. 487) re- ported two specimens from Honolulu, but he probably had U. arge, the only member of the genus found in the Hawaiian Islands to date. 508 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 103 Key to the species of Upeneus (References to groups of species in the descriptions pertain to all the species in the following categories of the key: 2a, bensasi group; 4a, vittatus group; 4b, tragula group.) la. Dorsal spines VII, the first spine longest. 2a. Pectoral rays number 13 or 14; vertical scale rows range from 28 to 31; peritoneum brown to silvery brown. 3a. Lower lobe of caudal fin without oblique bars, upper lobe with 2 to 3 faint, oblique brownish or dusky bars; body nearly uniform light tan to brown, without lateral stripe or dark brown saddle posterior to soft dorsal fin; fewer gillrakers, modally 25, range from 23 to 27. U. bensasi (Schlegel) 3b. Lower lobe of caudal fin with 6 or 7 narrow, brown, oblique bars, and the upper lobe with 3; body dark tan above, light tan below with a brown, horizontal stripe on midside and a dark brown saddle on caudal peduncle just posterior to soft dorsal fin; more gillrakers, modally 28, range 27 to 29____-_-_- U. asymmetricus, new species 2b. Pectoral rays number 15 or 16; vertical scale rows range from 36 to 38; peritoneum light to silvery; upper and lower lobes of caudal fin with 3 oblique, brownish black bars on the smaller specimens (68, 69 mm.) increasing to 5 bars on the larger specimens; bars more pronounced on lower lobe; body light tan, possibly with light colored median stripe; without dark saddle over caudal peduncle; gillrakers range from 26 to 29. U. parvus Poey 1b. Dorsal spines VIII, the first spine minute. 4a. Total number of gillrakers range from 26 to 32; pectoral rays number 15 to 18; peritoneum brown to black. 5a. Caudal fin transparent to dusky, without dark bars; chin barbels long, 58 to 82 percent of head length in large specimens (over 85 mm.); barbel when extended posteriorly usually extends beyond vertical drawn through posteriormost point of preopercle. U. sulphureus Cuvier and Valenciennes 5b. Caudal fin with oblique dark bars on upper lobe; chin barbels short, 46 to 66 percent of head length; barbel when extended posteriorly not reaching vertical drawn through posteriormost point of preopercle. 6a. Lower lobe of caudal fin transparent to dusky, without dark, oblique bars; a pale to yellow, median horizontal stripe on side of body, often faintly developed, or obscure___-_----- U. moluccensis (Bleeker) 6b. Lower lobe of caudal fin with 2 to 3 dark oblique bars, the outer bar widest and more intensely colored; a light colored median and dorsolateral, horizontal stripe on body usually present. U. vittatus (Forsk4l) 4b. Total number of gillrakers range from 19 to 25; pectoral rays number 12 to 15; peritoneum silvery to transparent, sometimes with scattered, fine, brownish spots. 7a. Scales small, 36 to 38 vertical rows on body, 7 rows below lateral line; a faint, tan colored median and dorsolateral, horizontal stripe on body, often completely faded_...._-.....---- U. arge Jordan and Evermann 7b. Scales large, 28 to 32 vertical rows on body, 6 rows below lateral line; a conspicuous dark brown median stripe on body always present. 8a. A dark brown saddle just posterior to base of soft dorsal fin almost always present; two additional saddles through spinous and soft dorsal fins sometimes evident; spotting or blotches absent on body; GOATFISH GENUS UPENEUS—LACHNER 509 upper lobe of caudal fin with 6 brown, oblique bars in adult specimens of about 80 mm. in length, 4 to 5 bars in juveniles of about 50 mm.; lower lobe of caudal with 6 to 7 such bars in adults, 4 to 6 in juveniles; second spine of spinous dorsal fin usually longest; dark spots or blotches on spinous dorsal fin almost always faded; barbels long, usually reach vertical drawn through most posterior portion of preopercular margin; barbel length in percent of head length ranges PrOMMGE $0 Was oe eh ye es U. luzonius Jordan and Seale 8b. Dark brown saddle just posterior to base of soft dorsal fin faint, usually not visible; saddles through fins absent; numerous, distinct, small brown spots on cheeks and sides of body to belly; upper lobe of caudal fin almost always with 4 to 5 brown, oblique bars in adults over 80 mm. in length, 3 or 4 in juveniles less than 80 mm. (see table 3); lower lobe with 5 or 6 brown, oblique bars in adults, 4 or 5 in juveniles; fourth spine of spinous dorsal fin longest or about equal to third; dark spots or blotches on spinous dorsal fin almost always conspicuous; barbels short, not reaching vertical drawn through most posterior portion of preopercular margin; barbel length in percent of head length ranges from 52 to 68__U. tragula Richardson 8c. Dark brown saddle just posterior to base of soft dorsal fin faint or completely obscure; saddles through fins absent; a few small dusky spots on sides of head, almost completely absent on sides of body to belly but with large, irregular, dusky to blackish blotches on body; upper and lower lobes of caudal fin with 3 or 4 dusky to black, oblique bars in adults over 80 mm. in length, 3 in juveniles; third spine of spinous dorsal fin longest or about equal to fourth spine; dark blotches on spinous dorsal fin almost always conspicuous; barbels short, not reaching vertical drawn through most posterior portion of preopercular margin; barbel length in percent of head length ranges from; 50 4h0, 642023 e2ae oes ee on U. oligospilus, new species Upeneus bensasi (Temminck and Schlegel) PuatE 13, Figure A Mullus bensasi Temminck and Schlegel, 1843, pt. 2, p. 30, pl. 11, fig. 2 (type locality, Nagasaki).—Boeseman, 1947, p. 43. Upeneoides gutitatus Day, 1867, p. 938, (type locality, Madras?); 1876, p. 121. Upeneoides japonicus Steindachner and Déderlein, 1884, p. 22 (type locality, Tokyo, Kochi, and Tango, Japan) (not Mullus japonicus Houttuyn, 1782, p. 334). eee tokisensis Steindachner and Déderlein, 1884, p. 22 (name in synonymy, specimens from Tokyo). Specimens studied—One hundred fifteen specimens, ranging in length from 37 to 148 mm., from the following localities: Japanese area, 16 USNM collections, 42 specimens; Formosa, 3 USNM collec- tions, 21 specimens; Philippine Islands, 8 USNM collections, 52 specimens. Description.—Dorsal rays, VII-i,8(65), the first spine longest (two abnormal specimens with some irregularly developed spines, VIII-i,8 and VI-i,8, the first spine in both specimens also longest; pectoral rays 13.8: 13 to 14 (44); vertical scale rows 29.4: 29 to 31 510 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 103 (25); scale rows above lateral line 3 (7); scale rows below lateral line 6.1: 6 to 7 (15); total number of gillrakers 25.0: 23 to 27 (38); length of longest raker in longest filament about 1.1 to 1.3 (6). Peritoneum brown to blackish; preorbital scales present; barbels long, extending beyond preopercular margin, barbel length in percent of head length 64 to 84 (35); first dorsal spine longest. Color in alcohol.—Head and body uniform tan to brown above and light tan below; some dusky pigmentation on outer portion of soft dorsal fin in larger specimens and two faint, dusky, horizontal bars sometimes seen in smaller ones, 40 to 60 mm. in length; lower lobe of caudal fin dusky, the tip of the rays transparent to light tan, the smaller specimens have a lengthwise dusky streak through middle portion of lobe; 3 faint oblique brownish to dusky bars on upper lobe in larger specimens and 2 bars in smaller ones about 40 mm. in length; remainder of fins transparent to uniform light tan. Geographical distribution.—This species has been reported from the East African coast eastward through the East Indies and Philippines, and northward to Formosa, east China, Ryukyu Islands, and southern Japan. It has not been reported from the islands of Oceania. Remarks.—There is reason to suspect that more than one species was involved in certain literature references to this species. Day (1876, p. 121, pl. 30, fig. 5) gives a high pectoral fin ray (15) and lateral line scale count (32 to 34), shows 4 oblique bars on the lower lobe as well as the upper lobe of the caudal fin, and 2 rows of red spots on the body. These are not characteristic of bensasi. Day listed and illustrated 7 spines on the dorsal fin. His account may include or represent an undescribed species related to bensasi or to a species of the wtiatus group (vittatus, sulphureus, moluccensis). The account by Snyder (1907, p. 97, fig. 3) agrees with our speci- mens, especially in respect to the number of dorsal spines (7) and the absence of bars on the lower lobe of the caudal fin. His description of color in life is contradictory to that of Day (1876) and Smith (1949, p. 229, pl. 27, fig. 562). Fowler (1933, p. 321, fig. 27) and Smith (op. cit.) list the number of dorsal spines as variable, 5 to 8 and 6 to 8 respectively, but each figure a specimen with 7 spines, the first small spine, typical of the vittatus and tragula group, being absent. In the Western Indo-Pacific (East Africa, India) this species may be represented by another form entirely distinct from that of the Philippine-Japan area. U. bensast was not listed by Herre and Montalban (1928) nor by Weber and de Beaufort (1931). The length of the barbel compared with body length in four size- groups is shown in table 6. The data are too meager to conclude that any appreciable differences exist. There is no population di- vergence indicated from an inspection of the gillraker and vertical scale counts separated by geographical localities. GOATFISH GENUS UPENEUS—LACHNER 511 TaBLe 6.—Length of barbel in four size-groups, and the number of gillrakers and vertical scale rows, by locality, in Upeneus bensasi Barbel length in percent of head length Standard length in mm. 2 AP Sea ee. ee ees (eee || aes 1 7 Fel Se |e eae ID eee eens ee LoS ae, ane Ses BE 1 1 Pe ee 2 2 1 2 eee ee ee, USL De. 63 SE SEES eee ee jee 2 bly Eee 3 L | _ 2222 |-secee lace See GTS SLL Le at a. SEO Ss See eee ee * 2) eee ee ee 2 1 2 Ce ene | ee 1 1 Gillrakers Vertical scale rows Locality 23 24 25 26 27 29 30 31 SEIN ESS 3a Sed Eh 2 2 d 2 2 IP eee ee

gic eat BE een Alar 146" oot eee PENG GONAI eee eee! SHES EEE SEEN) ASE AML OPS SAL Shah. s8V/ . 471 Niesa=metathoraxisriey. ait) _ tay SOR i Sib te mer eee + Oi 91 IN WoVevae(e\olse been Sa LAT OP Oe cs Eee eee ents? Oy Bae Wg Mee ty ete me 1. 65 1. 02 548 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 108 Dennyus rotundocapitis, new species Fieure 64,6,d,f Types.—Male holotype from Streptoprocne zonaris albicincta (Cabanis) collected by the author near Cali, Colombia, December 16, 1950 Gn USNM), and female allotype from same host collected by the author at Huancano, Pert, March 9, 1931 (in collection of author). Diagnosis.—This species may be recognized by the narrow, broadly rounded temples, without angles, the flatly rounded pre-antennary margin, the prosternal plate and setae, the sparse, coarse setae of femoral and abdominal patches, and by the shape of the sternal plate on segments I and II. The bands of chitin which connect the prothorax with the meso- thorax and the metathorax with the abdomen are unusually heavy, as are the dorsal incrassations of the paratergal plates. The prosternum contains 10 short, thick spines, all within the clear area. The species is represented only by the male holotype and the female allotype. Measurements of the types: Male Female Length Width Length Width Bo@ivea. seead. 7: pear ce pee ezad’T <2 2: O04) pur _4a2. 2 2: G31 | eee Pea a a eee es eters eho Ea ten Ne Src Ek cassie Rnb LORSAGE foto oe a eee ee re ey Bae _ 49° ae 564 temples? ssf ee Se ee ee ne ee . 46 . 673 . 55 er ied OCCIPUtY £448 Sh etee Marre: Sot eae NASA pee: ae ASh (eee Prothorasi> 2 297 00k at. ine gin . 303 . 39 sate . 48 Meso-metathorax__.____.______-_-_____-_ . 825 62 445 835 PBUONIBIAA 0 eco 8 ol eee 1. 16 78 1. 67 1.11 PATHINGLER ooo ee eee ee ae . 228 13. eee Dennyus brunneitorques, new species Ficure 64,¢ Type—Female adult from Chaetura rutila brunneitorques La Fres- naye, collected by the author at San Juan, Chanchamayo, Pert, June 6, 1930 (in collection of author). & Diagnosis —Somewhat similar to rotundocapitis, new species, but con- siderably smaller (head, .467 by .694 against .55 by .77), with temples less rounded and more angulated both front and rear; pre-antennary margin with pronounced concavities on each side; occipital bands and gular plate very similar to those of rotundocapitis, as well as entire thoracic structure. The prosternal plate is of decidedly different shape and chaetotaxy, having three spines and two long setae along the border of the anterior band, and with nine spines set within the clear area. The shape and chaetotaxy of the terminal abdominal segments are also somewhat different. The median sternal plate on NEOTROPICAL MALLOPHAGA—CARRIKER 549 segments I and II is absent. The abdominal chaetotaxy and lateral tergal incrassations are very similar to those of rotundocapitis. Measurements of type: Length Width I Eo eS eS eye is eos ane Zale, see a cigs ey ee ce es Bee aed Re eS ee ee eae See EOE U Re LACSEA BS aD els A a ee ee ee SET Sia By REINER oe he ete ee Suet i eee . 467 . 694 LS Ure ae te ee oe ee ae Sa eee Ae ss ees PETES UGE Eg TS OR ca Pi ea a pe dg ete Brest . 412 LMU ESY Pct ENED COS oS pean SE ES ne eel . 39 . 716 Peat FIThIG ieee eee ie he ds eee ee eee eae ee aeee 1. 34 . 94 Dennyus similis, new species Ficure 64,e,9 Types.—Male and female adults from Progne c. chalybea (Gmelin)! collected by J. Pablo Anduze at Barinas, Venezuela, January 14, 1943 (in Department of Hygiene, Caracas, Venezuela). Diagnosis —Somewhat similar to D. australis Ewing, from which it differs as follows: Gular plate differently shaped; temples more convex posteriorly; lateral wings of prothorax less pronounced and posterior margin slightly concave instead of convex; the sides of both mesothorax and metathorax are quite straight (except for slight swelling near suture on metathorax), while these segments in australis are convex on sides. The setae along posterior margin of abdominal tergites consist of short, thickened hairs, alternating with hairs nearly the length of suc- ceeding segments, while in australis the chaetotaxy consists of slender hairs, sparsely set, and mostly longer than the succeeding segments; the patches of setae on femora and abdominal sternites are composed of finer hairs, set closer together. The male genitalia also differs slightly, the parameres being shorter and endomeral sac longer, while the shape of the basal portion of the basal plate is quite different. Measurements of types: Male Female Length Width Length Width CPt. ~ hae BO eee ee POM See Qo) poe fetateal is Beye as oe eee renner eee gk - Se Ne ane ee been Se BRTET ROSS SUC eee et a ee reer SAGAS es Se 5 bY Semen es Soe ee .51 . 66 . 542 . 738 Rees hei Se eee SADOM Cae = 40%) ES IEU IT G TS Kye ee ee aS . 25 . 369 . 303 . 423 NexO-MEeLALNOIAX. = ok eo ee . 303 . 586 . 367 73 Bana CA HENAOS YN eee 8 ae ae ee 1. 08 78 aaa 1. 01 LET IPETETN ES ea net ee ea Pile 1 Dp Maines Mus ea es 8 1 A note on the identity of this host is in press (1954) in the Boletin de Entomologia Venezolana. U. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1954 ae 2 ‘4 : - ; J ixtitel bie Yretoion T f a 4 fi -¥. y heeft AYpet.t se Talk ae : + xt Phe. A ah 4s tp, . «tye : uh S ,, iar, j ‘ s " bes - . " T e~ i y eee see pt et 4 a Ee “td ! (rilacat?) ndutns IO itt ; - - Mi ii ’ l¢ : Ory amt Te ro Fa bea if Pay teh, AG (a 4 Las) Lei ' TT . * ‘ oe) Te5 wo. +4 pears ae 2 ye i ytgit 1: f : ay inh oe r uy } e lini ’ , Amd (tii) 43 ia rent Wil? Hels eth aay ieitt Bik Y IOTuUTGL ne rey » EL ’ ~~! Vrioistes sett f ji 4 abt em : : P Lin > i - a he, - - . al licaa Plita. , I Sti e PAWN i BOR we vist 2 Pa me Pt y fn . i i ah: re : eo ‘<3 * 6 ; ' ; os ( “ ane ni , Ce a Se) ae «Geta tah, ey. \ *) ° f. f - wt 4 Sil. a ‘ Oct a Sioa ae > <> ‘ Bir iil Coton ‘ . yn nba oh cabins “a yy eter Fonte nieiraine Seiarenan >a ¥ bd . { sd ‘ Vi a va ibis Be aster biahecylen > Se ait het ink . alt 4 1 $ &. FuRtiinte’ (77 od ea ‘ ne i ms 7. , ~ a - u “4, a os « . 5 a « ae 4 ‘ e " - + 9% met \ ya? LOT. ilar ly wh uF 4 i a P ‘ : r i? ; da 5 | \ i] i ae { » LTS «Lidge | Sion’ SIDLEY Lat Orit { bec : if ; to oF * : i rt Loe ‘4 Lo hanes sero beeen se FGge TH het st BIER) wOG aif ul tore ad 3’ Aa 4 = 4% a4) ;0O Tt] . Y 25h ‘ t ' + ~-* ow - Vics | y - nt } = nel ‘na (u oy htaue “satan | BAAD inn ona tet sere rd G ; ™y & fa OR, 4 ’ a0 eh ha PROCEEDINGS OF THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM Vol. 103 Washington : 1954 No. 3332 NEARCTIC FLIES OF THE FAMILY PERISCELIDAE (DIPTERA) AND CERTAIN ANTHOMYZIDAE REFERRED TO THE FAMILY By A. H. Sturtevant ' The family Periscelidae was not recognized by earlier authors, its species being assigned to varying ones of the other acalypterate families. Even when it is recognized as a distinct group there is no agreement as to what genera should be included. My own studies have convinced me that the family is best limited (as concerns the Nearctic region) to the single genus Periscelis. (Nearctic species have been assigned to the genera Microperiscelis and Sphyroperiscelis, not here recognized as distinct.) There are included here a few notes on exotic Periscelidae, with a list (including references) of the known species of the world and a key to the known genera. I have included Cyamops since it has been included in recent accounts. I have also included Stenomicra, which has been referred here but neglected by some recent students. In order to place these two genera I have added a discussion of the Anthomy- zidae, with a key to the Nearctic genera of that family. The following abbreviations have been used in designating locations of type specimens: AMNH, for American Museum of Natural History; and USNM, for U. S. National Museum. 1 California Institute of Technology, Pasadena, Calif. 290839—54- 551 002 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 103 Family PERISCELIDAE Auxiliary vein rudimentary, ending free (not apically fused with costa or first vein); no costal breaks; anal cell present; first vein ending well distal to basal third of wing; costa ending at apex of third vein; second antennal segment with one or more dorsal apical bristles, rather long third segment arising from its ventral surface; arista plumose; face strongly receding below, extending laterally below the buccae, narrowed below the antennae by the anterior extension of the eyes (the longest diameter of the latter being oblique) ; bucca extending upward anteriorly, bearing a row of bristles, of which the anterior is placed well above the oral margin; hairs on lateral portions of face; one reclinate orbital bristle; no preapicals on tibiae; postverticals divergent; no presutural dorsocentral; scutellum with four marginal bristles, its disc bare. Genus Periscelis Loew, 1858 I have suggested elsewhere that Microperiscelis Oldenberg (type, Notiphila annulata Fallén) is antedated by the isogenotypic Myodris Lioy and that the genus is scarcely valid. The properties of the new species described here have led me to conclude that Sphyroperiscelis Sturtevant is also best considered a synonym of Periscelis. There are 11 or 12 species of the family known from the world, and five genera are recognized here, even though Myodris and Sphyroperiscelis are not accepted (see list, p. 556). For convenience, the use of broad generic limits is desirable here. If both the names under considera- tion are retained it will not be easy to fit the new species into any of the available categories, and a new genus will be indicated, giving 8 genera for 12 species. Key to the Nearctic species of Periscelis 1. Mesonotum dull gray, with a brown median stripe; posterior crossvein strongyisov «ud ) Jo. eobsede-g wes! alt do. feespa= P. annulata (Fallén) Mesonotum rather shining black; posterior crossvein faint or largely absent-_-2 2. Antennal bases about as far from each other as each is from eye; posterior crossvein represented by stumps at each end____P. wheeleri (Sturtevant) Antennal bases much nearer each other than to eyes; posterior crossvein eompleéte but faints.o20 0. 0. bOI AY aS J 408 P. occidentalis, new species Female genitalia: I have described the internal reproductive systems of Periscelis annulata and P. wheeleri (Sturtevant, 1926, p. 7). These species are much alike, and are very different from any other known forms, especially in that they have three chitinized sperma- thecae that are attached directly to a singly common duct. They are also unusual in that the eggs are blackish brown in color. NEARCTIC PERISCELIDAE—STURTEVANT 553 The European species of Periscelis are known to be most often found about the sap of bleeding trees (see, for example, Oldenberg, 1914), and the South American P. nebulosa was also taken on a bleed- ing tree. All three of the Nearctic species are to be found in the same situations—most often on oak trees east of the Mississippi River, on cottonwoods west of it. I have reared P. wheeleri from larvae found in fermenting oak sap, and there can be little doubt that sap is the normal breeding place of all three Nearctic species. P. annulata has been taken in eastern Massachusetts from June 13 until the end of August, in Missouri in June and July, in South Dakota in June, in Nebraska, New Mexico, and Washington in August, in Texas in October, and in Alabama on May 2. P. wheeleri has been taken in Massachusetts from June 18 to August 24; in New Jersey on July 3; and in California on October 24. P. occidentalis has been found in California from March 25 to July 30, in Arizona in June and July, and in Washington in August. Evidently all three species have numerous broods, probably overlapping, and may be found through- out the warmer months. Periscelis annulata (Fallén), 1813 Described from Europe; recorded by Sturtevant (1923) from Ala- bama, South Dakota, and New Mexico, and by Malloch (1915) from Illinois. From the following locations 48 specimens were examined: Budapest, Hungary (Kertesz); Falmouth, East Falmouth, Woods Hole, and Naushon Island, Mass.; Webster Grove, Mo. (H. D. Stalker) ; Kushla (Mobile County), Ala.; Austin, Tex. (M. R. Wheeler) ; Chadron and Oakdale, Nebr. (M. R. Wheeler); Chamberlain, S. Dak.; Mogollon, N. Mex. (M. R. Wheeler). Dr. Wheeler informs me that he also has collected this species at Verlot, Wash. The specimen from Mogollon has the wings clouded on the anterior margin and it may represent a distinct form. The species was described in the ephydrid genus Notiphila and often has been placed in the Drosophilidae; I formerly referred it to the Agromyzidae, and later to the Lonchaeidae; Malloch (1915) has listed it under the Sapromyzidae. This species is the genotype of Myodris Lioy, of Microperiscelis Oldenberg, and of Meronychina Enderlein (Meronychia Enderlein). It was described by Malloch (1915) as Phorticoides flinti (genus and species both to be included in the synonymy). Periscelis wheeleri (Sturtevant), 1923 Type from Naushon Island, Mass. (AMNH), and a paratype from the same locality (USNM). From the following locations 24 speci- mens were examined: Woods Hole and Naushon Island, Mass.; 554 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 103 Mendham, N.J.; and Pasadena, Calif. (M. R. Wheeler). The Cali- fornia specimen is most unexpected, but it is certain that it was col- lected in Pasadena, and it closely resembles eastern specimens. This species is the genotype of Sphyroperiscelis Sturtevant. The puparium is rather flattened, tapering at both ends, and, not including posterior spiracular processes, is nearly three times as long as broad. Surface dark brown, granular. There is a conspicuous thornlike process on each lateral margin of each abdominal segment. The posterior spiracles are on tapering divergent processes, each of which is nearly half as long as the maximum breadth of the puparium. There are no stalks to the anterior spiracles. Periscelis occidentalis, new species Male. Antennae yellow, brownish dorsally. Frons dark brown, subshining. Face pale yellowish, brown below centrally; entire oral margin silvery white. Mesonotum, scutellum, and humeri sub- shining black. Pleurae brown. Legs pale yellow, two dark brown annular bands on each femur and each tibia. Wing with rather in- distinct broad median darkened area (including anterior crossvein, most of first vein, basal section of third vein, and two basal sections of fourth), and a dark tip. Abdomen black, subshining. Arista with about 5 rather short branches above, 3 below. No differentiated vibrissae. Face in profile concave above oral margin, with a hump below antennal insertions. Eyes oblique. Frons about three-fifths width of head, as seen from above. Postverticals strong, divergent. Two pairs of dorsocentrals, both postsutural. Acrostichal hairs rather sparse, not in distinct rows. Scutellum with four mar- ginal bristles, anterior pair about half length of posterior ones. One humeral, two notopleurals. Mesopleura bare. No preapical tibial bristles. First vein ends near middle of wing. Auxiliary vein rudimentary, does not bend anteriorly at apex. Posterior crossvein present but very faint. Second vein strongly curved posteriorly in distal section. Discal and second basal cells separated. Anal crossvein faint. Costal index about 6, fourth vein index about 3. Costa reaches only to apex of third vein. Length, 2% mm., wing, 2mm. Type from Cottonwood Springs (near Mecca, Riverside County), Calif., May 1939 (USNM 61473). Sixteen paratypes from Cotton- wood Springs, Pasadena (M. R. Wheeler), and Lancaster, Calif., Prescott, Ariz. (M. R. Wheeler), and Mogollon, N. Mex. (M. R. Wheeler). Dr. Wheeler states that he also has collected this species at Peshashtin, Wash., Patagonia, Ariz., and Fort Davis, Tex. NEARCTIC PERISCELIDAE—STURTEVANT 555 Exotic Periscelidae Two current keys to the genera of Periscelidae are confused; the key for the North American forms given by Curran (1934, p. 323), and the key for the genera of the world by Malloch (1932, p. 266). My own familiarity with exotic forms is limited to a single damaged specimen from Colombia in the collection of Cornell University. However, this specimen roused my suspicions of the validity of one of the major characters used in these keys. As a result, at my request C. W. Sabrosky has kindly examined the type specimens of Marbenia peculiaris Malloch, Neoscutops rotundipennis Malloch, Scutops fasci- pennis Coquillett, and S. maculipennis Malloch (all USNM) and re- ports that in all these the costa reaches only to the third vein. This is the case also with Periscelis (contrary to Curran’s key), which means that the first separation given by him is nonexistent if Cyamops is removed from the family. A further conclusion then be- comes evident: Panamenia Curran is a synonym of Scutops Coquillett, and P. chapman is doubtfully distinct from S. fascipennis Coquillett. The above-mentioned specimen from Colombia is also a Scutops, prob- ably best referred to S. fascipennis, though the wing pattern is slightly different. The account by Malloch (1932) is confused in that he says he had not seen the European Microperiscelis (Myodris), whereas the genotype is annulata, with which he was familiar. I think it was Periscelis that he had not seen. As indicated above, I do not think that Myodris is valid. The first separation in Malloch’s key is based on the anterior curvature of the auxiliary vein, and he places Scutops in the section without such curvature, which is contrary to the notes of Melander (1913a, p. 167) on the type specimen of S. fascipennis, the genotype. It may also be noted that utilization of this character makes Periscelis occidentalis, on Malloch’s key, run to the neighborhood of Marbenia, a genus that seems to me doubtfully distinct from Periscelis, though I am not prepared to insist on the point without seeing Marbenia. In view of the above it seems desirable to present a revised key to the genera of the world, even though I have seen only two of the five. Key to the genera of Periscelidae of the world (Modified from Malloch, 1932) Pee heirs Over entire surface! f! sow Slee eet. ee e--- 2 Paes mare intcencral area. 2h VLU) 90) 10 OMT OD OOOO. 8. 3 eves Of Conspicuous stalks_.__- 927°. ae Diopsosoma Malloch Pye not on stalks). p: oo. selene ete ee dees Neoscutops Malloch 3. Face conspicuously flattened, more or less shield-shaped, and extending forward OSES CREO Pec) ee Oe a a ne eer Scutops Coquillett Face without a projecting shield-shaped area___-_-_-------------------- 4 556 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 103 4. Face with two conspicuous transverse furrows-___-------- Marbenia Malloch Face not with two conspicuous transverse furrows__-------- Periscelis Loew List of the described Periscelidae of the world (Valid genera are in boldface. Synonyms are in italic. The first species listed under each genus is the genotype) Cyamops Melander, 1913b, p. 291. To Anthomyzidae. Diopsosoma Malloch, 1932, p. 267. D. prima Malloch, 1932, p. 267. Pert. Marbenia Malloch, 1931. p. 31. M. peculiaris Malloch, 1931, p. 32. Panamé. Meronychia Enderlein, 1917. Lapsus for Meronychina. Meronychina Enderlein, 1914, p. 327. Synonym of Periscelis. Microperiscelis Oldenberg, 1914, p. 39. Synonym of Periscelis. Myodris Lioy, 1864, p. 1103. Synonym of Periscelis. Neoscutops Malloch, 1926, p. 25. N. rotundipennis Malloch, 1926, p. 25. Costa Rica. Panamenia Curran, 1934, p. 323. Synonym of Scutops. Periscelis Loew, 1858, p. 118. Synonyms: Meronychina, Microperiscelis, Phorti- coides, Sphyroperiscelis, Myodris. P. annulipes Loew, 1858, p. 113. Europe. P. annulata (Fallén), 1813. (Notiphila.) Europe, United States. Myodris annulata Lioy, 1864, p. 1103. Microperiscelis annulata Oldenberg, 1914, p. 39. Meronychina annulata Enderlein, 1914, p. 327. Phorticoides flinti Malloch, 1915, p. 87. P. nebulosa Hendel, 1913, p. 389. Argentina. P. occidentalis, new species. Western United States. P. wheeleri (Sturtevant), 1923, p. 2. (Sphyroperiscelis.) United States. P. winnertzi Egger, 1862. Europe. Microperiscelis winnertzi Oldenberg, 1914, p. 39. Phorticoides Malloch, 1915, p. 87. Synonym of Periscelis. Podocera Czerny, 1929, p. 98. To Anthomyzidae. Scutops Coquillett, 1904, p. 97. Synonym: Panamenia. S. fascipennis Coquillett, 1904, p. 97. Central America. S. chapmani (Curran), 1934, p. 323 (=fascipennis Coquillett?). (Panamenia.) Panama. S. maculipennis Malloch, 1926, p. 24. México. Sphyroperiscelis Sturtevant, 1923, p. 1. Synonym of Periscelis. Family ANTHOMYZIDAE Since Cyamops Melander and Podocera Czerny, formerly referred to the Periscelidae, are being put in this family, an account of the Nearctic genera is presented. The following definition of the family is based largely on that of Collin (1944). Third antennal segment making nearly a right angle with the second; at least one reclinate orbital bristle; postverticals small and convergent, or absent; vibrissae present; no presutural dorsocentrals; mesopleura and disc of scutellum bare; first vein short, not over one- third length of wing; auxiliary faint apically, ending in costa just basal NEARCTIC PERISCELIDAE—STURTEVANT 557 to first vein; distal costal break represented at least by a definite weakening; tibiae without preapicals. The antennal structure suggests that of the Periscelidae, but that family is easily distinguished from the Anthomyzidae by its long first vein; complete absence of distal costal break; divergent postverticals. The members of this family are sometimes treated as belonging to the Opomyzidae, which differ in having presutural dorsocentrals, hairy mesopleura, divergent postverticals, and no true vibrissae. The only Nearctic genus of Opomyzidae known to me is Geomyza, which has a large oral bristle that might be considered a vibrissa were it not situated some distance behind the anterior end of the row of oral hairs. The remaining genera listed by Curran (1934) under this family and not included in the key below make up the family Tethini- dae. (See Melander, 1951, p. 187.) Key to the Nearctic genera of Anthomyzidae 1. Upper occiput convex; posterior margin of wing usually absent, making wing CLL sinh a1) pM pg ipl gc lg ihr Se a2 eo 1 Mutiloptera Coquillett Upper occiput concave; wing complete except sometimes with reduced anal EEC SSS Se SR A nc ves i ey ad SS Sy car ENR 2 2. Postverticals small; 2 or 3 reclinate orbitals_—__.2././.-_.....---.------ 3 Postverticals absent; usually only one conspicuous reclinate orbital; proclinate OLolvelsepresent OF sbsent. 4-20 .- ck s- ee eee eee Dee hate Se rage ere oem 4 3. Second vein sinuate; marginal cell at level of posterior crossvein less than Bae win OF SUbMArEINAIL. - 20" (Fo e6 sn ketene ye Ischnomyia Loew Second vein greatly curved; marginal cell at level of posterior crossvein more pian ale width of submarginal —- 2222-22222 2.2 te Anthomyza Fallén 4. Yellow species; anal angle of wing rudimentary ___-_-___ Stenomicra Coquillett avkiso ‘anal angle well:developed .. o 211-222 222. S222 S282 Yee. SIU 5 5. Arista pubescent or short-plumose (branches not longer than length of third antennal segment); no comb of short spines on first femur; no proclinate SEND ee ee eee eens er er ee Mumetopia Melander Arista long plumose (branches longer than length of third antennal segment); a comb of short, close-set spines on distal inner flexor surface of first femur; aiprochnatelorbitallih. 2th 28) 220054 ab BOLa ie: Be 1 2 Cyamops Melander I have not seen Mutiloptera, which is perhaps an opomyzid. Of the other genera, the above key is based on examination of the indi- cated number of species (some Neotropical or Palearctic) of the follow- ing genera: [schnomyia, 2; Anthomyza, 6; Stenomicra, 1; Mumetopia, 3; Cyamops, 2. Genus Cyamops Melander, 1913 Brues and Melander (1932) and Curran (1934) included Cyamops in the Periscelidae. This genus was described as a “geomyzid,’’ and seems to me best placed in the Anthomyzidae, close to Mumetopia. In the keys in both the above works the Periscelidae are separated from the Anthomyzidae (treated as part of the Opomyzidae by 558 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 108 Curran) by the absence, in the former, of a break in the costa just before the apex of the first vein. In Cyamops there is no actual break here, but there is a definite weakening of the vein, differing, so far as I can see, in no way from that found in Mumetoyna. I have examined the internal female genitalia in Cyamops nebulosa Melander. There are three chitinized spherical spermathecae, of which two are attached to a common duct. The two spirally thick- ened ducts open into a large weakly chitinized pouch that arises from the dorsal surface of the uterus, thus somewhat suggesting the single common duct found in Periscelis. ‘There are two parovaria; no sperm or ventral receptacle was found. The other known Anthomyzidae (Anthomyza, Ischnomyia, and Mumetopia) differ in having only two spermathecae and no dorsal uterine pouch. The eggs of C. nebulosa are also unusual in that they have two short, thick, anterodorsal filaments suggestive of those found in Drosophila or Parallelomma. The eggs are white rather than dark blackish brown as in Periscelis. Since the genus may be looked for under the Periscelidae, and since I have available a new species and new data on the one previously described species, a synopsis is given here. Key to the species of Cyamops 1. First tibiae and tarsi yellow, darkened only on terminal tarsal segment; second section of costa at least twice length of third section; two pairs of scutellar [Ou Nts 1) CGY erat a tM Ng ty li Me A ae etsy og C. nebulosa Melander First tibiae and tarsi largely black; second and third costal sections nearly equal in length; one pair of scutellar bristles__-__-_- C. imitata, new species Cyamops nebulosa Melander, 1913 I have examined 43 specimens from Middleboro, Rochester, Mashpee, and Woods Hole, Mass., and Dismal Swamp (Cornell University collection) and Lake Drummond (H. S. Barber), Va. Specimens from Woods Hole (the type locality) are in the U. S. National Museum. The species is recorded by Johnson (1925) from Salisbury Cove, Maine, and Woburn, Mass. Mr. Sabrosky informs me that there are specimens in the U. 8S. National Museum from Beltsville and from near Lloyds (Dorchester County), Md., Alex- andria, Va. (bred May 20, 1951, from pupae collected by W. W. Wirth in osmundine bog), La Fayette, Ind., and Jacksonville, Fla. The original description was based on a male; the female differs in having a distinctly broader face. In eastern Massachusetts I have found the species easy to collect from June to the end of August by sweeping around the edges of shady sphagnum bogs. Of the 40 specimens so collected in this region, 16 (of both sexes) have no dark pattern on the wings. I had supposed these represented a distinct species, since their body color NEARCTIC PERISCELIDAE—STURTEVANT 559 is not consistent with the hypothesis that they are teneral. However, through the kindness of Mr. Sabrosky I have seen a mated pair collected at Lake Drummond, Va. (H. S. Barber, June 8-11, 1905), in which the male has the typical pattern of wing clouds while the female has hyaline wings. It seems likely that we are concerned here with dimorphism of a single species, rather than with two species. Mr. Sabrosky reports that the other specimens listed above in the U.S. National Museum collection all have the typical wing pattern. C. nebulosa is variable in color. In some specimens the legs are wholly yellow, except that the terminal segments of all tarsi are darkened. In others there is more or less darkening of the apical portions of the second and third femora, which in some cases are as dark as in the single specimen of imitata. The leg color is not corre- lated with the clouding of the wings, and is less easily used for a sharp classification into distinct groups of individuals, since intermediates occur. Cyamops imitata, new species Female. Subshining black. Orbits silvery; antennae brownish. Legs, including coxae, yellow except brown to black first tibiae and tarsi, apical halves of second and third femora, and apices of second and third tarsi. Palpi and proboscis yellow. Knob of haltere white. Wing clouded, with a hyaline anterior border that includes costal and marginal cells and anterior half of submarginal, except that the apical portion of the latter is wholly clouded distal to a point midway between the ends of second and third veins. Arista with 8 or 9 long dorsal branches and 2 or 3 distal ventral ones; the 6 or 7 proximal dorsal branches are themselves bifid beyond their middle. One vibrissa; posterior to it are two downward-pointing, long bristles. Clypeus evident, small. A large proclinate orbital and a smaller reclinate one; no ocellars or postverticals; a single (divergent) vertical. Face narrowed by the eyes below the antennae. A single posterior dorsocentral; hairs on mesonotum sparse, not in regular rows; one supra-alar; one post-alar; no humerals; two noto- pleurals; mesopleura bare; one conspicuous sternopleural; a single (apical) pair of convergent scutellars; no preapicals on tibiae; a long apical on third tibia. Abdomen flattened. Second and third costal sections nearly equal; last section fourth vein about 2.3 times penultimate section. Third and fourth veins distinctly divergent apically. A conspicuous, erect bristle arising from costa near its base. Length, 2.5 mm. Type (USNM 61474) collected at La Fayette, Ind., July 6, 1915 (J. M. Aldrich). 560 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 108 Genus Stenomicra Coquillett, 1900 This genus was described as a drosophilid, and is still sometimes referred to that family. Sturtevant (1923) referred it to the ‘“‘Geo- myzidae,” and Hendel as well as Brues and Melander (1932) put it in the Asteidae, a reference not favored by Sabrosky (1943). Czerny (1929) described Podocera ramifera, from Ceylon, as a periscelid. Hendel and Malloch both point out that Podocera is a synonym of Stenomicra and that it should not be placed in the Periscelidae. Finally, the British and Fijian genus Diadelops Collin (1944, 1951) is evidently a synonym of Stenomicra. Collin places this genus in the Anthomyzidae, near Anagnota, a disposition that seems appropriate for Stenomicra. Stenomicra was overlooked by Curran (1934). Malloch (1927) has presented a key to the species of the world, of which Stenomicra angustata Coquillett is the only known American one. Stenomicra angustata Coquillett, 1900 Coquillett (1900) recorded this species from Puerto Rico, and Sturtevant (1923) added localities in Pennsylvania, Florida, Alabama, and Louisiana. I have since seen four specimens collected by Dr. H. D. Stalker at Creve Coeur, Mo., about the reedy shores of a fresh-water pond (July 15, 1951). References Bruss, C. T., and MELANDER, A. L. 1932. Classification of insects. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 73, 672 pp. Coun, J. E. 1944. The British species of Anthomyzidae (Diptera). Ent. Monthly Mag., vol. 80, pp. 265-272. 1951. A new species of Diadelops Collin (Diptera: Anthomyzidae) from Fiji. Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc. London, Ser. B, vol. 20, pts. 3-4, pp. 47-48. CoquiL.LeTt, D. W. 1900. Report on a collection of dipterous insects from Puerto Rico. Proce. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 22, pp. 249-270. 1904. New Diptera from Central America. Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington, vol. 6, No. 2, pp. 90-98. Curran, C. H. 1934. The families and genera of North American Diptera, 512 pp. Czrerny, A. L. 1929. Podocera ramifera, eine neue Gattung und Art der Perisceliden von Ceylon. Konowia, vol. 8, pt. 1, pp. 93-94. EaGGErR, JOHANN 1862. Dipterologische Beitrage. Verh. Zool.-Bot. Ges. Wien, vol. 12, pt. 3, pp. 777-784. NEARCTIC PERISCELIDAE—STURTEVANT 561 ENDERLEIN, GUNTHER 1914. Diptera, Fliegen, Zweifliigler, in Brohmer, Fauna von Deutschland, pp. 313-368. 1917. Dipterologische Studien. XVI. Dipterologische Notizen. Zool. Anz., vol. 49, Nos. 3-4, pp. 65-72. Fautén, Cart F. 1813. Berskrifning 6fver nagra i sverige fume vattenflugor. Svenska Ve- tensk. Akad. Handl., vol. 34, pp. 240-257. HENDEL, F. 1913. Neue Drosophiliden aus Siidamerika und Neuguinea (Dipt.). Ent. Mitt., vol. 2, pp. 386-390. JOHNSON, CHARLES W. 1925. Fauna of New England. 15. List of the Diptera or two-winged flies. Occas. Papers Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 7, 326 pp. Lioy, PaoLo 1864. I Ditteri . . . , Atti Ist. Venuto, vol. 9, ser. 3, pp. 1087-1126. Lorw, H. 1858. Ueber einige neue Fliegengattungen. Berliner Ent. Zeitschr., vol. 2, pp. 101-122. Mattocg, J. R. 1915. An undescribed sapromyzid (Diptera). Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc., vol. 10, No. 4, pp. 86-88. 1926. New genera and species of acalyptrate flies in the United States National Museum. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 68, art. 21, 30 pp. 1927. The species of the genus Stenomicra Coquillet (Diptera, Acalyptrata). Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 9, vol. 20, pp. 23-26. 1931. Notes on some acalyptrate flies in the United States National Museum Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 78, art. 15, 32 pp. 1932. A new genus of diopsid-like Diptera (Periscelidae). Stylops, vol. 1, pt. 12, pp. 266-268. MELANDER, A. L. 1913a. Some acalyptrate Muscidae. Psyche, vol. 20, pp. 166-169. 1913b. A synopsis of the dipterous groups Agromyzinae, Milichiinae, Ochthi- philinae and Geomyzinae. Journ. New York Ent. Soc., vol. 21, No. 4, pp. 283-300. 1951. The North American species of Tethinidae (Diptera). Journ. New York Ent. Soc., vol. 59, No. 4, pp. 187-212. OLDENBERG, LORENZ 1914. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der europiischen Drosophiliden (Dipt.). Arch. Naturg., vol. 80A, pt. 2, pp. 1-42. Sasprosky, C. W. 1943. New genera and species of Asteiidae (Diptera), with a review of the family in the Americas. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., vol. 36, No. 3, pp. 501-514. Sturtevant, A. H. 1923. New species and notes on synonymy and distribution of Muscidae Acalypteratae. Amer. Mus. Nov., vol. 76, 12 pp. 1926. The seminal receptacles and accessory glands of the Diptera with special reference to the Acalypterae. Journ. New York Ent. Soc., vol. 34, No. 1, pp. 1-21. U. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: {954 Lavapnid mer Nueharteiere f. onrtigg: “estore A108 basal oatracl mov ae peonies fat ins Bly “ome nny x pS heap ie fap: waskitoX | ododigotokotgi Gl | TW tothe ato mie riod ate Hremleh Ri < a Ia PR er mh a ip \ } Ao : p 4 i ‘ eae “VV éitecove . Sai ont saltove i B13 a “wah be ao 7 Py BORE at St tHE DEL ah panu OM Wahis ; i wer if aa tanh cGaaieh aati atta btastotaba wie nebitidqbeanG Wie ieee wi ys BAe kod’ Pitten es a Aid &, Beet ae eee beynts-cwd 10 oi silt, to jel at" basket ot ot eget low’ tet tt BOF ote! sriga't t aay * ‘ Ww “neh eo “ae ee Qjev (oii Vi rina | ae ara ake é | vt Tr vise &, ern “adoenioS ‘anh aicihsoE manuabtengeait™ anion aytitia: tadalJ yy $2)~10 aa We re) bre need et aylloortt Siccesllchitmitd ise: rire ae badtaesbess he bs me we eet, Ot, ay et woitet 2 Bota axl? ni " olatiq aoe te esioqe bee aeneg, We cad O€ TS Wa Be doy Si sbi A soe "ide tino 4, lad rel abhi} Hille poD oeiwonale, aie ae Wo be Pee tha} ff Quge ON joy iQ aed Litho selene Be fre mara fnnbitale antes botial od! at esift olatiqylaos omox 20 2otor t joy $8 (GL 31 BY lov peo el 2 sore fi fov 2aolwia .lsehiloaieD) arsieihAsihGeol Ww ena wont i cs mre COS OGL cer SL dey RD GOL ey OS Yor adoyat “‘pabiieoM Shetty elas i108 i) Rte alidoili peal’ teoTsh aque sors igi, ailt te » segues Ielor (508 tad cya way LUO Seley ate WD bid ha — PEE GRE ey owt wat .ttiol Aiea oebigitiel” 61 Pe aye VE obra fie by RISetlad boon ba by Ade dae 7 P x ave: tat | agithy tab fttitqonow 5 Bot eniigotia. tah siateaayl tes ae me iO “RE f - bee her A0R fox med, tod att lo Wol¥ot's Htiiw’ ners ait oabitat® uf hs inioringa baa wanes #e i, gq 2 oft aS ov WiGinA 068 od ook .eaotrumA ody af altese 3 orca 2a ae ane Mi to doiindintelb baa yercnodya no aon ban axiooge war . “aq Sb at lov" 20% put 4 ened, aatirsia aad» disioe aroagiGl adit le haat Yiodedonn bid sofomdgsoss lndierss oT | wOGe at Avot woh cesta Setoiqlno h ott} od 9: (Pic eee a: ; i ete anh Att ad of Aig fats Lie LIT RIDE , Poker rTa NOOR RATING Te, TIO a, oe PROCEEDINGS OF THE UNITED STATES .NATIONAL MUSEUM We AsTHSON Oe US SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM Vol. 103 Washington: 1954 No. 3333 NORTH AMERICAN TRICLAD TURBELLARIA, XIII: THREE NEW CAVE PLANARIANS By Lissir H. Hyman Previously (Hyman, 1937, 1939, 1945) I have described a total of 11 species of planarians from the waters of North American caves. Comment was made in these articles on the extensive speciation ex- hibited by the cave planarians of the United States. It was pointed out that every locality appears to have a different species of cave planarian and that the investigation of caves in new localities in- evitably reveals new species of these animals. The present report is based on collections from caves in three new localities and each lo- eality is again found to harbor a new and different species of cave planarian. As generic and familial definitions have been presented in my previous articles on cave planarians, it appears unnecessary to repeat them here. Family PLANARIIDAE Phagocata cavernicola, new species Figure 65,a-c Material.—Five specimens sent by the U. S. National Museum (USNM). Form.—Small, slender, elongate (fig. 65, a), around 7 to 8 mm. long, probably up to 10 mm. in length; anterior end appears slightly rounded as in figure 65,a in some of the specimens, truncate or slightly in- dented in others (fig. 65, 6). Color.—White in life, according to the collector, but turns brown on preservation. ) 290841—54 563 564. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM vot. 103 Eyes.—Typically two, but two of the five specimens show super- numerary eyes as in figure 65, a, 6; possibly this indicates a breakdown of the eyes in relation tothe cave habitat. General structure—The histological condition of the specimens is poor and it is impossible to furnish details of the structure. The pharynx appears somewhat long for the size of the animal (fig. 65, a). In the median line of the head anterior to the eyes a light streak was noticeable on the whole animals (fig. 65, a) but one of the heads was sectioned sagittally and, although its histological condition is bad, it appears certain that the midregion does not differ histologically from the rest of the head. The body margins do not present any enlarged rhabdites. Reproductive system.—Testes evident in the worms when whole and extend in lateral regions from the level of about the fourth intestinal diverticulum to the level of the gonopore (fig. 65, a). Transverse and sagittal sections show that the testes are situated ventrally. A sagittal view of the copulatory apparatus, constructed from two sets of sagittal sections, is shown in figure 65, c. The sperm ducts, ascending from below into the slightly developed penis bulb, enter separately the bulbar cavity. This is an oval cavity that makes a right-angled bend and continues through the penis papilla as the ejaculatory duct. The penis papilla has a short truncate form, and is noticeably lacking in muscularity. It is also asymmetrical, very decidedly so in one of the sagittal series; its dorsal wall is longer than the ventral wall. The penis papilla lies in a well-developed male antrum that narrows towards the common gonopore. Juxst before joining the vagina, the male antrum receives the common ovovitelline duct into its dorsal wall. The female canal shows an unusual degree of separation from the male antrum. ‘There is, in fact, no develop- ment of a female antrum or common antrum as the vagina joins the male antrum almost at the gonopore. The vagina or terminal part of the female canal is somewhat expanded and lined by a very tall epithelium. The vagina is continuous with the bursal canal of which it is really the terminal portion. The bursal canal as usual is a narrow ExpLaNaTION OF FIGURES 1, eyes 15, cavity of adhesive organ 2, intestinal diverticula 16, eosinophilous lining of adhesive organ 3, testes 17, retractor muscle of adhesive organ 4, pharynx 18, adhesive organ 5, sperm ducts 19, ovaries 6, penis bulb 20, margin of large rhabdites 7, penis papilla 21, adhesive tail region 8, ejaculatory duct 22, eosinophilous gland cells 9, male antrum 23, protractor muscle 10, vagina 24, gland areas of male apparatus 11, copulatory bursa 25, female antrum 12, bursal canal 26, common antrum 13, entrance of ovovitelline duct 27, common gonopore 14, bulbar cavity : THREE NEW CAVE PLANARIANS—HYMAN 565 i 1 ; ° 4 as g ‘ 5 é WEF = >. oy o ieee ne Sis * w~ . we rode we ‘ « ~/ TE We eesn a = = af ey. aes 1.) gD @ re@. oe Oa i OS) “ é ee ( i * 6 ox ae a XS SS =, - bats ‘ ats CSS SS . Bn iy a see fo as a 3 ots oe, Pckeal tec a tae : Ficure 65.—a, General view of Phagocata cavernicola; b, anterior end of another specimen of P. cavernicola, showing supernumerary eyes; c, sagittal view of the copulatory apparatus of P. cavernicola, posterior end above; d, sagittal section of the adhesive organ of Sphal- loplana georgiana. (For explanation see facing page.) 566 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 108 duct passing anteriorly above the male apparatus and terminating in a rather small sac, the copulatory bursa, situated immediately anterior to the penis bulb, between this and the posterior end of the pharyn- geal chamber (fig. 65, c). The entire female copulatory apparatus (copulatory bursa, bursal canal, and vagina) is but slightly provided with musculature. Differential diagnosis—-This species differs from other North American species of Phagocata in the asymmetrical penis papilla, expansion of the terminal part of the bursal canal into a vagina, lack of a female antrum, and sharp separation of the vagina from the male antrum. Locality.—Collected by R. C. Hoffmaster in 1949 and again on Jan. 19, 1951, in Evac Cave near Hillside, Pa. An additional small specimen from Conodoguinet Cave in the same region, also collected in 1949, is presumably the same species although this could not be determined with certainty, as the specimen is immature. Holotype——One whole mount deposited in the U. S. National Museum (USNM 24610); also set of transverse sections (4 slides) and set of sagittal sections (8 slides) in this institution. Remarks.—The occurrence of eyes in a cave planarian is always unexpected but eyes are present in two other North American cave planarians, namely, Phagocata subterranea Hyman, 1937, and Soro- celis americana Hyman, 1939b. Thus both of our cave planarians that belong to the genus Phagocata have retained their eyes and this may indicate only a moderate degree of adaptation of this genus to the cave habitat. It is to be noted, further, that there are white epigean species of Phagocata in the United States, so the absence of pigment in the cave species of this genus cannot be regarded as adaptive. Sorocelis americana often occurs in epigean habitats, so its retention of eyes is not surprising. Family KENKIIDAE Sphalloplana georgiana, new species Fiauress 65,d; 66,6; 67,a Material.—Four specimens presented by C. E. Mohr. Form.—Elongated, slender but less so than the preceding species; narrowed anteriorly with truncate anterior margin bearing a central adhesive organ (fig. 66, 6); posterior end bluntly pointed; about 8 mm. long. Color.—White. Eyes.—W anting. General structure—The histological condition of the specimens, three of which were sectioned, is very bad. The pharynx appears relatively small compared to its size in the preceding species. The digestive diverticula are exceedingly numerous and narrow as indi- Ficure 66.—a, ae VETS General view of Speophila hoffmasteri; b, general view of Sphalloplana georgiana. (For explanation see page 564.) 568 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 108 cated in figure 66,b. In the case of white planarians with truncate anterior margin, it is necessary to examine transverse sections of the pharynx to determine the family. Such sections were prepared but because of their bad histological condition I was left in some uncer- tainty on this point. As far as I can make out, however, the arrange- ment of the inner pharynx musculature corresponds to the family Kenkiidae but the possibility remains that the animal might belong to the Dendrocoelidae, which it much resembles externally. The body margins are provided with enlarged rhabdites as characteristic of cave planarians. Adheswe organ.—An adhesive organ is found in the center of the anterior margin in all members of the family Kenkiidae and also frequently in members of the Dendrocoelidae. Sagittal sections of the anterior end of Sphalloplana georgiana showed a rather simply corstructed adhesive organ as characteristic of the genus. This region of the specimens proved to be in better histological condition than the rest of the body. A sagittal view of the adhesive organ is given in figure 65,d. There is a small cuplike depression at the margins of which the regular covering epidermis ceases rather abruptly, being replaced by a noncellular margin dotted with eosinophilous secretion. From the inner surface of the cup longitudinal retractor muscles proceed posteriorly and curve ventrally to join the regular ventral subepidermal musculature. The eosinophilous glands, which presumably provide the eosinophilous secretion, could not be found in the available material. Reproductive system.—The testes could not be seen in any of the animals when whole but were discovered in sections in a poor condi- tion in two rather short, lateral bands immediately anterior to the pharynx and have been inserted in figure 66,6. As far as could be ascertained, they do not extend anteriorly as far as is usually the case in planarians. The testes are small and situated ventrally. The ovaries were not discernible in the sections. The copulatory appa- ratus is situated well behind the pharynx as shown in figure 66,0. It was in bad condition in both of two sets of sagittal sections pre- pared, but a sagittal view, given in figure 67,a, has been pieced to- gether by study of these sections. There is a well-developed, rounded, and highly muscular penis bulb that was conspicuous in the whole animals (fig. 66, 6) but less evident in sections. The sperm ducts, ascending from below, pass separately through the penis bulb and open into the sides of the rounded bulbar cavity, occupying the cen- ter of the bulb (fig. 67, a). The bulbar cavity continues as a rather wide ejaculatory duct through the conical penis papilla to the tip of the latter. The penis papilla is somewhat muscular and clothed with a tall epithelium. It lies in a spacious male antrum, into the dorsal wall of which there opens the common ovovitelline duct surrounded 569 THREE NEW CAVE PLANARIANS—-HYMAN ax IES ‘ wae ooo, ie -. SS ise) rou — Ay AZOAN Ti siiwy SOS Wf PYMENWATAY eet the? "Yh Som “Ge fF D Sagittal view of the copulatory apparatus of Sphalloplana georgiana, anterior —4, Ficure 67 sagittal section of the adhesive organ of Speophila hoffmastert. (For explana- tion see page 564.) b, ° ? end above 570 PROCEEDINGS: ‘OF. THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 108 by eosimophilous glands. The copulatory bursa could not be found on any of the available sections but its slender canal was more or less in evidence, passing dorsal to the male apparatus. This curves downward and enters the dorsal posterior angle of the greatly ex- panded female antrum, which exits below by the common gonopore and receives the male antrum into its anterior wall. The walls of the female antrum are greatly thickened, especially dorsally. This thickening consists mainly of muscle fibers, chiefly circular, but the thick dorsal wall seems to contain, next to the lining epithelium, a glandular layer through which ual fibers pass. Differential diagnosis.—Sphalloplana georgiana differs from other species of the genus in the greatly expanded female antrum with thick walls, presumably serving as a vagina. Locality.—Collected by C. E. Mohr in Waterfall Cave, Trenton, Ga., Dec. 8, 1950. Holotype.—The best of the specimens has been mounted whole as a holotype and deposited in the U. S. National Museum (USNM 24614). However, as the anterior margin of this specimen appears damaged, a whole mount of the anterior part of another specimen showing the adhesive organ is also deposited. Speophila hoffmasteri, new species FIGURES 66,a; 67,b; 68 Material—Two specimens sent by the U. S. National Museum and one specimen presented by Leslie Hubricht. Form.—Size moderate, around 11 mm. in length, plump, narrowed at the ends; anterior margin rounded with an adhesive organ (fig. 66, a). Color.—White. Eyes.—Wanting. General structure.—The histological condition of the worms is fair. The pharynx appears very short for the length of the specimens (fig. 66,a) but may be contracted. The intestinal diverticula were not clearly evident on the whole mount. The body margin is provided with a thick zone of enlarged rhabdites and this widens considerably on the tail end, which therefore must be highly adhesive. Such a wide marginal zone of large rhabdites is characteristic of cave plana- rians of the family Kenkiidae and gives these worms unusual ability to cling to‘ objects. Adhesive organ.—At the anterior margin there is a conspicuous and well-developed adhesive organ of the type characteristic of the genus. It is shown in surface view in figure 66,a, and in sagittal section in figure 67,6. The surface epithelium stops as usual at the lips of the organ which is lined throughout with an indefinite layer filled with 571 THREE NEW CAVE PLANARIANS-~HYMAN re 2D) FEZZL > —=S WwW We NS sl ee i < > eg Aes = s e oH) SLSR ny ] 7 = > ro 0 = ‘ ST SUURRUATTINEHEEEEES cca ae aS? ; j Ww a eee : = LITT ee ee er a (LE ee ee WN - He wes 228 2 oie Be oe: 00 fat) ily | il Gil ( = ee Ficure 68.—Sagittal view of the copulatory apparatus of Speophila hoff masieri, anterior (For explanation see page 564.) end above. 572 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 108 eosinophilous granulations. The organ has the form of a long tubular gland whose lumen is filled with eosinophilous secretion. At about the middle of the gland are found lateral outpocketings, and from this point posteriorly there are seen to either side of the gland the long-necked eosinophilous glands that furnish the secretion. They appear as darkly stained pyriform bodies. At the posterior end of the gland a retractor muscle extends posteriorly, joining the muscle layer of the ventral body wall, and a thicker and more prominent protractor muscle curves dorsally and anteriorly to insert on the dorsal body wall. The presence of a protractor muscle indicates that the gland can be everted to some extent, probably as far as the lateral pouches. The eosinophilous secretion is of an adhesive nature and it is generally supposed that the adhesive organ functions in the capture of prey as well as in leechlike crawling. Reproductive system.—The gonads could not be seen in whole speci- mens but were found in the sections and have been entered on figure 66,a. The pair of ovaries occurs in the usual site. The testes form a tract on either side anterior to the pharynx. They are rather large and fill the middle region of the sections. The copulatory apparatus was in poor condition in both sets of sagittal sections that were pre- pared. The copulatory bursa was made out with great difficulty and the dorsal wall above the vagina was badly broken in both series. A sagittal view of the copulatory apparatus as constructed by study of the two series of sections is given in figure 68. The penis is a con- spicuous object behind the pharynx in the whole worm (fig. 66,a) but as the penis bulb appears somewhat curved its full extent is not evident in any one section. There seems to be an unusually large and muscular penis bulb formed of muscle fibers paralleling its contours and penetrated by the two narrow sperm ducts (fig. 68). At the base of the penis papilla these join to a narrow ejaculatory duct that soon widens as it traverses the penis papilla, narrowing again towards the tip of the latter. The penis papilla is of elongated conical form and rather muscular. It presents the peculiarity of a layer of cyanophilous gland cells outside the lining epithelium of the ejaculatory duct along the distal part of the latter. The penis bulb lies within a male antrum that follows its contours. As already indicated, the female apparatus was in poor condition in the available material. The copulatory bursa was much damaged but appeared as indicated in figure 68 as a flattened sac with a low epithelial lining in its anterior half, a tall lining posteriorly where the bursa passes into its canal. The latter is a long, slender duct proceeding posteriorly above the male antrum. After reaching a point behind the level of the gonopore, the bursal canal turns abruptly ventrally and enters a conspicuous, rounded vagina that was very evident in the whole specimens (fig. 66,q). THREE NEW CAVE PLANARIANS—HYMAN 573 The vagina is lined by a very tall epithelium and this is surrounded by a wide halo of what seems to be mesenchyme traversed by radial muscles. Distally the vagina narrows to a short tube that joins the male antrum, forming a very small common antrum that opens below by the common gonopore. The entrance of the ovovitelline duct into the copulatory apparatus could not be found but presumably this duct opens into the roof of the male antrum. In the posterior wall of the male antrum is found an area of cyanophilous glands similar to those surrounding the ejaculatory duct in the penis papilla. Differential diagnosis.—Speophila hoffmasteri is distinguished from the other known species of the gerus by the round, thick-walled vagina and the layer of gland tissue in the penis papilla and wall of the male antrum. Locality.—Collected by R. E. Hoffmaster in Blowing Cave, Pendle- ton County, W. Va. (no date), and by Leslie Hubricht in Mystic Cave, Pendleton County, W. Va., May 30, 1952. Holotype-—One whole mount of the better of the Hoffmaster specimens deposited in the U. S. National Museum (USNM 24616); also one set of sagittal sections to show the adhesive organ (5 slides) and one set of sagittal sections of the copulatory region (3 slides) in the same institution. References Hyman, LissprE HENRIETTA 1937. Studies on the morphology, taxonomy, and distribution of North American triclad Turbellaria. VIII. Some cave planarians of the United States. Trans. Amer. Micr. Soc., vol. 56, pp. 457-477, 21 figs. 1939a. New species of flatworms from North, Central, and South America. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 86, pp. 419-439, 5 figs. 1939b. North American triclad Turbellaria. X. Additional species of cave planarians. Trans. Amer. Micr. Soc., vol. 58, pp. 276-284, 9 figs. 1945. North American triclad Turbellaria. XI. New, chiefly cavernicolous, planarians. Amer. Midl. Nat., vol. 34, pp. 475-484, 8 figs. U, 3. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1984 oy lie IM ai Eve AUER ANS eran, saan bo binnerinsn- ei etclg Hane caw ifaditigs sah flict bontil fridsnd yoidiewtanuent ancyiiogineonp, eb sare tgelm, to. ¢ aie enidf) dad? odes) drole et ewotaneaigay, alt ohn wolsd sang oind} oon! ts. eomenag len yer 8 gotrtot a donk. saitintizevo, alt teoomaine -ndT ¢,.210@0eoy - gogH qifamuasnp did Eavolied, tose blno> ai anmgae AL whedzog odjutker.reunee Cam emt todoon, ont de bercala: birddidqoreys 3 HY gots, as Heasoh et athe, Ole niftqaqseisnd skh oh toub raoisionata adi yaibapnosy retevr basleinese salle arian oleden Aen tm mary 2 holfev-alsidi, fewer ads aed ate tog earls Soe aainoga. to aie a Dae plliqacreims - old Af suegit boaly 26 me ve wali ‘ “Wy oa a igtiaitl ii dainactnalt a. st “d baloalioSaam Ste nideeg ni tsioteiul} eifead xd os fotab Qf), fh Ve ant : . SEQ h Oe yas hts iene A Wea SieemTaH 7 io noided odd Aa, BHO ohosker bp »(G8GSS WACEAD ion YY taneiiey. cd, Ub oid ce hiss (nabilec) stare aviesdba ad? wore ost. Bik isa48 Jeatiges, (acbile 3) neiged dia elagao: edi. 39,ematosa intsiae gia DINO ove em in] 7 . | Artiliyl a dsray, Wo spitindtisiaily Diva) owstt omre! , Eaton su) 40 a0 ol; te saphanely ayes, grtor TV .aitligctent Fa in eS if aby. Ge 4 hile - } aes alt sath! atest 7 tale pee ae Sane diwe bim latiaed, «khiehM moe ecrnoxe - 3 nigga anit G 5 OEe- it mii es ny uM af wt Jt 39,30, paloacs iF aussie oa Pein xianT Raloitt uae sHontk } aah © 238 ect BE gy” Jade! 3dikt Shim A eae dada bat aie lositPiayds Te ids ve ae? 1S ealladsn * hatuiaa rigodiqra hm ; ef S(te4-8TS qeeee ie any ie AO com A: acnhegmeiees = i bet ¢ | - M4 iA re ead ist a eM) Te wees 4° rh! ; x U 4 : i, : \? t} 7 +) 7 only wie ole lee Beats diet Tn nate . » BOM eh Gor meading peStictiory abeve. Lhe r « ’ ” iy * COOMER & DOS tobi ties Teal of thes eULOP LE 1G ‘oa hyena Utruidio- wentowlley ind qiaberaan conspuny neR TG UE weet Cer avidin’. tn ile cwrlioin) meena ; e b28t TONG ONTO TSR RARO? 2 PROCEEDINGS OF THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM Vol. 103 Washington: 1954 No. 3334 A SUPPLEMENT TO W. M. TATTERSALL’S REVIEW OF THE MYSIDACEA OF THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM! By AvsBert H. BANNER” In 1942 Dr. Walter M. Tattersall completed the manuscript of his lengthy study of the crustaceans of the order Mysidacea of the U.S. National Museum. This study, more than a simple catalog of speci- mens stored at the museum, was a listing of all species of the order ever reported from the Americas, both North and South, and a review of all literature pertinent to them. Many species were described and depicted, taxonomic confusions were cleared, and 1 new genus and 19 new species were described. This study, as it stands, is the most valuable contribution to the knowledge of the order yet made in America and will be invaluable to every worker, specialist or not, who will need to identify these crus- taceans. However, Dr. Tattersall died on October 1, 1943, before even the initial preparations were made by the U.S. National Museum for the publication of the study. Because of the war-induced delay, the manuscript was not finally published until October 4, 1951. In the intervening eight years several papers on the group appeared, and others, published earlier in Europe during the war, became available for the first time. Some of these contain references to the species discussed by Tattersall, and a few changes in taxonomic status have been introduced. As references to these additional studies were not inserted in the manuscript in the course of editing, the actual date of publication is deceptive. 1Tattersall, Walter M., A Review of the Mysidacea of the United States National Museum. U. 5. Nat. Mus. Bull. 201, x + 292 pp., 103 figs., Oct. 4, 1951. 2 Department of Zoology and Entomology, University of Hawaii, Honolulu, T. H. 290840—54- 575 576 | |. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 108 As author of one of the pertinent papers mentioned above, I was asked by Dr. Fenner A. Chace, Jr., of the U. S. National Museum, and by Mrs. Olive S. Tattersall to prepare this short paper to supply the information needed to bring Dr. Tattersall’s study up to its actual date of publication. I wish to thank Dr. Chace and Mrs. Tattersall for asking me to make this emendation. In preparing these addenda, I hope.also to keep the seeming errors, resulting from the long delay in printing, from reflecting in any way on the excellent reputation of Dr. Tattersall in the eyes of those who may not know the true cause of the omissions, and to keep these omissions from confusing later workers, especially those nonspecialists who may not be in a position to investigate all the literature on the group. : | . No more will be done than to point. out under the various species the additions to the literature pertinent to their taxonomic status or to the American records. Where there may be a question about the taxonomy of any species, it will merely be mentioned but not resolved; finally, any publications issued after the date of publication of Tatter- ‘sall’s work will not be reported. 7 Addenda Page 3. The list of American species should be changed as follows: Baplamily Boreomysinae.. 2-2 +5 - scone a ene = 8 species ‘rine ry chropuitr. 22 Sey 7 iy | eee ee 28 Tribe Mysini..-.....5-.-2.4<:-..... Crm Aa 35 Subfamily! Mysidellinaes !2v- s2ccn- ol} 2t- 2boests-2iee--eRee 1 Page 4. To the fresh-water species of mysids should be added Neomysis mer- cedis, from the west coast of North America (Banner, 1948, pt. IT, Dp. (3). The total of littoral species for the Pacific coast should be raised to 32 and Mysis oculata should be added as a species common to both coasts of North America (see the discussion under that species below). Page 5. In table 1 the number of west coast species of Acanthomysis should be changed to 9. Page 7. To the list of deeper-water species found only off the continental shelf of the Pacific slope should be added Katerythrops sp. and Mysidella americana. tf sien ; To the list of pelagic species common to both the Atlantic and Pacific coasts should be added Boreomysis microps. SUPPLEMENT TO TATTERSALL’S MYSIDACEA—BANNER 577 Page 8. To the list of pelagic species known only from the Pacific side should be added Boreomysis kincaidi, Euchaetomeropsis pacifica, and Caesaro- mysis vanclevei, while Caesaromysis sp. should be substituted for Caesaromysides liguriae. In table 2, Neomysis mercedis should be listed as a species distrib- uted from Alaska to California rather than from British Columbia to California. (The identification of the Alaskan specimens was some- what uncertain.) Page 14.—Chalaraspidum alatum (Willemoes-Suhm) Fage (1941, p. 4) not only discussed the anatomy and relationships of this species but also recorded its capture from the Pacific Ocean near Panama. Pages 15-22.—Lophogaster M. Sars Any worker dealing with the genus Lophogaster should also consult the work of Fage (1942, pp. 1-39) in which, like Tattersall, he re- viewed the known species and described new species. Fage, more- over, established new criteria, not used by Tattersall and previous workers, which serve to distinguish the species. Below is a listing of the species of Lophogaster recognized by Tatter- sall and Fage, those arranged in opposition being presumably the same. In Fage’s list, the species prefaced by an asterisk are those for which he gave additional records, some of which are American. TATTERSALL FaGE L. rotundatus Nig *I. rotundatus *L. typicus L. typicus M. Sars *I. subglaber Hansen 3 *L. challengeri Fage L. americanus Tattersall L. spinosus Ortmann *L. spinosus L. hawaiensis Fage *[. hawaiensis L. longirostris Faxon L. longirostris *L. pacificus Fage L. intermedius Hansen L. intermedius *L. multispinosus Fage *L. schmitti Fage L. japonicus Tattersall L. erythraeus Colosi L. typica var. erythraeus L. affinis Colosi L. subglaber var. affinis On the basis of the published descriptions it would appear that the new species described by Tattersall (LZ. americanus and L. japonicus) are not synonyms of the six described or reestablished by Fage (L. sub- glaber, L. challengeri, L. hawaiensis, L. pacificus, L. multispinosus, 3 Nouvel (1943, p. 90) described L. subglaber insulare a new variety from the eastern Atlantic (referred to earlier in his paper as L. challengeri Fage). ‘578 =~ /PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 108 and L. schmitt). However, final judgment on the validity of Tatter- sall’s species will have to wait until the specimens are examined. Pages 25-32.—Gnathophausia Willemoes-Suhm Like the species of the genus Lophogaster, the species of this genus were reported on by Fage (1941) on the basis of the extensive Dana collections. In his work Fage discusses both the morphology of the species and their distributional patterns. Page 25.—Gnathophausia ingens (Dohrn) This species was discussed by Fage (1941, p. 15) and many new records were given for it, including some from the Caribbean and adjacent waters. Page 26.—Gnathophausia gigas Willemoes-Suhm Records of this species, including some from off Central America, were given by Fage (1941, p. 24). Nouvel (1943, p. 12) gave some records from off Newfoundland. In addition, new records from off the northwestern coast of North America were given in my paper (Banner, 1948, pt. II, p. 358). Page 28.—Gnathophausia gracilis Willemoes-Suhm Records of this species from off Central America were given by Fage (1941, p. 27). Page 29.—Gnathophausia zoea Willemoes-Suhm One record was given by Fage (1941, p. 34) from off the northeastern coast of South America; Nouvel (1943, p. 15) gave two records of capture from off Newfoundland. Pages 32-34.—Eucopia Dana Three papers dealing with the names applied to the species and the separation of the species of this genus were published while Tattersall was finishing his manuscript. The studies were those of Nouvel (1942a, 1943) and Fage (1942). Page 32.—Eucopia sculpticauda Faxon Fage (1942, p. 56) recorded many captures of this species, including one off the eastern coast of the United States, two in the Caribbean Sea, and several off the Pacific coast of Central America and northern South America. -Page 33.—Eucopia australis Dana ' Fage (1942, p. 41) recorded additional distributional records for this species, including two captures on the Pacific side of Panama and one in the eastern Caribbean. SUPPLEMENT TO TATTERSALL’S MYSIDACEA—BANNER 579 Page 33.—Eucopia major Hansen Fage (1942, p. 41 ff.) has placed this species in the synonymy of LF. australis; Nouvel (1943, pp. 95-97) rejected the proposal and retained E. major as a separate and distinct species. Nouvel. (p. 28) gave one record from off Newfoundland in addition to non-American collections. Page 34.—Eucopia unguiculata (Willemoes-Suhm) This species was divided into E. hanseni and E. grimaldii, two new species, by Nouvel (1942a, pp. 3-6). This distinction was accepted by Fage (1942, p. 40) but he used the names only provisionally until an examination of the type should determine which form must retain the name FE. unguiculata. Tattersall and Tattersall (1951, p. 99) established that the name EH. unguiculata should be retained for E. hanseni Nouvel and that FE. grimaldii Nouvel is to be accepted. Unless subsequent work makes it necessary to reject Nouvel’s separa- tion, the specimens recorded by Tattersall should be reexamined and separated into the new species.‘ Additional records for the two species were given by Fage (1942, p. 47), including some records from near the coasts of the Americas, by Nouvel (1943, pp. 30-43), where there is one record from off New- foundland, and by Banner (1948, pt. I, p. 359), including many records from off the northwestern coast of North America. Page 45.—Boreomysis G. O. Sars Instead of about 20 species belonging to this genus, as given by Tattersall, there are now about 25 or 26 species recognized; only one of these new species has been described from American waters. Page 48.—Boreomysis tridens G. O. Sars Nouvel (1942b, p. 1; 1943, p. 45) described a variety lobata as new from off Newfoundland. Page 49.—Boreomysis arctica (Krgyer) Add synonym: B. tregonboffi Bacesco (1941a, p. 168; 1941b, p. 12) [according to Nouvel, 1943, p. 52]. Page 52.—Boreomysis californica Ortmann _A description, figures, and additional records from off the north- western coast of North America were given by Banner (1948, pt. I, p. 367). Page 55.—Boreomysis microps G. O. Sars Additional records for this species were given by Nouvel (1943, p. 48), including one record from off Newfoundland, and by Banner (1948, pt. I, p. 365) from off the northwestern coast of North America. 41 plan to publish in the near future a review of the names and the specific distinctions applied within this genus. 580 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 103 Page 60. To the American species of Boreomysis should be added the species B. kineaidi Banner (1948, pt. I, p. 362) with a range from Washington to Alaska.5 Page 60.—Siriella thompsonii (H. Milne-Edwards) Perhaps reference here should be made to the records of Nouvel (1943, p. 62), some of which are from locations that lie between the Azores and Newfoundland. Page 81.—Archaeomysis grebnitzkii (Czerniavsky) This species also has been described and depicted by Banner (1948, pt. I, p. 369, pl. 5). The records are for the ocean coast and the inland waters of Washington, the middle of the range established by Tattersall. Page 100.—Anchialina typica (Kr¢yer) This species was recorded from American waters south of New- foundland by Nouvel (1943, p. 70). Page 106.—Holmesiella anomala Ortmann This species has been redescribed and discussed with additional records (Banner, 1948, pt. I, p. 395). It should be noted that both Tattersall and Banner observed that there are two races of the species that reach different sizes at maturity. Page 112.—Euchaetomera tenuis G. O. Sars To the records of this species should be added those collections made off British Columbia (Banner, 1948, pt. I, p. 383), a considerable extension of the range as given by Tattersall. Page 112. After the genus Huchaetomera should be added the genus and species Huchaetomeropsis pacifica Banner (1948, pt. I, p. 285), a new species described from British Columbia and the first record of the genus from American waters of either coast. Page 113.—Meterythrops robusta S. I. Smith Additional records for this species have been given from Wash- ington to Alaska (Banner, 1948, pt. I, p. 377). This paper also noted that there were small-eyed individuals similar to those described by Tattersall as the new species M. microphthalma, but that after the examination of over 85 specimens the conclusion was reached that differences between the two forms were bridged by intermediate forms. If M. microphthalma is considered to be a synonym of M. 5 I plan to discuss B. californica and B. kincaidi in a subsequent paper. SUPPLEMENT TO TATTERSALL’S MYSIDACEA—BANNER 58] robusta, then the record given for the new species constitutes the furthest extension of the range for M. robusta. Page 118.—Katerythrops Holt and Tattersall To the species of the genus should be added Katerythrops sp. Banner (1948, pt. I, p. 379), which is the only record of the genus in the Pacific. Page 120.—Longithorax capensis Zimmer Tattersall states that his specimens from Bermuda are the only ones known save the type; however, Nouvel (1943, p. 75) has recorded from the Azores a damaged specimen probably of this species. Page 128.—Amblyops abbreviata (G. O. Sars) To Tattersall’s record of this species from Alaska should be added the two records from Alaska and one record from British Columbia (Banner, 1948, pt. I, p. 382). Page 134.—Pseudomma truncatum S. I. Smith To the west coast records of this species should be added the records from Washington (Banner, 1948, pt. I, p. 381). Pages 137, 244.—Caesaromysides liguriae Colosi This genus should be cancelled as an immature stage of Caesaromysts; the worth of the species could not be determined because of the immaturity of the specimen described (Banner, 1948, pt. I, p. 389). To Tattersall’s account of American mysids, Caesaromysis vanclever Banner (loc. cit.,) should be added here, with its records from off Oregon to off Alaska. Page 160.—Inusitatomysis serrata Tattersall To this species should be added the reference Jnusitatomysis sp. Banner (1948, pt. II, p. 67), which is apparently the same species as Tattersall’s J. serrata. One major difference between the two sets of specimens is in the depth of the terminal cleft of the telson, which is one-eighth the length of the telson in Tattersall’s specimens and one- third the length in mine; however, this may well be a growth difference and the two groups of specimens are probably the same species. If they are the same, then the records of Inusitatomysis sp. from off British Columbia should be added to Tattersall’s record from the Bering Sea. Page 165.—Mysis oculata (Fabricius) To the list of synonyms of this species should be added Pugetomysis litoralis Banner (1948, pt. II, p. 104), and the range of the species in the Pacific should be extended to include the waters of Washington.° 6 TI plan to discuss this change in a forthcoming publication. 582 sv 1+: .PROCEEDINGS. OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM: ©; vot. 103 Page.181.—-Neomysis rayii (Murdoch) Tattersall and Banner arrived independently at the same conclusion that N. franciscorum Holmes is a synonym of N. rayti. The records given by Banner (1948, pt. II, p. 78) augment those given by Tattersall. Page 187. —Neomysis mercedis Holmes Under this species should be added the observations that it pene- trates and lives in fresh-water lakes, such as Lake Washington near Seattle (Banner, 1948, pt. II, p. 75).’ Page 192.—Neomysis kadiakensis Ortmann Additional records of this species from Washington and British Columbia have been given (Banner, 1948, pt. II, p. 82). Pages .208,'248.—Acanthomysis sculpta (Tattersall) Observations have shown that this species exhibits great variation on many points, especially in the sculpturing of the abdomen (Banner, 1948, pt. II, pp. 97-101). The records have extended the range of the species from Washington to southern California. Page 215.—Acanthomysis macropsis (Tattersall) The known range of this species has been extended to include the inland waters of Washington (Banner, 1948, pt. I, p. 91). Page 217.—Acanthomysis pseudomacropsis (Tattersall) Tattersall, in an earlier publication (1933, p. 94) and again in this publication, states that he believes the exopod of the fourth pleopods of the male to be of three articles; this appendage was found to be com- posed of a single article (Banner, 1948, pt. II. p. 89). In addition, the records cited have extended the range southward into Washington and also give another Alaskan record. Page 218. To the genus Acanthomysis should be added two new species described from the northwestern coast of America, A. nephrophthalma Banner and A. davisi Banner (1948, pt. II, pp. 93, 95), and an unnamed specimen from Alaska, Acanthomysis sp. Banivios (1948, pt. II, p. 101). Pages 220, 249.—Proneomysis wailesi Tattersall en an additional record for this species from Washington a new location has been given (Banner, 1948, pt. II, p. 104). Pages 242 or 250. To Tattersall’s list of genera and species occurring in the waters of the Americas should be added Mysidella americana Banner (1948, pelh p. 109), a member of the last subfamily of the Mysidae, the Mysidellinae, which was described from British Columbia and Shick is the only record of the subfamily from American waters. 7I plan to discuss the validity of this species in a forthcoming publication. SUPPLEMENT TO TATTERSALL’S MYSIDACEA—BANNER 583 References BActsco, Minar 1941a. Sur une petite collection de Mysidacés provenant de Villefranche- sur-Mer (Méditerranée). Arch. Zool. Exp. et Gén, vol. 81, pt. 4, pp. 164-172. 1941b. Les Mysidacés des eaux méditerranéenes de la France (spéciale- ment de Banyuls) et des eaux de Monaco. Bull. Inst. Océanogr. Monaco, No. 795, pp. 1-46. BANNER, ALBERT H. 1948. . vw Be pers gents soe oa tas Cet ETNA HTS Pehl re pet Mtaglle 6 S: fngtn, vob, BD, ey ia . * ie, \y dy Seaere erroctiows to rey Wiedapinpnay ) Powe haa: i a ™ a iia Piaten, +0: BO, pp. wa, aati ec AO won ty eenren dese iy tie Ctceitege 47) twa, Me oe 5 ae Mehiegion, vobSl, pe. iI-I, | + Aa a ee a eee ee Vedbingtes, coi BA, pp. &-tih a re oe oF Mint: Hak Th le, pal. an. 9. Fate Pawnee Wcyrh, AgrPrdien: Asomerwh emer ac ky ees » , Mh Wily te ‘ wil ih l Aus SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM Vol. 103 Washington: 1955 No. 3336 SUPPLEMENT AND CORRECTIONS TO J. A. HYSLOP’S GENOTYPES OF THE ELATERID BEETLES OF THE WORLD' By Ross H. Arnett, Jr.? The publication in 1921 of J. A. Hyslop’s “Genotypes of the Elaterid Beetles of the World” (Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 58, No. 2353, pp. 621-680) opened the road to a stabilized nomenclature in the family Elateridae. The impetus of this work resulted in a great many studies in the generic classification of this moderately large family. Although many of the generic names employed up to that time were shown to be incorrect, a great stride was made in providing a means for the stabilization of the names in this group, because, as I believe has been shown repeatedly, it is only after the genotypes have been correctly determined that generic assignments can be made. However, during the 34 years since the publication of this work, a considerable number of new names have been proposed, and a fair number of inaccuracies have been discovered. Many of these errors have been pointed out by Méquignon and Lane in the following papers: Méaquienon, A. 1930. Notes synonymiques sur les Elatérides . . . Bull. Soc. Ent. France (1930), pp. 91-96. LANE, M. C. 1948. Some generic corrections in the Elateridae—I. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash- ington, vol. 50. pp. 179-182. 1948, Some generic corrections in the Elateridae—II. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash- ington, vol. 50, pp. 221-223. 1949. Some generic corrections in the Elateridae—III. Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington, vol. 51, pp. 152-153. 1953. Some generic corrections in the Elateridae—IV. Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington, vol. 55, pp. 86-89. 1Proc. U. 8S. Nat. Mus., vol. 58, No. 2353, pp. 621-680, 1921. ?Formerly of Entomology Research Branch, Agriculture Research Service, U. S. Department of Agriculture; now Head, Department of Biology, St. John Fisher College, Rochester, N. Y. 309150—55——1 599 600 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 103 The following pages are intended as a supplement to Hyslop’s paper to bring together these corrections and additions, as well as to add further corrections. There are a number of minor typographic mis- takes in Hyslop’s paper which I have not listed below, and in a few cases he gives incorrect dates which are obvious to anyone using the catalog (i. e., Linnaeus ‘‘1857,”’ etc.) and which have not been corrected here. With these exceptions, it is thought that this list is correct to and including part of 1952. New names As a result of this study, three new names are necessary to replace others which are shown to be unavailable. Malloea new subgenus. TypE: Ctenicera (Malloea) sjaelandica (Miiller) (=Elater sjae- landicus Miiller), Fauna Insectorum Fridrichsdalina, p. 21, 1764. (Here designated.) Nore: This subgenus of Ctenicera includes those species grouped under the subgeneric name Actenicerus Kiesenwetter in the Cole- opterorum Catalogus (Schenkling, 1927, pt. 88, pp. 368-370, 1927) and the species described by Kiesenwetter under the name Actenicerus- The name Actenicerus Kiesenwetter, 1857 (Naturgeschichte der Insecten Deutschlands, vol. 4, p. 285), is not available because it is a junior synonym of Prosternon. Corymbites tessellatus Germar, (Zeitschr. Ent., vol. 4, p. 62, 1843), which Kiesenwetter gives as the only included species in his subgenus Actenicerus, is referred back to Elater tessellatus Linnaeus (Systema Naturae, ed. 10, p. 406, 1758), a species which is now included in the genus Prosternon Latreille, 1834. The Elater tessellatus of Fabricius (Systema Entomologiae, p. 211, 1775), which Kiesenwetter redescribed and misdetermined as Corymbites tessellatus Germar, is Elater sjaclandicus Miller, 1764, and not E. tessellatus Linnaeus, 1758. (Malloea is the name of a town in Thessaly and is feminine.) Dido, new genus. TypEe: Dido macrocera (Castelnau) (= Tetralobus macrocerus Castelnau, Revue Entomologique, vol. 4, p. 12, 1836). (Here designated.) Nore: This genus includes only the genotype, a species found in Madagascar, and belongs to the subtribe Dicrepidiina. Both Candéze (Catalogue Méthodique des Elatérides, p. 49, 1891) and Schenkling (Coleopterorum Catalogus, pt. 88, p. 74, 1927) used the generic name Coresus for T. macrocerus Castelnau. However, Gemminger and Harold (Catalogus Coleopterorum, vol. 5, p. 1509, 1869) validated the Dejean name Coresus (MS) as a synonym of Piezophyllus Hope, ELATERID BEETLES OF THE WORLD—ARNETT 601 1842. The genotype of Piezophyllus is P. spencei Hope, designated by Hyslop (Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 58, pp. 621-680, 1921), and it is, therefore, automatically the genotype of Coresus. P. spencei is not congeneric with 7. macrocerus, making this new generic name necessary. The characters of this genus are as given in Schwarz (Genera Insectorum, fasc. 46, p. 61, 1906) under the name Coresus. (Dido is a classical Latin name from Greek and is feminine.) Mesembria, new genus. Tyrer: Mesembria_ subtilis (Candéze) (=Cosmesus subtilis Candéze), Monographie des Elatérides, vol. 4, p. 355, 1863. (Here designated.) Nors: This genus is represented by 62 species, all found in South America and all placed in the genus Cosmesus by Schwarz (Genera Insectorum, fasc. 46, p. 265, 1907) and Schenkling (Coleopterorum Catalogus, pt. 88, pp. 438, 439, 1927). The genotype of Cosmesus Eschscholtz, 1829, is C. bilineatus Eschscholtz, 1829, and is not con- generic with the species included in Mesembria. Cosmesus Eschscholtz is the prior name for Parapomachilius Schwarz, 1900. (Mesembria is a classical Latin name and is feminine.) Supplement and corrections Abelater Fleutiaux 1947. Notes d’Ent. Chinoise, vol. 11, p. 379. Type: Melanozanthus rubiginosus Candéze, Elatérides Nouveaux, pt. 2, p. 29, 1878. (Present designation.) Invalid genus, no genotype cited; here validated, assuming no previous designation. Abiphis Fleutiaux 1926. Bull. Soc. Ent. France, p. 91. Type: Hlater nobilis Uliger, ar» Wiedemann, Arch. Zool., vol. 1, p. 116, 1800. (Original designation.) Abseus Fleutiaux 1931. Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat., Paris, ser. 2, vol. 3, pp. 611, 613. Type: Anchastus mazimus Fleutiaux, ibid., p. 613. (Original designation.) Acanthus Van Dyke (not Block, 1795, Borkhausen, 1797, Dumont, 1816, Gistel, 1834, or Lockington, 1877) 1932. Proc. California Acad. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 20, p. 387. In error for Athous Eschscholtz, 1829. Adelocera Latreille 1829. Crustacés, Arachnides et Partie des Insectes. Jn Cuvier, Le Régne Animal... , ed. 2, vol. 4, p. 451, April 1829. 602 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 108 Type: Elater ovalis Germar, Insectorum Species . . . Vol. 1, Coleoptera, p. 49, 1824. (Designated by Hyslop, 1921.) This genus is distinct from Agrypnus Eschscholtz, 1829 (Jan.). Aeleoderma Fleutiaux 1932. Mem. Mus. Zool. Univ. Coimbra, ser. 1, No. 55, p. 15. In error for Aeoloderma Fleutiaux, 1928. Aelus Chagnon 1935. Nat. Canadien, vol. 62, p. 138. In error for Aeolus Eschscholtz, 1829. Aemidioides Fleutiaux 1922. Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat., Paris, vol. 28, p. 47. Typn: Aemidioides rohan-chaboti Fleutiaux, loc. cit. (Mono- basic.) Aeoloderma Fleutiaux 1928. Encyclopédie Entomologique, ser. B, pt. 1, vol. 3, p. 135. Type: Elater crucifer Rossi, Fauna Etrusca, vol. 1, p. 183, 1790. (Original designation.) Agriodratus Reitter 1911. Fauna Germanica, vol. 3, p. 222. Typsr: Elater pallidulus Mliger, Mag. Insekt., vol. 6, p. 6, 1807. (Original designation.) Agriotelia Brown 1933. Canadian Ent., vol. 65, p. 179. Typr: Elater bigeminatus Randell, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., vol. 2, p. 37, 1838. (Original designation.) Agrypnus Eschscholtz 1829. Jn Thon, Ent. Archiv, vol. 2, No. 1, p. 32, January 1829. Types: Elater murinus Linnaeus, Systema Naturae, ed. 10, p. 406, 1758. (Designated by Westwood, Introduction to the Modern Classification of Insects, vol. 2, synopsis, p. 26, 1838.) Aiolus Wilson 1941. Florida Ent., vol. 24, p. 26. In error for Aeolus Eschscholtz, 1829. Alestrus Méquignon 1942. Bull. Soc. Ent. France, vol. 47, p. 10. Type: Elastrus dolosus Crotch, Proc. Zool. Soc. London (1867), p. 386, 1867. (Monobasic and original designation.) Anchastelater Fleutiaux 1928. Encyclopédie Entomologique, ser. B., pt. 1, vol. 3, p. 144. Typr: Anchastelater ornatus Fleutiaux, loc. cit. (Original desig- nation and monobasic.) Anischia Fleutiaux 1896. Mém. Soe. Zool. France, p. 300. ELATERID BEETLES OF THE WORLD—ARNETT 603 Type: Anischia boliiana Fleutiaux, loc. cit. (Designated by Fleutiaux, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, vol. 105, p. 292, 1936.) Fleutiaux designated Anischia languarioides Fleutiaux, 1931, as genotype of Anischia (Bull. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belgique, vol. 71, p. 80, 1931) but the designation is invalid because A. languarioides was not an originally included species. Antoligostethus Blackburn 1911. Trans. Roy. Soc. South Australia, vol. 35, p. 203. Typs: Antoligostethus lucidus Blackburn, loc. cit. (Monobasic.) Aphanopenthes Fleutiaux 1932. Ann. Soc. Ent. France, vol. 101, p. 35. Type: Aphanopenthes acutipennis (Germar) (=Aphanobius acutipennis Germar), Zeitschr. Ent., vol. 5, p. 187, 1844. (Present designation.) Ascoliocerus Méquignon 1930. Bull. Soc. Ent. France, p. 94. Type: Hypnoidus basalis Motschulsky, Mél. Biol. Acad. St. Petersbourg, vol. 3, p. 227, 1859. (Original designation.) This is a new name for the subgenus Scoliocerus Motschulsky, 1859, not Wollaston, 1854. Athoina Reitter 1906. In Heyden, Reitter, and Weise, Catalogus Coleopterorum EKuropae ... , ed. 2, p. 399. Type: Athous reveliert Mulsant, Ann. Soc. Linn. Lyon, p. 416, 1874. (Present designation.) Athous Eschscholtz 1829. Jn Thon, Ent. Archiv, vol. 2, No. 1, p. 33: Type: Elater vittatus Fabricius, Entomologia Systematica, vol. 1, pt. 2, p. 224, 1792. (Designated by Westwood, Introduction to the Modern Classification of Insects, vol. 2, synopsis, p. 26, 1838.) Atoloderma Fleutiaux 1934. Bull. Soc. Ent. France, vol. 39, p. 182. In error for Aeoloderma Fleutiaux, 1928. Aulacon Arnett 1952. Wasmann Journ. Biol., vol. 10, p. 112. Type: Lepidotus (Aulacon) nobilis (Fall) (=Adelocera nobilis Fall) Canadian Ent., vol. 64, p. 58, 1932. (Original designa- tion.) Betarmou Schenkling 1927. Coleopterorum Catalogus, pt. 88, p. 543. In error for Betarmon Kiesenwetter, 1863. 604 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 103 Blaiseus Fleutiaus 1931. Bull. Soc. Zool. France, vol. 56, pp. 307, 308. Type: Blaiseus bedeli Fleutiaux, ibid., p. 308. (Monobasic.) Brachygonus Buysson 1912. Bull. Soc. Roumaine Sci., vol. 21, p. 139. Types: Brachygonus megerlei (Boisduval and Lacordaire) (= Elater megerlet Boisduval and Lacordaire), Faune Entomologique ... Paris, p. 656, 1835. (Monobasic.) Brevicerus Fleutiaux 1940. Bull. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belgique, vol .80, p. 102. Type: Brevicerus cylindricus Fleutiaux, loc. cit. (Original desig- nation.) Bruyantius Fleutiaux 1925. Bull. Soc. Ent. France, p. 101. Type: Bruyantius capensis Fleutiaux, ibid., p. 102. (Monobasic.) Buffeventius Fleutiaux 1925. Bull. Soc. Ent. France, p. 102. Types: Buffeventius lividus Fleutiaux, ibid., p. 103. (Monobasic.) Cadichypnus Miwa 1930. Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Formosa, vol. 20, p. 11. In error for Cardiohypnus Fleutiaux, 1928. Calostirus Thomson 1864. Skandinaviens Coleoptera, vol. 6, p. 67. In error for or isogenotypic with Anostirus Thomson, 1859, p. 103. Campsosdernus Fleutiaux 1927. Faune des Colonies Frangaises, vol. 1, pt. 3, p. 116. In error for Campsosternus Latreille, 1834. Campsosternss Miwa 1929. Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Formosa, vol. 19, p. 241. In error for Campsosternus Latreille, 1834. Candezella Szombathy 1910. Ann. Mus. Nat. Hungarici, vol. 8, p. 354. Type: Candezella horvathi Szombathy, ibid., p. 356, fig. 1. (Present designation.) Cardiohpynus Fleutiaux 1929. Bull. Soc. Ent. France, p. 23. In error for Cardiohypnus Fleutiaux, 1928. Cardiohypnus Fleutiaux 1928. Bull. Soc. Ent. France, p. 284. x Tyre: Cardiophorus mirabilis Candéze, Monographie des Ela- térides, vol. 3, p. 142, 1860. (Original designation.) ELATERID BEETLES OF THE WORLD—ARNETT 605 Cardiophorus Eschscholtz 1829. Jn Thon, Ent. Archiv., vol. 2, No. 1, p. 34. Tyre: EHlater thoracicus Fabricius, Systema Entomologiae, p. 214, 1775. (Designated by Westwood, Introduction to the Modern Classification of Insects, vol. 2, synopsis, p. 26, 1838.) Cardiotarsus Lacordaire 1857. Histoire Naturelle des Insectes. Genera des Coléoptéres, vol. 4, pp. 168, 192. Type: Cardiotarsus capensis Lacordaire, ibid., p. 193. (Mono- basic.) Catelanus Fleutiaux 1942. Ann. Soc. Ent. France, vol. 111, p. 112. Tyre: Hemirhipus trilineatus Castelnau, Revue Entomologique, vol. 4, p. 12, 1836. (Monobasic.) Cavicoxum Pic 1928. Mél. Exot.-Ent., vol. 51, p. 21. Type: Cavicoxum monstrosum Pic, loc. cit. (Monobasic.) Ceroleptus Fleutiaux 1927. Faune des Colonies Frangaises, vol. 1, pt. 3, pp. 121, 122. Typxz: Ceroleptus brevicollis (Candéze), Elatérides Nouveaux, pt. 2, p. 10, 1878. (Present designation. ) Ceropectus Fleutiaux 1927. Faune des Colonies Frangaises, vol. 1, pt. 3, pp. 110, 117, 118. Typu: Pectocera messi Candéze, Révision de la Monographie des Elatérides, fase. 1, p. 207, 1874. (Monobasic.) Chalcolepidinus Pjatakowa 1941. Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr., p. 104. (Publication not seen.) In error for Chalcolepidius Eschscholtz, 1829? Chatanayus Fleutiaux 1940. Ann. Soc. Ent. France, vol. 108, pp. 122, 124. TypE: Agonischius ruficollis Fleutiaux, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, vol. 87, p. 267, 1918. (Monobasic.) Chesotraxus Fleutiaux 1940. Bull. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belgique, vol. 80. pp. 98, 99. Typr: Chesotraxus celebensis Fleutiaux, ibid., pp. 99,100. (Orig- inal designation. ) Chiagosnius Fleutiaux 1940. Ann. Soc. Ent. France, vol. 108, p. 136. Type: Elater obscuripes Gyllenhal. Jn Schoenherr, Synonymia Insectorum ... , vol. 3, append., p. 131, 1817. (Original designation. ) 606 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 103 Cleniocerus Stephens 1829. The Nomenclature of British Insects, p. 10. Type: Hlater pectinicornis Linnaeus, Systema Naturae, ed. 10, p. 405, 1758. (Designated by Lane, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash- ington, vol. 50, p. 182, 1948.) Colaulon Arnett 1952. Wasmann Journ. Biol., vol. 10, p. 116. TypsE: Colaulon rectangularis (Say) (= Elater rectangularis (Say)), Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. New York, vol. 1, p. 263, 1825. (Original designation.) Conobajulus Van Zwaluwenberg 1940. Occ. Pap. Bishop Mus., vol. 16, p. 95. Typx: Conobajulus ugiensis Van Zwaluwenberg, ibid., p. 96. (Original designation and monobasic.) Coresus Gemminger and Harold 1869. Coleopterorum Catalogus, vol. 5, p. 1509. Typr: Piezophyllus spencer Hope, Proc. Zool. Soc. London (1842), p. 76, 1842. (Validation in synonymy of Piezophyllus, takes same genotype as Prezophyllus.) Coryleus Fleutiaux 1942. Ann. Soc. Ent. France, vol. 111, p. 94. Type: Coryleus desruisseauxi Fleutiaux, loc. cit. (Monobasic.) Cratonychus Dejean 1833. Catalogue de la Collection de Coléoptéres .. ., ed. 3, p. 87. Typr: Elater obscurus Olivier, Entomologie, ou Histoire Naturelle des Insectes . . . , Coléoptéres, vol. 2, No. 31, p. 29, pl. 8, fig. 6, 1790. (Designated by Blanchard, Histoire des Insectes, vol. 2, p. 76, 1845.) Crypnoidus Fleutiaux 1928. Bull. Soc. Ent. France, p. 252. TypE: Quasimus setosus Buysson, Coléopt. Rundschau, vol. 3, p. 42, 1914. (Original designation.) Cryptohypnus Eschscholtz 1830. Quatember, vol. 2, No. 3, p. 17. Type: EHlater riparius Fabricius, Entomologia Systematica, vol. 1, No. 2, p. 232, 1792. (Designated by Thomson, Skandinaviens Coleoptera, vol. 1, p. 106, 1859.) Cryptypnus Munster 1935. Norsk Ent. Tidsskr., vol. 3, pp. 362-369. (Kmendation for Cryptohypnus Eschscholtz, 1833.) ELATERID BEETLES OF THE WORLD—ARNETT 607 Csikia Szombathy 1910. Ann. Mus. Nat. Hungarici, vol. 8, p. 359. TypxE: Csikia dimatoides Szombathy, ibid., p. 360. (Monobasic.) Ctenicera Latreille 1829. Crustacés, Arachnides et Partie des Insectes. Jn Cuvier, Le Régne Animal .. . , ed. 2, vol. 4, p. 454, April 1829. Type: Hlater pectinicornis Linnaeus, Systema Naturae, ed. 10, p. 406, 1758. (Designated by Lane, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash- ington, vol. 50, p. 182, 1948.) Ctenicerus Stephens 1830. Illustrations of British Entomology . . . Mandibulata, vol. 3, p. 264. Type: Hlater pectinicornis Linnaeus, Systema Naturae, ed. 10, p. 405, 1758. (Designated by Westwood, Introduction to the Modern Classification of Insects, vol. 2, synopsis, p. 26, 1838.) Cteniocerus Miwa 1934. Rep. Dep. Agric. Gov. Res. Inst. Formosa, No. 65, p. 167. In error for Ctenicera Latreille, 1829? Ctenocera Stepanov 1935. Ent. Nachricten, vol. 9, pp. 187-189. In error for Ctenicera Latreille, 1829. Ctenonyphus Castelnau 1836. Revue Entomologique, vol. 4, p. 7. In error for Ctenonychus Stephens, 1830 (ibid., p. 6). Curtisius Miwa 1934. Rep. Dep. Agric. Gov. Res. Inst. Formosa, No. 65, pp. 23, 24. Tyres: Aplotarsus maritimus Curtis, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. 5, p. 277, 1840. (Original designation.) New name for Aplotarsus Curtis, 1854, not Stephens, 1830. Dactylosimus Fleutiaux 1922. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, pp. 429, 430. Tyee: Dactylosimus dorsalis Fleutiaux, ibid., p. 431. (Monobasic.) Dalopius Eschscholtz 1829. Jn Thon, Ent. Archiv, vol. 2, No. 1, p. 34. Typs: Elater marginatus Fabricius, Systema Eleutheratorum ..., Vol. 2, p. 236, 1801. (Designated by Westwood, 1838.) Delox Quelle 1932. Coleopt. Centralblatt, vol. 5, p. 208. TypxE: Adelocera conspersa (Gyllenhall) (=Elater conspersa Gyl- lenhall), Insecta Suecica, vol. 1, p.377. (Present designation.) Isogenotypic with Danosoma Thomson, 1864. 809150—55--—2 608 _. PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 103 Diacanthus Latreille (not Rudolphi, 1819) 1834. Ann. Soc. Ent. France, ser. 1, vol. 3, p. 151. Typr: Elater aeneus Linnaeus, Systema Naturae, ed. 10, p. 406, 1758. (Designated by Thomson, Skandinaviens Coleoptera. vol. 1, p. 102, 1859.) Isogenotypic with Aphotistus Kirby, 1837. Dichonychus Méquignon 1931. Bull. Soc. Ent. France, p. 207. In error for Dicronychus Castelnau, 1840. Dicronychus Brullé (not Castelnau, 1840) 1832. Arachnides—Myriapodes—Insectes—Annélides, in Expédi- tion Scientifique de Morée, vol. 3, pt. 1, sec. 2, p. 138. Type: Hlater obesus Brullé, loc. cit. (Present designation.) This genus is distinct from Dicronychus Castelnau, 1840, which is a synonym of Lanelater Arnett, 1952. Diocarphus Fleutiaux 1947. Notes d’Ent. Chinoise, vol. 11, p. 364. Type: Phorocardius solitarius Fleutiaux, Bull. Soc. Zool. France, vol. 56, pp. 309, 310, 1931. (Monobasic.) Diphyaulon Arnett 1952. Wasmann Journ. Biol., vol. 10, p. 111. Type: Lepidotus (Diphyaulon) pyrsolepis (LeConte) (=Adelocera pyrsolepis LeConte) Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, vol. 18, p. 389, 1866. (Original designation.) Diplocenus Fleutiaux 1933. Ann. Soc. Ent. France, vol. 102, p. 208. In error for Diploconus Candéze, 1860. Discrepeidius Van Dyke 1932. Proc. California Acad. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 20, p. 325. In error for Dicrepidius Eschscholtz, 1829. Dolopus Méquignon 1930. Bull. Soc. Ent. France, p. 94. In error for Dalopius Eschscholtz, 1829. Domenephus Fleutiaux 1932. Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat., Paris, ser. 2, vol. 4, p. 277. Tyre: Phedomenus flavangulus Candéze, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belgique, vol. 39, p. 1895. (Designated by Fleutiaux, Journ. East Africa Uganda Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. 12, p. 104, 1935.) Dresterius Brullé 1832. Arachnides—Myriapodes—Insectes—Annélides, im HExpédi- tion Scientifique de Morée, vol. 3, pt. 1, sec. 2, p. 141. In error for Drasterius Eschscholtz, 1829. ELATERID BEETLES OF THE WORLD—ARNETT 609 Endicronychus Fleutiaux ' 1935. Journ. East Africa Uganda Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. 12, p. 95. In error for Hudicronychus Méquignon, 1931. Eudicronychus Méquignon 1931. Bull. Soc. Ent. France, p. 207. Type: Dicronychus serraticornis Castelnau, Histoire Naturelle des Insectes, vol. 1, Coléoptéres, p. 251, 1840. (Original designation.) Eupsephus Fleutiaux 1935. Coleoptera V. Elateridae, in Mission Scientifique de V’Omo, vol. 2. Mém. Mus. Hist: Nat., Paris, new ser., vol. '2, p. 204. Parts of Mission Scientifique de l’Omo were issued as a separate series. Typz: Hupsephus dilaticollis Fleutiaux, loc. cit. (Original desig- nation.) Exophthalmus Berthold (not Schoenherr, 1823) 1827. Latreille’s Nattirliche Familien des Thierreichs, p. 335. Tyre: Hlater linearis Linnaeus, Systema Naturae, ed. 10, p. 404, 1758. (Designated by Hyslop, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 58, p. 646, 1921, as Exophthalmus Latreille, 1829, which is a later reference to this same genus. ) Fleutiauxellus Méquignon 1930. Bull. Soc. Ent. France, p. 95. Type: Hypnoidus maritimus Curtis, Ann. Nat. Hist., vol. 5, p. 277, 1840. (Original designation.) Fusimorphus Fleutiaux 1942. Ann. Soc. Ent. France, vol. 111, p. 111. Type: Hemirhipus submetallicus Fleutiaux, Bull. Soc. Ent. France, p. 184, 1924. (Monobasic.) Gamepenthes Fleutiaux 1928. Encyclopédie Entomologique, ser. B, pt. 1, vol. 3, p. 158. Typm: Megapenthes octomaculatus Schwarz, Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr., p. 144, 1898. (Original designation.) Ganoxanthus Fleutiaux 1928. Encyclopédie Entomologique, ser. B., pt. 1, vol. 3, p. 156. Typx: Melanoxanthus virgatus Candéze, Monographie des Elaté- rides, vol. 2, p. 516, 1859. (Original designation.) Georgicus Gistel 1948. Naturgeschichte des Thierreichs. . . , p. 190. Typxn: Georgicus sanguinipennis Gistel, loc. cit. (Monobasic.) 610 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 108 Geraniella Gourley 1950. Trans Proc. Roy. Soc. New Zealand, vol. 78, p. 192. (New name for Geranus Sharp, 1877, not Bonaparte, 1854.) Gnathodicrus Fleutiaux 1934. Bull. Soc. Ent. France, vol. 39, pp. 183, 184. Tyre: Gnathodicrus francki Fleutiaux, loc. cit. (Monobasic.) Gonodyrus Fleutiaux 1923. Trans. Ent. Soc. London (1922), p. 429. Typs: Gonodyrus tarsalis Fleutiaux, ibid., p. 430. (Monobasic.) Gyrus Jacobson 1913. Zhuiki Rossicae, fasc. 10, p. 740. (Publication not seen.) Typs: Selatosomus guitatus (Germar) (=Diacanthus guttatus Germar), Fauna Insectorum Europae, vol. 21, No. 5, 1817. (Present designation.) Haupathesus Miwa 1928. Insecta Matsumurana, vol. 2, p. 133. In error for Hapatesus Candéze, 1863. Hemirhaphes Fleutiaux 1930. Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat., Paris, ser. 2, vol. 2, p. 639. In error for Hemirrhaphes Candéze, 1878. Hemirhipus Berthold 1827. Latreille’s Natiirliche Familien des Thierreichs, p. 336. Type: Elater lineatus Olivier, Entomologie, ou Histoire Naturelle des Insectes . . . , Coléoptéres, vol. 2, No. 31, p. 10, pl. 6, fig. 63, 1790. (Monobasic.) Hoabinh Fleutiaux 1940. Bull. Soc. Zool. France, vol. 65, p. 195. Typr: Hoabinh coomani Fleutiaux, loc. cit. (Monobasic.) Horizoteichos Van Zwaluwenburg 1931. Proc. Hawaii Ent. Soc., vol. 7, p. 482, 433. Typz: Horizoteichos papuensis Van Zwaluwenburg, ibid., p. 432. (Monobasic and original designation.) Hypdonus Fleutiaux 1928. Bull. Soc. Ent. France, p. 149. Tres: Hypnoidus bakeri Fleutiaux, Philippine Journ. Sci., ser. p., vol. 9, p. 446, 1914. (Monobasic.) Hypnoidus Dillwyn 1829. Memoranda Relating to Coleopterous Insects in the Neighborhood of Swansea, p. 32. Typ: Elater riparius Fabricius, Entomologia Systematica, p. 232, 1792. (Designated by Westwood, Introduction to the Modern Classification of Insects, vol. 2, synopsis, p. 26, 1838.) Hypolittus Weber 1950. Trans. American Ent. Soc., vol. 76, p. 183. In error for Hypolithus Eschscholtz, 1829. ELATERID BEETLES: OF THE WORLD—ARNETT 611 Idiotarmon Binaghi 1940. Bull. Soc. Ent. Italiana, vol. 72, p. 101. Typse: Betarmon quadrivitiatus Ragusa, Nat. Siciliano, vol. 12, p. 305, 1893. (Original designation and monobasic.) Ipostirus Binaghi 1940. Mem. Soc. Ent. Italiana, vol. 19, p. 211. Tyre: Ipostirus parumcostatus (Buysson) (=Ludius parum- costatus Buysson), Faune Gallo-rhénane . . ., vol. 5, p. 80, 1894. (Original designation.) Jonthadocerus Buysson 1918. Bull. Soc. Hist. Nat. Afrique Nord, vol. 9, p. 109. Typr: Jonthadocerus theryi Buysson, ibid., p. 110. (Monobasic.) Kudius Miwa 1928. Insecta Matsumurana, vol. 2, p. 140. In error for Ludius Berthold? Lacais Fleutiaux 1942. Ann. Soc. Ent. France, vol. 111, p. 109. Typs: Lacais glauca (Castelnau) (=Iphis glauca Castelnau), Rev. Ent., vol. 4, p. 9, 1836. (Present designation.) Possibly should be considered monobasic, but not clear. Lamononia Van Zwaluwenburg 1928. Insects of Samoa, vol. 4, pt. 2, p. 118. Tyre: Lamonona monticola Van Zwaluwenburg, loc. cit. (Mono- basic.) Lampropsephus Fleutiaux 1928. Encyclopédie Entomologique, ser. B., pt. 1, vol. 3, p. 104. Tyre: Psephus cyaneus Candéze, Elatérides Nouveaux, vol. 2, p. 11, 1878. (Monobasic.) Lanelater Arnett 1952. Wasmann Journ. Biol., vol. 10, p. 105. Type: Lanelater schotti (ueConte) (=Agryphus schotti LeConte), Trans. American Philos. Soc., vol. 10, p. 492, 1853. (Original designation.) Lasiocerus Buysson 1912. Bull. Soc. Ent. France, p. 129. Types: Cardiophorus schusteri Buysson, ibid., p. 128. (Present designation.) Lepidotus Stephens (not Asso, 1801, Anales Cien. Nat. (Madrid)) 1830. Illustrations of British Entomology . . . Mandibulata, vol. 3, p. 374. Zalepia Arnett, 1953, replaces this homonym. 612 ~ PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 168 Lesnelater Fleutiaux 1935. Journ. East Africa Uganda Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. 12, p. 116. Type: Pachyelater madagascariensis Lesne, Bull. Soc. Ent. France, p. 173, 1906. (Original designation.) New name for Pachyelater Lesne, 1906 (not Lesne, 1897) ibid., p. 174. Lincydrus Fleutiaux 1932. Bull. Soc. Ent. France, vol. 37, p. 148. Tyre: Lincydrus cylindricus Fleutiaux, ibid., p. 149. (Mono- basic.) Lobitarsus Fleutiaux 1935. Journ. East Africa Uganda Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. 12, p. 93. In error for Lobotarsus Schwarz, 1898. Ludius Berthold 1827. Latreille’s Natiirliche Familien des Thierreichs, p. 336. Type: Elater ferrugineus Linnaeus, Systema Naturae, ed. 10, _p. 405, 1758. (Monobasic.) Magacnemis Hyslop 1921. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 58, p. 655. In error for Megacnemis Schwarz, 1906. Malekula Van Zwaluwenburg 1940. Occ. Pap. Bishop Mus., vol. 16, p. 129. Type: Malekula piceus Van Zwaluwenburg, ibid., p. 130. (Origi- nal designation and monobasic.) Mallerius Fleutiaux 1933. Bull. Soc. Ent. France, vol. 38, p. 280. Tyre: Mallerius brasiliensis Fleutiaux, loc. cit. (Monobasic.) Melanatractus Fleutiaux 1933. Ann. Soc. Ent. France, vol. 102, pp. 200, 201. Tyre: Melanatractus acutus Fleutiaux, loc. cit. (Monobasic and original designation.) Melanotus Eschscholtz 1829. Jn Thon, Ent. Archiv., vol. 2, p. 32. Tyre: Elater fulvipes Herbst, Natursystem .. . Insekten, Kafer, vol. 10, p. 46, pl. 162, fig. 2, 1806. (Designated by Westwood, Introduction to the Modern Classification of Insects, vol. 2, synopsis, p. 26, 1838.) Melanoxocanthus Miwa 1930. Wiener Ent. Zeit., vol. 47, p. 97. In error for Melanozanthus Eschscholtz, 1836. Meristhus Candéze 1857. Monographie des Elatérides, vol. 1, p. 162. Tyre: Meristhus scobinula Candéze, ibid., p. 164. (Designated by Candéze, Elatérides Nouveaux, fasc. 6, p. 12, 1896.) ELATERID BEETLES OF THE WORLD—ARNETT 613 Metactenicerus Miwa 1934. Rep. Dep. Agric. Gov. Res. Inst. Formosa, No. 65, p. 37. Type: Corymhites gratus Lewis, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. 13, p. 262, 1894. (Original designation.) Mopleonus Fleutiaux 1935. Journ. East Africa Uganda Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. 12, pp. 114-115. Type: Mopleonus candezei (Fleutiaux) (=Nomopleus candezei Fleutiaux), Insectes Coléoptéres, in Alluaud and Jeannel, Voy- age de Ch. Alluaud et R. Jeannel en Afrique Orientale (1911- 1912), vol. 13, p. 108, 1919. (Original designation.) Neolacon Miwa 1929. Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Formosa, vol. 19, pp. 225, 234-236. Type: Neolacon formosanus Miwa, ibid., pp. 235-236. (Original designation.) Neonomopleus Schenkling 1927. Coleopterorum Catalogus, pt. 88, pp. 308, 331. Type: Neonomopleus strictus Candéze, Monographie des Elaté- rides, vol. 4, p. 498, 1863. (Present designation.) New name for Nomopleus Reitter, 1891 (not Candéze, 1891.) Nomopleus Candéze 1891. Catalogue Méthodique des Elatérides, p. 213. Type: Pleonomus argentatus Candéze, Monographie des Elaté- rides, vol. 4, p. 499, 1863. (Present designation.) Nuilarborica Blackburn 1911. Trans. Roy. Soc. South Australia, vol. 35, p. 202. Types: Nullaborica concinna Blackburn, loc. cit. (Monobasic.) Nyctor Semenov-Tian-Shanskij and Pjatakova 1936. Ceskoslovensk& Spol. Ent., vol. 33, pp. 101, 102. Type: Nyctor expallidus Semenov-Tian-Shanskij and Pjatakova, ibid., pp. 102, 103. (Monobasic and original designation.) Odontocardus Fleutiaux 1931. Bull. Soc. Zool. France, vol. 56, pp. 307, 332. Type: Cardiopherus vitalisi Fleutiaux, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, vol. 87, p. 231, 1918. (Original designation.) Ovalpalpus Orellana 1939. Rev. Chilena Hist. Nat., vol. 42, p. 165. In error for Ovipalpus Solier, 1851. Pacificola Van Zwaluwenburg 1932. Bull. Bishop Mus., vol. 98, pp. 131-133. Type: Pacificola obscura Van Zwaluwenburg, ibid., pp. 133-135. (Original designation.) 614 - PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 103 Paracapiophonus Fleutiaux 1929. Bull. Soc. Ent. France, p. 23. In error for Paracardiophorus Schwarz, 1895. Paradaxon Fleutiaux 1929. Ann. Soc. Ent. France, vol. 98, p. 224. In error for Paradozon Fleutiaux, 1903. Paradima Miwa 1929. Insecta Matsumurana, vol. 3, pp. 36-39. Typr: Paradima tattakensis Miwa, op. cit., p. 38. (Monobasic and original designation.) Parastirus Binaghi 1940. Mem. Soc. Ent. Italiana, vol. 19, pp. 197, 204. Typr: Elater purpureus Poda von Neuhaus, Insecta Musaei Graecunsis, p. 41, 1761. (Original designation.) Parathous Fleutiaux 1918. Ann. Soc. Ent. France, vol. 87, p. 242. Typr: Parathous sanguineus Fleutiaux, ibid., p. 126. (Mono- basic.) Paroedostethus Van Dyke 1932. Proc. California Acad. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 20, p. 327. Typr: Paroedostethus relictus Van Dyke, ibid., p. 328. (Mono- basic and original designation.) Parvistoma Fleutiaux 1929. Ann. Soc. Ent. France, vol. 98, pp. 230, 233-235. Typr: Corymbites tenuicornis Fleutiaux, Bull. Soc. Ent. France, p. 138, 1902. (Original designation.) Patricia Van Zwaluwenburg 1947. Proc. Hawaii Ent. Soc., vol. 13, p. 113. Typr: Patricia austratica Van Zwaluwenburg, ibid., p. 114. (Monobasic and original designation.) Pectoerra Miwa 1929. Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Formosa, vol. 19, p. 239. In error for Pectocera Hope, 1842. Pectora Reymond 1939. Misc. Ent., ann. 47, vol. 40, p. 34. In error for Pectocera Hope, 1842. Pengamethes Fleutiaux 1928. Encyclopédie Entomologique, ser. B., pt. 1, vol. 3, p. 173. Type: Pengamethes fulvicollis Fleutiaux, ibid., p. 176. (Original designation.) Pharotarsus Motschulsky 1861. Bull. Soc. Nat. Moscou, vol. 34, pt. 1, p. 119. In error for Phorotarsus Motschulsky, 1859. ELATERID BEETLES OF THE WORLD—ARNETT 615 Pherhimius Fleutiaux 1942. Ann. Soc. Ent. France, vol. 111, pp. 112, 114. Typsz: Elater fascicularis Fabricius, Mantissa Insectorum .. . , p. 171, 1787. (Original designation.) Phibisa Fleutiaux 1942. Ann. Soc. Ent. France, vol. 111, p. 105. Type: Ctenicera pupiert Fleutiaux, Bull. Soc. Ent. France, p. 228, 1903. (Original designation.) Phorocardius Fleutiaux 1931. Bull. Soc. Zool. France, vol. 56, pp. 308-312. Type: Cardiophorus florentini Fleutiaux, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, vol. 62, p. 687, 1894. (Original designation.) Placonides Fleutiaux 1933. Ann. Soc. Ent. France, vol. 102, p. 235. Tn error for Ploconides Fleutiaux, 1933. Ploconides Fleutiaux 1933. Ann. Soc. Ent. France, vol. 102, p. 208. Typu: Diploconus spiloderus Candéze, Elatérides Nouveaux, vol. 1, p. 45, 1857. (Original designation.) Practapyrus Fleutiaux 1929. Ann. Soc. Ent. France, vol. 98, pp. 223, 224, 227, 228, 242. Typz: Practapyrus descarpentriesi Fleutiaux, ibid., p. 228. (Monobasic and original designation. ) Pristolophus Van Dyke 1932. Proc. California Acad. Sci., ser. 4, vol. 20, p. 442. In error for Pristilophus Latreille, 1834. Prodrasterius Fleutiaux 1927. Bull. Soc. Ent. France, p. 91. Type: Drasterius brahminus Candéze, Monographie des Elatér- ides, vol. 2, p. 426, 1859. (Original designation.) Prolacon Fleutiaux 1934. Bull. Soc. Ent. France, vol. 39, pp. 179, 180. Typxr: Prolacon allaudi Fleutiaux, loc. cit. (Monobasic.) Proquasimus Fleutiaux 1932. Soc. Ent. France, Livre de Centenaire, pp. 189, 191. TypE: Cryptohypnus micros Fairmaire, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, p. 204, 1903. (Monobasic.) Pseudathous Méquignon 1930. Bull. Soc. Ent. France, p. 95. Typr: Athous hirtus (Herbst) (= Elater hirtus Herbst, Archiv der Insectengeschichte, vol. 5, p. 114, 1784). (Original designa- tion.) 616 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 103 Pseudoderomecus Fleutiaux 1907. Rev. Chiliana Hist. Nat., vol. 11, p. 186. Type: Medonia fairmairei Candéze, Elatérides Nouveaux, vol. 2, p. 31, 1878. (Monobasic.) Pseudo-Elater Heer 1847. Neue Denkschr. Allgemeine Schweiz. Ges., vol. 8, p. 143. (No incl. sp., fossil.) Pseudonomopleus Fleutiaux 1931. Bull. Soc. Ent. France, pp. 29, 30. Typr: Pleonomus niger Candéze, Elatérides Nouveaux, vol. 2, p. 54, 1878. (Original designation.) Pseudopristilophus Méquignon 1930. Bull. Soc. Ent. France, p. 93. Tyre: Pristilophus sericans Germar, Zeitschr. Ent., vol. 4, p. 87, 1843. (Monobasic and original designation.) Pseudostirus Binaghi 1940. Mem. Soc. Ent. Italiana, vol. 19, pp. 198, 221. Type: OCorymbites sulphuripennis Germar, Zeitschr. Ent., vol. 4, p. 55, 1843. (Original designation.) Pulchronotus Fleutiaux 1933. Ann. Soc. Ent. France, vol. 102, p. 206. Type: Diploconus ornatus Candéze, Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat. Genova, ser. 2, vol. 10, p. 782, 1894. (Original designation.) Raphaea Fleutiaux 1933. Ann. Soc. Ent. France, vol. 102, p. 202. Type: Raphaea vitida Fleutiaux, loc. cit. (Monobasic and original designation.) Rastrocephalus Fleutiaux 1924. Opusc. Ent. Indochine Frangaise, vol. 2, p. 140. In error for Rostricephalus Fleutiaux, 1918. Rhaciaspis Arnett 1952. Wasmann Journ. Biol., vol. 10, p. 121. Typ: Elater lepidotus Beauvois, Insectes Recueillis en Afrique et en Amérique ..., p. 11, pl. 7, fig. 7, 1805. (Original designation.) Rismethus Fleutiaux 1947. Notes d’Ent. Chinoise, vol. 11, pp. 242, 257. Typr: Meristhus scabinula (=scobinula) Candéze, Monographie des Elatérides, vol. 1, p. 164, 1857. (Original designation.) Isogenotypic with Meristhus. Roggeveenia Van Zwaluwenburg 1928. Insects of Samoa, vol. 4, pt. 2, p. 120. Type: Roggeveenia buxtoni Van Zwaluwenburg, loc. cit. (Mono- basic and original designation.) ELATERID BEETLES OF THE WORLD—ARNETT 617 Rostricephalus Fleutiaux 1918. Ann. Soc. Ent. France, vol. 87, p. 252. Typx: Rostricephalus vitalisi Fleutiaux, ibid., p. 253. (Mono- basic.) Rygodonus Fleutiaux 1932. Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat., Paris, ser. 2, vol. 4, pp. 856, 857. Type: Dorygonus alluaudi Fleutiaux, ibid., p. 863. (Original designation.) Rymceobites Fleutiaux 1936. Ann. Soc. Ent. France, vol. 105, pp. 280, 282. Typn: Rymecobites singularis Fleutiaux, ibid., p. 282. (Mono- basic and original designation.) Semiotinus Pjatakova 1941. Deutsch. Ent. Zeitschr., p. 107. (Not seen.) Sicardius Fleutiaux 1933. Ann. Soc. Ent. France, vol. 102, p. 201. Type: Sicardius longicornis Fleutiaux, loc. cit. (Monobasic and original designation. ) Sphenicosomus Buysson 1894. Faune Gallo-rhénane . . . , vol. 5, p. 129. In error for Spheniscosomus Schwarz, 1892. Sternocampsus Fleutiaux 1927. Bull. Soc. Ent. France, p. 104. Typr: Sternocampsus villosus Fleutiaux, loc. cit. (Monobasic.) Subathous Fleutiaux 1918. Ann. Soc. Ent. France, vol. 86, p. 203. Types: Subathous tonkinensis Fleutiaux, loc. cit. (Monobasic.) Subathrus Schenkling 1925. Coleopterorum Catalogus, pt. 80, p. 82. In error for Subathous Fleutiaux, 1918. Sulcilacon Fleutiaux 1927. Faune des Colonies Frangaises, pp. 56, 65. Typ: Adelocera geographica Candéze, Elatérides Nouveaux, vol. 1, p. 7, 1865. (Original designation.) Sulcimerus Fleutiaux 1947. Notes d’Ent. Chinoise, vol. 11, p. 255. Tyree: Meristhus quadripunctatus Candéze, Monographie des Elatérides, vol. 1, p. 163, 1857. (Present designation. ) Invalid genus, no genotype cited; here validated, assuming no pre- vious designation. Taiwanathous Miwa 1930. Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Formosa, vol. 20, pp. 66, 68. Typr: Taiwanathous arisanus Miwa, ibid., p. 68. (Monobasic and original designation.) 618 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 103 Tenalomus, Fleutiaux 1933. Ann. Soc. Ent. France, vol. 102, pp. 215, 234. Typs: Tenalomus fulvipennis Fleutiaux, ibid., p. 234. (Mono- basic.) Thacana Fleutiaux 1936. Ann. Soc. Ent. France, vol. 105, p. 282. Type: Corymbites cambodiensis Fleutiaux, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, vol. 87, p. 250, 1918. (Monobasic and original designation.) Tinecus Fleutiaux 1940. Ann. Soc. Ent. France, vol. 108, pp. 122, 124, 125. TyprE: Agriotes (Ectinus) gratiosus Fleutiaux, Bull. Soc. Ent. France, p. 278, figs. 1, 2, 1925. (Original designation.) Trelasus Fleutiaux 1922. Trans. Ent. Soc. London (1922), p. 420. Tyre: Trelasus antennalis Fleutiaux, loc. cit. (Monobasic.) Tyloarsus Fleutiaux 1934. Bull. Soc. Zool. France, vol. 59, pp. 56, 60. In error for Tylotarsus Germar, 1840. Tyleudacus Fleutiaux 1923. Trans. Ent. Soc. London (1922), p. 429 (Note). Type: Hudactylus wapleri Sallé, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, ser. 3, vol. 3, p. 267, 1855. (New name for Hudactylus Sallé (not Fitzinger, 1843). (Monobasic.) Isogenotypic with Platycrepidius Candéze, 1859. Vuilletus Fleutiaux 1940. Ann. Soc. Ent. France, vol. 108, pp. 122-124. Type: Agonischius altus Candéze, Elatérides Nouveaux, pt. 4, p. 54, 1889. (Originial designation.) Xanthelater Miwa 1931. Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Formosa, vol. 21, p. 259. Type: Elater granulipennis Miwa, Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. For- mosa, vol. 19, p. 489, 1929. (Original designation.) Xantherater Miwa 1934. Rep. Dep. Agric. Gov. Res. Inst. Formosa, No. 65, pp. 48, 197, 198. In error for Xanthelater Miwa, 1931. Xantholamprus Fleutiaux 1935. Bull. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belgique, vol. 75, p. 304, August 1935. Type: Pantolamprus sulcicollis Schwarz, Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr., p. 93, 1896. (Original designation.) This genus also proposed as new by Fleutiaux in Journ. East Africa Uganda Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. 12, p. 96, March 1936. No genotype designated, three included species of which the above is one. ELATERID BEETLES OF THE WORLD—ARNETT 619 Xanthopenthes Fleutiaux 1928. Encyclopédie Entomologique, ser. B, pt. 1, vol. 3, p. 166. Type: Megapenthes birmanicus Candéze, Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat. Genova, p. 617, 1888. (Original designation.) Yezodima Miwa 1928. Insecta Matsumurana, vol. 3, pp. 36, 40. Type: Yezodima convexunt Miwa, ibid., pp. 39, 40. (Original designation.) Zalepia Arnett 1953. Coleopt. Bull., vol. 7, p. 7. New name for Lepidotus Stephens, 1830 (not Asso, 1801). Zorochros Thomson 1859. Skandinaviens Coleoptera, vol. 1, p. 106. This is the original spelling, Zorochrus is the emendation. x n tygan re Vin agree ie oe Bi DOP G 5 ee ag 2ePnniolsatotaa al Otel wD Ra Lvl opis oer aiaassan >Craiiaxghebh lankymOy Beet Sth 4g omen ccivGees 5}: AAG es - owt ue O oy, Ce DE rete Ube. sole iri oe nian haath give) ail OF) kates bid oni TH OF “ne SO en Pinwiin Vii a Heaps a, Ase Sse Be Vraytiug (004, ll igo sie ry qpone voeh. Lane OGRE saan gie meiepese- il ath G . iG \ i 4) ea De Voctewey Wado! a thoy os : oivaaisneal wots bdatruheds b:ioweumoto® oitodd halo .* erifprinu . | Lae Ty lewvecoues |) Mw 14 Pith, ie oi. Fearne Se ih; Tete oe Lh orter far “ff, Tyleudaciue hic 1923 and ov so eet 3). nooo (Ne | , f “ : 4 - Tyne Awd reg ir fe MDT, te ant AU th pe, Ve a % f 7 i vol. 3, @. 967, 1865 (New -onme for Oude wit ie i ." WwOpaA q A a 0 ren) Al if 4 7t ad PTS be » & sci it nef + 7 a Pe ¥ } 4g be @ oy, » riniat ui Tt hia “mart | ai ] t — pat ’ > tie 4 | , i Ot, d = " r : ) ' jane oat a . “ i ; rin ; Ath CTO? (ON Canale ee Te HM © i tel cite prea sae cr be Ta oy Mat. Thdipwee, vol 16, ae i . Th he A wi et a, or Teas dee ‘® BE a V4, 4ove organ. ttsinigeoe } a 7 . “<= 4408 2970 BAD prethnod wnne? be Fiwitlete doe £ emtiely Nah, ‘tet Eve, wal 19, a. 08, Aeon Oe ite wubted, Viypeundodind spectes, si ehh Une Aboee is oe eee’ Ce TS, LAE Se ules a. 7 7 7 ihe —> ¢) SSL ey \ ‘ oo". é '— a 4 tb noe « '‘2@ d wd oi fi ‘ 7 5 4 ¥ ? - f ‘ ; i> Vy sé oh > cur if mrgssi ,, ‘ p -. j % attire ‘ 7 ‘ gey) “ ey . ail COC a OLS y 4 ‘ - ivey » | : 9 : ' ' Sip oot, (Prine ’ + Hh s « ue . per) rine) eon Jota oe rena sah! Mw, bol ursupyriig ah? a mere Or ue at anioe mary cul ¢ aos curved heen! er AMetuiadly eric Dea reiek Weise i- than = 4 Fi ta Fane, Peed end Ging Sancti Ye hart, ie bers, i vill “Misael, a fe Brat--> : ee a” Cae | P = eyr - mp @ PROCEEDINGS OF THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM NSTITUTION U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM Vol. 103 Washington: 1955 No. 3337 NEOTROPICAL MIRIDAE, LXIV: NEW BUGS OF THE SUBFAMILY CYLAPINAE (HEMIPTERA) By José C. M. Carvarno!' Through the courtesy of the U. S. National Museum I was able to study specimens of Cylapinae in that institution’s collection, among which were found the new genera and species herein described. Brachyfulvius, new genus Cylapinae, Fulviini. Body rounded, strongly convex on hemielytra, distinctly shagreened and very short pubescent. Head elongate, protruding between the antennae, somewhat hori- zontal, with a very short neck; eyes small, slightly removed from an- terior margin of pronotum; vertex sulcate; seen from side, clypeus prominent, gula long; rostrum reaching about middle of abdomen, the first segment reaching level of base of head, remaining segments de- creasing gradually in thickness. Antennae inserted in front of eyes, removed from anterior margin of the latter by a space equal to thickness of base of first antennal segment, the latter thick, incrassate towards the apex, second segment linear, about 2.5 times longer than the first, both shortly pilose; third and fourth joints very slender and longly pilose. Pronotum with a distinct collar, the calli strongly raised and forming two conical protuberances with a median furrow, both occupying an area of about three-fourths of disc, anterior margin of pronotum curved posteriorly, lateral margins rounded and depressed anteriorly, then 1 Museu Nacional, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil; John Simon Guggenheim Memorial fellow, 1953. Additional help granted by the Brazilian National Research Council. 309151—55 621 622 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 103 strongly emarginate, humeral angles prominent, posterior margin widely emarginate; mesoscutum broadly exposed; scutellum small with a median conical protuberance. Hemielytra brachypterous, shagreened, strongly convex at middle, without membrane, cuneus absent (in its place there is a calloused area over margin of corium), clavus, corium, and embolium fused but delineated at base, the embolial area flattened throughout. Apex of abdomen, seen from above, showing a short anal tube. Legs shagreened, the anterior femora narrowed towards the apex, tibiae with short spines and hairs, tarsi long, claws of the Cylapinae type, very long and slender. Two last legs mutilated. Type of genus, Brachyfulvius chapint, new genus, new species. This genus is easily differentiated from others of the tribe Fulviini by its brachypterous condition and the strongly raised calli and scutellum. At first sight it resembles a small beetle. Brachyfulvius chapini, new species Ficures 72, 74,a; PLATE 15,a Characterized by its color, dimensions, and protuberances of pronotum. Female: Length 2.8 mm., width 1.5 mm., head length 0.5 mm., width 0.6 mm., vertex 0.35 mm. Antennae segment I length 0.3 mm.; II, 0.8 mm.; III, 0.8 mm.; IV, 0.4 mm. Pronotum length 0.4 mm., width at base 0.9 mm. Rostrum length 1.7 mm.; segment I length 0.42 mm.; II, 0.45 mm.; JII, 0.42 mm.; IV, 0.48 mm. Color dark brownish; head, rostrum, antennae, legs, and embolial area lighter; apical callosity of corium and anal tube yellowish; second antennal segment whitish at apex; coxae light with a reddish tinge on the inner surface. Morphological characters as given for genus. Male unknown. Holotype: Female, USNM 61939, Cinchona, Jamaica, May 9, 1941, K. A. Chapin. As in the genus Corcovadocola Carvalho, 1948, whose females are brachypterous, the males of Brachyfulvius are expected to be macrop- terous. I take pleasure in naming this species for Dr. E. A. Chapin, who collected this interesting new genus and species of mirid. Peritropoides, new genus Cylapinae, Fulviini. Species of small size, body ovoid, smooth, beset with rigid semierect pubescence. Head inclined and pointed in front, vertex convex and inclined towards frons, posterior margin straight, frons strongly inclined in the same level of clypeus; eyes NEOTROPICAL MIRIDAE, LXIV—CARVALHO 623 divergent anteriorly, touching anterior angles of pronotum; seen from side, the eye is compressed and touches the gula below or nearly so. Rostrum reaching middle of abdomen or slightly beyond, the first seg- ment thicker than the others, reaching slightly beyond the base of anterior coxae, remaining segments about subequal in length. Antennae inserted a little above inferior line of orbita, touching anterior margin of eye, segment I very short, reaching about apex of clypeus, segment II subequal in thickness to the first and three times longer, linear, segments III and IV more slender, the fourth twice as long as third or so, the whole antenna covered by very short pubescence. Figure 72.—Brachyfulvius chapini, new genus and new species, female, holotype; seen from above. Pronotum slightly inclined towards the head, collar present, widest at middle and narrowed towards the sides, calli area somewhat raised on two anterior thirds of pronotum, lateral margins of disc rounded and declivous, posterior margin rounded at lateral angles, emarginate in front of mesoscutum; the latter prominent, carinate transversally at middle; scutellum relatively small, slightly convex. 624 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 103 Hemielytra smooth, densely pubescent, embolium more distinct towards the base, cuneus as long as wide at base, fracture distinct, incisure obsolete; membrane biareolate, very minutely pubescent (iridescent under reflected light). Legs relatively short, the posterior femora incrassate, tibiae with slender spines and common pubescence, tarsi very long, claws of the Cylapinae type. Cleft of anterior coxae deeply incised. Type of genus, Peritropoides annulatus, new species. 0.5 mri. Figure 73.—Fulvius albonotatus, new species, male, holotype. This genus is very near Peritropis Uhler, 1891, being easily dis- tinguished, however, by the presence of a distinct collar, sides of pronotum not carinate, calli not raised, narrow embolium, vertex smooth, and body surface not shagreen. NEOTROPICAL MIRIDAE, LXIV—CARVALHO 625 Peritropoides annulatus, new species PLATE 15,B Characterized by its color, size, and structure of head. Female: Length 2.2 mm., width 0.9 mm. Head: Length 0.2 mm., width 0.3 mm., vertex 0.22 mm. Antennae: Segment I length 0.1 mm.; II, 0.4 mm.; ITI, 0.2mm.;IV,0.3mm. Pronotum: Length 0.3 mm., width at base 0.8 mm. Rostrum: Length 1.0 mm., segment I length 0.25 mm.; II, 0.28 mm.; III, 0.25 mm.; IV, 0.25 mm. Color brownish with whitish spots or areas; head brown on vertex with two whitish spots bordering eye, clypeus and frons with brown and whitish areas, sides of head, clypeus, and first segment of rostrum reddish brown, remaining rostral segments yellowish; eyes dark brown; first antenna brown with whitish apex, second antenna with three whitish and two brown rings, third and fourth antennae brown with whitish apices; pronotum brown, especially at middle and lateral margins, with yellowish spots, the posterior margin with three distinct whitish spots, one adjacent to each lateral angle of mesoscutum and the third median; mesoscutum also with two whitish spots at base; scutellum brown with whitish apex; hemielytra with clavus and basal half of cori'um white with small brown dots, apical portion of corium and embolium brown to reddish brown (except a white spot on apex of embolium and external apical angle of corium reaching the middle of base of cuneus), cuneus reddish brown with extreme apex white; membrane infumate; underside darkish brown, apex of coxa reddish, trochanters and extreme apex of femora whitish, the posterior pair noticeably darker, tibiae yellow with a small black ring near base and a large one near middle, the anterior pair with a median and two basal rings; whitish apex of posterior femur with a reddish to brown ring. Morphological characters as given for genus. Male unknown. Holotype: Female, USNM 61940, Colombia (on orchid), intercepted at San Francisco, Calif., Dec. 16, 1940. Peritropoides quadrinctiatus, new species FicureEs 74,b, 75,e,f, 76,0,f Characterized by its color, dimensions, and structure of head. Male: Length 3.0 mm., width 1.1 mm. Head: Length 0.3 mm., width 0.5 mm., vertex 0.24 mm. Antennae: Segment I length 0.2 mm.; II, 0.6 mm.; III, 0.8 mm.; 1V, 0.6 mm. Pronotum: Length 0.4 mm., width at base 1.0mm. Rostrum: Length 1.7 mm.;segment I length 0.42 mm.; II, 0.45 mm.; III, 0.42 mm.; IV, 0.45 mm. 626 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 108 Color yellowish mottled with brown, reddish marmorate on em- bolium, the hemielytra with four brown areas; head yellowish on vertex and frons (except for a small central brown spot at middle of vertex and two other bordering eye near base of frons), sides of head above antennae with a reddish brown fascia reaching from eye to clypeus, the latter variegated with red becoming solid reddish brown 0.5mm, Figure 74.—a, Brachyfulvius chapint, new species, side view of head and pronotum; b, Peritropoides quadrinotatus, new species, head and pronotum from above; c, Fulvius ornatifrons, new species, head and pronotum of female, holotype; d, Vannius oculatus, new species, showing color pattern. towards the apex, genae and first rostral segment yellowish brown, gula brown, the remaining rostral segments yellowish; eyes brown; antennae yellowish, the apex of first joint with a reddish ring; pro- notum variegated with brown, two roundish brown spots are to be seen over the collar and a brownish fascia behind each eye occupying also lateral margin of pronotum (on anterior margin, contiguous to eye there are two short whitish fasciae below and above the pronotal margin, which is also whitish), pleural region bark brown; mesoscutum with brown spots at basal angles and a more pronounced dark brown U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM PROCEEDINGS, VOL. 103, PLATE 15 A, Brachyfulvius chapini, new genus and new species, female, holotype. B, Peritropoides annulatus, new species, female, holotype. NEOTROPICAL MIRIDAE, LXIV—CARVALHO 627 median portion separated from angles by a whitish raised spot; scutellum brown with faint yellowish spots and whitish apex; hemi- elytra yellowish, variegated with brown externally and vice versa interiorly, clavus with two large median brown spots, embolium marmorated with red, corium with a faint brownish area beyond apex Figure 75.—Male genitalia: a, pygophore of Fulvius castaneous, new species, left side, lateral view; 6, pygophore of F. quadristillatus (Stal), left side, lateral view; c, pygophore of F. albonotatus, new species, left side, lateral view; d, aedeagus of F’. castaneous, new species; e, apex of pygophore of Peritropoides quadrinotatus, new species, seen from above; f, aedeagus of P. quadrinotatus; g, pygophore of Fulvius bisbistillatus (Stal), left side, lateral view. of cubital vein, cuneus whitish with reddish apex and a well marked dark brown spot on inner basal angles; membrane infumate, the veins yellowish; underside of body yellowish at median line, the tergites becoming darker towards the upper surface, legs yellowish (coxae and trochanters), femora and tibiae mutilated. 628 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 103 Head more horizontal than in the preceding species, the eyes larger, straight posteriorly, coarsely granulose, second antennal segment slightly incrassate towards the apex, body pubescence long and semi- erect, eyes reaching the gula below. Aedeagus (fig. 75, f) of the Cylapinae type, short and thick, without chitinized teeth internally. Left clasper (figs. 75, e, 76, 6, f) curved, pointed apically, with a median short prong. Right clasper small, roundish apically, with a few setae. Female unknown. Holotype: Male, USNM 61941, Barro Colorado Island, Canal Zone, Panamé, July 1923, R. C. Shannon. This species differs from Peritropoides annulatus, new species, by its color and structure of head. Its trivial name is derived from the four brown spots to be seen on clavus and internal angles of cuneus. Vannius oculatus, new species Figure 74,d Characterized by its color, structure of eyes, and yellow first anten- nal segment. Female: Length 2.7 mm., width 0.8 mm. Head: Length 0.3 mm., width 0.4 mm., vertex 0.14 mm. Antennae: Segment I length 0.2 mm.; II, 1.0 mm.; III, 1.3 mm.; IV, 0.4 mm. Pronotum: Length 0.2 mm., width at base 0.7 mm. Rostrum: Length 0.71 mm.; seg- ment I length 0.17 mm.; II, 0.25 mm.; III, 0.14 mm.; IV, 0.14 mm. Color yellowish with red areas; eyes, sides of pronotum, median portion of scutellum, corium bordering clavus and a small fascia on the latter joining the corial fascia, a round spot on apex of corium and a smaller one on intermal margin of cuneus, frons and sides of head, pleural region, apex of abdomen, and base of same on upper surface, red; antennae (except red ring near apex and whitish apical portion), rostrum, coxae, and middle circular band of abdomen, yellow. The third antennal segment is fuscous at base. Head small, sulcate on frons and vertex, eyes very large, elongate, narrowed posteriorly, longer than the head as seen from above; seen from side, eyes distant from gula by a space about equal to length of eye, lorum strongly enlarged, gula very short. Rostrum reaching very slightly beyond the hind coxae. Pronotum with anterior margin raised and hooded over the vertex between the eyes, emarginate behind each eye, lateral margins rounded and slightly emarginate at middle, the posterior margin biconcave, humeral angles produced; mesoscutum exposed; scutellum elongate with acute apex. NEOTROPICAL MIRIDAE, LXIV—-CARVALHO 629 Hemielytra elongate, the margins subparallel, cuneus very long, almost three times as long as wide at base, embolium very narrow, linear. Legs mutilated. Male unknown. Holotype: Female, USNM 61942, Costa Rica (on bananas), inter- cepted at New York, May 11, 1936. This species is similar to Vannius rubrovittatus Distant, 1893, but easily distinguished by the yellow first antennal segment, the eyes pointed posteriorly, and different color markings of apex of corium and cuneus. Fulvius albonotatus, new species Figures 73, 75,c, 76,d,f Characterized by its small size, whitish spots of head and pronotum, and male genitalia, Male: Length 2.4 mm., width 1.0mm. Head: Length 0.3 mm., with 0.4mm., vertex0.21 mm. Antennae: Segment I length 0.2 mm.; II, 0.5 mm.; III, 0.2 mm.; IV, 0.4mm. Pronotum: Length 0.2 mm., width at base 0.7 mm. Rostrum: Length 1.0 mm., segment I length 0.25 mm.; IT, 0.28 mm.; III, 0.28 mm.; IV, 0.28 mm. Figure 76.—Male claspers: a, Fulvius castaneous, new species, left clasper; }, Peritropoides quadrinotatus, new species, left clasper, dorsal view; c, Fulvius castaneous, new species, right clasper; d, Ff’. albonotatus, new species, left clasper, dorsal view; e, Peritropoides quadrinotatus, new species, left clasper, ventral view; f, Fulvius albonotatus, new species, left clasper, side view. Color brown, distinctly darker on head and pronotum; head dark brown with a whitish, short fascia on vertex between the eyes, pro- notum also dark brown with a whitish spot touching posterior margin on median line; antenna with segment I reddish brown, lighter at apex (but not white), segment IT yellowish sulphurescent, whitish at apex and lighter at base, third and fourth segments fuscous; mesoscutum dark brown at middle, lighter on basal angles; scutellum dark brown 630 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 108 with whitish apex; hemielytra chestnut brown with a roundish small white area near base of corium on level with middle portion of clavus, cuneus whitish on basal half, reddish brown apically; membrane infumate; underside with pleural portion dark brownish, abdomen reddish brown, coxae white (except extreme base), femora brown with reddish apices, tibiae pale, each with a brown to fuscous ring near base, tarsi yellow. Head strongly pointed, first antennal segment incrassate, narrowed toward the base, second linear, about half as thick as the first, remain- ing joints very slender. Pronotum slightly biconcave posteriorly. Hemielytra with embolium enlarged towards the apex, cuneus about as long as wide. Rostrum reaching beyond posterior coxae. Aedeagus similar to that of Fulvius castaneous, new species (fig. 75, d); left clasper as seen in figures 76,d,f. Pygophore seen from left lateral aspect as in figure 75,c. Female slightly more robust than male but similar in color and general appearence. Holotype: Male, USNM 61943, Barro Colorado Island, Canal Zone, Panama (on Heliconia mariae flowers), June 1940, J. Zetek, No. 4667. Allotype: Female, same data. Paratypes: 9 o'o' and 3 99, same data. Also 1 o, Panamé (with Hevea and other seeds), intercepted at Hoboken, N. J., Sept. 8, 1950. This species differs from all others in the genus by its small size, color markings, and male genitalia. It is easily distinguished from Fulvius lunulatus Uhler, 1891, by its color pattern of the head and pronotum. These structures are uniformly dark in the latter species. Fulvius castaneous, new species Fieure 75,a,d; 76,a,c. Characterized by the very faint whitish area on corium, large size, and male genitalia. Male: Length 3.9 mm., width 1.5 mm. Head: Length 0.4 mm., width 0.6 mm., vertex 0.21 mm. Antennae: Segment I length 0.4 mm.; II, 1.0 mm.; III, 0.4 mm.; IV, 0.7 mm. Pronotum: Length 0.5 mm., width at base 1.1mm. Rostrum: Length 2.0 mm., segment I length 0.50 mm.; IJ, 0.57 mm.; III, 0.57 mm.; IV, 0.42 mm. Color blackish brown; head, pronotum, and antennae (except whitish apical one-fourth of second segment) unicolorous; mesoscutum with two lighter areas; scutellum unicolorous, dark brown; hemielytra brown to cinnamom, with a faint whitish area on corium in level with middle of clavus, apex of the latter also lighter, cuneus reddish brown apically, white on basal third; membrane infumate; underside black- brown on anterior half and reddish brown on abdomen; posterior and NEOTROPICAL MIRIDAE, LXIV—-CARVALHO 631 middle coxae white (except on extreme bases), anterior coxae black (except on extreme apex), femora and tibiae brownish, the tibiae lighter than femora. In some specimens the whitish mark on corium is almost absent, giving the insect the aspect of having a totally black corium. Body fairly large, head strongly produced, antennae quite long, calli small and roundish. Aedeagus (fig. 75,d) with a chitinized spiculiform projection inter- nally and a small field of chitinized teeth. Left clasper (fig. 76,a) curved apically, with a median enlargement bearing setae. Pygophore seen from left lateral view as in figure 76,c. Female identical to male in color and dimensions. Holotype: Male, USNM 61944, Tigambato, Michoac4an, México (on orchid), intercepted at Laredo, Tex., Oct. 16, 1948. Allotype: Female, México, Distrito Federal, México (on Philodendron sp.), intercepted at Laredo, Tex., July 29, 1952. Paratypes: 1@ and 19, same data as allotype; 1 9, Tamazunchale, San Luis Potosi, México (on orchid), intercepted at Laredo, Tex., Dec. 30, 1948; 1 #@, Huicha- can, San Luis Potosi, México (on orchid), intercepted at Laredo, Tex., Jan. 29, 1938: 1 9, México (on crysanthemum), intercepted at Browns- ville, Tex., Sept. 5, 1942; 1 o&, Guatemala (on bananas), intercepted at Philadelphia, Pa., Oct. 21, 1935; 1 9, San José, Costa Rica, altitude 1,135 meters, P. Biolley (Fulvius quadristillatus Stal, det. A. C. Montandon). Paratypes in collections of U. S. National Museum and the author. This species runs to F. bisbistilatus (Stal) in Poppius’ key (Acta Soc. Sci. Fennicae, vol. 37, pt. 4, p. 32, 1909), but differs from the latter by the much less marked light area on corium, larger size, and male genitalia (fig. 75,g). It also shows similarity with Fulvius imbecilis (Say), 1832, but can be distinguished by the color of hemielytra, antennae, and male genitalia. From Fulvius quadristil- lotus (Stal), 1860, it differs in the color and male genitalia (fig. 75,0). Fulvius ornatifrons, new species Figure 75,c Characterized by its color, size, and very long rostrum. Female: Length 2.7 mm., width 1.1mm. Head: Length 0.4 mm., width 0.5 mm., vertex 0.30 mm. Antennae: Segment I length 0.3 mm.; II, 0.8 mm.; III, 0.2 mm.; IV, 0.4mm. Pronotum: Length 0.4 mm., width at base 1.0 mm. Rostrum: Length 1.7 mm., all seg- ments subequal in length. Color brown with a reddish tinge; head and calli variegated with red or fuscous as seen in figure 75,c, a small whitish fascia on middle of 632 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 103 posterior margin of pronotum touching mesoscutum; hemielytra with extreme base of corium, extreme apex of clavus, and a faint mark on corium in level with median portion of clavus, a semilunal white spot on base of cuneus; antennae brown tending to reddish brown, the second segment unicolorous; underside reddish brown, middle and posterior coxae white (except at extreme bases), anterior coxae reddish brown, whitish at base; legs reddish brown, extreme base and apices of femora whitish, tibiae lighter than femora tending to yellow; rostrum yellow. Species of small size, the antennae fairly thick, calli of pronotum noticeably raised, rostrum reaching the genital segment (male). Male slightly smaller and more reddish than the female and the calli not so distinctly marked. The genitalia of the male was lost when being manipulated. Holotype: Female, USNM 61945, Caracas, Venezuela (on Catileya sp.), intercepted at San Francisco, Calif., July 10, 1946. Paratypes: 1, Caracas, Venezuela (on Cattleya speciosissima), intercepted at San Francisco, Calif., May 23, 1946; 1 o&, Venezuela (on orchid), intercepted at Washington, D.C., July 14, 1939. Paratypes in col- lections of U. S. National Museum and the author. This species differs from all others in the genus by the variegated markings of head and pronotum as seen in figure 74,¢. U, S$, GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 19558 INDEX (New genera, species, etc., are printed in italics. Page numbers of principal entries also in italics) Abbott, R. Tucker; Atlantic periwinkles Nodzilittor- ina, Echininus, and Tectarius, 449. abbreviata, Amblyops, 581 Abelater, 601 aberrans, Stilobezzia (Eukraiohelea), 61 Abiphis, 601 abranchiata, Leaena, 209, 325, 326, 1 (fig.) Abseus, 601 Acanthomysis, 576, 582 davisi, 582 macropsis, 582 nephrophthalma, 582 pseudomacropsis, 582 sculpta, 582 sp., 582 Acanthus, 601 accidentalis, Colodon, 430 acridens, Hyracodon, 430 Acrostoma, 383 Actenicerus, 600 Actinicola, 188 bicolor, 191 percula, 191 acuminata, Strabala, 125 (fig.), 127, acuminata, Potamilla, 336 acuta, Pleurocera, 360 Pleurocera (Oxytrema), 360 acutidens, Ictops, 403, 430 acutifrons, Ampharete, 208, 316, 319 fi (fig. Amphicteis, 316 acutipennis, Aphanobius, 603 Aphanopenthes, 603 acutus, Melanatractus, 612 Pleurocerus (Oxytrema), 360 Adamatornis, 594 Adelocera, 601 conspersa, 607 geographica, 617 pyrsolepis, 608 Adjidaumo, 433 minimus, 430 Aeleoderma, 602 Aelus, 602 Aemidioides, 602 rohan-chaboti, 602 eoepeanis, tiene 87, 88, 89, 91 aeneus, Elater, 608 aenigmaticum, Rhopalosoma, 19 Pinchacus, 471 Tapirus, 477, 479, 481, 485 365272—56——2 Review of the| Aeoloderma, 602, 603 Aeolus, 602 Aepinacodon, 434 americanus, 480 Aeronautes melanoleucus, 537, 538 saxatilis saxatilis, 537, 538 aetherodroma, Chaetura_ spinicauda, 539, 542 affinis, Apis affinis, 544 Flabelligera, 307, 289, 297 (fig.) Lophogaster, 577 Lophogaster subglaber, 577 Merycoidodon, 430 africana, Eukraiohelea, 61 Sternaspis scutata, 309 Stilobezzia (Eukraiohelea) 63 agitator, Hapithus, 20, 21, 23, 24, 25, 31 Hapithus agitator, 23 Agonischius altus, 618 ruficollis, 605 Agriodratus, 602 Agriotella, 602 Agriotes (Ectinus) gratiosus, 618 Agryphus schotti, 611 Agrypnus, 602 Aiolus, 602 akallopisos, Amphiprion, 188, 190, 192 Prochilus, 188, 190 alaskensis, Dendrocoelopsis, 165, 168, 177, 178, 181 (fig.) alaskensis, Haploscoloplos, 278, 279 alatum, Chalaraspidum, 577 albicincta, Streptoprocne zonaris, 548 albissima, Phagocata, 165, 167 albitarsis, Ceratopogon, 138 albofasciata, Wetmorella, 441, 442, 443, 446, 447 albonotatus, Fulvius, 624 (fig.), 627 (fig.), 629 (fig.) Alestrus, 602 alexandri, Autolytus, 207, 242, 244, 245, 246 4 alfa, Bathygenys, 430 alluaudi, Dorygonus, 617 Prolacon, 615 Allohelea, 137 polita, 138 alternata, Syllis, 253, 254 Typosyllis, 253 Altica, 121, 122, 123, 124 ferruginea, 121, 132 scutellaris, 121 testacea, 122 altitalonidus, Apternodus, 430 altus, Agonischius, 618 alutaceus, Hyas coarctatus, 261 633 634 alveare, Megare, 364 Pleurocera, 364 amarula, Thiara, 378 Thiara (Thiara), 379 Ambloxus olequaensis, 360 Amblyops abbreviata, 581 Ambrysus, 1 bispinus, 3 (fig.), 4, 6 buenoi, 4 cosmius, 6 dilatus, 6 funebris, 1 guttatipennis, 6 hungerfordi, 6 mormon, 3, 4 parviceps, 6 pudicus, 6 puncticollis, 6 signoreti, 6 thermarum, 1, 3 (fig.) Two new naucorid bugs of the genus, 1 woodburyi, 3 ambulans, Haltica, 122, 123, 131 Strabala, 125 (fig.), 127, 131 Amechanus, 101 ferrugineus, 102 fossatus, 103 serratus, 113 americana, Mysidella, 576, 582 Sorocelis, 566 americanus, Aepinacodon, 430 Bothriodon, 430 Lophogaster, 577 Tapir, 479 Ceres 476, 477, 479, 480, 481, 4 Amotrypane, 296 breviata, 205, 208, 295, 297 (fig.) amnigena, Eukraiohelea, 61 Ampharete, 315 (key) acutifrons, 208, 316, 319 (fig.) cirrata, 316 goési, 208, 317 goési braznikovi, 317 grubei, 316 sp. (young), 317 trilobata, 316 vega, 208, 315, 319 (fig.) Ampharetidae, 208 (table), 212, 314, PROCEEDINGS 315 (key), 319 (figs.) Amphicteis acutifrons, 316 vega, 315 Amphictenidae, 310 Amphicynodontinae, 419, 421 (table), 434 Amphicyoninae, 420 Amphiprion, 187, 188 (key), 192 (table), 196, 200 akallopisos, 188, 190, 192 arion, 199 bicinctus, 190, 192, 194, 198, 199 bicolor, 191 bifasciatus, 193 bifasciatus annamensis, 193 boholensis, 198 OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 103 chrysargyrus, 198 chrysogaster, 189, 192, 193 chrysopterus, 198 clarckii, 198 de bojer, 198 ephippium, 190, 192, 199, 201 ephippium chrysopterus, 195 frenatus, 190, 192, 199, 200 fusciventer, 193 intermedius, 194 japonicus, 198 laticlavius, 188, 193 macrostoma, 201 mauritiensis, 189, 192, 196 mecullochi, 201 melanopus, 190, 192, 201 melanostolus, 198 melanurus, 194 monofasciatus, 199 ocellaris, 194 papuensis, 199 percula, 188, 191, 192, 193 perideraion, 188, 191, 192 ae 189, 193, 194, 197, 198, Review of the Indo-Pacific anemone fishes of the genus, with descrip- tions of two new species, 187 rosenbergi, 191 rubrocinctus, 199 riippeli, 199 sebae, 189, 192, 197 snyderi, 198 tricinctus, 189, 192, 195, 197 tricolor, 199 trifasciatus, 193 tunicatus, 191 unimaculatus, 193 xanthurus, 190, 192, 198 Amphitrite, 320, 321 (key) cincinnata, 327 cirrata, 209, 319 (fig.), 321 groenlandica, 209, 321, 322 infundibulum, 340 radiata, 321 robusta, 322 Ampullacera maculata, 385 Ampullarina maculata, 385 Amyadenium, 177, 178 brementi, 177 chattoni, 177 garmieri, 177 vandeli, 177 Anagnota, 560 Anaitides, 236 groenlandica, 236 analis, Euchone, 209, 339, 341 (fig.) Larra, 32 Sabella, 339 Anaplocamus, 363 Anatomy and relationships of glossy cuckoos of the genera Chryso- coccyx, Lampromorpha, and Chalcites, 585-597 Anchastelater, 602 ornatus, 602 INDEX Anchastus maximus, 601 Anchialina typica, 580 Anculosa, 362 dilatata, 363 andecolus, Apus andecolus, 536 andicola, Tapirus, 472 Angitrema, 363 Angulidae, 401 angulus, Bolboceras, 95, 117 Bolborhombus, 99 (fig.), 115 (map), 117, 119 angustata, Stenomicra, 560 Anischia, 602, 603 boliviana, 603 languarioides, 603 poe ener) Amphiprion _ bifasciatus, annectens, Leptomeryx, 430 annulata, Meronychina, 556 Microperiscelis, 555, 556 Myodris, 556 Notiphila, 552 Periscelis, 552, 543, 556 annulatus, Peritropoides, 624, 625, 628 annulipes, Periscelis, 556 Anodonta, 368 anomala, Holmesiella, 580 Anostirus, 604 anta, Tapir, 477, 479, 481 Tapirus, 481, 485 antarctica, Capitella capitata, 298 Leaena, 325 Leaena abranchiata, 325, 326 Maldane sarsi, 304 antargucys: Trichobranchus glacialis, antea, Tapirus, 476 antennalis, Ceratolophus, 68 Ceratopogon, 68 Hartomyia, 68 Johannseniella, 68 Stilobezzia, 59, 60, 61, 68 Stilobezzia (Stilobezzia), 68, 73 Anthias bifasciatus, 194 clarkii, 198 polymna, 198 polymnus, 191 Anthomyza, 557 Anthomyzidae, 551, (key) anthonyi, Eurycaelon, 362 Anthracotherinae, 434 anticostiensis, Arcteobia, 206, 226 Eucranta, 226 Eupolynoé, 225 Harmothoé, 225 Antilopidae, 424 Antimelania, 381, 382 costula, 382 episcopalis, 382 soriniana, 382 Antinoé, 214, 215 badia, 216 sarsi, 205, 206, 215 553, 4656, 557 635 Antinoélla sarsi, 215 Antoligostethus, 603 lucidus, 603 antoni, Litorina, 458 saul aera 480, 481, 484, 485, 4 Aphanobius acutipennis, 603 Aphanopenthes, 603 acutipennis, 603 Aphrodita cirrhosa, 226 imbricata, 220 longa, 230 minuta, 230 scabra, 217 aphroditoides, Castalia, 206, 239, 243 (fig.) Nereis, 239 Psammate, 239 Apis affinis affinis, 544 Aplotarsus, 607 maritimus, 607 Apternodus, 431, 433 altitalonidus, 430 mediaevus, 403, 430 Apus andecolus andecolus, 536 aquaticus, Scalopus, 404 Archaeolagus sp., 416 Archaeomysis grebnitzkii, 580 Archaeotherium, 433 crassum, 430 marshi, 430 mortoni, 430 scotti, 430 Arcteobia, 214, 225 anticostiensis, 206, 225 arctica, Aricia, 278 Boreomysis, 579 Castalia, 239 Eteone, 234 Eulalia, 238 Nereis, 264 Nicolea, 322 Polynoé, 217 Trophonia, 290, 291 arcticus, Herpyllobius, 221, 223, 227 Rangifer, 424 arcuatus, Bolbelasmus, 97, 98, 99 (fig.), 100, 114 (map) Bolboceras, 97, 98 Kolbeus, 97, 98 Ardynomys, 434 arenarum, Ogmophis, 402 Arenicola, 300 glacialis, 205, 208, 300, 301 (fig.) Arenicolidae, 208 (table), 213, 300, 301 (figs.) arge, Upeneoides, 518 Upeneus, 500 (table), 502 (tables), 503, 504 (table), 505 (tables), 506, 507, 508, 518 argentatus, Pleonomus, 613 Aricia arctica, 278 Ariciidae, 278 arion, Amphiprion, 199 arisan4s, Taiwanathous, 617 636 armatus, Idathyrsus, (fig.), 308 armiger, Lumbricus, 278 Scoloplos, 207, 278, 283 (fig.) armigera, Melania, 363 armillaris, Nereis, 254 Syllis, 254 Arnett, Ross H., Jr.; A review of the beetle family Cephaloidae, 155 Beetles of the oedemerid genus Vasaces Champion, 87 Supplement and corrections of J. A. Hyslop’s Genotypes of the elaterid beetles of the world, 599-632 Artiodactyla, 425, 432 Asabellides, 315, 318 orientalis, 318 sibirica, 208, 318, 319 (fig.) Asclerini, 88 Ascoliocerus, 603 asinus, Equus, 423 aspirans, Melania, 380 Stenomelania, 380 Asteidae, 560 asymmetricus, Upeneus, 500 (table), 501, 502 (tables) 503, 504 (table), 505 (tables), 5/1, 512 (table) Athoina, 603 Athous, 601, 603 hirtus, 615 revelieri, 603 Athyreus ferrugineus, 102 Atoloderma, 603 atra, Doryssa, 367 Atrichopogon, 66 Athyreus (Bradicinetus) ferrugineus, 102 serratus, 113 (Bradicinetus) serratus, 113 Aulacon, 603 Aulacostoma, 375 auratus, Mullus, 528, 529 auriculata, Polycelis, 171, 172 australasiae, Bolboceras, 101 australis, Dennyus, 533, 534, 536, 537, 540 (fig.), 549 Eucopia, 578, 579 Geckobia, 15 austratica, Patricia, 614 Autolytus, 241, 242, 245 (key), 249 alexandri, 207, 242, 244, 245, 246 cornutus, 244, 245, 250, 252 fallax, 205, 207, 242, 244, 246, 247, 250, 251 (fig.) incertus, 250 longisetosus, 242, 247, 250 ornatus, 244 prismaticus, 207, 242, 244, 245, 246, 247, 249, 251 (fig.) prolifer, 244, 245, 247, 249, 250 trilineatus, 250 verrilli, 246 Aylacostoma, 367, 375, 376 (Verena) crenocarina, 377, 378 labrum, 375, 376 Hemisinus) lineolatum, 376 ruginosum, 377 205, 208, 301 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 103 (Aylacostoma) scalare, 376 tuberculatum, 375, 377 (Longiverena) tuberculatum, 377 baccata, Brotia, 383 badia, Antinoé, 216 bailleti, Oxytrema, 368 bairdi, Elasmognathus, 489 Tapirus, 490 Tapirus (Elasmognathus), 489 bairdii, Elasmognathus, 488, 489 Tapirella, 490 Tapirus, 465, 466, 467, 468, 469, 473, 478, 482 (fig.), 483 (fig.), 488, 489, 490, 493 (map), 495 (map) Tapirus (Tapirella), 489 bakeri, Hypnoidus, 610 Balanocochlis, 381 glans, 381 balonnensis, Plotiopsis, 378 bandi, Mullus, 516 Banner, Albert H.; A supplement to W. M. Tattersall’s Review of the Mysidacea of the United States National Museum, 575 barbata, Eteone, 206, 233 Eteone (Mysta), 233 Eunoé, 219 Mysta, 233 bartschi, Callocalia inexpectata, 543 basalis, Chalcites, 594 Hypnoidus, 603 Basistoma, 376 Bathanalia, 371, 374 howesi, 374 bathygenus, Parictis, 421 Bathygenys, 434 alfa, 430 Bdellocephala, 174 beckae, Stilobezzia, 59, 60, 61 Stilobezzia (Stilobezzia), (fig.), 82 bedeli, Blaiseus, 604 beetle family Cephaloidae, A review of the, 155 beetles, Chrysomelid, of the genus Strabala Chevrolat, 121 Of the oedemerid genus Vasaces Champion, 87 Secarabaeid, of the genus Brady- cinetulus, and closely related genera in the United States, 95 Beezia stecki, 138 behnii, Hemisinus, 375 belaque, Upeneoides, 513 Bembiciidae, 462 Bembicium, 462 bensasi, Mullus, 509 Upeneus, 500 (table), 501, 502 (tables), 503, 504 (table,) 505 (tables), 506, 508, 509, 511 (table) Berger, Andrew J.; On the anatomy and relationships of glossy cuck- oos of the genera Chrysociccyx, Lampromorpha, and Chalcites, 585-597 69, 72 INDEX Betarmon, 603 quadrivittatus, 611 Betarmou, 603 bethaniensis, Photuris, 36 Bezzia elegantulus, 62 bicinctus, Amphiprion, 190, 192, 194, 198, 199 bicolor, Actinicola, 191 Amphiprion, 191 Cephaloon, 157 (map), 159, 160 Stilobezzia, 59, 60, 61, 71 Stilobezzia (Stilobezzia), (fig.) bifasciata, Wetmorella philippina, 440, 441, 442 (fig.), 443 bifasciatus, Amphiprion, 193 Anthias, 194 Prochilus, 193, 194 bigeminatus, Elater, 602 bilineatus, Cosmesus, 601 birmanicus, Megapenthes, 619 bisbistillatus, Fulvius, 627 (fig.), 631 bispinus, Ambrysus, 3 (fig.), 4, 6 bitaeniatus, Upeneus, 516 bivittatus, Upeneus, 513 Blaberus craniifer, 46 Blaiseus, 604 bedeli, 604 Blake, Doris Holmes; The chrysomelid beetles of the genus Strabala Chevrolat, 121 Blatta, 41 livens, 40, 41 livida, 40, 41 maderae, 45 surinamensis, 45 Blattella, 53 blomstrandi, Eusyllis, 207, 243 (fig.), 260 boholensis, Amphiprion, 198 Boidae, 402 Bolbelasmus, 95, 97 (key) arcuatus, 97, 98, 99 (fig.), 100, 114 (map) gations, 97, 99 (fig.) hornii, 97, 98, 99 (fig.), 100, 115 (map) minor, 97, 98, 99 (fig.), 100, 115 (map) unicorne, 97 Bolboceras, 95, 96, 101 angulus, 95, 117 arcuatus, 97, 98 australasiae, 101 coreanus, 97 ferrugineus, 102 (Amechamus) ferrugineus, 102 fossatus, 103 (Amechamus) fossatus, 103 hornii, 100 lecontei, 102 minor, 100 quadridens, 101 schaefferi, 117, 119 (Amechamus) serratus, 113 serratus peninsularis, 116 PE) RZ 637 Bolbocerastes, 95, 97, 99 (figs.), 105 (key), 113 imperialis, 99 (fig.), 106, 109, 112, 113, 114 (map), 116 imperialis kansanus, 106, 112, 115 (map) | peninsularis, 98 (fig.), 105, 112, 114 (map), 116 105, 106, 109, regalis, 99 (fig.), 112, 115 (map) serratus, 99 (fig.), 106, 107, 108, 109, 112, 113, 115 (map) Bolboceratini, 96 (key) Bolbocerosoma, 95, 96 Bolborhombus, 95, 97, 99 (figs.), 116, 117 (key) angulus, 99 (fig.), TT a9 parvul, 99 (fig.), 115 (map), 117, 118, 119 schaefferi, 99 (fig.), 114 (map), 117, 119 boliviana, Anischia, 603 Boltenia echinata, 276 iia Neti ea 168, 171 (fig.), 172, 182 115 (map), borealis, Micropternodus, 430 Mystides, 206, 232, 237 Nicomache lumbricalis, 305 Petaloproctus tenuis, 306, 307 Boreomysinae, 576 Boreomysis, 579, 580 arctica, 579 californica, 579 kineaidi, 577, 580 microps, 576, 579 tregonboffi, 579 tridens, 579 Bos depressicornis, 424 frontalis, 424 gaurus, 424 indicus, 424 Bothriodon, 433 americanus, 430 Bothriodontidae, 432 Bourguignatia, 372 imperialis, 372 Bovidae, 424 brachycephala, Nephthys, 271, 272 Polydora, 280, 281 Brachyfulvius, 621 chapini, 622, 623 (fig.), 626 (fig.) Brachygonus, 604 megerlei, 604 brachyodon, Megalagus, 416, 430 brachyura, Chaetura brachyura, 544 Brada, 288, 290 (key) granosa, 292 granulata, 290, 292 inhabilis, 207, 290, 292, 297 (fig.) pilosa, 290, 291 rugosa, 290, 291, 292 setosa, 290, 291 sublaevis, 292 villosa, 205, 207, 290 Bradycellus, 101 (fig.) 638 Bradycinetulus, 95, 96, 97, 99 (figs.), 101, 102 (key) ferrugineus, 96, 99 (fig.), 102, 103, 104, 105, 115 (map) fossator, 103 fossatus, 99 (fig.), 102, 103, 105, 114 (map) hornii, 100 rex, 99 (fig.), 102, 103, 114 (map) Scarabaeid beetles of the genus, 95 serratus, 113 Bradycinetus, 95, 101 carinatus, 117, 119 ferrugineus, 102 fossatus, 103 hornii, 95, 97, 100 minor, 95, 97, 100 serratus, 113 serratus peninsularis, 116 brahminus, Drasterius, 615 Brania sp., 256 brasiliensis, Mallerius, 612 Monohelea, 137, 145 Monohelea (Monohelea), 145 Tapirus, 481, 485 Tapirus pinchaque, 479 Tapirus roulinii, 479 braznikovi, Ampharete goési, 317 brementi, Amyadenium, 177 Dendrocoelopsis, 178 breviata, Ammotrypane, 205, 208, 295, 297 (fig.) brevicapitis, Dennyus, 535, 540 (fig.), 544 brevicauda, Scalibregma, 293, 294 Brevicerus, 604 cylindricus, 604 brevicollis, Creoleptus, 605 brevicoma, Cistenides, 312 Pectinaria, 312 Pectinaria (Cistenaria), 312 brevipennis, Hapithus, 24, 25 brevis, Cubaedomus, 376 Travisia, 298 Brontotherioidea, 423, 432, 433 Brotella, 383 Brotia, 381, 382, 387 baccata, 383 pagodula, 382 bruneri, Dennyus, 533, 534, 536, 537, 588, 540 (fig.), 542 Nitzschia, 538 rn oes Dennyus, 535, 541 (fig.), 48 brunneitorques, Chaetura rutila, 548 Bruyantius, 604 capensis, 604 buenoi, Ambrysus, 4 Buffeventius, 604 lividus, 604 bulbosa, Oxytrema, 361 bulla, Stilobezzia, 59, 61, 74, 83, 84 Stilobezzia (Stilobezzia), 73 (fig.) 74, 84 burkei, Paleolagus, 416 buxroni, Roggeveenia, 616 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 102 Bythoceras, 373 iridescens, 373 caballus, Equus, 423 Cacomantis, 586 Cadiohypnus, 604 caeca, Nephthys, 270 Nereis, 270 Caenopus, 424, 432 mitis, 425, 430 caerulea, Coua, 586 caeruleus, Upeneoides, 516 Caesaromysides liguriae, 557, 581 Caesaromysis, 581 sp., 577 vanclevei, 577, 581 Calamagras sp., 402 californica, Boreomysis, 579 Eteone, 234 Calliostoma, 458 Callocalia inexpectata bartschi, 543 sp., 543 Calostirus, 604 cambodiensis, Corymbites, 618 Camelidae, 426, 433 Campsosdernus, 604 Campsosternss, 604 Campsosternus, 604 camtschatica, Paralithodes, 224 cancellata, Thiara, 378, 379 Thiara (Setaeara), 379 candezei, Mopleonus, 613 Candezella, 604 horvathi, 604 Canidae, 416, 420, 423 Caninae, 420 Canis latrans, 423 nubilus, 423 canorus, Cuculus, 586 Canyon Ferry Reservoir area, Pre- liminary analysis of the fossil vertebrates of, 395 capensis, Bruyantius, 604 Cardiotarsus, 605 Longithorax, 581 capitata, Capitella, 208, 297 (fig.), 298 Glycera, 207, 272, 277 (fig.) capitatus, Lumbricus, 298 Capitella, 298 capitata, 208, 297 (fig.), 298 capitata antarctica, 298 giardi, 299 Capitellidae, 208 (table), (figs.), 298 Capitellides, 299 caprius, Lampromorpha, 585, 586, 587, 588, 589, 590, 591, 592, 593 (fig.), 595 capsula habei, Littorina, 450 Cardiohpynus, 604 Cardiohypnus, 604 mirabilis, 604 Cardiophorus, 605 florentini, 615 schusteri, 611 vitalisi, 613 213, 297 INDEX Cardiotarsus, 605 capensis, 605 Cariblatta sp., 43 caribou, Rangifer, 424 carinata, Mudalia, 361 Nicomache, 305 carinatus, Bradycinetus, 117, 119 carnea, _Travisia 205, 208, 296, 297 (fig.) Carnivora, 416, 432 Cartwright, O. L.; Scarabaeid beetles of the genus Bradycinetulus and closely related genera in the United States, 95 Carriker, M. A., Jr.; Studies in Neo- tropical Mallophaga, XI; Bird lice of the suborder Amblycera, genus Dennyus Neumann, 533 Carvalho, José C. M.; Neotropical Miridae, LXIV; New bugs of the subfamily Cylapinae (Hemip- tera), 621 Castalia, 239 aphroditoides, 206, 239, 243 (fig.) arctica, 239 fabricii, 239 multipapillata, 239 castaneus, Fulvius, 627 (fig.), 629 (fig.), 630 Castoridae, 408 Catelanus, 605 catenaria, Oxytrema, 360 Cattleya sp., 632 speciosissima, 632 caudacutus, Hirundapis 543 a aaa penn 207, 280, 281, 283 & caudacutus, cavernicola, Phagocata, 563, 565 (fig.) Cavicoxum, 605 monstrosum, 605 cecillei, Litorina, 456 celebensis, Chesotraxus, 605 celer, Mesohippus, 430 Cenchrites, 462 Cephalaon, 158 Cephaloidae, 155, 156, 157 (map), 158, 159 (key) A review of the beetle family, 155 Cephaloon, 155, 156, 158, 160 (key) bicolor, 157 (map), 159, 160 feptymeles: 156, 157 (map), 158, 16 pacificum, 157 (map), 159, 160 pallens, 157 (map), 158, 160, 161 pallens cinctipennie, 161 pallens koltzei, 161 pallens maculicolle, 161 pallens picticolle, 161 sakurae, 161 tenuicorne, 157 (map), 158, 160 ungulare, 157 (map), 158, 159, 160 vandykei, 157 (map), 160 variabile, 158 variabilis, 157 (map), 158, 159, 161 variabilis tristiculus, 161 639 cephus, Scarabaeus, 101 Ceratolophus antennalis, 68 diversus, 76 copiosus, 138 leucopeza, 138 nebulosus, 151 politus, 138 viridis, 84 Ceratopogon albitarsis, 138 antennalis, 68 copiosus, 137, 138 diversus, 76 leucopeza, 138 maculipennis, 135, 140 nebulosa, 135 nebulosus, 151 ochraceus, 63 pictus, 75 politus, 138 sequax, 135 viridis, 84 Cercimelania, 366 Cerithiidae, 357, 358 Ceroleptus, 605 brevicollis, 605 Ceropectus, 605 Cervidae, 423 chadronensis, Hypertragulus, 430 Chaetosyllis, 241, 252, 253, 255 oerstedi, 253 Chaetozone, 286, 287 setosa, 207, 287, 297 (fig.) Chaetura brachyura brachyura, 544 chapmani viridipennis, 545 griseiventris, 539 griseiventris phaseopygus, 539 pelagica, 5 richmondi, 537 rutila brunneitorques, 548 spinicauda aetherodroma, 539, 542 spinicauda fumosa, 539, 542 spinicauda spinicauda, 542 Chalaraspidum alatum, 577 Chalcites, 585, 589, 590, 591, 592, 593 basalis, 594 lucidus, 586, 587, 591, 592, 594, 595 Chalcites-Chrysococcyx group, 594 Chalcococcyx, 585, 586 Chaleolepidinus, 605 Chalcolepidius, 605 challengeri, Lophogaster, 577 chalybea, Progne chalybea, 549 chapini, Brachyfulvius, 622, 623 (fig.), 626 (fig.) chapmani, Panamenia, 555 Scutops, 556 Chatanayus, 605 chattoni, Amyadenium, 177 Dendrocoelopsis, 178 Cheilinus, 439 fasciatus, 439 chelonyx, Mesoreodon, 425 Chesotraxus, 605 celebensis, 605 Chiagosnius, 605 chinensis, Melanoides, 380 640 Chloraemidae, 288 Chone, 334, 337, 338 (key) dunéri, 209, 338, 339, 341 (fig.) gracilis, 338 ce, RE CELT 209, 338, 341 g. chopardi, Ectobius livens, 44 Chorisoneura texensis, 42 chrysargyrus, Amphiprion, 198 Chrysis sp., 32 Chrysococcyx, 585, 589, 590, 591, 592, 594, 595 cupreus, 585, 586, 587, 588 (fig.), 589 (fig.), 590, 591, 592, 594, 595 flavigularis, 593 chrysogaster, Amphiprion, 189, 192, 193 chrysopterus, Amphiprion, 198 Amphiprion ephippium, 195 Chusquea, 475 ciliata, Gattyana, 205, 206, 226, 228 Nephthys, 268, 270 Nephtys, 207, 267, 269 (fig.), 270 Nepthys, 270 Mens 268, 270 Cinchacus, 469 cincinnata, Amphitrite, 327 eee Thelepus, 209, 327, 33) g. cinctipennie, Cephaloon pallens, 161 cinerea, Eteone, 234 Nauphoeta, 40, 46, 51 cingulatus, Cirratulus, 286 Colodon, 430 Circeis spirillum, 344 circinnatus, Thelepus, 327 cirrata, Ampharete, 316 Amphitrite, 209, 319 (fig.), 321 Enipo, 225, 305 Lepidonote, 220 Polynoé, 220 Cirratuligae’ 207 (table), 212, 285, 28t (key), 297 (figs.) Cirratulus, 286 cingulatus, 286 cirratus, 207, 286, 297 (fig.) robustus, 286 spectabilis, 286 cirratus, Cirratulus, 207, 286, 297 (fig.) Lumbricus, 286 cirrhosa, Aphrodita, 226 Gattyana, 227 cirrosa, Gattyana, 206, 226, 229 (fig.) Nychia, 226 Cistenides, 311 brevicoma, 312 granulata, 312 hyperborea, 314 Citellus, 434 citrina, Phyllodoce, 236 Clamator, 594 clarki, Eunoé, 205, 206, 216, 217 clarckii, Amphiprion, 198 Anthias, 198 Cleniocerus, 606 Clinopternodus, 431, 433 gracilis, 430 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 103 Clymene (Praxillella) praetermissa, 303 coarctata, Phagocata, 167 coarctatus, Hyas, 224, 324 Coccyzus, 590, 591, 592 erythropthalmus, 588, 589 cockroaches, Distribution, general bi- onomics, and recognition char- acters of, recently established in the United States, 39 coeca, Nephthys, 268 Colaulon, 606 rectangularis, 606 collaris, Typosyllis, 260, 261 Colodon, 482, 433 accidentalis, 430 cingulatus, 430 colombianus, Tapirus terrestris, 486, 490, 493 (map), 495 (map) eg haste Strabala, 125 (fig.), 127, 133 comalensis, Oxytrema, 360 compacta, Pionosyllis, 205, 207, 243 (fig.), 262 concinna, Nullarborica, 613 concolor, Felis, 424, 475 Conobajulus, 606 ugiensis, 606 consanguineus, Photinus, 36 consolidata, Dorssa, 367 conspersa, Adelocera, 607 convexuni, Yezodina, 619 coomani, Heabinh, 610 copiosa, Schizohelea, 138 copiosus, Ceratolophus, 138 Ceratopogon, 1387, 138 coquilletti, Stilobezzia, 58, 60, 61, 75 ati ea (Stilobezzia), 72 (fig.), 7 Coracinus, 194 intermedius, 194 vittatus, 194 Corcovadocola, 622 coreanus, Bolboceras, 97 Coresus, 600, 601, 606 cornuta, Ehlersia, 253 Syllis, 205, 207, 248 (fig.), 252, 254 Syllis (Ehlersia), 253 cornutus, Autolytus, 244, 245, 250, 252 coronarius, Tectarius, 461 coronata, Lavigeria, 372 Polycelis, 171, 172 corvinus, Pachychilus, 365, 366 Coryleus, 606 desruisseauxi, 606 Corymbites cambodiensis, 618 gratus, 613 sulphuripennis, 616 tenuicornis, 614 tessellatus, 600 Cosmesus, 601 bilineatus, 601 subtilis, 601 cosmius, Ambrysus, 6 costaricensis, Strabala acuminata, (fig.), 127, 129 costatus, Vasaces, 87, 89, 90 125 INDEX costula, Antimelania, 382 Coua, 590, 595 caerulea, 586 Couroupita guianensis, 491 craniifer, Blaberus, 46 crassa, EKurycaelon, 362 crassicornis, Sabella, 209, 333 (fig.), 334 crassum, Archaeotherium, 430 Cratonychus, 606 crawfordensis, Hypertragulus, 430 crawshayi, Melanoides, 371 Sepererine, Aylacostoma (Verena), 377, 8 Melania, 377 Cricedon, 412 Cricetidae, 410 cricetodontoides, Eumys, 410, 411 (fig.) Cricket parasite of the genus Rhopal- osoma, Notes on the biology and immature stages of a, 19 cristata, Eurycaelon, 362 Crotophaga, 590, 595 sulcirostris, 590 crucifer, Elater, 602 cruentus, Hyaenodon, 430 Crypnoidus, 606 Cryptohypnus, 606 micros, 615 Cryptypnus, 606 Csikia, 607 dimatoides, 607 Ctenicera, 600, 607 pupieri, 615 (Malloea) sjaelandica, 600 Ctenicerus, 607 Cteniocerus, 607 Ctenocera, 607 Ctenonychus, 607 Ctenonyphus, 607 Cubaedomus, 366, 376, 387 brevis, 376 Cuculus, 585, 594 canorus, 586 culbertsoni, Merycoidodon, 425 cumingi, Echininus, 460 Trochus, 458 cumingii, Pachychilus, 366 cupreus, Chrysococcyx, 585, 586, 587, 588 (fig.), 589 (fig.), 590, 591, 592, 594, 595 Curtisius, 607 Cyamops, 551, 555, ial 557, 558 (key) imitata, 558, 559 nebulosa, 558 cyaneus, Psephus, 611 Cyclopidius, 426 lullianus, 426 simus, 426 cyclops, Scarabaeus, 101 Cylapinae, 621, 622 cylindricus, Brevicerus, 604 Lincydrus, 612 Cylindrodon, 431, 433 fontis, 430 Cypseloides fumigatus, 547 cypsiurus, Dennyus, 534, 535 641 Dactylosimus, 607 dorsalis, 607 dakotensis, Ictops, 430 Parictis, 420, 430 dalli, Pachychilus (Pilsbrychilus), 367 Dalopius, 607, 608 damoni, Paramelania, 371 Danosoma, 607 Daphoenidae, 420 Daphoenocyon, 420, 421, 432, 433 dodgei, 419, 421 (fig.), 430 Daphoenus, 420 davisi, Acanthomysis, 582 de bojer, Amphiprion, 198 Deinictis, 433 fortis, 430 Delox, 607 Dendrocelopsis spinosipenis, 176 Dendrocoelidae, 174, 568 Dendrocoelopsis, 174, 176, 177, 178 ean 165, 168, 177, 178, 181 brementi, 178 chattoni, 178 garmieri, 178 piriformis, 174, 177 (fig.), 178, 180 spinosipenis, 177, 178 vaginata, 178 vaginatus, 177 vandeli, 178 Dendrocoelum, 178 nausicaae, 179 Dennyus, 533, 535 (key), 549, 534 australis, gen, 534, 536, 537, 540 (fig.), 549 brevicapitis, 535, 540 (fig.), 544 bruneri, 533, 534, 536, 537, 538, 540 (figs.), 542 brunneitorques, 535, 541 (fig.), 548 cypsiurus, 534, 535 distinctus, 534, 548 dubius, 533, 536, 537, 538, 542 femuralis, 533 francicus, 534, 535 gossei, 534, 536, 543, 547 hirundinidis, 534, 535 intonsus, 535, 540 (fig.), 645 latifrons, 533 limbus, 536, 538, 540 (fig.), 542 major, 534, 535, 643 meridionalis, 534, 536, 539, 540 (fig.), 542 piageti, 533 richmondi, 533, 535, 537 rotundocapitis, 535, 541 (fig.), 548, 549 similis, 534, 535, 541 (fig.), 549 spiniger, 533, 535 spininotus, 536, 541 (fig.), 547 depressa, Eteone, 235 Eunoé, 217, 218 depressicornis, Bos, 424 descarpentriesi, Practapyrus, 615 deshayesiana, Oxytrema, 361 642 Desmatolagus, 432, 433, 434 dicei, 430 desruisseauxi, Coryleus, 606 Dexiospira spirillum, 344 Diacanthus, 608 guttatus, 610 Diadelops, 560 dicei, Desmatolagus, 430 Dichonychus, 608 Dicrepidius, 608 Dicronychus, 608 serraticornis, 609 Didelphiade, 402 Dido, 600 macrocera, 600 dilatata, Anculosa, 363 Littorina, 451 dilaticollis, Eupsephus, 609 dilatus, Ambrysus, 6 dimatoides, Csikia, 607 Diocarphus, 608 Diopsosoma, 555, 556 prima, 556 Diphyaulon, 608 Diploccnus, 608 Diploconus, 608 ornatus, 616 spiloderus, 615 Diploptera, 51, 52 discors, Nephthys, 270 Nephtys, 207, 267, 269 (fig.), 270 Discrepeidius, 608 Disonycha, 122, 124, 126 rufa, 122 dispar, Exogone, 207, 243 (fig.), 258, 259 Heteromeryx, 430 Paedophylax, 259 distinctus, Dennyus, 534, 543 diversa, Hortomyia, 76 Johannseniella, 76 Stelobezzia, 59, 60, 61, 76 Stilobezzia (Stilobezzia), 73 (fig.), 76, 79 diversus, Ceratolophus, 76 Ceratopogon, 76 Dodecaceria, 285 dodge cer one 419, 421 (fig.), Dolopus, 608 dolosus, Elastrus, 602 Domenephus, 608 dominicensis, Strabala, 121 Domnina, 431, 432, 433, 434 thompsoni, 430 doreas, Gazella, 424 dorsalis, Dactylosimus, 607 dorsofasciata, Palpomyia, 62 Dorygonus alluaudi, 617 Doryssa, 367, 377 atra, 367 consolidata, 367 Drachylis, 158 dowi, Elasmognathus, 489 Tapirella, 490 Tapirus, 490, 492 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 103 dowii, Elasmognathus, 489 Tapirus, 480, 484, 490, 491 Tapirus bairdii, 491 Drachylis simulans, 158, 160 drakei, Pachychilus, 360 Drasterius, 608 brahminus, 615 Dresterius, 608 Drosophilidae, 553 dubius, Dennyus, 533, 536, 537, 538, 542 Mullus, 498, 515 Nitzschia, 537 Upeneoides, 514 dufourii, Melanopsis, 359 dunéri, Chone, 209, 339, 341 (fig.) eburnea, Polycelis, 172 echinata, Boltenia, 276 Echinella, 449, 458, 461 Kchininus, 449, 451, 452, 454, 455 (fig.), 458, 459, 461 cumingi, 460 nodulosus, 449, 451, 452, 453 (fig.), 454, 455 (fig.), 457 (fig.), 468 Ectobius, 40 finoti, 41 lapponicus, 41, 45 livens, 39, 40, 47 (fig.) livens chopardi, 44 livens minor, 44 lividus, 40, 41 panzeri, 44 perspicillaris, 41 siculus, 41 sp., 41 ecuadorensis, Tapirus, 479, 481, 485 Edgaria, 372 paucicostata, 372 Ehlersia cornuta, 253 Elasmognathus, 488 bairdi, 489 bairdii, 488, 489 dowi, 489 dowii, 489 Elastrus dolosus, 602 Elater aeneus, 608 bigeminatus, 602 crucifer, 602 fascicularis, 615 ferrugineus, 612 fulvipes, 612 granulipennis, 618 hirtus, 615 lepidotus, 616 linearis, 609 lineatus, 610 marginatus, 607 megerlei, 604 murinus, 602 nobilis, 601 obesus, 608 obscuripes, 605 obscurus, 606 ovalis, 602 pallidulus, 602 pectinicornis, 606, 607 INDEX purpureus, 614 riparius, 606, 610 sjaelandicus, 600 tessellatus, 600 thoracicus, 605 vittatus, 603 Elaterid beetles of the world, Supple- ment and corrections to J. A. Hy- 643 flava, 206, 233, 235, 237 (fig.) lentigera, 235 longa, 206, 233, 234, 237 (fig.) Sarsi, 235 sp. (larvae), 236 spetsbergensis, 206, 233, 235 striata, 233 tuberculata, 234 slop’s genotypes of the, 599-619 Eucanthus, 95, 97 Elateridae, 599 elegans, Eumys, 410 elegantula, Eukraiohelea, 62 Parabezzia, 62 Probezzia, 62 Stilobezzia, 58, 60, 61 Syabeaais (Eukraiohelea), 62, 72 g. elegantulus, Bezzia, 62 Ellipstoma, 363 gibbosa, 363 zonalis, 363 elongata, Polycelis, 172 elongatus, Vasaces, 89, 91 (fig.), 93 Emmericia, 386 Emmericiinae, 386 Endicronychus, 609 enigmaticus, Tapirus, 471, 493 (map) Enipo, 214, 225 cirrata, 225, 305 gracilis, 206, 225, 305 Entelodontidae, 432, 435 Eomyidae, 409, 432 Kotylopus, 433, 434 reedi, 430 Ephamillus, 158, 159 variabilis tristiculus, 161 egg Amphiprion, 190, 192, 199. 201 Lutjanus, 188, 199 Prochilos, 199 episcopalis, Antimelania, 382 Melania, 382 Equidae, 421, 423 Equus asinus, 423 caballus, 423 onager, 424 prezevalskii, 424 Ereutho smitti, 328 erinaceus, Sphaerosyllis, 207, 243 (fig.), 255 erythraeus, Lophogaster, 577 Lophogaster typica, 577 Erythropini, 576 erythropthalmus, Coccyzus, 588, 589 esakiana, Stilobezzia (Eukraiohelea), 61, 62 Espeletia, 475 esperi, Fagotia, 359 esulcatus, Leptomeryx, 426, 427 Kteone, 231, 232, 233 (key), 237 (fig.) arctica, 234 barbata, 206, 233 (Mysta) barbata, 233 californica, 234 cinerea, 234 depressa, 235 Euchaetomera, 580 tenuis, 580 Euchaetomeropois, 580 pacifica, 577, 580 Euchone, 334, 339 analis, 209, 339, 341 (fig.) Eucopia, 578 australis, 578, 579 grimaldii, 579 hanseni, 479 major, 579 sculpticauda, 578 unguiculata, 579 Eucranta anticostiensis, 226 Eudactylus, 618 wapleri, 618 eudendrocoeloides, Polycelis, 172 Eudicrenychus, 609 Eukraiohelea, 61, 62, 83 africana, 61 amnigena, 61 elegantula, 62 foyi, 61 inusitata, 61 versicolor, 61, 62 Eulalia, 238 arctica, 238 minuta, 238 Eumecomera, 88 Eumida, 238 minuta, 205, 206, 237 (fig.), 238 Eumys, 410 (key) cricetodontoides, 410, 411 (fig.) elegans, 410 exiguus, 411, 415 latadens, 411, 412, 413 (fig.) spokanensis, 411, 413, 414 (fig.) Eunoa nodosa, 217 Eunoé, 214, 216 (key) barbata, 219 clarki, 205, 206, 216, 217 depressa, 217, 218 nasoe, 206, 216, 217, 219, 229 (fig.) oerstedi, 206, 216, 218, 219, 229 (fig.) Eupolynoé anticostiensis, 225 Eupsephus, 609 dilaticollis, 609 eurantron, Polycelis, 172 Eureum, 544 Eurycaelon, 362 anthonyi, 362 crassa, 362 cristata, 362 Eurycotis floridana, 46 644 Eusyllis, 242, 259, 260 (key), 262 blomstrandi, 207, 243 (fig.), 260 magnifica, 205, 207, 260, 261 monilicornis, 260 phosphorea, 260, 261 tubifex, 260 Eutypomys, 432, 433 thompsoni, 430 evansi, Leptomeryx, 427 (table) Evarnella triannulata, 223 excelsus, Tapirus, 468 excisum, Gyrotoma, 361 exiguus, Eumys, 411, 415 eximium, Poébrotherium, 426, 430 Exogone, 242, 257, 258 (ke y) dispar, 207, 243 (fig.), 258, 259 gemmifera, 258 lourei, 259 naidina, 207, 243 (fig.), 258 Exophthalmus, 609 expallidus, Nyctor, 613 extenuata, Harmothoé, 206, 220, 222 Lagisca, 222 Polynoé, 222 Fabricia sabella, 299 fabricii, Castalia, 239 Sabella, 334 Fagotia esperi, 359 fairchildi, Photuris, 37 fairmairei, Medonia, 616 fallax, Autolytus, 205, 207, 242, 244, 246, 247, 250, 251 (fig.) farctus, Scarabaeus, "101 fasciata, Syllis, 205, 207, 243 (fig.) Syllis (Typosyllis), 254 fasciatus, Cheilinus, 439 fascicularis, Elater, 615 fasciolata, Melanoides, 380 fasciolatus, Upeneoides, 514 fascipennis, Scutops, 555, 556 Felidae, 4 felina, Polycelis, 172 Felis concolor, 424, 475 femuralis, Dennyus, 533 ferruginea, Altica, 121, 132 Lactica, 123 Strabala, 122, 125 (fig.), 127, 132 ferrugineus, Amechanus, 102 Athyreus, 102 Athyreus (Bradicinetus), 102 Bolboceras, 102 Bolboceras (Amechamus), 102 Bradycinetulus, 96, 99 (fig.), 102, 103, 104, 105, 115 (map) Bradycinetus, 102 Elater, 612 Scarabaeus, 101, 102 fiebrigi, Stilobezzia, 76 Fijidoma, 383, 385, 386 laddi, 383, 385 maculata, 383, 385 filicornis, Nereis, 284 Spio, 207, 283 (fig.), 284 filifer, Petaloproctus, 306, 307 filifera, Maldane, 306 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 108 finoti, Ectobius, 41 firefly, lampyrid, Photuris bethaniensis, new, 35 fish genus Wetmorella, Review of, with descriptions of new forms from the tropical Indo-Pacific, 439 fishes, Indo-Pacific anemone, Review of the, genus Amphiprion, with deseriptions of two new species, Flabelligera, 288, 289 affinis, 207, 289, 297 (fig.) infundibulariformis, 289 infundibularis, 289 infundibularum, 289 Flabelligeridae, 207 (table), 212, 213, 288 (key), 297 (figs.) flava, Eteone, 206, 233, 235, 237 (fig.) Nereis, 235 flavangulus, Phedomenus,608 flavigularis, Chrysococcyx, 593 Fleutiauxellus, 609 flexuosa, Pista, 226 flies, Neararctic, of the family Peris- celidae (Diptera) and certain Anthomyzidae referred to the family, 551 flinti, Phorticoides, 553, 556 floccosa, Lagisca, 222 Polynoé, 222 florentini, Cardiophorus, 615 ores Strabala rufa, 125 (fig.), 127, 28 floridana, Eurycotis, 46 fluvialis, Io, 363, 364 Fonticola, 166, 167 fontis, Cylindrodon, 430 foraminifera, Polynoé, 217 forbesi, Travisia, 296 forbesii, Travisia, 296 Forficula livida, 41 formosanus, Neolacon, 613 fortis, Deinictis, 430 fossator, Bradycinetulus, 103 fossatus, Amechanus, 103 Bradycinetulus, 99 (fig.), 102, 103, 105, 114 (map) Bradycinetus, 103 Bolboceras, 103 Bolboceras (Amechamus), 103 fossor, Sternaspis, 309 foyi, EKukraiohelea, 61. fragilis, Lumbrinereis, 275 Lumbrineris, 207, 275, 277 (fig.) Lumbriconereis, 275 Lumbricus, 275 francicus, Dennyus, 534, 535 franciscorum, Neomysis, 582 francki, Gnathodicrus, 610 freethii, Potadoma, 370 frenatus, Amphiprion, 180; 192, 199, 200 Hemidactylus, 9, 11, frontalis, Bos, 424 fuentesi, Pachychilus, 366 fugax, Peratherium, 402 INDEX fulvicollis, Pengamethes, 614 Fulviini, 621, 622 fulvipennis, Tenalomus, 618 fulvipes, Elater, 612 Fulvius albonotatus, 624 (fig.), 627 (fig.), 629 (fig.) bisbistillatus, 627 (fig.), 631 castaneous, 627 (fig.), 629 (fig.), 630 imbecilus, 631 lunulatus, 630 ornatifrons, 626 (fig.), 631 quadristillatus, 627 (fig.), 631 fumigatus, Cypseloides, 547 fumosa, Chaetura spinicauda, 539, 542 funebris, Ambrysus, 1 fusciventer, Amphiprion, 193 fuscula, Stilobezzia, 58, 59, 61, 64 se (Neostilobezzia), 64, 72 g. Fusimorphus, 609 Fusus, 364 gallicus, Bolbelasmus, 97, 99 (fig.) Scarabaeus, 97 Gamepenthes, 609 Ganoxanthus, 609 garmieri, Amyadenium, 177 Dendrocoelopsis, 178 Gattyana, 214, 226 (key) ciliata, 205, 206, 226, 228 cirrhosa, 227 cirrosa, 206, 226, 229 (fig.) gaurus, Bos, 424, Gazella dorcas, 424 granti, 424 leptoceros, 424 soemmerringii, 424 thomsonii, 424 Geckobia, 9, 10, 15 australis, 15 hindustanica, 15 keegani, 10 (fig.), 11 (fig.) philippinensis, 12, 13 (fz. ), 14 (fig.) simplex, 12 sp., 9, 10 texana, 15 Geckobiella, 15 texana, 9, 15, 16 (fig.), 17 (fig.) geismarianus, ’Nothocyon, 419 gemmifera, Exogone, 258 geniculata, Lithasia, 363 Geococcyx, 590, 595 geographica, Adelocera, 617 seorgtenn, Sphaloplana, 565 (fig.), 56¢ 567 (fig.), 569 (fig.) Georgicus, 609 sanguinipennis, 609 Geraniella, 610 Geranus, 610 giardi, Capitella, 299 gibbosa, Ellipstoma, 363 Pleurocera (Ellipstoma), 363 gigantea, Melaenis lovéni, 214 gigas, Gnathophausia, 578 645 gilva, Hartomyia, 65, 66 glabrum, Aylacostoma, 375, 376 glacialis, Arenicola, 205, 208, 300, 301 (fig.) Trichobranchus, 209, 329, 331 (fig.) glans, Balanocochlis, 381 Melania, 381 glaphyrus, Glyptomelania, 366 Pachychilus, 365 glauca, Iphis, 611 Lacais, 611 Stilobezzia, 59, 60, 61, 77, 85 Stilobezzia (Stilobezzia), 73 (fig.), 77 Glossophaga soricina soricina, 465 Glycera, 272 capitata, 207, 272, 277 (fig.) lapidum 273 nana, 273 setosa, 272 Neuer (table), 213, 272, 277 gs. Glycinde, 274 wiréni, 205, 207, 274, 277 (fig.) Glyptomelania, 366 glaphyrus, 366 Glyptosaurus montanus, 401 Gnathedicrus, 610 francki, 610 Gnathophausia, 578 gigas, 578 gracilis, 578 ingens, 578 zoca, 578 goési, Ampharete, 308, 317 Goniada nordmanni, 274 Goniadidae, 207 (table), 213, 274, 277 _ _ (figs.) Goniobasis, 359, 360, 361 livescens, 361 osculata, 261 Gonodyrus, 610 tarsalis, 610 gossei, Dennyus, 534, 536, 543, 547 gottschei, Melania, 370 gracilis, Chone, 338 Clinopternodus, 430 Enipo, 206, 226, 305 Gnathophausia, 578 Polynoé, 225 Proceraea, 250 gradatus, Paleocastor, 408 graffi, Proclea, 325 graffi, Leaena, 325 Proclea, 209, 325 grandifolia, Heteronereis, 264, 265 grandis, Lavigeria, 372 Leuconhaea, 51 Loxorhynchus, 299 granifera, Melania, 379 Tarebia, 379, 386 graniperda, Melania, 370 granosa, Brada, 292 eranti, Gazella, 424 646 granulata, Brada, 290, 292 Cistenides, 312 Pectinaria, 208, 313 (fig.) Pectinaria (Cistenides), 311, 312 Sabella, 312 Serpula, 343 granulatus, Spirorbis, 209, 341 (fig.) Spirorbis (Lacospira), 843 granulipennis, Elater, 618 graphium, Pachychilus, 366 gratiosus, Agriotes (Ectinus), 618 gratus, Corymbites, 613 grebnitzkii, Archaeomysis, 580 gregarius, Hesperocyon, 418 (fig.), 430 grimaldii, Eucopia, 579 griseiventris, Chaetura, 539 groenlandica, Amphitrite, 209, 321, 322 Anaitides, 236 Ophelina, 295, 296 Phyllodoce, 206, 236, 237 (fig.) Phyllodoce (Anaitides), 236 Pista, 324 Gromphadorhina, 51, 52 laevigata, 52 grubei, Ampharete, 316 gryllodes, Orocharis, 24 guianae, Monohelea, 137, 147 (fig.) Monohelea (Monohelea), 150 guianae, Tapirus terrestris, 480, 481, 485 guianensis, Couroupita, 491 Gurney, Ashley B.; Distribution, general bionomics, and recognition char- aracters of two cockroaches re- cently established in the United States, 39 Notes on the biology and immature stages of a cricket parasite of the genus Rhepalosoma, 19 guttatipennis, Ambrysus, 6 guttatus, Diacanthus, 610 Selatosomus, 610 Upeneoides, 509 Gyrotoma, 361 excisum, 361 ovoideum, 361 Gyrus, 610 haematina, Strabala, 134 hagruma, Littorina, 450 Haltica, 122 ambulans, 122, 123, 131 rufa, 121, 122, 123, 127 scutellaris, 123 hamatus, Thelepus, 327 Hamus, 451 hanseni, Eucopia, 479 Hapatesus, 610 Hapithus agitator, 20, 21, 23, 24, 25, 31 agitator agitator, 23 agitator quadratus, 23, 24 brevipennis, 24, 25 sp., 21, 22, 23, 24; :25, 32 Haploscloloplos alaskensis, Harmothoé, 214, 220 (key) anticostiensis, 225 extenuata, 206, 220, 222 278, 279 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 1038 imbricata, 206, 220, 229 (fig.) levis, 221 multisetosa, 223 nodosa, 217, 219 propinqua, 222 rarispina, 222 rarispina propinqua, 222 sarsi, 215 (Antinoélla) sarsi, 215 triannulata, 222, 223 Harpagocryptus, 33 Hartomyia antennalis, 68 gilva, 65, 66 lutea, 65, 66 pallidiventris, 78 picta, 75 viridis, 84 Hartomyis nebulosa, 151 hastula, Melania, 380 Haupathesus, 610 hawaiensis, Lophogaster, 577 haydeni, Paleolagus, 415 hebes, Photuris, 36 Heleidae, 57, 136, 141 Heliconia mariae, 630 Heliocis, 88 Hemiblabera tenebricosa, 46 Hemidactylus frenatus, 9, 11, 14 leschenaulti, 12, 15 Hemimitra, 369 hemionus, Odocoileus, 428 Hemiptera, 488 Hemirhaphes, 610 Hemirhipus, 610 submetallicus, 609 trilineatus, 605 Hemirrhaphes, 610 Hemisinus, 367, 375, 376 behnii, 375 lineolata, 375 henriettae, Melania, 383 Heptacodon, 433 sp., 430 Herpyllobius arcticus, 221, 223, 227 Hershkovitz, Philip, Mammals of north- ern Colombia, preliminary report No. 7; (genus Tapirus), with a che he review of American species, Hesionidae, 306. table), 212, 239, 243 gs Hesperocyon, 420, 432, 433 gregarius, 418 (fig ly 430 paterculus, 416, 417 (fig.), 430 sp., 418 heterochaeta, Syllis, 254 Syllis (Ehlersia), 253 Heteromeryx, 433, 434 dispar, 430 Heteronereis grandifolia, 264, 265 Hevea sp., 630 hieroglyphica, Monohelea, 135, 136, 137, 139, 140, 141, 142, 143, 147 ‘(fig.) Monohelea (Monohelea), 140, 144, 14 hindustanica, Geckobia, 15 INDEX Hippopotamus terrestris, 479 hirtus, Athous, 615 Elater, 615 Hirundapis caudacutus caudacutus, 543 hirundinidis, Dennyus, 534, 535 Hoabinh, 610 coomani, 610 hoffmasteri, Speophila, 567 (fig.), 569 (fig.), 570, 571 (fig.) Holmesiella anomala, 580 Hoplophoneus, 433 mentalis, 430 o’harrai, 430 robustus, 430 horei, Tiphobia, 373, 374 Horizoteichos, 610 papuensis, 610 hornii, Bolbelasmus, 97, 98, 99 (fig.), 100, 115 (map) Bolboceras, 100 Bradycinetulus, 100 Bradycinetus, 95, 97, 100 Kolbeus, 100 horribilis, Ursus, 419, 424 Hortomyia diversa, 76 horvathi, Candezella, 604 howesi, Bathanalia, 374 Hua, 368 hudsonica, Nepthys, 270 hugeli, Paracrostoma, 383 hungerfordi, Ambrysus, 6 Hyaenodon, 434 cruentus, 430 montanus, 430 Hyas coarctatus, 224, 324 coarctatus alutaceus, 261 Hydrobiidae, 386 Hydrochaerus tapir, 479 hyeroglyphica, Monohelea, 140 Hyman, Libbie H.: North American triclad Turbellaria, XIII: three new cave planarians, 563 Hypdonus, 610 Hypeneus, 506 vittatus, 516 hyperborea, Cistenides, 314 Pectinaria, 208, 313 (fig.) Pectinaria (Cistenides), 311, 314 Hypertragulidae, 426, 432, 433 Hypertragulus, 433, 434 chadronensis, 430 crawfordensis, 430 Hypisodus, 433, 434 paululus, 430 Hypnoidus, 610 bakeri, 610 basalis, 603 maritimus, 609 Hypolithus, 610 Hypolittus, 610 hypostylus, Mesohippus, (table), 430 Hyracodon, 432 acridens, 430 Hyracodontidae, 428 421, 422 647 Ichnodes, 158 Ictops, 431, 433 acutidens, 403, 430 dakotensis, 430 thompsoni, 430 Idanthyrsus, 308 armatus, 205, 208, 301 (fig.), 308 ornamentatus, 308 Idiotarmon, 611 ignobilis, Melanoides, 371 Ijimia, 172 imbecilis, Fulvius, 631 imbricata, Aphrodita, 220 Harmothoé, 206, 220, 229 (fig.) tmitata, Cyamops, 558, 559 impatiens, Lagisea, 222, 223 imperialis, Bolbocerastes, 99 (fig.), 106, 109, 112, 113, 114 (map), 116 imperialis, Bourguignatia, 372 incertus, Autolytus, 250 indefinata, Melanoides, 380 indicus, Bos, 424 Tapirus, 465, 469 Tapirus (Acrocodia), 467, 489 Indo-Pacific anemone fishes, genus Am- phiprion, with descriptions of two new species, Review of, 187 inermis, Melania, 381 inflatum, Scalibregma, 208, 293, 297 (fig.) inflex, Paleogale, 430 infundibulariformis, Flabelligera, 289 infundibularis, FlabeHigera, 289 infundibularum, Flabelligera, 289 infundibuliformis, Chone, 209, 338, 341 (fig.) infundibulum, Amphitrite, 340 Myxicola, 209, 340, 341 (fig.) ingens, Gnathophausia, 578 inhabile, Siphonostoma, 292 inhabilis, Brada, 207, 290, 292, 297 _(fig.) Insectivora, 403, 431 insulare, Lophogaster subglaber, 577 intermedia, Lactica, 123 Pseudopotamilla, 337 Strabala, 121, 122, 125 (fig.), 127, 131, 133 intermedius, Amphiprion, 194 Coracinus, 194 Lophogaster, 577 Paleolagus, 415 intonsus, Dennyus, 535, 540 (fig.) 646 inusitata, Eukraiohelea, 61 Inusitatomysis serrata, 581 sp., 581 Io, 363 fluvialis, 363, 364 spinosa, 364 tenebrosa, 364 Iphis glauca, 611 Ipostirus, 611 parumcostatus, 611 iridescens, Bythoceras, 373 irrorata, Littorina, 460 648 Ischnomyia, 557 Ischyromyidae, 408 Ischyromys, 431, 432, 433, 434 pliacus, 408, 430 islandica, Polynoé, 217, 218 Sternaspis, 309 PROCEEDINGS OF jacquetiana, Melania, 368 Oxytrema, 368 jamaicensis, Strabala ambulans, (fig.), 127, 131 japonica, Terebellides stroemii, 330 japonicus, Amphiprion, 198 Lophogaster, 577 Mullus, 509 Upeneoides, 509 jeffersoni, Prosciurus, 430 johannsent, Monohelea, 137, 139, 146 (fig.), 147 (fig.), 152, 153 Johannseniella antennalis, 68 diversa, 76 nebulosa, 151 polita, 138 viridis, 84 Johannsenomyia polita, 138 Jonthadocerus, 611 theryi, 611 joretiana, Oxytrema, 368 jourdin, Lutjanus, 194 125 kadiakensis, Neomysis, 582 kansanus, Bolbocerastes imperialis, 106, 112, 115 (map) karafto, Polycelis, 171, 172 Katerythrops, 581 sp., 576, 581 keegani, Geckobia, 10 (fig.), 11 (fig.) Kenk, Roman; The freshwater triclads (Turbellaria) of Alaska, 163 Kenkiidae, 566, 568 Kentrogomphios, 404, 431, 434 strophensis, 404, 405 (fig.), 406 _ - _ Mig.), 430 ) y kiefferi, Stilobezzia (Stilobezzia), 81 kincaidi, Boreomysis, 577, 580 kiushiuana, Upeneoides, 522 klaas, Lampromorpha, 585, 586, 587, 590, 592, 593, 594, 595 knulli, Vasaces, 89, 90, 91 (fig.) Kolbeus, 95, 97 arcuatus, 97, 98 hornii, 100 minor, 100 koltzei, Cephaloon pallens, 161 koslowi, Polycelis, 172 kowloonensis, Sermyla, 380 Kudius, 611 La Rivers, Ira; Two new naucorid bugs of the genus Ambrysus, 1 labiosa, Paludomus, 369 Lacais, 611 glauca, 611 Lachner, Ernest A.; A revision of the goatfish genus Upeneus with Pie ae of two new species, THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 103 Lactica, 122, 124, 126, 133, 134 ferruginea, 123 intermedia, 123 scutellaris, 122, 123, 129, 130 laddi, Fijidoma, 383, 385 laevigata, Gromphadorhina, 52 laevissima, Pachychilus, 366 Lafoéina maxima, 248, 249 Lagisca extenuata, 222 extenuata spinulosa, 222 floccosa, 222 impatiens, 222, 223 propinqua, 222 rarispina, 222 Lagomorpha, 415, 432 Lamononia, 611 monticola, 611 Lampromorpha, 585, 590, 591, 592, 594 caprius, 585, 586, 587, 588, 589, 590, 591, 592, 593 (fig.), 595 klaas, 585, 586, 587, 590, 592, 593, 594, 595 Lampropsephus, 611 Lanassa, 320, 326 venusta, 209, 326 venusta pacifica, 326 Lanchaeidae, 553 lanei, Monohelea, 137, 139, 146 (fig.), 147 (fig.) Monohelea (Monohelea), 140, 142 Lanelater, 608, 611 schotti, 611 languarioides, Anischia, 603 languida, Strabala, 122 Laphaniella venusta, 326 lapidum, Glycera, 273 lapponicus, Ectobius, 41, 45 laqueata, Oxytrema, 360 largillierti, Pachychilus, 366 Sphaeromelania, 365 Larra, 33 analis, 32 Larridae, 32 Lasiocerus, 611 lateritia, Tarebia, 378, 379 laticlavius, Amphiprion, 188, 793 latidens, KEumys, 411, 412, 413 (fig.) latidens, Mesohippus, 430 latifrons, Dennyus, 533 latipalpis, Sphaerosyllis, 256, 257 latrans, Canis, 423 laurillardi, Tapirus, 479, 481, 485 Tapirus terrestris, 479 Lavigeria, 371, 372, 373 coronata, 372 grandis, 372 Lavigeriinae, 358, 369, 371, 373, 386 Lawrence, R. F.; Two new scale-mite parasites of lizards, 9 lazarus, Scarabaeus, 95, 101 Leaena, 320, 325 abranchiata, 209, 325, 326, 331 (fig.) abranchiata antarctica, 325, 326 antarctica, 325 graffi, 325 nuda, 326 INDEX lecontei, Bolboceras, 102 lentigera, Eteone, 235 Lepidonote cirrata, 220 scabra, 219 lepidotus, Elater, 616 611, 619 (Aulacon) nobilis, 603 (Diphyaulon) pyrsolepis, 608 Le Pinchaque, 471 Leporidae, 415 Leptictidae, 403 leptoceros, Gazella, 424 Leptochoeridae, 425, 432, 433 Leptochoerus sp., 425, 430 Leptomeryx, 427, 432, 433, 434 annectens, 430 esuicatus, 426, 427 evansi, 427 (table) mammifer, 427 iar 426, 427 (table), 430 Leptoxis, 361, 363, 364, 369 praerosa, 361, 362 lepturides, Cephaloon, 156, 157 (map), 158, 160 leschenaulti, Hemidactylus, 12, 15 Lesnelater, 612 leucogenys, Pinchacus, 471 Tapirus, 469, 471, 472, 474, 476, 477, 479 leucopeza, Ceratolophus, 138 Ceratopogon, 138 Monohelea, 136, 139, 146 (fig.) Monohelea (Schizohelea), 138 Schizohelea, 138 Leucophaea, 45, 50, 51 grandis, 51 maderae, 40, 45, 47 (figs.) puerilis, 53 levis, Harmothoé, 221 libertina, Semisulcospira, 369 liebmanni, Pachychilus, 366 liguriae, Caesaromysides, 577, 581 limacina, Ophelia, 296 limbus, Dennyus, 536, 538, 540 (fig.), 542 limicola, Spio, 284 Limnetes, 434 sp., 430 limnophila, Stilobezzia, 83 Limnotrochus, 371 thomsoni, 371 Lincydrus, 612 cylindricus, 612 linearis, Vasaces, 89, 91 (fig.) linearis, Elater, 609 lineata, Pseudosabellides, 318 lineatus, Elater, 610 lineolata, Melania, 376 Hemisinus, 375 anal aed Aylacostoma (Hemisinus), 376 linkoi, Polycelis, 172 literalis, Pugetomysis, 581 Lithasia, 363 geniculata, 363 obovata, 363 365272—56——3 649 Lithasiopsis, 365 Lithoglyphus rufofilosus, 387 litoraurea, Monohelea (Monohelea), 152 Litorina, 459 antoni, 458 cecillei, 456 malaccana, 456 nodulosa, 458 (Tectarius) scabra, 568 thiarella, 451 tuberculatus, 451 vilis, 456 Littoraria, 449, 450 littorea, Littorina, 450, 460, 462 Littorina (Littorina), 460 Littorina, 450, 463 -capsula habei, 450 dilatata, 451 hagruma, 450 irrorata, 460 littorea, 450, 460, 462 (Littorina) littorea, 460 mauritiana, 450 multistriata, 450 (Melarhaphe) neritoides, 450 nodulosa, 451, 459 pinctado, 450 pyramidalis, 451, 456 rudis, 462 saxatilis, 462 seabra, 458 tuberculata, 451 ziczac, 450, 453 (fig.) (Melarhaphe) ziczac, 450, 452 Littorinidae, 449, 450, 460, 461, 462 livens, Blatta, 40, 41 Ectobius, 39, 40, 47 (figs.) livescens, Goniobasis, 361 livida, Blatta, 40, 41 Forficula, 41 lividus, Buffeventius, 604 Ectobius, 40, 41 Lizards, Two new scale-mite parasites pfeifferianus, 459 or, lobata, Scione, 323 Lobitarsus, 612 Lobotarsus, 612 longa, Apbrodita, 230 Eteone, 206, 233, 234, 237 (fig.) Nereis, 234 longicauda, Sphaerosyllis, 256, 257 longiceps, Paedophylax, 259 longicirris, Paedophylax, 259 longicornis, Sicardius, 617 longinaris, Pseudoprotoceras, 430 longirostris, Lophogaster, 577 longisetosa, Nephthys, 268 longisetosus, Autolytus, 242, 247, 250 Longithorax capensis, 581 Longiverena, 377 longosetosa, Nephthys, 268 Nephthys ciliata, 268 Nephtys, 207, 267, 268, 269 (fig.) samcaaie isa h peaaiag er 242, 247, 49, 25 ’ PROCEEDINGS 650 Lophogaster, 577, 578 affinis, 577 americanus, 577 challengeri, 577 erythraeus, 577 hawaiensis, 577 intermedius, 577 japonicus, 577 longirostris, 577 multispinosus, 577 pacificus, 577 rotundatus, 577 schmitti, 577, 578 spinosus, 577 subglaber, 577 subglaber affinis, 577 subglaber insulare, 577 typica erythraeus, 577 typicus, 577 lourei, Exogone, 259 lovéni, Melaenis, 205, 206, 214 Loxorhynchus grandis, 299 lucidus, Antoligostethus, 603 Challies, 586, 587, 591, 592, 594, 59 lucricrescens, Photuris, 36, 37 Ludius, 611, 612 parumcostatus, 611 lullianus, Cyclopidius, 426 lumbricalis, Nicomache, 208, 225, 301 (fig.), 305 Sabella, 305 Lumbriconereis minuta, 275, 276 fragilis, 275 Lumbricus armiger, 278 capitatus, 298 cirratus, 286 fragilis, 275 Lumbrinereis fragilis, 275 Lumbrineris, 275 fragilis, 207, 275, 277 (fig.) Lumbrineridae, 207 (table), 213, 275 lunulatus, Fulvius, 630 lutea, Hartomyia, 65, 66 Stilobezzia, 58, 60, 61, 65, 68 oe ned, (Neostilobezzia), 65, 72 g. Lutjanus ephippium, 188, 199 jourdin, 194 percula, 188, 191 luzonius, Upeneoides, 519 Upeneus, 500 (table), 502 (tables), 503, 504 (table), 505 (tables), 507, 509, 519, 521 (table), 523 526 macfiei, Monohelea, 137, 139, 140, 146 (fig.), 147 (fig.) Monohelea (Monohelea), 143, 144 macfiei, Stilobezzia, 65 macrocera, Dido, 600 macrocerus, Tetralobus, 600, 601 macropsis, Acanthomysis, 582 macrostoma, Amphiprion, 201 macrostomus, Prochilus, 201 Macrotarsius, 434 OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 103 maculata, Ampullacera, 385 Ampullarina, 385 Fijidoma, 383, 385 Nicomache, 306 Pista, 205, 209, 319 (fig.) 323, 325 Salinator, 385 Terebella, 323 Veloplacenta, 385 maculatus, Vasaces, 89, 91 (fig.), 92 maculatus, Paludomus, 369 maculicolle, Cephaloon pallens, 161 maculipennis, Ceratopogon, 135, 140 Monohelea, 137, 139, 140 Monohelea (Monohelea), 140, 142 Scutops, 555, 556 madagascariensis, Pachyelater, 612 maderae, Blatta, 45 Leucophaea, 40, 45, 47 (figs.) Rhyparobia, 45 Magacnemis, 612 magnifica, Eusyllis, 205, 207, 260, 261 Pionosyllis, 261, 262 magnus, Metacodon, 430 major, Dennyus, 534, 535, 643 Eucopia, 579 Takamatsuia, 543 malaccana, Litorina, 456 Nodilittorina, 456 Maldane, 302, 303 filifera, 306 sarsi, 208, 301 (fig.), 303 sarsi antarctica, 304 sarsi tropica, 304 tenuis, 306 Maldanidae, 208 (table), 213, 301 (figs.), 302 (key) Malekula, 612 piceus, 612 Mallaphaga, Studies in Neotropical, bird lice of the suborder Am- blycera, genus Dennyus Neu- mann, 533 Mallerius, 612 brasiliensis, 612 mallochi, Stilobezzia, 65, 66 Malloea, 600 malgreni, Prionospio, 207, 282, 283 g. Mammals of northern Colombia, genus Tapirus, 465 memmifer, Leptomeryx, 427 Manitsha, 434 Marbenia, 555, 556 peculiaris, 555, 556 Margarites, 458 marginatus, Elater, 607 mariae, Heliconia, 630 Marine polychaete worms from Point Barrow, Alaska, with additional records from the North Atlantic and North Pacific, 203 maritimus, Aplotarsus, 607 Hypnoidus, 609 Marshall, N. B., see under Schultz, Leonard P. INDEX marshi, Archaeotherium, 430 Marsupialia, 402 mauiensis, Sermyla, 380 mauritiana, Littorina, 450 Melarhaphe, 450 mauritiensis, Amphiprion, 189, 192, 196 maxima, Lafoéina, 248, 249 maximus, Abchastus, 601 maypuri, Tapir, 479, 481, 485 Mazama, 475 mecullochi, Amphiprion, 201 McDermott, Frank A.; Photuris bethan- iensis, a new lampyrid firefly, 35 mediaevus, Apternodus, 403, 430 medjeorum, Melanoides, 371 melanoleucus, Aeronautes, 538 Medonia fairmairei, 616 Melanopsidae, 357, 358 medusa, Polycirrus, 209, 328, 331] Melanopsis, 357, 359 fig. dufourii, 359 Megacnemis, 612 melanopus, Amphiprion, 190, 192, 201 Megalagus, 432, 433, 434 Prochilus, 201 brachyodon, 416, 430 melanostolus, Amphiprion, 198 turgidus, 430 Melanotus, 612 Megapenthes birmanicus, 619 Melanoxanthus, 612 octomaculatus, 609 rubiginosus, 601 Megara, 364 virgatus, 609 alveare, 364 Melanoxocanthus, 612 megerlei, Brachygonus, 604 melanurus, Amphiprion, 194 Elater, 604 Melarhaphe, 449, 450, 460, 461 Melaenis, 214 mauritiana, 450 lovéni, 205, 206, 214 mentalis, Hoplophoneus, 430 lovéni gigantea, 214 mercedis, Neomysis, 576, 577, 582 Melanatractus, 612 meridionalis, Dennyus, 534, 536, 539, acutus, 612 540 (fig.), 542 Melania, 360, 364, 370, 382 chinensis, 380 crawshayi, 371 fasciolata, 380 ignobilis, 371 indefinata, 380 medjeorum, 371 mweruensis, 371 sp., 380, 381 suifuensis, 380 tornata, 371 tuberculata, 380, 386 turriculus, 380, 381 vainafa, 380 wagenia, 371 Nitzschia bruneri, 539 armigera, 363 Meristhus, 612, 616 aspirans, 380 crenocarina, 377 episcopalis, 382 glans, 381 Meronychia, 553, 556 gottschei, 370 Meronychina, 553, 556 granifera, 379 annulata, 556 graniperda, 370 Merychippus sp., 423 hastula, 380 Merycoidodon affinis, 430 henriettae, 383 inermis, 381 oy) jacquetiana, 368 Merycoidodontidae, 425, 432, 433 lineolata, 376 Merycoidodonts sp., 430 mitra, 380 Mesembria, 601 nodifila, 370 subtilis, 601 nodiperda, 370 Mesohippus, 425, 432, 433 pagodula, 382 celer, 430 pagodulus, 382 scalaris, 375 semigranosa, 379 siccata, 381 sulcospira, 381 Mesoreodon chelonyx, 425 telonaria, 368 messi, Pectocera, 605 tuberculata, 375, 377 Metacodon, 4381, 433 variabilis, 382 quadripunctatus, 617 scabinula, 616 scobinula, 612, 616 culbertsoni, 425 sp., 425 651 hypostylus, 421, 422 (table), 430 latidens, 430 montanus, 430 portentus, 430 magnus, 430 Melanian complex, 358 (key) Metactenicerus, 613 Melanians, The relationships of Old| metallicum, Stenocephaloon, 159 Meterychrops microphthalma, 580 and New World, 357 Melaniidae, 373 robusta, 580 Melanoides, 371, 372, 380, 382, 385, | mexianae, Tapirus americanus, 480, 481, 485 386 652 Microchiroptera, 407 Microperiscelis, 551, 552, 553, 555, 556 annulata, 555, 556 winnertzi, 556 microphthalma, Meterythrops, 580 microps, Boreomysis, 576, 57 Micropternodus, 431, 433 borealis, 430 micros, Cryptohypnus, 615 Microtus, 424 Midges, American biting, of the heleid genus Monohelea, 135 Biting, of the heleid genus Stil- obezzia in North America, 57 miliaris, Nodilittorina, 450 milli, Sparus, 198 mimas, Monohelea (Monohelea), 152 minimus, Adjidaumo, 430 minor, Bolbelasmus, 97, 98, 99 (fig.), 100, 115 (map) Bolboceras, 100 Bradycinetus, 95, 97, 100 Dennyus, 535, 544 Ectobius livens, 44 Kolbeus, 100 Nicomache, 306 Nitzschia, 544 Paradjidaumo, 409, 430 Perchoerus, 430 minuta, Aphrodits, 230 Eulalia, 238 Eumida, 205, 206, 237 (fig.), 238 Lumbriconereis, 275, 276 Oophylax, 256, 257 Pholoé, 206, 229 (fig.), 230 minutum, Scalibregma, 293, 294 minutus, Pseudopterodon, 430 mirabilis, Cardiohypnus, 604 mitis, Caenopus, 425, 430 mitra, Melania, 380 mobilicornis, Scarabaeus, 101 Moduliade, 357, 358, 449, 461, 462 modulus, Modulus, 453 (fig.), 454, 457 (fig.), 461 Modulus, 357, 449, 461 modulus, 453 (fig.), 454, 457 (fig.), 461 Mogula sp., 255 moluccensis, Upeneoides, 514 Upeneus, 500 (table), 502 (tables), 504 (table), 505 (tables), 508, 510, 514 Upenoides, 514 monilicornis, Eusyllis, 260 Syllis, 260 monofasciatus, Amphiprion, 199 Monohelea, 135, 736, (key), 139 (table), 146 (figs.), 147 (figs.) American biting midges of the heleid genus, 135 brasiliensis, 137, 135 (Monohelea) brasiliensis, 145 guianae, 137, 147 (fig.) (Monohelea) guianae, 150 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 103 hieroglyphica, 135, 136, 137, 139, 140, 141, 142, 148, 147 (fig.) (Monohelea) hieroglyphica, 140, 144, 145 hyeroglyphica, 140 johannseni, 137, 139, 146 (fig.), 147 (fig.), 152, 153 lanei, 137, 139, 146 (fig.), 147 (fig.) (Monohelea) lanez, 140, 142 leucopeza, 136, 139, 146 (fig.) (Schizohelea) leucopeza, 138 (Monohelea) litoraurea, 152 macfiei, 137, 139, 140, 146 (fig.), 147 (fig.) (Monohelea) macfiet, 143, 144 maculipennis, 137, 139, 140, 146 (fig.), 147 (fig.) (Monohelea) maculipennis, 140, 142 (Monohelea) mimas, 152 multilineata, 137, 139, 145, 147 (fig.), 149, 150 (Monohelea) multilineata, 149 nebulosa, 137, 139, 146 (fig.), 147 (fig.) 151 (Monohelea) nebulosa, 161, 153 nigeriae, 150 ornata, 137, 139, 146 (fig.) (Monohelea) ornata, 144 sp., 135 stonei, 137, 139, 146 (fig.), 147 (fig.) (Monohelea) stonet, 148, 149, 150 tessellata, 147 (fig.), 150, 152, 153 (Monohelea) tessellata, 152 texana, 136, 147 (fig.) (Monohelea) texana, 143 monstrosum, Cavicoxum, 605 montanus, Glyptosaurus, 401 Hyanedon, 430 Mesohippus, 430 Promerycochoerus, 426 Stibarus, 430 monticola, Lamononia, 611 montrouzieri, Tectaria, 451 Mopleonus, 613 candezei, 613 morgani, Phagocata, 165, 167, 168 mormon, Ambrysus, 3, 4 Morrison, J. P. E.; The relationships of oS and New World melanians, 35 mortoni, Archaeotherium, 430 moutoniana, Oxytrema, 368 mucosa, Phyllodoce, 236 Mudalia, 361 carinata, 361 trilineata, 361 Mulloides pinnivittatus, 513 Mullus, 528 auratus, 528, 529 bandi, 516 bensasi, 509 dubius, 498, 515 japonicus, 509 subvittatus, 513 vittatus, 506, 516 INDEX 653 multilineata, Monohelea, 137, 139, 145, | Neolacon, 613 147 (fig.), 149, 150 Monohelea (Monohelea), 149 Oxytrema virginica, 360 Palpomyia, 149 multipapillata, Castalia, 239 multisetosa, Harmothoé, 223 multispinosus, Lophogaster, 577 multistriata, Littorina, 450 Mumetopia, 557, 558 muricatus, Tectarius, 449, 450, 452, 453 (fig.), 454, 455 (fig.), 457 (fig.), 459, 460, 462 murinus, Elater, 602 Mustelinae, 434 Mutiloptera, 557 mweruensis, Melanoides, 371 Mycterus, 156, 158 Myodris, 552, 553, 555, 556 annulata, 556 Myrsidea, 533 A supplement to W. M. Tattersall’s review of, 575 Mysidae, 582 Mysidella americana, 576, 582 Mysidellinae, 576, 582 Mysini, 576 Mysis oculata, 576, 581 Mysta, 233 barbata, 233 Mystides, 231, 232 borealis, 206, 232, 237 (fig.) notialis, 232 viridis, 232 Myxicola, 334, 340 infundibulum, 209, 340, 341 (fig.) steenstrupii, 340 naidina, Exogone, 207, 243 (fig.), 258 nana, Glycera, 273 nanus, Perchoerus, 430 nassa, Nassopsis, 372 Nassopsis, 373 nassa, 372 Naucorid bugs of the genus Ambrysus, Two new, 1 Naucoridae, 1 Nauphoeta, 48, 51 cinerea, 40, 46, 51 nausicaae, Dendrocoelum, 179 nearcticum, Rhopalosoma, 19, 20, 24, 32 nebulosa, Ceratopogon, 135 Cyamops, 558 Hartomyia, 151 nebulosa, Johannseniella, 151 Monohelea, 137, 139, 146 (fig.), 147 (fig.), 151 Monohelea (Monohelea), 151, 153 Periscelis, 553, 556 nebulosus, Ceratolophus, 151 Ceratopogon, 151 neglecta, Potamilla, 209, 333 (fig.), 335 Sabella, 335 neglectus, Pseudocylindrodon, 430 Neoamphitrite robusta, 322 formosanus, 613 Neomysis franciscorum, 582 kadiakensis, 582 mercedis, 576, 577, 582 rayli, 582 neonigripes, Nereis, 264 Nereis pelagica, 264, 265 Neonomopleus, 613 strictus, 613 Neoscutops, 555, 556 rotundipennis, 555, 556 Neostilobezzia, 63 Neotropical Miridae, LXIV, New bugs of the subfamily Cylapinae (Hemiptera), 621-632 nephrophthalma, Acanthomysis, 582 Nephthys brachycephala, 271, 272 caeca, 270 ciliata, 268, 270 ciliata longosetosa, 268 discors, 270 coeca, 268 longisetosa, 268 longosetosa, 268 paradoxa, 271 phyllobranchia, 271 Ne 207 (table), 212, 266, 269 gs. Nephtys, 267 (key) ciliata, 207, 267, 269 (fig.), 270 discors, 207, 267, 269 (fig.), 270 longosetosa, 207, 267, 268, 269 g. paradoxa, 207, 267, 269 (fig.), 271 phyllobranchia, 271, 272 rickettsi, 270, 271 Nepthys ciliata, 270 hudsonica, 270 pais: 207 (table), 212, 263, 269 (figs.) Nereis, 263, 264 (key) aphroditoides, 239 arctica, 264 armillaris, 254 caeca, 270 ciliata, 268, 270 filicornis, 284 flava, 235 longa, 234 neonigripes, 264 pelagica, 207, 264, 269 (fig.) (Nereis) pelagica, 264 pelagica neonigripes, 264, 265 pelagica occidentalis, 264, 265 prismatica, 247, 249 procera, 266 zonata, 207, 265, 269 (fig.) (Nereis) zonata, 264, 265 zonata persica, 266 Nerinides, 280, 285 sp., 205, 207, 283 (fig.), 285 neritiformis, Tylomelania, 381 neritinoides, Stanleya, 388 neritoides, Littorina (Melarhaphe), 450 654 Nicolea, 320, 322 arctica, 322 simplex, 323 venustula, 209, 319 (fig.), 322 zostericola, 322 Nicomache, 303, 304, 305 (key) carinata, 305 lumbricalis, 208, 225, 301 (fig.), 306 lumbricalis borealis, 305 maculata, 306 minor, 306 personata, 208, 301 (fig.), 305, 306 niger, Pleonomus, 616 nigeriae, Monohelea, 150 nigra, Polycelis, 172 nigrata, Pachychilus, 366 nigriceps, Strabala, 122 Nimravinae, 434 Nina, 458 Nitzschia bruneri, 538 bruneri meridionalis, 539 dubius, 537 minor, 544 pulicaris tibialis, 538 tibialis, 538 nivea, Phagocata, 164, 167 (fig.), 179, 180, 182 nobilis, Elater, 601 Lepidotus (Aulacon), 603 nodifila, Melania, 370 Oxytrema, 361, 368 Nodilittorina, 449, 450, 454, 455 (fig.), 458, 459, 460, 463 malaccana, 456 miliaris, 450 picta, 450 pyramidalis, 456, 460 subnodosa, 456 tuberculata, 449, 450, 451, 453 (fig.), 454, 455 (fig.), 457 (fig.), 459, 460, 462 vilis, 456 nodiperda, Melania, 370 nodosa, Eunoa, 217 Eunoé, 206, 216, 217, 219, 229 (fig.) Harmothoé, 217, 219 Polynoé, 217, 219 nodulosa, Litorina, 458 Littorina, 451, 459 nodulosus, Echininus, 449, 451, 452, 453 (fig.), 454, 455 (fig.), 457 (fig.), 458 Tectarius, 462 Trochus, 451, 456 Turbo, 451 Nomopleus, 613 nordmanni, Goniada, 274 North American triclad Turbellaria, XIII; three new cave planarians, 563 Northern Colombia, Mammals of, genus Tapirus, 465 Nothocyon geismarianus, 419 notialis, Mystides, 232 Notiphila, 553, 556 annulata, 552 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 103 nubilus, Canis, 423 nuda, Leaena, 326 Nullarborica, 613 concinna, 613 Nychia cirrosa, 226 Nyctitheriidae, 404 Nyctor, 613 expallidus, 613 obesus, Elater, 608 obovata, Lithasia, 363 obscura, Pacificola, 613 obscuripes, Elater, 605 obscurus, Elater, 606 occidentalis, Periscelis, 552, 553, 554, 555, 556 occidentalis, Nereis pelagica, 264, 265 ocellaris, Amphiprion, 194 ocellata, Wetmorella, 440, 442, 443, 444, 446, 447 Ochotoninae, 434 ochraceus, Ceratopogon, 63 octomaculatus, Megapenthes, 609 oculata, Mysis, 576, 581 oculatus, Vannius, 626 (fig.), 628 oculi-marginata, Polycelis, 172, Odocoileus hemionus, 423 virginianus, 423 Odontaeus, 96, 101 Odontocardus, 613 Oedemeridae, 158 oerstedi, Chaetosyllis, 253 Eunoé, 206, 216, 218, 219, 229 (fig.) Syllis, 253 Ogmophis arenarum, 402 o’harrai, Hoplophoneus, 430 olequaensis, Ambloxus, 360 oligospilus, Upeneus, 500 (table), 502 (tables), 503, 504 (table), 505 (tables), 509, 525, 526 (table), 527 (table) onager, Equus, 424 Oophylax minuta, 256, 257 Ophelia limacina, 296 eee a (table), 213, 295 (key), g. Ophelina groenlandica, 295, 296 Opomyzidae, 557 Orbiniidae, 207 (table), 213, 278, 283 (figs.) pretilies Asabellides, 318 ornata, Monohelea, 137, 139, 146 (fig.) Monohelea (Monohelea, 144 ornamentatus, Idanthyrsus, 308 ornata, Proceraea (Stephanosyllis, Stephanosyllis, 246 ornatifrons, Fulvius, 626 (fig.), 631 ornatus, Anchastelater, 602 Autolytus, 244 Diploconus, 616 Tremarctos, 475 Orocharis gryllodes, 24 saltator, 22, 23, 24 sp., 22, 23, 24, 25, 32 osborni, Trigonias, 425, 430 182 246 INDEX osculata, Goniobasis, 361 ovalis, Elater, 602 Ovalpalpus, 613 Ovipalpus, 613 ovoideum, Gyrotoma, 361 Oxymelania, 365 schiedianus, 365 Oxytrema, 359, 364, 367, 370, 371, 382 bailleti, 368 bulbosa, 361 canaliculatum undulatum, 360 catenaria, 360 comalensis, 360 deshayesiana, 361 jacquetiana, 368 joretiana, 368 laqueata, 360 moutoniana, 368 nodifila, 361, 368 peregrinorum, 368 (Strephobasis) plena, 361 plicifera, 360 semicarinata, 367 silicula, 360 symmetrica, 360 telonaria, 368 toucheana, 368 virginica, 364 virginica multilineata, 360 Pachychilus, 360, 364, 366, 367, 370 corvinus, 365, 366 cumingii, 366 (Pilsbrychilus) dalli, 367 drakei, 360 fuentesi, 366 glaphyrus, 365 graphium, 366 laevissima, 366 largillierti, 366 liebmanni, 366 nigrata, 366 pilsbryi, 365 (Oxymelania) pilsbryi, 376 violaceus, 366 walli, 367 Pachycynodon, 421 Pachyelater, 612 madagascariensis, 612 pacifica, Euchaetomeropsis, 577, 580 Lanassa venusta, 326 Spio filicornis, 284 Pacificola, 613 obscura, 613 pacificum, Cephaloon, 157 (map), 159, 160 pen Lophogaster, 577 aedophylax dispar, 259 longiceps, 259 longicirris, 259 pagodula, Protia, 382 Melania, 382 pagodulus, Melania, 382 Paleocastor gradatus, 408 peninsulatus, 408 Paleogale, 432, 433 inflex, 430 Paleolagus, 432, 433, 434 burkei, 416 haydeni, 415 intermedius, 415 temnodon, 414, 430 655 ae aE alee 157 (map), 158, 160, Sanateen ies Hartomyia, 78 Stilobezzia, 59, 61, 78 Stilobezzia (Stillobezzia), 78 pallidulus, Elater, 602 Palpomyia dorsofasciata, 62 multilineata, 149 Paludominae, 371 Paludomus, 369, 383 labiosa, 369 maculatus, 369 tanschaurica, 369 Panamenia, 555, 556 chapmani, 555 Panchlora, 45, 51 Pantolamprus sulcicollis, 618 panzeri, Ectobius, 44 papuensis, Amphiprion, 199 Hortizoteichos, 610 Parabezzia, 61 elegantula, 62 petiolata, 61 poikiloptera, 62, 83 Paracapiophonus, 614 Paracardiophorus, 614 Paracrostoma, 383 hugeli, 383 Paradaxon, 614 Paradoxon, 614 Paradima, 614 tattakensis, 614 Paradjidaumo, 433 minor, 409, 430 spokanensis, 409 trilophus, 409 paradoxa, Nephthys, 271 Nephtys, 207, 267, 269 (fig.), 271 Paragonimiasis, 3 Paralithodes camtschatica, 224 Paramelania, 371, 372, 373 damoni, 371 Paramelaniinae, 373 Paranaitis wahlbergi, 236 Parapomachilius, 601 Parascaptor, 407 Parastirus, 614 Parathous, 614 sanguineus, 614 Parcoblatta, 43, 45, 50 Parictis, 421, 432, 433 bathygenus, 421 dakotensis, 420, 430 Paroedostethus, 614 relictus, 614 parumcostatus, Ipostirus, 611 Ludius, 611 Parupeneus, 515 parviceps, Ambrysus, 6 Parvistoma, 614 656 parvulus, Bolborhombus, 99 (fig.), 115 (map), 117, 118, 119 parvus, Upeneoides, 528 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 108 wheeleri, 552, 653, 556 winnertzi, 556 Perissodactyla, 421, 432 Upeneus, 499, 500 (table), 501, 502] Peritropis, 624 (tables), 503, 504 (table), 505 (tables), 508, 528 paterculus, Hesperocyon, 4/6, 417 (fig.), 430 Patricia, 614 austratica, 614 paucicostata, Edgaria, 372 paulistensis, Stilobezzia, 71 paululus, Hypisodus, 430 Peasiella, 462 Pectinaria, 311 (Cistenides), 311 (key) brevicoma, 312 (Cistenides) brevicoma, 312 eranulata, 208, 313 (fig.) (Cistenides) granulata, 311, 312 hyperborea, 208, 313 (fig.) (Cistenides) hyperborea, 311, 314 sp., 307 Pectinariidae, 208 (table), 212, 310, 313 s figs. pectinicornis, Elater, 606, 607 Pectocera, 614 messi, 605 Pectoerra, 614 Pectora, 614 peculiaris, Marbenia, 555, 556 pelagica, Chaetura, 537 Nereis, 207, 264, 269 (fig.) Nereis (Nereis), 264 pellucida, Planaria, 167 Peltosaurus sp., 401 Penecurva, 168 Pengamethes, 614 fulvicollis, 614 peninsularis, Bolbocerastes, 99 (fig.), 105, 112, 114 (map), 116 Bolboceras serratus, 116 Bradycinetus serratus, 116 peninsulatus, Paleocastor, 408 Peratherium fugax, 402 titanelix, 402, 430 Perea polymna, 194 Perchoerus, 433 minor, 430 nanus, 430 percula, Actinicola, 191 Amphiprion, 188, 197, 192, 193 Lutjanus, 188, 191 Prochilus, 191 pereerinorum, Oxytrema, 368 perideraion, Amphiprion, 188, 191, 192 Prochilus, 191 Periplaneta, 46, 50, 53 Periscelidae, 551, 652, 555 (key), 556 (list), 557, 560 Periscelis, 551, 552 (key), 555, 556 annulata, 552, 653, 556 annulipes, 556 nebulosa, 553, 556 occidentalis, 552, 553, 564, 555, 556 Peritropoides, 622 annulatus, 624, 625, 628 quadrinotatus, 625, 626 (fig.), 627 (fig.), 629 (fig.) Peromyscus, 410 persica, Nereis zonata, 266 personata, Nicomache, 208, 301 (fig.), 305, 306 perspicillaris, Eetobius, 41 peruvianus, Tapirus (terrestris), 479, ’ Petaloproctus, 302, 306 filifer, 306, 307 tenuis, 208, 301 (fig.), 306 tenuis borealis, 306, 307 petiolata, Parabezzia, 61 Pettibone, Marian H.; Marine poly- chaete worms from Point Barrow, Alaska, with additional records from the North Atlantic and North Pacific, 203 pfeifferianus, Litorina (Tectarius), 459 Phagocata, 164, 166, 167, 168, 566 albissima, 165, 167 cavernicola, 563, 565 (fig.) coarctata, 167 morgani, 165, 167, 168 nivea, 164, 167 (fig.), 179, 180, 182 subterranea, 566 vitta, 165, 167 Phalerebus, 188, 190 Pharotarsus, 614 phaseopygus, Chaetura griseiventris, 539 Phedomenus flavangulus, 608 Pherhimius, 615 Phibisa, 615 philippina, Wetmorella, 439, 440, 446, 447 Wetmorella philippina, 440, 441 (fig.), 442, 443, 445 philippinensis, Geckobia, 12, 13 (fig.), 14 (fig.) philippinus, Upeneoides, 516 phillipsi, Upeneus, 498, 528, 529 Philodendron sp., 631 phoenicobia, Tachnornis phoenicobia, 543 Pholoé, 228, 230 minuta, 206, 229 (fig.), 230 tuberculata, 230 Phorocardius, 615 solitarius, 608 Phorotarsus, 614 Phorticoides, 556 flinti, 553, 556 phosphorea, Eusyllis, 260, 261 Photinus consanguineus, 36 pyralis, 35, 36 Photuris, 35 bethaniensis, 36 INDEX bethaniensis, a new Lampyrid fire- fly, 25 fairchildi, 37 hebes, 36 lucricrescens, 36, 37 versicolor, 35, 36 phyllobranchia, Nephthys, 271 Nephtys, 271, 272 Phyllodoce, 236 citrina, 236 groenlandica, 206, 236, 237 (fig.) (Anaitides) groenlandica, 236 mucosa, 236 Phyllodocidae, 206 (table), (key), 237 (figs.) Piaya, 586 piceus, Malekula, 612 picta, Hartomyia, 75 Nodilittorina, 450 Stephanosyllis, 246 picticolle, Cephaloon pallens, 161 pictus, Ceratopogon, 75 piegeti, Dennyus, 533 Piezophyllus, 600, 601, 606 spencei, 601, 606 pilosa, Brada, 290, 291 Pilsbrychilus, 366 pilsbryi, Pachychilus, 365 Pachychilus (Oxymelania), 376 ibe sea Tapirus, 471, 480 inchacus, 469, 471 aenigmaticus, 471 leucogenys, 471 pinchaque, 471 terrestris, 471 villosus, 471 pinchaque, Pinchacus, 471 Tapir, 471 Tapirus, 465, 466, 467, 468, 469, 471, 478, 479, 482 (fig.), 483 (fig.), 484, 487 (fig.), 489, 493 (map), 495 (map) pinctado, Littorina, 450 pinnivittatus, Mulloides, 513 Pionosyllis, 242, 262 compacta, 205, 207, 243 (fig.), 262 magnifica, 261, 262 pirtformis, Dendrocoelopsis, 174, 177 (fig.), 178, 180 Pista, 320, 323 flexuosa, 226 groenlandica, 324 cae cia 205, 209, 319 (fig.), 323, 5 Placonides, 615 Planaria pellucida, 167 Planariidae, 164, 563 Planaxidae, 357, 358, 387 Platycrepidius, 618 eet Oxytrema (Strephobasis), 361 leonomus argentatus, 613 niger, 616 Plesictis, 482, 433 priscus, 430 Pleurocera, 359, 360, 362, 363 acuta, 360 212, 231 657 (Oecytrema) acuta, 260 alveare, 364 (Ellipstoma) gibbosa, 363 verucosa, 362 zonalis, 363 Pleuroceridae, 357, 358, 359, 363, 365, 867, 369, 370, 374, 375, 376, 377 pare iene 358, 359, 364, 367, 369, 3 Pleurocerus (Oxytrema) acutus, 360 pliacus, Ischyromys, 408, 430 plicifera, Oxytrema, 360 Ploconides, 615 Plotia, 379 Plotiopsis, 378 balonnensis, 378 pluribranchiata, Stylaroides, 290, 291 Podocera, 556, 560 ramifera, 560 Poébrotherium, 433 eximium, 426, 430 poeyi, Phopalosoma, 19 poikiloptera, Parabezzia, 62, 83 polita, Allohelea, 138 Johannseniella, 138 Johannsenomyia, 138 Schizohelea, 138 Sphaeromias, 138 politus, Ceratolophus, 138 Ceratopogon, 138 Polybostrichus, 241, 247, 248, 251 (fig.) longosetosus, 242, 247, 249, 250 Polycelidia, 171 Polycelis, 163, 168, 169, 171, 172, 173, 182, 183 (map), 184 auriculata, 171, 172 borealis, 168, 171 (fig.), 172, 182 coronata, 171, 172 eburnea, 172 elongata, 172 eudendrocoeloides, 172 eurantron, 172 felina, 172 karafto, 171, 172 koslowi, 172 linkoi, 172 nigra, 172 oculi-marginata, 172, 182 polyopis, 172 receptaculosa, 172 relicta, 172 sabussowi, 172 sapporo, 172 schmidti, 171, 172 tenuis, 172 tibetica, 172 Polychaeta, 211 (key) Polycirrus, 320, 328 medusa, 209, 328, 331 (fig.) sp., 328 Polydora, 280, 281 brachycephala, 280, 281 caulleryi, 207, 280, 281, 283 (fig.) polylepis, Prochilus, 200 polymna, Anthias, 198 Perca, 194 658 polymnus, Amphiprion, 189, 193, 194, 197, 198, 200 Anthias, 191 Prochilus, 198 Polynoé arctica, 217 cirrata, 220 extenuata, 222 floccosa, 222 foraminifera, 217 gracilis, 225 islandica, 217, 218 nodosa, 217, 219 rarispina, 222 sarsi, 215 scabra, 217, 218, 219 semisculpta, 222 semisculptus, 222 spinulosa, 217 Polynoidae, 206 (table), 212, 213, 214 (key), 229 (figs.) polyopis, Polycelis, 172 Polyprotodontia, 402 portentus, Mesohippus, 430 Potadoma, 370 freethii, 370 Potadominae, 371 Potamanax, 365, 376 Potamididae, 449 Potamilla, 334, 335 acuminata, 336 neglecta, 209, 333 (fig.), 385 reniformis, 209, 333 (fig.), 335, 336 torelli, 336 Practapyrus, 615 descarpentriesi, 615 praerosa, Leptoxis, 361, 362 praetermissa, Clymene (Praxillella), 303 Praxilla, 303 Praxillella, 208, 301 (fig.), 303 Praxilla praetermissa, 303 Praxillella, 302, 303 praetermissa, 208, 301 (fig.), 303 prezevalskii, Equus, 424 prima, Diopsosoma, 556 Prionospio, 280, 282 malmgreni, 207, 282, 283 (fig.) tenuis, 282 priscus, Plesictis, 430 prismatica, Nereis, 247, 249 prismaticus, Autolytus, 207, 242, 244, 245, 246, 247, 249, 251 (fig.) Pristilophus, 615 sericans, 616 Pristolophus, 615 Probezzia elegantula, 62 procera, Nereis, 266 Proceraea gracilis, 250 (Stephanosyllis) ornata, 246 Prochilos ephippium, 199 Prochilus, 188 akallopisos, 188, 190 bifasciatus, 193, 194 macrostomus, 201 melanopus, 201 percula, 191 perideraion, 191 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 103 polymnus, 198 polypepis, 200 Proclea, 320, 326 graffi, 325 graffii 209, 325 Prodrasterius, 615 Progne chalybea chalybea, 549 Prolacon, 615 allaudi, 615 aie ep A 244, 245, 247, 249, Promerycochoerus montanus, 426 Proneomysis wailesi, 582 propinqua, Harmothoé, 222 Harmothoé rarispina, 222 Lagisca, 222 Proquasimus, 615 Prosciurus, 431, 433 jeffersoni, 430 relictus, 408 vetustus, 430 Prosternon, 600 Prosynthetoceros, 428 Protemnocyon, 420 pruinosa, Stilobezzia, 59, 60, 61, 79 Stilobezzia (Stilobezzia), 73 (fig.), 79 Psammate aphroditoides, 239 Psephus cyaneus, 611 Pseudathous, 615 Pseudocylindrodon, 432, 433 neglectus, 430 Pseudoderomecus, 616 Pseudo-Elater, 616 pseudomacropsis, Acanthomysis, 582 Pseudomma truncatum, 581 Pseudonomopleus, 616 Pseudoplotia, 378 scabra, 378 Pseudopotamilla intermedia, 337 reniformis, 337 Pseudopristilophus, 616 Pseudoprotoceras, 433, 434 longinaris, 430 Pseudopterodon, 434 minutus, 430 Pseudosabellides, 318 lineata, 318 Pseudostirus, 616 Pterygosomidae, 10 pudicus, Ambrysus, 6 puerilis, Leucophea, 53 puertoricensis, Strabala ambulans, 125 (fig.), 127, 132 Pugetomysis literalis, 581 pulchripennis, Sphaeromyas, 137 Pulchronotus, 616 puncticollis, Ambrysus, 6 punctipes, Stilobezzia, 58, 60, 61 Stilobezzia (Stilobezzia), "72 (fig.), 79 punctulata, Stilobezzia (Stilobezzia), 81 pupa, Travisia, 296 pupieri, Ctenicera, 615 purpureua, Elater, 614 Pycnoscelus, 45, 51 surinamensis, 45, 51 INDEX pyralis, Photinus, 35, 36 pyramidalis, Littorina, 451, 456 Nodilittorina, 456, 460 pyrsolepis, Adelocera, 608 Lepidotus (Diphyaulon), 608 Pythidae, 158 quadrangularis, Spirorbis, 343 quadratus, Hapithus agitator, 23, 24 quadridens, Bolboceras, 101 Scarabaeus, 101 quadrinotatus, Peritropoides, 625, 626 (fig.), 627 (fig.), 629 (fig.) quadripunctatus, Meristhus, 617 quadristillatus, Fulvius, 627 (fig.), 631 quadrivittatus, Betarmon, 611 Quasimus setosus, 606 quaternaria, Syllis, 253, 254 rabelloi, Stilobezzia, 59, 60, 61, 81 Stilobezzia (Stilobezzia), 72 (fig.), 81 radiata, Amphitrite, 321 Radina, 380 ramifera, Podocera, 560 Rangifer arcticus, 424 caribou, 424 Raphaea, 616 vitida, 616 rarispina, Harmothoé, 222 Lagisca, 222 Polynoé, 222 Rastrocephalus, 616 rayii, Neomysis, 582 receptaculosa, Polycelis, 172 rectangularis, Colaulon, 606 reedi, Eotylopus, 430 regalis, Bolbocerastes, 99 (fig.), 106, 109, 112, 115 (map) relicta, Polycelis, 172 relictus, Paroedostethus, 614 Prosciurus, 408 reniformis, Potamilla, 209, 333 (fig.), 335, 336 Pseudopotamilla, 337 Samella, 336 Reptilia, 401 revelieri, Athous, 603 Review of the Atlantic periwinkles, Nodilittorina, Echininus, and Tectarius, 449 rez, Bradycinetulus, 99 (fig.), 102, 103 114 (map) Rhaciaspis, 616 Rhinoceretidae, 425, 432, 433 Rhinochoerus, 477 Rhino(choerus) villosus, 471 Rhopalosoma, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 27 (figs.), 29 (figs.), 31, 32, 33 aenigmaticum, 19 nearcticum, 19, 20, 24, 32 Notes on the biology and immature stages of a cricket parasite of the genus, 19 poeyi, 19 Rhopalosomatidae, 19 Rhopalosomidae, 19 105, 659 Rhyparobia, 45 maderae, 45 richmondi, Chaerura, 537 Dennyus, 533, 535, 537 rickettsi, Nephtys, 270, 271 riparius, Elater, 606, 610 Risella, 462 Risellidae, 462 Riselloidea, 462 Risellopsis, 462 Rismethus, 616 Rjabuschinskya, 172 robusta, Amphitrite, 322 Meterythrops, 580 Neoamphitrite, 322 robustus, Cirratulus, 286 Hoplophoneus, 430 Rodentia, 408, 431 Roggeveenia, 616 buxtoni, 616 rohan-chaboti, Ameidioides, 602 rosenbergi, Amphiprion, 191 Rostricephalus, 616, 617 vitalisi, 617 rotunda, Strabala, 125 (fig.), 127, 130, 133 rotundatus, Lophogaster, 577 rotundipennis, Neoscutops, 555, 556 rotundocapitis, Dennyus, 535, 541 (fig.), 548, 549 roulini, Tapirus, 471, 473, 476, 480 roulinii, Tapirus, 466, 471, 472, 476, 479 rubiginosus, Melanoxanthus, 601 rubrocinectus, Amphiprion, 199 rubrovittatus, Vannius, 629 rudis, Littorina, 462 rufa, Disonycha, 122 Haltica, 121, 122, 123, 127 Strabala, 125 (fig.), 126, 127, 128, 129 ruficollis, Agonischius, 605 rufofilosa, Tanganyicia, 387 rufofilosus, Lithoglyphus, 387 rufus, Tapirus, 479, 481, 485 ruginosum, Aylacostoma, 377 rugosa, Brada, 290, 291, 292 Trophonia, 290 rippeli, Amphiprion, 199 Rygodonus, 617 Rymcobites, 617 singularis, 617 sabatyra, Tapyra, 479, 481, 485 sabella, Fabricia, 299 Sabella, 334 analis, 339 crassicornis, 209, 333 (fig.), 334 fabricii, 334 granulata, 312 lumbricalis, 305 neglecta, 335 reniformis, 336 spetsbergensis, 334 spitzbergensis, 334 Sabellariidae, 208 (table), 212, 301 (figs.), 307 660 Sabellidae, 209 (table), 211, 332, 333 (figs.), 334 (key), 341 (fig.) Sabellides sibirica, 318 sabussowi, Polycelis, 172 Sacconereis, 241, 246, 248, 250, 251 (fig.) Saccopsis terebellidis, 330 sakurae, Cephaloon, 161 Salinator maculata, 385 saltator, Orocharis, 22, 23, 24 sanguineus, Parathous, 614 sanguinipennis, Georgicus, 609 Saphromyzidae, 553 sapporo, Polycelis, 172 sarsi, Antinoé, 205, 206, 215 Antinoélla, 215 Eteone, 235 Harmothoé, 215 Harmothoé (Antinélla), 215 Maldane, 208, 301 (fig.), 303 Polynoé, 215 Sauria, 401 saxatilis, Aeronautes s., 537, 538 Littorina, 462 scabinula, Meristhus, 616 seabra, Aphrodita, 217 Lepidonote, 219 Litorina, 458 Littorina, 458 Polynoé, 217, 218, 219 Pseudoplotia, 378 scalare, Aylacostoma (Aylacostoma), 6 scalaris, Melania, 375 Seale-mite parasites of lizards, Two new, § Scalibregma, 293 brevicauda, 293, 294 inflatum, 208, 293, 297 (fig.) mintum, 293, 294 Scealibregmidae, 208 (table), 213, 293, 7 (figs.) Scalopinae, 403 Sealopus aquaticus, 404 Scapatochirus, 407 Scarabaeus cephus, 101 cyclops, 101 farctus, 101 ferrugineus, 101, 102 gallicus, 97 lazarus, 95, 101 mobilicornis, 101 mobilicornis testaceus, 101 quadridens, 101 Seeloporus, 15 undulatus, 9, 15 schaefferi, Bolboceras, 117, 119 Bolborhombus, 99 (fig.), 114 (map), 117, 119 schiedianus, Oxymelania, 365 Schizohelea, 137 copiosa, 138 leucopeza, 138 polita, 138 schmidti, Polycelis, 171, 172 schmitti, Lophogaster, 577, 578 schotti, Agryphus, 611 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 103 Lanelater, 611 schusteri, Cardiophorus, 611 scobinula, Meristhus, 612, 616 Scoliocerus, 603 scotti, Archaeotherium, 430 Schultz, Leonard P.; Review of the Indo-Pacific anemone fishes, genus Amphiprion, with descrip- tion of two new species, 187 And Marshall, N. B.; A review of the labrid fish genus Wet- morella with descriptions of new forms from the tropical Indo- Pacific, 439 Sciaena unimaculata, 194 Scione lobata, 323 Sciuravidae, 408 Scoloplos, 278 armiger, 207, 278, 283 (fig.) sculpta, Acanthomysis, 582 sculpticauda, Eucopia, 578 scutata, Sternaspis, 208, 309, 313 (fig.) Thalassema, 309 scutellaris, Altica, 121 Haltica, 123 Lactica, 122, 123, 129, 130 Strabala, 122, 123 scutellata, Strabala, 121 Seutops, 555, 556 chapmani, 556 fascipennis, 555, 556 maculipennis, 555, 556 sebae, Amphiprion, 189, 192, 197 Seidlia, 172 Selatosomus guttatus, 610 semicarinata, Oxytrema, 367 semigranosa, Melania, 379 Tarebia, 379 Semiotinus, 617 semisculpta, Polynoé, 222 semisculptus, Polynoé, 222 Semisinus, 375 Semisulcospira, 369 libertina, 369 Semisulcospirinae, 369 sequax, Ceratopogon, 135 sericans, Pristilophus, 616 Sermyla, 380 kowloonensis, 380 mauiensis, 380 tornatella, 380 Serpentes, 402 Serpula granulata, 343 spirillum, 344 Benin 209 (table), 211, 341 (figs.). 42 serrata, Inusitatomysis, 581 serraticornis, Dicronychus, 609 serratus, Amechanus, 113 Athyreus, 113 Athyreus (Bradicinetus), 113 Bolboceras (Amechamus), 113 Bolbocerastes, 99 (fig.), 106, 107, 108, 109, 112, 173, 115 (map) Bradycinetulus, 113 Bradycinetus, 113 INDEX Serropalpidae, 159 Setaera. 379 setosa, Brada, 290, 291 Chaetozone, 207, 287, 297 (fig.) Glycera, 272 Spio, 284 Thiara, 379 setosus, Quasimus, 606 Sheppardiconcha, 367 sibirica, Asabellides, 208, 318, 319 (fig.) Sabellides, 318 Sicardius, 617 longicornis, 617 siccata, Melania, 381 siculus, Ectobius, 41 Sigalionidae, 206 (table), 211, 228 signoreti, Ambrysus, 6 silicula, Oxytrema, 360 * si marmmanet 534, 535, 541 (fig.), 4 Simocyoninae, 420 simplex, Geckobia, 12 Nicolea, 323 simulans, Drachylis, 158, 160 simus, Cyclopidius, 426 Sinclairella, 434 singularis, Rymcobites, 617 Siphonostoma inhabile, 292 villosum, 290 Siriella thompsonii, 580 Sisenes, 88 sjaelandica, Ctenicera (Malloea), 600 Elater, 600 smitti, Ereutho, 328 snyderi, Amphiprion, 198 soemmerringii, Gazella, 424 Solenodontidae, 403 solitarius, Phorocardius, 608 sordidus, Vasaces, 87, 89, 92 Soricidae, 407 soricina, Glassophaga soricina, 465 Soricinae, 434 Soricoidea, 407 soriniana, Antimelania, 382 Sorocelides, 171 Sorocelis americana, 566 Sparus milli, 198 speciosissima, Cattleya, 632 spectabilis, Cirratulus, 286 see Tapirus, 480, 481, 484, 485, 486 Tapirus terrestris, 480, 493 (map) Spekia, 371 zonatus, 371 spencei, Piezophyllus, 601, 606 peophila hoffmasteri, 567 (fig.), 569 (fig.), 570, 571 (fig.) spetsbergensis, Eteone, 206, 233, 235 Sabella, 334 Sphaeromelania, 366 largillierti, 365 Sphaeromias polita, 138 Sphaeromyas pulchripennis, 137 Sphaerosyllis, 242, 255 erinaceus, 207, 243 (fig.), 955 latipalpis, 256, 257 661 longicauda, 256, 257 Sphaloplana georgiana, 565 (fig.), 566, 567 (fig.), 569 (fig.) Sphenicosomus, 617 Sphyroperiscelis, 551, 552, 554, 556 spiloderus, Diploconus, 615 spinicauda, Chaetura spinicauda, 542 spiniger, Dennyus, 533, 535 saa oe Dennyus, 536, 541 (fig.), th + spinosa, Io, 364 spinosipenis, Dendrocelopsis, Dendrocoelopsis, 177, spinosus, Lophogaster, 577 spinulosa, Lagisca extenuosa, 222 Polynoé, 217 Spio, 280, 284 filicornis, 207, 283 (fig.), 284 filicornis pacifica, 284 limicola, 284 setosa, 284 Spionidae, 207 (table), 212, 280 (key), 283 (figs.) Spiophanes tenuis, 282 spirillum, Circeis, 344 Dexiospira, 344 Serpula, 344 Spirorbis, 209, 341 (fig.) Spirorbis (Dexiospira), 343, 344 Spirorbis, 342, 343 (key) granulatus, 209, 341 (fig.) (Lacospira) granulatus, 343 quadrangularis, 343 spirillum 209, 341 (fig.) 176 78 (Dexiospira) spirillum, 343, 344 spitzbergensis, Sabella, 334 Eumys, 411, 413, 414 spokanensis, fi g. Paradjidaumo, 409 Sponidium, 158 Squamata, 401 Stanleya, 388 neritinoides, 388 stecki, Beezia, 138 steenstrupii, Myxicola, 340 Stelobezzia diversa, 59, 60, 61, 76 Stenocephaloon, 159 metallicum, 159 Stenomelania, 380, 381 aspirans, 380 Stenomicra, 551, 557, 560 angustata, 560 Stenotrachelus, 159 Stephanosyllis ornata, 246 picta, 246 Sternaspidae, 208 (table), 313 (figs.) Sternaspis, 309 scutata, 208 fossor, 209 islandica, 309 scutata, 208, 309, 313 (fig.) scutata africana, 309 Sternocampsus, 617 villosus, 617 213, 309, 662 Stibarus montanus, 430 sp., 430 Stilobezzia, 57, 58 (key), 61 (table), 63, PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 103 68, 72 (figs.), 73 (figs.), 135 (Eukraiohelea) aberrans, 61 (Eukraiohelea) africana, 63 antennalis, 59, 60, 61, 68 (Stilobezzia) antennalis, 68, 73 (fig.), 83 beckae, 59, 60, 61 cu pbenats) beckae, 69, 72 (fig.), 8 bicolor, 59, 60, 61, 71 (Stilobezzia) bicolor, 71, 72 (fig.) Biting midges of the heleid genus, in North America, 57 bulla, 59, 61, 74, 83, 84 (Stilobezzia) bulla, 73 (fig.), 74, 84 coquilletti, 58, 60, 61, 75 (Stilobezzia) coquilletti, 72 (fig.), 75 (Stilobezzia) diversa, 73 (fig.), 76, 79 elegantula, 58, 60, 61 (Eukraiohelea) elegantula, 62, 72 (fig.) (Eukraiohelea) esakiana, 61, 62 fiebrigi, 76 fuscula, 58, 59, 61, 64 (Neostilobezzia) fuscula, 64, 72 fig.) glauca, 59, 60, 61, 77, 85 (Stilobezzia) glauca, 73 (fig.), 77 (Stilobezzia) kiefferi, 81 limnoplila, 83 lutea, 58, 60, 61, 65, 68 (Neostilobezzia) lutea, 65, 72 (fig.) macfiei, 65 mallochi, 65, 66 pallidiventris, 59, 61, 78 (Stilobezzia) pallidiventris, 78 paulistensis, 71 pruinosa, 59, 60, 61, 79 (Stilobezzia) pruinosa, 73 (figs.), 79 punctipes, 58, 60, 61 (Stilobezzia) punctipes, 72 (fig.), 79 (Stilobezzia) punctulata, 81 rabelloi, 59, 60, 61, 81 (Stilobezzia) rabelloi, 72 (fig.), 81 stonei, 58, 60, 61 (Neostilobezzia) stonet, 66, 72 (fig.) sybleae, 59, 60, 61 (Stilobezzia) sybleae, 73 (fig.), 82 thomsenae, 59 (Stilobezzia) thomsenae, 73 (fig.), 83 ugandae, 62 viridis, 59, 60, 61, 78, 84 (Stilobezzia) viridis, 73 (fig.) 84 stone:, Monohelea, 137, 139, 146 (fig.), 147 (fig.) Monohelea (Monohelea), 148, 149, 150 Stilobezzia, 58, 60, 61 Strabala, 121, 122, 123, 124, 125 (figs.), 126, 127 (key) acuminata, 125 (fig.), 127, 128 acuminata costaricensis, 125 (fig.), 127, 129 acuminata teapensis, 125 (fig.), 127, 129 ambulans, 125 (fig.), 127, 131 ambulans jamaicensis, 125 (fig.), 127,131 ambulans puertoricensis, 125 (fig.), 127, 182 Caen beetles of the genus, columbiana, 125 (fig.), 127, 133 dominicensis, 121 ferruginea, 122, 125 (fig.), 127, 132 haematina, 134 intermedia, 121, 122, 125 (fig.), 127, 131, 133 languida, 122 nigriceps, 122 rotunda, 125 (fig.), 127, 130, 133 rufa, 125 (fig.), 126, 127, 128, 129 rufa floridana, 125 (fig.), 127, 128 scutellaris, 122, 123 scutellata, 121 sp., 134 trinitatis, 125 (fig.), 127, 134 Strephobasis, 361 Streptoprocne zonaris albicincta, 548 striata, Eteone, 233 strictus, Neonomopleus, 613 sire Terebellides, 209, 330, 331 8.) strophensis, Kentrogomphios, 404, 405 (fig.), 406 (fig.), 430 Strophitus, 370 Sturtevant, A. H.; Nearctic flies of the family Periscelidae (Diptera) and certain Anthomyzidae referred to the family, 551 Stylaroides pluribranchiata, 290, 291 Subathous, 617 tonkinensis, 617 Subathrus, 617 subglaber, Lophogaster, 577 sublaevis, Brada, 292 submetallicus, Hemirhipus, 609 subnodosa, Nodilittorina, 456 subterranea, Phagocata, 566 subtilis, Cosmesus, 601 Mesembris, 601 subvittatus, Mullus, 513 Upeneus, 498, 514, 522, 524 suifuensis, Melanoides, 380 suillus, Tapir, 477, 479, 481, 485 sulcicollis, Pantolamprus, 618 Sulcilacon, 617 Sulcimerus, 617 sulcirostris, Crotophaga, 590 sulcospira, Melania, 381 Sulcospira, 381 Stilobezzia (Neostilobezzia), 66,|Sulcospira, 381 72 (fig.) sulcospira, 381 INDEX sulphureus, Upeneoides, 513, 514 Upeneus, 500 (table), 501, 502 (tables), 504 (table), 505 (tables), 506, 508, 510, 513, 514 (table) sulphuripennis, Corymbites, 616 sundaicus, Upeneoides, 507 Upeneus, 507, 519 Supella supellectilium, 40 supellectilium, Supella, 40 surinamensis, Blatta, 45 Pycnoscelus, 45, 51 sybleae, Stilobezzia, 59, 60, Stilobezza Gulabemss). 73 (fig.), 8&2 Syllidae, 207 (table), 212, 240, 241 (key), 243 (figs.), 251 (figs.) Syllis, 241, 252 (key) alternata, 253, 254 armillaris, 254 era 205, 207, 243 (fig.), 252, 54 (Ehlersia) cornuta, 253 fasciata, 205, 207, 243 (fig.) (Typosyllis) fasciata, 254 heterochaeta, 254 (Ehlersia) heterochaeta, 253 monilicornis, 260 oerstedi, 253 quaternaria, 253, 254 symmetrica, Oxytrema, 360 Syndyoceros, 428 Syspotamus, 477 Tachornis phoenicobia phoenicobia, 543 taeniopterus, Upeneus, 507 Taiwanathous, 617 arisanus, 617 Takamatsuia major, 543 Talpa, 431, 434 sp., 430 Talpidae, 403 Talpinae, 403 Tanganyicia, 373, 382, 387, 388 rufofilosa, 387 tanschaurica, Paludomus, 369 tapir, Hydrochaerus, 479 Tapirus, 481, 485, 493 (map) Tapirus terrestris, 488, 493 (map) Tapir, 477 (Anta), 489 americanus, 479 anta, 477, 479, 481 maypuri, 479, 481, 485 pinchaque, 471 sp., 486 suillus, 477, 479, 481, 485 Tapirella, 478, 488 bairdii, 490 dowi, 490 tapirus, Tapirus, 466, 480 Tapirus, 466, 467, 470, 477, 489 aenigmaticus, 477, 479, 481, 485 oe hana. 476, 477, 479, 480, 481, americanus mexianae, 480, 481, 485 663 andicola, 472 anta, 481, 485 antea, 476 anulipes, 480, 481, 484, 485, 486 bairdi, 490 (Elasmognathus) bairdi, 489 bairdii, 465, 466, 467, 468, 469, 473, 478, 482 (fig.), 483 (fig.), 488, 489, 490, 493 (map), 495 (map) (Tapirella) bairdii, 489 bairdii dowii, 491 brasiliensis, 481, 485 dowi, 490, 492 dowii, 480, 484, 490, 491 enigmaticus, 471, 493 (map) ecuadorensis, 479, 481, 485 excelsus, 468 indicus, 465, 469 (Acrocodia) indicus, 467, 489 laurillardi, 479, 481, 485 er ane 469, 471, 472, 474, 476, 4 Northern Colombia species, 465 pinchacus, 471, 480 pinchaque, 465, 466, 467, 468, 469, 471, 478, 479, 482 (fig. ), 483 (fig. e 484, 487 (fig.), 489, 493 (map), 495 (map) pinchaque brasiliensis, 479 roulini, 471, 473, 476, 480 roulinii, 466, 471, 472, 476 roulinii brasiliensis, 479 rufus, 479, 481, 485 spegazzinii, 480, 481, 484, 485, 486 tapir, 481, 485, 493 (map) tapirus, 466, 480 terrestris, 465, 466, 467, 468, 469, 471, 476, 477, 478, 479, 480, 481, 482° (fig.) 483 (fig. ), 484, 485, 486, 487 (fig.), 488, 490, 492 (Hippopotamus) terrestris, 480 terrestris colombianus, 486, 490, 493 (map), 495 (map) terrestris guianae, P80, 481, 485 terrestris laurillardi, 479 eo peruvianus, 479, 481, 48 terrestris 480, 493 (map). terrestris tapir, 488, 493 (map) terrestris terrestris, 476, 479, 493 _(map) villosus, 471 Tapyra, 477 sabatyra, 479, 481, 485 Tarebia, 378, 379 granifera, 379, 386 lateritia, 378, 379 semigranosa, 379 tarsalis, Gonodyrus, 610 tattakensis, Paradima, 614 Tayussidae, 432 teapensis, Strabala acuminata, 125 (fig.), 127, 129 spegazzinii, PROCEEDINGS 664 Tectaria montrouzieri, 451 Tectarius, 449, 450, 454, 455 (fig.), 458, 461, 462 coronarius, 461 muricatus, 449, 450, 452, 453 (fig.), 454, 455 (fig.), 457 (fig.), 459, 460, 462 nodulosus, 462 tuberculatus, 449, 451, 454 Tectininus, 458 telonaria, Melania, 368 Oxytrema, 368 temnodon, Paleolagus, 41/5, 430 Tenalomus, 618 fulvipennis, 618 tenebricosa, Hemiblabera, 46 tenebrosa, Io, 364 Tenebrionidae, 155 Tenebrionidea, 155 tenuicorne, Cephaloon, 157 (map), 158, 160 tenuicornis, Corymbites, 614 tenuis, Euchaetomera, 580 Maldane, 306 Petaloproctus, 208, 301 (fig.), 306 Polycelis, 172 Prionospio, 282 Spiophanes, 282 Terebella maculata, 323 venustula, 322 Terebellidae, 209 (table), 212, 318, 319, (fig.), 320 (key), 331 (figs.) Terebellides, 321, 330 stroemii, 209, 330, 331 (fig.) stroemii japonica, 330 terebellidis, Saccopsis, 330 terrestris, Hippopotamus, 479 Pinchacus, 471 Tapirus, 465, 466, 467, 468, 469, 471, 476, 477, 478, 479, 480, 481, 482 (fig.), 483, (fig.), 484, 485, 486, 487 (fig.), 488, 490, 492 Tapirus (Hippopotamus), 480 Tapirus terrestris, 476, 479, 493 (map) tessellata, Monohelea, 147 (fig.), 150, 152, 153 Monohelea (Monohelea), 152 tessellatus, Corymbites, 600 Elater, 600 testacea, Altica, 122 testaceus, Scarabaeus mobilicornis, 101 Tetralobus macrocerus, 600, 601 tecana, Monohelea., 136, 147 (fig.) Monohelea (Monohelea), 143 texana, Geckobia, 15 Geckobiella, 9, 7/5, 16 (fig.), 17 (fig.) texensis, Chorisoneura, 42 Thacana, 618 Thalassema scutata, 309 Thelepus, 320, 327 cincinnatus, 209, 327, 331 (fig.) circinnatus, 327 hamatus, 327 thermarum, Ambrysus, 1, 3 (fig.) OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL, 103 theryi, Jonthadocerus, 611 Thiara, 378, 379, 386 amarula, 378 (Thiara) amarula, 379 cancellata, 378, 379 (Setaeara) cancellata. 379 setosa, 379 thiarella, Litorina, 451 Thiaridae, 357, 358, 366, 367, 372, 373, 374, 875, 377, 378, 886, 461 Thiaropsis, 378 winteri, 378 thompsoni, Domnina, 430 Eutypomys, 430 Ictops, 430 Limnotrochus, 371 thompsonii, Siriella, 580 thomsenae, Stilobezzia, 59 pre Pe (Stilobezzia), 73 (fig.), 3 thomsonii, Gazella, 424 thoracicus, Elater, 605 tibetica, Polycelis, 172 tibialis, Nitzschia, 538 Nitzschia pulicaris, 538 Tinecus, 618 Tiphobia, 372, 373, 374 horei, 373, 374 Tiphobiidae, 373 Tiphobiinae, 358, 372, 373 titanelix, Peratherium, 402, 430 Titanotheres sp., 430 Titanotheriomys, 431, 433, 434 veterior, 408, 430 tokisensis, ip ees 509 tonkinensis, Subathous, 617 torelli, Potamilla, 336 tornata, Melanoides, 371 tornatella, Sermyla, 380 toucheana, Oxytrema, 368 tragula, Upeneus, 500 (table), 502 (tables), 508, 504 (table), 505 (tables), 506, 507, 509, 510, 511, 514, 521 (table), 622, 524 (table), 526 (table), 527 tragulus, Upeneoides, 522 transmontanus, Leptomeryx, 426, 427 (table), 430 Travisia, 295, 296 brevis, 298 carnea, 205, 208, 296, 297 (fig.) forbesi, 296 forbesii, 296 pupa, 296 tregonboffi, Boreomysis, 579 Trelasus, 618 antennalis, 618 Tremarctos ornatus, 475 triannulata, Evarnella, 223 Harmothoé, 222, 223 Trichobranchus, 321, 329 glacialis, 209, 329, 331 (fig.) glacialis antarcticus, 329 esa Amphiprion, 189, 182, 196, 1 INDEX 665 Triclads, Fresh-water (Turbellaria) of | ugandae, Stilobezzia, 62 Alaska, 163 tricolor, Amphiprion, 199 tridens, Boreomysis, 579 trifasciatus, Amphiprion, 193 Trigonias, 423 osborni, 425, 430 Trigonidiidae, 33 trilineata, Mudalia, 361 trilineatus, Autolytus, 250 Hemirhipus, 605 trilobata, Ampharete, 316 trilophus, Paradjidaumo, 409 trinitatis, Strabala, 125 (fig.), 127, 134 triocellata, Wetmorella, 441, 442, 443, 446 (fig.), 447 tristiculus, Cephaloon variabilis, 161 Ephamillus variabilis, 161 Trochidae, 449 trochiformis, Turbo, 456 Trochus cumingi, 458 nodulosus, 451, 456 Trophonia arctica, 290, 291 rugosa, 290 tropica, Maldane sarsi, 304 truncatum, Pseudomma, 581 tuberculata, Eteone, 234 Littorina, 451 Melania, 375, 377 Melanoides, 380, 386 ugiensis, Conobajulus, 606 Na Tort Oxytrema canaliculatum, 6 undulatus, Sceloporus, 9, 15 unguiculata, Eucopia, 579 ungulare, Cephaloon, 157 (map), 158, 159, 160 unicorne, Bolbelasmus, 97 unimaculata, Sciaena, 194 unimaculatus, Amphiprion, 193 Upeneoides, 506 arge, 518 belaque, 513 caeruleus, 516 dubius, 514 fasciolatus, 514 guttatus, 509 japonicus, 509 kiushiuana, 522 luzonius, 519 moluccensis, 514 parvus, 528 philippinus, 516 sulphureus, 513, 514 sundaicus, 507 tokisensis, 509 tragulus, 522 variegatus, 522 vittatus, 516 Nodilittorina, 449, 450, 451, 453] Upeneus, 497, 500 (table), 502 (tables), (fig.), 454, 455, (fig.), 457 (fig.), 459, 460, 462 Pholoé, 230 Turbo, 451 tuberculatum, Aylacostoma, 375, 377 Aylocostoma (Longiverena), 377 tuberculatus, Litorina, 451 Tectarius, 449, 451, 454 Turbo, 458 tubifex, Eusyllis, 260 Tubularia sp., 327 tunicatus, Amphiprion, 191 Turbellaria, Fresh-water triclads of Alaska, 163 North American triclad, XIII; three new cave planarians, 563 Turbo nodulosus, 451 Trochiformis, 456 tuberculata, 451 tuberculatus, 458 Turcica, 451 turgidus, Megalagus, 430 turriculus, Melanoides, 380, 381 Tyleudacus, 618 Tyloarsus, 618 Tylomelania, 381 neritiformis, 381 Tylotarsus, 618 Typhobia, 371 typica, Anchialina, 580 typicus, Lophogaster, 577 Typitium, 158 Typosyllis, 261 alternata, 253 collaris, 260, 261 365272—56——4 504 (table), 505 (tables), 506, 508 (key), 527 (table) arge, 500 (table), 502 (tables), 503, 504 (table), 505 (tables), 506, 507, 508, 618 asymmetricus, 500 (table), 501, 502 (tables), 503, 504 (table), 505 (tables), 511, 512 (table) bensasi, 500 (table), 502 (tables), 503, 504 (table,) 505 (tables), 506, 508, 409, 511 (table) bitaeniatus, 516 bivittatus, 513 luzonius, 500 (table), 502 (tables), 503, 504 (table), 505 (tables), 507, 509, 619, 521 (table), 523, 526 moluccensis, 500 (table), 502 (tables), 504 (table), 505 (tables), 508, 510, 514 oligospilus, 500 (table), 502 (tables), 503, 504 (table), 505 (tables), 509, 525, 526 (table), 527 (table) parvus, 499, 500 (table), 501, 502 (tables), 503, 504 (table), 505 (tables), 508, 528 phillipsi, 498, 528, 529 Revision of the goatfish genus, with descriptions of two new species, 497 subvittatus, 498, 514, 522, 524 sulphureus, 500 (table), 501, 502 (tables), 504 (table), 505 (tables), 506, 508, 510, 513, 514 (table) sundaicus, 507, 519 666 taeniopterus, 507 tragula, 500 (table), 503, 504 (table), 505 (tables), 506, 507, 509, 510, 511, 514, 521 (table), 522, 524 (table), 526 (table), 527 vittatus, 500 (table), 502 (tables), 504 (table), 505 (tables), 506, 508, 510, 516, 517 (table), 518 (table), 519, 523 Upenoides moluccensis, 514 Ursidae, 419 Ursus horribilis, 419, 424 vaginata, Dendrocoelopsis, 178 vaginatus, Dendrocoelopsis, 177 vainafa, Melanoides, 380 vanclevei, Caesaromysis, 577, 581 vandeli, Amyadenium, 177 Dendrocoelopsis, 178 vandykei, Cephaloon, 157 (map), 160 Vannius oculatus, 626 (fig.), 628 rubrovittatus, 629 variabile, Cephaloon, 158 variabilis, Cephaloon, 157 (map), 158, 159, 161 Melania, 382 variegatus, Upeneoides, 522 Vasaces, 87, 88, 89 (key), 91 (figs.) aeneipennis, 87, 88, 89, 91 (fig.), 94 Beetles of the oedemerid genus, 87 costatus, 87, 89, 90 elongatus, 89, 91 (fig.), 93 knulli, 89, 90, 91 (fig.) linearis, 89, 91 (fig.) maculatus, 89, 91 (fig.), 92 sordidus, 87, 89, 92 vega, Ampharete, 208, 315, 319 (fig.) Amphicteis, 315 Veloplacenta, 383 maculata, 385 venusta, Lanassa, 209, 326 Laphaniella, 326 venustula, Nicolea, 209, 319 (fig.), 322 Terebella, 322 Verena, 376, 377 verrilli, Autolytus, 246 versicolor, Eukraiohelea, 61, 62 Photuris, 35, 36 verucosa, Pleurocera, 362 veterior, Titanotheriomys, 408, 430 vetustus, Prosciurus, 430 vilis, Litorina, 456 Nodilittorina, 456 villosa, Brada, 205, 207, 290 villosum, Siphonostoma, 290 villosus, Pinchacus, 471 Rhino (cheerus), 471 Sternocampsus, 617 Tapirus, 471 violaceus, Pachychilus, 366 virgatus, Melanoxanthus, 609 virginianus, Odocoileus, 423 virginica, Oxytrema, 364 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATIONAL MUSEUM VOL. 103 viridipennis, Chaetura chapmani, 545 502 (tables), | viridis, Ceratolophus, 84 Ceratopogon, 84 Hartomyia, 84 Johannseniella, 84 Mystides, 232 Stilobezzia, 59, 60, 61, 78, 84 Stilobezzia (Stilobezzia), 73 (fig.), 84 vitalis, Rostricephalus, 617 vitalisi, Cardiophorus, 613 vitida, Raphaea, 616 vitta, Phagocata, 165, 167 vittatus, Coracinus, 194 Elater, 603 Hypeneus, 516 Mullus, 506, 516 Upeneoides, 516 Upeneus, 500 (table), 502 (tables), 504 (table), 505 ‘(tables) , 506, 508, 510 516, 517 (table), 518 (table), 519, 523 Viviparidae, 372, 386 Viviparus, 368, 372 Vuilletus, 618 wagenia, Melanoides, 371 wahlbergi, Paranaitis, 236 wailesi, Proneomysis, 582 walli, Pachychilus, 367 Wanga, 383 wapleri, Eudactylus, 618 Wetmorella, 439, 440, (key), 442 (table), 443 (table), 445, 4.46, 447 alboraaciat 441, 442, 443, 446, 44 ncaligin 440, 442, 443, 444, 446, 44 philippina, 439, 440, 446, 447 philippina bifasciata, 440, 441, 442 (fig.), 443 philippina philippina, 440, 441 (fig.), 442, 448, 445 Review of the labrid fish genus, with descriptions of new forms from the tropical Indo-Pacific, 439 triocellata, 441, 442, 448, 446 (fig.), 447 wheeleri, Periscelis, 552, 553, 556 White, Theodore E.; Preliminary analy- sis of the fossil vertebrates of the Canyon Ferry Reservoir area, 395 winnertzi, Microperiscelis, 556 Periscelis, 556 winteri, Thiaropsis, 378 wiréni, Glycinde, 205, 207, 274, 277 (fig.) Wirth, Willis W.; American biting midges of "the heleid genus Monohelea, 135 Biting midges of the heleid genus Stilobezzia in North America, 57 INDEX woodburyi, Ambrysus, 3 worms, Polychaete, from Point Barrow, Alaska, with additional records from the North Atlantic and North Pacific, 203 Xanthelater, 618 Xantherater, 618 Xantholamprus, 618 Xanthopenthes, 619 xanthurus, Amphiprion, 190, 192, 198 Yezodima, 619 convexuni, 619 667 Zalepia, 611, 619 Zemelanopsis, 357 ziczac, Littorina, 450, 453 (fig.) Littorina (Melarhaphe), 450, 452 zoea, Gnathophausia, 578 zonalis, Ellipstoma, 363 Pleurocera, 363 zonata, Nereis, 207, 265, 269 (fig.) Nereis (Nereis), 264, 265 zonatus, Spekia, 371 Zonurobia, 15 Zorochros, 619 Zorochrus, 619 zostericola, Nicolea, 322 O pistre iy ferrart Simei. vt We tis At Pome Mystidve, 262 a ‘ i Ke 7 9 ooh Hilo Pel¢ (Sostes ag : 218 . ARG ph: ane eusecoe | VLG), Boeheie tt Ong te Ly taicd het ye Cerone rad Si a TUCO | “gegen eon VEraeo, $69 G48 2lPtootoS ; balay OTOH 72% ala aurulporoS Ming ago: atx is sinmld. hte Rae AON A ASNOF, »* re! r givhtes, Eandronvwlerng, U9 Lape nate, stelay i ©: Malus 806 tHicie f Spee ie \ . a + he . aii’ . va \ , y & ss oj fat > im) is v ; +. ) 4 { 1 - y ’ ' + + ‘ wit tA £ ‘ . - = *. aT . nrie > : ¢ mae / - j 7 , ‘ * é 4 « ‘ " t v =| ee ths ves he by : ’ ee * yf ba : 2 + 7, + x A ' ‘ ot) { we ty “ j 4 4 arpa ye i S ‘ : ‘ 7 ’ ij nm. ain °o ate Ie . o) * rh i ’ Lous es Si, 0 ifs ‘ arstiet rn: 22: eee , 4 ove mare ‘ itn tty ets, OTs 4 ° lis, Antole bin, 228 * Pak Pith ( . 7" i ad é : A, * | toto G aft? ‘ <2 ’ : Pwo: Pijarpaets ge 222 Y cea Ory eed {rs rar « dis ee 4 A ae ree S48 P an" viii, Latorinn, 484 ' ai . f Nwillievoring; 408 &, SS Viloen, Grade, Mis; Be > nner mil ; why, “Sobunatton, 70 ; ie MA, @ “s =" ad | rs inciacgs, 4! : thie i. tw vésY f" I 1 Went A f re | + es ® | Fe eT nearness, %i7 on pe virth ais Lami, @¢1 val ; pide <0 Yiniacous, Par AY. Asi, + a F ; rv, 15 Yeon, 135. yiniatis. Bloaseosiutaus Sod ‘ Biting oviders of thy vir een an J ig dlerzay Las Rthighmarty in Ai gilda, Qayt ena, 944 . 57 Y. hy N it ee if ¥ "1 a | . iw , hs ANI Ue itg Hae Het de Me ee bay AoE Law moe Pps i ae LU BA's yi AM HR at yay y 1 Aer yp, ‘ } Sale Ae On MOE. beth ir : wT fy Yonge, wey! Ne ita j ' ; Oe nel Eaten 4 Topi a eae at i Ves 7 VIR HAMA eed ear Ce RN AREY EM » f f ; PTA OE cap Mark ANY nies CAN iti 1) il ny hg Bll), iia t la y SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION LIBRARIES “WINNT 3 9088 01420 9852